Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 10, 2020

No. 333-            

 

 

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

Oak Street Health, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   8000   84-3446686

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

30 W. Monroe Street

Suite 1200

Chicago, Illinois 60603

Telephone: (312) 733-9730

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Mike Pykosz

Chief Executive Officer

30 W. Monroe Street

Suite 1200

Chicago, Illinois 60603

Telephone: (312) 733-9730

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies of all communications, including communications sent to agent for service, should be sent to:

 

Robert M. Hayward, P.C.

Robert E. Goedert, P.C.

Michael P. Keeley

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

300 North LaSalle

Chicago, IL 60654

(312) 862-2000

 

Michael Kaplan

Marcel Fausten

Pedro J. Bermeo

Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP

450 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10017

(720) 566-4000

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

 

 

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box:  ☐

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer      Accelerated filer  
Non-accelerated filer      Smaller reporting company  
     Emerging growth company  

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.  ☐

 

 

 

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

  Proposed Maximum
Offering Price(1)(2)
  Amount of
Registration Fee

Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share

  $100,000,000   $12,980

 

 

(1)

Includes the aggregate offering price of shares of common stock subject to the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

(2)

Estimated solely for purposes of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933.

 

 

The registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to Completion. Dated                 , 2020

             Shares

 

 

LOGO

COMMON STOCK

 

 

This is an initial public offering of Oak Street Health, Inc. We are selling                 shares of our common stock.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the common stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price will be between $                 and $                per share. We have applied to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) under the symbol “OSH.”

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined under the federal securities laws, and as such, we have elected to comply with certain reduced reporting requirements for this prospectus and may elect to do so in future filings.

 

 

See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 20 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of our common stock.

Immediately after this offering, assuming an offering size as set forth above, we expect to be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of the NYSE. See “Management—Controlled Company Status.”

 

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

 

     Per Share      Total  

Initial public offering price

   $                    $                

Underwriting discount(1)

   $        $    

Proceeds, before expenses, to Oak Street Health, Inc.

   $        $    

 

(1)

See “Underwriting” for a description of compensation payable to the underwriters.

We have granted the underwriters the option for a period of 30 days after the date of this prospectus to purchase up to an additional                  shares of our common stock at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discount.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock against payment in New York, New York on                 , 2020.

 

 

 

J.P. Morgan   Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC   Morgan Stanley
William Blair  
  Piper Sandler
Baird   SunTrust Robinson Humphrey

Prospectus dated                     , 2020.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Prospectus Summary

     1  

Risk Factors

     20  

Forward-Looking Statements

     64  

Market and Industry Data

     67  

Use of Proceeds

     68  

Dividend Policy

     69  

Organizational Transactions

     70  

Capitalization

     73  

Dilution

     75  

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

     77  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     79  

Business

     108  

Management

     140  

Executive Compensation

     147  

Principal Shareholders

     157  

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

     159  

Description of Capital Stock

     163  

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     169  

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders

     171  

Underwriting

     175  

Legal Matters

     186  

Experts

     187  

Where you Can Find More Information

     188  

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-1  

 

 

We and the underwriters have not authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses we have prepared. We and the underwriters take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may provide you. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of the common stock.

For investors outside of the United States, neither we nor any of the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. You are required to inform yourselves about, and to observe any restrictions relating to, this offering and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.

Through and including                 , 2020 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

 

i


Table of Contents

BASIS OF PRESENTATION

In connection with the consummation of this offering, we will effect certain organizational transactions. Unless otherwise stated or the context otherwise requires, all information in this prospectus reflects the consummation of the organizational transactions and this offering, which we refer to collectively as the “Organizational Transactions.” See “Organizational Structure” for a description of the Organizational Transactions and a diagram depicting our anticipated structure after giving effect to the Organizational Transactions, including this offering.

Unless we state otherwise or the context otherwise requires, the terms “we,” “us,” “our,” “our business” and “our company” and similar references refer: (1) on or following the consummation of the Organizational Transactions, including this offering, to Oak Street Health, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries, including Oak Street Health, LLC and its affiliated medical groups, and (2) prior to the consummation of the Organizational Transactions, including this offering, to Oak Street Health, LLC and its consolidated subsidiaries, including its affiliated medical groups.

We will be a holding company and upon consummation of this offering and the application of net proceeds therefrom our sole asset will be the capital stock of our wholly owned subsidiaries, including Oak Street Health, LLC. Oak Street Health, Inc. will operate and control all of the business and affairs and consolidate the financial results of Oak Street Health, LLC. Oak Street Health, LLC will be the predecessor of the issuer, Oak Street Health, Inc., for financial reporting purposes. Accordingly, this prospectus contains the historical financial statements of Oak Street Health, LLC and its consolidated subsidiaries. Oak Street Health, Inc. will be the reporting entity following this offering.

 

ii


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights selected information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in our common stock. For a more complete understanding of us and this offering, you should read and carefully consider the entire prospectus, including the more detailed information set forth under “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes. Some of the statements in this prospectus are forward-looking statements. See “Forward-Looking Statements.”

Overview

Since our founding in 2012, our mission has been to build a primary care delivery platform that directly addresses rising costs and poor outcomes, two of the most pressing challenges facing the United States healthcare industry. Our patient-centered approach focuses on meaningfully improving the quality of care for the most at-risk populations. It represents the frontline implementation of the solutions addressing the most powerful trends in healthcare, mainly the shift towards value-based care and increasing patient consumerism. Our approach disrupts the current state of care delivery for Medicare-eligible patients and aligns the incentives of our patients, our providers and our payors by simultaneously improving health outcomes and care quality, lowering medical costs and improving the patient experience.

To pursue our mission, we created a technology-enabled, integrated platform, which we refer to as the Oak Street Platform, to deliver value-based care focused exclusively on Medicare patients. The key attributes that differentiate the Oak Street Platform include:

 

   

Our patient focus. We are focused on the Medicare-eligible population, which generally has consistent, clinically cohesive needs and which we believe represents the greatest potential for cost savings, while still benefiting patient health outcomes, in our current healthcare system.

 

   

Our technology-enabled model. We leverage technology that compiles and analyzes comprehensive patient data and provides actionable health insights through applications that are embedded in care delivery workflows, including at the point of patient-provider interaction.

 

   

Our integrated approach to care delivery. We integrate a personalized approach to primary care, proactive management of our patients’ health needs and expanded preventive services to keep our patient population healthy, reducing the number of hospitalizations and other expensive and unnecessary utilization of the healthcare system. As such, we focus on delivering what we believe to be the right care in the right setting, encouraging our patients to visit us in our centers, while also offering robust virtual and digital engagement options.

 

   

Our value-based relationships. Our value-based capitation contracts reward us for providing high-quality care rather than driving a high volume of services.

According to the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (“CMS”), healthcare spending in the United States reached nearly $3.6 trillion in 2018 and Medicare accounted for more than $700 billion of spending in 2019. We believe the core addressable market for the Oak Street Platform is the approximately 27 million Medicare eligibles in our target demographic, which we believe represents an approximately $325 billion annual industry revenue opportunity. We determine the core addressable market by multiplying an average annual revenue of $12,000 per member, which is derived from our experience and industry knowledge and which we believe represents a reasonable national assumption, by the number of Medicare eligibles in our target markets. Average spending on Medicare is projected by CMS to grow approximately 7% annually, driven primarily by the aging United States population as well as the high prevalence of chronic conditions and the associated cost of care for these conditions among the Medicare eligible population.



 

1


Table of Contents

We reimagined the approach to caring for a patient population with a high prevalence of chronic conditions and purpose-built the Oak Street Platform to improve health outcomes and combat wasteful spending. The Oak Street Platform consists of (i) Our Centers, (ii) Our Interdisciplinary Care Teams, (iii) Canopy: Our Purpose-Built, End-to-End Technology and (iv) Our Care Delivery Approach. Based on our patients’ health metrics, we believe that the Oak Street Platform provides a measurably higher-quality alternative to the status quo, including an approximately 51% reduction in hospital admissions, 42% reduction in 30-day readmission rates and 51% reduction in emergency department visits, all while maintaining a Net Promoter Score of 90 across our patients based on survey data we gathered from patients after their physician visits from June 2018 until March 2020. For information on how these statistics are calculated, see “Market and Industry Data.” Additionally, the Oak Street Platform is engineered to be scalable and we have demonstrated our ability to grow our model rapidly across multiple markets.

Although we have incurred net losses since inception, we believe that the Oak Street Platform has enabled us to create a healthcare model where all constituencies involved have the ability to “Win.” Our patients, payors and providers are incentivized to adopt the Oak Street Platform and each has the potential to benefit in a meaningful way.

 

   

Patients. We leverage our differentiated care delivery model to improve the health of our patients, effectively manage their chronic conditions and avoid unnecessary hospitalizations while greatly improving their patient experience.

 

   

Payors. We enter into arrangements with Medicare Advantage (“MA”) plans to manage the care of our patients, allowing us to control the plans’ medical costs, increase the plans’ Medicare quality scoring, improve the plans’ profit margin and help the plans grow membership.

 

   

Providers. We enable our providers to focus on improving the lives of their patients and improve their job satisfaction by providing them with meaningful clinical support and customized technology resources.

We believe we can translate these “Wins” into economic benefits. Since 2016, our performance has been driven by our multi-year, contractual arrangements with payors on a per patient, per month ("PPPM") basis, which create recurring revenue streams and provide significant visibility into our financial growth trajectory. By focusing on interventions that keep our patients healthy, we can capture the cost savings the Oak Street Platform creates and reinvest them in our care model. We believe these investments lead to better outcomes and improved patient experiences, which will drive further cost savings, power patient retention and enable us to attract new patients. We believe increasing cost savings over a growing patient population will deliver an even greater surplus to the organization, enabling us to reinvest to scale and fund new centers, progress our care model and enhance our technology. This virtuous cycle has created compelling economics at the center level, with our four centers with more than 2,000 at-risk patients for at least the last three months as of March 31, 2020 operating at 86% weighted average capacity and generating total revenues, excluding capitated revenue associated with Medicare Part D, of $32.3 million and weighted average center-level contribution margins (defined as (i) patient revenue, excluding Medicare Part D revenue minus (ii) the sum of (a) medical claims expense, excluding Medicare Part D related expenses, and (b) cost of care, excluding depreciation and amortization) of 28%. As of March 31, 2020, those four centers, as well as an additional 30 of our 54 centers, had positive center-level contribution margins, and the overall average center-level contribution margin across all of our centers was 12%.

We have demonstrated an ability to rapidly scale, expanding our model to a network of 54 centers, in 13 markets across 8 states, which provided care for approximately 85,000 patients as of March 31, 2020, of which approximately 65% are under capitation arrangements (which we refer to as “at-risk patients”) and approximately 35% are fee-for-service, although fee-for-service accounted for less than 1% of our revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2020. As of March 31, 2020, we, together with our affiliated physician entities, employed approximately 2,300 team members, including approximately 260 primary care providers. For the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2020, our total revenues were $117.4 million and $201.8 million,



 

2


Table of Contents

respectively, representing a year-over-year growth rate of 72%. We believe we have significant growth opportunities available to us, with less than 50% of our current aggregate center capacity utilized due to our recent center openings and a substantial opportunity to increase the number of centers we operate in new and existing markets.

The U.S. healthcare system is at a transition point in its evolution

Unsustainable and rising healthcare costs

Healthcare spending in the United States reached nearly $3.6 trillion in 2018 according to CMS, representing approximately 17.9% of U.S. GDP, an all-time high. According to a 2017 study, the United States spends $10,209 per person on healthcare each year, more than any other country in the world and twice the OECD average. Healthcare expenditures are particularly concentrated in the Medicare-eligible population due to the high rate of chronic conditions. While representing only 15% of the United States population, the 65 and older age group accounted for 34% of all healthcare spending in 2014, with an average spend of $19,098 per person. Additionally, two-thirds of the Medicare population lives with two or more chronic health conditions, and treatment of these conditions represents 96% of Medicare spending.

Prevalence of wasteful spending and sub-optimal outcomes

A 2019 study estimated that approximately 25% of all healthcare spending is for unnecessary services, excessive administrative costs, fraud and other problems creating waste, implying approximately $760 billion to $935 billion of annual wasteful spending at current levels.

In 2017, hospital care accounted for the largest portion of healthcare spending in the United States, representing 33% of the total. In 2018, over 60% of Medicare expenditures (including both Medicare Part A spend and Medicare Part B institutional spend), or approximately $455 billion, were dedicated to hospitalization, compared to only approximately 3% dedicated to primary care. Proper management of chronic conditions can significantly reduce the incidence of acute episodes, which are the main drivers of trips to the emergency room and hospitalization, particularly among the elderly.

Despite high levels of spending, the United States healthcare system struggles to produce better health outcomes and to keep doctors and patients satisfied. Life expectancy in the United States was 78.6 years in 2017, compared to 82.2 years in comparable developed countries, and patient satisfaction with the healthcare system is low, as evidenced by a Net Promoter Score of 3 for the average provider, as shown in a 2015 Advisory Board survey.

New payment structures have begun to address the problem

Policymakers and healthcare experts generally acknowledge the fundamental challenges and opportunities for improvement in the delivery of healthcare in the United States. Historically, healthcare delivery was centered around reactive care to acute events, which resulted in the development of a fee-for-service payment model. By linking payments to volume of encounters and pricing for higher complexity interventions, the fee-for-service model does not reward prevention, but rather unintentionally incentivizes the treatment of acute care episodes as they occur. Policymakers have responded by creating programs like MA and pushing for transitions to value-based reimbursements.

 

   

Medicare Advantage. MA works as an alternative to traditional fee-for-service Medicare. In MA, CMS pays health plans a monthly sum per member to manage all health expenses of a participating member. This provides the health plans with an incentive to deliver lower-cost, high-quality care.

 

   

Value-based payments. Value-based refers to the goal of incentivizing healthcare providers to simultaneously increase quality while lowering the cost of care. In January 2015, the United States Department of Health and Human Services (“HHS”) announced a goal of tying 30% and 50% of all



 

3


Table of Contents
 

Medicare payments to value through alternative payment models by the end of 2016 and 2018, respectively. In addition, while not a policy-setting body, the Health Care Payment Learning & Action Network, an active group of public and private healthcare leaders, indicated in October of 2019 its desire to move 100% of Medicare payments to being tied to value-based care by 2025. Additionally, the Center for Medicare and Medicaid Innovation recently announced a Direct Contracting Model set to begin in 2021 to create value-based payment arrangements directly with provider groups for their current Medicare fee-for-service patients similar to the value-based contracts that we enter into with our MA partners.

Legacy healthcare delivery infrastructure has been unable to transition from reactive and episodic care to proactive and comprehensive care models

In order for shifts to value-based payment models to drive meaningful results, there must be a corresponding shift in care delivery models. To date, such care delivery models have been slow to develop. While there has been significant investment by providers, payors and technology companies in developing solutions to drive higher quality and lower cost of care, these investments have not resulted in meaningful change within a healthcare delivery infrastructure that remains optimized for the fee-for-service model.

In order to maintain economically viable practices in a fee-for-service payment model, typical primary care providers:

 

   

need to see an ever-increasing number of patients per day with limited support from staff, which limits time spent with each patient during office visits;

 

   

experience time constraints that restrict their ability to engage with patients outside of office visits, which is a key component of ensuring that patients continue to proactively manage their health and do not fall through the cracks of the healthcare system; and

 

   

experience financial constraints that limit their ability to invest in technology and provide patients with many of the supplemental services they need, such as home-based primary care, medication management and behavioral health services.

Advances in technology have disrupted multiple industries when the technology was thoughtfully applied and integrated. These new business models, systems and approaches have replaced legacy offerings and driven significant changes in consumer behavior. We believe that an integrated, value-based care platform enabled by data and technology has the potential to similarly revolutionize the healthcare industry.

The COVID-19 pandemic has highlighted challenges with the current legacy healthcare delivery system. As healthcare providers were faced with dwindling fee-for-service visits in light of the stay-at-home orders and general patient fear, the revenues of traditional healthcare providers plummeted thereby putting a strain on those providers and their ability to provide needed care for their patients.

Our Market Opportunity

We have designed the Oak Street Platform to bring technology-enabled, value-based care to the Medicare-eligible population, which represents the highest proportion of healthcare spending in the United States. We target populations of Medicare beneficiaries in high-density urban and suburban areas and further refine our target markets by utilizing socioeconomic data to target areas suffering from poor care quality and higher unnecessary spend. As of 2018, there were approximately 60 million Medicare beneficiaries in the United States, with an additional 10,000 individuals reaching the age of eligibility every day. Healthcare spending in the United States reached nearly $3.6 trillion in 2018 and Medicare accounted for more than $700 billion of spending in 2019. We estimate our addressable market of Medicare eligibles, based on the criteria set out above, to be 27 million patients. Based upon our experience and industry knowledge, we estimate average annual revenue of $12,000 per member. Multiplying this figure by the number of Medicare eligibles in our target markets, we arrive at what we believe is an annual total addressable market size of approximately $325 billion.



 

4


Table of Contents

The Oak Street Platform is Re-Defining Primary Care

We reimagined the approach to caring for a patient population with a high prevalence of chronic conditions and purpose-built the Oak Street Platform to improve our patients’ health outcomes and combat wasteful spending, providing a higher-quality alternative to the status quo. Our Oak Street Platform consists of (i) Our Centers, (ii) Our Interdisciplinary Care Teams, (iii) Canopy: Our Purpose-Built, End-to-End Technology and (iv) Our Care Delivery Approach.

Our Centers

Our novel approach starts with retail-like, community-based centers that implement a branded and consumer-focused design to create a welcoming environment that engages our patients. These centers are leased or licensed by Oak Street Health MSO, LLC or an affiliated entity and, pursuant to the terms of certain contractual relationships between Oak Street Health MSO, LLC and our affiliated medical practices, made available for use by the medical practices in the provision of primary care services. While traditional healthcare facilities are often located in medical office buildings that are removed from where patients spend a majority of their time, we target locations in highly accessible, convenient locations close to where our patients live. Each of our centers has a consistent look and feel, which we believe differentiates Oak Street and contributes to our success in acquiring patients.

Our Interdisciplinary Care Teams

We utilize a team-based approach in our patient-focused primary care delivery model and staff interdisciplinary Care Teams to execute our model. Each Care Team is led by a Primary Care Physician or Nurse Practitioner who is partnered with a Registered Nurse, a Medical Assistant and a Scribe to deliver value-based, coordinated care. As a center grows, we increase the number of Care Teams serving that center in order to keep the average number of patients per Care Team low to ensure optimal care quality and patient experience.

Our Care Teams are trained in preventive and comprehensive care designed to address the whole person, across medical, social and behavioral attributes, in a welcoming and friendly manner. Our Care Teams meet daily to discuss their approach for each patient they will see that day and have weekly and monthly planning and review sessions for their sickest patients to assess their progress and determine the next steps in improving their health. Care is provided in several different ways, including face-to-face visits, telehealth visits, remote patient monitoring and in-home care.

Canopy: Our Purpose-Built, End-to-End Technology

Canopy is a key driver of the success of our care model and underlies every aspect of our day-to-day patient engagement and workflows. Canopy comprises internally developed software that connects a suite of population health analytics and technology applications designed to fit seamlessly into our care delivery model and Care Team virtual and in-person workflows.

Our position in the healthcare ecosystem allows Canopy to access and capture an immense amount of data about our patients from a broad set of sources, including payor claims data, pharmacy data and medical records from hospitals and specialists. Canopy enhances our ability to quickly structure and sort these disparate data sets to develop a comprehensive view of both our patients and our target demographic across medical, behavioral and social health attributes. We leverage artificial intelligence and machine learning capabilities to create and refine our clinical rules engine (predictive models and prescriptive algorithms) that informs care delivery and addresses hospital admissions and readmissions, medical costs and patient retention. Our algorithms are internally developed and optimized for the primary care setting, undergo rapid iteration cycles and benefit from clinician partnership and input.



 

5


Table of Contents

When paired with our operational expertise, we believe Canopy is a key driver in our ability to scale our platform quickly and consistently, while delivering evidence-based care in a value-based model.

Our Care Delivery Approach

Our care delivery approach consists of three core components:

 

   

Personalized Primary Care. We provide preventative care addressing the needs of the whole person—medical, social and behavioral. Upon joining Oak Street, our patients undergo a structured geriatric assessment to understand their care needs. We input these assessments, along with other available data, into Canopy, which analyzes multiple patient risk factors using our internally developed algorithms to stratify patients by the risk of their experiencing an acute event. Based on this analysis we create a tailored, individualized care plan that determines the ideal frequency of primary care visits and use of disease-specific programs. Our patients experience the results of this differentiated approach through approximately eight physician visits per year, significantly more visits than a patient can expect with a typical primary care physician, with our sickest patients being seen even more frequently. In addition, we manage the total number of patients assigned to a Care Team at each center to allow each Care Team to spend more time with their patients and reduce wait times.

 

   

Proactive Patient Health Management. In addition to spending more time with our patients, our smaller ratio of patients to Care Teams allows our physicians to reserve time daily to review their patients’ care plans and each week conduct a deeper dive on high-risk patients. The Oak Street Platform leverages Canopy’s robust data and analytics to generate insights, which are fed into our custom-built workflow applications in order to identify additional actions to take, gaps to close and interventions to perform on our patients. This systematic review of each of our patients is designed to ensure that once a Medicare member becomes an Oak Street patient, they stay current with their recommended health management plan, do not fall through the cracks of the healthcare systems and therefore remain on the path to better health.

 

   

Enhanced Clinical Services. Using Canopy’s internally developed algorithms, we identify high-risk patients with specific needs outside of primary care and provide multi-disciplinary interventions to improve outcomes and reduce cost. We offer a number of programs that are integrated into our care model and that would not typically be available to patients under legacy fee-for-service models, including behavioral health, home-based primary care by dedicated provider teams, virtual digital offerings, medication management, social determinant support, 24x7 live phone support by our clinical call center and transitional care support to help our patients navigate the care journey outside of our centers.

Our Impact

Our care model has consistently demonstrated outstanding clinical results, removed costs and delivered an industry-leading patient experience.

 

   

Improving clinical outcomes, driving reduction of costs. In 2018, over 60% of Medicare expenditures (including both Medicare Part A spend and Medicare Part B institutional spend), or approximately $455 billion, were dedicated to hospitalization, compared to only approximately 3% dedicated to primary care. Compared to a Medicare fee-for-service benchmark, we have been able to drive an approximately 51% reduction in hospital admissions, 42% reduction in 30-day readmission rates and 51% reduction in emergency department visits.

 

   

Patient experience. We have highly satisfied and loyal patients, as evidenced by our Net Promoter Score of 90.



 

6


Table of Contents

Our care model has created a rare instance where high-quality care and a positive customer experience come at a lower cost to the healthcare system. By reducing utilization of high-cost, and often unnecessary, episodes of care and focusing on providing less expensive preventive care to our patients, we are able to reduce instances of expensive emergency care and hospitalization, which lowers the overall cost of care in the healthcare system. As we deliver on keeping our patients healthier, we capture the cost savings, driving our profitability. As of March 31, 2020, our four centers with more than 2,000 at-risk patients for at least the last three months were operating at 86% weighted average capacity and generated total revenues, excluding capitated revenue associated with Medicare Part D, of $32.3 million and weighted average center-level contribution margins (defined as (i) patient revenue, excluding Medicare Part D revenue, minus (ii) the sum of (a) medical claims expense, excluding Medicare Part D related expenses, and (b) cost of care, excluding depreciation and amortization) of 28%. As of March 31, 2020, those four centers, as well as an additional 30 of our 54 centers, had positive center-level contribution margins, and the overall average center-level contribution margin across all of our centers was 12%.

We Are Engineered to be Scalable

We have proven our ability to execute our model, evidenced by the consistency of our performance as we have grown to date. Our performance has improved each year and we have seen our model work across all of our markets. Since opening our initial centers in 2013:

 

   

Our center-level contribution ramp has nearly uniformly improved across each subsequent vintage, driven by:

 

   

patient-level contribution continuing to trend upward by vintage, both overall and when adjusted by tenure; and

 

   

steady patient growth across vintages.

 

   

We have generated consistent center-level contribution ramps across all of our markets, driven by both core drivers of center contribution:

 

   

consistent patient contribution across markets; and

 

   

steady patient growth across markets.

This consistent performance gives us the conviction to continue to invest in identifying and building centers, hiring top-tier talent and attracting patients in existing and new markets in order to drive long-term value creation.

We believe that we have created a repeatable, data-driven playbook to expand our brand and presence across the United States and we have made substantial investments to support each key component of our approach. The fundamental aspects of our playbook include an algorithmic approach to site selection based on our key criteria, a focused approach to recruiting and developing talent (including physicians, nurse practitioners, Care Team members and regional leaders) and an efficient go-to-market model with grassroots community outreach to engage and attract patients.

Our Value Proposition

We believe that, despite a history of net losses, our healthcare ecosystem provides all constituencies involved in our care delivery model with the opportunity to “Win.” The Oak Street Platform incentivizes our patients, our payors and our providers to adopt our vision and rewards them each in a meaningful way.

Our Patients “Win” due to Measurably Better Health Outcomes and Patient Experience

Our patients have complex health needs. As of 2017, the average income of our patient base, as self-reported to us, was approximately $20,700. Approximately 42% of our patients are dual eligible for both



 

7


Table of Contents

Medicare and Medicaid. Approximately 40% of our patients have a behavioral health diagnosis and approximately 50% struggle with one or more social risk factors like isolation and lack of access to housing and food that are considered social determinants of health. Approximately 86% of our at-risk patients have one or more chronic conditions, with the average at-risk patient having three or more chronic conditions. We currently provide care to this population in at least seven different languages. The Oak Street Platform is designed to address their needs and drive top-rated quality performance, outstanding health outcomes and an experience our patients love. This is evidenced by our strong track record of quality outcomes and patient experience metrics, as evidenced by our Net Promoter Score of 90 and by our patient health metrics, including an approximately 51% reduction in hospital admissions (based on our hospital admission rates per thousand patients of 183 as of March 31, 2020, compared to the Medicare benchmark of 370), 42% reduction in 30-day readmission rates (based on our rate of hospital readmissions within 30 days per thousand patients of 11% as of March 31, 2020, compared to the Medicare benchmark of 19%) and 51% reduction in emergency department visits (based on our rate of emergency department “treat and release” claims per thousand patients of 535 as of December 31, 2019, compared to the Medicare benchmark of 1,091). See the section titled “Business-Overview” for a description of how we derive the above Medicare benchmarks.

Our Payors “Win” as Medical Costs Decline, Membership Volumes Increase, and Medicare Quality Metrics Improve

Although we have limited experience managing contracts with full risk, since entering into our first fully capitated contracts in 2016 we have worked closely with key payors to improve outcomes for patients. Our demonstrated track record of improving patient outcomes enables payors to become net beneficiaries when we open centers in locations where they have insured Medicare members or desire to grow. Payors dedicate a large share of their efforts to reducing medical costs and they have a strong desire to engage with solutions proven to achieve that goal. We believe that our ability to remove unnecessary costs through a comprehensive approach to patient care makes us a partner of choice for payors and allows payors to lock in improved medical cost performance. Also, our strong performance in Medicare quality metrics, as demonstrated by our achievements in addressing Healthcare Effectiveness Data and Information Set (“HEDIS”) gaps and adherence to evidence-based care guidelines, supports improvements in payors’ quality score, which increases their revenue. On the whole, we believe we represent an attractive opportunity for payors to meaningfully improve their financial results.

As of March 31, 2020, we had contractual relationships with 23 payor partners, including all of the top five national MA payors. A significant portion of our revenue is concentrated with three large payors, Humana, WellCare and Cigna HealthSpring, which together comprised approximately 72% of our capitated revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2020, with 49% from Humana, 12% from WellCare and 11% from Cigna HealthSpring.

Our Providers “Win” because the Oak Street Platform Allows Them to Focus on Improving the Lives of Their Patients

Our providers are supported by integrated Care Teams that partner together to take care of patients and allow providers to spend more time with patients. Additionally, the Oak Street Platform is enabled by technology that our providers leverage to ensure they are aware of each patient’s health history and potential risks, helping to inform proper diagnoses. The Oak Street Platform is designed to reward quality, not quantity, of care. Provider compensation is determined by quality measures across the population of patients for which they are responsible and is not linked to visit volume. This dynamic is valued by providers because it reduces the potential for burnout and rewards them for making decisions in the best interest of their patients.

The net result of our model is that our providers have a smaller number of patients to care for, more time with patients, more support from our Care Teams and better technology to help them care for patients.



 

8


Table of Contents

We “Win” through a Virtuous Cycle that Promotes Growth across All Facets of Our Business and Drives Our Financial Results

The Oak Street Platform generates a positive feedback loop that can drive our expansion and can perpetuate growth, unlocking the embedded economics of our business as we add centers and those centers mature. We built Oak Street Health to serve patients and provide measurably better health in all communities we serve. By reducing overall cost by increasing the investment in primary and preventive care, we put the dollars where they better serve our patients and increase their overall wellbeing. We have created a model that incentivizes all constituencies to work together, because everyone “Wins.” When all constituencies benefit, we can share in the value. By structuring the majority of our contracts with MA plans as fully capitated arrangements for managing their members, we capture the meaningful value we create by increasing care quality, improving health outcomes and saving the healthcare system money. This potential surplus can then be reinvested in the business to expand and improve our care model which leads to more savings, powering a self-driven cycle of investment and growth that we believe allows us to scale nationally and rebuild healthcare as it should be.

Our Competitive Advantages

We Purpose-Built the Oak Street Platform from the Ground Up

The Oak Street Platform was designed to manage Medicare-eligible patients’ total cost of care through capitated, value-based payments. We designed a brand-new model because the existing primary care infrastructure was not built to be able to provide the type of care necessary to drive the massive improvements in cost and quality the health system needs. We decided to focus on the Medicare market due to its size, growth tailwinds and largely clinically cohesive population. We designed the Oak Street Platform to take risk in managing patients’ health below an agreed-upon baseline cost because we believed there was a meaningful opportunity to generate system-wide cost savings and we saw an opportunity to capture the value we created by delivering those results. The purposeful design of the Oak Street Platform against a specific population with similar clinical needs differentiates it from the majority of other players in the healthcare delivery system.

We Have a First Mover Advantage

Our care delivery model is the result of years of research, observation, iteration and enhancement, and we continue to invest in improving our approach. Due to our existing scale, growth trajectory and demonstrated ability to drive improving center-level financials, we believe we have access to more capital and operational expertise than potential new entrants, meaning we will be able to continue to improve our model more quickly than new entrants are able to develop their models, build scale and become our competitors.

Positive Feedback Loop Accelerates Our Business

We have created an environment in which our strong performance in one dimension accelerates performance in another, which, in turn, leads to growth in yet another aspect of our business.

Custom-Designed, Integrated End-to-End Technology

Canopy is designed to fit seamlessly into our care delivery model and Care Team workflows. As we scale, so does our technology. With the benefit of larger data pools as our business grows, Canopy will be able to produce increasingly powerful data insights that will equip us with more tools to improve the health of our patients. We believe that we have only begun to unlock the value of our data assets, which are growing rapidly as we open new centers and add more patients.



 

9


Table of Contents

Organic, Community-Based Marketing and Patient Recruitment

We employ a multichannel marketing strategy that goes directly to our target customer. We fundamentally control our own destiny and can scale the number of centers on our platform rapidly and fill them with any interested patients we attract.

Highly Recurring Customer Base Creates Subscription-Like Revenue Model

Our patients benefit from our offering and they rarely leave. Because we generate the majority of our revenue on a PPPM basis and we are able to consistently retain patients, we have significant visibility into our future financial performance. This provides us the flexibility to quickly adapt to changing circumstances and deliver what we believe to be the right care in the right setting, as we did with telehealth in the spring of 2020, without having an immediate adverse impact to our revenue.

A Flexible Model Able to Match Patient Needs and Preferences

The COVID-19 pandemic is creating difficulties for traditional fee-for-service model providers to provide care while causing changes to patient’s preferred means of engagement. The changes in preference are not uniform, with some patients preferring traditional in-person visits while others would prefer leveraging telehealth. It is unknown how these preferences will evolve both during and after the pandemic. Additionally, clinical needs of patients vary. Given the high disease burden of our patients, we believe in-person care will remain a necessity for the vast majority, with our sickest patients generally requiring more in-person care. However, we believe we have been able to effectively complement in-person care with telehealth visits and can continue to do so. For reasons of both patient preference and clinical need, we believe our model’s adaptability and our ability to effectively engage our patients in numerous ways without negatively impacting our capitated revenue will be an advantage for Oak Street.

Mission-Driven Team with Unique “Oaky” Culture

Our team has a steadfast commitment to executing on the mission and vision of our business. To achieve our goals, we have developed an “Oaky” culture centered around creating an unmatched patient experience, driving clinical excellence, taking ownership, fostering innovation and radiating positive energy.

Our Growth Strategy

The key elements of our growth strategy include:

 

   

increase patient enrollment within existing centers;

 

   

add additional centers in existing markets;

 

   

expand into new markets;

 

   

movement of current patients from fee-for-service to value-based arrangements; and

 

   

continue to optimize the Oak Street Platform.

Impact of the COVID-19 Pandemic on Our Operations

The severity, magnitude and duration of the current COVID-19 pandemic is uncertain and rapidly changing. As of the date of this prospectus, the extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic may impact our business, results of operations and financial condition remains uncertain. Furthermore, because of our business model, the full impact of the COVID-19 pandemic may not be fully reflected in our results of operations and overall financial condition until future periods.



 

10


Table of Contents

The ultimate impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business, results of operations and financial condition will depend on certain developments, including: the duration and spread of the outbreak; government responses to the pandemic; its impact on the health and welfare of our patients, our employees and their families; its impact on patient, industry, or employee events; delays in hiring and onboarding new employees; and effects on our partners and supply chain, some of which are uncertain, difficult to predict, and not within our control.

In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, in the first and second quarters of 2020, we took the following actions to ensure the safety of our employees and their families and to address the physical, mental and social health of our patients:

 

   

Temporarily closed all of our corporate offices and enabled our entire corporate work force to work remotely;

 

   

Implemented travel restrictions for non-essential business;

 

   

Transitioned much of our center-based care to be delivered by our providers virtually through newly developed telehealth capabilities, including video and telephone which has enabled us to increase our visits per center per day by 12% from February 2020 to April 2020;

 

   

Made operational changes to the staffing and operations of our centers, which remain open as “essential” businesses, to minimize potential exposure to and transmission of COVID-19;

 

   

Temporarily halted community outreach and other marketing initiatives which drive new patients to our platform;

 

   

Acquired and deployed significantly greater amounts of personal protective equipment (“PPE”) to ensure the safety of our employees and patients;

 

   

Created a program called “COVID Care” to actively monitor our patients for suspected COVID-19 infections with the goal of managing those symptoms to keep our patients safely out of the hospital unless and until necessary due to the potential infection risks in the hospital environment; and

 

   

Redeployed our contracted and employed drivers, who typically transport patients to our centers, to deliver food from food pantries to our patients to address food supply issues or challenges.

These changes remain in effect and could extend into future quarters. It is critical to note that, as detailed in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Components of Results of Operations—Revenue,” over 97% of our total revenues are recurring, consisting of fixed monthly per-patient-per-month capitation payments we receive from MA plans. Due to our recurring revenue base, we experienced minimal impact to our revenue in the first quarter of 2020 and expect minimal impact to revenue on our existing patient base in 2020. The contracted nature of our revenue allowed us to rapidly transition our business from delivering the majority of our care via our retail-based centers to virtual care/telehealth modalities without concern for any changes to reimbursement or revenue impact to our business, as we are paid the same to care for our at-risk patients regardless of how we deliver care services to our patients. Our business model and its underlying economics align our interests with our patients’ health and wellbeing needs; therefore, we quickly invested to address those needs to ensure the safety and health of our patients without material financial impact to our company. Furthermore, as we continue to leverage our employed base of healthcare providers, we are able to continue to assess and meet the clinical needs of our patients, without concern for how the vast majority of those services may be reimbursed, as only 1.1% of our total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2019 (a pre-COVID-19 period) was related to fee-for-service payments and represented only minimal incremental cost to our organization. During April and May 2020, we engaged with 80% of our patients in some form, with 62% of our patients completing an audio, in-person or video visit, and the remaining 18% receiving a non-visit touch point such as a call with a social worker to discuss social determinants of health needs.



 

11


Table of Contents

We expect COVID-19 to affect our medical claims expense. Measuring from the beginning of the pandemic until May 31, 2020, we estimate that approximately 1,906 of our at-risk patients had symptoms that suggested possible COVID-19 infection, representing 3% of our at-risk patients. As we are financially responsible for essentially all of the healthcare costs associated with those patients whether we provide that care or a third party provides that care, we suspect that the healthcare costs of these patients will be greater than had COVID-19 not occurred. It is impossible, however, to know what other healthcare issues these patients may have encountered in their pre-COVID-19 lives and whether the COVID-19 costs are or will be greater or lesser than the costs these patients would otherwise incur. Additionally, because of the extraordinary measures taken by local governments in our markets, all of our patients had more limited access to healthcare services, including healthcare specialists such as cardiologists or orthopedists, to schedule both inpatient and outpatient surgeries, and to some hospital care. We expect that beginning in late March 2020 and extending through most of the second quarter of 2020, our patients who were not infected with COVID-19, which represents over 97% of our at-risk patients, incurred lower healthcare costs than we would have otherwise expected, which will result in lower medical claims expense that we incur. We expect the vast majority of these costs are just delayed and will be incurred at future points in time and it is possible that the deferral of healthcare services could cause additional health problems in our existing patients, which could increase our costs in the future. We cannot accurately estimate the net potential impact, positive or negative, to medical claims expense at this time. Furthermore, given the time it takes for medical claims to be submitted to MA plans, adjudicated, and sent to us, we believe it will be several quarters before we will be able to accurately calculate the impact on medical claims expense from the COVID-19 pandemic. We do not believe, however, that the impact of medical claims related to COVID-19 that we have experienced to date will have a materially detrimental effect on our long-term financial performance. This belief is based on several indicators that the Company regularly tracks, including:

 

   

Hospital admission rates — inpatient hospital costs represent approximately 48% of our at-risk patients’ medical claims. Therefore, we closely monitor the number of our patients that are admitted to the hospital. Through May 31, 2020, our hospital admission rates are within the normal bounds of what we have historically experienced and are at approximately the same levels we experienced in 2019.

 

   

Approximately 90% of our patients are in an HMO-like product, which generally requires a referral from our providers to see specialists. The cost of specialist visits, independent lab work, ambulatory surgery centers, and hospital outpatient expenses, all of which are impacted by specialists’ visits, account for approximately 30% of our at-risk patients’ medical claims. Our specialist referral volumes declined approximately 70% when we compare our providers’ weekly ordering patterns for the first full 10 weeks of 2020 to the subsequent 12 weeks.

Although we plan to increase our efforts in summer 2020, we expect the temporary cessation of our outbound marketing efforts to be a potential headwind on growth in 2020 and potentially beyond. We believe one of the effects of COVID-19 has been increased focus on health and wellbeing across all patients and therefore there is still strong demand for the type of quality care we deliver and a desire to receive that care in our centers . In light of that, we have developed, and continue to develop, new methods of outreach that we believe will be effective in the current environment. For example, we are engaging community partners, such as senior living facilities and faith-based organizations, to obtain referrals of older adults who could benefit from our services and care model. Given, however, that much of our historic growth has come from in-person meetings and events, our historical growth is not necessarily a reliable indicator of our future growth.

The impact, if any, of these and any additional operational changes we may implement is uncertain, but changes we have implemented to date have not affected and are not expected to materially affect our ability to maintain operations, including financial reporting systems, internal control over financial reporting, and disclosure controls and procedures. See “Risk Factors” for further discussion of the possible impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business and the section titled “Business—Impact of the COVID-19 Pandemic.”



 

12


Table of Contents

Recent Unaudited Operating Results

Set forth below are certain preliminary estimates of our operating results for the three months ended June 30, 2020 compared to our actual operating results for the three months ended June 30, 2019. We have not yet finalized our operating results for the three months ended June 30, 2020, and our consolidated statements of operations and related notes as of and for the three months ended June 30, 2020 are not expected to be available until after this offering is completed. Consequently, our final operating results for the three months ended June 30, 2020 will not be available to you prior to investing in this offering. While we are currently unaware of any items that would require us to make adjustments to the financial information set forth below, it is possible that we or our independent registered public accounting firm may identify such items as we complete our interim financial statements and any resulting changes could be material. Accordingly, undue reliance should not be placed on these preliminary estimates. These preliminary estimates are not necessarily indicative of any future period and should be read together with “Risk Factors,” “Forward-Looking Statements” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included in this Registration Statement.

The preliminary financial data included below has been prepared by, and is the responsibility of, our management. Our independent auditors have not audited, reviewed, compiled or performed any procedures with respect to such preliminary financial data or the accounting treatment thereof. Accordingly, our independent auditors express no opinion or any other form of assurance with respect thereto.

We are providing the following preliminary estimates of our operating results for the three months ended June 30, 2020:

     For the Three Months Ended June 30,  
     2019     2020  
           Low      High  

Financial Results

       

Total revenues

   $ 126.5       

Medical claims expense

   $ 84.3       

Cost of care, excluding depreciation & amortization

   $ 31.4       

Net loss attributable to Oak Street Health, LLC

   ($ 20.2     

Key Metrics

 

    

Centers

     44       54        54  

Total Patients

     64,000       

At-Risk

     63%       

Fee-for-service

     37%       

Patient Contribution

   $ 38.7       

Platform Contribution

   $ 10.8       

Comparison of the Three Months Ended June 30, 2020 and 2019

The estimated increase in total revenues of             % to             % is primarily attributable to patient growth of             %, as well as an increase in total revenues per patient. Total revenues per patient increased by a range of             % to             % due to a shift in patient mix toward higher-premium at-risk patients that had a higher level of acuity on average and thus higher capitation payments.

The estimated increase in medical claims payable of             % to             % is primarily attributable to patient growth of             %, as well as an increase in medical claims expense per patient driven by medical costs trends and mix shift of patients to higher cost markets.



 

13


Table of Contents

The estimated cost of care, excluding depreciation and amortization increased during the period by a range of             % to             % compared to the three months ended June 30, 2019 primarily due to increases in salaries and benefits, occupancy, transportation, and medical supply costs related to our             % growth in patients and growth of centers of             .

The estimated net loss attributable to Oak Street Health, LLC changed during the period by a range of              from the three months ended June 30, 2019 primarily due to higher total revenues with increases in total operating expenses for the period compared to the three months ended June 30, 2019. The increase in total operating expenses was primarily due to higher salaries and benefits and as we continued to expand our team to support our growth and prepared to become a public company.

Risks Associated with Our Business

There are a number of risks related to our business, this offering and our common stock that you should consider before you decide to participate in this offering. You should carefully consider all the information presented in the section entitled “Risk Factors” in this prospectus. Some of the principal risks related to our business include the following:

 

   

our history of net losses, with an accumulated deficit of $369.4 million as of March 31, 2020, and our ability to achieve or maintain profitability;

 

   

the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business;

 

   

difficulty evaluating our current business and future prospects given our limited operating history;

 

   

the success of our growth strategy and our ability to achieve expected results;

 

   

our ability to attract new patients;

 

   

the dependence of our revenues and operations on a limited number of key payors;

 

   

the risk of termination or non-renewal of the Medicare Advantage contracts held by the health plans with which we contract, or of our contracts with those plans;

 

   

changes in the payor mix of our patients and potential decreases in our reimbursement rates;

 

   

the risk that the cost of providing our services will exceed our compensation;

 

   

risks related to regulation, as we operate in a highly regulated industry;

 

   

the fact that the Lead Sponsors control us, and their interests may conflict with ours or yours; and

 

   

the other factors set forth under “Risk Factors.”

These and other risks are more fully described in the section entitled “Risk Factors” in this prospectus. If any of these risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. As a result, you could lose all or part of your investment in our common stock.

General Corporate Information

Oak Street Health, Inc. was incorporated as a Delaware corporation on October 22, 2019 in anticipation of this offering. Our principal executive offices are located at 30 W. Monroe Street, Suite 1200, Chicago, Illinois 60603. Our telephone number is (312) 733-9730. Our website address is www.oakstreethealth.com. The information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider any information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website as part of this prospectus or in deciding whether to purchase our common stock. We are a holding company and all of our business operations are conducted through our subsidiaries and affiliated medical groups.



 

14


Table of Contents

This prospectus includes our trademarks and service marks such as “Oak Street Health”, which are protected under applicable intellectual property laws and are the property of us or our subsidiaries. This prospectus also contains trademarks, service marks, trade names and copyrights of other companies, such as “Humana,” “WellCare,” and “Cigna HealthSpring,” which are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, trademarks and trade names referred to in this prospectus may appear without the ® or symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the rights of the applicable licensor to these trademarks and trade names.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

We qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, (2) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion, (3) the date on which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer (this means the market value of common that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700.0 million as of the end of the second quarter of that fiscal year), or (4) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the prior three-year period.

An emerging growth company may take advantage of reduced reporting requirements that are otherwise applicable to public companies. These provisions include, but are not limited to:

 

   

not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”);

 

   

reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports, proxy statements and registration statements; and

 

   

exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

We have elected to take advantage of certain of the reduced disclosure obligations regarding financial statements and executive compensation in this prospectus and expect to elect to take advantage of other reduced burdens in future filings. As a result, the information that we provide to our shareholders may be different than you might receive from other public reporting companies in which you hold equity interests.

In addition, under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We intend to take advantage of the longer phase-in periods for the adoption of new or revised financial accounting standards under the JOBS Act until we are no longer an emerging growth company. Our election to use the phase-in periods permitted by this election may make it difficult to compare our financial statements to those of non-emerging growth companies and other emerging growth companies that have opted out of the longer phase-in periods permitted under the JOBS Act and who will comply with new or revised financial accounting standards. If we were to subsequently elect instead to comply with public company effective dates, such election would be irrevocable pursuant to the JOBS Act.



 

15


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Common stock offered

            shares.

 

Option to purchase additional shares

            shares.

 

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

            shares (or             shares if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares from us is exercised in full).

 

Use of proceeds

We estimate that our net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $         million, or approximately $         million if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full, assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

  The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility, create a public market for our common stock and enable access to the public equity markets for us and our shareholders. We expect to use approximately $             million of the net proceeds of this offering to repay outstanding borrowings, including fees and expenses, under our $90.0 million loan agreement with Hercules Capital, Inc. (the “Loan Agreement”), under which $80.0 million in principal amount was outstanding and which had an interest rate of 9.75% as of March 31, 2020, and the remainder of such net proceeds will be used for general corporate purposes. See “Use of Proceeds” for additional information.

 

Controlled company

After this offering, assuming an offering size as set forth in this section, we expect to be a controlled company within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of             . See “Management—Controlled Company Status.”

 

Directed share program

At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to              shares of common stock, or             % of the shares of common stock to be offered by this prospectus for sale, at the initial public offering price, through a directed share program. Shares purchased through the directed share program will not be subject to a lock-up restriction, except in the case of shares purchased by any of our directors or officers. The number of shares of common stock available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent these individuals or entities purchase such reserved shares. Any reserved shares that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the other shares offered by this prospectus.

 

Risk factors

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. See “Risk Factors” elsewhere in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our common stock.


 

16


Table of Contents

Proposed trading symbol

“OSH.”

The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding following this offering is based on                  shares of common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2020 on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the Organizational Transactions, and excludes:

 

   

             shares of common stock, plus future increases, reserved for future issuance under our 2020 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2020 Plan”), including (1)              restricted stock units (“RSUs”) that may be settled for an equal number of shares of common stock that we will issue to certain employees and directors upon completion of this offering, and (2) options to purchase an aggregate of              shares of common stock that we will issue to approximately              existing unitholders upon completion of this offering, with an exercise price set at the initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus; and

 

   

             shares of common stock, plus future increases, reserved for issuance under our 2020 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ESPP”).

Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus assumes:

 

   

the completion of the Organizational Transactions, as described under “Organizational Transactions”;

 

   

the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the adoption of our bylaws, each in connection with the closing of this offering; and

 

   

no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to                  additional shares of common stock.



 

17


Table of Contents

Summary Consolidated Financial Data

The following tables summarize our consolidated financial data. The summary consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary consolidated statement of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2020 and the summary consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2020 are derived from our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that are necessary for the fair statement of our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements.

Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future. You should read the summary historical financial data below in conjunction with the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Oak Street Health, Inc. was formed as a Delaware corporation on October 22, 2019 in anticipation of this offering and has not, to date, conducted any activities other than those incident to its formation, the Organizational Transactions and the preparation of the prospectus and the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2018     2019     2019     2020  
(dollars in thousands)                (unaudited)  

Revenues:

        

Capitated revenue

   $ 309,594     $ 539,909     $ 115,329     $ 196,590  

Other patient service revenue

     8,344       16,695       2,047       5,195  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

     317,938       556,604       117,376       201,785  

Operating expenses:

        

Medical claims expense

     227,566       385,998       77,274       132,285  

Cost of care, excluding depreciation and amortization

     85,958       140,853       27,644       43,769  

Sales and marketing

     25,470       46,189       8,675       11,871  

Corporate, general and administrative expenses

     50,799       79,592       11,911       24,379  

Depreciation and amortization

     4,182       7,848       1,724       2,505  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     393,975       660,480       127,228       214,809  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (76,037     (103,876     (9,852     (13,024

Other income (expense):

        

Interest expense, net

     (3,688     (5,651     (9     (2,426

Other

     10       84       62       95  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

     (3,678     (5,567     53       (2,331
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (79,715     (109,443     (9,799     (15,355

Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

     171       1,581       (196     355  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to the Company

   $ (79,544   $ (107,862   $ (9,995 )    $ (15,000 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Undeclared and deemed dividends on Investor Units

     (39,118     (29,370     (7,114     (9,572
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common unitholders

   $ (118,662   $ (137,232   $ (17,109 )    $ (24,572 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average number of common units outstanding - basic and diluted

     689,957       620,068       620,068       620,068  

Net loss per unit - basic and diluted

   $ (171.98   $ (221.32   $ (27.59 )    $ (39.63 ) 


 

18


Table of Contents
     Year Ended
December 31,
     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2018      2019      2019      2020  
(dollars in thousands)                  (unaudited)  

Pro Forma Per Share Data(1)(2):

                                                                               

Pro forma net income (loss) per share:

           

Basic

      $           $    
     

 

 

       

 

 

 

Diluted

      $           $    
     

 

 

       

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average shares used in computing net income (loss) per share:

           

Basic

           

Diluted

           

 

(1)

Unaudited pro forma per share information gives effect to the Organizational Transactions, our sale of                  shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us and the application of the net proceeds from this offering to repay $80.0 million in principal amount of outstanding borrowings under our Loan Agreement as set forth under “Use of Proceeds.” In conjunction with the conversion, all of our outstanding equity interests will be converted into shares of common stock. This pro forma data is presented for informational purposes only and does not purport to represent what our net income (loss) or net income (loss) per share actually would have been had the offering and use of proceeds therefrom occurred on January 1, 2019 or to project our net income (loss) or net income (loss) per share for any future period.

(2)

Reflects the 2020 Tender Offer (as defined herein) completed on April 27, 2020. 107,208 Founders’ Units, 1,142 Incentive Units and 22,801 Profits Interests were tendered for a purchase price of $20.0 million.

 

     March 31, 2020  
     Actual      Pro Forma As
Adjusted(1)(2)(5)
 
     (dollars in thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheets Data:

     

Cash(3)

   $ 226,342      $                

Working capital(4)

   $ 209,432      $    

Total assets

   $ 541,484      $    

Long-term debt, net of current portion

   $ 81,731      $    

Total members’ deficit

   $ (358,412    $    

 

(1)

Reflects our sale of            shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us and the application of the net proceeds from this offering to repay $80.0 million in principal amount of outstanding borrowings under our Loan Agreement as set forth under “Use of Proceeds.” The Organizational Transactions have no impact on the line items presented.

(2)

A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease each of cash, working capital, total assets and total equity on an as adjusted basis by approximately $        million, assuming the number of shares offered, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

(3)

Includes $10,391 of restricted cash.

(4)

We define working capital as current assets less current liabilities.

(5)

Reflects the 2020 Tender Offer (as defined herein) completed on April 27, 2020. 107,208 Founders’ Units, 1,142 Incentive Units and 22,801 Profits Interests were tendered for a purchase price of $20.0 million.



 

19


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information contained in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto, before making a decision to invest in our common stock. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties that we are unaware of, or that we currently believe are not material, may also become important factors that affect us. If any of the following risks occur, our business, financial condition, operating results and prospectus could be materially and adversely affected. In that event, the price of our common stock could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business

We have a history of net losses, we anticipate increasing expenses in the future, and we may not be able to achieve or maintain profitability.

We have incurred net losses on an annual basis since our inception. We incurred net losses of $79.5 million and $107.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 and of $10.0 million and $15.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively. Our accumulated deficit as of March 31, 2020 was $369.4 million. We expect our aggregate costs will increase substantially in the foreseeable future and our losses will continue as we expect to invest heavily in increasing our patient base, expanding our operations, hiring additional employees and operating as a public company. These efforts may prove more expensive than we currently anticipate, and we may not succeed in increasing our revenue sufficiently to offset these higher expenses. To date, we have financed our operations principally from the sale of our equity, revenue from our patient services and the incurrence of indebtedness. Our cash flow from operations was negative for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 and for the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2020. We may not generate positive cash flow from operations or profitability in any given period, and our limited operating history may make it difficult for you to evaluate our current business and our future prospects.

We have encountered and will continue to encounter risks and difficulties frequently experienced by growing companies in rapidly changing industries, including increasing expenses as we continue to grow our business. We expect our operating expenses to increase significantly over the next several years as we continue to hire additional personnel, expand our operations and infrastructure, and continue to expand to reach more patients. In addition to the expected costs to grow our business, we also expect to incur additional legal, accounting and other expenses as a newly public company. These investments may be more costly than we expect, and if we do not achieve the benefits anticipated from these investments, or if the realization of these benefits is delayed, they may not result in increased revenue or growth in our business. If our growth rate were to decline significantly or become negative, it could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. If we are not able to achieve or maintain positive cash flow in the long term, we may require additional financing, which may not be available on favorable terms or at all and/or which would be dilutive to our stockholders. If we are unable to successfully address these risks and challenges as we encounter them, our business, results of operations and financial condition would be adversely affected. Our failure to achieve or maintain profitability could negatively impact the value of our common stock.

A pandemic, epidemic or outbreak of an infectious disease in the United States or worldwide, including the outbreak of the novel strain of coronavirus disease, COVID-19, could adversely affect our business.

If a pandemic, epidemic or outbreak of an infectious disease occurs in the United States or worldwide, our business may be adversely affected. The severity, magnitude and duration of the current COVID-19 pandemic is uncertain and rapidly changing. As of the date of this prospectus, the extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic may impact our business, results of operations and financial condition remains uncertain. Furthermore, because of our business model, the full impact of the COVID-19 pandemic may not be fully reflected in our results of operations and overall financial condition until future periods.

 

20


Table of Contents

Adverse market conditions resulting from the spread of COVID-19 could materially adversely affect our business and the value of our common stock. Numerous state and local jurisdictions, including all markets where we operate, have imposed, and others in the future may impose, “shelter-in-place” orders, quarantines, executive orders and similar government orders and restrictions for their residents to control the spread of COVID-19. Such orders or restrictions have resulted in largely remote operations at our headquarters and centers, work stoppages among some vendors and suppliers, slowdowns and delays, travel restrictions and cancellation of events and have restricted the ability of our front-line outreach teams to host and attend community events, among other effects, thereby significantly and negatively impacting our operations. Other disruptions or potential disruptions include restrictions on the ability of our personnel to travel; inability of our suppliers to manufacture goods and to deliver these to us on a timely basis, or at all; inventory shortages or obsolescence; delays in actions of regulatory bodies; diversion of or limitations on employee resources that would otherwise be focused on the operations of our business, including because of sickness of employees or their families or the desire of employees to avoid contact with groups of people; business adjustments or disruptions of certain third parties; and additional government requirements or other incremental mitigation efforts. The extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic impacts our business will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted, including new information which may emerge concerning the severity and spread of COVID-19 and the actions to contain COVID-19 or treat its impact, among others. In addition, the COVID-19 virus disproportionately impacts older adults, especially those with chronic illnesses, which describes many of our patients.

It is not currently possible to reliably project the direct impact of COVID-19 on our operating revenues and expenses. Key factors include the duration and extent of the outbreak in our service areas as well as societal and governmental responses. Patients may continue to be reluctant to seek necessary care given the risks of the COVID-19 pandemic. This could have the effect of deterring healthcare costs that we will need to incur to later periods and may also affect the health of patients who defer treatment, which may cause our costs to increase in the future. Further, as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, we may experience slowed growth or a decline in new patient demand. We also may experience increased internal and third-party medical costs as we provide care for patients suffering from COVID-19. This increase in costs may be particularly significant given the number of our patients who are under capitation agreements. Further, we may face increased competition due to changes to our competitors’ products and services, including modifications to their terms, conditions, and pricing that could materially adversely impact our business, results of operations, and overall financial condition in future periods.

In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, in the first quarter of 2020, we temporarily closed all of our corporate offices, and enabled our entire corporate work force to work remotely. We also made operational changes to the staffing and operations of our centers to minimize potential exposure to COVID-19. We have also implemented travel restrictions for non-essential business. If the COVID-19 pandemic worsens, especially in regions where we have offices or centers, our business activities originating from affected areas could be adversely affected. Disruptive activities could include business closures in impacted areas, further restrictions on our employees’ and service providers’ ability to travel, impacts to productivity if our employees or their family members experience health issues, and potential delays in hiring and onboarding of new employees. We may take further actions that alter our business operations as may be required by local, state, or federal authorities or that we determine are in the best interests of our employees. Such measures could negatively affect our sales and marketing efforts, sales cycles, employee productivity, or customer retention, any of which could harm our financial condition and business operations.

Due to the COVID-19 pandemic, we may not be able to document the health conditions of our patients as completely as we have in the past. Medicare pays capitation using a “risk adjustment model,” which compensates providers based on the health status (acuity) of each individual patient. Payors with higher acuity patients receive more, and those with lower acuity patients receive less. Medicare requires that a patient’s health issues be documented annually regardless of the permanence of the underlying causes. Historically, this documentation was required to be completed during an in-person visit with a patient. As part of the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security Act, or CARES Act, Medicare is allowing documentation for conditions identified during video visits with patients. However, given the disruption caused by COVID-19, it is unclear whether we will be

 

21


Table of Contents

able to document the health conditions of our patients as comprehensively as we did in 2019, which may adversely impact our revenue in future periods.

The COVID-19 pandemic could also cause our third-party data center hosting facilities and cloud computing platform providers, which are critical to our infrastructure, to shut down their business, experience security incidents that impact our business, delay or disrupt performance or delivery of services, or experience interference with the supply chain of hardware required by their systems and services, any of which could materially adversely affect our business. Further, the COVID-19 pandemic has resulted in our employees and those of many of our vendors working from home and conducting work via the internet, and if the network and infrastructure of internet providers becomes overburdened by increased usage or is otherwise unreliable or unavailable, our employees’, and our customers’ and vendors’ employees’, access to the internet to conduct business could be negatively impacted. Limitations on access or disruptions to services or goods provided by or to some of our suppliers and vendors upon which our platform and business operations relies, could interrupt our ability to provide our platform, decrease the productivity of our workforce, and significantly harm our business operations, financial condition, and results of operations.

Our platform and the other systems or networks used in our business may experience an increase in attempted cyber-attacks, targeted intrusion, ransomware, and phishing campaigns seeking to take advantage of shifts to employees working remotely using their household or personal internet networks and to leverage fears promulgated by the COVID-19 pandemic. The success of any of these unauthorized attempts could substantially impact our platform, the proprietary and other confidential data contained therein or otherwise stored or processed in our operations, and ultimately our business. Any actual or perceived security incident also may cause us to incur increased expenses to improve our security controls and to remediate security vulnerabilities.

The extent and continued impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business will depend on certain developments, including: the duration and spread of the outbreak; government responses to the pandemic; the impact on our customers and our sales cycles; the impact on customer, industry, or employee events; and the effect on our partners and supply chains, all of which are uncertain and cannot be predicted. Because of our business model, the full impact of the COVID-19 pandemic may not be fully reflected in our results of operations and overall financial condition until future periods.

To the extent the COVID-19 pandemic adversely affects our business and financial results, it may also have the effect of heightening many of the other risks described in this “Risk Factors” section, including but not limited to those relating to cyber-attacks and security vulnerabilities, interruptions or delays due to third-parties, or our ability to raise additional capital or generate sufficient cash flows necessary to fulfill our obligations under our existing indebtedness or to expand our operations.

Our relatively limited operating history makes it difficult to evaluate our current business and future prospects and increases the risk of your investment.

Our relatively limited operating history makes it difficult to evaluate our current business and prospectus and plan for our future growth. We opened our first center in Chicago in 2013, with all of our growth occurring in recent years. We entered into our first fully capitated agreements with health plans in 2016, and we have limited experience managing contracts with full risk. We have encountered and will continue to encounter significant risks and uncertainties frequently experienced by new and growing companies in rapidly changing industries, such as determining appropriate investments for our limited resources, competition from other providers, acquiring and retaining patients, hiring, integrating, training and retaining skilled personnel, determining prices for our services, unforeseen expenses and challenges in forecasting accuracy. Although we have successfully expanded our centers’ footprint outside of the Midwest and intend to continue to expand into new geographical locations, we cannot provide assurance that any new centers we open or new geographical locations we enter will be successful. If we are unable to increase our patient enrollment, successfully manage our third-party medical costs or successfully expand into new patient services, our revenue and our ability to

 

22


Table of Contents

achieve and sustain profitability would be impaired. Additional risks include our ability to effectively manage growth, process, store, protect and use personal data in compliance with governmental regulation, contractual obligations and other legal obligations related to privacy and security and manage our obligations as a provider of healthcare services under Medicare and Medicaid. If our assumptions regarding these and other similar risks and uncertainties, which we use to plan our business, are incorrect or change as we gain more experience operating our business or due to changes in our industry, or if we do not address these challenges successfully, our operating and financial results could differ materially from our expectations and our business could suffer.

We expect to continue to increase our headcount and to hire more physicians, nurses and other specialized medical personnel in the future as we grow our business and open new centers. We will need to continue to hire, train and manage additional qualified information technology, operations and marketing staff, and improve and maintain our technology and information systems to properly manage our growth. If our new hires perform poorly, or if we are unsuccessful in hiring, training, managing and integrating these new employees, or if we are not successful in retaining our existing employees, our business may be adversely affected.

Our growth strategy may not prove viable and we may not realize expected results.

Our business strategy is to grow rapidly by expanding our network of primary care centers and is significantly dependent on opening new centers in our existing markets, expanding into new geographical locations, recruiting new patients and partnering or contracting with payors, existing medical practices or other healthcare providers to provide primary care services. We seek growth opportunities both organically and through alliances with payors or other primary care providers. Our ability to grow organically depends upon a number of factors, including recruiting new patients, entering into contracts with additional payors, identifying appropriate facilities, obtaining leases, completing internal build-outs of new facilities within proposed timelines and budgets and hiring care teams and other employees. We cannot guarantee that we will be successful in pursuing our growth strategy. If we fail to evaluate and execute new business opportunities properly, we may not achieve anticipated benefits and may incur increased costs.

Our growth strategy involves a number of risks and uncertainties, including that:

 

   

we may not be able to successfully enter into contracts with local payors on terms favorable to us or at all. In addition, we compete for payor relationships with other potential players, some of whom may have greater resources than we do. This competition may intensify due to the ongoing consolidation in the healthcare industry, which may increase our costs to pursue such opportunities;

 

   

we may not be able to recruit or retain a sufficient number of new patients to execute our growth strategy, and we may incur substantial costs to recruit new patients and we may be unable to recruit a sufficient number of new patients to offset those costs;

 

   

we may not be able to hire sufficient numbers of physicians and other staff and may fail to integrate our employees, particularly our medical personnel, into our care model;

 

   

when expanding our business into new states, we may be required to comply with laws and regulations that may differ from states in which we currently operate; and

 

   

depending upon the nature of the local market, we may not be able to implement our business model in every local market that we enter, which could negatively impact our revenues and financial condition.

There can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully capitalize on growth opportunities, which may negatively impact our business model, revenues, results of operations and financial condition.

If we are unable to attract new patients, our revenue growth will be adversely affected.

To increase our revenue, our business strategy is to expand the number of primary care centers in our network. In order to support such growth, we must continue to recruit and retain a sufficient number of new

 

23


Table of Contents

patients. We are focused on the Medicare-eligible population and face competition from other primary healthcare providers in the recruitment of Medicare-eligible potential patients. If we are unable to convince the Medicare-eligible population of the benefits of our Oak Street Platform or if potential or existing patients prefer the care provider model of one of our competitors, we may not be able to effectively implement our growth strategy, which depends on our ability to grow organically and attract new patients. In addition, our growth strategy is dependent on patients electing to move from fee-for-service to capitation arrangements and selecting us as their primary care provider under their MA plan. Plan enrollment selections for MA are made during an annual enrollment period from November into December of each year; therefore, our ability to grow our patient population with capitation arrangements is dependent in part on our ability to successfully recruit MA patients during the annual enrollment period and to convince MA patients to select us as their primary care provider and not subsequently change that election. Our inability to recruit new patients and retain existing patients, particularly those under capitation arrangements, would harm our ability to execute our growth strategy and may have a material adverse effect on our business operations and financial position.

Our revenues and operations are dependent upon a limited number of key payors.

Our operations are dependent on a concentrated number of payors with whom we contract to provide services to patients. We generally manage our payor contracts on a state by state basis, entering into a separate contract in each state with the local affiliate of the relevant payor such that no one local payor contract accounts for a majority of our revenue. When aggregating the revenue associated with each payor through its local affiliates, however, Humana, WellCare and Cigna HealthSpring accounted for a total of approximately 74% and 72% of our capitated revenue for the year ended December 31, 2019 and the three months ended March 31, 2020, respectively, and Humana alone accounted for approximately 57% and 49% of our capitated revenue for the year ended December 31, 2019 and the three months ended March 31, 2020, respectively. We believe that a majority of our revenues will continue to be derived from a limited number of key payors, which may terminate their contracts with us or our physicians credentialed by them upon the occurrence of certain events. The sudden loss of any of our payor partners or the renegotiation of any of our payor contracts could adversely affect our operating results. In the ordinary course of business we engage in active discussions and renegotiations with payors in respect of the services we provide and the terms of our payor agreements. As the payors’ businesses respond to market dynamics and financial pressures, and as payors make strategic business decisions in respect of the lines of business they pursue and programs in which they participate, certain of our payors may seek to renegotiate or terminate their agreements with us. These discussions could result in reductions to the fees and changes to the scope of services contemplated by our original payor contracts and consequently could negatively impact our revenues, business and prospects.

Because we rely on a limited number of payors for a significant portion of our revenues, we depend on the creditworthiness of these payors. Our payors are subject to a number of risks including reductions in payment rates from governmental programs, higher than expected health care costs and lack of predictability of financial results when entering new lines of business, particularly with high-risk populations. If the financial condition of our payor partners declines, our credit risk could increase. Should one or more of our significant payor partners declare bankruptcy, be declared insolvent or otherwise be restricted by state or federal laws or regulation from continuing in some or all of their operations, this could adversely affect our ongoing revenues, the collectability of our accounts receivable, our bad debt reserves and our net income.

Although we have long-term contracts with many payors, these contracts may be terminated before their term expires for various reasons, such as changes in the regulatory landscape and poor performance by us, subject to certain conditions. Certain of our contracts are terminable immediately upon the occurrence of certain events. Certain of our contracts may be terminated immediately by the partner if we lose applicable licenses, go bankrupt, lose our liability insurance or receive an exclusion, suspension or debarment from state or federal government authorities. Additionally, if a payor were to lose applicable licenses, go bankrupt, lose liability insurance, become insolvent, file for bankruptcy or receive an exclusion, suspension or debarment from state or federal government authorities, our contract with such payor could in effect be terminated. In addition, certain of

 

24


Table of Contents

our contracts may be terminated immediately if we become insolvent or file for bankruptcy. If any of our contracts with our payors is terminated, we may not be able to recover all fees due under the terminated contract, which may adversely affect our operating results.

The termination or non-renewal of the Medicare Advantage contracts held by the health plans with which we contract, or the termination or non-renewal of our contracts with those plans, could have a material adverse effect on our revenue and our operations.

In addition to contracting directly with the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (“CMS”) to participate in Medicare, we also contract with other health plans to provide capitated care services with respect to certain of their MA and commercial members. Our contracts with Humana to provide capitated care services for their members accounted for approximately 57% and 49% of our capitated revenue for the year ended December 31, 2019 and the three months ended March 31, 2020, respectively. If a plan with which we contract for these services loses its Medicare contracts with CMS, receives reduced or insufficient government reimbursement under the Medicare program, decides to discontinue its MA and/or commercial plans, decides to contract with another company to provide capitated care services to its members, or decides to directly provide care, our contract with that plan could be at risk and we could lose revenue. In addition, certain of our contracts with health plans are terminable without cause. If any of these contracts were terminated, certain patients covered by such plans may choose to shift to another primary care provider within their health plan’s network. Moreover, our inability to maintain our agreements with health plans, in particular with key payors such as Humana, with respect to their MA members or to negotiate favorable terms for those agreements in the future, could result in the loss of patients and could have a material adverse effect on our profitability and business.

Changes in the payor mix of patients and potential decreases in our reimbursement rates as a result of consolidation among plans could adversely affect our revenues and results of operation.

The amounts we receive for services provided to patients are determined by a number of factors, including the payor mix of our patients and the reimbursement methodologies and rates utilized by our patients’ plans. Reimbursement rates are generally higher for capitation agreements than they are under fee-for-service arrangements, and capitation agreements provide us with an opportunity to capture any additional surplus we create by investing in preventive care to keep a particular patient’s third-party medical expenses low. Under a capitation plan such as MA, we receive a fixed fee PPPM for services. Under a fee-for-service payor arrangement, we collect fees directly from the payor as services are provided. Fee-for-service arrangements accounted for approximately 1.9% and 1.1% of our revenue for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively, and approximately 1.3% and 0.6% of our revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively. Capitation arrangements accounted for approximately 97.4% and 97.0% of our revenue for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively, and approximately 98.3% and 97.4% of our revenue for each of the three-month periods ended March 31, 2019 and 2020. A significant decrease in the number of capitation arrangements could adversely affect our revenues and results of operation.

The healthcare industry has also experienced a trend of consolidation, resulting in fewer but larger payors that have significant bargaining power, given their market share. Payments from payors are the result of negotiated rates. These rates may decline based on renegotiations and larger payors have significant bargaining power to negotiate higher discounted fee arrangements with healthcare providers. As a result, payors increasingly are demanding discounted fee structures or the assumption by healthcare providers of all or a portion of the financial risk related to paying for care provided through capitation agreements.

If we fail to manage our growth effectively, we may be unable to execute our business plan, maintain high levels of service and patient satisfaction or adequately address competitive challenges.

We have experienced, and may continue to experience, rapid growth and organizational change, which has placed, and may continue to place, significant demands on our management and our operational and financial

 

25


Table of Contents

resources. Additionally, our organizational structure may become more complex as we improve our operational, financial and management controls, as well as our reporting systems and procedures. We may require significant capital expenditures and the allocation of valuable management resources to grow and change in these areas. We must effectively increase our headcount and continue to effectively train and manage our employees. We will be unable to manage our business effectively if we are unable to alleviate the strain on resources caused by growth in a timely and successful manner. If we fail to effectively manage our anticipated growth and change, the quality of our services may suffer, which could negatively affect our brand and reputation and harm our ability to attract and retain patients and employees.

In addition, as we expand our business, it is important that we continue to maintain a high level of patient service and satisfaction. As our patient base continues to grow, we will need to expand our medical, patient services and other personnel, and our network of partners, to provide personalized patient service. If we are not able to continue to provide high quality medical care with high levels of patient satisfaction, our reputation, as well as our business, results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.

The healthcare industry is highly competitive.

We compete directly with national, regional and local providers of healthcare for patients and physicians. There are many other companies and individuals currently providing healthcare services, many of which have been in business longer and/or have substantially more resources. Since there are virtually no substantial capital expenditures required for providing healthcare services, there are few financial barriers to entry in the healthcare industry. Other companies could enter the healthcare industry in the future and divert some or all of our business. Our ability to compete successfully varies from location to location and depends on a number of factors, including the number of competing primary care facilities in the local market and the types of services available at those facilities, our local reputation for quality care of patients, the commitment and expertise of our medical staff, our local service offerings and community programs, the cost of care in each locality, and the physical appearance, location, age and condition of our facilities. If we are unable to attract patients to our centers, our revenue and profitability will be adversely affected. Some of our competitors may have greater recognition and be more established in their respective communities than we are, and may have greater financial and other resources than we have. Competing primary care providers may also offer larger facilities or different programs or services than we do, which, combined with the foregoing factors, may result in our competitors being more attractive to our current patients, potential patients and referral sources. Furthermore, while we budget for routine capital expenditures at our facilities to keep them competitive in their respective markets, to the extent that competitive forces cause those expenditures to increase in the future, our financial condition may be negatively affected. In addition, our relationships with governmental and private third-party payors are not exclusive and our competitors have established or could seek to establish relationships with such payors to serve their covered patients. Additionally, as we expand into new geographies, we may encounter competitors with stronger relationships or recognition in the community in such new geography, which could give those competitors an advantage in obtaining new patients. Individual physicians, physician groups and companies in other healthcare industry segments, including those with which we have contracts, and some of which have greater financial, marketing and staffing resources, may become competitors in providing health care services, and this competition may have a material adverse effect on our business operations and financial position.

New physicians and other providers must be properly enrolled in governmental healthcare programs before we can receive reimbursement for their services, and there may be delays in the enrollment process.

Each time a new physician joins us, we must enroll the physician under our applicable group identification number for Medicare and Medicaid programs and for certain managed care and private insurance programs before we can receive reimbursement for services the physician renders to beneficiaries of those programs. The estimated time to receive approval for the enrollment is sometimes difficult to predict. These practices result in delayed reimbursement that may adversely affect our cash flows.

 

26


Table of Contents

With respect to Medicare, providers can retrospectively bill Medicare for services provided 30 days prior to the effective date of the enrollment. In addition, the enrollment rules provide that the effective date of the enrollment will be the later of the date on which the enrollment application was filed and approved by the Medicare contractor, or the date on which the provider began providing services. If we are unable to properly enroll physicians and other applicable healthcare professionals within the 30 days after the provider begins providing services, we will be precluded from billing Medicare for any services which were provided to a Medicare beneficiary more than 30 days prior to the effective date of the enrollment. With respect to Medicaid, new enrollment rules and whether a state will allow providers to retrospectively bill Medicaid for services provided prior to submitting an enrollment application varies by state. Failure to timely enroll providers could reduce our physician services segment total revenues and have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition or results of operations of our physician services segment.

The Affordable Care Act of 2010 (the “ACA”), as currently structured, added additional enrollment requirements for Medicare and Medicaid, which have been further enhanced through implementing regulations and increased enforcement scrutiny. Every enrolled provider must revalidate its enrollment at regular intervals and must update the Medicare contractors and many state Medicaid programs with significant changes on a timely basis. If we fail to provide sufficient documentation as required to maintain our enrollment, Medicare and Medicaid could deny continued future enrollment or revoke our enrollment and billing privileges.

The requirements for enrollment, licensure, certification, and accreditation may include notification or approval in the event of a transfer or change of ownership or certain other changes. Other agencies or payors with which we have contracts may have similar requirements, and some of these processes may be complex. Failure to provide required notifications or obtain necessary approvals may result in the delay or inability to complete an acquisition or transfer, loss of licensure, lapses in reimbursement, or other penalties. While we make reasonable efforts to substantially comply with these requirements, we cannot assure you that the agencies that administer these programs or have awarded us contracts will not find that we have failed to comply in some material respects. A finding of non-compliance and any resulting payment delays, refund demands or other sanctions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Reductions in Medicare reimbursement rates or changes in the rules governing the Medicare program could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

We receive the majority of our revenue from Medicare, either directly or through MA plans, and revenue from Medicare accounted for 97% of our revenue for each of the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively, and for 97% and 98% of our revenue for each of the three-month periods ended March 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively. In addition, many private payors base their reimbursement rates on the published Medicare rates or are themselves reimbursed by Medicare for the services we provide. As a result, our results of operations are, in part, dependent on government funding levels for Medicare programs, particularly MA programs. Any changes that limit or reduce MA or general Medicare reimbursement levels, such as reductions in or limitations of reimbursement amounts or rates under programs, reductions in funding of programs, expansion of benefits without adequate funding, elimination of coverage for certain benefits, or elimination of coverage for certain individuals or treatments under programs, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

The Medicare program and its reimbursement rates and rules are subject to frequent change. These include statutory and regulatory changes, rate adjustments (including retroactive adjustments), administrative or executive orders and government funding restrictions, all of which may materially adversely affect the rates at which Medicare reimburses us for our services. Budget pressures often lead the federal government to reduce or place limits on reimbursement rates under Medicare. Implementation of these and other types of measures has in the past and could in the future result in substantial reductions in our revenue and operating margins. For example, due to the federal sequestration, an automatic 2% reduction in Medicare spending took effect beginning in April 2013. The CARES Act, which was signed into law on March 27, 2020, designed to provide financial

 

27


Table of Contents

support and resources to individuals and businesses affected by the COVID-19 pandemic, temporarily suspended these reductions from May 1, 2020 through December 31, 2020, and extended the sequester by one year, through 2030.

Each year, CMS issues a final rule to establish the MA benchmark payment rates for the following calendar year. Any reduction to MA rates impacting us that is greater compared to the industry average rate may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. The final impact of the MA rates can vary from any estimate we may have and may be further impacted by the relative growth of our MA patient volumes across markets as well as by the benefit plan designs submitted. It is possible that we may underestimate the impact of the MA rates on our business, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. In addition, our MA revenues may continue to be volatile in the future, which could have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

In addition, CMS often changes the rules governing the Medicare program, including those governing reimbursement. Changes that could adversely affect our business include:

 

   

administrative or legislative changes to base rates or the bases of payment;

 

   

limits on the services or types of providers for which Medicare will provide reimbursement;

 

   

changes in methodology for patient assessment and/or determination of payment levels;

 

   

the reduction or elimination of annual rate increases; or

 

   

an increase in co-payments or deductibles payable by beneficiaries.

Recent legislative, judicial and executive efforts to enact further healthcare reform legislation have caused the future state of the exchanges, other reforms under the ACA, and many core aspects of the current U.S. health care system to be unclear. While specific changes and their timing are not yet apparent, enacted reforms and future legislative, regulatory, judicial, or executive changes, particularly any changes to the MA program, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Among the important statutory changes that are being implemented by CMS include provisions of the IMPACT Act. This law imposes a stringent timeline for implementing benchmark quality measures and data metrics across post-acute care providers. The enactment also mandates specific actions to design a unified payment methodology for post-acute providers. CMS is in the process of promulgating regulations to implement provisions of this enactment. Depending on the final details, the costs of implementation could be significant. The failure to meet implementation requirements could expose providers to fines and payment reductions.

There is also uncertainty regarding both MA payment rates and beneficiary enrollment, which, if reduced, would reduce our overall revenues and net income. For example, although the Congressional Budget Office (“CBO”) predicted in 2010 that MA participation would drop substantially by 2020, the CBO has more recently predicted, without taking into account potential future reforms, that enrollment in MA (and other contracts covering Medicare Parts A and B) could reach 31 million by 2027. Although MA enrollment increased by approximately 5.6 million, or by 50%, between the enactment of the ACA in 2010 and 2015, there can be no assurance that this trend will continue. Further, fluctuation in MA payment rates are evidenced by CMS’s annual announcement of the expected average change in revenue from the prior year: for 2018, CMS announced an average increase of 0.45%; and for 2019, 3.4%. Uncertainty over MA enrollment and payment rates present a continuing risk to our business.

According to the Kaiser Family Foundation (“KFF”), MA enrollment continues to be highly concentrated among a few payors, both nationally and in local regions. In 2018, the KFF reported that three payors together accounted for more than half of MA enrollment and seven firms accounted for approximately 75% of the lives.

 

28


Table of Contents

Consolidation among MA plans in certain regions, or the Medicare program’s failure to attract additional plans to participate in the MA program, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Reductions in reimbursement rates or the scope of services being reimbursed could have a material, adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations or even result in reimbursement rates that are insufficient to cover our operating expenses. Additionally, any delay or default by the government in making Medicare reimbursement payments could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We primarily depend on reimbursements by third-party payors, as well as payments by individuals, which could lead to delays and uncertainties in the reimbursement process.

The reimbursement process is complex and can involve lengthy delays. Although we recognize revenue when we provide services to our patients, we may from time to time experience delays in receiving the associated capitation payments or, for our patients on fee-for-service arrangements, the reimbursement for the service provided. In addition, third-party payors may disallow, in whole or in part, requests for reimbursement based on determinations that the patient is not eligible for coverage, certain amounts are not reimbursable under plan coverage or were for services provided that were not medically necessary or additional supporting documentation is necessary. Retroactive adjustments may change amounts realized from third-party payors. As described below, we are subject to audits by such payors, including governmental audits of our Medicare claims, and may be required to repay these payors if a finding is made that we were incorrectly reimbursed. Delays and uncertainties in the reimbursement process may adversely affect accounts receivable, increase the overall costs of collection and cause us to incur additional borrowing costs. Third-party payors are also increasingly focused on controlling healthcare costs, and such efforts, including any revisions to reimbursement policies, may further complicate and delay our reimbursement claims.

In addition, certain of our patients are covered under health plans that require the patient to cover a portion of their own healthcare expenses through the payment of copayments or deductibles. We may not be able to collect the full amounts due with respect to these payments that are the patient’s financial responsibility, or in those instances where physicians provide services to uninsured individuals. To the extent permitted by law, amounts not covered by third-party payors are the obligations of individual patients for which we may not receive whole or partial payment. Any increase in cost shifting from third-party payors to individual patients, including as a result of high deductible plans for patients, increases our collection costs and reduces overall collections. We have a financial assistance policy in which we assess patients for financial hardship and other criteria that are used to make a good-faith determination of financial need. If a patient is deemed to meet these criteria, we will waive or reduce that patient’s obligation to pay copayments, coinsurance or deductible amounts owed for the services we provide to them. If we were to experience a substantial increase in the number of patients qualifying for such waivers or reductions or in the volume of patient receivables deemed uncollectible, our costs could increase significantly and we may not be able to offset such additional costs with sufficient revenue. In such an event, our earnings and cash flow would be adversely affected, potentially affecting our ability to maintain compliance with the financial covenant in our Loan Agreement and meet our financial obligations.

In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, CMS has made several changes in the manner in which Medicare will pay for telehealth visits, many of which relax previous requirements, including site requirements for both the providers and patients, telehealth modality requirements and others. State law applicable to telehealth, particularly licensure requirements, has also been relaxed in many jurisdictions as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. These relaxed regulations have allowed us to continue operating our business and delivering care to our patients predominantly through telehealth modalities. It is unclear which, if any, of these changes will remain in place permanently and which will be rolled-back following the COVID-19 pandemic. If regulations change to restrict our ability to or prohibit us from delivering care through telehealth modalities, our financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected.

 

29


Table of Contents

Under most of our agreements with health plans, we assume some or all of the risk that the cost of providing services will exceed our compensation.

Approximately 97.4% and 97.0% of our revenue for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively, and approximately 98.3% and 97.4% of our revenue for each of the three-month periods ended March 31, 2019 and 2020, is derived from fixed fees paid by health plans under capitation agreements with us. While there are variations specific to each agreement, we generally contract with health plans to receive a fixed fee per month for professional services and assume the financial responsibility for the healthcare expenses of our patients. This type of contract is referred to as a “capitation” contract. To the extent that patients require more care than is anticipated and/or the cost of care increases, aggregate fixed compensation amounts, or capitation payments, may be insufficient to cover the costs associated with treatment. If medical costs and expenses exceed estimates, except in very limited circumstances, we will not be able to increase the fee received under these risk agreements during their then-current terms and we could suffer losses with respect to such agreements.

Changes in our anticipated ratio of medical expense to revenue can significantly impact our financial results. Accordingly, the failure to adequately predict and control medical costs and expenses and to make reasonable estimates and maintain adequate accruals for incurred but not reported claims, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. Additionally, the Medicare expenses of our patients may be outside of our control in the event that patients take certain actions that increase such expenses, such as unnecessary hospital visits.

Historically, our medical costs and expenses as a percentage of revenue have fluctuated. Factors that may cause medical expenses to exceed estimates include:

 

   

the health status of patients and higher levels of hospitalization;

 

   

higher than expected utilization of new or existing healthcare services or technologies;

 

   

an increase in the cost of healthcare services and supplies, whether as a result of inflation or otherwise;

 

   

changes to mandated benefits or other changes in healthcare laws, regulations and practices;

 

   

increased costs attributable to specialist physicians, hospitals and ancillary providers;

 

   

changes in the demographics of our patients and medical trends;

 

   

contractual or claims disputes with providers, hospitals or other service providers within and outside a health plan’s network;

 

   

the occurrence of catastrophes, major epidemics or acts of terrorism; and

 

   

the reduction of health plan premiums.

Renegotiation, non-renewal or termination of capitation agreements with health plans could have a material adverse effect on our business, results operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Under most of our capitation agreements with health plans, the health plan is generally permitted to modify the benefit and risk obligations and compensation rights from time to time during the terms of the agreements. If a health plan exercises its right to amend its benefit and risk obligations and compensation rights, we are generally allowed a period of time to object to such amendment. If we so object, under some of the risk agreements, the relevant health plan may terminate the applicable agreement upon 90 to 180 days written notice. If we enter into capitation contracts with unfavorable economic terms, or a capitation contract is amended to include unfavorable terms, we could suffer losses with respect to such contract. Since we do not negotiate with CMS or any health plan regarding the benefits to be provided under their MA plans, we often have just a few months to familiarize ourselves with each new annual package of benefits we are expected to offer. Depending on the health plan at issue and the amount of revenue associated with the health plan’s capitation agreement, the renegotiated terms or termination could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

 

30


Table of Contents

There are significant risks associated with estimating the amount of revenue that we recognize under our risk agreements with health plans, and if our estimates of revenue are materially inaccurate, it could impact the timing and the amount of our revenue recognition or have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

There are significant risks associated with estimating the amount of revenues that we recognize under our risk agreements with health plans in a reporting period. The billing and collection process is complex due to ongoing insurance coverage changes, geographic coverage differences, differing interpretations of contract coverage and other payor issues, such as ensuring appropriate documentation. Determining applicable primary and secondary coverage for our patients, together with the changes in patient coverage that occur each month, requires complex, resource-intensive processes. Errors in determining the correct coordination of benefits may result in refunds to payors. Revenues associated with Medicare and Medicaid programs are also subject to estimating risk related to the amounts not paid by the primary government payor that will ultimately be collectible from other government programs paying secondary coverage, the patient’s commercial health plan secondary coverage or the patient. Collections, refunds and payor retractions typically continue to occur for up to three years and longer after services are provided. If our estimates of revenues are materially inaccurate, it could impact the timing and the amount of our revenues recognition and have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Security breaches, loss of data and other disruptions could compromise sensitive information related to our business or our patients, or prevent us from accessing critical information and expose us to liability, which could adversely affect our business and our reputation.

In the ordinary course of our business, we collect, store, use and disclose sensitive data, including protected health information (“PHI”), and other types of personal data or personally identifiable information (“PII”) relating to our employees, patients and others. We also process and store, and use third-party service providers to process and store, sensitive information, including intellectual property, confidential information and other proprietary business information. We manage and maintain such sensitive data and information utilizing a combination of on-site systems, managed data center systems and cloud-based computing center systems.

We are highly dependent on information technology networks and systems, including the internet, to securely process, transmit and store this sensitive data and information. Security breaches of this infrastructure, including physical or electronic break-ins, computer viruses, attacks by hackers and similar breaches, and employee or contractor error, negligence or malfeasance, can create system disruptions, shutdowns or unauthorized disclosure or modifications of such sensitive data or information, causing PHI or other PII to be accessed or acquired without authorization or to become publicly available. We utilize third-party service providers for important aspects of the collection, storage, processing and transmission of employee, user and patient information, and other confidential and sensitive information, and therefore rely on third parties to manage functions that have material cybersecurity risks. Because of the sensitivity of the PHI, other PII and other sensitive information we and our service providers collect, store, transmit, and otherwise process, the security of our technology platform and other aspects of our services, including those provided or facilitated by our third-party service providers, are important to our operations and business strategy. We take certain administrative, physical and technological safeguards to address these risks, such as by requiring contractors and other third-party service providers who handle this PHI, other PII and other sensitive information for us to enter into agreements that contractually obligate them to use reasonable efforts to safeguard such PHI, other PII, and other sensitive information. Measures taken to protect our systems, those of our contractors or third-party service providers, or the PHI, other PII, or other sensitive information we or contractors or third-party service providers process or maintain, may not adequately protect us from the risks associated with the collection, storage, processing and transmission of such sensitive data and information. We may be required to expend significant capital and other resources to protect against security breaches or to alleviate problems caused by security breaches. Despite our implementation of security measures, cyber-attacks are becoming more sophisticated and frequent. As a result, we or our third-party service providers may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate protective measures.

A security breach or privacy violation that leads to disclosure or unauthorized use or modification of, or that prevents access to or otherwise impacts the confidentiality, security, or integrity of, patient information,

 

31


Table of Contents

including PHI or other PII, or other sensitive information we or our contractors or third-party service providers maintain or otherwise process, could harm our reputation, compel us to comply with breach notification laws, cause us to incur significant costs for remediation, fines, penalties, notification to individuals and for measures intended to repair or replace systems or technology and to prevent future occurrences, potential increases in insurance premiums, and require us to verify the accuracy of database contents, resulting in increased costs or loss of revenue. If we are unable to prevent or mitigate such security breaches or privacy violations or implement satisfactory remedial measures, or if it is perceived that we have been unable to do so, our operations could be disrupted, we may be unable to provide access to our systems, and we could suffer a loss of patients, and we may as a result suffer loss of reputation, adverse impacts on patient and investor confidence, financial loss, governmental investigations or other actions, regulatory or contractual penalties, and other claims and liability. In addition, security breaches and other inappropriate access to, or acquisition or processing of, information can be difficult to detect, and any delay in identifying such incidents or in providing any notification of such incidents may lead to increased harm.

Any such breach or interruption of our systems or those of any of our third-party service providers could compromise our networks or data security processes and sensitive information could be made inaccessible or could be accessed by unauthorized parties, publicly disclosed, lost or stolen. Any such interruption in access, improper access, disclosure or other loss of information could result in legal claims or proceedings, liability under laws and regulations that protect the privacy of member information or other personal information, such as the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act of 2009 (the “HITECH Act”), and their implementing regulations (collectively known as “HIPAA”), and regulatory penalties. Unauthorized access, loss or dissemination could also disrupt our operations, including our ability to perform our services, access patient health information, collect, process, and prepare company financial information, provide information about our current and future services and engage in other patient and clinician education and outreach efforts. Any such breach could also result in the compromise of our trade secrets and other proprietary information, which could adversely affect our business and competitive position. While we maintain insurance covering certain security and privacy damages and claim expenses, we may not carry insurance or maintain coverage sufficient to compensate for all liability and in any event, insurance coverage would not address the reputational damage that could result from a security incident.

As a result of becoming a public company, we will be obligated to develop and maintain proper and effective internal control over financial reporting in order to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We may not complete our analysis of our internal control over financial reporting in a timely manner, or these internal controls may not be determined to be effective, which may adversely affect investor confidence in us and, as a result, the value of our common stock. In addition, because of our status as an emerging growth company, you will not be able to depend on any attestation from our independent registered public accountants as to our internal control over financial reporting for the foreseeable future.

When we become a public company following this initial public offering, we will be required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting in our second annual report following the completion of this offering. The process of designing and implementing internal control over financial reporting required to comply with this requirement will be time-consuming, costly and complicated. If during the evaluation and testing process we identify one or more other material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting or determine that existing material weaknesses have not been remediated, our management will be unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective. See “—Our independent registered public accountants have identified several material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. If we are unable to remediate the material weaknesses, or if other control deficiencies are identified, we may not be able to report our financial results accurately, prevent fraud or file our periodic reports as a public company in a timely manner.” In addition, if we fail to achieve and maintain the adequacy of our internal controls, as such standards are modified, supplemented or amended from time to time, we may not be able to

 

32


Table of Contents

ensure that we can conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal controls over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

Even if our management concludes that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, our independent registered public accounting firm may issue a report that is qualified if it is not satisfied with our controls or the level at which our controls are documented, designed, operated or reviewed. However, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to attest formally to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act until the later of the filing of our second annual report following the completion of this offering or the date we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act. Accordingly, you will not be able to depend on any attestation concerning our internal control over financial reporting from our independent registered public accountants for the foreseeable future.

We cannot be certain as to the timing of completion of our evaluation, testing and any remediation actions or the impact of the same on our operations. If we are not able to implement the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in a timely manner or with adequate compliance, our independent registered public accounting firm may issue an adverse opinion due to ineffective internal controls over financial reporting, and we may be subject to sanctions or investigation by regulatory authorities, such as the SEC. As a result, there could be a negative reaction in the financial markets due to a loss of confidence in the reliability of our financial statements. In addition, we may be required to incur costs in improving our internal control system and the hiring of additional personnel. Any such action could negatively affect our results of operations and cash flows.

Disruptions in our disaster recovery systems or management continuity planning could limit our ability to operate our business effectively.

Our information technology systems facilitate our ability to conduct our business. While we have disaster recovery systems and business continuity plans in place, any disruptions in our disaster recovery systems or the failure of these systems to operate as expected could, depending on the magnitude of the problem, adversely affect our operating results by limiting our capacity to effectively monitor and control our operations. Despite our implementation of a variety of security measures, our information technology systems could be subject to physical or electronic break-ins, and similar disruptions from unauthorized tampering or any weather-related disruptions where our headquarters is located. In addition, in the event that a significant number of our management personnel were unavailable in the event of a disaster, our ability to effectively conduct business could be adversely affected.

We may be subject to legal proceedings and litigation, including intellectual property and privacy disputes, which are costly to defend and could materially harm our business and results of operations.

We may be party to lawsuits and legal proceedings in the normal course of business. These matters are often expensive and disruptive to normal business operations. We may face allegations, lawsuits and regulatory inquiries, audits and investigations regarding data privacy, security, labor and employment, consumer protection and intellectual property infringement, including claims related to privacy, patents, publicity, trademarks, copyrights and other rights. We may also face allegations or litigation related to our acquisitions, securities issuances or business practices, including public disclosures about our business. Litigation and regulatory proceedings may be protracted and expensive, and the results are difficult to predict. Certain of these matters may include speculative claims for substantial or indeterminate amounts of damages and include claims for injunctive relief. Additionally, our litigation costs could be significant. Adverse outcomes with respect to litigation or any of these legal proceedings may result in significant settlement costs or judgments, penalties and fines, or require us to modify our services or require us to stop serving certain patients or geographies, all of which could negatively impact our geographical expansion and revenue growth. We may also become subject to periodic audits, which would likely increase our regulatory compliance costs and may require us to change our business practices, which could negatively impact our revenue growth. Managing legal proceedings, litigation and audits, even if we achieve favorable outcomes, is time-consuming and diverts management’s attention from our business.

 

33


Table of Contents

The results of regulatory proceedings, litigation, claims, and audits cannot be predicted with certainty, and determining reserves for pending litigation and other legal, regulatory and audit matters requires significant judgment. There can be no assurance that our expectations will prove correct, and even if these matters are resolved in our favor or without significant cash settlements, these matters, and the time and resources necessary to litigate or resolve them, could harm our reputation, business, financial condition, results of operations and the market price of our common stock.

We also may be subject to lawsuits under the False Claims Act (the “FCA”) and comparable state laws for submitting allegedly fraudulent or otherwise inappropriate bills for services to the Medicare and Medicaid programs. These lawsuits, which may be initiated by government authorities as well as private party relators, can involve significant monetary damages, fines, attorney fees and the award of bounties to private plaintiffs who successfully bring these suits, as well as to the government programs. In recent years, government oversight and law enforcement have become increasingly active and aggressive in investigating and taking legal action against potential fraud and abuse.

Furthermore, our business exposes us to potential medical malpractice, professional negligence or other related actions or claims that are inherent in the provision of healthcare services. These claims, with or without merit, could cause us to incur substantial costs, and could place a significant strain on our financial resources, divert the attention of management from our core business, harm our reputation and adversely affect our ability to attract and retain patients, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Although we maintain third-party professional liability insurance coverage, it is possible that claims against us may exceed the coverage limits of our insurance policies. Even if any professional liability loss is covered by an insurance policy, these policies typically have substantial deductibles for which we are responsible. Professional liability claims in excess of applicable insurance coverage could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, any professional liability claim brought against us, with or without merit, could result in an increase of our professional liability insurance premiums. Insurance coverage varies in cost and can be difficult to obtain, and we cannot guarantee that we will be able to obtain insurance coverage in the future on terms acceptable to us or at all. If our costs of insurance and claims increase, then our earnings could decline.

Reductions in the quality ratings of the health plans we serve could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

As a result of the ACA, the level of reimbursement each health plan receives from CMS is dependent, in part, upon the quality rating of the Medicare plan. Such ratings impact the percentage of any cost savings rebate and any bonuses earned by such health plan. Since a significant portion of our revenue is expected to be calculated as a percentage of CMS reimbursements received by these health plans with respect to our patients, reductions in the quality ratings of a health plan that we serve could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Given each health plan’s control of its plans and the many other providers that serve such plans, we believe that we will have limited ability to influence the overall quality rating of any such plan. The Balanced Budget Act passed in February 2018 implemented certain changes to prevent artificial inflation of star ratings for MA plans offered by the same organization. In addition, CMS has terminated plans that have had a rating of less than three stars for three consecutive years, whereas MA plans with five stars are permitted to conduct enrollment throughout almost the entire year. Because low quality ratings can potentially lead to the termination of a plan that we serve, we may not be able to prevent the potential termination of a contracting plan or a shift of patients to other plans based upon quality issues which could, in turn, have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

 

34


Table of Contents

If our agreements or arrangements with any physician equity holder of our practices are deemed invalid under state law, including laws against the corporate practice of medicine, or federal law, or are terminated as a result of changes in state law, or if there is a change in accounting standards by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) or the interpretation thereof affecting consolidation of entities, it could have a material adverse effect on our consolidation of total revenues derived from such practices.

Our financial statements are consolidated in accordance with applicable accounting standards and include the accounts of our majority-owned subsidiaries and certain non-owned associated and managed practices. Such consolidation for accounting and/or tax purposes does not, is not intended to, and should not be deemed to, imply or provide us any control over the medical or clinical affairs of such practices. In the event of a change in accounting standards promulgated by FASB or in interpretation of its standards, or if there is an adverse determination by a regulatory agency or a court, or a change in state or federal law relating to the ability to maintain present agreements or arrangements with such practices, we may not be permitted to continue to consolidate the total revenues of such practices.

If we are not able to maintain and enhance our reputation and brand recognition, including through the maintenance and protection of trademarks, our business and results of operations will be harmed.

We believe that maintaining and enhancing our reputation and brand recognition is critical to our relationships with both patients and payors and to our ability to attract new patients. The promotion of our brand may require us to make substantial investments and we anticipate that, as our market becomes increasingly competitive, these marketing initiatives may become increasingly difficult and expensive. Our marketing activities may not be successful or yield increased revenue, and to the extent that these activities yield increased revenue, the increased revenue may not offset the expenses we incur and our results of operations could be harmed. In addition, any factor that diminishes our reputation or that of our management, including failing to meet the expectations of or provide quality medical care for our patients, or any adverse publicity or litigation involving or surrounding us, one of our centers or our management, could make it substantially more difficult for us to attract new patients. Similarly, because our existing patients often act as references for us with prospective new patients, any existing patient that questions the quality of our care could impair our ability to secure additional new patients. In addition, negative publicity resulting from any adverse government payor audit could injure our reputation. If we do not successfully maintain and enhance our reputation and brand recognition, our business may not grow and we could lose our relationships with patients, which would harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

The registered or unregistered trademarks or trade names that we own or license may be challenged, infringed, circumvented, declared generic, lapsed or determined to be infringing on or dilutive of other marks. We may not be able to protect our rights in these trademarks and trade names, which we need in order to build name recognition with patients, payors and other partners. In addition, third parties may in the future file for registration of trademarks similar or identical to our trademarks. If they succeed in registering or developing common law rights in such trademarks, and if we are not successful in challenging such third-party rights, we may not be able to use these trademarks to commercialize our technologies in certain relevant jurisdictions. If we are unable to establish name recognition based on our trademarks and trade names, we may not be able to compete effectively and our brand recognition, reputation and results of operations may be adversely affected.

Our business depends on our ability to effectively invest in, implement improvements to and properly maintain the uninterrupted operation and data integrity of our information technology and other business systems.

Our business is highly dependent on maintaining effective information systems as well as the integrity and timeliness of the data we use to serve our patients, support our care teams and operate our business. Because of the large amount of data that we collect and manage, it is possible that hardware failures or errors in our systems could result in data loss or corruption or cause the information that we collect to be incomplete or contain inaccuracies that our partners regard as significant. If our data were found to be inaccurate or unreliable due to

 

35


Table of Contents

fraud or other error, or if we, or any of the third-party service providers we engage, were to fail to maintain information systems and data integrity effectively, we could experience operational disruptions that may impact our patients and care teams and hinder our ability to provide services, establish appropriate pricing for services, retain and attract patients, manage our patient risk profiles, establish reserves, report financial results timely and accurately and maintain regulatory compliance, among other things.

Our information technology strategy and execution are critical to our continued success. We must continue to invest in long-term solutions that will enable us to anticipate patient needs and expectations, enhance the patient experience, act as a differentiator in the market and protect against cybersecurity risks and threats. Our success is dependent, in large part, on maintaining the effectiveness of existing technology systems and continuing to deliver and enhance technology systems that support our business processes in a cost-efficient and resource-efficient manner. Increasing regulatory and legislative changes will place additional demands on our information technology infrastructure that could have a direct impact on resources available for other projects tied to our strategic initiatives. In addition, recent trends toward greater patient engagement in health care require new and enhanced technologies, including more sophisticated applications for mobile devices. Connectivity among technologies is becoming increasingly important. We must also develop new systems to meet current market standards and keep pace with continuing changes in information processing technology, evolving industry and regulatory standards and patient needs. Failure to do so may present compliance challenges and impede our ability to deliver services in a competitive manner. Further, because system development projects are long-term in nature, they may be more costly than expected to complete and may not deliver the expected benefits upon completion. Our failure to effectively invest in, implement improvements to and properly maintain the uninterrupted operation and data integrity of our information technology and other business systems could adversely affect our results of operations, financial position and cash flow.

If we are unable to obtain, maintain and enforce intellectual property protection for our technology or if the scope of our intellectual property protection is not sufficiently broad, others may be able to develop and commercialize technology substantially similar to ours, and our ability to successfully commercialize our technology may be adversely affected.

Our business depends on internally developed technology and content, including software, databases, confidential information and know-how, the protection of which is crucial to the success of our business. We rely on a combination of trademark, trade-secret, and copyright laws and confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions to protect our intellectual property rights in our internally developed technology and content. We may, over time, increase our investment in protecting our intellectual property through additional trademark, patent and other intellectual property filings that could be expensive and time-consuming. Effective trademark, trade-secret and copyright protection is expensive to develop and maintain, both in terms of initial and ongoing registration requirements and the costs of defending our rights. These measures, however, may not be sufficient to offer us meaningful protection. Additionally, we do not currently hold a patent or other registered or applied for intellectual property protection for Canopy. If we are unable to protect our intellectual property and other rights, particularly with respect to Canopy, our competitive position and our business could be harmed, as third parties may be able to commercialize and use technologies and software products that are substantially the same as ours without incurring the development and licensing costs that we have incurred. Any of our owned or licensed intellectual property rights could be challenged, invalidated, circumvented, infringed or misappropriated, our trade secrets and other confidential information could be disclosed in an unauthorized manner to third parties, or our intellectual property rights may not be sufficient to permit us to take advantage of current market trends or otherwise to provide us with competitive advantages, which could result in costly redesign efforts, discontinuance of certain offerings or other competitive harm.

Monitoring unauthorized use of our intellectual property is difficult and costly. From time to time, we seek to analyze our competitors’ services, and may in the future seek to enforce our rights against potential infringement. However, the steps we have taken to protect our intellectual property rights may not be adequate to prevent infringement or misappropriation of our intellectual property. We may not be able to detect unauthorized

 

36


Table of Contents

use of, or take appropriate steps to enforce, our intellectual property rights. Any inability to meaningfully protect our intellectual property rights could result in harm to our ability to compete and reduce demand for our technology. Moreover, our failure to develop and properly manage new intellectual property could adversely affect our market positions and business opportunities. Also, some of our services rely on technologies and software developed by or licensed from third parties, and we may not be able to maintain our relationships with such third parties or enter into similar relationships in the future on reasonable terms or at all.

Uncertainty may result from changes to intellectual property legislation and from interpretations of intellectual property laws by applicable courts and agencies. Accordingly, despite our efforts, we may be unable to obtain and maintain the intellectual property rights necessary to provide us with a competitive advantage. Our failure to obtain, maintain and enforce our intellectual property rights could therefore have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Third parties may initiate legal proceedings alleging that we are infringing or otherwise violating their intellectual property rights, the outcome of which would be uncertain and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our commercial success depends on our ability to develop and commercialize our services and use our internally developed technology without infringing the intellectual property or proprietary rights of third parties. Intellectual property disputes can be costly to defend and may cause our business, operating results and financial condition to suffer. As the market for healthcare in the United States expands and more patents are issued, the risk increases that there may be patents issued to third parties that relate to our technology of which we are not aware or that we must challenge to continue our operations as currently contemplated. Whether merited or not, we may face allegations that we, our partners or parties indemnified by us have infringed or otherwise violated the patents, trademarks, copyrights or other intellectual property rights of third parties. Such claims may be made by competitors seeking to obtain a competitive advantage or by other parties. Additionally, in recent years, individuals and groups have begun purchasing intellectual property assets for the purpose of making claims of infringement and attempting to extract settlements from companies like ours. We may also face allegations that our employees have misappropriated the intellectual property or proprietary rights of their former employers or other third parties. It may be necessary for us to initiate litigation to defend ourselves in order to determine the scope, enforceability and validity of third-party intellectual property or proprietary rights, or to establish our respective rights. We may not be able to successfully settle or otherwise resolve such adversarial proceedings or litigation. If we are unable to successfully settle future claims on terms acceptable to us we may be required to engage in or to continue claims, regardless of whether such claims have merit, that can be time-consuming, divert management’s attention and financial resources and can be costly to evaluate and defend. Results of any such litigation are difficult to predict and may require us to stop commercializing or using our technology, obtain licenses, modify our services and technology while we develop non-infringing substitutes or incur substantial damages, settlement costs or face a temporary or permanent injunction prohibiting us from marketing or providing the affected services. If we require a third-party license, it may not be available on reasonable terms or at all, and we may have to pay substantial royalties, upfront fees or grant cross-licenses to intellectual property rights for our services. We may also have to redesign our services so they do not infringe third-party intellectual property rights, which may not be possible or may require substantial monetary expenditures and time, during which our technology may not be available for commercialization or use. Even if we have an agreement to indemnify us against such costs, the indemnifying party may be unable to uphold its contractual obligations. If we cannot or do not obtain a third-party license to the infringed technology at all, license the technology on reasonable terms or obtain similar technology from another source, our revenue and earnings could be adversely impacted.

From time to time, we may be subject to legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course of business with respect to intellectual property. We are not currently subject to any claims from third parties asserting infringement of their intellectual property rights. Some third parties may be able to sustain the costs of complex litigation more effectively than we can because they have substantially greater resources. Even if resolved in our

 

37


Table of Contents

favor, litigation or other legal proceedings relating to intellectual property claims may cause us to incur significant expenses, and could distract our technical and management personnel from their normal responsibilities. In addition, there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments, and if securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a material adverse effect on the price of our common stock. Moreover, any uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of any legal proceedings could have a material adverse effect on our ability to raise the funds necessary to continue our operations. Assertions by third parties that we violate their intellectual property rights could therefore have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our trade secrets, know-how and other proprietary and internally developed information, the value of our technology could be adversely affected.

We may not be able to protect our trade secrets, know-how and other internally developed information, including in relation to the Canopy platform, adequately. Although we use reasonable efforts to protect this internally developed information and technology, our employees, consultants and other parties (including independent contractors and companies with which we conduct business) may unintentionally or willfully disclose our information or technology to competitors. Enforcing a claim that a third party illegally disclosed or obtained and is using any of our internally developed information or technology is difficult, expensive and time-consuming, and the outcome is unpredictable. In addition, courts outside the United States are sometimes less willing to protect trade secrets, know-how and other proprietary information. We rely, in part, on non-disclosure, confidentiality and assignment-of-invention agreements with our employees, independent contractors, consultants and companies with which we conduct business to protect our trade secrets, know-how and other intellectual property and internally developed information. These agreements may not be self-executing, or they may be breached and we may not have adequate remedies for such breach. Moreover, third parties may independently develop similar or equivalent proprietary information or otherwise gain access to our trade secrets, know-how and other internally developed information.

Any restrictions on our use of, or ability to license, data, or our failure to license data and integrate third-party technologies, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We depend upon licenses from third parties for some of the technology and data used in Canopy, our technology platform, and for the platform upon which Canopy is built and operates. We expect that we may need to obtain additional licenses from third parties in the future in connection with the development of our services. In addition, we obtain a portion of the data that we use from government entities, public records and from our partners for specific partner engagements. We believe that we have all rights necessary to use the data that is incorporated into our services. We cannot, however, assure you that our licenses for information will allow us to use that information for all potential or contemplated applications. In addition, our ability to continue to offer integrated healthcare to our patients depends on maintaining Canopy, which is partially populated with data disclosed to us by our partners with their consent. If these partners revoke their consent for us to maintain, use, de-identify and share this data, consistent with applicable law, our data assets could be degraded.

In the future, data providers could withdraw their data from us or restrict our usage for any reason, including if there is a competitive reason to do so, if legislation is passed restricting the use of the data or if judicial interpretations are issued restricting use of the data that we currently use to support our services. In addition, data providers could fail to adhere to our quality control standards in the future, causing us to incur additional expense to appropriately utilize the data. If a substantial number of data providers were to withdraw or restrict their data, or if they fail to adhere to our quality control standards, and if we are unable to identify and contract with suitable alternative data suppliers and integrate these data sources into our service offerings, our ability to provide appropriate services to our patients would be materially adversely impacted, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

38


Table of Contents

We also integrate into our internally developed applications and use third-party software to support our technology infrastructure. Some of this software is proprietary and some is open source software. These technologies may not be available to us in the future on commercially reasonable terms or at all and could be difficult to replace once integrated into our own internally developed applications. Most of these licenses can be renewed only by mutual consent and may be terminated if we breach the terms of the license and fail to cure the breach within a specified period of time. Our inability to obtain, maintain or comply with any of these licenses could delay development until equivalent technology can be identified, licensed and integrated, which would harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Most of our third-party licenses are non-exclusive and our competitors may obtain the right to use any of the technology covered by these licenses to compete directly with us. Our use of third-party technologies exposes us to increased risks, including, but not limited to, risks associated with the integration of new technology into our solutions, the diversion of our resources from development of our own internally developed technology and our inability to generate revenue from licensed technology sufficient to offset associated acquisition and maintenance costs. In addition, if our data suppliers choose to discontinue support of the licensed technology in the future, we might not be able to modify or adapt our own solutions.

Our use of “open source” software could adversely affect our ability to offer our services and subject us to possible litigation.

We may use open source software in connection with our services. Companies that incorporate open source software into their technologies have, from time to time, faced claims challenging the use of open source software and/or compliance with open source license terms. As a result, we could be subject to suits by parties claiming ownership of what we believe to be open source software or claiming noncompliance with open source licensing terms. Some open source software licenses require users who distribute software containing open source software to publicly disclose all or part of the source code to such software and/or make available any derivative works of the open source code, which could include valuable proprietary code of the user, on unfavorable terms or at no cost. While we monitor the use of open source software and try to ensure that none is used in a manner that would require us to disclose our internally developed source code or that would otherwise breach the terms of an open source agreement, such use could inadvertently occur, in part because open source license terms are often ambiguous. Any requirement to disclose our internally developed source code or pay damages for breach of contract could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations and could help our competitors develop services that are similar to or better than ours.

We depend on our senior management team and other key employees, and the loss of one or more of these employees or an inability to attract and retain other highly skilled employees could harm our business.

Our success depends largely upon the continued services of our senior management team and other key employees. We rely on our leadership team in the areas of operations, provision of medical services, information technology and security, marketing, and general and administrative functions. From time to time, there may be changes in our executive management team resulting from the hiring or departure of executives, which could disrupt our business. Our employment agreements with our executive officers and other key personnel do not require them to continue to work for us for any specified period and, therefore, they could terminate their employment with us at any time. The loss of one or more of the members of our senior management team, or other key employees, could harm our business. In particular, the loss of the services of our co-founder and Chief Executive Officer, Mike Pykosz, could significantly delay or prevent the achievement of our strategic objectives. Changes in our executive management team may also cause disruptions in, and harm to, our business.

Our primary care centers are concentrated in Illinois, Indiana, Michigan and Ohio, and we may not be able to successfully establish a presence in new geographic markets.

A substantial portion of our revenue is driven by our primary care centers in Illinois, Indiana, Michigan and Ohio. As a result, our exposure to many of the risks described herein are not mitigated by a diversification of

 

39


Table of Contents

geographic focus. Furthermore, due to the concentration of our operations in these states, our business may be adversely affected by economic conditions that disproportionately affect these states as compared to other states. To continue to expand our operations to other regions of the United States, we will have to devote resources to identifying and exploring such perceived opportunities. Thereafter, we will have to, among other things, recruit and retain qualified personnel, develop new primary care centers and establish new relationships with physicians and other healthcare providers. In addition, we would be required to comply with laws and regulations of states that may differ from the ones in which we currently operate, and could face competitors with greater knowledge of such local markets. We anticipate that further geographic expansion will require us to make a substantial investment of management time, capital and/or other resources. There can be no assurance that we will be able to continue to successfully expand our operations in any new geographic markets.

Our overall business results may suffer from an economic downturn.

During periods of high unemployment, governmental entities often experience budget deficits as a result of increased costs and lower than expected tax collections. These budget deficits at federal, state and local government entities have decreased, and may continue to decrease, spending for health and human service programs, including Medicare, Medicaid and similar programs, which represent significant payor sources for our centers. Other risks we face during periods of high unemployment include potential declines in the population covered under capitation agreements, potential increases in the uninsured and underinsured populations and further difficulties in our collecting patient co-payment and deductible receivables.

We must attract and retain highly qualified personnel in order to execute our growth plan.

Competition for highly qualified personnel is intense, especially for physicians and other medical professionals who are experienced in providing care services to older adults. We have, from time to time, experienced, and we expect to continue to experience, difficulty in hiring and retaining employees with appropriate qualifications. Many of the companies and healthcare providers with which we compete for experienced personnel have greater resources than we have. If we hire employees from competitors or other companies or healthcare providers, their former employees may attempt to assert that these employees or we have breached certain legal obligations, resulting in a diversion of our time and resources. If we fail to attract new personnel or fail to retain and motivate our current personnel, our business and future growth prospects could be harmed.

Our management team has limited experience managing a public company.

Most members of our management team have limited experience managing a publicly traded company, interacting with public company investors and complying with the increasingly complex laws pertaining to public companies. Our management team may not successfully or efficiently manage us as a public company that is subject to significant regulatory oversight and reporting obligations under the federal securities laws and the continuous scrutiny of securities analysts and investors. These new obligations and constituents require significant attention from our senior management and could divert their attention away from the day-to-day management of our business, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We lease all of our facilities and may experience risks relating to lease termination, lease expense escalators, lease extensions and special charges.

We currently lease or license all of our centers, including a significant minority that are leased from Humana. Our leases are typically on terms ranging from seven to 15 years. Each of our lease or license agreements provides that the lessor may terminate the lease, subject to applicable cure provisions, for a number of reasons, including the defaults in any payment of rent, taxes or other payment obligations, the breach of any other covenant or agreement in the lease or, for centers leased from Humana, the termination of our payor

 

40


Table of Contents

contracts with Humana. Termination of certain of our lease agreements could result in a cross-default under our debt agreements or other lease agreements. If a lease agreement is terminated, there can be no assurance that we will be able to enter into a new lease agreement on similar or better terms or at all.

Our lease obligations often include annual fixed rent escalators ranging between 2% and 3% or variable rent escalators based on a consumer price index. These escalators could impact our ability to satisfy certain obligations and financial covenants. If the results of our operations do not increase at or above the escalator rates, it would place an additional burden on our results of operations, liquidity and financial position.

As we continue to expand and have leases or licenses with different start dates, it is likely that some number of our leases and licenses will expire each year. Our lease or license agreements often provide for renewal or extension options. There can be no assurance that these rights will be exercised in the future or that we will be able to satisfy the conditions precedent to exercising any such renewal or extension. In addition, if we are unable to renew or extend any of our leases or licenses, we may lose all of the facilities subject to that master lease agreement. If we are not able to renew or extend our leases or licenses at or prior to the end of the existing lease terms, or if the terms of such options are unfavorable or unacceptable to us, our business, financial condition and results of operation could be adversely affected.

Leasing facilities pursuant to binding lease or license agreements may limit our ability to exit markets. For instance, if one facility under a lease or license becomes unprofitable, we may be required to continue operating such facility or, if allowed by the landlord to close such facility, we may remain obligated for the lease payments on such facility. We could incur special charges relating to the closing of such facility, including lease termination costs, impairment charges and other special charges that would reduce our profits and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Our failure to pay the rent or otherwise comply with the provisions of any of our lease agreements could result in an “event of default” under such lease agreement and also could result in a cross default under other lease agreements and agreements for our indebtedness. Upon an event of default, remedies available to our landlords generally include, without limitation, terminating such lease agreement, repossessing and reletting the leased properties and requiring us to remain liable for all obligations under such lease agreement, including the difference between the rent under such lease agreement and the rent payable as a result of reletting the leased properties, or requiring us to pay the net present value of the rent due for the balance of the term of such lease agreement. The exercise of such remedies would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position, results of operations and liquidity.

If certain of our suppliers do not meet our needs, if there are material price increases on supplies, if we are not reimbursed or adequately reimbursed for drugs we purchase or if we are unable to effectively access new technology or superior products, it could negatively impact our ability to effectively provide the services we offer and could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

We have significant suppliers that may be the sole or primary source of products critical to the services we provide, or to which we have committed obligations to make purchases, sometimes at particular prices. If any of these suppliers do not meet our needs for the products they supply, including in the event of a product recall, shortage or dispute, and we are not able to find adequate alternative sources, if we experience material price increases from these suppliers that we are unable to mitigate, or if some of the drugs that we purchase are not reimbursed or not adequately reimbursed by commercial or government payors, it could have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. In addition, the technology related to the products critical to the services we provide is subject to new developments which may result in superior products. If we are not able to access superior products on a cost-effective basis or if suppliers are not able to fulfill our requirements for such products, we could face patient attrition and other negative consequences which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

 

41


Table of Contents

Our corporate culture has contributed to our success, and if we cannot maintain this culture as we grow, we could lose the innovation, creativity and teamwork fostered by our culture and our business may be harmed.

We believe that our culture has been and will continue to be a critical contributor to our success. We expect to continue to hire aggressively as we expand, and we believe our corporate culture has been crucial in our success and our ability to attract highly skilled personnel. If we do not continue to develop our corporate culture or maintain and preserve our core values as we grow and evolve, we may be unable to foster the innovation, curiosity, creativity, focus on execution, teamwork and the facilitation of critical knowledge transfer and knowledge sharing we believe we need to support our growth. Moreover, liquidity available to our employee securityholders following this offering could lead to disparities of wealth among our employees, which could adversely impact relations among employees and our culture in general. Our anticipated headcount growth and our transition from a private company to a public company may result in a change to our corporate culture, which could harm our business.

Competition for physicians and nurses, shortages of qualified personnel or other factors could increase our labor costs and adversely affect our revenue, profitability and cash flows.

Our operations are dependent on the efforts, abilities and experience of our physicians and clinical personnel. We compete with other healthcare providers, primarily hospitals and other facilities, in attracting physicians, nurses and medical staff to support our centers, recruiting and retaining qualified management and support personnel responsible for the daily operations of each of our centers and in contracting with payors in each of our markets. In some markets, the lack of availability of clinical personnel, such as nurses and mental health professionals, has become a significant operating issue facing all healthcare providers. This shortage may require us to continue to enhance wages and benefits to recruit and retain qualified personnel or to contract for more expensive temporary personnel. We also depend on the available labor pool of semi-skilled and unskilled workers in each of the markets in which we operate.

If our labor costs increase, we may not be able to raise rates to offset these increased costs. Because a significant percentage of our revenue consists of fixed, prospective payments, our ability to pass along increased labor costs is limited. In particular, if labor costs rise at an annual rate greater than our net annual consumer price index basket update from Medicare, our results of operations and cash flows will likely be adversely affected. Any union activity at our facilities that may occur in the future could contribute to increased labor costs. Certain proposed changes in federal labor laws and the National Labor Relations Board’s modification of its election procedures could increase the likelihood of employee unionization attempts. Although none of our employees are currently represented by a collective bargaining agreement, to the extent a significant portion of our employee base unionizes, it is possible our labor costs could increase materially. Our failure to recruit and retain qualified management and medical personnel, or to control our labor costs, could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations and financial condition.

Our revenues and profits could be diminished if we fail to retain and attract the services of key primary care physicians.

Key primary care physicians with large patient enrollment could retire, become disabled, terminate their provider contracts, get lured away by a competing independent physician association or medical group, or otherwise become unable or unwilling to continue practicing medicine or continue working with our practices. As a result, patients who have been served by such physicians could choose to enroll with competitors’ physician organizations or could seek medical care elsewhere, which could reduce our revenues and profits. Moreover, we may not be able to attract new physicians to replace the services of terminating physicians or to service our growing membership.

We have employment contracts with physicians and other health professionals in many states. Some of these contracts include provisions preventing these physicians and other health professionals from competing with us

 

42


Table of Contents

both during and after the term of our contract with them. The law governing non-compete agreements and other forms of restrictive covenants varies from state to state. Some jurisdictions prohibit us from using non-competition covenants with our professional staff. Other states are reluctant to strictly enforce non-compete agreements and restrictive covenants applicable to physicians and other healthcare professionals. There can be no assurance that our non-compete agreements related to physicians and other health professionals will be found enforceable if challenged in certain states. In such event, we would be unable to prevent physicians and other health professionals formerly employed by us from competing with us, potentially resulting in the loss of some of our patients.

Our records and submissions to a health plan may contain inaccurate or unsupportable information regarding risk adjustment scores of members, which could cause us to overstate or understate our revenue and subject us to various penalties.

The claims and encounter records that we submit to health plans may impact data that support the Medicare Risk Adjustment Factor (“RAF”) scores attributable to members. These RAF scores determine, in part, the revenue to which the health plans and, in turn, we are entitled for the provision of medical care to such members. The data submitted to CMS by each health plan is based, in part, on medical charts and diagnosis codes that we prepare and submit to the health plans. Each health plan generally relies on us and our affiliated physicians to appropriately document and support such RAF data in our medical records. Each health plan also relies on us and our affiliated physicians to appropriately code claims for medical services provided to members. Erroneous claims and erroneous encounter records and submissions could result in inaccurate revenue and risk adjustment payments, which may be subject to correction or retroactive adjustment in later periods. This corrected or adjusted information may be reflected in financial statements for periods subsequent to the period in which the revenue was recorded. We might also need to refund a portion of the revenue that we received, which refund, depending on its magnitude, could damage our relationship with the applicable health plan and could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Additionally, CMS audits MA plans for documentation to support RAF-related payments for members chosen at random. The Medicare Advantage plans ask providers to submit the underlying documentation for members that they serve. It is possible that claims associated with members with higher RAF scores could be subject to more scrutiny in a CMS or plan audit. There is a possibility that a Medicare Advantage plan may seek repayment from us should CMS make any payment adjustments to the Medicare Advantage plan as a result of its audits. The plans also may hold us liable for any penalties owed to CMS for inaccurate or unsupportable RAF scores provided by us or our affiliated physicians. In addition, we could be liable for penalties to the government under the FCA that range from $5,500 to $11,000 (adjusted for inflation) for each false claim, plus up to three times the amount of damages caused by each false claim, which can be as much as the amounts received directly or indirectly from the government for each such false claim. On January 29, 2018, the DOJ issued a final rule announcing adjustments to FCA penalties, under which the per claim penalty range increases to a range from $11,181 to $22,363 for penalties assessed after January 29, 2018, so long as the underlying conduct occurred after November 2, 2015.

CMS has indicated that payment adjustments will not be limited to RAF scores for the specific MA enrollees for which errors are found but may also be extrapolated to the entire MA plan subject to a particular CMS contract. CMS has described its audit process as plan-year specific and stated that it will not extrapolate audit results for plan years prior to 2011. Because CMS has not stated otherwise, there is a risk that payment adjustments made as a result of one plan year’s audit would be extrapolated to prior plan years after 2011.

There can be no assurance that a health plan will not be randomly selected or targeted for review by CMS or that the outcome of such a review will not result in a material adjustment in our revenue and profitability, even if the information we submitted to the plan is accurate and supportable.

 

43


Table of Contents

A failure to accurately estimate incurred but not reported medical expense could adversely affect our results of operations.

Patient care costs include estimates of future medical claims that have been incurred by the patient but for which the provider has not yet billed. These claim estimates are made utilizing actuarial methods and are continually evaluated and adjusted by management, based upon our historical claims experience and other factors, including an independent assessment by a nationally recognized actuarial firm. Adjustments, if necessary, are made to medical claims expense and capitated revenues when the assumptions used to determine our claims liability change and when actual claim costs are ultimately determined.

Due to the inherent uncertainties associated with the factors used in these estimates and changes in the patterns and rates of medical utilization, materially different amounts could be reported in our financial statements for a particular period under different conditions or using different, but still reasonable, assumptions. It is possible that our estimates of this type of claim may be inadequate in the future. In such event, our results of operations could be adversely impacted. Further, the inability to estimate these claims accurately may also affect our ability to take timely corrective actions, further exacerbating the extent of any adverse effect on our results of operations.

Negative publicity regarding the managed healthcare industry generally could adversely affect our results of operations or business.

Negative publicity regarding the managed healthcare industry generally, or the Medicare Advantage program in particular, may result in increased regulation and legislative review of industry practices that further increase our costs of doing business and adversely affect our results of operations or business by:

 

   

requiring us to change our products and services;

 

   

increasing the regulatory, including compliance, burdens under which we operate, which, in turn, may negatively impact the manner in which we provide services and increase our costs of providing services;

 

   

adversely affecting our ability to market our products or services through the imposition of further regulatory restrictions regarding the manner in which plans and providers market to Medicare Advantage enrollees; or

 

   

adversely affecting our ability to attract and retain patients.

State and federal efforts to reduce Medicaid spending could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Certain of our patients are dual-eligible, meaning their coverage comes from both Medicare and Medicaid. In addition, a very small portion of our patients (under 2%) are fully covered by Medicaid. As a result, a small portion of our revenue comes from Medicaid, accounting for approximately 3% of our revenue for each of the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively, and 3% and 2% of our revenue for each of the three-month periods ended March 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively. Medicaid is a joint federal-state program purchasing healthcare services for the low income and indigent as well as certain higher-income individuals with significant health needs. Under broad federal criteria, states establish rules for eligibility, services and payment. Medicaid is a state-administered program financed by both state funds and matching federal funds. Medicaid spending has increased rapidly in recent years, becoming a significant component of state budgets. This, combined with slower state revenue growth, has led both the federal government and many states to institute measures aimed at controlling the growth of Medicaid spending, and in some instances reducing aggregate Medicaid spending.

For example, a number of states have adopted or are considering legislation designed to reduce their Medicaid expenditures, such as financial arrangements commonly referred to as provider taxes. Under provider

 

44


Table of Contents

tax arrangements, states collect taxes from healthcare providers and then use the revenue to pay the providers as a Medicaid expenditure, which allows the states to then claim additional federal matching funds on the additional reimbursements. Current federal law provides for a cap on the maximum allowable provider tax as a percentage of the provider’s total revenue. There can be no assurance that federal law will continue to provide matching federal funds on state Medicaid expenditures funded through provider taxes, or that the current caps on provider taxes will not be reduced. Any discontinuance or reduction in federal matching of provider tax-related Medicaid expenditures could have a significant and adverse effect on states’ Medicaid expenditures, and as a result could have an adverse effect on our business.

In addition, CMS has recently approved demonstration waivers for the Indiana Medicaid program that, among other things, imposes work or community engagement and income based premiums on certain adult Medicaid beneficiaries, and similar waivers may be applied in other states. Also, as part of the movement to repeal, replace or modify the ACA and as a means to reduce the federal budget deficit, there are renewed congressional efforts to move Medicaid from an open-ended program with coverage and benefits set by the federal government to one in which states receive a fixed amount of federal funds, either through block grants or per capita caps, and have more flexibility to determine benefits, eligibility or provider payments. If those changes are implemented, we cannot predict whether the amount of fixed federal funding to the states will be based on current payment amounts, or if it will be based on lower payment amounts, which would negatively impact those states that expanded their Medicaid programs in response to the ACA.

We expect these state and federal efforts to continue for the foreseeable future. The Medicaid program and its reimbursement rates and rules are subject to frequent change at both the federal and state level. These include statutory and regulatory changes, rate adjustments (including retroactive adjustments), administrative or executive orders and government funding restrictions, all of which may materially adversely affect the rates at which our services are reimbursed by state Medicaid plans.

Our primary care centers may be negatively impacted by weather and other factors beyond our control.

Our results of operations may be adversely impacted by adverse conditions affecting our centers, including severe weather events such as tornadoes and widespread winter storms, public health concerns such as contagious disease outbreaks, violence or threats of violence or other factors beyond our control that cause disruption of patient scheduling, displacement of our patients, employees and Care Teams, or force certain of our centers to close temporarily. In certain geographic areas, we have a large concentration of centers that may be simultaneously affected by adverse weather conditions or other events. Our future operating results may be adversely affected by these and other factors that disrupt the operation of our centers.

Risks Related to Regulation

If we fail to adhere to all of the complex government laws and regulations that apply to our business, we could suffer severe consequences that could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, cash flows, reputation and stock price.

Our operations are subject to extensive federal, state and local government laws and regulations, such as:

 

   

Medicare and Medicaid reimbursement rules and regulations;

 

   

federal and state anti-kickback laws, which prohibits the knowing and willful offer, payment, solicitation or receipt of any bribe, kickback, rebate or other remuneration for referring an individual, in return for ordering, leasing, purchasing or recommending or arranging for or to induce the referral of an individual or the ordering, purchasing or leasing of items or services covered, in whole or in part, by any federal healthcare program, such as Medicare and Medicaid;

 

   

the Self-Referral Law and analogous state self-referral prohibition statutes, which, subject to limited exceptions, prohibits physicians from referring Medicare or Medicaid patients to an entity for the

 

45


Table of Contents
 

provision of certain “designated health services” if the physician or a member of such physician’s immediate family has a direct or indirect financial relationship (including an ownership interest or a compensation arrangement) with an entity, and prohibit the entity from billing Medicare or Medicaid for such “designated health services”;

 

   

the FCA and associated regulations, that imposes civil and criminal liability on individuals or entities that knowingly submit false or fraudulent claims for payment to the government or knowingly making, or causing to be made, a false statement in order to have a false claim paid, including qui tam or whistleblower suits;

 

   

the Civil Monetary Penalty statute and associated regulations, which authorizes the government agent to impose civil money penalties, an assessment, and program exclusion for various forms of fraud and abuse involving the Medicare and Medicaid programs;

 

   

federal and state laws regarding the collection, use and disclosure of patient health information (e.g., HIPAA) and the storage, handling, shipment, disposal and/or dispensing of pharmaceuticals and blood products and other biological materials and many other applicable state and federal laws and requirements;

 

   

state and federal statutes and regulations that govern workplace health and safety;

 

   

federal and state laws and policies that require healthcare providers to maintain licensure, certification or accreditation to enroll and participate in the Medicare and Medicaid programs, to report certain changes in their operations to the agencies that administer these programs and, in some cases, to re-enroll in these programs when changes in direct or indirect ownership occur; and

 

   

federal and state laws pertaining to the provision of services by nurse practitioners and physician assistants certain settings, physician supervision of those services, and reimbursement requirements that depend on the types of services provided and documented and relationships between physician supervisors and nurse practitioners and physician assistants.

In addition to the above laws, Medicare and Medicaid regulations, manual provisions, local coverage determinations, national coverage determinations and agency guidance also impose complex and extensive requirements upon healthcare providers. Moreover, the various laws and regulations that apply to our operations are often subject to varying interpretations and additional laws and regulations potentially affecting providers continue to be promulgated that may impact us. A violation or departure from any of the legal requirements implicated by our business may result in, among other things, government audits, lower reimbursements, significant fines and penalties, the potential loss of certification, recoupment efforts or voluntary repayments. These legal requirements are civil, criminal and administrative in nature depending on the law or requirement.

We endeavor to comply with all legal requirements. We further endeavor to structure all of our relationships with physicians and providers to comply with state and federal anti-kickback physician and Stark laws and other applicable healthcare laws. We utilize considerable resources to monitor laws and regulations and implement necessary changes. However, the laws and regulations in these areas are complex, changing and often subject to varying interpretations. As a result, there is no guarantee that we will be able to adhere to all of the laws and regulations that apply to our business, and any failure to do so could have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations, financial condition, cash flows and reputation. For example, if an enforcement agency were to challenge the level of compensation that we pay our medical directors or the number of medical directors whom we engage, or otherwise challenge these arrangements, we could be required to change our practices, face criminal or civil penalties, pay substantial fines or otherwise experience a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations, financial condition, cash flows and reputation as a result. Similarly, we may face penalties under the FCA, the federal Civil Monetary Penalty statute or otherwise related to failure to report and return overpayments within 60 days of when the overpayment is identified and quantified. These obligations to report and return overpayments could subject our procedures for identifying and processing overpayments to greater scrutiny. We have made investments in resources to decrease the time it takes to identify, quantify and process overpayments, and may be required to make additional investments in the future.

 

46


Table of Contents

Additionally, the federal government has used the FCA to prosecute a wide variety of alleged false claims and fraud allegedly perpetrated against Medicare, Medicaid and other federally funded health care programs. Moreover, amendments to the federal Anti-Kickback Statute in the ACA make claims tainted by anti-kickback violations potentially subject to liability under the FCA, including qui tam or whistleblower suits. The penalties for a violation of the FCA range from $5,500 to $11,000 (adjusted for inflation) for each false claim plus three times the amount of damages caused by each such claim which generally means the amount received directly or indirectly from the government. On January 29, 2018, the Department of Justice (“DOJ”) issued a final rule announcing adjustments to FCA penalties, under which the per claim penalty range increases to a range from $11,181 to $22,363 for penalties assessed after January 29, 2018, so long as the underlying conduct occurred after November 2, 2015. Given the high volume of claims processed by our various operating units, the potential is high for substantial penalties in connection with any alleged FCA violations.

In addition to the provisions of the FCA, which provide for civil enforcement, the federal government can use several criminal statutes to prosecute persons who are alleged to have submitted false or fraudulent claims for payment to the federal government.

If any of our operations are found to violate these or other government laws or regulations, we could suffer severe consequences that would have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, cash flows, reputation and stock price, including:

 

   

suspension or termination of our participation in government payment programs;

 

   

refunds of amounts received in violation of law or applicable payment program requirements dating back to the applicable statute of limitation periods;

 

   

loss of our required government certifications or exclusion from government payment programs;

 

   

loss of our licenses required to operate healthcare facilities or administer pharmaceuticals in the states in which we operate;

 

   

criminal or civil liability, fines, damages or monetary penalties for violations of healthcare fraud and abuse laws, including the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, Civil Monetary Penalties Law, Stark Law and FCA, or other failures to meet regulatory requirements;

 

   

enforcement actions by governmental agencies and/or state law claims for monetary damages by patients who believe their PHI has been used, disclosed or not properly safeguarded in violation of federal or state patient privacy laws, including HIPAA and the Privacy Act of 1974;

 

   

mandated changes to our practices or procedures that significantly increase operating expenses;

 

   

imposition of and compliance with corporate integrity agreements that could subject us to ongoing audits and reporting requirements as well as increased scrutiny of our billing and business practices which could lead to potential fines, among other things;

 

   

termination of various relationships and/or contracts related to our business, including joint venture arrangements, medical director agreements, real estate leases and consulting agreements with physicians; and

 

   

harm to our reputation which could negatively impact our business relationships, affect our ability to attract and retain patients and physicians, affect our ability to obtain financing and decrease access to new business opportunities, among other things.

We are, and may in the future be, a party to various lawsuits, demands, claims, qui tam suits, governmental investigations and audits (including investigations or other actions resulting from our obligation to self-report suspected violations of law) and other legal matters, any of which could result in, among other things, substantial financial penalties or awards against us, mandated refunds, substantial payments made by us, required changes to our business practices, exclusion from future participation in Medicare, Medicaid and other healthcare programs

 

47


Table of Contents

and possible criminal penalties, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, cash flows and materially harm our reputation.

We may in the future be subject to investigations and audits by state or federal governmental agencies and/or private civil qui tam complaints filed by relators and other lawsuits, demands, claims and legal proceedings, including investigations or other actions resulting from our obligation to self-report suspected violations of law.

Responding to subpoenas, investigations and other lawsuits, claims and legal proceedings as well as defending ourselves in such matters will continue to require management’s attention and cause us to incur significant legal expense. Negative findings or terms and conditions that we might agree to accept as part of a negotiated resolution of pending or future legal or regulatory matters could result in, among other things, substantial financial penalties or awards against us, substantial payments made by us, harm to our reputation, required changes to our business practices, exclusion from future participation in the Medicare, Medicaid and other healthcare programs and, in certain cases, criminal penalties, any of which could have a material adverse effect on us. It is possible that criminal proceedings may be initiated against us and/or individuals in our business in connection with investigations by the federal government.

We, our affiliated physicians and the facilities in which we operate are subject to various federal, state and local licensing and certification laws and regulations and accreditation standards and other laws, relating to, among other things, the adequacy of medical care, equipment, privacy of patient information, physician relationships, personnel and operating policies and procedures. Failure to comply with these licensing, certification and accreditation laws, regulations and standards could result in our services being found non-reimbursable or prior payments being subject to recoupment, requirements to make significant changes to our operations and can give rise to civil or, in extreme cases, criminal penalties. We routinely take the steps we believe are necessary to retain or obtain all requisite licensure and operating authorities. While we have made reasonable efforts to substantially comply with federal, state and local licensing and certification laws and regulations and standards as we interpret them, we cannot assure you that agencies that administer these programs will not find that we have failed to comply in some material respects.

If we are unable to effectively adapt to changes in the healthcare industry, including changes to laws and regulations regarding or affecting the U.S. healthcare reform, our business may be harmed.

Due to the importance of the healthcare industry in the lives of all Americans, federal, state, and local legislative bodies frequently pass legislation and promulgate regulations relating to healthcare reform or that affect the healthcare industry. As has been the trend in recent years, it is reasonable to assume that there will continue to be increased government oversight and regulation of the healthcare industry in the future. We cannot assure our stockholders as to the ultimate content, timing or effect of any new healthcare legislation or regulations, nor is it possible at this time to estimate the impact of potential new legislation or regulations on our business. It is possible that future legislation enacted by Congress or state legislatures, or regulations promulgated by regulatory authorities at the federal or state level, could adversely affect our business or could change the operating environment of our primary care centers. It is possible that the changes to the Medicare, Medicaid or other governmental healthcare program reimbursements may serve as precedent to possible changes in other payors’ reimbursement policies in a manner adverse to us. Similarly, changes in private payor reimbursements could lead to adverse changes in Medicare, Medicaid and other governmental healthcare programs, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

While we believe that we have structured our agreements and operations in material compliance with applicable healthcare laws and regulations, there can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully address changes in the current regulatory environment. We believe that our business operations materially comply with applicable healthcare laws and regulations. However, some of the healthcare laws and regulations applicable to us are subject to limited or evolving interpretations, and a review of our business or operations by a court, law

 

48


Table of Contents

enforcement or a regulatory authority might result in a determination that could have a material adverse effect on us. Furthermore, the healthcare laws and regulations applicable to us may be amended or interpreted in a manner that could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations and financial condition.

Our use, disclosure, and other processing of personally identifiable information, including health information, is subject to HIPAA and other federal and state privacy and security regulations, and our failure to comply with those regulations or to adequately secure the information we hold could result in significant liability or reputational harm and, in turn, a material adverse effect on our patient base and revenue.

Numerous state and federal laws and regulations govern the collection, dissemination, use, privacy, confidentiality, security, availability, integrity, and other processing of PHI and PII. These laws and regulations include HIPAA. HIPAA establishes a set of national privacy and security standards for the protection of PHI by health plans, healthcare clearinghouses and certain healthcare providers, referred to as covered entities, and the business associates with whom such covered entities contract for services.

HIPAA requires covered entities, such as ourselves, and their business associates to develop and maintain policies and procedures with respect to PHI that is used or disclosed, including the adoption of administrative, physical and technical safeguards to protect such information. HIPAA also implemented the use of standard transaction code sets and standard identifiers that covered entities must use when submitting or receiving certain electronic healthcare transactions, including activities associated with the billing and collection of healthcare claims.

HIPAA imposes mandatory penalties for certain violations. Penalties for violations of HIPAA and its implementing regulations start at $100 per violation and are not to exceed $50,000 per violation, subject to a cap of $1.5 million for violations of the same standard in a single calendar year. However, a single breach incident can result in violations of multiple standards. HIPAA also authorizes state attorneys general to file suit on behalf of their residents. Courts may award damages, costs and attorneys’ fees related to violations of HIPAA in such cases. While HIPAA does not create a private right of action allowing individuals to sue us in civil court for violations of HIPAA, its standards have been used as the basis for duty of care in state civil suits such as those for negligence or recklessness in the misuse or breach of PHI.

In addition, HIPAA mandates that the Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services (“HHS”) conduct periodic compliance audits of HIPAA covered entities and business associates for compliance with the HIPAA Privacy and Security Standards. It also tasks HHS with establishing a methodology whereby harmed individuals who were the victims of breaches of unsecured PHI may receive a percentage of the Civil Monetary Penalty fine paid by the violator.

HIPAA further requires that patients be notified of any unauthorized acquisition, access, use or disclosure of their unsecured PHI that compromises the privacy or security of such information, with certain exceptions related to unintentional or inadvertent use or disclosure by employees or authorized individuals. HIPAA specifies that such notifications must be made “without unreasonable delay and in no case later than 60 calendar days after discovery of the breach.” If a breach affects 500 patients or more, it must be reported to HHS without unreasonable delay, and HHS will post the name of the breaching entity on its public web site. Breaches affecting 500 patients or more in the same state or jurisdiction must also be reported to the local media. If a breach involves fewer than 500 people, the covered entity must record it in a log and notify HHS at least annually.

In addition to HIPAA, numerous other federal and state laws and regulations protect the confidentiality, privacy, availability, integrity and security of PHI and other types of PII, including the Illinois Biometric Information Privacy Act. State statutes and regulations vary from state to state, and these laws and regulations in many cases are more restrictive than, and may not be preempted by, HIPAA and its implementing rules. These laws and regulations are often uncertain, contradictory, and subject to changed or differing interpretations, and we expect new laws, rules and regulations regarding privacy, data protection, and information security to be

 

49


Table of Contents

proposed and enacted in the future. In the event that new data security laws are implemented, we may not be able to timely comply with such requirements, or such requirements may not be compatible with our current processes. Changing our processes could be time consuming and expensive, and failure to timely implement required changes could subject us to liability for non-compliance. Some states may afford private rights of action to individuals who believe their PII has been misused. This complex, dynamic legal landscape regarding privacy, data protection, and information security creates significant compliance issues for us and potentially restricts our ability to collect, use and disclose data and exposes us to additional expense, adverse publicity and liability. While we have implemented data privacy and security measures in an effort to comply with applicable laws and regulations relating to privacy and data protection, some PHI and other PII or confidential information is transmitted to us by third parties, who may not implement adequate security and privacy measures, and it is possible that laws, rules and regulations relating to privacy, data protection, or information security may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent with our practices or those of third parties who transmit PHI and other PII or confidential information to us. If we or these third parties are found to have violated such laws, rules or regulations, it could result in government-imposed fines, orders requiring that we or these third parties change our or their practices, or criminal charges, which could adversely affect our business. Complying with these various laws and regulations could cause us to incur substantial costs or require us to change our business practices, systems and compliance procedures in a manner adverse to our business.

We also publish statements to our patients and partners that describe how we handle and protect PHI. If federal or state regulatory authorities or private litigants consider any portion of these statements to be untrue, we may be subject to claims of deceptive practices, which could lead to significant liabilities and consequences, including, without limitation, costs of responding to investigations, defending against litigation, settling claims, and complying with regulatory or court orders. Any of the foregoing consequences could seriously harm our business and our financial results. Any of the foregoing consequences could have a material adverse impact on our business and our financial results.

Laws regulating the corporate practice of medicine could restrict the manner in which we are permitted to conduct our business, and the failure to comply with such laws could subject us to penalties or require a restructuring of our business.

Some states have laws that prohibit business entities, such as us, from practicing medicine, employing physicians to practice medicine, exercising control over medical decisions by physicians or engaging in certain arrangements, such as fee-splitting, with physicians (such activities generally referred to as the “corporate practice of medicine”). In some states these prohibitions are expressly stated in a statute or regulation, while in other states the prohibition is a matter of judicial or regulatory interpretation. All of the states in which we currently operate generally prohibit the corporate practice of medicine, and other states may as well.

Penalties for violations of the corporate practice of medicine vary by state and may result in physicians being subject to disciplinary action, as well as to forfeiture of revenues from payors for services rendered. For lay entities, violations may also bring both civil and, in more extreme cases, criminal liability for engaging in medical practice without a license.

Some of the relevant laws, regulations and agency interpretations in states with corporate practice of medicine restrictions have been subject to limited judicial and regulatory interpretation. Moreover, state laws are subject to change. Regulatory authorities and other parties may assert that, despite the management agreements and other arrangements through which we operate, we are engaged in the prohibited corporate practice of medicine or that our arrangements constitute unlawful fee-splitting. If this were to occur, we could be subject to civil and/or criminal penalties, our agreements could be found legally invalid and unenforceable (in whole or in part) or we could be required to restructure our contractual arrangements. In markets where the corporate practice of medicine is prohibited, we have historically operated by maintaining long-term management contracts with multiple associated professional organizations which, in turn, employ or contract with physicians to provide those professional medical services required by the enrollees of the payors with which the professional

 

50


Table of Contents

organizations contract. Under these management agreements, Oak Street Health MSO, LLC performs only non-medical administrative services, does not represent that it offers medical services and does not exercise influence or control over the practice of medicine by the physicians or the associated physician groups with which it contracts. In addition, the professional organizations are all 100% owned by Dr. Griffin Myers, one of our founders and our Chief Medical Officer. In the event of Dr. Myers’ death or disability or upon certain other triggering events, we maintain the right to direct the transfer of the ownership of the professional organizations to another licensed physician.

In addition to the above management arrangements, we have certain contractual rights relating to the orderly transfer of equity interests in our physician practices through succession agreements and other arrangements with their physician equity holders. Such equity interests cannot, however, be transferred to or held by us or by any non-professional organization. Accordingly, neither we nor our direct subsidiaries directly own any equity interests in any of our physician practices. In the event that any of the physician owners of our practices fail to comply with the management arrangement, if any management arrangement is terminated and/or we are unable to enforce our contractual rights over the orderly transfer of equity interests in any of our physician practices, such events could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

It is possible that a state regulatory agency or a court could determine that our agreements with physician equity holders of our practices and the way we carry out these arrangements as described above, either independently or coupled with the management services agreements with such associated physician practices, are in violation of prohibitions on the corporate practice of medicine. As a result, these arrangements could be deemed invalid, potentially resulting in a loss of revenues and an adverse effect on results of operations derived from such practices. Such a determination could force a restructuring of our management arrangements with the affected practices, which might include revisions of the management services agreements, including a modification of the management fee and/or establishing an alternative structure that would permit us to contract with a physician network without violating prohibitions on the corporate practice of medicine. There can be no assurance that such a restructuring would be feasible, or that it could be accomplished within a reasonable time frame without a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

If our agreements or arrangements with Dr. Myers or our affiliated physician groups are deemed invalid under state corporate practice of medicine and similar laws or federal law, or are terminated as a result of changes in state law, it could have a material impact on our results of operations and financial condition.

There are various state laws, including in the states in which we operate, regulating the corporate practice of medicine that prohibit us from directly owning certain types of healthcare entities. These prohibitions are intended to prevent unlicensed persons from interfering with or inappropriately influencing a physician’s professional judgment. Corporate practice of medicine regulations and other similar laws may also prevent fee-splitting, or the sharing of professional service income with non-professional or business interests. The interpretation and enforcement of these laws vary significantly from state to state. Although we have structured our agreements and arrangements with our affiliated physician groups to avoid breaching corporate practice of medicine regulations, such as having Dr. Myers hold shares in the physician groups as our nominee shareholder, we cannot guarantee that these agreements and arrangements will not be held to be invalid under state laws prohibiting the corporate practice of medicine. If these agreements and arrangements were deemed to be invalid, a significant portion of our revenues could be affected, which may result in a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. In addition, these agreements and arrangements may not be as effective in providing control as direct ownership. Any changes to Federal or state law that prohibited such agreements or arrangements could also have a material adverse effect upon our results of operations and financial condition.

 

51


Table of Contents

If we lost the services of Dr. Myers for any reason, the contractual arrangements with our VIEs could be in jeopardy.

Because of regulations preventing the corporate practice of medicine, many of our affiliated physician practice groups are wholly owned or primarily owned by Dr. Myers as our nominee shareholder. Although we retain the right to direct the transfer of these ownership arrangements to another licensed physician, if Dr. Myers died, was incapacitated or otherwise was no longer affiliated with us, there could be a material adverse effect on the relationship between us and each of those variable interest entities (“VIEs”) and, therefore, our business as a whole could be adversely affected.

The contractual arrangements we have with our VIEs is not as secure as direct ownership of such entities.

Because of laws prohibiting the corporate practice of medicine, we enter into contractual arrangements to manage certain of our affiliated physician practice groups, which allows us to consolidate those groups with Oak Street Health, LLC for financial reporting purposes. If we were to hold such groups directly, we would be able to exercise our rights as an equity holder directly to effect changes in the boards of directors of those entities, which could effect changes at the management and operational level. In contrast, under our current contractual arrangements with our physician groups, we may not be able to directly change the members of the boards of directors of these entities and would have to rely on the entities and the entities’ equity holders to perform their obligations in order to exercise our control over the entities. If any of these affiliated entities or their equity holders fail to perform their respective obligations under the contractual arrangements, we may have to incur substantial costs and expend additional resources to enforce such arrangements.

We face inspections, reviews, audits and investigations under federal and state government programs and contracts. These audits could have adverse findings that may negatively affect our business, including our results of operations, liquidity, financial condition and reputation.

As a result of our participation in the Medicare and Medicaid programs, we are subject to various governmental inspections, reviews, audits and investigations to verify our compliance with these programs and applicable laws and regulations. Payors may also reserve the right to conduct audits. We also periodically conduct internal audits and reviews of our regulatory compliance. An adverse inspection, review, audit or investigation could result in:

 

   

refunding amounts we have been paid pursuant to the Medicare or Medicaid programs or from payors;

 

   

state or federal agencies imposing fines, penalties and other sanctions on us;

 

   

temporary suspension of payment for new patients to the facility or agency;

 

   

decertification or exclusion from participation in the Medicare or Medicaid programs or one or more payor networks;

 

   

self-disclosure of violations to applicable regulatory authorities;

 

   

damage to our reputation;

 

   

the revocation of a facility’s or agency’s license; and

 

   

loss of certain rights under, or termination of, our contracts with payors.

We have in the past and will likely in the future be required to refund amounts we have been paid and/or pay fines and penalties as a result of these inspections, reviews, audits and investigations. If adverse inspections, reviews, audits or investigations occur and any of the results noted above occur, it could have a material adverse effect on our business and operating results. Furthermore, the legal, document production and other costs associated with complying with these inspections, reviews, audits or investigations could be significant.

 

52


Table of Contents

Our income tax treatment will change as a result of the Organizational Transactions and our future effective income tax rates could be subject to volatility.

Oak Street Health, LLC is currently classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes and consequently does not generally pay any U.S. federal, state or local income taxes. Oak Street Health, Inc. is classified as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a corporation, Oak Street Health, Inc. will be subject to U.S. federal, state, and local income taxes with respect to its taxable income.

Oak Street Health, Inc.’s future effective income tax rates could be subject to volatility or adversely affected by a number of factors, including:

 

   

changes in tax laws (including statutory changes that increase the applicable U.S. federal corporate tax rate from its current 21%);

 

   

changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities;

 

   

expected timing and amount of the release of any tax valuation allowances;

 

   

structural changes in our business;

 

   

tax effects of equity-based compensation; or

 

   

changes in tax regulations or other interpretations of applicable tax law.

In addition, as a corporation, Oak Street Health, Inc. may be subject to audits by U.S. federal, state, and local tax authorities. Outcomes from these audits may adversely affect the operating results and financial condition of Oak Street Health, Inc.

We may incur certain tax liabilities attributable to our pre-IPO investors as a result of the Organizational Transactions.

In connection with the Organizational Transactions, the entities through which the Lead Sponsors hold their ownership interests in Oak Street Health will engage in a series of transactions that will result in each of these entities becoming wholly owned subsidiaries of Oak Street Health, Inc. See “Organizational Transactions.” As the parent company to these entities, Oak Street Health, Inc. will generally succeed to and be responsible for any tax liabilities of the entities prior to the Organizational Transactions and be responsible for costs incurred in defending any audits or other proceedings with respect to such taxes. Any such liabilities for which Oak Street Health, Inc. is responsible could have an adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition.

We may incur certain tax liabilities attributable to the pre-IPO taxable income or taxable loss of Oak Street Health, LLC.

Oak Street Health, LLC is currently classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a partnership, Oak Street Health, LLC does not directly pay any federal, state or local income taxes with respect to the taxable income shown on its tax returns. Rather, items of income, gain, loss, deduction, and credit are allocated among its partners and such persons are liable for any of the resulting income taxes.

Pursuant to certain provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) enacted as part of the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2015 (such provisions, the “Partnership Tax Audit Rules”), partnerships (and not the partners of the partnerships) can be subject to U.S. federal income taxes (and any related interest and penalties) resulting from adjustments made pursuant to an IRS audit or judicial proceedings to the items of income, gain, loss, deduction, or credit shown on the partnership’s tax return (or how such items are allocated among the partners). For example, such an adjustment could include the reduction of a loss allocated in periods prior to the Organizational Transactions, which in turn increases the taxable income reportable for periods after the Organizational Transactions. The Partnership Tax Audit Rules apply to Oak Street Health, LLC for each of its taxable years ending after December 31, 2017.

 

53


Table of Contents

Under the Partnership Tax Audit Rules, a partnership’s liability for taxes can be reduced or avoided in certain circumstances depending on the status or actions of its partners. For example, if partners agree to amend their tax returns and pay the resulting taxes, the partnership’s liability can be reduced. Partnerships can also make elections to “push out” the tax liability resulting from the adjustment to its partners and, as a result, have the partners and not the partnerships pay the income taxes. Under current authority, partnerships that cease to exist can be considered to automatically have made this “push out” election. Whether a partnership ceases to exist is currently based on a determination by the IRS.

Following the Organizational Transactions, Oak Street Health, LLC will remain a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and thus will continue to exist for purposes of the Partnership Tax Audit Rules. Accordingly, unless there is a change in structure following the Organizational Transactions or the closing of this offering, it does not appear that Oak Street Health, LLC will be required to make the “push out” election. Further, following the Organizational Transactions, there is no obligation to make any “push out” election and the prior partners of Oak Street Health, LLC are not obligated to file any amended returns to reduce or avoid any tax that would otherwise be imposed on Oak Street Health, LLC. If a “push out” election is made or is required, some of the resulting taxes may be payable by the entities through which the Lead Sponsors hold their ownership interests and, thus, be the responsibility of Oak Street Health, Inc. Following the Organizational Transactions, whether or not a “push out” election is made or required, Oak Street Health, Inc. would bear the costs of defending any actions to make adjustments to the income tax returns of Oak Street Health, LLC for periods prior to the Organizational Transactions (including in respect of tax losses allocated prior to the Organizational Transactions). If no “push out” election is made, Oak Street Health, Inc. would also economically incur any taxes, interest, or penalties associated with any adjustments to these returns (including in respect of such allocated tax losses). If no “push out” election is made or required, the resulting taxes will be economically borne entirely by Oak Street Health, Inc. Any such liabilities for which Oak Street Health, Inc. is responsible could have an adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition.

We will not have control of any IRS audit or related proceeding pursuant to the Partnership Tax Audit Rules.

Under the Partnership Tax Audit Rules, the partnership (including Oak Street Health, LLC) is required to appoint one person (the “partnership representative”) to act on its behalf in connection with IRS audits and related proceedings. Under the Partnership Tax Audit Rules, this person does not need to be a partner of the partnership (including Oak Street Health, LLC). As described above, the partnership representative’s actions, including the partnership representative’s agreement to adjustments of the partnership’s income in settlement of an IRS audit of the partnership, will bind all partners of the partnership, and opt-out rights available to certain partners in connection with certain actions of the tax matters partner under the Partnership Tax Audit Rules for tax years beginning before January 1, 2018 will no longer be available.

The current “partnership representative” for Oak Street Health, LLC is an individual that is a member of Oak Street Health Care, LLC and will be an officer of Oak Street Health Care, Inc. at the time of the Organizational Transactions. As a result, Oak Street Health, LLC (and following the Organizational Transactions, Oak Street Health, Inc.) may not have any control over any IRS audit or related proceeding. However, as described above, depending on the actions of the person acting as “partnership representative,” Oak Street Health, Inc. may still be held liable for any tax which results from an adjustment made pursuant to an IRS audit or judicial proceedings to the items of income, gain, loss, deduction, or credit shown on Oak Street Health, LLC’s income tax return.

Risks Related to Our Indebtedness

Our existing indebtedness could adversely affect our business and growth prospects.

As of March 31, 2020, we had $80.0 million in principal amount outstanding under our Loan Agreement. Our indebtedness, or any additional indebtedness we may incur, could require us to divert funds identified for

 

54


Table of Contents

other purposes for debt service and impair our liquidity position. If we cannot generate sufficient cash flow from operations to service our debt, we may need to refinance our debt, dispose of assets or issue equity to obtain necessary funds. We do not know whether we will be able to take any of these actions on a timely basis, on terms satisfactory to us or at all.

Our indebtedness and the cash flow needed to satisfy our debt have important consequences, including:

 

   

limiting funds otherwise available for financing our capital expenditures by requiring us to dedicate a portion of our cash flows from operations to the repayment of debt and the interest on this debt;

 

   

making us more vulnerable to rising interest rates; and

 

   

making us more vulnerable in the event of a downturn in our business.

Our level of indebtedness may place us at a competitive disadvantage to our competitors that are not as highly leveraged. Fluctuations in interest rates can increase borrowing costs. Increases in interest rates may directly impact the amount of interest we are required to pay and reduce earnings accordingly. In addition, developments in tax policy, such as the disallowance of tax deductions for interest paid on outstanding indebtedness, could have an adverse effect on our liquidity and our business, financial conditions and results of operations.

We expect to use cash flow from operations to meet current and future financial obligations, including funding our operations, debt service requirements and capital expenditures. The ability to make these payments depends on our financial and operating performance, which is subject to prevailing economic, industry and competitive conditions and to certain financial, business, economic and other factors beyond our control.

We may not be able to generate sufficient cash flow to service all of our indebtedness, and may be forced to take other actions to satisfy our obligations under such indebtedness, which may not be successful.

Our ability to make scheduled payments or to refinance outstanding debt obligations depends on our financial and operating performance, which will be affected by prevailing economic, industry and competitive conditions and by financial, business and other factors beyond our control. We may not be able to maintain a sufficient level of cash flow from operating activities to permit us to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness. Any failure to make payments of interest and principal on our outstanding indebtedness on a timely basis would likely result in penalties or defaults, which would also harm our ability to incur additional indebtedness.

If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we may be forced to reduce or delay capital expenditures, sell assets, seek additional capital or seek to restructure or refinance our indebtedness. Any refinancing of our indebtedness could be at higher interest rates and may require us to comply with more onerous covenants. These alternative measures may not be successful and may not permit us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations. In the absence of such cash flows and resources, we could face substantial liquidity problems and might be required to sell material assets or operations to attempt to meet our debt service obligations. If we cannot meet our debt service obligations, the holders of our indebtedness may accelerate such indebtedness and, to the extent such indebtedness is secured, foreclose on our assets. In such an event, we may not have sufficient assets to repay all of our indebtedness.

We may be unable to refinance our indebtedness.

We may need to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness before maturity. We cannot assure you that we will be able to refinance any of our indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms or at all. There can be no assurance that we will be able to obtain sufficient funds to enable us to repay or refinance our debt obligations on commercially reasonable terms, or at all.

 

55


Table of Contents

The terms of the Loan Agreement restrict our current and future operations, particularly our ability to respond to changes or to take certain actions.

The Loan Agreement contains a number of restrictive covenants that impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us and may limit our ability to engage in acts that may be in our long-term best interests, including restrictions on our ability to:

 

   

incur additional indebtedness or other contingent obligations;

 

   

create liens;

 

   

make investments, acquisitions, loans and advances;

 

   

consolidate, merge, liquidate or dissolve;

 

   

sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of our assets;

 

   

pay dividends on our equity interests or make other payments in respect of capital stock; and

 

   

materially alter the business we conduct.

You should read the discussion under the heading “Description of Certain Indebtedness” for further information about these covenants.

The restrictive covenants in the Loan Agreement require us to satisfy certain financial condition tests. Our ability to satisfy those tests can be affected by events beyond our control.

A breach of the covenants or restrictions under the Loan Agreement could result in an event of default under such document. Such a default may allow the creditors to accelerate the related debt, which may result in the acceleration of any other debt to which a cross-acceleration or cross-default provision applies. In the event the holders of our indebtedness accelerate the repayment, we may not have sufficient assets to repay that indebtedness or be able to borrow sufficient funds to refinance it. Even if we are able to obtain new financing, it may not be on commercially reasonable terms or on terms acceptable to us. As a result of these restrictions, we may be:

 

   

limited in how we conduct our business;

 

   

unable to raise additional debt or equity financing to operate during general economic or business downturns; or

 

   

unable to compete effectively or to take advantage of new business opportunities.

These restrictions, along with restrictions that may be contained in agreements evidencing or governing other future indebtedness, may affect our ability to grow in accordance with our growth strategy.

Our failure to raise additional capital or generate cash flows necessary to expand our operations and invest in new technologies in the future could reduce our ability to compete successfully and harm our results of operations.

We may need to raise additional funds, and we may not be able to obtain additional debt or equity financing on favorable terms or at all. If we raise additional equity financing, our security holders may experience significant dilution of their ownership interests. If we engage in additional debt financing, we may be required to accept terms that restrict our ability to incur additional indebtedness, force us to maintain specified liquidity or other ratios or restrict our ability to pay dividends or make acquisitions. In addition, the covenants in our Loan Agreement may limit our ability to obtain additional debt, and any failure to adhere to these covenants could result in penalties or defaults that could further restrict our liquidity or limit our ability to obtain financing. If we

 

56


Table of Contents

need additional capital and cannot raise it on acceptable terms, or at all, we may not be able to, among other things:

 

   

develop and enhance our patient services;

 

   

continue to expand our organization;

 

   

hire, train and retain employees;

 

   

respond to competitive pressures or unanticipated working capital requirements; or

 

   

pursue acquisition opportunities.

In addition, if we issue additional equity to raise capital, your interest in us will be diluted.

Risks Related to Our Common Stock and This Offering

The Lead Sponsors control us, and their interests may conflict with ours or yours in the future.

Immediately following this offering, funds managed by General Atlantic LLC (“General Atlantic”) and Newlight Partners LP (“Newlight” and, together with General Atlantic, the “Lead Sponsors”) will beneficially own approximately         % of our common stock, or         % if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares, which means that, based on their combined percentage voting power held after the offering, the Lead Sponsors together will control the vote of all matters submitted to a vote of our shareholders, which will enable them to control the election of the members of the Board and all other corporate decisions. Even when the Lead Sponsors cease to own shares of our stock representing a majority of the total voting power, for so long as the Lead Sponsors continue to own a significant percentage of our stock, the Lead Sponsors will still be able to significantly influence the composition of our Board and the approval of actions requiring shareholder approval. Accordingly, for such period of time, the Lead Sponsors will have significant influence with respect to our management, business plans and policies, including the appointment and removal of our officers, decisions on whether to raise future capital and amending our charter and bylaws, which govern the rights attached to our common stock. In particular, for so long as the Lead Sponsors continue to own a significant percentage of our stock, the Lead Sponsors will be able to cause or prevent a change of control of us or a change in the composition of our Board and could preclude any unsolicited acquisition of us. The concentration of ownership could deprive you of an opportunity to receive a premium for your shares of common stock as part of a sale of us and ultimately might affect the market price of our common stock.

In addition, in connection with this offering, we will enter into a Director Nomination Agreement with the Lead Sponsors that provides each Lead Sponsor the right to designate: (i) three of the nominees for election to our Board for so long as each beneficially owns at least 20% of our common stock then outstanding; (ii) two of the nominees for election to our Board for so long as each beneficially owns less than 20% but at least 10% of our common stock then outstanding; and (iii) one of the nominees for election to our Board for so long as each beneficially owns less than 10% but at least 5% of our common stock then outstanding. The Lead Sponsors may also assign such right to their affiliates. The Director Nomination Agreement will also prohibit us from increasing or decreasing the size of our Board without the prior written consent of the Lead Sponsors. See “Certain Relations and Related Party Transactions—Director Nomination Agreement” for more details with respect to the Director Nomination Agreement.

The Lead Sponsors and their affiliates engage in a broad spectrum of activities, including investments in the healthcare industry generally. In the ordinary course of their business activities, the Lead Sponsors and their affiliates may engage in activities where their interests conflict with our interests or those of our other shareholders, such as investing in or advising businesses that directly or indirectly compete with certain portions of our business or are suppliers or customers of ours. Our certificate of incorporation to be effective in connection with the closing of this offering will provide that none of the Lead Sponsors, any of their affiliates or any director who is not employed by us (including any non-employee director who serves as one of our officers

 

57


Table of Contents

in both his director and officer capacities) or its affiliates will have any duty to refrain from engaging, directly or indirectly, in the same business activities or similar business activities or lines of business in which we operate. The Lead Sponsors also may pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business, and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us. In addition, the Lead Sponsors may have an interest in pursuing acquisitions, divestitures and other transactions that, in its judgment, could enhance its investment, even though such transactions might involve risks to you.

Upon listing of our shares on                 , we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the rules of                  and, as a result, we will qualify for, and intend to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements. You will not have the same protections as those afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to such governance requirements.

After completion of this offering, the Lead Sponsors together will continue to control a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock. As a result, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of                 . Under these rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power for the election of directors is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including:

 

   

the requirement that a majority of our Board consist of independent directors;

 

   

the requirement that we have a nominating and corporate governance committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities;

 

   

the requirement that we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities; and

 

   

the requirement for an annual performance evaluation of the nominating and corporate governance and compensation committees.

Following this offering, we intend to utilize these exemptions. As a result, we may not have a majority of independent directors on our Board, our Compensation and our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committees may not consist entirely of independent directors and our Compensation and our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committees may not be subject to annual performance evaluations. Accordingly, you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of                 .

We are an “emerging growth company” and we expect to elect to comply with reduced public company reporting requirements, which could make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act. For as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we are eligible for certain exemptions from various public company reporting requirements. These exemptions include, but are not limited to, (i) not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, (ii) reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports, proxy statements and registration statements, (iii) exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved, (iv) not being required to provide audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2016, or five years of Selected Consolidated Financial Data in this prospectus and (v) an extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies. We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years after the first sale of our common stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, which fifth anniversary will occur in 2024. If, however, certain events occur prior to the end of such five-year period, including if we become a “large accelerated filer,” our annual gross revenue exceeds $1.07 billion or we issue more than $1.0 billion of non- convertible debt in any three-year period, we would cease to be an emerging growth company prior to the end of such five-year period. We have made certain elections with regard to the

 

58


Table of Contents

reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in this prospectus and may elect to take advantage of other reduced disclosure obligations in future filings. In addition, we will choose to take advantage of the extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies. As a result, the information that we provide to holders of our common stock may be different than you might receive from other public reporting companies in which you hold equity interests. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive as a result of reliance on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result of any choice we make to reduce disclosure, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and the market price for our common stock may be more volatile.

The requirements of being a public company may strain our resources and distract our management, which could make it difficult to manage our business, particularly after we are no longer an “emerging growth company.”

As a public company, we will incur legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not previously incur. We will become subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the listing requirements of                  and other applicable securities rules and regulations. Compliance with these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time-consuming or costly and increase demand on our systems and resources, particularly after we are no longer an “emerging growth company.” The Exchange Act requires that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business, financial condition and results of operations. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we establish and maintain effective internal controls and procedures for financial reporting. Furthermore, the need to establish the corporate infrastructure demanded of a public company may divert our management’s attention from implementing our growth strategy, which could prevent us from improving our business, financial condition and results of operations. We have made, and will continue to make, changes to our internal controls and procedures for financial reporting and accounting systems to meet our reporting obligations as a public company. However, the measures we take may not be sufficient to satisfy our obligations as a public company. In addition, these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. For example, we expect these rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to incur substantial costs to maintain the same or similar coverage. These additional obligations could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure are creating uncertainty for public companies, increasing legal and financial compliance costs and making some activities more time consuming. These laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices. We intend to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of our management’s time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. If our efforts to comply with new laws, regulations and standards differ from the activities intended by regulatory or governing bodies due to ambiguities related to their application and practice, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us and there could be a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Provisions of our corporate governance documents could make an acquisition of us more difficult and may prevent attempts by our shareholders to replace or remove our current management, even if beneficial to our shareholders.

In addition to the Lead Sponsors’ beneficial ownership of a combined                  of our common stock after this offering (or         % if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares), our

 

59


Table of Contents

certificate of incorporation and bylaws to be effective in connection with the closing of this offering and the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”), contain provisions that could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us, even if doing so might be beneficial to our shareholders. Among other things, these provisions:

 

   

allow us to authorize the issuance of undesignated preferred stock, the terms of which may be established and the shares of which may be issued without shareholder approval, and which may include supermajority voting, special approval, dividend, or other rights or preferences superior to the rights of shareholders;

 

   

provide for a classified board of directors with staggered three-year terms;

 

   

prohibit shareholder action by written consent from and after the date on which the Lead Sponsors beneficially own, in the aggregate, less than 40% of our common stock then outstanding;

 

   

provide that any amendment, alteration, rescission or repeal of our bylaws by our shareholders will require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of our stock entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class; and

 

   

establish advance notice requirements for nominations for elections to our Board or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by shareholders at shareholder meetings, provided, however, that at any time when a Lead Sponsor beneficially owns, in the aggregate, at least 5% of our common stock then outstanding, such advance notice procedure will not apply to that Lead Sponsor.

Our certificate of incorporation to be effective in connection with the closing of this offering will contain a provision that provides us with protections similar to Section 203 of the DGCL, and will prevent us from engaging in a business combination with a person (excluding the Lead Sponsors and any of their direct or indirect transferees and any group as to which such persons are a party) who acquires at least         % of our common stock for a period of three years from the date such person acquired such common stock, unless board or shareholder approval is obtained prior to the acquisition. See “Description of Capital Stock—Anti-Takeover Effects of Our Certificate of Incorporation and Our Bylaws.” These provisions could discourage, delay or prevent a transaction involving a change in control of our company. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for you and other shareholders to elect directors of your choosing and cause us to take other corporate actions you desire, including actions that you may deem advantageous, or negatively affect the trading price of our common stock. In addition, because our Board is responsible for appointing the members of our management team, these provisions could in turn affect any attempt by our shareholders to replace current members of our management team.

These and other provisions in our certificate of incorporation, bylaws and Delaware law could make it more difficult for shareholders or potential acquirers to obtain control of our Board or initiate actions that are opposed by our then-current Board, including delay or impede a merger, tender offer or proxy contest involving our company. The existence of these provisions could negatively affect the price of our common stock and limit opportunities for you to realize value in a corporate transaction.

For information regarding these and other provisions, see “Description of Capital Stock.”

Our certificate of incorporation will designate the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the exclusive forum for certain litigation that may be initiated by our shareholders, which could limit our shareholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us.

Pursuant to our certificate of incorporation to be effective in connection with the closing of this offering, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (2) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers or other

 

60


Table of Contents

employees to us or our shareholders, (3) any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws or (4) any other action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine; provided that for the avoidance of doubt, the forum selection provision that identifies the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the exclusive forum for certain litigation, including any “derivative action”, will not apply to suits to enforce a duty or liability created by the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. Our certificate of incorporation will further provide that any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock is deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of our certificate of incorporation described above. See “Description of Capital Stock—Exclusive Forum.” The forum selection clause in our certificate of incorporation may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against us or our directors and officers and may limit our shareholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us.

If you purchase shares of common stock in this offering, you will suffer immediate and substantial dilution of your investment.

The initial public offering price of our common stock is substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our common stock. Therefore, if you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will pay a price per share that substantially exceeds our net tangible book value per share after this offering. Based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, you will experience immediate dilution of $         per share, representing the difference between our pro forma net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering and the initial public offering price. In addition, purchasers of common stock in this offering will have contributed         % of the aggregate price paid by all purchasers of our common stock but will own only approximately         % of our common stock outstanding after this offering. See “Dilution” for more detail.

An active, liquid trading market for our common stock may not develop, which may limit your ability to sell your shares.

Prior to this offering, there was no public market for our common stock. Although we have applied to list our common stock on                  under the symbol “                ,” an active trading market for our shares may never develop or be sustained following this offering. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the underwriters and may not be indicative of market prices of our common stock that will prevail in the open market after the offering. A public trading market having the desirable characteristics of depth, liquidity and orderliness depends upon the existence of willing buyers and sellers at any given time, such existence being dependent upon the individual decisions of buyers and sellers over which neither we nor any market maker has control. The failure of an active and liquid trading market to develop and continue would likely have a material adverse effect on the value of our common stock. The market price of our common stock may decline below the initial public offering price, and you may not be able to sell your shares of our common stock at or above the price you paid in this offering, or at all. An inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital to continue to fund operations by issuing shares and may impair our ability to acquire other companies or technologies by using our shares as consideration.

Our operating results and stock price may be volatile, and the market price of our common stock after this offering may drop below the price you pay.

Our quarterly operating results are likely to fluctuate in the future. In addition, securities markets worldwide have experienced, and are likely to continue to experience, significant price and volume fluctuations. This market volatility, as well as general economic, market or political conditions, could subject the market price of our shares to wide price fluctuations regardless of our operating performance. Our operating results and the trading price of our shares may fluctuate in response to various factors, including:

 

   

market conditions in our industry or the broader stock market;

 

61


Table of Contents
   

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly financial and operating results;

 

   

introduction of new solutions or services by us or our competitors;

 

   

issuance of new or changed securities analysts’ reports or recommendations;

 

   

sales, or anticipated sales, of large blocks of our stock;

 

   

additions or departures of key personnel;

 

   

regulatory or political developments;

 

   

litigation and governmental investigations;

 

   

changing economic conditions;

 

   

investors’ perception of us;

 

   

events beyond our control such as weather and war; and

 

   

any default on our indebtedness.

These and other factors, many of which are beyond our control, may cause our operating results and the market price and demand for our shares to fluctuate substantially. Fluctuations in our quarterly operating results could limit or prevent investors from readily selling their shares and may otherwise negatively affect the market price and liquidity of our shares. In addition, in the past, when the market price of a stock has been volatile, holders of that stock have sometimes instituted securities class action litigation against the company that issued the stock. If any of our shareholders brought a lawsuit against us, we could incur substantial costs defending the lawsuit. Such a lawsuit could also divert the time and attention of our management from our business, which could significantly harm our profitability and reputation.

A significant portion of our total outstanding shares are restricted from immediate resale but may be sold into the market in the near future. This could cause the market price of our common stock to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market could occur at any time. These sales, or the perception in the market that the holders of a large number of shares intend to sell shares, could reduce the market price of our common stock. After this offering, we will have                  outstanding shares of common stock based on the number of shares outstanding as of                 , 2020. This includes shares that we are selling in this offering, which may be resold in the public market immediately. Following the consummation of this offering, shares that are not being sold in this offering will be subject to a 180-day lock-up period provided under lock-up agreements executed in connection with this offering described in “Underwriting” and restricted from immediate resale under the federal securities laws as described in “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.” All of these shares will, however, be able to be resold after the expiration of the lock-up period, as well as pursuant to customary exceptions thereto or upon the waiver of the lock-up agreement by J.P. Morgan Securities LLC on behalf of the underwriters. We also intend to register shares of common stock that we may issue under our equity compensation plans. Once we register these shares, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to the lock-up agreements. As restrictions on resale end, the market price of our stock could decline if the holders of currently restricted shares sell them or are perceived by the market as intending to sell them.

Because we have no current plans to pay regular cash dividends on our common stock following this offering, you may not receive any return on investment unless you sell your common stock for a price greater than that which you paid for it.

We do not anticipate paying any regular cash dividends on our common stock following this offering. Any decision to declare and pay dividends in the future will be made at the discretion of our Board and will depend on, among other things, our results of operations, financial condition, cash requirements, contractual restrictions

 

62


Table of Contents

and other factors that our Board may deem relevant. In addition, our ability to pay dividends is, and may be, limited by covenants of existing and any future outstanding indebtedness we or our subsidiaries incur. Therefore, any return on investment in our common stock is solely dependent upon the appreciation of the price of our common stock on the open market, which may not occur. See “Dividend Policy” for more detail.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, if they adversely change their recommendations regarding our shares or if our results of operations do not meet their expectations, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our shares will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business. We do not have any control over these analysts. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of us or fail to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline. Moreover, if one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our stock, or if our results of operations do not meet their expectations, our stock price could decline.

We may issue shares of preferred stock in the future, which could make it difficult for another company to acquire us or could otherwise adversely affect holders of our common stock, which could depress the price of our common stock.

Our certificate of incorporation will authorize us to issue one or more series of preferred stock. Our Board will have the authority to determine the preferences, limitations and relative rights of the shares of preferred stock and to fix the number of shares constituting any series and the designation of such series, without any further vote or action by our shareholders. Our preferred stock could be issued with voting, liquidation, dividend and other rights superior to the rights of our common stock. The potential issuance of preferred stock may delay or prevent a change in control of us, discouraging bids for our common stock at a premium to the market price, and materially adversely affect the market price and the voting and other rights of the holders of our common stock.

 

63


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that are subject to risks and uncertainties. All statements other than statements of historical fact included in this prospectus are forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements give our current expectations and projections relating to our financial condition, results of operations, plans, objectives, future performance and business. You can identify forward-looking statements by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts. These statements may include words such as “anticipate,” “estimate,” “expect,” “project,” “plan,” “intend,” “believe,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “can have,” “likely” and other words and terms of similar meaning in connection with any discussion of the timing or nature of future operating or financial performance or other events. For example, all statements we make relating to our estimated and projected costs, expenditures, cash flows, growth rates and financial results, our plans and objectives for future operations, growth or initiatives, strategies or the expected outcome or impact of pending or threatened litigation are forward-looking statements. All forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ materially from those that we expected, including:

 

   

our history of net losses, and our ability to achieve or maintain profitability in an environment of increasing expenses;

 

   

the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic or any other pandemic, epidemic or outbreak of an infectious disease in the United States or worldwide on our business, financial condition and results of operation;

 

   

the effect of our relatively limited operating history on investors’ ability to evaluate our current business and future prospects;

 

   

the viability of our growth strategy and our ability to realize expected results;

 

   

our ability to attract new patients;

 

   

the dependence of our revenue and operations on a limited number of key payors;

 

   

the risk of termination or non-renewal of the Medicare Advantage contracts held by the health plans with which we contract, or the termination or non-renewal of our contracts with those plans;

 

   

the impact on our business from changes in the payor mix of our patients and potential decreases in our reimbursement rates;

 

   

our ability to manage our growth effectively, execute our business plan, maintain high levels of service and patient satisfaction and adequately address competitive challenges;

 

   

our ability to compete in the healthcare industry;

 

   

our ability to timely enroll new physicians and other providers in governmental healthcare programs before we can receive reimbursement for their services;

 

   

the impact on our business of reductions in Medicare reimbursement rates or changes in the rules governing the Medicare program;

 

   

our dependence on reimbursements by third-party payors and payments by individuals;

 

   

our assumption under most of our agreements with health plans of some or all of the risk that the cost of providing services will exceed our compensation;

 

   

the impact on our business of renegotiation, non-renewal or termination of capitation agreements with health plans;

 

   

risks associated with estimating the amount of revenues and refund liabilities that we recognize under our risk agreements with health plans;

 

   

the impact on our business of security breaches, loss of data or other disruptions causing the compromise of sensitive information or preventing us from accessing critical information;

 

64


Table of Contents
   

our ability to develop and maintain proper and effective internal control over financial reporting;

 

   

the impact on our business of disruptions in our disaster recovery systems or management continuity planning;

 

   

the potential adverse impact of legal proceedings and litigation;

 

   

the impact of reductions in the quality ratings of the health plans we serve;

 

   

the risk of our agreements with the physician equity holder of our practices being deemed invalid;

 

   

our ability to maintain and enhance our reputation and brand recognition;

 

   

our ability to effectively invest in, implement improvements to and properly maintain the uninterrupted operation and data integrity of our information technology and other business systems;

 

   

our ability to obtain, maintain and enforce intellectual property protection for our technology;

 

   

the potential adverse impact of claims by third parties that we are infringing on or otherwise violating their intellectual property rights;

 

   

our ability to protect the confidentiality of our trade secrets, know-how and other internally developed information;

 

   

the impact of any restrictions on our use of or ability to license data or our failure to license data and integrate third-party technologies;

 

   

risks associated with our use of “open-source” software;

 

   

our dependence on our senior management team and other key employees;

 

   

the concentration of our primary care centers in Illinois, Indiana, Michigan and Ohio;

 

   

the impact on our business of an economic downturn;

 

   

our ability to attract and retain highly qualified personnel;

 

   

our management team’s limited experience managing a public company;

 

   

the impact on our business of the termination of our leases, increases in rent or inability to renew or extend leases;

 

   

the impact of failures by our suppliers, material price increases on supplies, lack of reimbursement for drugs we purchase or limitations on our ability to access new technology or products;

 

   

our ability to maintain our corporate culture;

 

   

the impact of competition for physicians and nurses, shortages of qualified personnel and related increases in our labor costs;

 

   

our ability to attract and retain the services of key primary care physicians;

 

   

the risk that our submissions to health plans may contain inaccurate or unsupportable information regarding risk adjustment scores of members;

 

   

our ability to accurately estimate incurred but not reported medical expense;

 

   

the impact of negative publicity regarding the managed healthcare industry;

 

   

the impact of state and federal efforts to reduce Medicaid spending;

 

   

the impact on our centers of adverse weather conditions and other factors beyond our control; and

 

   

other factors disclosed in the section entitled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

65


Table of Contents

We derive many of our forward-looking statements from our operating budgets and forecasts, which are based on many detailed assumptions. While we believe that our assumptions are reasonable, we caution that it is very difficult to predict the impact of known factors, and it is impossible for us to anticipate all factors that could affect our actual results. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from our expectations, or cautionary statements, are disclosed under the sections entitled “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in this prospectus. All written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to us, or persons acting on our behalf, are expressly qualified in their entirety by these cautionary statements as well as other cautionary statements that are made from time to time in our other SEC filings and public communications. You should evaluate all forward-looking statements made in this prospectus in the context of these risks and uncertainties.

We caution you that the important factors referenced above may not contain all of the factors that are important to you. In addition, we cannot assure you that we will realize the results or developments we expect or anticipate or, even if substantially realized, that they will result in the consequences or affect us or our operations in the way we expect. The forward-looking statements included in this prospectus are made only as of the date hereof. We undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statement as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as otherwise required by law.

 

66


Table of Contents

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

Unless otherwise indicated, information in this prospectus concerning economic conditions, our industry, our markets and our competitive position is based on a variety of sources, including information from independent industry analysts and publications, as well as our own estimates and research. This information involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such estimates. While we believe the information presented in this prospectus is generally reliable, forecasts, assumptions, expectations, beliefs, estimates and projects involve risk and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those described under “Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors.”

Throughout this prospectus, all references to “Net Promoter Score” are to a measure of patient satisfaction widely used in the healthcare industry. We calculate Net Promoter Score based on responses to patient surveys, administered as paper surveys following a patient’s appointment at one of our centers, that ask the patient to rank, on a scale of one to 10, how likely the patient would be to recommend Oak Street Health to a friend. We assign the designation of “Promoter” to respondents who provide a score of 9 or 10, the designation of “Passive” to respondents who provide a score of 7 or 8, and the designation of “Detractor” to respondents who provide a score of 0 to 6. We then subtract the percentage of Detractors from Promoters to determine our overall Net Promoter Score. We believe that this method of calculation aligns with industry standards and that this metric is meaningful for investors because of the correlation between Net Promoter Score and patient satisfaction.

Throughout this prospectus, we present certain statistics regarding our performance against Medicare benchmarks. These Medicare benchmarks are derived from a blended average of dual-eligible (meaning the patient’s coverage comes from both Medicare and Medicaid) and non-dual-eligible Medicare Part A benchmarks reported by the sources set forth below, so as to be comparable with the patient population that we serve. The blended average benchmarks are calculated as the sum of (i) the product of (a) the percentage of our patient population that is dual-eligible and (b) the reported dual-eligible benchmark and (ii) the product of (a) the percentage of our patient population that is non-dual eligible and (b) the reported non-dual eligible benchmark. The Medicare hospital admission benchmark of 370 is derived from publicly available CMS data from 2018. The Medicare hospital readmission benchmark of 19% is derived from a 2015 study in the Journal of Rural Health analyzing 2009 data and a 2017 Healthcare Cost and Utilization Project study analyzing 2014 data. The Medicare emergency department benchmark of 1,090 emergency department “treat and release” visits is derived from a 2019 Avalere study analyzing 2015 data.

 

67


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that our net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $         million (or approximately $         million if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full), assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility, create a public market for our common stock and enable access to the public equity markets for us and our shareholders. We expect to use approximately $         million of the net proceeds of this offering to repay outstanding borrowings, including fees and expenses, under our Loan Agreement, under which $80.0 million in principal amount was outstanding and which had an interest rate of 9.75% as of March 31, 2020, and the remainder of such net proceeds will be used for general corporate purposes. At this time, other than repayment of our indebtedness under the Loan Agreement, we have not specifically identified a large single use for which we intend to use the net proceeds, and, accordingly, we are not able to allocate the net proceeds among any of these potential uses in light of the variety of factors that will impact how such net proceeds are ultimately utilized by us. Pending use of the proceeds from this offering, we intend to invest the proceeds in a variety of capital preservation investments, including short-term, investment-grade and interest-bearing instruments.

We may also use a portion of our net proceeds to acquire or invest in complementary businesses, products, services or technologies. However, we do not have agreements or commitments for any acquisitions or investments at this time.

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $         million, assuming the number of shares offered, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Each 1,000,000 increase or decrease in the number of shares offered would increase or decrease the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $         million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price per share for the offering remains at $        , which is the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

68


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to fund the development and growth of our business and to repay indebtedness and, therefore, we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Additionally, because we are a holding company, our ability to pay dividends on our common stock may be limited by restrictions on the ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends or make distributions to us. Any future determination to pay dividends will be at the discretion of our Board, subject to compliance with covenants in current and future agreements governing our and our subsidiaries’ indebtedness, and will depend on our results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements and other factors that our Board may deem relevant.

 

69


Table of Contents

ORGANIZATIONAL TRANSACTIONS

Oak Street Health, Inc. was incorporated in Delaware on October 22, 2019 to serve as a holding company that will wholly own Oak Street Health, LLC and its operating subsidiaries. Oak Street Health, Inc. has not engaged in any business or other activities other than those incident to its formation, the Organizational Transactions and the preparation of this prospectus and the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Following this offering, Oak Street Health, Inc. will remain a holding company, its sole asset will be the capital stock of its wholly owned subsidiaries, including Oak Street Health, LLC, and it will operate and control all of the business and affairs and consolidate the financial results of Oak Street Health, LLC.

Prior to the closing of this offering, we, and the other direct and indirect equityholders of Oak Street Health, LLC, will effect a series of transactions that will result in (i) Oak Street Health, Inc. becoming the ultimate parent company of Oak Street Health, LLC and (ii) the current equityholders in Oak Street Health, LLC exchanging their ownership interests in Oak Street Health, LLC for common stock of Oak Street Health, Inc. We refer to these transactions as the “Organizational Transactions.”

 

   

Each of our Lead Sponsors will, through a series of transactions, contribute their respective interests in the entities through which they currently hold their ownership interests in Oak Street Health, LLC (“Sponsor Blockers”) to Oak Street Health, Inc. in exchange for common stock in Oak Street Health, Inc.

 

   

OSH Management Holdings, LLC (“OSH MH LLC”), the entity through which our employees currently own profits interests in Oak Street Health, LLC, will merge (the “Management Merger”) with and into a newly formed subsidiary of Oak Street Health, Inc., with OSH MH LLC surviving as a wholly owned subsidiary of Oak Street Health, Inc. Pursuant to the Management Merger, our employees will receive common stock and options to purchase common stock of Oak Street Health, Inc. in exchange for their profits interests in OSH MH LLC.

 

   

Oak Street Health, LLC and each of the Sponsor Blockers will effect a series of mergers through which each entity becomes a wholly owned subsidiary of Oak Street Health, Inc. (the “Company Mergers”). Pursuant to the Company Mergers, the investors in Oak Street Health, LLC other than the Sponsor Blockers will receive common stock and options to purchase common stock in Oak Street Health, Inc. in exchange for their LLC units in Oak Street Health, LLC.

 

70


Table of Contents

The following diagram shows our organizational structure immediately prior to giving effect to the Organizational Transactions.

 

LOGO

 

71


Table of Contents

The following diagram shows our organizational structure after giving effect to the Organizational Transactions.

 

LOGO

The purpose of the Organizational Transactions is to reorganize our corporate structure so that the top-tier entity in our corporate structure—the entity that is offering common stock to the public in this offering—is a corporation rather than a limited liability company and so that our existing investors will own our common stock rather than equity interests in a limited liability company.

Except as otherwise noted herein, the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus are those of Oak Street Health, LLC and its consolidated subsidiaries and affiliated medical groups.

 

72


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents, marketable securities and our capitalization as of March 31, 2020:

 

   

on an actual basis;

 

   

on a pro forma basis to give effect to (1) the 2020 Tender Offer (as defined herein) completed on April 27, 2020, (2) the Organizational Transactions, and (3) the effectiveness of our certificate of incorporation upon the closing of this offering; and

 

   

on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give further effect to our issuance and sale of shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us and the application of the net proceeds of this offering as set forth under “Use of Proceeds.”

Our capitalization following the closing of this offering will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. You should read this table together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus and the sections of this prospectus titled “Selected Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Description of Capital Stock.”

 

     As of March 31, 2020  
     Actual     Pro
Forma
     Pro Forma
As Adjusted
 
     (in thousands, except unit/share data)  

Cash(1)

   $ 226,342     $                    $                
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long-term debt, net of current portion(2)

   $ 81,731     $        $    

Commitments and Contingencies:

       

Redeemable Investor Units, aggregate liquidation preference of $630,943, actual; no units authorized, issued or outstanding pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     545,001       —          —    

Member’s deficit / Stockholders’ equity:

       

Members’ capital, $0.01 par value, 2,790,395 units issued, actual; no units authorized, issued or outstanding pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     6,013       —          —    

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, actual; shares authorized and no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     —         

Common stock, no shares issued and outstanding, actual; shares authorized,              issued and outstanding, pro forma; shares authorized, shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     —         

Accumulated deficit

     (369,355     

Noncontrolling interests

     4,930       
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total members’ deficit / stockholders’ equity

     (358,412     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 268,320     $        $    
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Includes $10,391 of restricted cash.

(2)

We expect to use approximately $         million of the net proceeds of this offering to repay outstanding borrowings, including fees and expenses, under our Loan Agreement.

A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $              per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease the pro

 

73


Table of Contents

forma as adjusted amount of each of cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $             million, assuming no change in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.

An increase or decrease of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease each of cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization on a pro forma as adjusted basis by $                 million, assuming no change in the assumed initial public offering price per share and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.

The table above excludes:

 

   

             shares of common stock, plus future increases, reserved for future issuance under the 2020 Plan, including (1)             RSUs that may be settled for an equal number of shares of common stock that we will issue to certain employees and directors upon completion of this offering, and (2) options to purchase an aggregate of             shares of common stock that we will issue to approximately             existing unitholders upon completion of this offering, with an exercise price set at the initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus; and

 

   

            shares of common stock, plus future increases, reserved for issuance under the ESPP.

 

74


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock in this offering and the as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering.

As of March 31, 2020, we had a net tangible book value of $             million, or $            per share of common stock. Our pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets reduced by the amount of our total liabilities and divided by the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2020, after giving effect to the Organizational Transactions and the 2020 Tender Offer.

After giving effect to the sale of shares of common stock in this offering, after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us, and the application of the net proceeds of this offering to repay $80.0 million in principal amount in outstanding borrowings under our Loan Agreement as set forth under “Use of Proceeds,” at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of March 31, 2020 would have been approximately $             million, or approximately $             per share of common stock. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $             per share to our existing shareholders and an immediate dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $             per share to investors participating in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price.

The following table illustrates this per share dilution:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

      $                

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2020

   $                   

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to the investors in this offering

     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering

     

Dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to the investors in this offering

      $    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $            , and would increase or decrease the dilution per share to the investors in this offering by $            , assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase or decrease of one million shares in the number of shares of common stock offered by us would increase our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $             and would increase or decrease dilution per share to investors in this offering by $            , assuming the assumed initial public offering price, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering would be $            , and the dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering would be $            .

The following table presents, on a pro forma as adjusted basis as of March 31, 2020, after giving effect to the Organizational Transactions and the 2020 Tender Offer, the differences between our existing shareholders and the investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering, with respect to the number of shares purchased, the total consideration paid to us, and the average price per share paid by our existing shareholders or to be paid to us by

 

75


Table of Contents

investors purchasing shares in this offering at an assumed offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

     Shares Purchases     Total Consideration     Average
Price per
Share
 
     Number      Percentage     Amount      Percentage  

Existing shareholders

                                $                               $                

New investors

            
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

        100   $          100   $    
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

A $1.00 increase or in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease the total consideration paid by new investors by $             million and increase or decrease the percent of total consideration paid by new investors by     %, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and before deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us.

Except as otherwise indicated, the above discussion and tables assume no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares. After giving effect to sales of shares in this offering, assuming the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full, our existing shareholders would own     % and our new investors would own     % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.

In addition, to the extent we issue any stock options or any stock options are exercised, or we issue any other securities or convertible debt in the future, investors participating in this offering may experience further dilution.

Except as otherwise indicated, the above discussion and tables are based on                  shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2020, after giving effect to the Organizational Transactions, and exclude:

 

   

             shares of common stock, plus future increases, reserved for future issuance under the 2020 Plan, including (1)             RSUs that may be settled for an equal number of shares of common stock that we will issue to certain employees and directors upon completion of this offering, and (2) options to purchase an aggregate of             shares of common stock that we will issue to approximately             existing unitholders upon completion of this offering, with an exercise price set at the initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus; and

 

   

            shares of common stock, plus future increases, reserved for issuance under the ESPP.

 

76


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following tables present our selected consolidated financial data. The selected consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 and the selected consolidated balance sheets data as of December 31, 2018 and 2019 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated statement of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2020 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2020 are derived from our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that are necessary for the fair statement of our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements.

Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future. You should read the selected historical financial data below in conjunction with the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Oak Street Health, Inc. was formed as a Delaware corporation on October 22, 2019 in anticipation of this offering and has not, to date, conducted any activities other than those incident to its formation, the Organizational Transactions and the preparation of the prospectus and the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
   2018     2019     2019     2020  
(dollars in thousands)                (unaudited)  

Revenues:

        

Capitated revenue

   $ 309,594     $ 539,909     $ 115,329     $ 196,590  

Other patient service revenue

     8,344       16,695       2,047       5,195  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

     317,938       556,604       117,376       201,785  

Operating expenses:

        

Medical claims expense

     227,566       385,998       77,274       132,285  

Cost of care, excluding depreciation and amortization

     85,958       140,853       27,644       43,769  

Sales and marketing

     25,470       46,189       8,675       11,871  

Corporate, general and administrative expenses

     50,799       79,592       11,911       24,379  

Depreciation and amortization

     4,182       7,848       1,724       2,505  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     393,975       660,480       127,228       214,809  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (76,037     (103,876     (9,852     (13,024

Other income (expense):

        

Interest expense, net

     (3,688     (5,651     (9     (2,426

Other

     10       84       62       95  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

     (3,678     (5,567     53       (2,331
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (79,715     (109,443     (9,799     (15,355

Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

     171       1,581       (196     355  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to the Company

   $ (79,544   $ (107,862   $ (9,995   $ (15,000
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Undeclared and deemed dividends on Investor Units

     (39,118     (29,370     (7,114     (9,572
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common unitholders

   $ (118,662   $ (137,232   $ (17,109   $ (24,572
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average number of common units outstanding - basic and diluted

     689,957       620,068       620,068       620,068  

Net loss per unit - basic and diluted

   $ (171.98   $ (221.32   $ (27.59   $ (39.63

 

77


Table of Contents
     Year Ended
December 31,
     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
   2018      2019      2019      2020  
(dollars in thousands)                  (unaudited)  

Pro Forma Per Share Data(1)(2):

           

Pro forma net income (loss) per share:

                                                                               

Basic

      $           $    
     

 

 

       

 

 

 

Diluted

      $           $    
     

 

 

       

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average shares used in computing net income (loss) per share:

           

Basic

           

Diluted

           

 

(1)

Unaudited pro forma per share information gives effect to the Organizational Transactions, our sale of shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $                 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us and the application of the net proceeds from this offering to repay $80.0 million in principal amount of outstanding borrowings under our Loan Agreement as set forth under “Use of Proceeds.” In conjunction with the conversion, all of our outstanding equity interests will be converted into shares of common stock. This pro forma data is presented for informational purposes only and does not purport to represent what our net income (loss) or net income (loss) per share actually would have been had the offering and use of proceeds therefrom occurred on January 1, 2019 or to project our net income (loss) or net income (loss) per share for any future period.

(2)

Reflects the 2020 Tender Offer (as defined herein) completed on April 27, 2020. 107,208 Founders’ Units, 1,142 Incentive Units and 22,801 Profits Interests were tendered for a purchase price of $20.0 million.

 

     March 31, 2020  
     Actual      Pro Forma As
Adjusted(1)(2)(5)
 
     (dollars in thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheets Data:

     

Cash(3)

   $ 226,342      $                

Working capital(4)

   $ 209,432      $    

Total assets

   $ 541,484      $    

Long-term debt, net of current portion

   $ 81,731      $    

Total members’ deficit

   $ (358,412    $    

 

(1)

Reflects our sale of            shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us and the application of the net proceeds from this offering to repay $80.0 million in principal amount of outstanding borrowings under our Loan Agreement. The Organizational Transactions have no impact on the line items presented.

(2)

A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease each of cash, working capital, total assets and total equity on an as adjusted basis by approximately $            million, assuming the number of shares offered, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

(3)

Includes $10,391 of restricted cash.

(4)

We define working capital as current assets less current liabilities.

(5)

Reflects the 2020 Tender Offer (as defined herein) completed on April 27, 2020. 107,208 Founders’ Units, 1,142 Incentive Units and 22,801 Profits Interests were tendered for a purchase price of $20.0 million.

 

78


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis summarizes the significant factors affecting the consolidated operating results, financial condition, liquidity and cash flows of our company as of and for the periods presented below. The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. The discussion contains forward-looking statements that are based on the beliefs of management, as well as assumptions made by, and information currently available to, our management. Actual results could differ materially from those discussed in or implied by forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those discussed below and elsewhere in this prospectus, particularly in the sections entitled “Risk Factors” and “Forward-Looking Statements.”

Overview

Since our founding in 2012, our mission has been to build a primary care delivery platform that directly addresses rising costs and poor outcomes, two of the most pressing challenges facing the United States healthcare industry. Our patient-centered approach focuses on meaningfully improving the quality of care for the most at-risk populations. It represents the frontline implementation of the solutions addressing the most powerful trends in healthcare, mainly the shift towards value-based care and increasing patient consumerism. Our approach disrupts the current state of care delivery for Medicare-eligible patients and aligns the incentives of our patients, our providers and our payors by simultaneously improving health outcomes and care quality, lowering medical costs and improving the patient experience.

Although we have incurred net losses since inception, we believe that the Oak Street Platform has enabled us to create a healthcare model where all constituencies involved have the ability to “Win.” Our patients, payors and providers are incentivized to adopt the Oak Street Platform and each has the potential to benefit in a meaningful way.

 

   

Patients. We leverage our differentiated care delivery model to improve the health of our patients, effectively manage their chronic conditions and avoid unnecessary hospitalizations while greatly improving their patient experience.

 

   

Payors. We enter into arrangements with MA plans to manage the care of our patients, allowing us to control the plans’ medical costs, increase the plans’ Medicare quality scoring, improve the plans’ profit margin and help the plans grow membership.

 

   

Providers. We enable our providers to focus on improving the lives of their patients and improve their job satisfaction by providing them with meaningful clinical support and customized technology resources.

We believe we can translate these “Wins” into economic benefits. Since 2016, our performance has been driven by our multi-year, contractual arrangements with payors on a PPPM basis, which create recurring revenue streams independent of the number of visits or the reimbursement level of the visits we complete and provide significant visibility into our financial growth trajectory. By focusing on interventions that keep our patients healthy, we can capture the cost savings the Oak Street Platform creates and reinvest them in our care model. We believe these investments lead to better outcomes and improved patient experiences, which will drive further cost savings, power patient retention and enable us to attract new patients. We believe increasing cost savings over a growing patient population will deliver an even greater surplus to the organization, enabling us to reinvest to scale and fund new centers, progress our care model and enhance our technology. This virtuous cycle has created compelling economics at the center level, with our four centers with more than 2,000 at-risk patients for at least the last three months as of March 31, 2020 operating at 86% weighted average capacity and generating total revenues, excluding capitated revenue associated with Medicare Part D, of $32.3 million and weighted average center-level contribution margins (defined as (i) patient revenue, excluding Medicare Part D revenue, minus (ii) the sum of (a) medical claims expense, excluding Medicare Part D related expenses, and (b) cost of care, excluding depreciation and amortization) of 28%. As of March 31, 2020, those four centers, as well as an additional 30 of our 54 centers, had positive center-level contribution margins, and the overall average center-level contribution margin across all of our centers was 12%.

 

79


Table of Contents

We have demonstrated an ability to rapidly scale, expanding our model to a network of 54 centers, in 13 markets across 8 states, which provide care for approximately 85,000 patients as of March 31, 2020, of which approximately 65% are at-risk and approximately 35% are fee-for-service, although fee-for-service accounted for less than 1% of our revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2020. As of March 31, 2020, we, together with our affiliated physician entities, employed approximately 2,300 team members, including approximately 260 primary care providers. For the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2020, our total revenues were $117.4 million and $201.8 million, respectively, representing a year-over-year growth rate of 72%. Our net loss increased from $10.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2019 to $15.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2020. We believe we have significant growth opportunities available to us, with less than 50% of our current aggregate center capacity utilized due to our recent center openings and a substantial opportunity to increase the number of centers we operate in new and existing markets.

Key Factors Affecting Our Performance

Our Patients

Our centers typically accept most Medicare patients, whether those patients are enrolled in an MA plan or traditional Medicare.

MA patients are those individuals enrolled in an MA plan that has contracted with us. As of March 31, 2020, we managed the health and wellbeing for nearly 100% of our MA patients on an at-risk basis, where we have been selected as the patient’s primary care provider and are financially responsible for all of their medical costs, including but not limited to emergency room and hospital visits, post-acute care admissions, prescription drugs, specialist physician spend (e.g., orthopedics) and primary care spend. For these patients we receive an agreed percentage of the premium the MA plan receives from CMS (typically the substantial majority of such premium given the risk borne by us). Our value proposition to these patients and their MA plan is to improve these patients’ health and reduce these patients’ healthcare costs by providing a more comprehensive patient experience via the Oak Street Platform, whereby we invest more heavily in primary care to avoid more expensive downstream costs, such as hospital admissions. Because we are at-risk for the entirety of a patient’s medical expense, investing more heavily in preventative primary care makes economic sense given the relative costs to acute, episodic hospital-based care. In the three months ended March 31, 2020, we derived 97.4% of our revenue from our at-risk patient base, while only 65% of our patients are at-risk patients, and expect at-risk patients to constitute the majority of our revenue going forward. Overall our at-risk patients are profitable at the center level, with a per-patient center-level contribution, taking into account third party and center-level costs, of approximately $234 per month overall. The contribution increases to approximately $419 per month for at-risk patients that have been with us for three or more years. For a discussion of how we allocate our center-level costs among our fee-for-service and at-risk patients, see “—Components of Results of Operations—Revenue.” Overall, our per-patient center-level contribution for at-risk patients increases by tenure as patients have longer experience in our model. The improvement of contribution from the average at-risk patient to a tenured at-risk patient is driven by spreading costs over a larger base of patients, as tenured patients tend to be in more mature centers, and improved results driven by our clinical model.

Traditional Medicare patients are those enrolled in traditional Medicare (i.e., are not enrolled in an MA plan). For these patients, we are reimbursed directly by CMS for the cost of our services based upon the Medicare fee schedule. Because we do not assume the risk of the total cost of medical care for these patients, the revenue we generate for our fee-for-service patients is significantly less than the revenue associated with our at-risk MA patients. We count fee-for-service patients as those that have completed a welcome visit at one of our centers and verbally communicated a desired interest in continuing to receive care at our centers. A fee-for-service patient remains active until one of the following occurs: (1) it has been 12 months since a patient’s last visit; (2) a patient communicates a desire to stop receiving care at an Oak Street Health center; or (3) a patient passes away. Given the investment we make in care for our patients and the economics of fee-for-service Medicare, we generally experience a loss on Medicare fee-for-service patients, with a per-patient center-level contribution, after taking into account center costs, of approximately negative $184 per month. As centers mature, however, these losses decrease, as we are able to spread center costs over a larger patient base. However, we continue to experience a negative contribution in our tenured fee-for-service patients in earlier vintage centers, with a per-patient center-level

 

80


Table of Contents

contribution of approximately negative $164 per month for fee-for-service patients that have been with us for three or more years. For a discussion of how we allocate our center-level costs among our fee-for-service and at-risk patients, see “—Components of Results of Operations—Revenue.” We also care for a very limited number of MA patients (approximately 1% of our total MA patients) for whom we are reimbursed on a fee-for-service basis via their health plan in situations where we do not have a capitation relationship with that particular health plan.

Our fee-for-service revenue, whether received directly from Medicare or from Medicare Advantage plans, on a per patient basis is lower than our per patient revenue for at-risk patients basis in part because our fee-for-service revenue covers only the primary care services that we directly provide to the patient, while the capitation revenue is intended to compensate us for the services directly performed by us as well as the financial risk that we assume related to the third-party medical expenses of at-risk patients.

In terms of the total expense of services provided internally, approximately 40% of our services were provided to patients covered by traditional Medicare for the year ended December 31, 2019 and approximately 44% for the three months ended March 31, 2020. Approximately 60% of our internally provided services in terms of total expense were provided to patients enrolled in MA plans covered by capitation arrangements for the year ended December 31, 2019 and approximately 56% for the three months ended March 31, 2020. Our patients covered by traditional Medicare had on average approximately 7.4 visits to our centers for the year ended December 31, 2019, and our patients enrolled in MA plans covered by capitation arrangements had on average approximately 7.9 visits for the year ended December 31, 2019.

Despite the difference in patient economics between these two groups, we continue to serve both. We do this for a few reasons: (1) we are focused on providing the best healthcare for and improving the wellbeing of all Medicare patients; (2) we are hopeful that in some future period there will be new programs through CMS that allow us to achieve risk-like patient economics on our traditional Medicare patients such as the Direct Contracting program CMS is currently establishing and for which we have applied and been accepted to participate when it begins on April 1, 2021; and (3) our fee-for-service patients often enroll in MA plans at some point in time. We will educate our patients on the different components of Medicare and how they relate to one another. If patients are interested, we will introduce them to an unaffiliated insurance agent who can help them decide the appropriate plan for them based on their individual health needs. If our fee-for-service patients enroll in MA, we are better positioned to continue to serve them as at-risk patients as we are already familiar with their health conditions, they are familiar with our care model and we receive additional data from payors and third-party medical providers to help us care for them once they join a capitation arrangement.

Medicare provides an annual enrollment period during the fall of each year to allow patients to select an MA program or instead select traditional Medicare, with only limited ability for patients to make that selection during other periods of the year. Once patients have selected MA, they can change the selection of their primary care provider at any time. Accordingly, while the annual enrollment period is important to us, we are able to attract new at-risk patients at any time during the year from the existing pool of MA patients and we must work to retain our patients throughout the year.

Our historical financial performance has been, and we expect our financial performance in the future to be, driven by our ability to:

Add New Patients in Existing Centers

We believe our ability to add new patients is a key indicator of the market’s recognition of the attractiveness of the Oak Street Platform, both to our patients and payor partners, and a key growth driver for the business. We have a large embedded growth opportunity within our existing center base. With an average capacity of 3,500 patients, our 54 centers as of March 31, 2020 can support approximately 189,000 patients, compared to our patient base as of March 31, 2020 of approximately 85,000. We also believe that even after COVID-19 subsides, we will continue to conduct a portion of visits by telehealth based on patient preference and clinical need, which could potentially increase the average capacity of our centers beyond 3,500 patients. Additionally, as we add patients to our existing centers, we expect these patients to contribute significant incremental economics to Oak Street Health as we leverage our fixed cost base at each center.

 

81


Table of Contents

We utilize a proactive strategy to drive growth to our centers. We employ a grassroots approach to patient engagement led by our Outreach team and supplemented by more traditional marketing, including television, digital and social media, print, mail and telemarketing. We leverage our Outreach Team to ensure we are connecting with Medicare-eligible patients across a number of channels to make them aware of their healthcare choices and the services we offer. These efforts have historically included hosting events within our centers and participating in community events. Each of our centers has a community room; a space designated and available for our patients’ use whenever the center is open. We also utilize this space to provide fitness and health education classes to our patients and often open-up events to any older adults in the community regardless of their affiliation with Oak Street Health. In 2019, we hosted approximately 18,700 local events in the communities surrounding our centers. At the present time, we are leveraging our community centers as extra waiting room space as needed which allows easier social distancing for patients or their companions. We are continuing to leverage our community-based marketing approach with less focus on in-person interactions and more focus on working with our community partners to identify older adults who need our services. It is our belief that the enhanced awareness of the importance of managing chronic illnesses as well as patient varied preferences on preferred method to interact with providers will continue to drive demand for Oak Street Health amongst older adults. The ultimate effect of our marketing efforts is increased awareness of Oak Street Health and additional patients choosing us as their primary care provider, regardless of whether that patient is covered under MA or traditional Medicare. We believe that our outreach efforts also help to grow our payor partners’ membership base as we grow our own patient base and help educate patients about their choices on Medicare, further aligning our model with that of healthcare payers.

Our payor partners will also direct patients to Oak Street. They do this either by assigning patients who have not yet selected a primary care provider to Oak Street Health or through insurance agents who will tell their clients about Oak Street Health, which we believe results in the patient selecting us as their primary care provider when they select an MA plan. Payors dedicate a large share of their internal efforts to reducing medical costs and they have a nearly unlimited desire to engage with solutions proven to achieve that goal. Due to our care delivery model’s patient-centric focus, we have been able to consistently help payors manage their costs while raising the quality of their plans, affording them STARS quality bonuses that increase their revenue. We believe that we represent an attractive opportunity for payors to meaningfully improve their overall membership growth in a given market without assuming any financial downside.

Patient Satisfaction

Once we bring on new patients we focus on engagement around a care plan and satisfaction. The result is a high patient satisfaction. Our model provides visibility on our financial and growth trajectory given the recurring nature of the revenue we collect from our MA partners once their members begin utilizing the Oak Street Platform. The following table sets out the growth in patients since 2013.

Total Patients at Period End

 

 

LOGO

 

 

82


Table of Contents

CMS allows for MA enrollees to be risk-adjusted in order to compensate the MA plan for the greater medical costs associated with sicker patients, so long as the health plan appropriately and accurately documents the patients’ health conditions. Our patients often have historically not engaged with the healthcare system, and therefore their health conditions are poorly documented. Through our care model, we organically determine and assess the health needs of our patients and create a care plan consistent with those needs. We capture and document health conditions as a part of this process. We believe our model is the best aligned with the risk adjustment framework as we scale the clinical intensity of our care model based upon the needs of the individual patient—we invest more dollars and resources towards our sicker patients.

Expand our Center Base within Existing and New Markets

We believe that we currently serve less than 3% of the total patients in the markets where we currently have centers. As a result, there is significant opportunity to expand in our existing markets through the acquisition of new patients to existing centers and addition of new centers (“infills”). For the long term, these strategically developed new sites allow us to access additional neighborhoods while leveraging our established brand and infrastructure in a market. We believe our existing markets can support an incremental 450 centers based upon the number of Medicare patients in these markets and the capacity of our current centers.

 

 

 

LOGO

 

(Year-end unless otherwise indicated)

  2013     2014     2015     2016     2017     2018     2019     3/31/2020  

Centers

    2       7       15       19       24       39       51       54  

Markets

    1       1       4       6       6       8       12       13  

Patients1

    300       3,300       12,000       24,000       35,000       50,000       80,000       85,000  

At-risk

    0     0     0     49     52     60     61     65

Fee-for-Service

    100     100     100     51     48     40     39     35

 

  1 

Patient numbers are approximate.

We estimate that our core addressable market for the Oak Street Platform is approximately 27 million Medicare eligibles in our target demographic. We believe this market represents approximately $325 billion of annual healthcare spend based on multiplying an average annual revenue of $12,000 per member, which is derived from our experience and industry knowledge and which we believe represents a reasonable national assumption, by the number of Medicare

 

83


Table of Contents

eligibles in our target markets. Our existing markets today represent a small fraction of this massive market opportunity. Based upon our experience to date, we believe our innovative care model can scale nationally, and we therefore expect to

selectively and strategically expand into new geographies. As we continue this expansion, our success will depend on the competitive dynamics in those markets, and our ability to attract patients and deploy our care model in those markets.

Once we have identified a location for a new center, our typical center takes 9-12 months to open and, after taking into account tenant improvement allowances, landlord or developer work and similar items, our historical upfront capital expenditures average approximately $1 million, inclusive of licensing, center construction, center furnishing, purchase of medical equipment and supplies, talent recruiting and initial marketing efforts. We typically enter into long-term triple net leases with our landlords and do not own any real estate, enabling us to more quickly identify and build new centers with a capital efficient model.

By adding new patients to our existing centers, retaining our existing patients, and strategically opening new centers in existing and new geographies, we have generated significant revenue growth over all of our cohorts. The below chart reflects the total revenues generated for our facilities based upon the year in which those facilities were open.

Total Revenues* by Year Center Opened ($M)

 

 

LOGO

 

*

Excludes capitated revenue associated with Medicare Part D

 

84


Table of Contents

Contract with Payors

Our economic model relies on our capitated partnerships with payors which manage and market MA plans across the United States. In our short history, we have been able to establish strategic value-based relationships with 18 different payors, including each of the top five national payors by number of MA patients. These existing contracts and relationships and our partners’ understanding of the value of our model reduces the risk of entering into new markets as we typically have payor contracts before entering a new market. Maintaining, supporting, and growing these relationships, particularly as we enter new geographies, is critical to our long-term success. Our model is well-aligned with our payor partners—we drive better health outcomes for their patients, enhancing patient satisfaction, while driving incremental patient and revenue growth. We believe this alignment of interests and our highly effective care model will ensure our continued success with our payor partners.

Effectively Manage the Cost of Care for Our Patients

The capitated nature of our contracting with payors requires us to prudently manage the medical expense of our patients. Our medical claims expense is our largest expense category, representing 62% of our total operating expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2020. Our care model focuses on leveraging the primary care setting as a means of avoiding costly downstream healthcare costs, such as acute hospital admissions. The results have been impressive, as we have been able to drive an approximately 51% reduction in hospital admissions (based on our hospital admission rates per thousand patients of 183 as of March 31, 2020, compared to the Medicare benchmark of 370), 42% reduction in 30-day readmission rates (based on our rate of hospital readmissions within 30 days per thousand patients of 11% as of March 31, 2020, compared to the Medicare benchmark of 19%) and 51% reduction in emergency department visits (based on our rate of emergency department “treat and release” claims per thousand patients of 535 as of December 31, 2019, compared to the Medicare benchmark of 1,091). Our patients, however, retain the freedom to seek care at emergency rooms or hospitals; we do not restrict their access to care. Therefore, we are liable for potentially large medical claims should we not effectively manage our patients’ health. We utilize stop-loss insurance for our patients, protecting us for medical claims per episode in excess of certain levels.

Center-Level Contribution Margin

We endeavor to expand our number of centers and number of patients at each center over time. Due to the significant fixed costs associated with operating and managing our centers, we generate significantly better center-level contribution margins as the patient base within our centers increases and our costs decrease as a percentage of revenue. As a result, the value of a center to our business increases over time. However, due to the significant upfront costs initially required to open a center and the proportion of new centers opened during the last three years, our business generates a net loss today. These consolidated financials, however do not reflect the strong unit economics of our more mature centers.

To illustrate how we expect our centers to ramp, the below data details how our centers opened in 2013, 2014 and 2015 have performed. We believe our centers opened in 2015 are a particularly good representation of the growth ramp of our model given the number of centers opened in 2015 (eight); the relative maturity of the 2015 vintage compared to centers from 2016-2019; the fact that the vast majority of the time the centers were open was after we transitioned the majority of our MA contracts to capitation on January 1, 2016; and the number of geographic markets represented by those centers. Our centers opened in 2015 represented 20,376 patients as of March 31, 2020, compared to 10,080 patients as of December 31, 2016. Approximately 70% of these patients are at-risk patients and the remainder fee-for-service patients. These centers are at approximately 70% of capacity after four full years of operation.

 

85


Table of Contents

Total Patients by Period (2013 Center Cohort)

 

LOGO

  

Total Patients by Period (2014 Center Cohort)

 

LOGO

Total Patients by Period (2015 Center Cohort)

 

LOGO

The chart and table below illustrate the financial performance and center-level contribution margins associated with our centers opened in 2013, 2014 and 2015, which we have chosen because we believe those cohorts present a better picture of long term center performance than the relatively less developed later cohorts. Our centers typically operate at a loss for three years before they become profitable as we grow our at-risk patient base at the center. In our experience, our center-level profitability improves quickly over subsequent years, as can be seen in the center-level contribution margin data below. Based upon our experience, we expect these margins will continue to improve over time. Our four centers with more than 2,000 at-risk patients for at least the last three months as of March 31, 2020 were operating at 86% weighted average capacity and generated total revenues, excluding capitated revenue associated with Medicare Part D, of $32.3 million and weighted average center-level contribution margins of 28%. As of March 31, 2020, those four centers, as well as an additional 30 of our 54 centers, had positive center-level contribution margins, and the overall average center-level contribution margin across all of our centers was 12%. We define center-level contribution margin as (i) patient revenue, excluding Medicare Part D revenue minus (ii) the sum of (a) medical claims expense, excluding Medicare Part D related expenses, and (b) cost of care, excluding depreciation and amortization. When allocating our sales and marketing expenses and corporate overhead expenses, excluding stock-based compensation and costs related to our fundraising, ratably based upon the number of centers open as of March 31, 2020, the weighted average center-level margin for our centers with more than 2,000 at-risk patients for at least the last three months was 20%.

 

86


Table of Contents

Center-Level Contribution Margin by Cohort

 

 

LOGO

 

*

Excludes capitated revenue associated with Medicare Part D

Seasonality to our Business

Our operational and financial results will experience some variability depending upon the time of year in which they are measured. This variability is most notable in the following areas:

At-Risk Patient Growth

We experience the largest portion of our at-risk patient growth during the first quarter, when plan enrollment selections made during the prior Annual Enrollment Period (“AEP”) from October 7th through December 7th of the prior year take effect. While we also add patients throughout the year, including during Special Enrollment Periods when certain eligible individuals can enroll in MA midyear, we would expect to see approximately half of our at-risk patient growth occur in connection with the annual enrollment period.

Per-Patient Revenue

Our revenue derived from our at-risk patients is a function of the percent of premium we have negotiated with our payor partners as well as our ability to accurately and appropriately document the acuity of a patient. We experience some seasonality with respect to our per-patient revenue as it will generally decline over the course of the year. In January of each year, CMS revises the risk adjustment factor for each patient based upon health conditions documented in the prior year, leading to an overall increase in per-patient revenue. As the year progresses, our per-patient revenue declines as new patients join us typically with less complete or accurate documentation (and therefore lower risk-adjustment scores) and patient mortality disproportionately impacts our higher-risk (and therefore greater revenue) patients.

Medical Costs

Medical costs will vary seasonally depending on a number of factors, but most significantly the weather. Certain illnesses, such as the influenza virus, are far more prevalent during colder months of the year, which will result in an increase in medical expenses during these time periods. We would therefore expect to see higher levels of per-patient medical costs in the first and fourth quarters. Medical costs also depend upon the number of business days in a period. Shorter periods will have lesser medical costs due to fewer business days. Business days can also create year-over-year comparability issues if one year has a different number of business days

 

87


Table of Contents

compared to another. We would also expect to experience an impact should there be a pandemic such as COVID-19, which may result in increased or decreased total medical costs depending upon the severity of the infection, the duration of the infection and the impact to the supply and availability of healthcare services for our patients.

Investments in Growth

We expect to continue to focus on long-term growth through investments in our centers, care model, and marketing. In addition, we expect our corporate, general and administrative expenses to increase in absolute dollars for the foreseeable future to support our growth and because of additional costs as we become a public company, including expenses related to compliance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and the listing standards of             , additional corporate and director and officer insurance expenses, greater investor relations expenses and increased legal, audit and consulting fees. While our net loss may increase for the year ended December 31, 2020 because of these activities, we plan to balance these investments in future growth with a continued focus on managing our results of operations and investing judiciously. Accordingly, in the short term we expect these activities to increase our net losses, but in the longer term we anticipate that these investments will positively impact our business and results of operations.

Key Business Metrics

In addition to our GAAP financial information, we review a number of operating and financial metrics, including the following key metrics, to evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate business plans, and make strategic decisions.

 

     As of December 31,     As of March 31,  
     2018     2019     2019     2020  

Centers

     39       51       40       54  

Total Patients1

     50,000       80,000       55,000       85,000  

At-risk

     60     61     63     65

Fee-for-service

     40     39     37     35

Patient Contribution ($M)

   $ 82.0     $ 153.9     $ 38.1     $ 64.3  

Center Contribution ($M)

   $ (3.9   $ 13.1     $ 10.4     $ 20.5  

 

  1 

Patient numbers are approximate.

Centers

We define our centers as those primary care centers open for business and attending to patients at the end of a particular period. Our centers are leased or licensed by Oak Street Health MSO, LLC or an affiliated entity and, pursuant to the terms of certain contractual relationships between Oak Street Health MSO, LLC and our affiliated medical practices, made available for use by the medical practices in the provision of primary care services.

Total Patients

Total patients includes both at-risk MA patients (those patients for whom we are financially responsible for their total healthcare costs) as well as fee-for-service Medicare patients (those patients for whom our affiliated medical groups submit claims to the federal government for direct reimbursement under the Medicare program). We defined our total at-risk patients as at-risk patients who have selected one of our affiliated medical groups as their provider of primary care medical services as of the end of a particular period. We define our total fee-for-service Medicare patients as fee-for-service Medicare patients who come to one of our centers for medical care at least once per year. A fee-for-service patient continues to be included in our patient count until the earlier to occur of (a) more than one year since the patient’s last visit, (b) the patient communicates a desire to stop receiving care from us or (c) the patient passes away.

 

88


Table of Contents

Patient Contribution

We define patient contribution as capitated revenue less the sum of medical claims expense. We view patient contribution as all of the dollars available for us to manage our business, including providing care to our patients, investing in marketing to attract new patients to the Oak Street Platform, and supporting the organization through our central corporate infrastructure. We expect that patient contribution will grow year-over-year in absolute dollars as our at-risk patient base continues to grow. We would also expect that our patient contribution per-patient-per-month economics on our at-risk patients will continue to improve the longer our patients are part of the Oak Street Platform as we better understand their health conditions and the patients better engage with our care model. We would expect, however, that our aggregate patient contribution per-patient-per-month economics on our at-risk patients may decrease at an aggregate level to the extent our patient growth skews our mix of patients towards patients newer to the Oak Street Platform. We would also expect to experience seasonality in patient contribution with Q1 generally generating the greatest patient contribution, decreasing for the rest of the year. This seasonality is primarily driven by our adding new patients to the Oak Street Platform throughout the year, who generally have lower per-patient capitated revenue compared to our existing patient base.

Platform Contribution

We define platform contribution as total revenues less the sum of (i) medical claims expense and (ii) cost of care, excluding depreciation and amortization. We believe this metric best reflects the economics of our care model as it includes all medical claims expense associated with our patients’ care as well as the costs we incur to care for our patients via the Oak Street Platform. As a center matures, we expect the platform contribution from that center to increase both in terms of absolute dollars as well as a percent of capitated revenue. This increase will be driven by improving patient contribution economics over time as well as our ability to generate operating leverage on the costs of our centers. Our aggregate platform contribution may not increase despite improving economics at our existing centers should we open new centers at a pace that skews our mix of centers towards newer centers. We would expect to experience seasonality in platform contribution due to seasonality in our patient contribution.

Impact of COVID-19

The rapid spread of COVID-19 around the world and throughout the United States has altered the behavior of businesses and people, with significant negative effects on federal, state and local economies, the duration of which is unknown at this time. The virus disproportionately impacts older adults, especially those with chronic illnesses, which describes many of our patients. To ensure a coordinated response to the pandemic, we created a COVID-19 Response Team that is supported by team members from across the organization. It is not currently possible to predict the ultimate financial impact COVID-19 will have on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Key factors will include the duration and extent of the outbreak in our service areas and those variables are dependent on the success of federal, state, and city government-imposed emergency measures. To date, we have experienced or expect to experience the following impacts on our business model due to COVID-19:

 

   

Care Model. We have transitioned much of our care to telehealth services, while increasing patient visit volume and maintaining continuity of care. Our average daily visits have increased 6% in April 2020 compared to February 2020. Additionally, we leveraged our transportation infrastructure to provide food delivery to our most at-risk patients to address their social determinants of health, making over 8,000 deliveries since our markets were first impacted in March 2020. During April and May 2020, we engaged with 80% of our patients in some form, with 62% of our patients completing an audio, in-person or video visit, and the remaining 18% receiving a non-visit touch point such as a call with a social worker to discuss social determinants of health needs. We created a “COVID-Care” approach to care for our patients who had a confirmed or suspected care of COVID-19. Our COVID-Care model was published in the New England Journal of Medicine’s Catalyst publication as an example to other primary care organizations of how to provide virtual outpatient care to COVID-19 patients. We have also experienced significant increases in visits with our behavioral health specialists. As our revenues

 

89


Table of Contents
 

are not determined or earned based upon the number of times we interact with our patients, and as we were already incurring the cost associated with the employees responsible for assisting our patients across all of these dimensions, these care model changes have not had a material financial impact on our revenue or our costs.

 

   

Other Patient Service Revenue. Other patient service revenue includes revenue received for care we provide and bill on a fee-for-service basis. While our centers remained open during the COVID-19 pandemic, we restricted our in-center visits to those patients with the most urgent needs. These restrictions resulted in our performing fewer fee-for-service visits, resulting in lower dollar values of claims. However, while our fee-for-service patients represented approximately 35% of our patients as of March 31, 2020, fee-for-service revenue represented less than 1% of our total revenues for the three months ended March 31, 2020 and 1.1% of total revenues for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019.

 

   

Growth. At the end of March 2020, we made the decision to suspend community-based outreach events and scale back our central marketing efforts due to safety concerns for our employees and our communities and to comply with local government ordinances. As a result, we expect our growth to be adversely impacted in 2020 and potentially 2021 as we do not expect to resume our community events until later in 2020 at the earliest. However, we have used this pause in our traditional marketing efforts to reassess and realign our marketing strategy to focus on other growth channels. For example, we are engaging community partners, such as senior living facilities and faith-based organizations, through an account management model to gain referrals of older adults who could benefit from our services and care model.

 

   

Medical Claims Expense. Because our patient demographic has been and continues to be disproportionately impacted from the effects of COVID-19, we expect to experience a material increase in medical claims expense as we are fully at-risk for the medical costs the majority of our patients incur. We also expect to experience a reduction in non-COVID-19 related medical costs as many healthcare facilities in our markets were closed or access was severely limited during the pandemic resulting in our patients not receiving care they ordinarily would have received and us not incurring the associated costs of that care. Some of these costs will likely be incurred at a later date, resulting in increased medical claims expense in the future. We cannot accurately estimate the net potential impact, positive or negative, to medical claims expense at this time. Furthermore, given the time it takes for medical claims to be submitted to MA healthcare payors, adjudicated, and sent to us, we believe it will be several months before we will be able to accurately calculate the impact on medical claims expense from the COVID-19 pandemic.

 

   

Risk-adjustment. Medicare pays capitation using a “risk adjustment model,” which compensates providers based on the health status (acuity) of each individual patient. Payors with higher acuity patients receive more, and those with lower acuity patients receive less. Medicare requires that a patient’s health issues be documented annually regardless of the permanence of the underlying causes. Historically, this documentation was required to be completed during an in-person visit with a patient. As part of the CARES Act, Medicare is allowing documentation for conditions identified during video visits with patients. Given the disruption caused by COVID-19, it is unclear whether we will be able to document the health conditions of our patients as comprehensively as we did in 2019, which may adversely impact our revenue in future periods.

 

   

Cost of Care, Excluding Depreciation and Amortization (Medical Supplies). The United States continues to experience shortages of PPE and other medical supplies used to prevent transmission of COVID-19. During 2020, we have had to acquire significantly greater quantities of medical supplies at significantly higher prices to ensure the safety of our employees and our patients. These incremental costs represent less than 1% of our 2019 cost of care expense, excluding depreciation and amortization. While the price of these items may remain higher than historical levels for the foreseeable future, we do not expect these incremental costs to be material.

 

90


Table of Contents

Components of Results of Operations

Revenue

Capitated Revenue. Our capitated revenue consists primarily of fees for medical services provided or managed by our affiliated medical groups under a capitation arrangement made directly with various MA payors. Capitation is a fixed amount of money per patient per month paid in advance for the delivery of health care services, whereby we are generally liable for medical costs in excess of the fixed payment and are able to retain any surplus created if medical costs are less than the fixed payment. A portion of our capitated revenues are typically prepaid monthly to us based on the number of MA patients selecting us as their primary care provider. Our capitated rates are determined as a percent of the premium the MA plan receives from CMS for our at-risk members. Those premiums are determined via a competitive bidding process with CMS and are based upon the cost of care in a local market and the average utilization of services by the patients enrolled. Medicare pays capitation using a “risk adjustment model,” which compensates providers based on the health status (acuity) of each individual patient. Payors with higher acuity patients receive more, and those with lower acuity patients receive less. Under the risk adjustment model, capitation is paid on an interim basis based on enrollee data submitted for the preceding year and is adjusted in subsequent periods after the final data is compiled. As premiums are adjusted via this risk adjustment model, our capitation payments will change in unison with how our payor partners’ premiums change with CMS. Risk adjustment in future periods (e.g., fiscal 2021) may be impacted by COVID-19 and our inability to accurately document the health needs of our patients in a compliant manner, which may have an adverse impact on our revenue.

We determined the transaction price for these contracts is variable as it primarily includes PPPM fees which can fluctuate throughout the contract based on the health status (acuity) of each individual enrollee. Our capitated revenues included $11.4 million and $9.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively, and $1.5 million and $23.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively, as a result of acuity-related adjustments received in subsequent periods. In certain contracts, PPPM fees also include adjustments for items such as performance incentives or penalties based on the achievement of certain clinical quality metrics as contracted with payors. There were no PPPM adjustments related to performance incentives or penalties for quality-related metrics for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 or for the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2020. The capitated revenues are recognized based on the estimated PPPM earned net of projected acuity adjustments and performance incentives or penalties because we are able to reasonably estimate the ultimate PPPM payment of these contracts. We recognize revenue in the month in which eligible members are entitled to receive healthcare benefits. Subsequent changes in PPPM fees and the amount of revenue to be recognized are reflected through subsequent period adjustments to properly recognize the ultimate capitation amount.

We measure the incremental cost of our capitation agreements by starting with our center-level expenses, which are calculated based upon actual expenses incurred at a specific center for a given period of time and expenses that are incurred centrally and allocated to centers on a ratable basis. These expenses are allocated to our at-risk patients based upon the number of visit slots these patients utilized compared to the total slots utilized by all of our patients. All visits, however, are not identical and do not require the same level of effort and expense on our part. Certain types of visits are more time and resource intensive and therefore result in higher expenses for services provided internally. Generally, patients who are earlier in their tenure with Oak Street utilize a higher percentage of these more intensive visits as we get to know the patient and properly assess and document their health condition. Because a significant portion of fee-for-service patients elect to switch to a capitation arrangement as they get more comfortable with our services and care model and learn about the potential benefits of MA, our fee-for-service patients, as a whole, tend to be less tenured and therefore, as a group, higher utilizers of these more intensive visits. This phenomenon explains why the proportionate expense for internally provided services does not follow the same proportion of at-risk visits and fee-for-service visits.

Revenues and expenses from our physician groups are consolidated with other clinical and MSO expenses to determine profitability for our at-risk and fee-for-service arrangements. Physician group economics are not evaluated on a stand-alone basis, as certain non-clinical expenses need to be consolidated to consider profitability.

 

91


Table of Contents

See “—Critical Accounting Policies—Capitated Revenue” for more information. We expect capitated revenue will increase as a percentage of total revenues over time because of the greater revenue economics associated with at-risk patients compared to fee-for-service patients.

Other Patient Service Revenue. Other patient service revenue is comprised of ancillary fees earned under contracts with certain payors for the provision of certain care coordination and other care management services. These services are provided to patients covered by these payors regardless of whether those patients receive their care from our affiliated medical groups.

Operating Expenses

Medical Claims Expense. Medical claims expense consists primarily of the cost for providing medical care by non-Oak Street Health providers. The estimated reserve for incurred but not reported claims is included in the liability for unpaid claims. Actual claims expense will differ from the estimated liability due to factors in estimated and actual patient utilization of health care services, the amount of charges, and other factors. We typically reconcile our medical claims expense with our payor partners on a quarterly basis and adjust our estimate of incurred but not reported claims if necessary. Medical claims expense also includes supplemental external costs of providing medical care such as administrative health plan fees, fees to perform payor delegated activities, and provider excess insurance costs. We expect our medical claims expenses to increase in both absolute dollar terms as well as on a PPPM basis given the healthcare spending trends within the Medicare population and the increasing disease burden of our patients as they age.

Cost of Care, Excluding Depreciation and Amortization. Cost of care, excluding depreciation and amortization includes the costs we incur to operate our centers, including care team and patient support employee-related costs, occupancy costs, patient transportation, medical supplies, insurance and other operating costs. These costs exclude any expenses associated with sales and marketing activities incurred at a local level to support our patient growth strategies and any allocation of our corporate, general and administrative expenses. Care team employees include medical doctors, nurse practitioners, physician assistants, registered nurses, scribes, medical assistants, and phlebotomists. Patient support employees include practice managers, welcome coordinators and patient relationship managers. A significant portion of our cost of care, excluding depreciation and amortization, such as occupancy and insurance, are fixed relative to the number of patients we serve; the remainder of our costs, including our employee-related costs, are directly related to the number of patients cared for by a center. As a result, as revenue increases due to a greater number of patients at a center or improved per patient pricing, cost of care, excluding depreciation and amortization as a percentage of revenue typically decreases. As we open new centers, we expect cost of care, excluding depreciation and amortization to increase in absolute dollars.

Sales and Marketing. Sales and marketing expenses consist of employee-related expenses, including salaries, commissions, and employee benefits costs, for all of our employees, engaged in marketing, sales, community outreach, and sales support. These employee-related expenses capture all costs for both our field-based and corporate sales and marketing teams. Sales and marketing expenses also includes central and community-based advertising to generate greater awareness, engagement, and retention among our current and prospective patients as well as the infrastructure required to support all of our marketing efforts. We expect these costs to increase in absolute dollars over time as we continue to grow our patient panels. We evaluate our sales and marketing expense relative to our patient growth and will invest more heavily in sales and marketing from time-to-time to the extent we believe we can accelerate our growth without materially negatively affecting our unit economics.

Corporate, General and Administrative Expenses. Corporate, general and administrative expenses include employee-related expenses, including salaries and related costs and stock-based compensation for our executive, technology infrastructure, operations, clinical and quality support, finance, legal, human resources, and development departments. In addition, general and administrative expenses include all corporate technology and occupancy costs. We expect our general and administrative expenses to increase over time following the closing

 

92


Table of Contents

of this offering due to the additional legal, accounting, insurance, investor relations and other costs that we will incur as a public company, as well as other costs associated with continuing to grow our business. We also expect our general and administrative expenses to increase in absolute dollars in the foreseeable future. However, we anticipate general and administrative expenses to decrease as a percentage of revenue over the long term, although they may fluctuate as a percentage of revenue from period to period due to the timing and amount of these expenses. For purposes of determining center-level economics, we allocate a portion of our corporate, general and administrative expenses to our centers. The relative allocation of corporate, general and administrative expenses to each center depends upon a number of metrics, including (i) the number of centers open during a given period of time; (ii) the number of clinicians at each center at a given period of time; or (iii) if determinable, the center where the expense was incurred.

Depreciation and Amortization. Depreciation and amortization expenses are primarily attributable to our capital investment and consist of fixed asset depreciation, amortization of intangibles considered to have definite lives, and amortization of capitalized internal-use software costs. We do not allocate depreciation and amortization expenses when determining center-level economics.

Other Income (Expense)

Interest Expense. Interest expense consists primarily of interests payments on our outstanding borrowings under our note payable. See “—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Note Payable.”

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth our consolidated statements of operations data for the periods indicated:

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2018      2019      2019      2020  
(dollars in thousands)           (unaudited)  

Revenues:

           

Capitated revenue

   $ 309,594      $ 539,909      $ 115,329      $ 196,590  

Other patient service revenue

     8,344        16,695        2,047        5,195  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenues

     317,938        556,604        117,376        201,785  

Operating expenses:

           

Medical claims expense

     227,566        385,998        77,274        132,285  

Cost of care, excluding depreciation and amortization

     85,958        140,853        27,644        43,769  

Sales and marketing

     25,470        46,189        8,675        11,871  

Corporate, general and administrative expenses

     50,799        79,592        11,911        24,379  

Depreciation and amortization

     4,182        7,848        1,724        2,505  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     393,975        660,480        127,228        214,809  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (76,037      (103,876      (9,852      (13,024

Other income (expense):

           

Interest expense, net

     (3,688      (5,651      (9      (2,426

Other

     10        84        62        95  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

     (3,678      (5,567      53        (2,331
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net loss

     (79,715      (109,443      (9,799      (15,355

Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

     171        1,581        (196      355  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to the Company

   $ (79,544    $ (107,862    $ (9,995    $ (15,000
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

93


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth our consolidated statements of operations data expressed as a percentage of total revenues for the periods indicated:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Three Months
Ended
March 31,
 
         2018             2019             2019             2020      

Revenues:

        

Capitated revenue

     97     97     98     97

Other patient service revenue

     3       3       2       3  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

     100       100       100       100  

Operating expenses:

        

Medical claims expense

     72       69       66       66  

Cost of care, excluding depreciation and amortization

     27       25       24       22  

Sales and marketing

     8       8       7       6  

Corporate, general and administrative expenses

     16       14       10       12  

Depreciation and amortization

     1       1       1       1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     124       119       108       106  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (24     (19     (8     (6

Other expense:

        

Interest expense, net

     (1     (1     —         (1

Other

     —         —         —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense

     (1     (1     —         (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (25     (20     (8     (8

Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

     —         —         —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to the Company

     (25 )%      (19 )%      (9 )%      (7 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comparison of the Three Months Ended March 31, 2019 and 2020

Revenue

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
     $ Change      % Change  
     2019      2020  
     (in thousands)         

Revenue:

     

Capitated revenue

   $ 115,329      $ 196,590      $ 81,261        70

Other patient service revenue

     2,047        5,195        3,148        154
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total revenues

   $ 117,376      $ 201,785      $ 84,409        72
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Capitated Revenue. Capitated revenue was $196.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2020, an increase of $81.3 million, or 70%, compared to $115.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2019. This increase was driven primarily by a 65% increase in the total number of at-risk patients, and an increase of approximately 3% in PPPM rates. Our cost for internally providing medical care to our at-risk patients was $23.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2020, an increase of $6.6 million, or 40%, compared to $16.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2019.

 

94


Table of Contents

Other Patient Service Revenue. Other patient service revenue was $5.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2020, an increase of $3.2 million, or 154%, compared to $2.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2019. The increase was primarily driven by increased care coordination and care management services revenue.

Operating Expenses

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
     $ Change      % Change  
     2019      2020  
     (in thousands)         

Operating expenses:

           

Medical claims expense

   $ 77,274      $ 132,285      $ 55,011        71

Cost of care, excluding depreciation and amortization

     27,644        43,769        16,125        58

Sales and marketing

     8,675        11,871        3,196        37

Corporate, general and administrative expenses

     11,911        24,379        12,468        105

Depreciation and amortization

     1,724        2,505        781        45
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total operating expenses

   $ 127,228      $ 214,809      $ 87,581        69
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Medical Claims Expense. Medical claims expense was $132.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2020, an increase of $55.0 million, or 71%, compared to $77.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2019. The increase was primarily due to a 65% increase in total at-risk patients and a 4% increase in costs per patient.

Cost of care, excluding depreciation and amortization. Cost of care, excluding depreciation and amortization was $43.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2020, an increase of $16.2 million, or 58%, compared to $27.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2019. The increase was driven by increases in salaries and benefits of $12.4 million and occupancy costs of $2.6 million, medical supplies of $0.8 million and transportation cost of $0.6 million to support our patient growth, offset by a decrease in other costs of $0.3 million.

Sales and Marketing. Sales and marketing expense was $11.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2020, an increase of $3.2 million, or 37%, compared to $8.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2019. The increase was driven by greater headcount of $1.9 million and greater advertising spend of $1.3 million.

Corporate, General and Administrative Expenses. Corporate, general and administrative expenses were $24.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2020, an increase of $12.5 million, or 105%, compared to $11.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2019. The increase was primarily driven by higher salaries and benefits of $7.3 million, which includes an increase in stock-based compensation expense of $1.6 million, legal and professional services of $3.1 million , occupancy costs of $1.0 million and other costs of $1.1 million to support the growth of our business.

Depreciation and Amortization. Depreciation and amortization expense was $2.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2020, an increase of $0.8 million, or 45%, compared to $1.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2019. The increase was primarily due to an increase in property, plant and equipment associated with opening new centers.

Other Income (Expense)

Interest Expense. Interest expense was $2.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2020, an increase of $2.4 million compared to $0.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2019. The increase was primarily due to increases in the balance outstanding under the Loan Agreement and additional accrued interest.

 

95


Table of Contents

Comparison of the Year Ended December 31, 2018 and 2019

Revenue

 

    Year Ended
December 31,
    $ Change     % Change  
    2018     2019  
    (in thousands)        

Revenue:

   

Capitated revenue

  $ 309,594     $ 539,909     $ 230,315       74

Other patient service revenue

    8,344       16,695       8,351       100
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total revenues

  $ 317,938     $ 556,604     $ 238,666       75
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Capitated Revenue. Capitated revenue was $539.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, an increase of $230.3 million, or 74%, compared to $309.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. This increase was driven primarily by a 57% increase in total at-risk patients, which increased our costs of internally provided medical services by 64%. This was supplemented by a 11% increase related to higher per-patient revenue due to a shift in patient mix toward higher-premium patients that had a higher level of acuity on average and thus higher capitation payments. Our cost for internally providing medical care to our at-risk patients was $79.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, an increase of $29.8 million, or 60%, compared to $49.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2018.

Other Patient Service Revenue. Other patient service revenue was $16.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, an increase of $8.4 million, or 100%, compared to $8.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. This increase was driven primarily by care coordination and care management services revenue.

Operating Expenses

 

    Year Ended
December 31,
    $ Change     % Change  
    2018     2019  
    (in thousands)        

Operating expenses:

       

Medical claims expense

  $ 227,566     $ 385,998     $ 158,432       70

Cost of care, excluding depreciation and amortization

    85,958       140,853       54,895       64

Sales and marketing

    25,470       46,189       20,719       81

Corporate, general and administrative expenses

    50,799       79,592       28,793       57

Depreciation and amortization

    4,182       7,848       3,666       88
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total operating expenses

  $ 393,975     $ 660,480     $ 266,505       68
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Medical Claims Expense. Medical claims expense was $386.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, an increase of $158.4 million, or 70%, compared to $227.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase was primarily due to a 57% increase in total at-risk patients and a 8% increase in cost per patient.

Cost of care, excluding depreciation and amortization. Cost of care, excluding depreciation and amortization was $140.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, an increase of $54.9 million, or 64%, compared to $86.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase was driven by increases in salaries and benefits of $35.1 million, occupancy costs of $12.2 million, transportation costs of $3.4 million, medical supplies of $2.9 million, travel and entertainment of $1.7 million, offset by a reduction in other costs of $0.4 million, to support the growth of our patient base.

 

96


Table of Contents

Sales and Marketing. Sales and marketing expense was $46.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, an increase of $20.7 million, or 81%, compared to $25.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase was driven by greater headcount of $9.2 million and greater advertising spend of $11.7 million.

Corporate, General and Administrative Expenses. Corporate, general and administrative expense was $79.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, an increase of $28.8 million, or 57%, compared to $50.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase was primarily driven by higher salaries and benefits of $16.4 million, which includes a decrease in stock-based compensation expense of $8.9 million and an increase in accrued bonuses of $12.2 million; legal and professional fees of $10.8 million, including $4.9 million of expense related to our fundraising in Q1 2020; travel and entertainment costs of $1.3 million; occupancy costs of $0.9 million; technology costs of $0.6 million; and human resources of $0.5 million; offset by a reduction in and other costs of $1.8 million. The increase in our total corporate, general and administrative expense was to support the continued growth of our business.

Depreciation and Amortization. Depreciation and amortization expense was $7.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, an increase of $3.6 million, or 88%, compared to $4.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase was primarily due to a $21.9 million increase in property, plant and equipment.

Other Income (Expense)

Interest Expense. Interest expense was $5.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, an increase of $2.0 million, or 53%, compared to $3.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase was primarily due to increases in the balance outstanding under the Loan Agreement and additional accrued interest.

 

97


Table of Contents

Quarterly Results of Operations and Other Data

The following table sets forth our unaudited condensed consolidated statement of operations data for each of the last nine quarters in the period ended March 31, 2020. The unaudited quarterly statements of operations data set forth below have been prepared on a basis consistent with our audited annual consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and include, in our opinion, all normal recurring adjustments necessary for the fair statement of the results of operations for the periods presented. Our historical quarterly results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future. The following quarterly financial data should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    March 31,
2018
    June 30,
2018
    September 30,
2018
    December 31,
2018
    March 31,
2019
    June 30,
2019
    September 30,
2019
    December 31,
2019
    March 31,
2020
 

Revenues

                 

Capitated revenue

  $ 71,367       74,258       79,057       84,912       115,329       123,054       133,073       168,453       196,590  

Other patient service revenue

    1,850       1,934       1,988       2,571       2,047       3,434       6,067       5,147       5,195  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

    73,217       76,192       81,045       87,483       117,376       126,488       139,140       173,600       201,785  

Operating expenses

                 

Medical claims expense

    50,408       54,804       56,900       65,454       77,274       84,345       98,003       126,376       132,285  

Cost of care, excluding depreciation and amortization

    17,950       18,626       21,874       27,508       27,644       31,429       36,997       44,783       43,769  

Sales and marketing

    3,967       5,326       7,705       8,471       8,675       11,253       12,002       14,258       11,871  

Corporate, general and administrative(1)

    9,312       21,416       10,441       9,630       11,911       16,045       21,671       29,966       24,379  

Depreciation and amortization

    786       840       977       1,579       1,724       1,856       2,053       2,215       2,505  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    82,423       101,012       97,897       112,642       127,228       144,928       170,726       217,598       214,809  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (9,206     (24,820     (16,852     (25,159     (9,852     (18,440     (31,586     (43,998     (13,024
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense)

                 

Interest expense, net

    (758     (584     (1,067     (1,279     (9     (1,867     (1,813     (1,963     (2,426

Other

    248       38       (291     14       62       22       (25     25       95  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

    (510     (546     (1,358     (1,265     53       (1,845     (1,838     (1,938     (2,331
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

    (9,716     (25,366     (18,210     (26,424     (9,799     (20,285     (33,424     (45,936     (15,355

Net loss (gain) attributable to noncontrolling interests

      368       (140     (56     (196     124       224       1,429       355  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to OSH

    (9,716     (24,998     (18,350     (26,480     (9,995     (20,161     (33,200     (44,507     (15,000
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Includes stock-based compensation, as follows:

 

    March 31,
2018
    June 30,
2018
    September 30,
2018
    December 31,
2018
    March 31,
2019
    June 30,
2019
    September 30,
2019
    December 31,
2019
    March 31,
2020
 

Corporate, general and administrative

    70       12,267       169       404       256       543       1,405       1,895       1,878  

In April 2018, we completed the 2018 Tender Offer to repurchase certain eligible units for cash. We purchased 244,408 Common Units (including Incentive Units) for total consideration of $14.4 million. The tender offer price paid for the Common Units (including Incentive Units) was repurchased at an amount per unit

 

98


Table of Contents

significantly in excess of the fair value of those units repurchased, so an allocation of the repurchase price to other elements of the 2018 Tender Offer was necessary. There is a presumption that a significant excess amount paid over the fair value represents an element other than only a treasury unit repurchase. We determined that the excess represents compensation expense and recorded $12.1 million within corporate, general and administrative in the consolidated statements of operations related to the excess paid over fair value.

 

(% of revenues)

  March 31,
2018
    June 30,
2018
    September 30,
2018
    December 31,
2018
    March 31,
2019
    June 30,
2019
    September 30,
2019
    December 31,
2019
    March 31,
2020
 

Revenues

                 

Capitated revenue

    97     97     98     97     98     97     96     97     97

Other patient service revenue

    3       3       2       3       2       3       4       3       3  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

    100       100       100       100       100       100       100       100       100  

Operating expenses

                 

Medical claims expense

    69     72     70     75     66     67     70     73     66

Cost of care, excluding depreciation and amortization

    25       24       27       31       24       25       27       26       22  

Sales and marketing

    5       7       10       10       7       9       9       8       6  

Corporate, general and administrative(1)

    13       28       13       11       10       13       16       17       12  

Depreciation and amortization

    1       1       1       2       1       1       1       1       1  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    113       133       121       129       108       115       123       125       106  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (13     (33     (21     (29     (8     (15     (23     (25     (6
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense)

                 

Interest expense, net

    (1     (1     (1     (1     —         (1     (1     (1     (1

Other

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

    (1     (1     (2     (1     —         (1     (1     (1     (1
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

    (13     (33     (22     (30     (8     (16     (24     (26     (8

Net loss (gain) attributable to noncontrolling interests

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         1       —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to OSH

    (13 %)      (33 %)      (23 %)      (30 %)      (9 %)      (16 %)      (24 %)      (26 %)      (7 %) 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Quarterly Trends

Total revenues generally increase with patient growth. We expect seasonality related to our capitated revenue per at-risk patient as, over the course of the year, longer-tenured patients will leave the Oak Street Platform either due to attrition or mortality and be replaced with newer patients. We typically generate greater revenue per at-risk patient for patients that have been on the Oak Street Platform for longer periods of time. Additionally, we expect a disproportionate share of our patient growth in a year will occur in the fourth quarter, resulting in a significant increase in at-risk patients in the first quarter of the following year.

We evaluate our medical claims expense as a percent of our capitated revenue. There are several factors that may drive seasonal variation in medical claims expense as a percent of capitated revenue, including the benefit design of our patients’ health plans; the number of business days in a period; the seasonal occurrence of influenza; and the timing of new patients to the Oak Street Platform. Benefit design tends to result in greater

 

99


Table of Contents

expenses later in the calendar year, as patients’ financial responsibility for their healthcare tends to decrease over the course of the year as limits such as deductibles and out-of-pocket maximums are met, resulting in us bearing more of these costs. Most outpatient healthcare services are provided during the work week; therefore, depending on the number of business days in a quarter, there may be more or fewer days for our patients to receive care, which will impact the amount of our medical claims expense. Influenza, particularly dangerous for older patients, tends to occur during the colder months of the year, in the first and fourth quarters. Depending upon the severity of influenza in a given year, we may expect medical claims expense as a percent of capitated revenue to be greater in these periods. Finally, as our patients become more engaged in our care model, we are better able to manage their medical costs incurred outside of our facilities. As the average tenure of our patients declines during the course of the year, we would expect greater medical costs as a percent of capitated revenue as the year progresses. The combination of these factors creates a general trend where our medical costs as a percent of capitated revenue increase during the year.

We monitor and evaluate our cost of care, excluding depreciation and amortization, as a percent of total revenues. Our cost of care, excluding depreciation and amortization, as a percentage of total revenues has fluctuated from quarter to quarter, driven by the timing of opening new centers. As our centers age and grow their patient panels, we expect the cost of care, excluding depreciation and amortization as a percent of total revenues to decline as we leverage fixed and semi-fixed costs. However, given our newer centers represent a large portion of our total centers, that trend may not be visible in our quarterly financials. We expect the dollars associated with our cost of care, excluding depreciation and amortization, to continue to grow as we add new centers and new patients to our platform, but we expect these dollars as a percent of our total revenues to decline. We believe that our cost of care, excluding depreciation and amortization as a percent of total revenues during the three months ended December 31, 2018 was unusually high due to the CityLife acquisition and the timing of the opening of our new centers in 2018, which opened in the second half of the calendar year.

Our sales and marketing expenses fluctuate quarter to quarter based on the timing of outreach and advertising campaigns. Given patients typically enroll in MA plans during the annual open enrollment period (from mid-October through early December), we expect to incur greater sales and marketing expenses in the second half of the year to increase patient awareness of the Oak Street Platform. We will also experience quarterly fluctuations in this spend depending upon our ability to economically attract new patients to the Oak Street Platform.

Our corporate, general and administrative expenses have fluctuated from quarter to quarter. This fluctuation is driven by the growth of our team, start dates of new hires, seasonality of certain operational expenses and changes in stock-based compensation, particularly during the three months ended June 30, 2018, when the 2018 Tender Offer was completed. We expect quarter to quarter fluctuations to continue.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

General

To date, we have financed our operations principally through private placements of our equity securities, payments received from various payors and through the issuance of a note payable to Hercules Capital, Inc. As of March 31, 2020, we had cash and cash equivalents of $216.0 million. Our cash and cash equivalents primarily consist of highly liquid investments in money market funds and cash. Since our inception, we have generated significant operating losses from our operations as reflected in our accumulated deficit of $369.4 million as of March 31, 2020 and negative cash flows from operations.

We expect to continue to incur operating losses and generate negative cash flows from operations for the foreseeable future due to the investments we intend to continue to make in expanding our operations and sales and marketing and due to additional general and administrative costs we expect to incur in connection with operating as a public company. As a result, we may require additional capital resources to execute strategic initiatives to grow our business.

 

100


Table of Contents

We believe that following the offering, our cash and cash equivalents will be sufficient to fund our operating and capital needs for at least the next 12 months. Our assessment of the period of time through which our financial resources will be adequate to support our operations is a forward-looking statement and involves risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could vary because of, and our future capital requirements will depend on, many factors, including our growth rate, the timing and extent of spending to open new centers and expand into new markets and the expansion of sales and marketing activities. We may in the future enter into arrangements to acquire or invest in complementary businesses, services and technologies, including intellectual property rights. We have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could use our available capital resources sooner than we currently expect. We may be required to seek additional equity or debt financing. In the event that additional financing is required from outside sources, we may not be able to raise it on terms acceptable to us or at all. If we are unable to raise additional capital when desired, or if we cannot expand our operations or otherwise capitalize on our business opportunities because we lack sufficient capital, our business, results of operations, and financial condition would be adversely affected.

On August 7, 2017, we entered into a loan agreement with Hercules Capital, Inc. Under this agreement, as of March 31, 2020, we had borrowed $80 million in a note payable. Borrowings under the loan agreement bear a floating interest rate of the greater of (a) 9.75% or (b) the sum of the prime rate plus 5.00%. The interest rate as of December 31, 2018 and 2019 was 10.5% and 9.75%, respectively, and as of March 31, 2020 was 9.75%. The loan agreement requires interest-only payments through October 1, 2021, followed by monthly installments on an amortization schedule with the remaining principal and an end-of-term charge when the loan agreement matures on December 1, 2022, provided. The interest-only period may be extended to January 1, 2021 if we meet performance conditions outlined in the loan agreement.

Cash Flows

The following table presents a summary of our consolidated cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities for the periods indicated.

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2018     2019     2019     2020  

Net cash used in operating activities

   $ (75,365   $ (55,547   $ (29,619   $ (36,891

Net cash used in investing activities

     (39,755     (27,871     (5,626     (3,382

Net cash provided by financing activities

     157,251       53,603       2,646       224,362  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change in cash

     42,131       (29,815     (32,599     184,089  

Cash at beginning of year/period

     29,936 (1)      72,067 (2)      72,067 (2)      42,253 (3) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash at end of year/period

   $ 72,067 (2)    $ 42,252 (3)    $ 39,468 (4)    $ 226,342 (5) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Includes $6,720 of restricted cash.

(2)

Includes $7,326 of restricted cash.

(3)

Includes $8,266 of restricted cash.

(4)

Includes $7,326 of restricted cash.

(5)

Includes $10,391 of restricted cash.

Operating Activities

For the three months ended March 31, 2020, net cash used in operating activities was $36.9 million, an increase of $7.3 million compared to net cash used in operating activities of $29.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2019. Significant changes impacting net cash used in operating activities for the three months ended March 31, 2020 as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2019 were as follows:

 

   

net loss for the three months ended March 31, 2020 of $15.4 million compared to net loss for the three months ended March 31, 2019 of $9.8 million;

 

101


Table of Contents
   

increases in accounts receivable for the three months ended March 31, 2020 of $58.3 million compared to increases in accounts receivable for the three months ended March 31, 2019 of $42.7 million due to the growth in the number of at-risk patients;

 

   

increases in accrued compensation and benefits for the three months ended March 31, 2020 of $13.0 million compared to an increase in accrued compensation and benefits for the three months ended March 31, 2019 of $4.3 million due to the payment of employee bonuses; and

 

   

changes in fair value of derivative, other current liabilities and deferred rent expense for the three months ended March 31, 2020 of $0.2 million compared to the three months ended March 31, 2019 of $3.1 million;

 

   

offset by increases in liability for unpaid claims for the three months ended March 31, 2020 of $41.0 million compared to the three months ended March 31, 2019 of $25.0 million, due to growth in the number of at-risk patients;

 

   

further offset by changes in depreciation and amortization, unit-based compensation, prepaid expenses and other current assets, accounts payable, and other long-term liabilities for the three months ended March 31, 2020 of $8.1 million compared to the three months ended March 31, 2019 of $(1.1) million.

For the year ended December 31, 2019, net cash used in operating activities was $55.5 million, a decrease of $19.9 million compared to net cash used in operating activities of $75.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. Significant changes impacting net cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2019 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2018 were as follows:

 

   

increases in other current liabilities for the year ended December 31, 2019 of $107.1 million compared to increases in other current liabilities for the year ended December 31, 2018 of $33.1 million, primarily driven by increases in liability for unpaid claims related to the growth in the number of at-risk patients;

 

   

increases in accrued compensation and benefits for the year ended December 31, 2019 of $15.4 million compared to increases in accrued compensation and benefits for the year ended December 31, 2018 of $2.7 million, primarily driven by employee bonuses;

 

   

changes in depreciation and amortization, unit-based compensation, deferred rent expense, accounts payable, and other long-term liabilities for the year ended December 31, 2019 of $21.4 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2018 of $7.8 million related to changes in depreciation and amortization, unit-based compensation, deferred rent expense, accounts payable, and other long-term liabilities;

 

   

offset by net loss for the year ended December 31, 2019 of $109.4 million compared to net loss for the year ended December 31, 2018 of $79.7 million;

 

   

further offset by increases in accounts receivable for the year ended December 31, 2019 of $86.4 million compared to increases in accounts receivable for the year ended December 31, 2018 of $36.3 million; and

 

   

further offset by changes in fair value of derivative, prepaid expenses and other current assets and other long term assets for the year ended December 31, 2019 of $(4.8) million compared to changes for the year ended December 31, 2018 of $(2.9) million.

Investing Activities

For the three months ended March 31, 2020, net cash used in investing activities was $3.4 million, a decrease of $2.2 million compared to net cash used in investing activities of $5.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2019 due to a decrease in purchases of property and equipment.

 

102


Table of Contents

For the year ended December 31, 2019, net cash used in investing activities was $27.9 million, a decrease of $11.9 million compared to net cash used in investing activities of $39.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. The decrease was driven by lower expenditures from purchases of business of $13.7 million due to the to the acquisition of Ampersand Health-PA, LLC in 2018, offset by an increase of $1.7 million in purchases of property and equipment.

Financing Activities

Cash provided by financing activities was $225.4 million and $2.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, an increase of $222.8 million. The increase primarily relates to capital contributions from our equity issuance in the first fiscal quarter of 2020.

Cash provided by financing activities was $53.6 million and $157.3 million during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, a decrease of $103.7 million. The net decrease primarily relates to capital contributions from Humana’s investment during the year ended December 31, 2018, offset by the 2018 Tender Offer (as defined herein) completed during the year ended December 31, 2018 and an increase from proceeds of long term debt of $39.5 million.

Subsequent to the three months ended March 31, 2020, we completed the 2020 Tender Offer (as defined herein) on April 27, 2020 in which 107,208 Founders’ Units, 1,142 Incentive Units and 22,801 Profits Interests were tendered for a purchase price of $20.0 million.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

Our principal commitments consist of obligations under operating leases for our centers and repayments of long-term debt.

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of March 31, 2020:

 

     Payments due by Period  
     Total      Less than
1 year
     1-3
years
     3-5
years
     More than
5 years
 
     (in thousands)  

Note Payable—principal(1)

   $ 80,000      $ —        $ 80,000      $ —        $ —    

Note Payable—interest(1)

     17,263        7,908        9,355        —          —    

End-of-term charge(2)

     4,760        —          4,760        —          —    

Operating lease obligations

     128,649        11,475        23,074        20,460        73,640  

Other obligations(3)

     11,229        2,684        5,170        2,399        976  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 241,901      $ 22,067      $ 122,359      $ 22,859      $ 74,616  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Represents amounts related to the Loan Agreement.

(2)

Represents end-of-term charge under the Loan Agreement.

(3)

Represents the license fee paid to Humana as part of our September 2018 agreement.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements as of March 31, 2020.

JOBS Act

We qualify as an “emerging growth company” pursuant to the provisions of the JOBS Act. For as long as we are an “emerging growth company,” we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies,” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, exemptions from the requirements of holding advisory “say-on-pay” votes on executive compensation and shareholder advisory votes on golden parachute compensation.

 

103


Table of Contents

In addition, under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We intend to take advantage of the longer phase-in periods for the adoption of new or revised financial accounting standards under the JOBS Act until we are no longer an emerging growth company. Our election to use the phase-in periods permitted by this election may make it difficult to compare our financial statements to those of non-emerging growth companies and other emerging growth companies that have opted out of the longer phase-in periods permitted under the JOBS Act and who will comply with new or revised financial accounting standards. If we were to subsequently elect instead to comply with public company effective dates, such election would be irrevocable pursuant to the JOBS Act.

Critical Accounting Policies

The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenue and expenses and related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of our financial statements. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions, impacting our reported results of operations and financial condition.

Our consolidated financial statements include the accounts of (1) Oak Street Health, LLC and its wholly owned subsidiary, Oak Street Health MSO, LLC (“MSO”), (2) MSO’s wholly owned subsidiaries, Acorn Network, LLC and Oak Street Physicians Services, LLC, (3) our indirect controlling interest in OSH-RI, LLC, OSH-PCJ Joliet, LLC and OSH-ESC Joint Venture, LLC, each of which operates primary care clinics for adults on Medicare in their respective markets and (3) professional corporations (“PCs”) managed under long-term management service agreements, including Oak Street Health Physicians Group, PC, OSH-RI Physicians Group, PC, OSH-MI Physicians Group, PC, OSH-NJ Physicians Group, PC, OSH-IL Physicians Group, PC, OSH-OH Physicians Group, LLC and OSH-PA Physicians Group, PC. Some states have laws that prohibit business entities, such as Oak Street Health, from practicing medicine, employing physicians to practice medicine or exercising control over medical decisions by physicians (collectively known as the corporate practice of medicine) or engaging in certain arrangements with physicians, such as fee-splitting. Therefore, we operate by maintaining long-term management service agreements with the PCs, which are each owned, directly or indirectly, by Dr. Griffin Myers, one of our founders and our Chief Medical Officer, and operated by physicians, and which employ additional physicians and other providers to provide primary care services. Under the management agreements, we provide and perform all non-medical management and administrative services, including financial management, information systems, marketing, risk management and administrative support. Each management agreement typically has a term of 30 years unless terminated by either party for cause. The management agreements are not terminable by the PCs, except in the case of material breach or bankruptcy of MSO.

Through the management agreements and our relationship with the stockholder of the PCs, we have exclusive authority over all non-medical decision making related to the ongoing business operations of the PCs. Consequently, we consolidate the revenue and expenses of each PC from the date of execution of the applicable management agreement.

All intercompany balances and transactions are eliminated in consolidation.

Certain accounting policies involve significant judgments and assumptions by management, which have a material impact on the carrying value of assets and liabilities and the recognition of income and expenses. Management considers these accounting policies to be critical accounting policies. The estimates and assumptions used by management are based on historical experience and other factors, which are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. The significant accounting policies which we believe are the most critical to aid in fully understanding and evaluating our reported financial results are described below. Refer to Note 2 “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for more detailed information regarding our critical accounting policies.

 

104


Table of Contents

Capitated Revenue

The transaction price for our capitated payor contracts is variable as it primarily includes PPPM fees associated with unspecified membership. PPPM fees can fluctuate throughout the contract based on the health status (acuity) of each individual enrollee. In certain contracts, PPPM fees also include “risk adjustments” for items such as performance incentives, performance guarantees and risk shares. The capitated revenues are recognized based on the estimated PPPM earned net of projected performance incentives, performance guarantees, risk shares and rebates because we are able to reasonably estimate the ultimate PPPM payment of these contracts. We recognize revenue in the month in which eligible members are entitled to receive healthcare benefits. Subsequent changes in PPPM fees and the amount of revenue to be recognized are reflected through subsequent period adjustments to properly recognize the ultimate capitation amount.

Certain third-party payor contracts include a Medicare Part D payment related to pharmacy claims, which is subject to risk sharing through accepted risk corridor provisions. Under certain agreements the fund risk allocation is established whereby we, as the contracted provider, receive only a portion of the risk and the associated surplus or deficit. We estimate and recognize an adjustment to Part D capitated revenues related to these risk corridor provisions based upon pharmacy claims experience to date, as if the annual risk contract were to terminate at the end of the reporting period.

For the three months ended March 31, 2020, we have included an estimate of $23.5 million as a result of expected acuity-related adjustments to be received in subsequent periods.

Medical Claims Expense

Medical claims expenses are costs for third-party healthcare service providers that provide medical care to our patients for which we are contractually obligated to pay (through our full-risk capitation arrangements). The estimated reserve for a liability for unpaid claims is included in the liability for unpaid claims in the consolidated balance sheets. Actual claims expense will differ from the estimated liability due to factors in estimated and actual member utilization of health care services, the amount of charges, and other factors. We assess our estimates with an independent actuarial expert to ensure our estimates represent the best, most reasonable estimate given the data available to us at the time the estimates are made. We have included incurred but not reported claims of approximately $170.6 million and $211.6 million on our balance sheet as of December 31, 2019 and March 31, 2020, respectively. We generally expect the range of our medical claims expense estimating risk to be within 20% of actual medical claims expense, which could represent as much as approximately 6% of our total operating expense.

We assess the profitability of our capitation arrangements to identify contracts where current operating results or forecasts indicate probable future losses. If anticipated future variable costs exceed anticipated future revenues, a premium deficiency reserve is recognized. No premium deficiency reserves were recorded as of December 31, 2018 and 2019.

The following tables provide information about incurred and paid claims development as of December 31, 2019:

 

     Cumulative Incurred Claims (third-party medical
claims and administrative health plan fees) For the
Years Ended December 31,
 

Claims Incurred Year

   2016      2017      2018      2019  

2016

   $ 50,696      $ 50,696      $ 50,696      $ 50,696  

2017

            125,206        125,206        125,316  

2018

                   226,724        226,882  

2019

                          383,169  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     50,696        175,902        402,626        786,063  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

105


Table of Contents
     Cumulative Paid Claims (third-party medical claims
and administrative health plan fees) For the
Years Ended December 31,
 

Claims Incurred Year

   2016      2017      2018      2019  

2016

   $ 33,764      $ 49,795      $ 50,702      $ 50,696  

2017

    

 
    
89,525
 
    
121,580
 
     121,268  

2018

    

 
    

 
    
162,883
 
     219,421  

2019

                          226,618  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     33,764        139,320       
335,165
 
     618,003  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other claims-related liabilities

        176       
713
 
     2,569  

Liability for unpaid claims

              170,629  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Intangible assets consist primarily of customer relationships acquired through business acquisitions. Goodwill represents the excess of consideration paid over the fair value of net assets acquired through business acquisitions. Goodwill is not amortized but is tested for impairment at least annually.

We test goodwill for impairment annually on October 1st or more frequently if triggering events occur or other impairment indicators arise which might impair recoverability. These events or circumstances would include a significant change in the business climate, legal factors, operating performance indicators, competition, sale, disposition of a significant portion of the business or other factors.

ASC 350, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (“ASC 350”) allows entities to first use a qualitative approach to test goodwill for impairment. ASC 350 permits an entity to first perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not (a likelihood of greater than 50%) that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value. When the reporting units where we perform the quantitative goodwill impairment are tested, we compare the fair value of the reporting unit, which we primarily determine using an income approach based on the present value of discounted cash flows, to the respective carrying value, which includes goodwill. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, the goodwill is not considered impaired. If the carrying value is higher than the fair value, the difference would be recognized as an impairment loss. There were no goodwill impairments recorded during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019.

Customer relationships represent the estimated values of customer relationships of acquired businesses and have definite lives. We amortize the customer relationships on a straight-line basis over their ten-year estimated useful lives. Intangible assets are reviewed for impairment in conjunction with long-lived assets. There were no intangible asset impairments recorded during the year ended December 31, 2018.

The determination of fair values and useful lives require us to make significant estimates and assumptions. These estimates include, but are not limited to, future expected cash flows from acquired capitation arrangements from a market participant perspective, discount rates, industry data and management’s prior experience. Unanticipated events or circumstances may occur that could affect the accuracy or validity of such assumptions, estimates or actual results.

Unit-Based Compensation

ASC 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation (“ASC 718”) requires the measurement of the cost of the employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments based on the grant-date fair value or, in certain circumstances, the calculated value of the award. Under our unit-based incentive plan, we may reward employees with various types of awards, including but not limited to profits interests on a service-based or performance-based schedule. These awards may also contain market conditions. We have elected to account for forfeitures as they occur. We use a combination of the income and market approaches to estimate the fair value of each award as of the grant date.

 

106


Table of Contents

For performance-vesting units, we recognize unit-based compensation expense when it is probable that the performance condition will be achieved. We will analyze if a performance condition is probable for each reporting period through the settlement date for awards subject to performance vesting. For service-vesting units, we recognize unit-based compensation expense over the requisite service period for each separately vesting portion of the profits interest as if the award was, in substance, multiple awards.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies—Recent Accounting Pronouncements” for more information.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Market risk represents the risk of loss that may impact our financial position due to adverse changes in financial market prices and rates. Our market risk exposure is primarily a result of exposure due to potential changes in inflation or interest rates. We do not hold financial instruments for trading purposes.

Interest Rate Risk

Our primary market risk exposure is changing prime rate-based interest rates. Interest rate risk is highly sensitive due to many factors, including U.S. monetary and tax policies, U.S. and international economic factors and other factors beyond our control. Our Loan Agreement bears interest at a floating rate equal to the greater of (a) 9.75% or (b) the sum of the prime rate plus 5.00%. As of March 31, 2020, we had total outstanding debt of $80.0 million in principal amount under the Loan Agreement. Based on the amount outstanding, a 100 basis point increase or decrease in market interest rates over a twelve-month period would result in a change to interest expense of $0.8 million.

Inflation Risk

Based on our analysis of the periods presented, we believe that inflation has not had a material effect on our operating results. There can be no assurance that future inflation will not have an adverse impact on our operating results and financial condition.

 

107


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

Since our founding in 2012, our mission has been to build a primary care delivery platform that directly addresses rising costs and poor outcomes, two of the most pressing challenges facing the United States healthcare industry. Our patient-centered approach focuses on meaningfully improving the quality of care for the most at-risk populations. It represents the frontline implementation of the solutions addressing the most powerful trends in healthcare, mainly the shift towards value-based care and increasing patient consumerism. Our approach disrupts the current state of care delivery for Medicare-eligible patients and aligns the incentives of our patients, our providers and our payors by simultaneously improving health outcomes and care quality, lowering medical costs and improving the patient experience.

To pursue our mission, we created a technology-enabled, integrated platform, which we refer to as the Oak Street Platform, to deliver value-based care focused exclusively on Medicare patients. The key attributes that differentiate the Oak Street Platform include:

 

   

Our patient focus. We are focused on the Medicare-eligible population, which generally has consistent, clinically cohesive needs and which we believe represents the greatest potential for cost savings, while still benefiting patient health outcomes, in our current healthcare system.

 

   

Our technology-enabled model. We leverage technology that compiles and analyzes comprehensive patient data and provides actionable health insights through applications that are embedded in care delivery workflows, including at the point of patient-provider interaction.

 

   

Our integrated approach to care delivery. We integrate a personalized approach to primary care, proactive management of our patients’ health needs and expanded preventive services to keep our patient population healthy, reducing the number of hospitalizations and other expensive and unnecessary utilization of the healthcare system. As such, we focus on delivering what we believe to be the right care in the right setting, encouraging our patients to visit us in our centers, while also offering robust virtual and digital engagement options.

 

   

Our value-based relationships. Our value-based capitation contracts reward us for providing high-quality care rather than driving a high volume of services.

According to CMS, healthcare spending in the United States reached nearly $3.6 trillion in 2018 and Medicare accounted for more than $700 billion of spending in 2019. We believe the core addressable market for the Oak Street Platform is the approximately 27 million Medicare eligibles in our target demographic, which we believe represents an approximately $325 billion annual industry revenue opportunity. We determine the core addressable market by multiplying an average annual revenue of $12,000 per member, which is derived from our experience and industry knowledge and which we believe represents a reasonable national assumption, by the number of Medicare eligibles in our target markets. Annual spending on Medicare is projected by CMS to grow approximately 7% annually, driven primarily by the aging United States population as well as the high prevalence of chronic conditions and the associated cost of care for these conditions among the Medicare eligible population.

We reimagined the approach to caring for a patient population with a high prevalence of chronic conditions and purpose-built the Oak Street Platform to improve health outcomes and combat wasteful spending. The Oak Street Platform consists of (i) Our Centers, (ii) Our Interdisciplinary Care Teams, (iii) Canopy: Our Purpose-Built, End-to-End Technology and (iv) Our Care Delivery Approach. Based on our patients’ health metrics, we believe that the Oak Street Platform provides a measurably higher-quality alternative to the status quo, including an approximately 51% reduction in hospital admissions (based on our hospital admission rates per thousand patients of 183 as of March 31, 2020, compared to the Medicare benchmark of 370), 42% reduction in 30-day readmission rates (based on our rate of hospital readmissions within 30 days per thousand patients of 11% as of March 31, 2020, compared to the Medicare benchmark of 19%) and 51% reduction in emergency department visits (based on our rate of emergency department “treat and release” claims per thousand patients of 535 as of

 

108


Table of Contents

December 31, 2019, compared to the Medicare benchmark of 1,091). See “Market and Industry Data” for information on how these Medicare benchmarks are derived. These results are achieved while maintaining a Net Promoter Score of 90 across our patients based on survey data we gathered from patients after their physician visits from June 2018 until March 2020. Additionally, the Oak Street Platform is engineered to be scalable and we have demonstrated our ability to grow our model rapidly across multiple markets.

Although we have incurred net losses since inception, we believe that the Oak Street Platform has enabled us to create a healthcare model where all constituencies involved have the ability to “Win.” Our patients, payors and providers are incentivized to adopt the Oak Street Platform and each has the potential to benefit in a meaningful way.

 

   

Patients. We leverage our differentiated care delivery model to improve the health of our patients, effectively manage their chronic conditions and avoid unnecessary hospitalizations while greatly improving their patient experience.

 

   

Payors. We enter into arrangements with MA plans to manage the care of our patients, allowing us to control the plans’ medical costs, increase the plans’ Medicare quality scoring, improve the plans’ profit margin and help the plans grow membership.

 

   

Providers. We enable our providers to focus on improving the lives of their patients and improve their job satisfaction by providing them with meaningful clinical support and customized technology resources.

We believe we can translate these “Wins” into economic benefits. Since 2016, our performance has been driven by our multi-year, contractual arrangements with payors on a PPPM basis, which create recurring revenue streams and provide significant visibility into our financial growth trajectory. By focusing on interventions that keep our patients healthy, we can capture the cost savings the Oak Street Platform creates and reinvest them in our care model. We believe these investments lead to better outcomes and improved patient experiences, which will drive further cost savings, power patient retention and enable us to attract new patients. We believe increasing cost savings over a growing patient population will deliver an even greater surplus to the organization, enabling us to reinvest to scale and fund new centers, progress our care model and enhance our technology. This virtuous cycle has created compelling economics at the center level, with our four centers with more than 2,000 at-risk patients for at least the last three months as of March 31, 2020 operating at 86% weighted average capacity and generating total revenues, excluding capitated revenue associated with Medicare Part D, of $32.3 million and weighted average center-level contribution margins (defined as (i) patient revenue, excluding Medicare Part D revenue, minus (ii) the sum of (a) medical claims expense, excluding Medicare Part D related expenses, and (b) cost of care, excluding depreciation and amortization) of 28%. As of March 31, 2020, those four centers, as well as an additional 30 of our 54 centers, had positive center-level contribution margins, and the overall average center-level contribution margin across all of our centers was 12%.

We have demonstrated an ability to rapidly scale, expanding our model to a network of 54 centers, in 13 markets across 8 states, which provided care for approximately 85,000 patients as of March 31, 2020, of which approximately 65% are at-risk and approximately 35% are fee-for-service, although fee-for-service accounted for less than 1% of our revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2020. As of March 31, 2020, we, together with our affiliated physician entities, employed approximately 2,300 team members, including approximately 260 primary care providers. For the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2020, our total revenues were $117.4 million and $201.8 million, respectively, representing a year-over-year growth rate of 72%. We believe we have significant growth opportunities available to us, with less than 50% of our current aggregate center capacity utilized due to our recent center openings and a substantial opportunity to increase the number of centers we operate in new and existing markets.

Organization

Subsidiaries

We operate through our direct and indirect subsidiaries, primarily, Oak Street Health MSO, LLC (“OSH MSO”). OSH MSO operates as a management services organization and is in the business of providing

 

109


Table of Contents

management and other administrative services to our affiliated physician practice organizations under long-term management and/or administrative services agreements (“MSAs”), pursuant to which OSH MSO manages certain non-medical services for the physician groups and has authority over all non-medical decision making related to ongoing business operations.

We operate one ACO that participates in the Medicare Shared Saving Program to serve the Medicare FFS population known as Acorn Network, LLC a wholly owned subsidiary of OSH MSO.

Variable Interest Entities

Some states have laws that prohibit business entities with non-physician owners from practicing medicine, which are generally referred to as the corporate practice of medicine. States that have corporate practice of medicine laws require only physicians to practice medicine, exercise control over medical decisions or engage in certain arrangements with other physicians, such as fee-splitting.

Therefore, in addition to our subsidiaries, we mainly operate by maintaining long-term management services agreements with our affiliated professional organizations, which are owned, directly or indirectly, and operated by Dr. Griffin Myers, one of our founders and our Chief Medical Officer, and which employ or contract with additional physicians to provide medical services. Under such agreements, we provide and perform non-medical management and administrative services, including financial management, information systems, marketing, risk management and administrative support.

We have entered into MSAs with several affiliated professional organizations, including Oak Street Health Physicians Group, PC, OSH-RI Physicians Group, PC, OSH-MI Physicians Group, PC, OSH-NJ Physicians Group, PC, OSH-IL Physicians Group, PC, OSH-OH Physicians Group, LLC, OSH-PA Physicians Group, PC, Oak Street Health of Texas, PLLC and (each, a “PC”). These affiliated PCs contracts with various managed care organizations or licensed health care service plans, each of which pays a fixed capitation payment to that particular PC. In return, that PC provides health care services by employing physicians and other providers of primary care services. The applicable PC assumes the financial risk of the cost of delivering health care services in excess of the fixed amounts received. The risk is subject to stop-loss provisions. The physicians employed by the PC are exclusively in control of, and responsible for, all aspects of the practice of medicine for their patients. In accordance with relevant accounting guidance, each of these PCs is determined to be a variable interest entity (“VIE”) of Oak Street Health as Oak Street Health has the ability, through the management services agreement, to direct the activities (excluding clinical decisions) that most significantly affect the PC’s economic performance.

Each of Oak Street Health Physicians Group, PC, OSH-RI Physicians Group, PC, OSH-MI Physicians Group, PC, OSH-NJ Physicians Group, PC, OSH-IL Physicians Group, PC, OSH-OH Physicians Group, LLC OSH-PA Physicians Group, PC and Oak Street Health of Texas, PLLC, therefore, are consolidated in the accompanying financial statements.

The U.S. healthcare system is at a transition point in its evolution

Unsustainable and rising healthcare costs

Healthcare spending in the United States reached nearly $3.6 trillion in 2018 according to CMS, representing approximately 17.9% of U.S. GDP, an all-time high. According to a 2017 study, the United States spends $10,209 per person on healthcare each year, more than any other country in the world and twice the OECD average. National health expenditures are projected to grow 4% per year from 2018 to 2027 according to CMS, outpacing both GDP and inflation expectations.

Healthcare expenditures are particularly concentrated in the Medicare-eligible population due to the high rate of chronic conditions. While representing only 15% of the United States population, the 65 and older age

 

110


Table of Contents

group accounted for 34% of all healthcare spending in 2014, with an average spend of $19,098 per person, three times higher than for working adults and five times higher than for children. This cohort is growing faster than the rest of the population and according to a 2014 study from the U.S. Census Bureau is projected to account for 22% of the population by 2050.

Healthcare expenditures are also particularly high for populations with chronic conditions, such as diabetes and obesity. According to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, chronic disease accounts for approximately 75% of aggregate healthcare spending in the United States. Two-thirds of the Medicare population lives with two or more chronic health conditions, and treatment of these conditions represents 96% of Medicare spending.

Prevalence of wasteful spending and sub-optimal outcomes

A 2019 study estimated that approximately 25% of all healthcare spending is for unnecessary services, excessive administrative costs, fraud and other problems creating waste, implying approximately $760 billion to $935 billion of annual wasteful spending at current levels.

In 2017, hospital care accounted for the largest portion of healthcare spending in the United States, representing 33% of the total. Proper management of chronic conditions can significantly reduce the incidence of acute episodes, which are the main drivers of trips to the emergency room and hospitalization, particularly among the elderly. In 2018, over 60% of Medicare expenditures (including both Medicare Part A spend and Medicare Part B institutional spend), or approximately $455 billion, were dedicated to hospitalization, compared to only approximately 3% dedicated to primary care. Emergency department overutilization is a common symptom of patients, particularly elderly patients, who often do not understand how to navigate an overly complex healthcare system. Because elderly patients are more likely to have chronic and complex conditions, they are often admitted to the hospital for expensive treatment following these unnecessary emergency room visits.

Despite high levels of spending, the United States healthcare system struggles to produce better health outcomes and to keep doctors and patients satisfied. Life expectancy in the United States was 78.6 years in 2017, compared to 82.2 years in comparable developed countries, and patient satisfaction with the healthcare system is low, as evidenced by a Net Promoter Score of 3 for the average provider as shown in a 2015 Advisory Board survey.

New payment structures have begun to address the problem

Policymakers and healthcare experts generally acknowledge the fundamental challenges and opportunities for improvement in the delivery of healthcare in the United States. Historically, healthcare delivery was centered around reactive care to acute events, which resulted in the development of a fee-for-service payment model. By linking payments to volume of encounters and pricing for higher complexity interventions, the fee-for-service model does not reward prevention, but rather unintentionally incentivizes the treatment of acute care episodes as they occur.

Policymakers have taken note of the negative impacts created by the fee-for-service model and have realized that an aging United States population with high prevalence of chronic disease requires a new payment structure. They have responded by creating programs like MA and pushing for transitions to value-based reimbursements.

 

   

Medicare Advantage. MA works as an alternative to traditional fee-for-service Medicare. In MA, CMS pays health plans a monthly sum per member to manage all health expenses of a participating member. This provides the health plans with an incentive to deliver lower-cost, high-quality care.

 

   

Value-based payments. Value-based refers to the goal of incentivizing healthcare providers to simultaneously increase quality while lowering the cost of care. In January 2015, HHS announced a goal of tying 30% and 50% of all Medicare payments to value through alternative payment models by

 

111


Table of Contents
 

the end of 2016 and 2018, respectively. In addition, while not a policy-setting body, the Health Care Payment Learning & Action Network, an active group of public and private healthcare leaders, indicated in October of 2019 its desire to move 100% of Medicare payments to being tied to value-based care by 2025. Additionally, the Center for Medicare and Medicaid Innovation recently announced a Direct Contracting Model set to begin in 2021 to create value-based payment arrangements directly with provider groups for their current Medicare fee-for-service patients similar to the value-based contracts that we enter into with our MA partners.

The trend toward value-based payment systems has been supported at both the patient and policymaker level. MA has been well received since it was introduced, with penetration among Medicare beneficiaries increasing from 13% in 2004 to 34% in 2018. By 2028, the Congressional Budget Office projects that MA penetration will increase to approximately 42%. In addition, the percentage of Medicare payments tied to quality or value has increased from 23% in 2015 to 29% in 2016 and 34% in 2017, and significant opportunity remains to continue this trend. The Center for Medicare and Medicaid Innovation also recently announced a Direct Contracting Model set to begin in 2021 to create value-based payment arrangements directly with provider groups similar to the value-based contracts that we enter into with MA plans. We have applied and been accepted to participate in that program.

Legacy healthcare delivery infrastructure has been unable to transition from reactive and episodic care to proactive and comprehensive care models

In order for shifts to value-based payment models to drive meaningful results, there must be a corresponding shift in care delivery models. To date, such care delivery models have been slow to develop. While there has been significant investment by providers, payors and technology companies in developing solutions to drive higher quality and lower cost of care, these investments have not resulted in meaningful change within a healthcare delivery infrastructure that remains optimized for the fee-for-service model.

In order to maintain economically viable practices in a fee-for-service payment model, typical primary care providers need to see an ever-increasing number of patients per day with limited support from staff, which limits the time providers are able to spend with each patient during office visits. These time constraints also restrict the provider’s ability to engage with patients outside of office visits, which is a key component of ensuring that patients continue to proactively manage their health and do not fall through the cracks of the healthcare system. Although their professional standards suggest they should spend more time with patients to provide appropriate preventative care and properly address acute and chronic conditions, primary care providers are rewarded economically based on their ability to drive volume into their practices, leading to providers completing only 55% of recommended chronic and preventative services, according to a 2003 study from the Annals of Family Medicine. In addition, financial constraints further limit the ability of primary care providers to invest in technology and other capabilities that would enable them to have more personalized patient engagement and prevent primary care providers from providing their patients with many of the supplemental services that they need, such as home-based primary care, medication management and behavioral health services that are often not reimbursed at a sufficient level to enable providers to offer these services.

Many payors have been early adopters of value-based payment models, but their ability to influence the care delivery model is limited. Any particular payor represents a small portion of the average provider’s panel, making it difficult for the payor to gain sufficient provider mindshare to meaningfully influence the way that any one provider delivers care. Some payors attempt to solve this problem by directly investing in provider assets; however, the provider assets available for investment are primarily optimized for the legacy fee-for-service model.

There is demand for technology-driven disruption that would shift the healthcare system to a value-based model. However, technology-based solutions alone have been unable to drive significant change without also addressing the constraints on providers’ time and resources.

 

112


Table of Contents

Advances in technology have disrupted multiple industries when the technology was thoughtfully applied and integrated. These new business models, systems and approaches have replaced legacy offerings and driven significant changes in consumer behavior. We believe that an integrated, value-based care platform enabled by data and technology has the potential to similarly revolutionize the healthcare industry.

The COVID-19 pandemic has highlighted challenges with the current legacy healthcare delivery system. As healthcare providers were faced with dwindling fee-for-service visits in light of the stay-at-home orders and general patient fear, the revenues of traditional healthcare providers plummeted thereby putting a strain on those providers and their ability to provide needed care for their patients.

Our Market Opportunity

We have designed the Oak Street Platform to bring technology-enabled, value-based care to the Medicare-eligible population, which represents the highest proportion of healthcare spending in the United States. We target populations of Medicare beneficiaries in high-density urban and suburban areas, with an optimal market containing more than 50,000 eligible Medicare beneficiaries. We further refine our target markets by utilizing socioeconomic data to target areas suffering from poor care quality and higher unnecessary spend, which often correlates to lower-income areas with a lack of access to quality care.

As of 2018, there were approximately 60 million Medicare beneficiaries in the United States, with an additional 10,000 individuals reaching the age of eligibility every day. Healthcare spending in the United States reached nearly $3.6 trillion in 2018 and Medicare accounted for more than $700 billion of spending in 2019. We estimate our addressable market of Medicare eligibles, based on the criteria set out above, to be 27 million patients. Based upon our experience and industry knowledge, we estimate average annual revenue of $12,000 per member. Multiplying this figure by the number of Medicare eligibles in our target markets, we arrive at what we believe is an annual total addressable market size of approximately $325 billion. In addition to serving this population, we believe that over time we can leverage our core capabilities into more rural communities and to care for patients with chronic illnesses not yet eligible for or covered by Medicare, all potential expansion opportunities not currently captured in our core addressable market.

Our History

Beginning in 2012, we designed and built the Oak Street Platform to address the unmet needs of the chronically ill Medicare population. We started our network of primary care centers in 2013 with two locations on the north side of Chicago and quickly expanded across the city. In 2015, we expanded into Indianapolis and Northern Indiana and in 2016 we opened our first center in Detroit. We continued to build our presence across the United States by expanding into Philadelphia and Cleveland in 2018, opening in Rhode Island and North Carolina in 2019 and Tennessee in the first quarter of 2020.

 

113


Table of Contents

As of March 31, 2020, we served 13 markets across 8 states, with a collective addressable population of approximately 1.8 million Medicare eligibles based on our optimal market criteria.

 

 

LOGO

 

(FYE Dec. unless
otherwise indicated)

   2013     2014     2015     2016     2017     2018     2019     3/31/2020  

Centers

     2       7       15       19       24       39       51       54  

Markets

     1       1       4       6       6       8       12       13  

Patients1

     300       3,300       12,000       24,000       35,000       50,000       80,000       85,000  

At-risk

     0     0     0     49     52     60     61     65 % 

Fee-for-Service

     100     100     100     51     48     40     39     35 % 

 

  1 

Patient numbers are approximate.

The Oak Street Platform is Re-Defining Primary Care

We reimagined the approach to caring for a patient population with a high prevalence of chronic conditions and purpose-built the Oak Street Platform to improve our patients’ health outcomes and combat wasteful spending, providing a higher-quality alternative to the status quo. Our Oak Street Platform consists of (i) Our Centers, (ii) Our Interdisciplinary Care Teams, (iii) Canopy: Our Purpose-Built, End-to-End Technology and (iv) Our Care Delivery Approach.

 

114


Table of Contents

Our Centers

Our novel approach starts with retail-like, community-based centers that implement a branded and consumer-focused design to create a welcoming environment that engages our patients. These centers are leased or licensed by Oak Street Health MSO, LLC or an affiliated entity and, pursuant to the terms of certain contractual relationships between Oak Street Health MSO, LLC and our affiliated medical practices, made available for use by the medical practices in the provision of primary care services. While traditional healthcare facilities are often located in medical office buildings that are removed from where patients spend a majority of their time, we target locations in highly accessible, convenient locations close to where our patients live. Each of our centers has a consistent look and feel.

 

 

LOGO   LOGO   LOGO
Philadelphia, PA   Fort Wayne, IN   Gary, IN

Currently, our centers are on average approximately 9,500 square feet and each includes a community center averaging 1,000 square feet. We believe that by creating an open and welcoming environment, we foster a deeper, more comprehensive relationship with our patients and encourage them to take ownership of their health and well-being. Our centers are custom-designed to provide the space required to successfully deliver each element of our care model.

 

 

LOGO   LOGO
Ashburn, Chicago, IL   Avalon Park, Chicago, IL

 

 

LOGO   LOGO
Edgewater, Chicago, IL   Lincoln Crossing, Chicago, IL

 

115


Table of Contents

Our centers implement a uniform, readily repeatable approach to staffing, with each center having its own Outreach Team, Service Team and Care Teams.

 

   

Outreach team. The Outreach Team is focused on executing our grassroots community outreach, enabling us to rapidly increase the number of patients we serve. Outreach Teams consist of an Outreach Director, who develops, manages and leads the Outreach Team and Outreach Associates, who work in teams to cultivate prospective patients, develop and support our reputation within the communities we serve by creating relationships with organizations important to our patients, such as faith-based organizations, and schedule welcome visits for prospective patients.

 

   

Service Team. The Service Team is responsible for being readily available and delivering an outstanding experience to our patients every day. Service Teams consist of a Welcome Coordinator, who is responsible for the first impression we make on our patients; a Patient Relations Manager, who educates our patients on health plans and coverage options and assists them in navigating insurance benefits; and a Practice Manager, who manages the center and leads all immediate-area operations.

 

   

Care Teams. Our Care Teams are cohesive, modular team units of primary care providers responsible for driving improved patient outcomes by leveraging the Oak Street Platform. The average Oak Street center has capacity for six Care Teams and each team can generally serve up to 600 patients, compared to between 1,200 and 1,900 patients that the average primary care physician serves. Our Care Teams are discussed in more detail below.

Our Interdisciplinary Care Teams

We utilize a team-based approach in our patient-focused primary care delivery model and staff interdisciplinary Care Teams to execute our model. Each Care Team is led by a Primary Care Physician or Nurse Practitioner who is partnered with a Registered Nurse, a Medical Assistant and a Scribe to deliver value-based, coordinated care. As a center grows, we increase the number of Care Teams serving that center in order to keep the average number of patients per Care Team low to ensure optimal care quality and patient experience.

Our Care Teams are trained in preventive and comprehensive care designed to address the whole person, across medical, social and behavioral attributes, in a welcoming and friendly manner. Our Care Teams meet daily to discuss their approach for each patient they will see that day and have weekly and monthly planning and review sessions for their sickest patients to assess their progress and determine the next steps in improving their health. Care is provided in several different ways, including face-to-face visits, telehealth visits, remote patient monitoring and in-home care.

Each of our team members has a specific role to play in delivering our care model, as described below:

 

Care Team

Primary Care Physician or

Nurse Practitioner            

   Lead Care Teams and implement our comprehensive, preventive care model
Registered Nurse    Educate and manage clinical needs between visits and provide group education on chronic disease management
Medical Assistant    Manage clinical workflows and act as guides for patient visits
Scribe    Capture structured clinical information and ensure insights reach the point of care to drive our care model

We structured our Care Team model so that every Care Team member plays a vital role in our ability to deliver improved clinical outcomes. For example, we have differentiated our Care Team model with the inclusion of a Scribe to provide data support for Care Team discussions, assist in obtaining outside medical

 

116


Table of Contents

records and organize data in Canopy. Our Scribes ensure our clinicians have the right data at the right time so that the right decisions are made for each patient.

Canopy: Our Purpose-Built, End-to-End Technology

Canopy is a key driver of the success of our care model and underlies every aspect of our day-to-day patient engagement and workflows. Canopy comprises internally developed software that connects a suite of population health analytics and technology applications designed to fit seamlessly into our care delivery model and Care Team virtual and in-person workflows. Canopy unlocks important health insights that are easy to understand, accessible and actionable through its three key functions:

 

   

Data intake. Our position in the healthcare ecosystem allows Canopy to access and capture an immense amount of data about our patients from a broad set of sources, including payor claims data, pharmacy data, state level health information exchanges, admission alerts from hospitals, health risk assessments on each patient, Medicare “Blue Button,” and medical records from hospitals and specialists. Canopy enhances our ability to quickly structure and sort these disparate data sets to develop a comprehensive view of both our patients and our target demographic across medical, behavioral and social health attributes.

 

   

Analytics and data science. We leverage artificial intelligence and machine learning capabilities to create and refine our clinical rules engine (predictive models and prescriptive algorithms) that informs care delivery and addresses hospital admissions and readmissions, medical costs and patient retention. Our algorithms are internally developed and optimized for the primary care setting, undergo rapid iteration cycles and benefit from clinician partnership and input. Our analytics and data science generates insights that we use to directly take action on our patients.

 

   

Applications. To support the implementation of our care model, Canopy provides our Care Teams with access to a suite of internally developed and in-licensed applications (such as clinical intervention management, decision support, workflow and operations tools) that are tailored to our clinical approach and have been refined by years of best practices. These applications enable our teams to act upon the insights generated by our analytics as part of their core workflows. By using the applications, our Care Team collects more information for us that is then fed back to data intake and analyzed using machine learning to be further applied. Unlike traditional electronic medical records which generally focus on documentation and billing, the internally developed and in-licensed Canopy applications are engineered for a full value-based model and optimized for the Oak Street Platform.

When paired with our operational expertise, we believe Canopy is a key driver in our ability to scale our platform quickly and consistently, while delivering evidence-based care in a value-based model.

Our Care Delivery Approach

Our care delivery approach consists of three core components:

 

   

Personalized Primary Care. We provide preventative care addressing the needs of the whole person—medical, social, and behavioral. Upon joining Oak Street, our patients undergo a structured geriatric assessment to understand their care needs. We input these assessments, along with other available data, into Canopy, which analyzes multiple patient risk factors using our internally developed algorithms to stratify patients by the risk of their experiencing an acute event. Based on this analysis we create a tailored, individualized care plan that determines the ideal frequency of primary care visits and use of disease-specific programs. Our patients experience the results of this differentiated approach through approximately eight physician visits per year, significantly more visits than a patient can expect with a typical primary care physician, with our sickest patients being seen even more frequently. In addition, we manage the total number of patients assigned to a Care Team at each center to allow each Care Team to spend more time with their patients and reduce wait times. Our physicians typically complete

 

117


Table of Contents
 

visits for approximately 10 patients per day, compared to approximately 19 patients per day for the average primary care physician. This results in patient visits that are significantly longer than the average length of a typical primary care visit. This investment is justified by the health profile of the population we serve and pays off through reduced downstream spending on expensive acute episodes and other unnecessary utilization. We focus on delivering what we believe to be the right care in the right setting, encouraging our patients to visit us in our centers, while also offering robust virtual and digital engagement options. For example, in April 2020, we could conduct approximately 90% of our meetings with our patients through telehealth without any impact to our capitated revenue.

 

   

Proactive Patient Health Management. In addition to spending more time with our patients, our smaller ratio of patients to Care Teams allows our physicians to reserve time daily to review their patients’ care plans and each week conduct a deeper dive on high-risk patients. The Oak Street Platform leverages Canopy’s robust data and analytics to generate insights, which are fed into our custom-built workflow applications in order to identify additional actions to take, gaps to close and interventions to perform on our patients. We maintain consistent and proactive patient engagement, enabled through automated Canopy workflows and alerts, designed to ensure our patients are following their care plan outside of in-center visits, have the appropriate resources dedicated to the care they need, and are being connected to additional programs when necessary. This systematic review of each of our patients is designed to ensure that once a Medicare member becomes an Oak Street patient, they stay current with their recommended health management plan, do not fall through the cracks of the healthcare system and therefore remain on the path to better health.

 

   

Enhanced Clinical Services. Using Canopy’s internally developed algorithms, we identify high-risk patients with specific needs outside of primary care and provide multi-disciplinary interventions to improve outcomes and reduce cost. We offer a number of programs that are integrated into our care model and that would not typically be available to patients under legacy fee-for-service models, including behavioral health, home-based primary care by dedicated provider teams, virtual digital offerings, medication management, social determinant support, 24x7 live phone support by our clinical call center and transitional care support to help our patients navigate the care journey outside of our centers.

 

 

Center-Based Clinical Services

Delivered in centers or through telehealth

  

Intensive Management

Delivered in person outside

of centers or through telehealth

  

Clinical Contact Center

Delivered telephonically

•  Behavioral health therapy

 

•  Tele-psychiatry

 

•  Social work

 

•  Podiatry

 

•  On-site pharmacy

  

•  “Complex Care Team” (nurse practitioner, social worker and pharmacist) conducts home-based primary care for high-risk patients

 

•  Transitions in care (registered nurse case manager)

  

•  24/7 registered nurse hotline, with escalation to provider

 

•  Outbound prescription interventions

 

•  Patient engagement

 

•  Referral management

We believe that the benefit of our focused, value-based model was apparent during COVID-19 pandemic. While other healthcare organizations experienced significant loss of fee-for-service revenue from declines in in-person visits, Oak Street was able to adjust operations while continuing to provide outstanding care for our patients because of our recurring PPPM revenue model. We completed a similar number of patient visits in April as we did in February while moving over 90% of our patient visits to telehealth supplemented with in-person visits for our patients with greater clinical needs. Since we initially responded to the COVID-19 pandemic in early March, we have completed over 42,000 wellness check calls to our patients and made over 8,000 deliveries

 

118


Table of Contents

of shelf-stable food to our patients with the goal of ensuring our patients understood the risks presented by COVID-19 and knew Oak Street Health was there to support them and had their social factors such as food insecurity addressed. We also created a “COVID-Care” approach to care for our patients who had a confirmed or suspected case of COVID-19. Our COVID-Care model was published in the New England Journal of Medicine’s Catalyst publication as an example to other primary care organizations of how to provide virtual outpatient care to COVID-19 patients.

At a time when many healthcare organizations were struggling, we were able to continue to invest in care for our patients. We believe that the demonstrated ability to perform our model across both in-person and telehealth visits in a financially viable way will allow us to continue to drive outstanding health outcomes while further differentiating us from traditional primary care providers.

Our Impact

For our Medicare patients, many of whom suffer from one or more chronic conditions, our personalized and innovative approach effectively manages their conditions and improves their health outcomes. Our care model has consistently demonstrated outstanding clinical results, removed costs and delivered an industry-leading patient experience.

 

   

Improving clinical outcomes, driving reduction of costs. In 2018, over 60% of Medicare expenditures (including both Medicare Part A spend and Medicare Part B institutional spend), or approximately $455 billion, were dedicated to hospitalization, compared to only approximately 3% dedicated to primary care. Compared to a Medicare fee-for-service benchmark, we have been able to drive an approximately 51% reduction in hospital admissions, 42% reduction in 30-day readmission rates, and 51% reduction in emergency department visits.

 

   

Patient experience. We have highly satisfied and loyal patients, as evidenced by our Net Promoter Score of 90.

Our care model has created a rare instance where high-quality care and a positive customer experience come at a lower cost to the healthcare system. By reducing utilization of high-cost, and often unnecessary, episodes of care and focusing on providing less expensive preventive care to our patients, we are able to reduce instances of expensive emergency care and hospitalization, which lowers the overall cost of care in the healthcare system. As we deliver on keeping our patients healthier, we capture the cost savings, driving our profitability. As of March 31, 2020, our four centers with more than 2,000 at-risk patients for at least the last three months were operating at 86% weighted average capacity and generated total revenues, excluding capitated revenue associated with Medicare Part D, of $32.3 million and weighted average center-level contribution margins (defined as (i) patient revenue, excluding Medicare Part D revenue, minus (ii) the sum of (a) medical claims expense, excluding Medicare Part D related expenses, and (b) cost of care, excluding depreciation and amortization) of 28%. As of March 31, 2020, those four centers, as well as an additional 30 of our 54 centers, had positive center-level contribution margins, and the overall average center-level contribution margin across all of our centers was 12%.

We Are Engineered to be Scalable

We have proven our ability to execute our model, evidenced by the consistency of our performance as we have grown to date. Our performance has improved each year and we have seen our model work across all of our markets. Since opening our initial centers in 2013:

 

   

Our center-level contribution ramp has nearly uniformly improved across each subsequent vintage, driven by:

 

   

patient-level contribution (as defined in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Business Metrics”) continuing to trend upward by vintage, both overall and when adjusted by tenure; and

 

119


Table of Contents
   

steady patient growth across vintages.

 

   

we have generated consistent center-level contribution ramps across all of our markets, driven by both core drivers of center contribution:

 

   

consistent patient contribution across markets; and

 

   

steady patient growth across markets.

This consistent performance gives us the conviction to continue to invest in identifying and building centers, hiring top-tier talent and attracting patients in existing and new markets in order to drive long-term value creation.

We believe that we have created a repeatable, data-driven playbook to expand our brand and presence across the United States and we have made substantial investments to support each key component of our approach. The fundamental aspects of our playbook include:

 

   

Identify. We select new markets based on an algorithmic approach that incorporates a variety of market and demographic data sources. We also benefit from our close relationships with national and local payors, who provide local market knowledge as to where their members could benefit from our model. Our approach is to target highly accessible, convenient locations close to where our patients live and to utilize a consistent look and feel, which differentiates Oak Street and contributes to our success in attracting patients.

 

   

Hire. Our focused approach to recruiting and developing talent allows us to attract outstanding physicians, nurse practitioners, other Care Team members, and regional leaders in order to continue to grow and scale our business. We believe that this approach has supported the creation of a strong pipeline of top tier talent for leadership roles within our company and provides a differentiated value proposition for our providers. We have created multiple programs to ensure we continue to attract best-in-class teams and provide the necessary training to foster professional development. In recent years we have added a variety of training and development programs, including regional leadership development, in-house provider recruitment and a medical scribes program. We have demonstrated a consistent ability to attract and retain top clinical talent given our unique value proposition to physicians and nurse practitioners. Our team members also have a deep understanding of the communities in which our patients live, as we strive to hire from within the local community.

 

   

Attract. Our organic approach to attracting patients allows us to enter markets independent of existing payor or provider infrastructure and accelerates our ability to expand our footprint. We have an efficient go-to-market model with a focus on engaging the patients we serve through a multichannel marketing approach including in community Outreach Teams, digital advertising, direct response TV and traditional mass advertising.

 

 

LOGO

Each of our centers employs a community outreach team focused on engaging and educating Medicare eligible individuals on the importance of primary care and why Oak Street is a great place to receive that care. We believe that as we have expanded, our brand awareness has grown and potential patients

 

120


Table of Contents

are more likely to engage with us as we move into their communities. Further, as we deliver on our best-in-class patient experience and outstanding, personalized care, our patients become our promoters.

As we expand into new markets or deepen our presence in existing markets, we use a consistent branding, marketing and advertising approach. We augment our grassroots outreach campaigns with mass advertising, as well as online or digital advertising. We consistently monitor and analyze our various outreach channels and determine opportunities for improvement.

Our Value Proposition

We believe that, despite a history of net losses, our healthcare ecosystem provides all constituencies involved in our care delivery model with the opportunity to “Win.” The Oak Street Platform incentivizes our patients, our payors and our providers to adopt our vision and rewards them each in a meaningful way. Our care model is differentiated from traditional primary care providers in our ability to offer a combination of high-quality, low-cost care and an outstanding patient experience.

Our Patients “Win” due to Measurably Better Health Outcomes and Patient Experience

Our patients have complex health needs. As of 2017, the average income of our patient base, as self-reported to us, was approximately $20,700. Approximately 42% of our patients are dual eligible for both Medicare and Medicaid. Approximately 40% of our patients have a behavioral health diagnosis and approximately 50% struggle with one or more social risk factors like isolation and lack of access to housing and food that are considered social determinants of health. Our patients have a median age of 69, typically require multiple prescriptions and, for our at-risk patients, approximately 86% have one or more chronic conditions, with the average at-risk patient having three or more chronic conditions. These factors result in our patients having complex health needs, which our Oak Street Platform is designed to help address. We currently provide care to this population in at least seven different languages.

The Oak Street Platform is designed to address these complex health needs and drive top-rated quality performance, outstanding health outcomes and an experience our patients love. This is evidenced by our strong track record of quality outcomes and patient experience metrics. We successfully manage chronic conditions, as evidenced by our approximately 51% reduction in hospital admissions (based on our hospital admission rates per thousand patients of 183 as of March 31, 2020, compared to the Medicare benchmark of 370). We provide better support to our patients following acute episodes, as evidenced by a 42% reduction in 30-day readmission rates (based on our rate of hospital readmissions within 30 days per thousand patients of 11% as of March 31, 2020, compared to the Medicare benchmark of 19%). We proactively engage patients and help them to navigate the healthcare system, as evidenced by a 51% reduction in emergency department visits (based on our rate of emergency department “treat and release” claims per thousand patients of 535 as of December 31, 2019, compared to the Medicare benchmark of 1,091). See “Market and Industry Data” for information on how these Medicare benchmarks are derived. Our platform achieves outstanding results on Medicare quality metrics, as demonstrated by our achievements in addressing HEDIS gaps and adherence to evidence-based care guidelines, and our Net Promoter Score is 90. By making patients the primary focus of our model, we are able to consistently achieve these results.

Our care model creates a rare offering where high-quality care and a positive customer experience come at a lower overall cost. For that reason, we can offer a significantly better product with a full suite of value-added services that are integral to wellbeing at no additional cost to patients.

Our Payors “Win” as Medical Costs Decline, Membership Volumes Increase and Medicare Quality Metrics Improve

Although we have limited experience managing contracts with full risk, since entering into our first fully capitated contracts in 2016 we have worked closely with key payors to improve outcomes for patients. Our

 

121


Table of Contents

demonstrated track record of improving patient outcomes enables payors to become net beneficiaries when we open centers in locations where they have insured Medicare members or desire to grow. Payors dedicate a large share of their efforts to reducing medical costs and they have a strong desire to engage with solutions proven to achieve that goal. We believe that our ability to remove unnecessary costs through a comprehensive approach to patient care makes us a partner of choice for payors and allows payors to lock in improved medical cost performance. Also, our strong performance in Medicare quality metrics, as demonstrated by our achievements in addressing HEDIS gaps and adherence to evidence-based care guidelines, supports improvements in payors’ quality scores, which increases their revenue. On the whole, we represent an attractive opportunity for payors to meaningfully improve their overall financial position.

As of March 31, 2020, we had contractual relationships with 23 payor partners, including all of the top five national MA payors. A significant portion of our revenue is concentrated with three large payors, Humana, WellCare and Cigna HealthSpring, which together comprised approximately 72% of our capitated revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2020, with 49% from Humana, 12% from WellCare and 11% from Cigna HealthSpring.

A secondary benefit for payors is enhanced membership growth and satisfaction. A key step in our care model is educating patients on their choice in health plans. Many patients elect to participate in MA insurance plans after learning about available benefits and their value proposition from our Care Teams. Our platform also delivers significant levels of patient satisfaction as evidenced by our Net Promoter Score of 90, compared to an average score of 3 for primary care physicians, driving patients’ continued engagement with us and improved health experience. Our attractiveness to payors has proven beneficial to us as well, with certain payors offering to subsidize our upfront cost to open new centers in their markets because of the benefits we are able to create within their member base.

As we continue to grow, we believe we will continue delivering value to payors, impacting medical costs and membership on a mass scale. Additionally, with the expansion of our platform and our continued ability to drive improved clinical outcomes, we believe that the entire healthcare ecosystem will ultimately benefit from Medicare eligible citizens receiving higher-quality care and improved outcomes that do not require more taxpayer funding.

Our Providers “Win” because the Oak Street Platform Allows Them to Focus on Improving the Lives of Their Patients

Our provider base consists of physicians and nurse practitioners at all different stages of their careers. They choose to serve patients at Oak Street Health because of a shared belief in our mission and values.

Our providers are supported by integrated Care Teams that partner together to take care of patients and allow providers to spend more time with patients. Additionally, the Oak Street Platform is enabled by technology that our providers leverage to ensure they are aware of each patient’s health history and potential risks, helping to inform proper diagnoses. The Oak Street Platform is designed to reward quality, not quantity, of care. Provider compensation is determined by quality measures across the population of patients for which they are responsible and is not linked to visit volume. This dynamic is valued by providers because it reduces the potential for burnout and rewards them for making decisions in the best interest of their patients.

The net result of our model is that our providers have a smaller number of patients to care for, more time with patients, more support from our Care Teams and better technology to help them care for patients.

Satisfaction surveys of our providers from June 30, 2019 exceed benchmarks across all dimensions, with:

 

   

95% of our providers saying they are likely to be practicing with Oak Street three years from now;

 

   

95% of our providers saying they would recommend Oak Street as a great place to work;

 

122


Table of Contents
   

99% of our providers saying that Oak Street inspires them to do their best; and

 

   

99% of our providers saying that they are willing to put in a great deal of effort to help Oak Street succeed.

We “Win” through a Virtuous Cycle that Promotes Growth across All Facets of Our Business and Drives Our Financial Results

The Oak Street Platform generates a positive feedback loop that can drive our expansion and can perpetuate growth, unlocking the embedded economics of our business as we add centers and those centers mature. From 2016 to 2019, we essentially doubled our footprint, growing from 19 centers to 51, and in the same period, we grew our revenue over four times, from $78.8 million to $556.6 million, a 92% compounded annual growth rate.

We built Oak Street Health to serve patients and provide measurably better health in all communities we serve. By reducing overall cost by increasing the investment in primary and preventive care, we put the dollars where they better serve our patients and increase their overall wellbeing. We have a created a model that incentivizes all constituencies to work together, because everyone “Wins.” When all constituencies benefit, we can share in the value. By structuring the majority of our contracts with MA plans as fully capitated arrangements for managing their members, we capture the meaningful value we create by increasing care quality, improving health outcomes and saving the healthcare system money. This potential surplus can then be reinvested in the business to expand and improve our care model which leads to more savings, powering a self-driven cycle of investment and growth.

 

 

LOGO

Our model is standardized across markets to ensure the highest levels of quality, brand integrity and organizational discipline, but also flexible enough in defined ways to be tailored to the specific needs of each neighborhood we serve. This dynamic underpins our highly portable solution to addressing excess costs in the healthcare system, allowing us to scale nationally and rebuild healthcare as it should be.

Our Competitive Advantages

We Purpose-Built the Oak Street Platform from the Ground Up

The Oak Street Platform was designed to manage Medicare eligible patients’ total cost of care through capitated, value-based payments. We designed a brand new model both because the existing primary care

 

123


Table of Contents

infrastructure was not built to be able to provide the type of care necessary to drive the massive improvements in cost and quality the healthcare system needs and because there is a culture of hesitancy to change that exists in the primary care setting. We decided to focus on the Medicare market due to its size, growth tailwinds and largely clinically cohesive population. Chronic disease is most prevalent in Medicare patients and by operating a care delivery model focused on preventive care and improving patients’ comprehensive wellbeing, we are able to consistently reduce the number of acute episodes among our patients that would otherwise result in high-cost hospitalizations. We designed the Oak Street Platform to take risk in managing patients’ health below an agreed-upon baseline cost because we believed there was a meaningful opportunity to generate system-wide cost savings and we saw an opportunity to capture the value we created by delivering those results. The purposeful design of the Oak Street Platform against a specific population with similar clinical needs differentiates it from the majority of other players in the healthcare delivery system.

We Have a First Mover Advantage

Our care delivery model is the result of years of research, observation, iteration and enhancement, and we continue to invest in improving our approach. Our model helps us to better stratify risk in patients, prioritize more effective interventions and better respond to acute episodes, as well as improve support of our providers and engagement with our technology. We have created a virtuous cycle that promotes growth across all facets of our business because of the consistent, high-quality results we deliver. Due to our existing scale, growth trajectory and demonstrated ability to drive improving center-level financials, we believe we have access to more capital and operational expertise than potential new entrants, meaning we will be able to continue to improve our model more quickly than new entrants are able to develop their models, build scale and become our competitors.

Positive Feedback Loop Accelerates Our Business

We have created an environment in which our strong performance in one dimension accelerates performance in another, which, in turn, leads to growth in yet another aspect of our business. Under our capitation contracts with payors, we generally take full responsibility for a patient’s cost of care. By delivering better care to patients in the primary care setting, patients become healthier and have better health outcomes. Healthier patients and better outcomes create savings for the overall cost of care for a patient. Our ability to drive savings allows us to capture value and reinvest in our business. Investing in our business and improving our care model and technology allows us to generate better results for our patients, which starts the positive feedback loop cycle again. Continual innovation and investment is one reason we have seen our patient-level contribution (that is, the difference between revenue for a patient and third-party medical costs for the patient) increase at least 15% per year since 2016.

Custom-Designed, Integrated End-to-End Technology

Canopy is designed to fit seamlessly into our care delivery model and Care Team workflows. In order to drive meaningful use across our provider user base, we developed Canopy to be easily integrated into the day-to-day operations of our centers and focused on designing data insights that were comprehensive while also being easy to understand, accessible and actionable.

As we scale, so does our technology. With the benefit of larger data pools as our business grows, Canopy will be able to produce increasingly powerful data insights that will equip us with more tools to improve the health of our patients. We believe that we have only begun to unlock the value of our data assets, which are growing rapidly as we open new centers and add more patients.

Organic, Community-Based Marketing and Patient Recruitment

We employ a multichannel marketing strategy that goes directly to our target customer. Our business model allows us to be payor agnostic and focus on Medicare patients. This removes barriers for potential patients to

 

124


Table of Contents

access our care, with the vast majority able to receive care at our centers without having to wait until the annual enrollment period to change their health plan. Due to these characteristics, we fundamentally control our own destiny and can scale the number of centers on our platform rapidly and fill them with any interested patients we attract.

Highly Recurring Customer Base Creates Subscription-Like Revenue Model

Our patients benefit from our offering and they rarely leave. Because we generate the majority of our revenue on a PPPM basis and we are able to consistently retain patients, we have significant visibility into our future financial performance. This provides us the flexibility to quickly adapt to changing circumstances and deliver what we believe to be the right care in the right setting, as we did with telehealth in the spring of 2020, without having an immediate adverse impact to our revenue.

A Flexible Model Able to Match Patient Needs and Preferences

The COVID-19 pandemic is creating difficulties for traditional fee-for-service model providers to provide care while causing changes to patient’s preferred means of engagement. The changes in preference are not uniform, with some patients preferring traditional in-person visits while others would prefer leveraging telehealth. It is unknown how these preferences will evolve both during and after the pandemic. Additionally, clinical needs of patients vary. Given the high disease burden of our patients, we believe in-person care will remain a necessity for the vast majority, with our sickest patients generally requiring more in-person care. However, we believe we have been able to effectively complement in-person care with telehealth visits and can continue to do so. For reasons of both patient preference and clinical need, we believe our model’s adaptability and our ability to effectively engage our patients in numerous ways without negatively impacting our capitated revenue will be an advantage for Oak Street.

Mission-Driven Team with Unique “Oaky” Culture

Our team has a steadfast commitment to executing on the mission and vision of our business. To achieve our goals, we have developed an “Oaky” culture centered around creating an unmatched patient experience, driving clinical excellence, taking ownership, fostering innovation and radiating positive energy. Our unique combination of talent and healthcare experience across a number of professional settings, as well as our team’s commitment to our “Oaky” culture, underpins our success in all that we do.

Our Growth Strategy

The key elements of our growth strategy include:

 

   

Increase Patient Enrollment within Existing Centers: As of March 31, 2020, we served approximately 85,000 patients in our 54 centers; however, only approximately 50% of our centers had been open for more than three years. A typical Oak Street facility can serve approximately 3,500 patients at full capacity, implying our existing portfolio of centers has the capacity to serve approximately 189,000 patients, more than double our current enrollment, leaving substantial runway to increase the number of patients within the more recent vintage centers in our existing footprint. Through our proven, multichannel patient acquisition model, we believe we can drive significant growth by filling up our current base of centers.

 

   

Add Additional Centers in Existing Markets: Our markets as of March 31, 2020 had an estimated addressable population of approximately 1.8 million Medicare-eligible patients. We expect these markets will continue to see strong Medicare member growth given the aging demographics across the United States. As of March 31, 2020, we served approximately 85,000 patients across all of our markets, implying less than 5% penetration within our existing markets. We expect to continue to add centers in existing markets to bring our care model to neighborhoods that are not currently served and

 

125


Table of Contents
 

to provide additional capacity where current centers are filling up. Of our new centers opened in 2019 and opened or expected to be opened in 2020, approximately 33% and 31%, respectively, were or are in existing markets.

 

   

Expand into New Markets: We are constantly evaluating our pipeline of new markets for opportunities to expand our network. Based on our analysis and experience to date, we have identified a list of target markets that we believe are optimal candidates for our unique primary care model. In the remainder of 2020, we are targeting expansion into multiple new markets that have a total addressable Medicare-eligible patient population of approximately 1.9 million and in 2021, we have a strong pipeline of additional high priority markets with an addressable Medicare-eligible patient population of approximately 1.7 million.

 

   

Movement of Current Patients from Fee-for-Service to Value-Based Arrangements: Approximately one-third of our current patient base is covered under fee-for-service payment arrangements. Patients who choose to move from fee-for-service arrangements to value-based, or capitation, arrangements as they are educated about the potential advantages of such arrangements represents a significant revenue opportunity given the incremental funding associated with providing comprehensive care.

 

   

Continue to Optimize the Oak Street Platform: We believe that our ongoing investment in our Oak Street Platform drives greater efficiency across our business, generating a virtuous cycle that allows us to scale new centers faster than our prior vintages. We will continue to make significant investments in our technology, driving insights using data analytics and care model interventions. We believe these investments will ultimately result in better outcomes, a best-in-class patient experience, and lower costs. As we increase cost savings, we generate additional surplus that can be reinvested to support continuous improvement in the Oak Street Platform and rapid growth and while driving increased margin in mature centers.

Fee Arrangements

We provide care for patients that are insured under capitation arrangements and fee-for-service arrangements. As of March 31, 2020, approximately 97.4% and 0.6% of our revenue was derived from capitation arrangements and fee-for-service arrangements, respectively.

Capitation arrangements

Beginning in 2016, we converted the majority of our MA contracts to capitation arrangements, which we believe better align provider incentives with both quality and efficiency of care. Under capitation arrangements, payors pay a fixed amount for every plan member that selects us as their primary care provider and thus becomes our patient, thereby subcontracting a significant portion of the responsibility and risks for managing patient care to the care provider. We believe that this approach improves the quality of the care for patients and the potential profitability for efficient care providers. As of March 31, 2020 approximately 35% of our patients were covered by traditional Medicare and were thus, by definition, fee-for-service patients and approximately 65% of our patients were enrolled in MA plans. Of those patients enrolled in MA plans, nearly 100% are reimbursed through a capitation arrangement. In terms of the total expense of services provided internally, approximately 40% of our services were provided to patients covered by traditional Medicare for the year ended December 31, 2019 and approximately 44% for the three months ended March 31, 2020. Approximately 60% of our internally provided services in terms of total expense were provided to patients enrolled in MA plans covered by capitation arrangements for the year ended December 31, 2019 and approximately 56% for the three months ended March 31, 2020. Our patients covered by traditional Medicare had on average approximately 7.4 visits to our centers for the year ended December 31, 2019, and our patients enrolled in MA plans covered by capitation arrangements had on average approximately 7.9 visits for the year ended December 31, 2019. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Factors Affecting Our Performance—Our Patients” for more information on how we enroll patients.

 

126


Table of Contents

The PPPM rates for our capitation arrangements are determined as a percent of the premium the MA plan receives from CMS for our at-risk patients. Those premiums are determined via a competitive bidding process with CMS and are based upon the cost of care in a local market and the average utilization of services by the patients enrolled. Medicare pays capitation using a “risk adjustment model,” which compensates providers based on health status (acuity) of each individual patient. Payors with higher acuity patients receive more, and those with lower acuity patients receive less. Under the risk adjustment model, capitation is paid on an interim basis based on enrollee data submitted for the preceding year and is adjusted in subsequent periods after the final data is compiled. As premiums are adjusted via the risk adjustment model, our PPPM payments will change in unison with how our payor partners’ premiums change with CMS. In certain contracts, PPPM fees also include adjustments for items such as performance incentives or penalties based on the achievement of certain clinical quality metrics as contracted with payors.

The percentage of premiums paid per at-risk patient are often significantly higher than the fees for services provided under fee-for-service arrangements. Consequently, the revenue and, when costs for providing service are effectively managed, profit opportunity available under a capitation arrangement are more attractive. We believe that the advantages, savings and efficiencies made possible by the capitation model are most pronounced when the care demands of the population are the most severe and require the most coordination, such as for the older patients and patients with chronic, complex and follow-on diseases that we serve. While organized coordination of care is central to the capitation model, it is also well suited to the implementation of preventive care and disease management over the long term, since physicians have a financial incentive to improve the overall health of their patient population. Although capitation arrangements also involve a certain degree of risk when patients’ medical expenses exceed the capitation amount, we believe that we have the scale, comprehensive medical delivery resources, infrastructure and care management knowledge to spread this risk across a large patient population. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to our Business—Under most of our agreements with health plans, we assume some or all of the risk that the cost of providing services will exceed our compensation.”

Fee-for-service arrangements

Under traditional fee-for-service reimbursement models, payors pay a specified amount for each service or procedure performed during a patient visit. As a result, compensation under fee-for-service arrangements is closely tied to the volume of patient visits and procedures performed, thus offering limited financial incentive to focus on cost containment and preventative care.

Payor Relationships

Our ability to consistently attract patients across multiple geographic markets depends on our ability to contract with payors in each market. By opening centers in locations where our current payor partners have large numbers of insured Medicare members, we believe we are creating net benefits for payors, as we are able to reduce unnecessary costs and consistently raise the quality of the payors’ plans, driving Medicare quality bonuses that increase their revenue.

As of March 31, 2020, we had contractual relationships with 23 payor partners, including all of the top five national MA payors. A significant portion of our revenue is concentrated with three large payors, Humana, WellCare and Cigna HealthSpring, which together comprised approximately 72% of our capitated revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2020. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—Our revenues and operations are dependent upon a limited number of key payors.” As of March 31, 2020, our average contractual relationship with our payor partners was approximately two years, with a majority of those agreements now being in automatic annual one-year renewal stages. In recent years, however, we have begun to move our contracting relationships to longer-term agreements, with some having initial terms as long as seven years, with annual renewals thereafter. The contracts with our three largest payor partners are entered into on substantially consistent terms. While length of contract and economic terms are often negotiated, payors generally use form contracts that contain usual and customary terms and conditions. All of our contracts with payors, including Humana, WellCare

 

127


Table of Contents

and Cigna HealthSpring, provide for terms ranging from one to seven years with annual renewals following the initial term. Our agreements with each payor partner may also include terms and conditions to incentivize us and facilitate our ability to provide quality care to that plan’s members, such as care coordination or stabilization fees, quality adjustments, marketing support and other usual and customary provisions.

The contracts governing the relationships with our payors include key terms which may include the period of performance, revenue rates, advanced billing terms, service level agreements, termination clauses and right of first refusal clauses. Typically, these contracts provide for a monthly payment to us of a percentage of the MA premium received by the applicable plan. The specified percentage varies depending on the plan and the terms of our particular contract. In some cases, our contracts also include other shared medical savings arrangements. In addition, certain of our contracts provide that if we fail to meet specified implementation targets, we may be subject to financial penalties.

Many of our contracts are terminable for convenience by either the payor or us after a notice period has passed. The related notice period in our contracts is negotiated on a case by case basis and is dependent on many factors, some of which are outside of our control. Most of our contracts include cure periods for certain breaches, during which time we may attempt to resolve any issues that would trigger a payor’s ability to terminate the contract. Certain of our contracts may be terminated immediately by the payor if we lose applicable licenses, go bankrupt, lose our liability insurance, become insolvent, file for bankruptcy or receive an exclusion, suspension or debarment from state or federal government authorities. Additionally, if a payor were to lose applicable licenses, go bankrupt, lose liability insurance, become insolvent, file for bankruptcy or receive an exclusion, suspension or debarment from state or federal government authorities, our contract with such payor could in effect be terminated. The loss, termination or renegotiation of any contract could negatively impact our results. In addition, as payors’ businesses respond to market dynamics and financial pressures, and as they make strategic business decisions in respect of the lines of business they pursue and programs in which they participate, we expect that certain of our payors will, from time to time, seek to restructure their agreements with us. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—The termination or non-renewal of the Medicare Advantage contracts held by the health plans with which we contract, or the termination or non-renewal of our contracts with those plans, could have a material adverse effect on our revenue and our operations.”

The contracts with our payors impose other obligations on us. For example, we typically agree that all services provided under the payor contract and all employees providing such services will comply with the payor’s policies and procedures. In addition, in most instances, we have agreed to indemnify our payors against certain third-party claims, which may include claims that our services infringe the intellectual property rights of such third parties.

Regulation

Our operations and those of our affiliated physician entities are subject to extensive federal, state and local governmental laws and regulations. These laws and regulations require us to meet various standards relating to, among other things, billings and reports to government payment programs, primary care centers and equipment, dispensing of pharmaceuticals, management of centers, personnel qualifications, maintenance of proper records, and quality assurance programs and patient care. If any of our operations or those of our affiliated physicians are found to violate applicable laws or regulations, we could suffer severe consequences that would have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, cash flows, reputation and stock price, including:

 

   

suspension or termination of our participation in government and/or private payment programs;

 

   

refunds of amounts received in violation of law or applicable payment program requirements dating back to the applicable statute of limitation periods;

 

   

loss of our licenses required to operate healthcare facilities or administer pharmaceuticals in the states in which we operate;

 

   

criminal or civil liability, fines, damages or monetary penalties for violations of healthcare fraud and abuse laws, including the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, Civil Monetary Penalties Law of the Social

 

128


Table of Contents
 

Security Act, Stark Law, the FCA and/or state analogs to these federal enforcement authorities, or other regulatory requirements;

 

   

enforcement actions by governmental agencies and/or state law claims for monetary damages by patients who believe their health information has been used, disclosed or not properly safeguarded in violation of federal or state patient privacy laws, including the regulations implementing HIPAA and the Privacy Act;

 

   

mandated changes to our practices or procedures that significantly increase operating expenses or decrease our revenue;

 

   

imposition of and compliance with corporate integrity agreements that could subject us to ongoing audits and reporting requirements as well as increased scrutiny of our billing and business practices which could lead to potential fines, among other things;

 

   

termination of various relationships and/or contracts related to our business, including joint venture arrangements, contracts with payors, real estate leases and provider employment arrangements;

 

   

changes in and reinterpretation of rules and laws by a regulatory agency or court, such as state corporate practice of medicine laws, that could affect the structure and management of our business and its affiliated physician practice corporations;

 

   

negative adjustments to government payment models including, but not limited to, Medicare Parts A, B and C and Medicaid; and

 

   

harm to our reputation, which could negatively impact our business relationships, the terms of payor contracts, our ability to attract and retain patients and physicians, our ability to obtain financing and our access to new business opportunities, among other things.

We expect that our industry will continue to be subject to substantial regulation, the scope and effect of which are difficult to predict. Our activities could be subject to investigations, audits and inquiries by various government and regulatory agencies and private payors with whom we contract at any time in the future. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Regulation.” Adverse findings from such investigations and audits could bring severe consequences that could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, cash flows, reputation and stock price. In addition, private payors could require pre-payment audits of claims, which can negatively affect cash flow, or terminate contracts for repeated deficiencies.

There is no requirement in the states in which we operate for a risk-bearing provider to register as an insurance company and we have not registered as such in any of the states in which we operate.

Federal Anti-Kickback Statute

The federal Anti-Kickback Statute prohibits, among other things, knowingly and willfully offering, paying, soliciting or receiving remuneration, directly or indirectly, in cash or kind, to induce or reward either the referral of an individual for, or the purchase, order or recommendation of, any good or service, for which payment may be made under federal and state healthcare programs such as Medicare and Medicaid.

Federal criminal penalties for the violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute include imprisonment, fines and exclusion of the provider from future participation in the federal healthcare programs, including Medicare and Medicaid. Violations of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute are punishable by imprisonment for up to ten years, fines of up to $100,000 per kickback or both. Larger fines can be imposed upon corporations under the provisions of the U.S. Sentencing Guidelines and the Alternate Fines Statute. Individuals and entities convicted of violating the federal Anti-Kickback Statute are subject to mandatory exclusion from participation in Medicare, Medicaid and other federal healthcare programs for a minimum of five years. Civil penalties for violation of the Anti-Kickback Statute include up to $100,000 in monetary penalties per violation, repayments of up to three

 

129


Table of Contents

times the total payments between the parties to the arrangement and suspension from future participation in Medicare and Medicaid. Court decisions have held that the statute may be violated even if only one purpose of remuneration is to induce referrals. The ACA amended the federal Anti-Kickback Statute to clarify the intent that is required to prove a violation. Under the statute as amended, the defendant does not need to have actual knowledge of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute or have the specific intent to violate it. In addition, the ACA amended the federal Anti-Kickback Statute to provide that any claims for items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute are considered false or fraudulent for purposes of the FCA.

The federal Anti-Kickback Statute includes statutory exceptions and regulatory safe harbors that protect certain arrangements. These exceptions and safe harbors are voluntary. Business transactions and arrangements that are structured to comply fully with an applicable safe harbor do not violate the federal Anti-Kickback Statute. However, transactions and arrangements that do not satisfy all elements of a relevant safe harbor do not necessarily violate the law. When an arrangement does not satisfy a safe harbor, the arrangement must be evaluated on a case-by-case basis in light of the parties’ intent and the arrangement’s potential for abuse. Arrangements that do not satisfy a safe harbor may be subject to greater scrutiny by enforcement agencies.

We enter into several arrangements that could potentially implicate the Anti-Kickback Statute if requisite intent was present, such as:

 

   

Joint ventures. We operate certain of our centers under joint ventures with managed care plans or other healthcare providers. For the three months ended March 31, 2020, these joint ventures represented an immaterial portion of our total revenues. Although we do not expressly seek to enter into new joint ventures, it is possible that the payor landscape in certain markets we may attempt to enter in the future may make entering into additional joint ventures attractive. Our relationships with payors may not fully satisfy a safe harbor. Although failure to comply with a safe harbor does not render an arrangement illegal under the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, an arrangement that does not operate within a safe harbor may be subject to increased scrutiny and the Office of Inspector General (the “OIG”) of HHS has warned in the past that certain joint venture relationships have a potential for abuse. Joint ventures that fall outside the safe harbors are evaluated on a case-by-case basis under the federal Anti-Kickback Statute. In this regard, we have endeavored to structure our joint ventures to satisfy as many elements of the safe harbor for investments in small entities as we believe are commercially reasonable. For example, we believe that these investments are offered and made by us on a fair market value basis and provide returns to the investors in proportion to their actual investment in the venture. However, since the arrangements may not satisfy all of the requirements of an applicable safe harbor, these arrangements could be subject to scrutiny on the ground that they are intended to induce patient referrals.

 

   

Lease arrangements. We lease space for certain of our centers from one of our payor partners. We endeavor to structure these arrangements to comply with the federal Anti-Kickback Statute safe harbor for space rentals in all material respects.

 

   

Discounts. Our centers sometimes acquire certain items and services at a discount that may be reimbursed by a federal healthcare program. We endeavor to structure our vendor contracts that include discount or rebate provisions to comply with the federal Anti-Kickback Statute safe harbor for discounts.

 

   

Sales forces and patient recruitment. The OIG has expressed concern regarding the use of non-employed sales forces to recruit or facilitate the recruiting of patients or referrals, especially when the sales agent is compensated in a manner that provides rewards or incentives on a volume or value basis. Accordingly, commissions or per-patient based compensation methodologies are closely scrutinized by federal agencies. We employ our own sales force and attempt to meet the Anti-Kickback Safe Harbor for Bona Fide Employment; however, in limited instances we use external companies to assist with certain aspects of these efforts, but only in arrangements that we believe do not violate the Anti-Kickback Statute or other applicable laws.

 

130


Table of Contents

If any of our business transactions or arrangements, including those described above, were found to violate the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, we could face, among other things, criminal, civil or administrative sanctions, including possible exclusion from participation in Medicare, Medicaid and other state and federal healthcare programs. Any findings that we have violated these laws could have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations, financial condition, cash flows, reputation and stock price.

As part of HHS’s Regulatory Sprint to Coordinated Care (“Regulatory Sprint”), OIG issued a request for information in August 2018 seeking input on regulatory provisions that may act as barriers to coordinated care or value-based care. Specifically, OIG sought to identify ways in which it might modify or add new safe harbors to the Anti-Kickback Statute (as well as exceptions to the definition of “remuneration” in the beneficiary inducements provision of the Civil Monetary Penalty statute) in order to foster arrangements that promote care coordination and advance the delivery of value-based care, while also protecting against harms caused by fraud and abuse. Numerous federal agencies have requested comments and information from the public and have published proposed regulations as part of the Regulatory Sprint on areas that have historically been viewed as barriers to innovative care coordination arrangements. For example, OIG and the CMS each issued a sweeping set of proposed regulations that introduce significant new value-based terminology, safe harbors and exceptions to the federal anti-kickback statute (“AKS”) and federal physician self-referral law (“Stark Law”). Additionally, OIG has called for comments and issued proposed regulations related to modernizing the civil monetary penalty law governing inducements provided to Medicare and Medicaid beneficiaries (the “CMPL”). The Office for Civil Rights (“OCR”) is also involved, and has called for information from the public regarding ways that the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (“HIPAA”) regulations could be modernized to support coordinated, value-based care. Additionally, the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (“SAMHSA”) published proposed regulations related to the privacy of substance use disorder treatment records, and CMS published proposals to revise its Stark advisory opinion process. We anticipate many more proposals and changes into the future as part of this initiative. These changes in federal regulations are anticipated to make a significant impact on health care providers and other stakeholders These and similar changes may cause OIG, CMS or other regulators to change the parameters of rules and regulations that we must follow and thus impact our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Risk Bearing Provider Regulation

Certain of the states where we currently operate or may choose to operate in the future regulate the operations and financial condition of risk bearing providers like us and our affiliated providers. These regulations can include capital requirements, licensing or certification, governance controls and other similar matters. While these regulations have not had a material impact on our business to date, as we continue to expand, these rules may require additional resources and capitalization and add complexity to our business.

Stark Law

The Stark Law prohibits a physician who has a financial relationship, or who has an immediate family member who has a financial relationship, with entities providing Designated Health Services (“DHS”) from referring Medicare patients to such entities for the furnishing of DHS, unless an exception applies. Although uncertainty exists, federal agencies and at least one court have taken the position that the Stark Law also applies to Medicaid. DHS is defined to include clinical laboratory services, physical therapy services, occupational therapy services, radiology services including magnetic resonance imaging, computerized axial tomography scans, and ultrasound services, radiation therapy services and supplies, durable medical equipment and supplies, parenteral and enteral nutrients, equipment, and supplies, prosthetics, orthotics and prosthetic devices and supplies, home health services, outpatient prescription drugs, inpatient and outpatient hospital services and outpatient speech-language pathology services. The types of financial arrangements between a physician and an entity providing DHS that trigger the self-referral prohibitions of the Stark Law are broad and include direct and indirect ownership and investment interests and compensation arrangements. The Stark Law prohibits any entity providing DHS that has received a prohibited referral from presenting, or causing to be presented, a claim or billing for the services arising out of the prohibited

 

131


Table of Contents

referral. Similarly, the Stark Law prohibits an entity from “furnishing” a DHS to another entity in which it has a financial relationship when that entity bills for the service. The Stark Law also prohibits self-referrals within an organization by its own physicians, although broad exceptions exist that cover employed physicians and those referring DHS that are ancillary to the physician’s practice to the physician group. The prohibition applies regardless of the reasons for the financial relationship and the referral. Unlike the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, the Stark Law is a strict liability violation where unlawful intent need not be demonstrated.

If the Stark Law is implicated, the financial relationship must fully satisfy a Stark Law exception. If an exception is not satisfied, then the parties to the arrangement could be subject to sanctions. Sanctions for violation of the Stark Law include denial of payment for claims for services provided in violation of the prohibition, refunds of amounts collected in violation of the prohibition, a civil penalty of up to $15,000 for each service arising out of the prohibited referral, a civil penalty of up to $100,000 against parties that enter into a scheme to circumvent the Stark Law prohibition, civil assessment of up to three times the amount claimed and potential exclusion from the federal healthcare programs, including Medicare and Medicaid. Amounts collected on claims related to prohibited referrals must be reported and refunded generally within 60 days after the date on which the overpayment was identified. Furthermore, Stark Law violations and failure to return overpayments in a timely manner can form the basis for FCA liability, as discussed below.

If CMS or other regulatory or enforcement authorities determine that claims have been submitted for referrals by us that violate the Stark Law, we would be subject to the penalties described above. In addition, it might be necessary to restructure existing compensation agreements with our physicians. Any such penalties and restructuring or other required actions could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

In June 2018, CMS issued a request for information seeking input on how to address any undue regulatory impact and burden of the Stark Law. CMS placed the request for information in the context of the Regulatory Spring and stated that it identified aspects of the Stark Law that pose potential barriers to coordinated care. CMS thus sought comments on the impact and burden of the Stark Law, including whether it prevents or inhibits care coordination. CMS has since issued a sweeping set of proposed regulations that introduce significant new value-based terminology, safe harbors and exceptions to the Stark Law. Those or other changes implemented by CMS may change the parameters of Stark Law exceptions that we rely on and thus impact our business, results of operations and financial condition.

The definition of DHS under the Stark Law does not include outpatient physician services. Since most services furnished to Medicare beneficiaries provided in our centers are physician services, our services generally do not implicate the Stark Law referral prohibition. However, certain ancillary services we may provide, including certain diagnostic testing, may be considered DHS. Also, we refer Medicare beneficiaries to third parties for the provision of DHS and our financial relationships with those third parties must satisfy a Stark Law exception.

We have entered into several types of financial relationships with physicians, including compensation arrangements. If our centers were to bill for a non-exempted service and the financial relationships with the physician did not satisfy an exception, we could be required to change our practices, face civil penalties, pay substantial fines, return certain payments received from Medicare and beneficiaries or otherwise experience a material adverse effect as a result of a challenge to payments made pursuant to referrals from these physicians under the Stark Law.

Fraud and Abuse under State Law

Some states in which we operate centers have laws prohibiting physicians from holding financial interests in various types of medical facilities to which they refer patients. Some of these laws could potentially be interpreted broadly as prohibiting physicians who hold shares of our publicly traded stock or are physician

 

132


Table of Contents

owners from referring patients to our centers if the centers perform services for their patients or do not otherwise satisfy an exception to the law. States also have laws similar to or stricter than the federal Anti-Kickback Statute that may affect our ability to receive referrals from physicians with whom we have financial relationships. Some state anti-kickback laws also include civil and criminal penalties. Some of these laws include exemptions that may be applicable to our physician relationships or for financial interests limited to shares of publicly traded stock. Some, however, may include no explicit exemption for certain types of agreements and/or relationships entered into with physicians. If these laws are interpreted to apply to physicians who hold equity interests in our centers or to physicians who hold our publicly traded stock, and for which no applicable exception exists, we may be required to terminate or restructure our relationships with these physicians and could be subject to criminal, civil and administrative sanctions, refund requirements and exclusions from government healthcare programs, including Medicare and Medicaid, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, cash flows, reputation and stock price.

Similarly, states have beneficiary inducement prohibitions and consumer protection laws that may be triggered by the offering of inducements, incentives and other forms of remuneration to patients and prospective patients. Violations range from civil to criminal and could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Corporate Practice of Medicine and Fee-Splitting

The laws and regulations relating to our operations vary from state to state and many states prohibit general business corporations, such as us, from practicing medicine, controlling physicians’ medical decisions or engaging in some practices such as splitting professional fees with physicians. We currently contract with affiliated physician-owned professional corporations who provide healthcare services that are required to be provided by licensed healthcare professionals. Pursuant to written agreements, we provide comprehensive suite of administrative services to those professional corporations in exchange for the payment by such professional corporations of a management fee. While we believe that we are in substantial compliance with state laws prohibiting the corporate practice of medicine and fee-splitting, other parties may assert that, despite the way we are structured, we could be engaged in the corporate practice of medicine or unlawful fee-splitting. Were such allegations to be asserted successfully before the appropriate judicial or administrative forums, we could be subject to adverse judicial or administrative penalties, certain contracts could be determined to be unenforceable and we may be required to restructure our contractual arrangements. The laws of other states do not prohibit non-physician entities from employing physicians to practice medicine but may retain a ban on some types of fee-splitting arrangements.

Violations of the corporate practice of medicine vary by state and may result in physicians being subject to disciplinary action, as well as to forfeiture of revenues from payors for services rendered. For lay entities, violations may also bring both civil and, in more extreme cases, criminal liability for engaging in medical practice without a license. Some of the relevant laws, regulations and agency interpretations in states with corporate practice of medicine restrictions have been subject to limited judicial and regulatory interpretation. In limited cases, courts have required management services companies to divest or reorganize structures deemed to violate corporate practice restrictions. Moreover, state laws are subject to change. Any allegations or findings that we have violated these laws could have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

The False Claims Act

The federal FCA is a means of policing false bills or false requests for payment in the healthcare delivery system. Among other things, the FCA authorizes the imposition of up to three times the government’s damages and significant per claim civil penalties on any “person” (including an individual, organization or company) who, among other acts:

 

   

knowingly presents or causes to be presented to the federal government a false or fraudulent claim for payment or approval;

 

133


Table of Contents
   

knowingly makes, uses or causes to be made or used a false record or statement material to a false or fraudulent claim;

 

   

knowingly makes, uses or causes to be made or used a false record or statement material to an obligation to pay the government, or knowingly conceals or knowingly and improperly avoids or decreases an obligation to pay or transmit money or property to the federal government; or

 

   

conspires to commit the above acts.

In addition, amendments to the FCA and Social Security Act impose severe penalties for the knowing and improper retention of overpayments collected from government payors. Under these provisions, within 60 days of identifying and quantifying an overpayment, a provider is required to notify CMS or the Medicare Administrative Contractor of the overpayment and the reason for it and return the overpayment. An overpayment impermissibly retained could subject us to liability under the FCA, exclusion from government healthcare programs and penalties under the federal Civil Monetary Penalty statute. As a result of these provisions, our procedures for identifying and processing overpayments may be subject to greater scrutiny.

The penalties for a violation of the FCA range from $5,500 to $11,000 (adjusted for inflation) for each false claim, plus up to three times the amount of damages caused by each false claim, which can be as much as the amounts received directly or indirectly from the government for each such false claim. On January 29, 2018, the Department of Justice issued a final rule announcing adjustments to FCA penalties, under which the per claim penalty range increased to a range from $11,181 to $22,363 for penalties assessed after January 29, 2018, so long as the underlying conduct occurred after November 2, 2015.

The federal government has used the FCA to prosecute a wide variety of alleged false claims and fraud allegedly perpetrated against Medicare and state healthcare programs, including but not limited to coding errors, billing for services not rendered, the submission of false cost or other reports, billing for services at a higher payment rate than appropriate, billing under a comprehensive code as well as under one or more component codes included in the comprehensive code, billing for care that is not considered medically necessary and false reporting of risk-adjusted diagnostic codes to MA plans. The ACA provides that claims tainted by a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute are false for purposes of the FCA. Some courts have held that filing claims or failing to refund amounts collected in violation of the Stark Law can form the basis for liability under the FCA. In addition to the provisions of the FCA, which provide for civil enforcement, the federal government can use several criminal statutes to prosecute persons who are alleged to have submitted false or fraudulent claims for payment to the federal government. Any allegations or findings that we have violated the FCA could have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

In addition to the FCA, the various states in which we operate have adopted their own analogs of the FCA. States are becoming increasingly active in using their false claims laws to police the same activities listed above, particularly with regard to Medicaid fee-for-service and Managed Medicaid programs.

Civil Monetary Penalties Statute

The Civil Monetary Penalties Statute, 42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7a, authorizes the imposition of civil monetary penalties, assessments and exclusion against an individual or entity based on a variety of prohibited conduct, including, but not limited to:

 

   

presenting, or causing to be presented, claims for payment to Medicare, Medicaid or other third-party payors that the individual or entity knows or should know are for an item or service that was not provided as claimed or is false or fraudulent;

 

   

offering remuneration to a federal health care program beneficiary that the individual or entity knows or should know is likely to influence the beneficiary to order or receive health care items or services from a particular provider;

 

134


Table of Contents
   

arranging contracts with an entity or individual excluded from participation in the federal health care programs;

 

   

violating the federal Anti-Kickback Statute;

 

   

making, using or causing to be made or used a false record or statement material to a false or fraudulent claim for payment for items and services furnished under a federal health care program;

 

   

making, using or causing to be made any false statement, omission or misrepresentation of a material fact in any application, bid or contract to participate or enroll as a provider of services or a supplier under a federal health care program; and

 

   

failing to report and return an overpayment owed to the federal government.

Substantial civil monetary penalties may be imposed under the federal Civil Monetary Penalty Statute and may vary depending on the underlying violation. In addition, an assessment of not more than three times the total amount claimed for each item or service may also apply and a violator may be subject to exclusion from federal and state health care programs.

We could be exposed to a wide range of allegations to which the federal Civil Monetary Penalty Statute would apply. We perform monthly checks on our employees, affiliated providers and certain affiliates and vendors using government databases to confirm that these individuals have not been excluded from federal programs. However, should an individual become excluded and we fail to detect it, a federal agency could require us to refund amounts attributable to all claims or services performed or sufficiently linked to an excluded individual. Likewise, our patient programs, which can include enhancements, incentives and additional care coordination not otherwise covered under traditional Medicare, could be alleged to be intended to influence the patient’s choice in obtaining services or the amount or types of services sought. Thus, we cannot foreclose the possibility that we will face allegations subject to the Civil Monetary Penalty Statute with the potential for a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Privacy and Security

The federal regulations promulgated under the authority of HIPAA require us to provide certain protections to patients and their health information. The HIPAA privacy and security regulations extensively regulate the use and disclosure of “protected health information” (“PHI”) and require covered entities, which include healthcare providers and their business associates, to implement and maintain administrative, physical and technical safeguards to protect the security of such information. Additional security requirements apply to electronic PHI. These regulations also provide patients with substantive rights with respect to their health information.

The HIPAA privacy and security regulations also require us to enter into written agreements with certain contractors, known as business associates, to whom we disclose PHI. Covered entities may be subject to penalties for, among other activities, failing to enter into a business associate agreement where required by law or as a result of a business associate violating HIPAA, if the business associate is found to be an agent of the covered entity and acting within the scope of the agency. Business associates are also directly subject to liability under certain HIPAA privacy and security regulations. In instances where we act as a business associate to a covered entity, there is the potential for additional liability beyond our status as a covered entity.

Covered entities must notify affected individuals of breaches of unsecured PHI without unreasonable delay but no later than 60 days after discovery of the breach by a covered entity or its agents. Reporting must also be made to the HHS Office for Civil Rights and, for breaches of unsecured PHI involving more than 500 residents of a state or jurisdiction, to the media. All impermissible uses or disclosures of unsecured PHI are presumed to be breaches unless the covered entity or business associate establishes that there is a low probability the PHI has been compromised. Various state laws and regulations may also require us to notify affected individuals in the event of a data breach involving personal information without regard to the probability of the information being compromised.

 

135


Table of Contents

Violations of HIPAA by providers like us, including, but not limited to, failing to implement appropriate administrative, physical and technical safeguards, have resulted in enforcement actions and in some cases triggered settlement payments or civil monetary penalties. Penalties for impermissible use or disclosure of PHI were increased by the HITECH Act by imposing tiered penalties of more than $50,000 per violation and up to $1.5 million per year for identical violations. In addition, HIPAA provides for criminal penalties of up to $250,000 and ten years in prison, with the severest penalties for obtaining and disclosing PHI with the intent to sell, transfer or use such information for commercial advantage, personal gain or malicious harm. Further, state attorneys general may bring civil actions seeking either injunction or damages in response to violations of the HIPAA privacy and security regulations that threaten the privacy of state residents. There can be no assurance that we will not be the subject of an investigation (arising out of a reportable breach incident, audit or otherwise) alleging non-compliance with HIPAA regulations in our maintenance of PHI.

Healthcare reform

In March 2010, broad healthcare reform legislation was enacted in the United States through the ACA. Although many of the provisions of the ACA did not take effect immediately and continue to be implemented, and some have been and may be modified before or during their implementation, the reforms could continue to have an impact on our business in a number of ways. We cannot predict how employers, private payors or persons buying insurance might react to federal and state healthcare reform legislation, whether already enacted or enacted in the future, nor can we predict what form many of these regulations will take before implementation.

Other aspects of the 2010 healthcare reform laws may also affect our business, including provisions that impact the Medicare and Medicaid programs. These and other provisions of the ACA remain subject to ongoing uncertainty due to developing regulations and clarifications, including those described above, as well as continuing political and legal challenges at both the federal and state levels. Since 2016, various administrative and legislative initiatives have been implemented that have had adverse impacts on the ACA and its programs. For example, in October 2017, the federal government announced that cost-sharing reduction payments to insurers would end, effective immediately, unless Congress appropriated the funds, and, in December 2017, Congress passed the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, which includes a provision that eliminates the penalty under the ACA’s individual mandate for individuals who fail to obtain a qualifying health insurance plan and could impact the future state of the exchanges. Moreover, in February 2018, Congress passed the Balanced Budget Act (the “BBA”) which, among other things, repealed the Independent Payment Advisory Board that was established by the ACA and intended to reduce the rate of growth in Medicare spending by extending sequestration cuts to Medicare payments through fiscal year 2027. While certain provisions of the BBA may increase the scope of benefits available for certain chronically ill federal health care program beneficiaries beginning in 2020, the ultimate impact of such changes cannot be predicted.

While there may be significant changes to the healthcare environment in the future, the specific changes and their timing are not yet apparent. As a result, there is considerable uncertainty regarding the future with respect to the exchanges and other core aspects of the current health care marketplace. Future elections may create conditions for Congress to adopt new federal coverage programs that may disrupt our current commercial payor revenue streams. While specific changes and their timing are not yet apparent, such changes could lower our reimbursement rates or increase our expenses. Any failure to successfully implement strategic initiatives that respond to future legislative, regulatory, and executive changes could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

CMS and state Medicaid agencies also routinely adjust the risk adjustment factor which is central to payment under MA and Managed Medicaid programs in which we participate. The monetary “coefficient” values associated with diseases that we manage in our population are subject to change by CMS and state agencies. Such changes could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition.

 

136


Table of Contents

Other regulations

Our operations are subject to various state hazardous waste and non-hazardous medical waste disposal laws. These laws do not classify as hazardous most of the waste produced from medical services. Occupational Safety and Health Administration regulations require employers to provide workers who are occupationally subject to blood or other potentially infectious materials with prescribed protections. These regulatory requirements apply to all healthcare facilities, including primary care centers, and require employers to make a determination as to which employees may be exposed to blood or other potentially infectious materials and to have in effect a written exposure control plan. In addition, employers are required to provide or employ hepatitis B vaccinations, personal protective equipment and other safety devices, infection control training, post-exposure evaluation and follow-up, waste disposal techniques and procedures and work practice controls. Employers are also required to comply with various record-keeping requirements.

Federal and state law also governs the dispensing of controlled substances by physicians. For example, the Prescription Drug Marketing Act governs the distribution of drug samples. Physicians are required to report relationships they have with the manufacturers of drugs, medical devices and biologics through the Open Payments Program database. Any allegations or findings that we or our providers have violated any of these laws or regulations could have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

In addition, while none of the states in which we currently operated have required it, certain states in which we may desire to do business in the future have certificate of need programs regulating the establishment or expansion of healthcare facilities, including primary care centers. These regulations can be complex and time-consuming. Any failure to comply with such regulatory requirements could adversely impact our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Intellectual Property

Our continued growth and success depend, in part, on our ability to protect our intellectual property and internally developed technology, including Canopy. We primarily protect our intellectual property through a combination of copyrights, trademarks and trade secrets, intellectual property licenses and other contractual rights (including confidentiality, non-disclosure and assignment-of-invention agreements with our employees, independent contractors, consultants and companies with which we conduct business). Based upon our experience providing care in 54 centers in 13 markets across 8 states, we continuously evaluate the needs of our providers and the tools that Canopy can provide and make improvements and add new features based on those needs. Although we do not currently hold a patent for Canopy, we continually assess the most appropriate methods of protecting our intellectual property and may decide to pursue available protections in the future.

However, these intellectual property rights and procedures may not prevent others from competing with us. We may be unable to obtain, maintain and enforce our intellectual property rights, and assertions by third parties that we violate their intellectual property rights could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—If we are unable to obtain, maintain and enforce intellectual property protection for our technology or if the scope of our intellectual property protection is not sufficiently broad, others may be able to develop and commercialize technology substantially similar to ours, and our ability to successfully commercialize our technology may be adversely affected” and “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—Third parties may initiate legal proceedings alleging that we are infringing or otherwise violating their intellectual property rights, the outcome of which would be uncertain and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.”

 

137


Table of Contents

Competition

The U.S. healthcare industry is highly competitive. We compete with large and medium-sized local and national providers of primary care services, such as ChenMed, Iora Health and health system affiliated practices, for, among other things, contracts with payors, recruitment of physicians and other medical and non-medical personnel and individual patients. Our principal competitors for patients and payor contracts vary considerably in type and identity by market. Because of the low barriers of entry into the primary care business and the ability of physicians to own primary care centers and/or also be medical directors for their own centers, competition for growth in existing and expanding markets is not limited to large competitors with substantial financial resources. There have also been increasing indications of interest from non-traditional providers and others to enter the primary care space and/or develop innovative technologies or business activities that could be disruptive to the industry. For example, payors have and may continue to acquire primary care and other provider assets. Our growth strategy and our business could be adversely affected if we are not able to continue to penetrate existing markets, successfully expand into new markets, maintain or establish new relationships with payors, recruit qualified physicians or if we experience significant patient attrition to our competitors. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—The healthcare industry is highly competitive.”

We believe the principal competitive factors for serving the healthcare market for adults on Medicare include: patient experience, quality of care, health outcomes, total cost of care, brand identity and trust in that brand. We believe we compete favorably on these factors.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we may be involved in various legal proceedings and subject to claims that arise in the ordinary course of business. Although the results of litigation and claims are inherently unpredictable and uncertain, we are not currently a party to any legal proceedings the outcome of which, if determined adversely to us, are believed to, either individually or taken together, have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, cash flows or financial condition. Regardless of the outcome, litigation has the potential to have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources, and other factors. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—We may be subject to legal proceedings and litigation, including intellectual property and privacy disputes, which are costly to defend and could materially harm our business and results of operations.”

Insurance

We maintain insurance, excess coverage, or reinsurance for property and general liability, professional liability, directors’ and officers’ liability, workers’ compensation, cybersecurity and other coverage in amounts and on terms deemed adequate by management, based on our actual claims experience and expectations for future claims. We also utilize stop-loss insurance for our patients, protecting us for medical claims per episode in excess of certain levels. Future claims could, however, exceed our applicable insurance coverage. Physicians practicing at our centers are required to maintain their own malpractice insurance.

Employees

As of March 31, 2020, we and our affiliated physician entities collectively had approximately 2,300 employees, including approximately 260 primary care providers. We consider our relationship with our employees to be good. None of our employees are represented by a labor union or party to a collective bargaining agreement.

Properties

Our principal executive offices are located in Chicago, Illinois where we occupy facilities totaling approximately 25,000 square feet under a sublease that expires on December 31, 2021. We use this facility for administration, sales and marketing, technology and development and professional services. We also lease offices elsewhere in the United States, including Charlotte, North Carolina and Oak Brook, Illinois.

 

138


Table of Contents

We intend to procure additional space as we add team members and expand geographically. We believe that our facilities are adequate to meet our needs for the immediate future, and that, should it be needed, suitable additional space will be available to accommodate any such expansion of our operations. We currently have 29 additional centers in our expansion pipeline, with new centers planned to be opened in Texas, Mississippi and New York in 2020.

As of March 31, 2020, we leased approximately 500,000 gross square feet relating to 54 centers located in Illinois, Indiana, Michigan, North Carolina, Ohio, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island and Tennessee, including some that are leased from Humana. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—We lease all of our facilities and may experience risks relating to lease termination, lease expense escalators, lease extensions and special charges.” Our leases typically have terms of seven to 15 years, and generally provide for renewal or extension options. Our lease obligations often include annual fixed rent escalators ranging between 2% and 3% or variable rent escalators based on a consumer price index. Generally, our leases are “net” leases, which require us to pay all of the cost of insurance, taxes, maintenance and utilities. We generally cannot cancel these leases at our option.

Seasonality

Our business experiences some variability depending upon the time of year. We experience the largest portion of our at-risk patient growth during the first quarter, when plan enrollment selections made during the prior AEP take effect. While we also add patients throughout the year, including during Special Enrollment Periods when certain eligible individuals can enroll in MA midyear, we would expect to see approximately half of our at-risk patient growth occur in connection with the annual enrollment period. In addition, in January of each year, CMS revises the risk adjustment factor for each patient based upon health conditions documented in the prior year, leading to an overall increase in per-patient revenue. As the year progresses, our per-patient revenue declines as new patients join us typically with less complete or accurate documentation (and therefore lower risk-adjustment scores) and patient mortality disproportionately impacts our higher-risk (and therefore greater revenue) patients.

Medical costs will vary seasonally depending on a number of factors, but most significantly the weather. Certain illnesses, such as the influenza virus, are far more prevalent during colder months of the year, which will result in an increase in medical expenses during these time periods. We would therefore expect to see higher levels of per-patient medical costs in the first and fourth quarters. Medical costs also depend upon the number of business days in a period.

 

139


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Our Executive Officers and Directors

Below is a list of the names, ages as of March 31, 2020, positions and a brief account of the business experience of the individuals who serve as (i) our executive officers and (ii) our directors. Upon the completion of this offering,                  directors are anticipated to be elected to our Board.

 

Name

   Age     

Position

Mike Pykosz

     38      Chief Executive Officer and Director

Timothy Cook

     38      Chief Financial Officer

Geoff Price

     38      Chief Operating Officer and Director

Dr. Griffin Myers

     39      Chief Medical Officer and Director

Brian Clem

     38      President

James Chow

     52      Chief Managed Care Officer

Tamara Jurgenson

     53     

Chief Growth Officer

Rob Guenthner

     48      Chief Legal Officer

Cynthia Hiskes

     50      Chief Human Resources Officer

Carl Daley

     46      Director

Mohit Kaushal

     41      Director

Kim Keck

     56      Director

Paul Kusserow

     58      Director

Robbert Vorhoff

     41      Director

Srdjan Vukovic

     38      Director

Mike Pykosz has served as our Chief Executive Officer and a member of our Board since he co-founded the Company in 2012. Prior to co-founding Oak Street Health, Mr. Pykosz was a Principal at Boston Consulting Group from 2007 until 2013. Mr. Pykosz received a J.D. from Harvard Law School and a B.S. in Biochemistry from the University of Notre Dame. Mr. Pykosz is a valuable member of our Board because of his experience in the health care industry and as the Company’s co-founder and Chief Executive Officer.

Timothy Cook has served as our Chief Financial Officer since 2019. Prior to his position at Oak Street Health, Mr. Cook was the Chief Financial Officer of eviCore healthcare, a medical benefit management company that was acquired by Express Scripts Holdings in 2017, from 2016 until 2019. Prior to that, Mr. Cook was a Vice President—Healthcare at General Atlantic from 2010 to 2016, and he served in other financial consulting roles prior to that. Mr. Cook received an M.B.A. from Columbia Business School and a B.S. in Business Administration, Finance/ Economics from the University of Richmond.

Geoffrey Price has served as our Chief Operating Officer and a member of our Board since he co-founded the Company in 2012. Prior to co-founding Oak Street Health, Mr. Price was a Project Leader from 2012 until 2013 and a Consultant from 2010 to 2012 at Boston Consulting Group. Mr. Price received an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School and a B.S. in Engineering from the University of Illinois. Mr. Price is a valuable member of our Board because of his experience in the health care industry as the Company’s co-founder and Chief Operating Officer.

Dr. Griffin Myers has served as our Chief Medical Officer and a member of our Board since he co-founded the Company in 2012. Dr. Myers is also a Research Associate at Harvard Medical School, a position he has held since 2018, an Adjunct Instructor in the Department of Emergency Medicine at Northwestern University’s Feinberg School of Medicine, a position he has held since 2014, a Health Innovations Fellow at The Aspen Institute, a position he has held since 2018. Prior to this, Dr. Myers was a Scholar in the Presidential Leadership Scholars in 2017, was a Clinical Fellow at Harvard Medical School from 2010 until 2014, and a Project Leader at Boston Consulting Group from 2007 until 2010. Dr. Myers received an M.B.A. from the University of Chicago—Booth School of Business, an M.D. from the University of Chicago Pritzker School of Medicine and a B.S. in Chemistry from Davidson College. Dr. Myers is a valuable member of our Board because of his experience as the Company’s co-founder and Chief Medical Officer and because of his experience in the medical field.

 

140


Table of Contents

Brian Clem has served as President of Oak Street Health since 2019, having joined the company in 2015 as a Divisional Vice President. Prior to joining Oak Street Health, Brian led the Medicare Advantage business from 2013 until 2015 at IU Health Plans, which is part of the Indiana University Health system. Prior to 2013, Brian served in leadership roles at Eli Lilly & Co., a global pharmaceutical company, beginning in 2004. Brian received an M.B.A. from Stanford University’s Graduate School of Business and a B.A. in Economics from Wabash College.

James Chow has served as our Chief Managed Care Officer since 2019. Prior to his current role at Oak Street Health, Mr. Chow served as our Chief Financial Officer from 2015 until 2019. Mr. Chow is also currently the President of H3 Management Services, an advisory and investment company for emerging businesses, a position he has held since 2019. Prior to this, Mr. Chow was the Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer at Innovista Health Solutions, a healthcare consulting company, from 2014 until 2016. Prior to that, Mr. Chow was the Chief Financial Officer and SVP at Avalon Healthcare Solutions, a healthcare information technology and specialty benefit management company, from 2013 until 2014. Prior to that, Mr. Chow was the SVP and Chief Operating Officer at AIM Specialty Health, a healthcare provider, from 2007 until 2013, and the SVP and Chief Financial Officer from 2001 until 2007. Mr. Chow received a B.S. in Accounting and Business Administration from St. Thomas Aquinas College and is a Certified Public Accountant (active).

Tamara Jurgenson has served as our Chief Growth Officer since 2018, after joining as SVP, Marketing in 2017. Prior to her roles at Oak Street Health, Ms. Jurgenson was the Senior Vice President of Marketing and eCommerce from 2012 until 2016 at Newark element 14, a distributor of electronic components, and part of the Premier Farnell Group (LSE:PFL), that was acquired by Avnet (NYSE:AVT) in 2016. From 2009-2012, Ms. Jurgenson was Vice President of Marketing for Grohe, a private equity backed manufacturer of kitchen and bath fittings. Prior to 2009 she spent six years in the Marketing and Sales practice at McKinsey & Company, Inc. and held commercial leadership roles in the cosmetics and beauty industry. Ms. Jurgenson received a M.B.A. from Harvard Business School, a B.S. in Finance and Marketing from Syracuse University and a certificate in The Fundamentals of Gerontology from the University of Southern California.

Rob Guenthner has served as our Chief Legal Officer since 2018. Prior to his role at Oak Street Health, Mr. Guenthner was the Senior Vice President and Chief Legal Officer from 2014 until 2017 at National Surgical Healthcare, an operator of surgical facilities that merged with the publicly traded Surgery Partners, Inc. in 2017. Prior to 2014, Mr. Guenthner was a partner at Dentons, a multi-national law firm and its predecessor firms, beginning in 2005. Mr. Guenthner received a J.D. and M.B.A. from Washington University in St. Louis and a B.S. in Finance and Marketing from the University of Dayton.

Cynthia Hiskes has served as our Chief Human Resources Officer since 2018. Prior to her role at Oak Street Health, Ms. Hiskes was the Chief People Officer for Cars.com Inc., a publicly traded online automotive marketplace, from 2015 until 2018. Prior to that, Ms. Hiskes was the Chief Human Resources Officer for Ferrara Candy Company, a consumer goods and candy company, from August 2013 until March 2015. Prior to that, Ms. Hiskes held leadership roles at Rexam PLC, a global beverage can maker traded on the London Stock Exchange, from 2012 until 2013. Ms. Hiskes received a B.S. in Engineering from the University of Illinois, is a Certified Professional Coach from the Institute for Professional Excellence in Coaching, and completed the Executive Human Resources Program at University of Michigan Ross School of Business.

Carl Daley has been a member of our Board since 2019. Mr. Daley is the SVP and Insurance Chief Financial Officer at Humana, a position he has held since 2017. Prior to this, Mr. Daley was the Enterprise VP and Chief Audit Officer from 2014 until 2017 and the Director of Finance, Sr. Products, from 2011 until 2014 at Humana. Prior to that, Mr. Daley held various positions at Pricewaterhouse Coopers, an accounting and consulting firm, since 2000, with his last position being a Sr. Manager, Audit from 2010 until 2011. Mr. Daley received a Master’s degree and a B.S. in Accounting from the University of Kentucky. Mr. Daley is a valuable member of our Board because of his experience as an executive at a large healthcare company.

 

141


Table of Contents

Dr. Mohit Kaushal has been a member of our Board since 2018. Dr. Kaushal is a Special Advisor at General Atlantic, a position he has held since 2015, and an adjunct professor at Stanford University, a position he has held since 2014. Dr. Kaushal is also a Scholar in Residence at the Duke Margolis Center for Health Policy, a position he has held since 2016. Prior to this, Dr. Kaushal was a Visiting Scholar at The Brookings Institute, a Partner at Aberdare Ventures from 2013 until 2014 and a Chief Strategy Officer and Executive Vice President of Business Development at West Health Investment Fund, a healthcare research company, from 2010 until 2013. Dr. Kaushal also worked with the Obama administration, where he was a member of the White House Health IT task force. Dr. Kaushal currently serves on the board of DFBH Healthcare Acquisition Corp., several private healthcare companies and several nonprofits. Dr. Kaushal previously served on the board of Universal American Corp., which was acquired by Wellcare Health Plans, Inc., a publicly traded healthcare company and several other private companies. Dr. Kaushal received an M.B.A. from Stanford Graduate School of Business, and an M.D. with distinction and B.Sc. from the Imperial College of Science, Technology and Medicine. Dr. Kaushal is a valuable member of our Board because of his experience in the healthcare industry and because of his experience on other healthcare companies’ boards.

Kim Keck has served as a member of our Board since 2020. Ms. Keck is the President and Chief Executive Officer of Blue Cross Blue Shield of Rhode Island, a position she has held since 2016. Prior to that, Ms. Keck held several leadership roles at Aetna from 2001 to 2016, including Senior Vice President from 2010 to 2016. Ms. Keck has also served on the Board of Directors for Prime Therapeutics since 2016, and served as Board Chair from 2018 to 2020. Ms. Keck received a B.A. in Mathematics from Boston College and an MBA in Finance from the University of Connecticut and is a Chartered Financial Analyst. Ms. Keck is a valuable member of our Board because of her extensive leadership experience in the healthcare industry and her experience serving on another healthcare company’s board.

Paul Kusserow has served as a member of our Board since 2018. Mr. Kusserow is the Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President at Amedisys, Inc., a publicly-traded home healthcare and hospice company. Prior to Amedisys, Mr. Kusserow was the Vice Chairman and President of Alignment Healthcare, Inc., an integrated care management and Medicare Advantage plan, in 2014, and was the Senior Vice President, Chief Strategy, Innovation and Corporate Development Officer at Humana Inc., a publicly traded health insurance company, from 2009 through 2013. Prior to that, Mr. Kusserow was a Managing Director and Chief Investment Officer at Ziegler HealthVest Fund, a healthcare investment company, from 2007 until 2009. He started his career at McKinsey and Company, Inc. Mr. Kusserow currently serves on the boards of Amedisys, Picwell, Inc. and Matrix Medical Network. Mr. Kusserow previously served on the boards of New Century Health, Inc., Connecture Inc. and AxelaCare Holdings, Inc., as well as Availity, Inc. and Healthsense, Inc., where he was Chairman of both boards. Mr. Kusserow received a M.A. with honors in English literature and language from the University of Oxford, where he was a Rhodes Scholar, and a B.A. in Religious Studies from Wesleyan University, Phi Beta Kappa, where he was an Olin Fellow and Brown Scholar. Mr. Kusserow is a valuable member of our Board due to his experience as an executive at several large healthcare companies and as the CEO of a public healthcare services company.

Robbert Vorhoff has served as a member of our Board since 2015. Mr. Vorhoff is a Managing Director, Head of Global Healthcare Group at General Atlantic in New York City, and is a member of its Management Committee. Before joining General Atlantic in 2003, Mr. Vorhoff worked at Greenhill & Co., first in the mergers and acquisitions and restructuring advisory group, then in the private equity group, Greenhill Capital Partners. Mr. Vorhoff is currently a member of the board of several private healthcare companies and nonprofits. Mr. Vorhoff previously was a member of the board of eviCore Healthcare, Align Network and MedExpress. Mr. Vorhoff received a B.S. in Finance from the University of Virginia. Mr. Vorhoff is a valuable member of our Board because of his private equity experience and his experience on other healthcare companies’ boards.

Srdjan Vukovic has served as a member of our Board since 2015. Mr. Vukovic is a Partner at Newlight Partners LP, a private equity company, a position he has held since 2018. Prior to that Mr. Vukovic worked at Soros Fund Management from 2006 until 2018, and prior to that, was an analyst at Merrill Lynch. Mr. Vukovic

 

142


Table of Contents

currently serves on the board of several private companies, including Zing Health. Mr. Vukovic previously served on the board of Zenium Data Centers, until it was acquired by publicly traded CyrusOne in 2017, Narragansett Bay Insurance Company, until it was sold and became a wholly owned subsidiary of the publicly traded Heritage Insurance Holdings, Inc., and several private insurance companies. Mr. Vukovic received a B.S. in Finance and Actuarial Science from New York University. Mr. Vukovic is a valuable member of our Board because of his private equity experience and because of his experience on other companies’ boards.

Family Relationships

There are no family relationships between any of our executive officers or directors.

Corporate Governance

Board Composition and Director Independence

Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our Board. Following completion of this offering, our Board will be composed of                  directors. Our certificate of incorporation will provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of our Board. Our certificate of incorporation will also provide that our Board will be divided into three classes of directors, with the classes as nearly equal in number as possible. Subject to any earlier resignation or removal in accordance with the terms of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, our Class I directors will be                  and                  and will serve until the first annual meeting of shareholders following the completion of this offering, our Class II directors will be                  and                  and will serve until the second annual meeting of shareholders following the completion of this offering and our Class III directors will be                  and                  and will serve until the third annual meeting of shareholders following the completion of this offering. Upon completion of this offering, we expect that each of our directors will serve in the classes as indicated above. This classification of our Board could have the effect of increasing the length of time necessary to change the composition of a majority of the Board. In general, at least two annual meetings of stockholders will be necessary for stockholders to effect a change in a majority of the members of the Board. In addition, our certificate of incorporation will provide that a director nominated by a Lead Sponsor may be removed with or without cause by that Lead Sponsor; provided, however, that at any time when the Lead Sponsors beneficially own, in the aggregate, less than 40% of our common stock then outstanding, all directors, including those nominated by a Lead Sponsor, may be removed only for cause upon the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the voting power of our outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote thereon.

In addition, at any time when a Lead Sponsor has the right to designate at least one nominee for election to our Board, such Lead Sponsors will also have the right to have one of their nominated directors hold one seat on each Board committee, subject to satisfying any applicable stock exchange rules or regulations regarding the independence of Board committee members. The listing standards of                  require that, subject to specified exceptions, each member of a listed company’s audit, compensation and nominating and governance committees be independent and that audit committee members also satisfy independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act.

Our Board has also determined that                 ,                  and                  meet the requirements to be independent directors. In making this determination, our Board considered the relationships that each such non-employee director has with the Company and all other facts and circumstances that our Board deemed relevant in determining their independence, including beneficial ownership of our common stock.

Controlled Company Status

After completion of this offering, the Lead Sponsors together will continue to control a majority of our outstanding common stock. As a result, we will be a “controlled company.” Under                 rules, a company of

 

143


Table of Contents

which more than 50% of the voting power for the election of directors is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including the requirements that, within one year of the date of the listing of our common stock:

 

   

we have a board that is composed of a majority of “independent directors,” as defined under the rules of such exchange;

 

   

we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors; and

 

   

we have a nominating and corporate governance committee that is composed entirely of independent directors.

Following this offering, we intend to rely on this exemption. As a result, we may not have a majority of independent directors on our Board. In addition, our Compensation Committee and our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee may not consist entirely of independent directors or be subject to annual performance evaluations. Accordingly, you may not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of the                 corporate governance requirements.

Board Committees

Upon completion of this offering, our Board will have an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee, a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and a Compliance Committee. The composition, duties and responsibilities of these committees are as set forth below. In the future, our Board may establish other committees, as it deems appropriate, to assist it with its responsibilities.

 

Board Member

   Audit
Committee
     Compensation
Committee
     Nominating and
Corporate
Governance
Committee
     Compliance
Committee
 

Mike Pykosz

                                                                               

Geoff Price

           

Dr. Griffin Myers

           

Carl Daley

           

Mohit Kaushal

           

Kim Keck

           

Paul Kusserow

           

Srdjan Vukovic

           

Robbert Vorhoff

           

Audit Committee

Following this offering, our Audit Committee will be composed of                  and                 , with                  serving as chairman of the committee. We intend to comply with the audit committee requirements of the SEC and                 , which require that the Audit Committee be composed of at least one independent director at the closing of this offering, a majority of independent directors within 90 days following this offering and all independent directors within one year following this offering. We anticipate that, prior to the completion of this offering, our Board will determine that                  and                  meet the independence requirements of Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act and the applicable listing standards of                 . In addition, our board of directors has determined that                  is an “audit committee financial expert” as defined in Item 407(d)(5)(ii) of Regulation S-K promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). This designation does not impose on                  any duties, obligations or liabilities that are greater than are generally imposed on members of our audit committee and our board of directors. The Audit Committee’s responsibilities upon completion of this offering will include:

 

   

appointing, approving the compensation of, and assessing the qualifications, performance and independence of our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

144


Table of Contents
   

pre-approving audit and permissible non-audit services, and the terms of such services, to be provided by our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

   

discussing the scope and results of the audits with our independent registered public accounting firm and reviewing, with management and that accounting firm, our interim and year-end operating results;

 

   

reviewing our policies on risk assessment and risk management;

 

   

reviewing and discussing with management and the independent registered public accounting firm our annual and quarterly financial statements and related disclosures as well as critical accounting policies and practices used by us;

 

   

reviewing the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting;

 

   

establishing policies and procedures for the receipt and retention of accounting-related complaints and concerns;

 

   

recommending, based upon the Audit Committee’s review and discussions with management and the independent registered public accounting firm, whether our audited financial statements shall be included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K;

 

   

monitoring our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements as they relate to our financial statements and accounting matters;

 

   

preparing the Audit Committee report required by the rules of the SEC to be included in our annual proxy statement;

 

   

reviewing all related party transactions for potential conflict of interest situations and approving all such transactions; and

 

   

reviewing and discussing with management and our independent registered public accounting firm our earnings releases and scripts.

Compensation Committee

Following this offering, our Compensation Committee will be composed of                  and                 , with                  serving as chairman of the committee. The Compensation Committee’s responsibilities upon completion of this offering will include:

 

   

annually reviewing and approving corporate goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our chief executive officer;

 

   

evaluating the performance of our chief executive officer in light of such corporate goals and objectives and determining and approving the compensation of our chief executive officer;

 

   

reviewing and approving the compensation of our other executive officers;

 

   

appointing, compensating and overseeing the work of any compensation consultant, legal counsel or other advisor retained by the compensation committee;

 

   

conducting the independence assessment outlined in                  rules with respect to any compensation consultant, legal counsel or other advisor retained by the compensation committee;

 

   

annually reviewing and reassessing the adequacy of the committee charter in its compliance with the listing requirements of                 ;

 

   

reviewing and establishing our overall management compensation, philosophy and policy;

 

   

overseeing and administering our compensation and similar plans;

 

145


Table of Contents
   

reviewing and making recommendations to our Board with respect to director compensation; and

 

   

reviewing and discussing with management the compensation discussion and analysis to be included in our annual proxy statement or Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Following this offering, our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will be composed of                  ,                  and                  , with                  serving as chairman of the committee. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee’s responsibilities upon completion of this offering will include:

 

   

developing and recommending to our Board criteria for board and committee membership;

 

   

subject to the rights of the Lead Sponsors under the Director Nomination Agreement, identifying and recommending to our Board the persons to be nominated for election as directors and to each of our Board’s committees;

 

   

developing and recommending to our Board best practices and corporate governance principles;

 

   

developing and recommending to our Board a set of corporate governance guidelines; and

 

   

reviewing and recommending to our Board the functions, duties and compositions of the committees of our Board.

Compliance Committee

Following this offering, our Compliance Committee will be composed of                  ,                  and                  , with                  serving as chairman of the committee. The Compliance Committee’s responsibilities upon completion of this offering will include:

 

   

identifying, reviewing and analyzing laws and regulations applicable to the Company;

 

   

recommending to the Board, and monitoring the implementation of, compliance programs, policies and procedures that comply with local, state and federal laws, regulations and guidelines;

 

   

reviewing significant compliance risk areas identified by management;

 

   

discussing periodically with management the adequacy and effectiveness of policies and procedures to assess, monitor, and manage non-financial compliance business risk and compliance programs;

 

   

monitoring compliance with, authorizing waivers of, investigating alleged breaches of and enforcing the Company’s non-financial compliance programs; and

 

   

reviewing Company procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received regarding non-financial compliance matters.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past fiscal year has served, as a member of the Board or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our Board or Compensation Committee.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

Prior to completion of this offering, we intend to adopt a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to all of our employees, officers and directors, including those officers responsible for financial reporting. Upon the closing of this offering, our code of business conduct and ethics will be available on our website. We intend to disclose any amendments to the code, or any waivers of its requirements, on our website or in public filings.

 

146


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Unless we state otherwise or the context otherwise requires, in this Executive Compensation section the terms “Oak Street Health,” “we,” “us,” “our” and the “Company” refer to Oak Street Health LLC for the period up to this offering, and for all periods following this offering, to Oak Street Health, Inc.

This section discusses the material components of the executive compensation program for our Chief Executive Officer and our two other most highly compensated officers, who we refer to as our “Named Executive Officers.” For the year ended December 31, 2019, our Named Executive Officers and their positions were as follows:

 

   

Mike Pykosz, Chief Executive Officer and Director;

 

   

Geoff Price, Chief Operating Officer and Director; and

 

   

Dr. Griffin Myers, Chief Medical Officer and Director.

This discussion may contain forward-looking statements that are based on our current plans, considerations, expectations and determinations regarding future compensation programs. Actual compensation programs that we adopt in the future may differ materially from the currently planned programs summarized in this discussion.

Summary Compensation Table

 

Name and principal position

   Year      Salary      Option
awards
(incentive
units)(1)
     Non-equity
incentive plan
compensation(2)
     All other
compensation
    Total  

Mike Pykosz,

     2018      $ 393,077      $ 401,673      $ 188,440      $ 2,950,029 (3)    $ 3,933,219  

Chief Executive Officer

     2019      $ 474,731      $ 1,270,274      $ 637,560      $ 11,200 (6)    $ 2,393,765  

Geoff Price,

     2018      $ 369,039      $ 379,633      $ 301,500      $ 2,948,021 (4)    $ 3,998,193  

Chief Operating Officer

     2019      $ 439,255      $ 1,018,761      $ 454,783      $ 11,200 (6)    $ 1,923,999  

Dr. Griffin Myers,

     2018      $ 320,961      $ 356,433      $ 163,300      $ 2,943,964 (5)    $ 3,784,658  

Chief Medical Officer

     2019      $ 380,295      $ 754,011      $ 279,485      $ 1,500 (6)    $ 1,415,291  

 

(1)

The amounts reported in this column represent the grant date fair value of the incentive units granted to the Named Executive Officers as computed in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718. The assumptions used in calculating the grant date fair value of the incentive units reported in this column are set forth in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The amounts reported in this column reflect the accounting cost for these incentive units and do not correspond to the actual economic value that may be ultimately realized by the Named Executive Officers for the incentive units. See “—Equity Incentives—Equity Incentive Plan.”

(2)

Amounts represent the actual amount earned by each of our Named Executive Officers under the performance-based cash incentive bonus provided for in their employment agreements. See “—Employment, Severance and Change in Control Arrangements—Employment Agreements.”

(3)

Amount represents $19,155 of matching contributions under our 401(k) plan and $2,930,914 for a one-time cash payment by us for the purchase of 68,050 Founder Units in connection with the 2018 Tender Offer. See “Related Party Transactions—Tender Offers.”

(4)

Amount represents $17,107 of matching contributions under our 401(k) plan and $2,930,914 for a one-time cash payment by us for the purchase of 68,050 Founder Units in connection with the 2018 Tender Offer. See “Related Party Transactions—Tender Offers.”

(5)

Amount represents $13,050 of matching contributions under our 401(k) plan and $2,930,914 for a one-time cash payment by us for the purchase of 68,050 Founder Units in connection with the 2018 Tender Offer. See “Related Party Transactions—Tender Offers.”

(6)

Amount represents matching contributions under our 401(k) plan.

 

147


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End

The following table summarizes, for each of the Named Executive Officers, the number of shares of our common stock underlying outstanding awards of incentive units held as of December 31, 2019.

 

     Option Awards(1)

Name

   Grant Date      Vesting
commencement
date
     Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options
exercisable
    Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options
unexercisable
    Equity
incentive plan:
Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
unearned
options
    Option
exercise
price
($)
     Option
expiration
date

Mike Pykosz

     11/13/2015        3/2/2015        10,000           20.25      N/A
     1/1/2016        1/1/2016        9,375 (2)      625 (2)      10,000 (3)(6)      N/A      N/A
     6/23/2017        4/3/2017        9,559 (2)      5,735 (2)      15,295 (3)(7)      N/A      N/A
     6/23/2017        4/3/2017        7,169 (2)      4,302 (2)      11,471 (3)(8)      N/A      N/A
     9/5/2017        8/18/2017        3,357 (2)      2,611 (2)      5,968 (3)(7)      N/A      N/A
     9/5/2017        8/18/2017        2,581 (2)      2,007 (2)      4,588 (3)(8)      N/A      N/A
     5/8/2018        5/8/2018          43,000 (4)(10)        N/A      N/A
     7/23/2018        7/23/2018        11,152 (2)      24,535 (2)      35,687 (3)(9)      N/A      N/A
     7/23/2018        7/23/2018        8,364 (2)      18,401 (2)      26,765 (3)(9)      N/A      N/A
     6/14/2019        5/15/2019          1,763 (2)(7)      1,763 (2)(7)      N/A      N/A
     6/14/2019        5/15/2019          1,324 (2)(8)      1,324 (2)(8)      N/A      N/A
     6/24/2019        6/24/2019          43,000 (4)(11)        N/A      N/A

Geoff Price

     11/13/2015        3/2/2015        10,000           20.25      N/A
     1/1/2016        1/1/2016        9,375 (2)      625 (2)      10,000 (3)(6)      N/A      N/A
     6/23/2017        4/3/2017        9,559 (2)      5,735 (2)      15,295 (3)(7)      N/A      N/A
     6/23/2017        4/3/2017        7,169 (2)      4,302 (2)      11,471 (3)(8)      N/A      N/A
     9/5/2017        8/18/2017        3,357 (2)      2,611 (2)      5,968 (3)(7)      N/A      N/A
     9/5/2017        8/18/2017        2,581 (2)      2,007 (2)      4,588 (3)(8)      N/A      N/A
     5/8/2018        5/8/2018          33,500 (4)(10)        N/A      N/A
     7/23/2018        7/23/2018        11,152 (2)      24,535 (2)      35,687 (3)(9)      N/A      N/A
     7/23/2018        7/23/2018        8,364 (2)      18,401 (2)      26,765 (3)(9)      N/A      N/A
     6/14/2019        5/15/2019          1,763 (2)(7)      1,763 (2)(7)      N/A      N/A
     6/14/2019        5/15/2019          1,324 (2)(8)      1,324 (2)(8)      N/A      N/A
     6/24/2019        6/24/2019          33,500 (4)(11)        N/A      N/A

Dr. Griffin Myers

     11/13/2015        3/2/2015        10,000           20.25      N/A
     1/1/2016        1/1/2016        9,375 (2)      625 (2)      10,000 (3)(6)      N/A      N/A
     6/23/2017        4/3/2017        9,559 (2)      5,735 (2)      15,295 (3)(7)      N/A      N/A
     6/23/2017        4/3/2017        7,169 (2)      4,302 (2)      11,471 (3)(8)      N/A      N/A
     9/5/2017        8/18/2017        3,357 (2)      2,611 (2)      5,968 (3)(7)      N/A      N/A
     9/5/2017        8/18/2017        2,581 (2)      2,007 (2)      4,588 (3)(8)      N/A      N/A
     5/8/2018        5/8/2018          23,500 (4)(10)        N/A      N/A
     7/23/2018        7/23/2018        11,152 (2)      24,535 (2)      35,687 (3)(9)      N/A      N/A
     7/23/2018        7/23/2018        8,364 (2)      18,401 (2)      26,765 (3)(9)      N/A      N/A
     6/14/2019        5/15/2019          1,763 (2)(7)      1,763 (2)(7)      N/A      N/A
     6/14/2019        5/15/2019          1,324 (2)(8)      1,324 (2)(8)      N/A      N/A
     6/24/2019        6/24/2019          23,500 (4)(10)        N/A      N/A

 

(1)

This table reflects information regarding incentive units granted to our Named Executive Officers that were outstanding as of December 31, 2018. For more information on these incentive units, see “Equity Incentives—Equity Incentive Plan,” and “OSH Management Holdings, LLC Equity Incentive,” above. Each

 

148


Table of Contents
  of the incentive units described in this table is an OSH MH Award held by the Named Executive Officer pursuant to a back-to-back arrangement by way of OSH Management Holdings, as further described under “OSH Management Holdings, LLC Equity Incentive” below.
(2)

Represents an award of incentive units subject to vesting over a four-year period as follows: as to 25% of the award, upon continued service through the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date, and, as to the remainder of the award, in quarterly installments, upon continued service through each of the next 12 quarterly anniversaries of the vesting commencement date.

(3)

Represents an award of incentive units subject to vesting upon continued service through a “sponsor exit” event in which each of our sponsors sells its interests in the Company such that its holdings drop below 20% of its holdings as of December 18, 2015.

(4)

Represents an award of incentive units subject to 100% cliff vesting upon continued service through the second anniversary of the vesting commencement date.

(5)

Represents the per unit hurdle price for each award of incentive units.

(6)

These incentive units have an original participation threshold of $306,711,626, as adjusted according to the agreement governing the units, such that they will not participate in profits until the value of the Company equals or exceeds this amount.

(7)

These incentive units have a participation threshold of an amount such that each sponsor, upon a distribution, would receive cash proceeds in respect of its invested equity equal to two times such invested equity.

(8)

These incentive units have a participation threshold of an amount such that each sponsor, upon a distribution, would receive cash proceeds in respect of its invested equity equal to four times such invested equity.

(9)

These incentive units have a participation threshold of the greater of (i) $697,700,041 and (ii) an amount such that each sponsor would, upon a distribution, receive cash proceeds in respect of its invested equity equal to two times such invested equity.

(10)

These incentive units have an original participation threshold of $608,965,502, as adjusted according to the agreement governing the units, such that they will not participate in profits until the value of the Company equals or exceeds this amount.

(11)

These incentive units have an original participation threshold of $ $782,360,998, as adjusted according to the agreement governing the units, such that they will not participate in profits until the value of the Company equals or exceeds this amount.

Emerging Growth Company Status

As an emerging growth company we will be exempt from certain requirements related to executive compensation, including the requirements to hold a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and to provide information relating to the ratio of total compensation of our Chief Executive Officer to the median of the annual total compensation of all of our employees, each as required by the Investor Protection and Securities Reform Act of 2010, which is part of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act.

Employment, Severance and Change in Control Arrangements

Employment Agreements

We have entered into an employment agreement with each of our Named Executive Officers, providing for at-will employment and setting forth each executive’s initial annual base salary and target and maximum bonus opportunity, among other terms and conditions. Each Named Executive Officer’s employment agreement contains a non-competition and non-solicitation clause.

Each of our employment agreements with Mr. Pykosz, Mr. Price and Dr. Myers provides for an annual base salary of $220,000 starting in 2016 and an annual cash incentive with target and maximum opportunities equal to 50.0% and 100.0% of base salary, respectively.

 

149


Table of Contents

Mr. Pykosz’s base salary for 2019 was $474,731, Mr. Price’s base salary for 2019 was $439,255, and Dr. Myers’ base salary for 2019 was $380,295. Our annual cash incentive is described further under the heading “—Non-Equity Incentive Compensation” below.

The employment agreements provide that upon a termination of the Named Executive Officer’s employment by us for any reason other than for “cause”, or if the Named Executive Officer terminates his employment for “good reason”, each as defined therein, subject to the execution and delivery of a release of all claims arising out of the Named Executive Officer’s termination, each of Mr. Pykosz, Mr. Price and Dr. Myers will receive for not less than one year and up to three years, a monthly benefit equal to 1/12 of the annualized average of the last three years of his respective base salary plus bonus. The employment agreements include non-competition and non-solicitation covenants that continue for up to three years after termination of employment as long as the Company continues paying severance. After the first, and before the third, anniversary of the date of termination, the Company may terminate its obligation to pay continued monthly benefits under these agreements by notifying the executive that the non-compete and non-solicit provisions of the agreement no longer apply.

Non-Equity Incentive Compensation

For 2019, our Named Executive Officers were eligible to receive an annual cash incentive award. Performance was assessed against goals and targets that were established for the fiscal year by our Board in the first quarter of 2019. Each performance goal was assigned a “target” level of performance and certain of the performance goals for 2019 included a “stretch” level at which the award opportunity was capped. Achievement of the target performance level would earn the target award, and achievement at or above the stretch performance level (where applicable) would earn a multiple of the target opportunity. Achievements falling below the target or between the target and stretch levels would result in a pro-rated payout. The performance goals used to determine cash incentive awards for 2019 were based on EBITDA targets, at-risk patient count targets and certain operational and clinical objectives.

Equity Incentives—Equity Incentive Plan

The Equity Incentive Plan, which became effective as of December 18, 2015 and which our Board amended on March 21, 2018 (the “Incentive Plan”), provides for the grant of service-based and performance-based incentive units to our officers, directors, employees, consultants and independent contractors and those of our subsidiaries. Subject to adjustment, as described below, a maximum aggregate of 2,053,143.75 incentive units are authorized for issuance under the Incentive Plan. Incentive unit awards are governed by the terms of the Incentive Plan, the terms of the award agreement documenting the grant and the limited liability company agreement of Oak Street Health, LLC, or the LLC Agreement, and are intended to qualify as “profits interests” for federal income tax purposes. The Incentive Plan will terminate upon the Organizational Transactions.

Service-based incentive units generally vest, except as otherwise approved by our Board, either (1) over a period of four years, with 25% vesting following 12 months of continued employment or service and the balance vesting in equal quarterly installments over the following three-year period, or (2) 100% on the second anniversary of the grant date, in each case provided the holder continues to be employed by, or provide services to, us (or a related entity) on the applicable vesting date. Any unvested service-based incentive units will vest 100% upon a termination of employment following a “sponsor exit” event in which each of our sponsors sells its interests in the Company such that its holdings drop below 20% of its holdings as of December 18, 2015.

Performance-based incentive units generally vest 100% upon a “sponsor exit” as described in the preceding paragraph. Our Board may accelerate the vesting of any incentive units granted under the Incentive Plan at such times and upon such terms and conditions as the Board may deem advisable, which determination is made on an individual by individual basis. Any unvested incentive units held by a recipient will canceled upon any termination of a holder’s employment. We have the right, but not the obligation, to purchase for fair market value and cancel any vested incentive units upon the termination of a holder’s employment.

 

150


Table of Contents

In accordance with the terms of the Incentive Plan, our Board, or a committee appointed by our Board, administers the Incentive Plan and, subject to any limitations in the Incentive Plan, has the authority in its discretion to:

 

   

determine to whom awards may be granted;

 

   

determine the time or times at which awards may be granted;

 

   

determine the number and type of incentive units subject to an award;

 

   

determine the vesting, forfeiture and other restrictions, if any, and any other terms and conditions it deems appropriate, that will apply to the award of incentive units;

 

   

approve forms of agreement for use under the Incentive Plan;

 

   

construe and interpret the Incentive Plan and awards granted thereunder and prescribe rules and regulations relating to the Incentive Plan; and

 

   

make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the Incentive Plan.

As of March 31, 2020,                  incentive units had been issued and are outstanding under the Incentive Plan, and an additional                  incentive units were authorized for future issuance under the LLC Agreement. Upon the Organizational Transactions, the Incentive Plan will terminate and each participant in the Incentive Plan will have his or her incentive units converted into shares of our common stock, which conversion will be based on a conversion price to be determined by our Board immediately prior to the Organizational Transactions. To the extent an incentive unit award is subject to vesting, the common stock issued upon conversion will continue to be subject to the same vesting schedule. As of the consummation of the offering, there will be                 shares of common stock outstanding in respect of awards under the Incentive Plan that have converted into common stock awarded under the 2020 Plan assuming a conversion price based on $            , the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

OSH Management Holdings, LLC Equity Incentive

Certain of our employees, including each of our Named Executive Officers, also hold service-based and performance-based incentive units of OSH Management Holdings, LLC that are awarded under the Incentive Plan (the “OSH MH Awards”). OSH Management Holdings, LLC holds profits interests in Oak Street Health, LLC, and the OSH MH Awards effectively represent a back-to-back right of the holder to participate in the underlying Oak Street Health, LLC profits interests. The OSH MH Awards were issued through a series of transactions pursuant to which Oak Street Health, LLC profits interests were initially granted to the Named Executive Officers under the Incentive Plan, but then were immediately contributed by the Named Executive Officers to OSH Management Holdings, LLC in exchange for the related OSH MH Awards. The OSH MH Awards were granted to our Named Executive Officers in the form of service-based and performance-based incentive units, which were intended to be treated as “profits interests” for federal income tax purposes. The OSH MH Awards are designed to incentivize our Named Executive Officers to meet performance goals and remain in our service. Upon the Organizational Transactions, each of the outstanding Oak Street Health, LLC profits interests will be exchanged for shares of our common stock. See “Organizational Transactions.” The following table sets forth the OSH MH Awards held by our Named Executive Officers as of December 31, 2019.

 

     OSH MH Awards  

Name

   Service-
Based
Incentive
Units
     Performance-
Based
Incentive
Units
     Total  

Mike Pykosz

     208,860        112,861        321,721 (1) 

Geoff Price

     189,860        112,861        302,721 (2) 

Dr. Griffin Myers

     169,860        112,861        282,721 (3)(4) 

 

(1)

To be exchanged for                  shares of common stock in the Organizational Transactions assuming an initial public offering price of $                 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

 

151


Table of Contents
(2)

To be exchanged for                  shares of common stock in the Organizational Transactions assuming an initial public offering price of $                 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

(3)

To be exchanged for                  shares of common stock in the Organizational Transactions assuming an initial public offering price of $                 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

(4)

Registered in the name of the Griffin R. Myers Revocable Trust u/a/d 5/26/2020.

Equity and Cash Incentives

Summary of the 2020 Omnibus Incentive Plan

Prior to the consummation of this offering, we anticipate that our Board will adopt, and our shareholders will approve, the 2020 Plan, pursuant to which employees, consultants and directors of our company and our affiliates performing services for us, including our executive officers, will be eligible to receive awards. We anticipate that the 2020 Plan will provide for the grant of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, RSUs, bonus stock, dividend equivalents, other stock-based awards, substitute awards, annual incentive awards and performance awards intended to align the interests of participants with those of our shareholders. The following description of the 2020 Plan is based on the form we anticipate will be adopted, but since the 2020 Plan has not yet been adopted, the provisions remain subject to change. As a result, the following description is qualified in its entirety by reference to the final 2020 Plan once adopted, a copy of which in substantially final form has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Share Reserve

In connection with its approval by the Board and adoption by our shareholders, we will reserve                 shares of our common stock for issuance under the 2020 Plan. In addition, the following shares of our common stock will again be available for grant or issuance under the 2020 Plan:

 

   

shares subject to awards granted under the 2020 Plan that are subsequently forfeited or cancelled;

 

   

shares subject to awards granted under the 2020 Plan that otherwise terminate without shares being issued; and

 

   

shares surrendered, cancelled or exchanged for cash (but not shares surrendered to pay the exercise price or withholding taxes associated with the award).

Administration

The 2020 Plan will be administered by our Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee has the authority to construe and interpret the 2020 Plan, grant awards and make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the plan. Awards under the 2020 Plan may be made subject to “performance conditions” and other terms.

Eligibility

Our employees, consultants and directors, and employees, consultants and directors of our affiliates, will be eligible to receive awards under the 2020 Plan. The Compensation Committee will determine who will receive awards, and the terms and conditions associated with such award.

Term

The 2020 Plan will terminate ten years from the date our Board approves the plan, unless it is terminated earlier by our Board.

 

152


Table of Contents

Award Forms and Limitations

The 2020 Plan authorizes the award of stock awards, performance awards and other cash-based awards. An aggregate of                 shares will be available for issuance under awards granted pursuant to the 2020 Plan. For stock options that are intended to qualify as incentive stock options, or ISOs, under Section 422 of the Code, the maximum number of shares subject to ISO awards shall be                .

Stock Options

The 2020 Plan provides for the grant of ISOs only to our employees. All options other than ISOs may be granted to our employees, directors and consultants. The exercise price of each option to purchase stock must be at least equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The exercise price of ISOs granted to 10% or more shareholders must be at least equal to 110% of that value. Options granted under the 2020 Plan may be exercisable at such times and subject to such terms and conditions as the Compensation Committee determines. The maximum term of options granted under the 2020 Plan is 10 years (five years in the case of ISOs granted to 10% or more shareholders).

Stock Appreciation Rights

Stock appreciation rights provide for a payment, or payments, in cash or common stock, to the holder based upon the difference between the fair market value of our common stock on the date of exercise and the stated exercise price of the stock appreciation right. The exercise price must be at least equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date the stock appreciation right is granted. Stock appreciation rights may vest based on time or achievement of performance conditions, as determined by the Compensation Committee in its discretion.

Restricted Stock

The Compensation Committee may grant awards consisting of shares of our common stock subject to restrictions on sale and transfer. The price (if any) paid by a participant for a restricted stock award will be determined by the Compensation Committee. Unless otherwise determined by the Compensation Committee at the time of award, vesting will cease on the date the participant no longer provides services to us and unvested shares will be forfeited to or repurchased by us. The Compensation Committee may condition the grant or vesting of shares of restricted stock on the achievement of performance conditions and/or the satisfaction of a time-based vesting schedule.

Performance Awards

A performance award is an award that becomes payable upon the attainment of specific performance goals. A performance award may become payable in cash or in shares of our common stock. These awards are subject to forfeiture prior to settlement due to termination of a participant’s employment or failure to achieve the performance conditions.

Other Cash-Based Awards

The Compensation Committee may grant other cash-based awards to participants in amounts and on terms and conditions determined by them in their discretion. Cash-based awards may be granted subject to vesting conditions or awarded without being subject to conditions or restrictions.

Additional Provisions

Awards granted under the 2020 Plan may not be transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, or as determined by the Compensation Committee. Unless otherwise restricted by our Committee, awards that are non-ISOs or SARs may be exercised during the lifetime of the optionee only by the

 

153


Table of Contents

optionee, the optionee’s guardian or legal representative or a family member of the optionee who has acquired the non-ISOs or SARs by a permitted transfer. Awards that are ISOs may be exercised during the lifetime of the optionee only by the optionee or the optionee’s guardian or legal representative.

In the event of a change of control (as defined in the 2020 Plan), the Compensation Committee may, in its discretion, provide for any or all of the following actions: (i) awards may be continued, assumed or substituted with new rights, (ii) awards may be purchased for cash equal to the excess (if any) of the highest price per share of common stock paid in the change in control transaction over the aggregate exercise price of such awards, (iii) outstanding and unexercised stock options and stock appreciation rights may be terminated prior to the change in control (in which case holders of such unvested awards would be given notice and the opportunity to exercise such awards), or (iv) vesting or lapse of restrictions may be accelerated. All awards will be equitably adjusted in the case of the division of stock and similar transactions.

IPO Grants

Certain of our directors will be issued an aggregate of approximately              RSUs that may be settled for an equal number of shares of common stock pursuant to the terms of our new 2020 Plan upon the completion of this offering (assuming an initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). We will also issue an aggregate of approximately              RSUs that may be settled for an equal number of shares of common stock pursuant to the terms of our new 2020 Plan upon the completion of this offering (assuming an initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) to certain of our non-executive employees who are not participants in the existing Incentive Plan. Upon the pricing of this offering, we also expect to award options to purchase an aggregate of              shares of common stock to approximately              existing unitholders, with an exercise price set at the initial public offering price. The options awarded upon the pricing of the offering will be contingent upon the closing of the offering, and a portion of the options will be unvested as of the date of grant.

2020 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

In connection with the offering, we intend to adopt and ask our stockholders to approve the 2020 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ESPP”), the material terms of which are summarized below. This summary is not a complete description of all of the provisions of the ESPP and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the ESPP, a copy of which will be filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

The ESPP authorizes the grant of options to employees that are intended to qualify for favorable U.S. federal tax treatment under Section 423 of the Code.

Shares Available for Awards; Administration

A total of             shares of our common stock will initially be reserved for issuance under the ESPP. In addition, the number of shares available for issuance under the ESPP will be increased annually on January 1 of each calendar year beginning in 2021 and ending in and including 2030, by an amount equal to the lesser of (A) 1% of the shares outstanding on the final day of the immediately preceding calendar year and (B) such smaller number of shares as is determined by our board of directors. In no event will more than                  shares of our common stock be available for issuance under the ESPP. Our board of directors or a committee of our board of directors will administer and will have authority to interpret the terms of the ESPP and determine eligibility of participants. We expect that the Compensation Committee will be the initial administrator of the ESPP.

 

154


Table of Contents

Eligibility

We expect that all of our employees will be eligible to participate in the ESPP. However, an employee may not be granted rights to purchase stock under our ESPP if the employee, immediately after the grant, would own (directly or through attribution) stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock.

Grant of Rights

Stock will be offered under the ESPP during offering periods. Each offering will consist of a six-month offering period commencing on January 1 and July 1. The plan administrator may, at its discretion, choose a different length of the offer period not to exceed twenty-seven months. Employee payroll deductions will be used to purchase shares on each purchase date during an offering period. The purchase dates for each offering period will be the final trading day in the offering period. The plan administrator may, in its discretion, modify the terms of future offering periods.

The ESPP permits participants to purchase common stock through payroll deductions of up to 15% of their eligible compensation. The maximum number of shares that may be purchased by a participant during any offering period will be                  shares. In addition, no employee will be permitted to accrue the right to purchase stock at a rate in excess of $25,000 worth of shares during any calendar year during which such a purchase right is outstanding (based on the fair market value per share of our common stock as of the first day of the offering period).

On the first trading day of each offering period, each participant will automatically be granted an option to purchase shares of our common stock. The option will expire at the end of the applicable offering period, and will be exercised at that time to the extent of the payroll deductions accumulated during the offering period. The purchase price of the shares, in the absence of a contrary designation, will be 85% of the lower of the fair market value of our common stock on the first trading day of the offering period or on the purchase date. Participants may voluntarily end their participation in the ESPP at any time during a specified period prior to the end of the applicable offering period, and will be paid their accrued payroll deductions that have not yet been used to purchase shares of common stock. Participation ends automatically upon a participant’s termination of employment.

A participant may not transfer rights granted under the ESPP other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and rights granted under the ESPP are generally exercisable only by the participant.

Certain Transactions

In the event of certain non-reciprocal transactions or events affecting our common stock, the plan administrator will make equitable adjustments to the ESPP and outstanding rights. In the event of certain unusual or non-recurring events or transactions, including a change in control, the plan administrator may provide for (1) either the replacement of outstanding rights with other rights or property or termination of outstanding rights in exchange for cash, (2) the assumption or substitution of outstanding rights by the successor or survivor corporation or parent or subsidiary thereof, if any, (3) the adjustment in the number and type of shares of stock subject to outstanding rights, (4) the use of participants’ accumulated payroll deductions to purchase stock on a new purchase date prior to the next scheduled purchase date and termination of any rights under ongoing offering periods or (5) the termination of all outstanding rights.

Plan Amendment

The plan administrator may amend, suspend or terminate the ESPP at any time. However, stockholder approval will be obtained for any amendment that increases the aggregate number or changes the type of shares that may be sold pursuant to rights under the ESPP or changes the corporations or classes of corporations whose employees are eligible to participate in the ESPP.

 

155


Table of Contents

401(k) Plan

We maintain a tax-qualified retirement plan that provides all regular employees with an opportunity to save for retirement on a tax-advantaged basis. Under our 401(k) plan, participants may elect to defer a portion of their compensation on a pre-tax basis and have it contributed to the plan subject to applicable annual limits under the Code. Pre-tax contributions are allocated to each participant’s individual account and are then invested in selected investment alternatives according to the participants’ directions. Employee elective deferrals are 100% vested at all times. As a U.S. tax-qualified retirement plan, contributions to the 401(k) plan and earnings on those contributions are not taxable to the employees until distributed from the 401(k) plan and all contributions are deductible by us when made.

Non-Employee Director Compensation

We did not pay any compensation, make any equity awards or non-equity awards or pay any other compensation to any of the non-employee members of our Board in 2019 or during the three months ended March 31, 2020.

Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy

We do not currently have a formal policy with respect to compensating our non-employee directors for service as directors. Following the completion of this offering, we will implement a formal policy pursuant to which our non-employee directors will be eligible to receive compensation for service on our Board and committees of our Board.

 

156


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information about the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of                     , 2020 and as adjusted to reflect the sale of the common stock in this offering, for

 

   

each person or group known to us who beneficially owns more than 5% of our common stock immediately prior to this offering;

 

   

each of our directors;

 

   

each of our named executive officers; and

 

   

all of our directors and executive officers as a group.

Each shareholder’s percentage ownership before the offering is based on common stock outstanding as of                 , 2020. Each shareholder’s percentage ownership after the offering is based on common stock outstanding immediately after the completion of this offering. We have granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to additional shares of common stock.

Beneficial ownership for the purposes of the following table is determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. These rules generally provide that a person is the beneficial owner of securities if such person has or shares the power to vote or direct the voting thereof, or to dispose or direct the disposition thereof or has the right to acquire such powers within 60 days. Common stock subject to options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of                 , 2020 are deemed to be outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding the options. These shares, however, are not deemed outstanding for the purposes of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Except as disclosed in the footnotes to this table and subject to applicable community property laws, we believe that each shareholder identified in the table possesses sole voting and investment power over all common stock shown as beneficially owned by the shareholder.

Unless otherwise noted below, the address of each beneficial owner listed on the table is c/o Oak Street Health, Inc., 30 W. Monroe Street, Suite 1200, Chicago, Illinois 60603. Beneficial ownership representing less than 1% is denoted with an asterisk (*).

 

           Shares Beneficially Owned
After this Offering
 
     Shares Beneficially
Owned
Prior to this Offering
           No exercise of
underwriters’
option
    Full exercise of
underwriters’
option
 

Name of Beneficial Owner

   Number of
shares
     Percentage     Number of
shares
     Percentage     Percentage  

5% Stockholders:

            

General Atlantic(1)

                                             

Newlight(2)

            

Humana, Inc.(3)

            

Directors and Named Executive Officers:

            

Mike Pykosz

            

Geoff Price

            

Dr. Griffin Myers

            

Carl Daley

            

Dr. Mohit Kaushal

            

Kim Keck

            

Paul Kusserow

            

Robbert Vorhoff

            

Srdjan Vukovic

            

Directors and executive officers as a group (     individuals)

                                             

 

157


Table of Contents

 

(1)

Includes          shares owned by General Atlantic (OSH) Interholdco, L.P. (“OSH Interholdco”), after giving effect to the restructuring described under “Organizational Transactions.” The limited partners of OSH Interholdco are General Atlantic Partners 93, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“GAP 93”), General Atlantic Partners 100, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“GAP 100”), GAP Coinvestments CDA, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“GAPCO CDA”), GAP Coinvestments III, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“GAPCO III”), GAP Coinvestments IV, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“GAPCO IV”), and GAP Coinvestments V, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“GAPCO V” and, together with Gap 93, GAP 100, GAPCO CDA, GAPCO III and GAPCO IV, the “GA Funds”). General Atlantic GenPar, L.P. (“GA GenPar”) is the general partner of GAP 93 and GAP 100. General Atlantic (SPV) GP, LLC (“GA SPV”) is the general partner of OSH Interholdco. General Atlantic LLC (“GA LLC”) is the general partner of GA GenPar and GAPCO CDA, the managing member of GAPCO III, GAPCO IV and GAPCO V, and the sole member of GA SPV. There are eight members of the management committee of GA LLC (the “GA Management Committee”). Mr. Vorhoff is a member of the GA Management Committee and is a Managing Director of GA LLC. OSH Interholdco, GAP 93, GAP 100, GAPCO CDA, GAPCO III, GAPCO IV, GAPCO V, GA GenPar, GA SPV and GA LLC (collectively, the “GA Group”) are a “group” within the meaning of Rule 13d-5 of the Exchange Act. Each of the members of the GA Management Committee disclaims ownership of the shares except to the extent he or she has a pecuniary interest therein. The business address of Mr. Vorhoff and the GA Group is c/o General Atlantic Service Company, L.P., 55 East 52nd Street, 33rd Floor, New York, NY 10055.

(2)

Includes              shares owned by a newly formed SPV (“Newlight-Harbour Point SPV”), after giving effect to the restructuring described under “Organizational Transactions,” a majority of which is economically owned by Quantum Strategic Partners, Ltd. Newlight Partners LP serves as the exclusive investment manager in respect of the shares held by the Newlight-Harbour Point SPV (the “QSP Shares”). The general partner of Newlight Partners is Newlight GP LLC (“Newlight”), which is controlled by David Wassong and Ravi Yadav. In such capacities, each of the entities and individuals referenced in this paragraph may also be deemed to be the beneficial owners having shared voting power and shared investment power with respect to the QSP Shares as described above. The address of Newlight Partners LP is 320 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10022.

(3)

The mailing address of Humana, Inc. is 500 W. Main Street, Louisville, KY 40202.

 

158


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Policies for Approval of Related Party Transactions

Prior to completion of this offering, we intend to adopt a policy with respect to the review, approval and ratification of related party transactions. Under the policy, our Audit Committee is responsible for reviewing and approving related person transactions. In the course of its review and approval of related party transactions, our Audit Committee will consider the relevant facts and circumstances to decide whether to approve such transactions. In particular, our policy requires our Audit Committee to consider, among other factors it deems appropriate:

 

   

the related person’s relationship to us and interest in the transaction;

 

   

the material facts of the proposed transaction, including the proposed aggregate value of the transaction;

 

   

the impact on a director’s independence in the event the related person is a director or an immediate family member of the director;

 

   

the benefits to us of the proposed transaction;

 

   

if applicable, the availability of other sources of comparable products or services; and

 

   

an assessment of whether the proposed transaction is on terms that are comparable to the terms available to an unrelated third party or to employees generally.

The Audit Committee may only approve those transactions that are in, or are not inconsistent with, our best interests and those of our shareholders, as the Audit Committee determines in good faith.

In addition, under of Code of Ethics, which will be adopted prior to the consummation of this offering, our employees and directors will have an affirmative responsibility to disclose any transaction or relationship that reasonably could be expected to give rise to a conflict of interest.

All of the transactions described below were entered into prior to the adoption of the Company’s written Related Party Transactions Policy (which policy will be adopted prior to the consummation of this offering), but all were approved by our Board considering similar factors to those described above.

Related Party Transactions

Other than compensation arrangements for our directors and named executive officers, which are described in the sections of this prospectus titled “Management” and “Executive Compensation,” below we describe transactions since January 1, 2016 to which we were a participant or will be a participant, in which:

 

   

the amounts involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000; and

 

   

any of our directors, executive officers, or holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, or any member of the immediate family of, or person sharing the household with, the foregoing persons, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Relationships with Humana

In September 2018, we issued 850,629 investor units (Investor Units III-D) to Humana for $50 million. Our affiliated medical groups also have capitation contracts with Humana. Total capitated revenues related to the Humana payor contracts were $201.4 million and $307.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 and $73.7 million and $96.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively. Receivables from Humana represented $52.4 million and $49.6 million of the capitated accounts receivable

 

159


Table of Contents

balance at December 31, 2018 and 2019 and $62.6 million and $76.0 million at March 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. See “Risk Factors—Our revenues and operations are dependent upon a limited number of key payors.”

We have also entered into certain lease arrangements with Humana, which accounted for approximately $1.1 million and $1.5 million of the total operating lease rental payments for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 and $0.3 million and $0.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

Additionally, we have recognized approximately $3.1 million and $3.0 million in other patient service revenue from Humana in the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 and $0.6 million and $0.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively, related to care coordination payments. Our agreements with Humana also contain a license fee that is payable by us to Humana on a monthly basis. The license fee is a reimbursement to Humana for its costs of owning or leasing and maintaining the centers, including rental payments, center maintenance or repair expenses, equipment expenses, special assessments, cost of upgrades, taxes, leasehold improvements, and other expenses identified by Humana. The total license fees paid to Humana during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 were approximately $0.9 million and approximately $2.1 million, respectively and during the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2020 were approximately $0.4 million and $0.7 million, respectively, and are included in corporate, general and administrative expenses.

Tender Offers

On March 21, 2018, we announced an offer to purchase for cash (the “2018 Tender Offer”) of up to $72 million of eligible units at a purchase price of $58.78 per eligible unit. All Investor Units I, Investor Units II and Investor Units III were eligible to be tendered. Each founder also agreed to tender 68,050 Founders’ Units. The 2018 Tender Offer expired on April 18, 2018 with 204,150.00 Founders’ Units, 40,258.34 Incentive Units, 179,926.99 Investor Units I, 149,355.10 Investor Units II and 147,137.17 Investor Units III-A being tendered. On April 20, 2018, we purchased all eligible units, other than Incentive Units subject to a hurdle value, at a price of $58.78 per eligible unit net to the sellers in cash, without interest. We purchased Incentive Units that had a hurdle value at a price for each Incentive Unit equal to the excess of $58.78 over the per Incentive Unit amount of that hurdle value net to the sellers in cash, without interest. The 2018 Tender Offer was not conditioned on any minimum number of eligible units being tendered. The purchase price offered in the 2018 Tender Offer for eligible units was the same for all classes of eligible units (other than Incentive Units subject to a hurdle value), even though their relative priorities in distributions may differ. Eligible units that we acquired pursuant to the 2018 Tender Offer were cancelled and retired.

In connection with the 2018 Tender Offer, we sought to obtain capital to pay the aggregate tender offer purchase price through the issuance and sale of Investor Units III-C. We authorized the sale and issuance of up to 1,224,907 Investor Units III-C, which were sold at the same per unit price as the 2018 Tender Offer. In April 2018, the Lead Sponsors purchased an aggregate of 747,660.86 units of Investor Units III-C at $58.78 per unit, for total aggregate proceeds of $43,947,505. We used the cash proceeds of this sale to complete the repurchase of units tendered.

On March 30, 2020, we announced an offer to purchase for cash (the “2020 Tender Offer”) of up to $20 million of eligible units at a purchase price of $156.29 per eligible unit. The 2020 Tender Offer expired on April 27, 2020 with 107,208 Founders’ Units and 23,790 Incentive Units being tendered. On April 30, 2020, we purchased all eligible units, other than Incentive Units subject to a hurdle value, at a price of $156.29 per eligible unit net to the sellers in cash, without interest. We purchased Incentive Units that had a hurdle value at a price for each Incentive Unit equal to the excess of $156.29 over the per Incentive Unit amount of that hurdle value net to the sellers in cash, without interest. The 2020 Tender Offer was not conditioned on any minimum number of eligible units being tendered. The purchase price offered in the 2020 Tender Offer for eligible units was the same for all classes of eligible units (other than Incentive Units subject to a hurdle value), even though their relative

 

160


Table of Contents

priorities in distributions may differ. Eligible units that we acquired pursuant to the 2020 Tender Offer were cancelled and retired.

Consulting Arrangement with an Immediate Family Member of Our Chief Executive Officer

Carolyn Rose, the sister of Michael Pykosz, a member of our Board of Directors and our Chief Executive Officer, has provided us contracted legal services. Ms. Rose received total cash compensation from us of $228,885 during the year ended December 31, 2019 and $44,985 during the three months ended March 31, 2020. In addition, Ms. Rose received a grant of 5,000 incentive units in August of 2019. Ms. Rose’s compensation was based on reference to external market practice of similar positions for consultants or employees who were not related to the Chief Executive Officer. Ms. Rose was also eligible for equity awards on the same general terms and conditions as applicable to consultants and employees in similar positions who were not related to the Chief Executive Officer.

Director Nomination Agreement

In connection with this offering, we will enter into a Director Nomination Agreement with the Lead Sponsors that provides each the right to designate nominees for election to our Board. The Lead Sponsors may also assign their designation rights under the Director Nomination Agreement to an affiliate.

The Director Nomination Agreement will provide each Lead Sponsor the right to designate: (i) three of the nominees for election to our Board for so long as such Lead Sponsor beneficially owns at least 20% of our common stock then outstanding; (ii) two of the nominees for election to our Board for so long as such Lead Sponsor beneficially owns less than 20% but at least 10% of our common stock then outstanding; and (iii) one of the nominees for election to our Board for so long as such Lead Sponsor beneficially owns less than 10% but at least 5% of our common stock then outstanding. In each case, the Lead Sponsors’ nominees must comply with applicable law and stock exchange rules. The Lead Sponsors will agree in the Director Nomination Agreement to vote any shares of our common stock and any other securities held by them in favor of the election to our Board of the directors so designated. At any time when a Lead Sponsor has the right to designate at least one nominee for election to our Board, such Lead Sponsors will also have the right to have one of their nominated directors hold one seat on each Board committee, subject to satisfying any applicable stock exchange rules or regulations regarding the independence of Board committee members. In addition, the Lead Sponsors shall be entitled to designate the replacement for any of their board designees whose board service terminates prior to the end of the director’s term regardless of the applicable Lead Sponsor’s beneficial ownership at such time. The Director Nomination Agreement will also prohibit us from increasing or decreasing the size of our Board without the prior written consent of the Lead Sponsors. This agreement will terminate at such time as each Lead Sponsor owns less than 5% of our outstanding common stock.

Registration Rights Agreement

In connection with this offering, we intend to enter into a registration rights agreement with the Lead Sponsors. The Lead Sponsors will be entitled to request that we register the Lead Sponsors’ shares on a long-form or short-form registration statement on one or more occasions in the future, which registrations may in certain circumstances be “shelf registrations.” The Lead Sponsors will also be entitled to participate in certain of our registered offerings, subject to the restrictions in the registration rights agreement. We will pay the Lead Sponsors’ expenses in connection with the Lead Sponsors’ exercise of these rights. The registration rights described in this paragraph apply to (i) shares of our common stock held by the Lead Sponsors and their affiliates and (ii) any of our capital stock (or that of our subsidiaries) issued or issuable with respect to the common stock described in clause (i) with respect to any dividend, distribution, recapitalization, reorganization, or certain other corporate transactions, or Registrable Securities. These registration rights are also for the benefit of any subsequent holder of Registrable Securities; provided that any particular securities will cease to be Registrable Securities when they have been sold in a registered public offering, sold in compliance with Rule 144 of the

 

161


Table of Contents

Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, or repurchased by us or our subsidiaries. In addition, with the consent of the company and holders of a majority of Registrable Securities, any Registrable Securities held by a person other than the Lead Sponsors and their affiliates will cease to be Registrable Securities if they can be sold without limitation under Rule 144 of the Securities Act.

Indemnification of Officers and Directors

Upon completion of this offering, we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our executive officers and directors. The indemnification agreements will provide the executive officers and directors with contractual rights to indemnification, expense advancement and reimbursement, to the fullest extent permitted under the DGCL. Additionally, we may enter into indemnification agreements with any new directors or officers that may be broader in scope than the specific indemnification provisions contained in Delaware law.

Directed Share Program

At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to                  shares of common stock, or     % of the shares of common stock to be offered by this prospectus for sale, at the initial public offering price, through a directed share program.

 

162


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

Upon completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of                  shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, and                  shares of undesignated preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share. As of March 31, 2020, prior to effecting the Organizational Transactions, we had                  common units outstanding held by                 unitholders of record and                  preferred units held by                  unitholders of record that are convertible into                  common units. After consummation of the Organizational Transactions and this offering and the use of proceeds therefrom, we expect to have                  shares of our common stock outstanding, assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares. The following description of our capital stock is intended as a summary only and is qualified in its entirety by reference to our certificate of incorporation and bylaws to be in effect at the closing of this offering, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and to the applicable provisions of the DGCL.

Common Stock

Dividend Rights. Subject to preferences that may apply to shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, holders of outstanding shares of common stock will be entitled to receive dividends out of assets legally available at the times and in the amounts as our Board may determine from time to time.

Voting Rights. Each outstanding share of common stock will be entitled to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of shareholders. Holders of shares of our common stock shall have no cumulative voting rights.

Preemptive Rights. Our common stock will not be entitled to preemptive or other similar subscription rights to purchase any of our securities.

Conversion or Redemption Rights. Our common stock will be neither convertible nor redeemable.

Liquidation Rights. Upon our liquidation, the holders of our common stock will be entitled to receive pro rata our assets that are legally available for distribution, after payment of all debts and other liabilities and subject to the prior rights of any holders of preferred stock then outstanding.

Preferred Stock

Our Board may, without further action by our shareholders, from time to time, direct the issuance of shares of preferred stock in series and may, at the time of issuance, determine the designations, powers, preferences, privileges, and relative participating, optional or special rights as well as the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, including dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption and liquidation preferences, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of the common stock. Satisfaction of any dividend preferences of outstanding shares of preferred stock would reduce the amount of funds available for the payment of dividends on shares of our common stock. Holders of shares of preferred stock may be entitled to receive a preference payment in the event of our liquidation before any payment is made to the holders of shares of our common stock. Under certain circumstances, the issuance of shares of preferred stock may render more difficult or tend to discourage a merger, tender offer or proxy contest, the assumption of control by a holder of a large block of our securities or the removal of incumbent management. Upon the affirmative vote of a majority of the total number of directors then in office, our Board, without shareholder approval, may issue shares of preferred stock with voting and conversion rights which could adversely affect the holders of shares of our common stock and the market value of our common stock.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Our Certificate of Incorporation and Our Bylaws

Our certificate of incorporation, bylaws and the DGCL will contain provisions, which are summarized in the following paragraphs, that are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of

 

163


Table of Contents

our Board. These provisions are intended to avoid costly takeover battles, reduce our vulnerability to a hostile change of control and enhance the ability of our Board to maximize shareholder value in connection with any unsolicited offer to acquire us. However, these provisions may have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, deter or prevent a merger or acquisition of the Company by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest or other takeover attempt that a shareholder might consider in its best interest, including those attempts that might result in a premium over the prevailing market price for the shares of common stock held by shareholders.

These provisions include:

Classified Board. Our certificate of incorporation will provide that our Board will be divided into three classes of directors, with the classes as nearly equal in number as possible, and with the directors serving three-year terms. As a result, approximately one-third of our Board will be elected each year. The classification of directors will have the effect of making it more difficult for shareholders to change the composition of our Board. Our certificate of incorporation will also provide that, subject to any rights of holders of preferred stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors will be fixed exclusively pursuant to a resolution adopted by our Board. Upon completion of this offering, we expect that our Board will have                  members.

Shareholder Action by Written Consent. Our certificate of incorporation will preclude shareholder action by written consent at any time when the Lead Sponsors beneficially own, in the aggregate, less than 40% in voting power of our outstanding common stock.

Special Meetings of Shareholders. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will provide that, except as required by law, special meetings of our shareholders may be called at any time only by or at the direction of our Board or the chairman of our Board; provided, however, at any time when the Lead Sponsors beneficially own, in the aggregate, at least 40% of our outstanding common stock, special meetings of our shareholders shall also be called by our Board or the chairman of our Board at the request of either of the Lead Sponsors. Our bylaws will prohibit the conduct of any business at a special meeting other than as specified in the notice for such meeting. These provisions may have the effect of deferring, delaying or discouraging hostile takeovers, or changes in control or management of the Company.

Advance Notice Procedures. Our bylaws establish advance-notice procedures with respect to shareholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of our board of directors or a committee of our board of directors, and provided, however, that at any time when a Lead Sponsor beneficially owns, in the aggregate, at least 5% in voting power of our outstanding common stock, such advance notice procedure will not apply to such Lead Sponsor. Shareholders at an annual meeting will only be able to consider proposals or nominations specified in the notice of meeting or brought before the meeting by or at the direction of our Board or by a shareholder who was a shareholder of record on the record date for the meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has given our Secretary timely written notice, in proper form, of the shareholder’s intention to bring that business before the meeting. Although the bylaws will not give our Board the power to approve or disapprove shareholder nominations of candidates or proposals regarding other business to be conducted at a special or annual meeting, the bylaws may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the proper procedures are not followed or may discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of the Company. These provisions do not apply to nominations by the Lead Sponsors pursuant to the Director Nomination Agreement. See “Certain Relations and Related Party Transactions—Director Nomination Agreement” for more details with respect to the Director Nomination Agreement.

Removal of Directors; Vacancies. Our certificate of incorporation will provide that a director nominated by a Lead Sponsor may be removed with or without cause by that Lead Sponsor; provided, however, that at any time when the Lead Sponsors beneficially own, in the aggregate, less than 40% of our outstanding common stock, all

 

164


Table of Contents

directors, including those nominated by a Lead Sponsor, may only be removed for cause, and only by the affirmative vote of holders of at least 66 2/3% in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of stock of the Company entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class. In addition, our certificate of incorporation will also provide that, subject to the rights granted to one or more series of preferred stock then outstanding, any newly created directorship on our Board that results from an increase in the number of directors and any vacancy occurring on our Board may only be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director (and not by the shareholders).

Supermajority Approval Requirements

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will provide that our Board is expressly authorized to make, alter, amend, change, add to, rescind or repeal, in whole or in part, our bylaws without a shareholder vote in any matter not inconsistent with the laws of the State of Delaware and our certificate of incorporation. Any amendment, alteration, rescission or repeal of our bylaws by our shareholders will require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of stock of the Company entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class.

The DGCL provides generally that the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class, is required to amend a corporation’s certificate of incorporation, unless the certificate of incorporation requires a greater percentage.

Our certificate of incorporation will provide that the following provisions in our certificate of incorporation may be amended, altered, repealed or rescinded only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of stock of the Company entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class:

 

   

the provision requiring a 66 2/3% supermajority vote for shareholders to amend our bylaws;

 

   

the provisions providing for a classified board of directors (the election and term of our directors);

 

   

the provisions regarding resignation and removal of directors;

 

   

the provisions regarding entering into business combinations with interested shareholders;

 

   

the provisions regarding shareholder action by written consent;

 

   

the provisions regarding calling special meetings of shareholders;

 

   

the provisions regarding filling vacancies on our Board and newly created directorships;

 

   

the provision establishing the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the exclusive forum for certain litigation;

 

   

the provisions eliminating monetary damages for breaches of fiduciary duty by a director; and

 

   

the amendment provision requiring that the above provisions be amended only with a 66 2/3% supermajority vote.

The combination of the classification of our Board, the lack of cumulative voting and the supermajority voting requirements will make it more difficult for our existing shareholders to replace our Board as well as for another party to obtain control of us by replacing our Board. Because our Board has the power to retain and discharge our officers, these provisions could also make it more difficult for existing shareholders or another party to effect a change in management.

Authorized but Unissued Shares. Our authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock will be available for future issuance without shareholder approval, subject to stock exchange rules. These additional shares may be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future public offerings to raise

 

165


Table of Contents

additional capital, corporate acquisitions and employee benefit plans. One of the effects of the existence of authorized but unissued common stock or preferred stock may be to enable our Board to issue shares to persons friendly to current management, which issuance could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of the Company by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise, and thereby protect the continuity of our management and possibly deprive our shareholders of opportunities to sell their shares of common stock at prices higher than prevailing market prices.

Business Combinations. Upon completion of this offering, we will not be subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested shareholder” for a three-year period following the time that the person becomes an interested shareholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. A “business combination” includes, among other things, a merger, asset or stock sale or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested shareholder. An “interested shareholder” is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or did own within three years prior to the determination of interested shareholder status, 15% or more of the corporation’s voting stock.

Under Section 203, a business combination between a corporation and an interested shareholder is prohibited unless it satisfies one of the following conditions: (1) before the shareholder became an interested shareholder, the board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the shareholder becoming an interested shareholder; (2) upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the shareholder becoming an interested shareholder, the interested shareholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding, shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers, and employee stock plans, in some instances; or (3) at or after the time the shareholder became an interested shareholder, the business combination was approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the shareholders by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested shareholder.

A Delaware corporation may “opt out” of these provisions with an express provision in its original certificate of incorporation or an express provision in its certificate of incorporation or bylaws resulting from a shareholders’ amendment approved by at least a majority of the outstanding voting shares.

We will opt out of Section 203; however, our certificate of incorporation will contain similar provisions providing that we may not engage in certain “business combinations” with any “interested shareholder” for a three-year period following the time that the shareholder became an interested shareholder, unless:

 

   

prior to such time, our Board approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the shareholder becoming an interested shareholder;

 

   

upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the shareholder becoming an interested shareholder, the interested shareholder owned at least 85% of our voting stock outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding certain shares; or

 

   

at or subsequent to that time, the business combination is approved by our Board and by the affirmative vote of holders of at least 66 2/3% of our outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested shareholder.

Under certain circumstances, this provision will make it more difficult for a person who would be an “interested shareholder” to effect various business combinations with the Company for a three-year period. This provision may encourage companies interested in acquiring the Company to negotiate in advance with our Board because the shareholder approval requirement would be avoided if our Board approves either the business combination or the transaction which results in the shareholder becoming an interested shareholder. These provisions also may have the effect of preventing changes in our Board and may make it more difficult to accomplish transactions which shareholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

 

166


Table of Contents

Our certificate of incorporation will provide that the Lead Sponsors, and any of their direct or indirect transferees and any group as to which such persons are a party, do not constitute “interested shareholders” for purposes of this provision.

Dissenters’ Rights of Appraisal and Payment

Under the DGCL, with certain exceptions, our shareholders will have appraisal rights in connection with a merger or consolidation of us. Pursuant to the DGCL, shareholders who properly request and perfect appraisal rights in connection with such merger or consolidation will have the right to receive payment of the fair value of their shares as determined by the Delaware Court of Chancery.

Shareholders’ Derivative Actions

Under the DGCL, any of our shareholders may bring an action in our name to procure a judgment in our favor, also known as a derivative action, provided that the shareholder bringing the action is a holder of our shares at the time of the transaction to which the action relates or such shareholder’s stock thereafter devolved by operation of law.

Exclusive Forum

Our certificate of incorporation will provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if the Court of Chancery does not have jurisdiction, the United States District Court for the District of Delaware) will be the sole and exclusive forum for (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (2) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers or other employees to us or our shareholders, (3) any action asserting a claim against the Company or any director or officer of the Company arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws or (4) any other action asserting a claim against the Company or any director or officer of the Company that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine; provided that for the avoidance of doubt, the forum selection provision that identifies the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the exclusive forum for certain litigation, including any “derivative action”, will not apply to suits to enforce a duty or liability created by the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock will be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of our certificate of incorporation described above. Although we believe these provisions benefit us by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law for the specified types of actions and proceedings, the provisions may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against us or our directors and officers.

Conflicts of Interest

Delaware law permits corporations to adopt provisions renouncing any interest or expectancy in certain opportunities that are presented to the corporation or its officers, directors or shareholders. Our certificate of incorporation will, to the maximum extent permitted from time to time by Delaware law, renounce any interest or expectancy that we have in, or right to be offered an opportunity to participate in, specified business opportunities that are from time to time presented to certain of our officers, directors or shareholders or their respective affiliates, other than those officers, directors, shareholders or affiliates who are our or our subsidiaries’ employees. Our certificate of incorporation will provide that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, none of Lead Sponsors or any director who is not employed by us (including any non-employee director who serves as one of our officers in both his director and officer capacities) or his or her affiliates will have any duty to refrain from (1) engaging in a corporate opportunity in the same or similar lines of business in which we or our affiliates now engage or propose to engage or (2) otherwise competing with us or our affiliates. In addition, to the fullest extent permitted by law, in the event that Lead Sponsors or any non-employee director acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or other business opportunity which may be a corporate opportunity for itself or himself or

 

167


Table of Contents

its or his affiliates or for us or our affiliates, such person will have no duty to communicate or offer such transaction or business opportunity to us or any of our affiliates and they may take any such opportunity for themselves or offer it to another person or entity. Our certificate of incorporation will not renounce our interest in any business opportunity that is expressly offered to a non-employee director solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the Company. To the fullest extent permitted by law, no business opportunity will be deemed to be a potential corporate opportunity for us unless we would be permitted to undertake the opportunity under our certificate of incorporation, we have sufficient financial resources to undertake the opportunity, and the opportunity would be in line with our business.

Limitations on Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors

The DGCL authorizes corporations to limit or eliminate the personal liability of directors to corporations and their shareholders for monetary damages for breaches of directors’ fiduciary duties, subject to certain exceptions. Our certificate of incorporation will include a provision that eliminates the personal liability of directors for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the DGCL. The effect of these provisions will be to eliminate the rights of us and our shareholders, through shareholders’ derivative suits on our behalf, to recover monetary damages from a director for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, including breaches resulting from grossly negligent behavior. However, exculpation will not apply to any director if the director has acted in bad faith, knowingly or intentionally violated the law, authorized illegal dividends or redemptions or derived an improper benefit from his or her actions as a director.

Our bylaws will provide that we must indemnify and advance expenses to our directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL. We also will be expressly authorized to carry directors’ and officers’ liability insurance providing indemnification for our directors, officers and certain employees for some liabilities. We believe that these indemnification and advancement provisions and insurance will be useful to attract and retain qualified directors and officers.

The limitation of liability, indemnification and advancement provisions that will be included in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws may discourage shareholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breaches of their fiduciary duty. These provisions also may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our shareholders. In addition, your investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

There is currently no pending material litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC. The transfer agent’s address is 6201 15th Avenue, Brooklyn, New York, 11219 and its phone number is (718) 921-8200.

Listing

We have applied to list our common stock on the NYSE under the symbol “OSH.”

 

168


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Before this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. As described below, only a limited number of shares currently outstanding will be available for sale immediately after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nevertheless, future sales of substantial amounts of our common stock, including shares issued upon the exercise of outstanding options, in the public market after this offering, or the perception that those sales may occur, could cause the prevailing market price for our common stock to fall or impair our ability to raise capital through sales of our equity securities.

Upon the closing of this offering, based on the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2020, we will have                 outstanding shares of our common stock, after giving effect to the Organizational Transactions and the issuance of shares of our common stock in this offering, assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares.

Of the                  shares that will be outstanding immediately after the closing of this offering, we expect that the shares to be sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act unless purchased by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Shares purchased by our affiliates may not be resold except pursuant to an effective registration statement or an exemption from registration, including the safe harbor under Rule 144 of the Securities Act described below. In addition, following this offering,                  shares of common stock issuable pursuant to awards granted under certain of our equity plans that are covered by a registration statement on Form S-8 will be freely tradable in the public market, subject to certain contractual and legal restrictions described below.

The remaining                 shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering will be “restricted securities,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 of the Securities Act, and we expect that substantially all of these restricted securities will be subject to the lock-up agreements described below. These restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if the sale is registered or pursuant to an exemption from registration, such as Rule 144 or Rule 701 of the Securities Act, which are summarized below.

Lock-up Agreements

We, each of our directors and executive officers and other shareholders and optionholders owning substantially all of our common stock and options to acquire common stock, have agreed that, without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC on behalf of the underwriters, we and they will not, subject to limited exceptions, directly or indirectly sell or dispose of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of common stock for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. The lock-up restrictions and specified exceptions are described in more detail under “Underwriting.”

Prior to the consummation of the offering, certain of our employees, including our executive officers, and/or directors may enter into written trading plans that are intended to comply with Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act. Sales under these trading plans would not be permitted until the expiration of the lock-up agreements relating to the offering described above.

Following the lock-up periods set forth in the agreements described above, and assuming that the representatives of the underwriters do not release any parties from these agreements, all of the shares of our common stock that are restricted securities or are held by our affiliates as of the date of this prospectus will be eligible for sale in the public market in compliance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

Registration Rights Agreement

In connection with this offering, we intend to enter into a registration rights agreement with the Lead Sponsors. The Lead Sponsors will be entitled to request that we register the Lead Sponsors’ shares on a

 

169


Table of Contents

long-form or short-form registration statement on one or more occasions in the future, which registrations may be “shelf registrations.” The Lead Sponsors will also be entitled to participate in certain of our registered offerings, subject to the restrictions in the registration rights agreement. We will pay the Lead Sponsors’ expenses in connection with the Lead Sponsors’ exercise of these rights. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement.” These shares will represent approximately         % of our outstanding common stock after this offering, or         % if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144, beginning 90 days after we become subject to the public company reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, any person who is not our affiliate, who was not our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months and who has held their shares for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, may sell shares without restriction, subject to the availability of current public information about us and subject to applicable lock-up restrictions. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, then that person would be entitled to sell those shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144.

Beginning 90 days after we become subject to the public company reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and subject to applicable lock-up restrictions, a person who is our affiliate or who was our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months and who has beneficially owned restricted securities for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, is entitled to sell a number of shares within any three-month period that does not exceed the greater of: (1) 1% of the number of shares of our common stock outstanding, which will equal approximately shares immediately after this offering; and (2) the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on                  during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions, notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701, any of our employees, directors or officers who acquired shares from us in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other compensatory written agreement before the effective date of this offering are, subject to applicable lock-up restrictions, eligible to resell such shares in reliance upon Rule 144 beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus. If such person is not an affiliate and was not our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months, the sale may be made subject only to the manner-of-sale restrictions of Rule 144. If such a person is an affiliate, the sale may be made under Rule 144 without compliance with the holding period requirements under Rule 144, but subject to the other Rule 144 restrictions described above.

Equity Incentive Plans

Following this offering, we intend to file with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering the shares of common stock that are subject to outstanding options and other awards issuable pursuant to our 2020 Plan and ESPP. Shares covered by such registration statement will be available for sale in the open market following its effective date, subject to certain Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates and the terms of lock-up agreements applicable to those shares.

 

170


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX

CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

The following discussion is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to Non-U.S. Holders (as defined below) of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock issued pursuant to this offering, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all potential tax effects. The effects of other U.S. federal tax laws, such as estate and gift tax laws, and any applicable state, local or non-U.S. tax laws are not discussed. This discussion is based on the Code, Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder (the “Treasury Regulations”), judicial decisions, and published rulings and administrative pronouncements of the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”), in each case as in effect as of the date hereof. These authorities may change or be subject to differing interpretations. Any such change or differing interpretation may be applied retroactively in a manner that could adversely affect a Non-U.S. Holder of our common stock. We have not sought and will not seek any rulings from the IRS regarding the matters discussed below. There can be no assurance the IRS or a court will not take a contrary position to those discussed below regarding the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock.

This discussion is limited to Non-U.S. Holders that hold our common stock as a “capital asset” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code. This discussion does not address all U.S. federal income tax consequences relevant to a Non-U.S. Holder’s particular circumstances, including the impact of the Medicare tax on net investment income. In addition, it does not address consequences relevant to Non-U.S. Holders subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax laws, including, without limitation:

 

   

U.S. expatriates and former citizens or long-term residents of the U.S.;

 

   

persons subject to the alternative minimum tax;

 

   

persons holding our common stock as part of a straddle or other risk reduction strategy or as part of a conversion transaction or other integrated investment;

 

   

banks, insurance companies and other financial institutions;

 

   

real estate investment trusts or regulated investment companies;

 

   

brokers, dealers or traders in securities or currencies;

 

   

“controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies,” and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

 

   

partnerships or other entities or arrangements treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes (and investors therein);

 

   

tax-exempt organizations or governmental organizations;

 

   

persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code;

 

   

persons who hold or receive our common stock pursuant to the exercise of any employee stock option or otherwise as compensation;

 

   

persons that own, or are deemed to own, more than five percent of our capital stock (except to the extent specifically set forth below);

 

   

“qualified foreign pension funds” (within the meaning of Section 897(1)(2) of the Code and entities, all of the interests of which are held by qualified foreign pension funds); and

 

   

tax-qualified retirement plans.

If any partnership or arrangement classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will depend on the status of the partner, the activities of the partnership and certain determinations made at the partner level. Accordingly, partnerships holding our common stock and partners in such partnerships should consult their tax advisors regarding the purchase, ownership and disposition of shares of our common stock.

 

171


Table of Contents

INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE TAX CONSIDERATIONS RELATED TO THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK IN LIGHT OF THEIR PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES, AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSIDERATIONS RELATED TO THE U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX LAWS OR UNDER THE APPLICABLE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL OR NON-U.S. TAXING AUTHORITY OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE INCOME TAX TREATY.

Definition of a Non-U.S. Holder

For purposes of this discussion, a “Non-U.S. Holder” is any beneficial owner of our common stock that is neither a “United States person” nor an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A United States person is any person that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is or is treated as any of the following:

 

   

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the U.S.;

 

   

a corporation, or an entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized under the laws of the U.S. any state thereof, or the District of Columbia;

 

   

an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust (1) whose administration is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and one or more United States persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or (2) that has a valid election in effect to be treated as a United States person for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Distributions

As described in the section entitled “Dividend Policy” we do not anticipate declaring or paying dividends to holders of our common stock in the foreseeable future. However, if we do make distributions of cash or property on our common stock, such distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Amounts not treated as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes will constitute a non-taxable return of capital up to (and will reduce, but not below zero) a Non-U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its common stock. Any excess amounts will be treated as capital gain and will be treated as described below under “Sale or Other Taxable Disposition.”

Subject to the discussions below on effectively connected income, backup withholding, and the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder of our common stock will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividends (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty, provided the Non-U.S. Holder furnishes to us or the applicable withholding agent prior to the payment of dividends a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or other applicable documentation) certifying qualification for the lower income tax treaty rate). A Non-U.S. Holder that does not timely furnish the required documentation, but that qualifies for a reduced treaty rate, may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under any applicable income tax treaty.

If dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the U.S. (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the Non-U.S. Holder maintains a permanent establishment in the U.S. to which such dividends are attributable), the Non-U.S. Holder will be exempt from the U.S. federal withholding tax described above. To claim the exemption, the Non-U.S. Holder must furnish to the applicable withholding agent a valid IRS Form W-8ECI, certifying that the dividends are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the U.S.

Any such effectively connected dividends will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated rates. A Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation also may be subject to a branch profits tax at

 

172


Table of Contents

a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on its effectively connected earnings and profits (as adjusted for certain items), which will include such effectively connected dividends. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding any applicable tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Sale or Other Taxable Disposition

Subject to the discussions below on backup withholding and the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, a Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock unless:

 

   

the gain is effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the U.S. (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the Non-U.S. Holder maintains a permanent establishment in the U.S. to which such gain is attributable);

 

   

the Non-U.S. Holder is a nonresident alien individual present in the U.S. for 183 days or more during the taxable year of the disposition and certain other requirements are met; or

 

   

our common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest (a “USRPI”) by reason of our status as a U.S. real property holding corporation (a “USRPHC”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of (1) the five-year period preceding the Non-U.S. Holder’s disposition of our common stock and (2) the Non-U.S. Holder’s holding period for our common stock.

Gain described in the first bullet point above generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated rates. A Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation also may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on its effectively connected earnings and profits (as adjusted for certain items), which will include such effectively connected gain.

A Non-U.S. Holder described in the second bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on any gain derived from the disposition, which may generally be offset by capital losses of the Non-U.S. Holder allocable to U.S. sources (even though the individual is not considered a resident of the U.S.), provided the Non-U.S. Holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses.

With respect to the third bullet point above, we believe we currently are not, and do not anticipate becoming, a USRPHC. Because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends, however, on the fair market value of our USRPIs relative to the fair market value of our non-U.S. real property interests and our other business assets, there can be no assurance we currently are not a USRPHC or will not become one in the future. Even if we are or were to become a USRPHC, gain arising from the sale or other taxable disposition by a Non-U.S. Holder of our common stock will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax if our common stock is “regularly traded on an established securities market,” as defined by applicable Treasury Regulations, during the calendar year in which the disposition occurs and such Non-U.S. Holder owned, actually and constructively, five percent or less of our common stock throughout the shorter of (1) the five-year period ending on the date of the sale or other taxable disposition or (2) the Non-U.S. Holder’s holding period for our common stock. If we were to become a USRPHC and our common stock were not considered to be “regularly traded on an established securities market” during the calendar year in which the relevant disposition by a Non-U.S. Holder occurs, such Non-U.S. Holder (regardless of the percentage of stock owned) would be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock and a 15% withholding tax would apply to the gross proceeds from such disposition.

Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding potentially applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

 

173


Table of Contents

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Payments of dividends on our common stock generally will not be subject to backup withholding, provided the applicable withholding agent does not have actual knowledge or reason to know the Non-U.S. Holder is a United States person and the Non-U.S. Holder either certifies its non-U.S. status, such as by furnishing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E or W-8ECI, or otherwise establishes an exemption. However, information returns are required to be filed with the IRS in connection with any dividends on our common stock paid to the Non-U.S. Holder, regardless of whether any tax was actually withheld. In addition, proceeds of the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock within the U.S. or conducted through certain U.S.-related brokers generally will not be subject to backup withholding or information reporting if the applicable withholding agent receives the certification described above and does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such Non-U.S. Holder is a United States person, or the Non-U.S. Holder otherwise establishes an exemption. If a Non-U.S. Holder does not provide the certification described above or the applicable withholding agent has actual knowledge or reason to know that such Non-U.S. Holder is a United States person, payments of dividends or of proceeds of the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock may be subject to backup withholding at a rate currently equal to 24% of the gross proceeds of such dividend, sale, or taxable disposition. Proceeds of a disposition of our common stock conducted through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker generally will not be subject to backup withholding or information reporting.

Copies of information returns that are filed with the IRS may also be made available under the provisions of an applicable treaty or agreement to the tax authorities of the country in which the Non-U.S. Holder resides or is established.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a Non-U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act

Withholding taxes may be imposed under Sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code (such Sections commonly referred to as the “Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act” or “FATCA”) on certain types of payments made to non-U.S. financial institutions and certain other non-U.S. entities. Specifically, a 30% withholding tax may be imposed on dividends on, or (in the future) gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of, our common stock paid to a “foreign financial institution” or a “non-financial foreign entity” (each as defined in the Code), unless (1) in the case of a foreign financial institution, certain diligence and reporting obligations are undertaken, (2) in the case of a non-financial foreign entity, the non-financial foreign entity either certifies it does not have any “substantial United States owners” (as defined in the Code) or furnishes identifying information regarding each of its direct and indirect substantial United States owners, or (3) the foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity otherwise qualifies for an exemption from these rules. If the payee is a foreign financial institution and is subject to the diligence and reporting requirements in (1) above, it must enter into an agreement with the U.S. Department of the Treasury requiring, among other things, that it undertake to identify accounts held by certain “specified United States persons” or “United States-owned foreign entities” (each as defined in the Code), annually report certain information about such accounts, and withhold 30% on certain payments to noncompliant foreign financial institutions and certain other account holders. Foreign financial institutions located in jurisdictions that have an intergovernmental agreement with the U.S. governing FATCA may be subject to different rules.

Under the applicable Treasury Regulations and administrative guidance, withholding under FATCA generally applies to payments of dividends on our common stock. However, on December 13, 2018, the U.S. Department of the Treasury released proposed regulations which, if finalized in their present form, would eliminate FATCA withholding on the gross proceeds from a sale or other disposition of our common stock.

Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding the potential application of withholding under FATCA to their investment in our common stock.

 

174


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

We are offering the shares of common stock described in this prospectus through a number of underwriters. J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC are acting as book-running managers of the offering and as representatives of the underwriters. We have entered into an underwriting agreement with the underwriters. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase, at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the number of shares of common stock listed next to its name in the following table:

 

Name

   Number of
Shares
 

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

                   

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

  

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

  

William Blair & Company, L.L.C.

  

Piper Sandler & Co.

  

Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated

  

SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc.

  
  

 

 

 

Total

  
  

 

 

 

The underwriters are committed to purchase all the shares of common stock offered by us if they purchase any shares. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may also be increased or the offering may be terminated.

The underwriters propose to offer the shares of common stock directly to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $                 per share. Any such dealers may resell shares to certain other brokers or dealers at a discount of up to $                 per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares to the public, if all of the shares of common stock are not sold at the initial public offering price, the underwriters may change the offering price and the other selling terms. Sales of shares made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters.

The underwriters have an option to buy up to                  additional shares of common stock from us to cover sales of shares by the underwriters which exceed the number of shares specified in the table above. The underwriters have 30 days from the date of this prospectus to exercise this option to purchase additional shares. If any shares are purchased with this option to purchase additional shares, the underwriters will purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as shown in the table above. If any additional shares of common stock are purchased, the underwriters will offer the additional shares on the same terms as those on which the shares are being offered.

The underwriting fee is equal to the public offering price per share of common stock less the amount paid by the underwriters to us per share of common stock. The underwriting fee is $                 per share. The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

 

     Without
option to
purchase
additional
shares
exercised
     With full
option to
purchase
additional
shares
exercised
 

Per Share

   $                    $                

Total

   $        $    

 

175


Table of Contents

We estimate that the total expenses of this offering, including registration, filing and listing fees, printing fees and legal and accounting expenses, but excluding the underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $                .

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the web sites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in the offering. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters and selling group members that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

We have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, that we will not (i) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing, or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers all or a portion of the economic consequences associated with the ownership of any shares of common stock or any such other securities (regardless of whether any of these transactions are to be settled by the delivery of shares of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise), in each case without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus.

Our directors and executive officers, and certain of our stockholders have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters prior to the commencement of this offering pursuant to which each of these persons or entities, with limited exceptions, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, may not, without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, or pursuant to certain limited exceptions, (1) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock (including, without limitation, common stock or such other securities which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by such directors, executive officers, managers and members in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and securities which may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant) or (2) enter into any hedging, swap or other agreement or transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock or such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or any other securities, in cash or otherwise, or (3) make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any shares of our common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock or publicly disclose the intention to do any of the foregoing.

The restrictions in the immediately preceding paragraph with respect to our directors and executive officers, and certain of our stockholders are subject to certain exceptions and will not apply to: (A) the securities to be sold by a signatory of the lock-up agreement, or any of its affiliates, pursuant to the underwriting agreement and any reclassification, conversion or exchange in connection with such sale of securities; (B) transfers of shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of common stock (i) as a bona fide gift or gifts, (ii) to any immediate family member of a signatory of the lock-up agreement, or any of its affiliates, or any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the signatory of the lock-up agreement, or any of its affiliates, or any immediate family member of the signatory of the lock-up agreement; (iii) to a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other entity of which the signatory of the lock-up agreement, or any of its affiliates, and the immediate family of the signatory of the lock-up agreement are the legal and beneficial owner of all of the outstanding equity securities or similar interests; or (iv) to a nominee or custodian of a person or entity to whom a disposition or transfer would be permissible under clauses (i) through (iii) above; (C) if the signatory to the lock-up agreement is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other

 

176


Table of Contents

business entity, transfers or distributions of shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of common stock to (i) its limited or general partners, members or stockholders or (ii) its affiliates or other entities controlled or managed by the signatory of the lock-up agreement or any of its affiliates (other than the company and its subsidiaries); (D) the transfer or disposition of any shares of common stock purchased by the signatory of the lock-up agreement, or any of its affiliates, on the open market following the public offering; (E) the entering into by the signatory of the lock-up agreement, or any of its affiliates, of a written trading plan (“Rule 10b5-1 Plan”) pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 of the Exchange Act during the restricted period, provided that no sales or transfers of shares of the signatory of the lock-up agreement’s, or any of its affiliates’, common stock shall be made pursuant to such Rule 10b5-1 Plan prior to the expiration of the restricted period and no such filing under the Exchange Act or other public announcement shall be required or voluntarily made by the signatory of the lock-up agreement or any other person in connection therewith without the permission of the representatives of the underwriters, prior to the expiration of the restricted period; (F) transfer of shares of common stock pursuant to a bona fide third-party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction made to all or substantially all holders of the company’s capital stock involving a change of control of the company (for the purposes of the lock-up agreement, “change of control” shall mean any bona fide third party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction approved by the board of directors of the company the result of which is that any “person” (as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), or group of persons, shall become, after the closing of the transaction, the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 of the Exchange Act) of more than 50% of the total voting power of the voting securities of the company), provided that in the event that such tender offer, merger, consolidation or other such transaction is not completed, the signatory of the lock-up agreement’s shares of common stock shall remain subject to the provisions of the lock-up agreement during the restricted period; (G) (i) as a result of the operation of law, or pursuant to an order of a court (including a domestic order, divorce settlement, divorce decree or separation agreement) or regulatory agency or (ii) by will, other testamentary document or intestate succession; (H) the repurchase of the common stock or such other securities by the company pursuant to equity award agreements or other contractual arrangements providing for the right of said repurchase in connection with the termination of the signatory of the lock-up agreement’s employment or service with the company; and (I) to the company (a) pursuant to the exercise, on a “cashless” or “net exercise” basis, of any option to purchase securities granted by the company pursuant to stock option or incentive plans described in this prospectus, or (b) for the purpose of satisfying any withholding taxes (including estimated taxes) due as a result of the exercise of any option to purchase securities or the vesting of any awards granted by the company pursuant to stock option or incentive plans described in this prospectus.

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, in its sole discretion, may release the securities subject to the lockup agreements with the underwriters described above in whole or in part at any time.

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.

We have applied to have our common stock approved for listing on the NYSE under the symbol “OSH.”

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, which involves making bids for, purchasing and selling shares of common stock in the open market for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock while this offering is in progress. These stabilizing transactions may include making short sales of the common stock, which involves the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares of common stock than they are required to purchase in this offering, and purchasing shares of common stock on the open market to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales may be “covered” shorts, which are short positions in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares referred to above, or may be “naked” shorts, which are short positions in excess of that amount. The underwriters may close out any covered short position either by exercising their option to purchase additional shares, in whole or in part, or by purchasing shares in the open market. In making this determination, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market

 

177


Table of Contents

compared to the price at which the underwriters may purchase shares through the option to purchase additional shares. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. To the extent that the underwriters create a naked short position, they will purchase shares in the open market to cover the position.

The underwriters have advised us that, pursuant to Regulation M of the Securities Act of 1933, they may also engage in other activities that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock, including the imposition of penalty bids. This means that if the representatives of the underwriters purchase common stock in the open market in stabilizing transactions or to cover short sales, the representatives can require the underwriters that sold those shares as part of this offering to repay the underwriting discount received by them.

These activities may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of the common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock, and, as a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If the underwriters commence these activities, they may discontinue them at any time. The underwriters may carry out these transactions on the NYSE, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters. In determining the initial public offering price, we and the representatives of the underwriters expect to consider a number of factors including:

 

   

the information set forth in this prospectus and otherwise available to the representatives;

 

   

our prospects and the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete;

 

   

an assessment of our management;

 

   

our prospects for future earnings;

 

   

the general condition of the securities markets at the time of this offering;

 

   

the recent market prices of, and demand for, publicly traded common stock of generally comparable companies; and

 

   

other factors deemed relevant by the underwriters and us.

Neither we nor the underwriters can assure investors that an active trading market will develop for our common shares, or that the shares will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates have provided in the past to us and our affiliates and may provide from time to time in the future certain commercial banking, financial advisory, investment banking and other services for us and such affiliates in the ordinary course of their business, for which they have received and may continue to receive customary fees and commissions. In addition, from time to time, certain of the underwriters and their affiliates may effect transactions for their own account or the account of customers, and hold on behalf of themselves or their customers, long or short positions in our debt or equity securities or loans, and may do so in the future.

Directed Share Program

At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to                  shares of common stock, or     % of the shares of common stock to be offered by this prospectus for sale, at the initial public offering price, through a directed share program. Shares purchased through the directed share program will not be subject to a lock-up

 

178


Table of Contents

restriction, except in the case of shares purchased by any of our directors or officers. The number of shares of common stock available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent these individuals or entities purchase such reserved shares. Any reserved shares that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the other shares offered by this prospectus. The underwriters will receive the same discount from such reserved shares as they will from other shares of our common stock sold to the public in this offering. We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities and expenses, including liabilities under the Securities Act, in connection with sales of the reserved shares.

Selling Restrictions

Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.

Notice to prospective investors in the European Economic Area and the United Kingdom

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area and the United Kingdom (each, a “Relevant State”), no shares have been offered or will be offered pursuant to this offering to the public in that Relevant State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the common shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Regulation, except that it may make an offer to the public in that Relevant State of any common shares at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Regulation:

 

  (a)

to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Regulation;

 

  (b)

to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

 

  (c)

in any other circumstances falling within Article 1(4) of the Prospectus Regulation,

provided that no such offer of Common shares shall require us or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Regulation or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the Prospectus Regulation.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any of our common shares in any Relevant State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any of our common shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any of our common shares, and the expression “Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129.

Notice to prospective investors in the United Kingdom

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

(a) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (‘‘FSMA’’) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of our common shares in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us; and

 

179


Table of Contents

(b) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to our common shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

Notice to prospective investors in Canada

The shares may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the shares must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

Notice to prospective investors in Switzerland

The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (“SIX”) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document does not constitute a prospectus within the meaning of, and has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the Company, the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA, and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (“CISA”). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

Notice to prospective investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre (“DIFC”)

This document relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Markets Rules 2012 of the Dubai Financial Services Authority (“DFSA”). This document is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Markets Rules 2012 of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus supplement nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for this document. The securities to which this document relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the securities offered should conduct their own due diligence on the securities. If you do not understand the contents of this document you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

 

180


Table of Contents

In relation to its use in the DIFC, this document is strictly private and confidential and is being distributed to a limited number of investors and must not be provided to any person other than the original recipient, and may not be reproduced or used for any other purpose. The interests in the securities may not be offered or sold directly or indirectly to the public in the DIFC.

Notice to prospective investors in the United Arab Emirates

The shares have not been, and are not being, publicly offered, sold, promoted or advertised in the United Arab Emirates (including the Dubai International Financial Centre) other than in compliance with the laws of the United Arab Emirates (and the Dubai International Financial Centre) governing the issue, offering and sale of securities. Further, this prospectus does not constitute a public offer of securities in the United Arab Emirates (including the Dubai International Financial Centre) and is not intended to be a public offer. This prospectus has not been approved by or filed with the Central Bank of the United Arab Emirates, the Securities and Commodities Authority or the Dubai Financial Services Authority.

Notice to prospective investors in Australia

This prospectus:

 

   

does not constitute a product disclosure document or a prospectus under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) (the “Corporations Act”);

 

   

has not been, and will not be, lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (“ASIC”), as a disclosure document for the purposes of the Corporations Act and does not purport to include the information required of a disclosure document under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act; and

 

   

may only be provided in Australia to select investors who are able to demonstrate that they fall within one or more of the categories of investors, or Exempt Investors, available under section 708 of the Corporations Act.

The shares may not be directly or indirectly offered for subscription or purchased or sold, and no invitations to subscribe for or buy the shares may be issued, and no draft or definitive offering memorandum, advertisement or other offering material relating to any shares may be distributed in Australia, except where disclosure to investors is not required under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act or is otherwise in compliance with all applicable Australian laws and regulations. By submitting an application for the shares, you represent and warrant to us that you are an Exempt Investor.

As any offer of shares under this document will be made without disclosure in Australia under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act, the offer of those securities for resale in Australia within 12 months may, under section 707 of the Corporations Act, require disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D.2 if none of the exemptions in section 708 applies to that resale. By applying for the shares you undertake to us that you will not, for a period of 12 months from the date of issue of the shares, offer, transfer, assign or otherwise alienate those securities to investors in Australia except in circumstances where disclosure to investors is not required under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act or where a compliant disclosure document is prepared and lodged with ASIC.

Notice to prospective investors in Japan

The shares have not been and will not be registered pursuant to Article 4, Paragraph 1 of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act. Accordingly, none of the shares nor any interest therein may be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any “resident” of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of a resident of Japan,

 

181


Table of Contents

except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan in effect at the relevant time.

Notice to prospective investors in Hong Kong

The shares have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than (a) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance; or (b) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of that Ordinance. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares has been or may be issued or has been or may be in the possession of any person for the purposes of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made under that Ordinance.

Notice to prospective investors in Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor (as defined in Section 4A of the Securities and Futures Act (Chapter 289) of Singapore, as modified or amended from time to time (the “SFA”)) pursuant to Section 274 of the SFA, (ii) to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA) pursuant to Section 275(1) of the SFA, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA, or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

 

   

a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

 

   

a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor,

securities or securities-based derivatives contracts (each term as defined in Section 2(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:

 

   

to an institutional investor or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person arising from an offer referred to in Section 275(1A) or Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA;

 

   

where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer;

 

   

where the transfer is by operation of law;

 

   

as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA; or

 

   

as specified in Regulation 37 of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Securities and Securities-based Derivatives Contracts) Regulations 2018.

 

182


Table of Contents

Notice to prospective investors in Bermuda

Shares may be offered or sold in Bermuda only in compliance with the provisions of the Investment Business Act of 2003 of Bermuda which regulates the sale of securities in Bermuda. Additionally, non-Bermudian persons (including companies) may not carry on or engage in any trade or business in Bermuda unless such persons are permitted to do so under applicable Bermuda legislation.

Notice to prospective investors in Saudi Arabia

This document may not be distributed in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia except to such persons as are permitted under the Offers of Securities Regulations as issued by the board of the Saudi Arabian Capital Market Authority (“CMA”) pursuant to resolution number 2-11-2004 dated 4 October 2004 as amended by resolution number 1-28-2008, as amended (the “CMA Regulations”). The CMA does not make any representation as to the accuracy or completeness of this document and expressly disclaims any liability whatsoever for any loss arising from, or incurred in reliance upon, any part of this document. Prospective purchasers of the securities offered hereby should conduct their own due diligence on the accuracy of the information relating to the securities. If you do not understand the contents of this document, you should consult an authorized financial adviser.

Notice to prospective investors in the British Virgin Islands

The shares are not being, and may not be offered to the public or to any person in the British Virgin Islands for purchase or subscription by or on behalf of the Company. The shares may be offered to companies incorporated under the BVI Business Companies Act, 2004 (British Virgin Islands), but only where the offer will be made to, and received by, the relevant BVI Company entirely outside of the British Virgin Islands.

Notice to prospective investors in China

This prospectus will not be circulated or distributed in the People’s Republic of China (the “PRC”) and the shares will not be offered or sold, and will not be offered or sold to any person for re-offering or resale directly or indirectly to any residents of the PRC except pursuant to any applicable laws and regulations of the PRC. Neither this prospectus nor any advertisement or other offering material may be distributed or published in the PRC, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with applicable laws and regulations.

Notice to prospective investors in Korea

The shares have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Investments Services and Capital Markets Act of Korea and the decrees and regulations thereunder (the “FSCMA”), and the shares have been and will be offered in Korea as a private placement under the FSCMA. None of the shares may be offered, sold or delivered directly or indirectly, or offered or sold to any person for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Korea or to any resident of Korea except pursuant to the applicable laws and regulations of Korea, including the FSCMA and the Foreign Exchange Transaction Law of Korea and the decrees and regulations thereunder (the “FETL”). The shares have not been listed on any of securities exchanges in the world including, without limitation, the Korea Exchange in Korea. Furthermore, the purchaser of the shares shall comply with all applicable regulatory requirements (including but not limited to requirements under the FETL) in connection with the purchase of the shares. By the purchase of the shares, the relevant holder thereof will be deemed to represent and warrant that if it is in Korea or is a resident of Korea, it purchased the shares pursuant to the applicable laws and regulations of Korea.

Notice to prospective investors in Malaysia

No prospectus or other offering material or document in connection with the offer and sale of the shares has been or will be registered with the Securities Commission of Malaysia (“Commission”) for the Commission’s

 

183


Table of Contents

approval pursuant to the Capital Markets and Services Act 2007. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Malaysia other than (i) a closed end fund approved by the Commission; (ii) a holder of a Capital Markets Services License; (iii) a person who acquires the shares, as principal, if the offer is on terms that the shares may only be acquired at a consideration of not less than RM250,000 (or its equivalent in foreign currencies) for each transaction; (iv) an individual whose total net personal assets or total net joint assets with his or her spouse exceeds RM3 million (or its equivalent in foreign currencies), excluding the value of the primary residence of the individual; (v) an individual who has a gross annual income exceeding RM300,000 (or its equivalent in foreign currencies) per annum in the preceding 12 months; (vi) an individual who, jointly with his or her spouse, has a gross annual income of RM400,000 (or its equivalent in foreign currencies), per annum in the preceding 12 months; (vii) a corporation with total net assets exceeding RM10 million (or its equivalent in a foreign currencies) based on the last audited accounts; (viii) a partnership with total net assets exceeding RM10 million (or its equivalent in foreign currencies); (ix) a bank licensee or insurance licensee as defined in the Labuan Financial Services and Securities Act 2010; (x) an Islamic bank licensee or takaful licensee as defined in the Labuan Financial Services and Securities Act 2010; and (xi) any other person as may be specified by the Commission; provided that, in the each of the preceding categories (i) to (xi), the distribution of the shares is made by a holder of a Capital Markets Services License who carries on the business of dealing in securities. The distribution in Malaysia of this prospectus is subject to Malaysian laws. This prospectus does not constitute and may not be used for the purpose of public offering or an issue, offer for subscription or purchase, invitation to subscribe for or purchase any securities requiring the registration of a prospectus with the Commission under the Capital Markets and Services Act 2007.

Notice to prospective investors in Taiwan

The shares have not been and will not be registered with the Financial Supervisory Commission of Taiwan pursuant to relevant securities laws and regulations and may not be sold, issued or offered within Taiwan through a public offering or in circumstances which constitutes an offer within the meaning of the Securities and Exchange Act of Taiwan that requires a registration or approval of the Financial Supervisory Commission of Taiwan. No person or entity in Taiwan has been authorized to offer, sell, give advice regarding or otherwise intermediate the offering and sale of the shares in Taiwan.

Notice to prospective investors in South Africa

Due to restrictions under the securities laws of South Africa, no “offer to the public” (as such term is defined in the South African Companies Act, No. 71 of 2008 (as amended or re-enacted) (the “South African Companies Act”)) is being made in connection with the issue of the shares in South Africa. Accordingly, this document does not, nor is it intended to, constitute a “registered prospectus” (as that term is defined in the South African Companies Act) prepared and registered under the South African Companies Act and has not been approved by, and/or filed with, the South African Companies and Intellectual Property Commission or any other regulatory authority in South Africa. The shares are not offered, and the offer shall not be transferred, sold, renounced or delivered, in South Africa or to a person with an address in South Africa, unless one or other of the following exemptions stipulated in section 96 (1) applies:

Section 96 (1) (a)

The offer, transfer, sale, renunciation or delivery is to:

 

  (i)

persons whose ordinary business, or part of whose ordinary business, is to deal in securities, as principal or agent;

 

  (ii)

the South African Public Investment Corporation;

 

  (iii)

persons or entities regulated by the Reserve Bank of South Africa;

 

184


Table of Contents
  (iv)

authorised financial service providers under South African law;

 

  (v)

financial institutions recognised as such under South African law;

 

  (vi)

a wholly owned subsidiary of any person or entity contemplated in (c), (d) or (e), acting as agent in the capacity of an authorised portfolio manager for a pension fund, or as manager for a collective investment scheme (in each case duly registered as such under South African law); or

 

  (vii)

any combination of the person in (i) to (vi); or

Section 96 (1) (b)

The total contemplated acquisition cost of the securities, for any single addressee acting as principal is equal to or greater than ZAR1,000,000 or such higher amount as may be promulgated by notice in the Government Gazette of South Africa pursuant to section 96(2)(a) of the South African Companies Act.

Information made available in this prospectus should not be considered as “advice” as defined in the South African Financial Advisory and Intermediary Services Act, 2002.

 

185


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the issuance of our common stock offered in this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Kirkland & Ellis LLP, Chicago, Illinois. Certain legal matters will be passed upon for the underwriters by Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, New York, New York.

 

186


Table of Contents

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of Oak Street Health, LLC at December 31, 2019 and 2018, and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2019, appearing in this prospectus and registration statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

The financial statements of Oak Street Health, Inc. at December 31, 2019 appearing in this prospectus and registration statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

187


Table of Contents

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act to register our common stock being offered in this prospectus. This prospectus, which forms part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information included in the registration statement and the attached exhibits. You will find additional information about us and our common stock in the registration statement. References in this prospectus to any of our contracts, agreements or other documents are not necessarily complete, and you should refer to the exhibits attached to the registration statement for copies of the actual contracts, agreements or documents.

The SEC maintains a website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about companies like us, who file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is http://www.sec.gov. This reference to the SEC’s website is an inactive textual reference only and is not a hyperlink.

Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement, we will be subject to the reporting, proxy and information requirements of the Exchange Act, and will be required to file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available on the website of the SEC referred to above, as well as on our website, https://www.oakstreethealth.com. This reference to our website is an inactive textual reference only and is not a hyperlink. The contents of our website are not part of this prospectus, and you should not consider the contents of our website in making an investment decision with respect to our common stock. We will furnish our shareholders with annual reports containing audited financial statements and quarterly reports containing unaudited interim financial statements for each of the first three quarters of each year.

 

188


Table of Contents

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page  

Unaudited financial statements of Oak Street Health, Inc.

  

Balance sheets as of March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019

     F-2  

Notes to unaudited financial statements

     F-3  

Audited consolidated financial statements of Oak Street Health, Inc.

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-4  

Balance sheet as of December 31, 2019

     F-5  

Notes to audited financial statements

     F-6  

Unaudited consolidated financial statements of Oak Street Health, LLC

  

Consolidated balance sheets as of March 31, 2020 and December  31, 2019

     F-7  

Consolidated statements of operations for the three months ended March  31, 2020 and 2019

     F-8  

Consolidated statements of redeemable investor units and members’ deficit for the three months ended March 31, 2020 and 2019

     F-9  

Consolidated statements of cash flow for the three months ended March 31, 2020 and 2019

     F-10  

Notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements

     F-11  

Audited consolidated financial statements of Oak Street Health, LLC

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-38  

Consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2019 and 2018

     F-39  

Consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December  31, 2019 and 2018

     F-40  

Consolidated statements of redeemable investor units and members’ deficit for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

     F-41  

Consolidated statements of cash flow for the years ended December  31, 2019 and 2018

     F-42  

Notes to audited consolidated financial statements

     F-43  

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Oak Street Health, Inc.

BALANCE SHEETS

March 31, 2020

 

     March 31,
2020
(Unaudited)
     December 31,
2019
 

ASSETS

     

Total assets

   $ —        $ —    

Commitments and contingencies

     

STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY

     

Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share, 1,000 shares authorized, none issued or outstanding

   $ —        $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stockholder’s equity

   $ —        $ —    

The accompanying notes are an integral part of this balance sheet.

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Oak Street Health, Inc.

NOTES TO BALANCE SHEETS

 

1.

Organization

Oak Street Health, Inc. (the “Company”) was formed as a Delaware corporation on October 22, 2019. The Company was formed for the purpose of completing a public offering and related transactions in order to carry on the business of Oak Street Health, LLC and affiliates.

 

2.

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Accounting

The balance sheets are presented in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Separate statements of operations, comprehensive income, changes in stockholder’s equity and cash flows have not been presented because there have been no activities in this entity as of March 31, 2020.

 

3.

Common Stock

The Company is authorized to issue 1,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, none of which have been issued or are outstanding.

 

4.

Subsequent Events

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through June 10, 2020, the date that these financial statements were issued. For purposes of this financial statement, the Company has not evaluated any subsequent events after this date.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Oak Street Health, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Oak Street Health, Inc. (the Company) as of December 31, 2019, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the financial statements). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 2019, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audit we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2019.

Chicago, Illinois

April 1, 2020

 

F-4


Table of Contents

Oak Street Health, Inc.

BALANCE SHEET

As of December 31, 2019

 

     December 31,
2019
 

ASSETS

  

Total assets

   $ —    

Commitments and contingencies

  

STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY

  

Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share, 1,000 shares authorized, none issued or outstanding

   $ —    
  

 

 

 

Total stockholder’s equity

   $ —    

The accompanying notes are an integral part of this balance sheet.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

Oak Street Health, Inc.

NOTES TO BALANCE SHEET

 

1.

Organization

Oak Street Health, Inc. (the “Company”) was formed as a Delaware corporation on October 22, 2019. The Company was formed for the purpose of completing a public offering and related transactions in order to carry on the business of Oak Street Health, LLC and affiliates.

 

2.

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Accounting

The balance sheet is presented in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Separate statements of operations, comprehensive income, changes in stockholder’s equity and cash flows have not been presented because there have been no activities in this entity as of December 31, 2019.

 

3.

Common Stock

The Company is authorized to issue 1,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, none of which have been issued or are outstanding.

4. Subsequent Events

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through April 1, 2020, the date that this financial statement was issued. For purposes of this financial statement, the Company has not evaluated any subsequent events after this date.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

OAK STREET HEALTH, LLC AND AFFILIATES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except unit and per-unit data)

 

 

     Balances as of  
     March 31,
2020
    December 31,
2019
 
     (Unaudited)        
ASSETS     

Current assets

    

Cash

   $ 215,951     $ 33,987  

Restricted cash

     10,391       8,266  

Other patient service receivables (Humana comprised $21 and $66 as of March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively)

     325       729  

Capitated accounts receivable (Humana comprised $62,616 and $49,647 as of March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively)

     226,123       167,429  

Prepaid expenses

     1,759       1,382  

Other current assets

     3,997       8,028  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     458,546       219,821  

Long-term assets

    

Property and equipment, net

     68,508       67,396  

Security Deposits

     1,406       1,494  

Goodwill

     9,634       9,634  

Intangible assets, net

     3,256       3,352  

Other long-term assets

     134       125  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 541,484     $ 301,822  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS’ DEFICIT     

Liabilities:

    

Current liabilities

    

Accounts payable

   $ 10,646     $ 10,757  

Accrued compensation and benefits

     15,623       28,610  

Liability for unpaid claims (Humana comprised $63,678 and $58,916 as of March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively)

     211,639       170,629  

Other liabilities (Humana comprised $2,603 and $5,294 as of March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively)

     11,206       11,001  

Current portion of long-term debt

     —         18,507  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     249,114       239,504  

Long-term liabilities

    

Deferred rent expense (Humana comprised $1,035 and $1,034 as of March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively)

     12,974       12,901  

Other long-term liabilities (Humana comprised $4,951 and $4,705 as of March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively)

     11,076       10,816  

Long-term debt, net of current portion

     81,731       62,840  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     354,895       326,061  

Commitments and Contingencies

    

Redeemable Investor Units, aggregate liquidation preference of $630,943 and $397,009 as of March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively (Humana comprised $56,154 and $55,084 as of March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively)

     545,001       320,639  

Members’ deficit:

    

Members’ capital, par value $0.01 per unit, 11,000,000 units authorized as of March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019 (2,790,395 and 2,530,864 units issued and outstanding at March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively)

     6,013       4,192  

Accumulated deficit

     (369,355     (354,355
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total members’ deficit allocated to the Company

     (363,342     (350,163

Noncontrolling interests

     4,930       5,285  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total members’ deficit

     (358,412     (344,878
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and members’ deficit

   $ 541,484     $ 301,822  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

OAK STREET HEALTH, LLC AND AFFILIATES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(Unaudited)

(in thousands, except unit and per unit data)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2020     2019  

Revenues

    

Capitated revenue (Humana comprised $96,487 and $73,682 for the three months ended March 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively)

   $ 196,590     $ 115,329  

Other patient service revenue (Humana comprised $782 and $778 for the three months ended March 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively)

     5,195       2,047  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

     201,785       117,376  

Operating expenses:

    

Medical claims expense (Humana comprised $59,845 and $48,601 for the three months ended March 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively)

     132,285       77,274  

Cost of care, excluding depreciation and amortization (Humana comprised $1,170 and $690 for the three months ended March 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively)

     43,769       27,644  

Sales and marketing

     11,871       8,675  

Corporate, general and administrative expenses

     24,379       11,911  

Depreciation and amortization

     2,505       1,724  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (13,024     (9,852

Other income (expense):

    

Interest expense, net

     (2,426     (9

Other

     95       62  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (15,355     (9,799

Net loss (gain) attributable to noncontrolling interests

     355       (196
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to the Company

   $ (15,000   $ (9,995
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Undeclared and deemed dividends

     (9,572     (7,114

Net loss attributable to common unitholders

   $ (24,572   $ (17,109

Weighted-average number of common units outstanding - basic and diluted

     620,068       620,068  

Net loss per unit - basic and diluted

   $ (39.63   $ (27.59

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

OAK STREET HEALTH, LLC AND AFFILIATES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN

REDEEMABLE INVESTOR UNITS AND MEMBERS’ DEFICIT

(Unaudited)

(in thousands, except unit and per-unit data)

 

 

    Redeemable Investor
Units
                Members’ Capital     Accumulated
Deficit
    Noncontrolling
Interest
    Total
Members’
Deficit
 
    Shares
Issued
    Amount                 Shares
Issued
    Amount  

Three months ended March 31, 2019

                   

Balances at December 31, 2018

    10,975,101     $ 319,139           2,074,216     $ 463     $ (246,493   $ 4,220     $ (241,810

Issuance of Series I, II and III Investor Units

    —         —             —         —         —         —         —    

Issuance of Common Units

    —         —             —         —         —         —         —    

Repurchases - Profit

    —         —             (3,297     —          

Forfeitures - Profit Interests

    —         —             (5,256     (74     —         —         (74

Unit-Based Compensation

    —         —             —         224       —         —         224  

Payments from Noncontrolling Interest

    —         —             —         —         —         2,646       2,646  

Net loss

    —         —             —         —         (9,995     196       (9,799
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at March 31, 2019

    10,975,101     $ 319,139           2,065,663     $ 613     $ (256,488   $ 7,062     $ (248,813
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
                 
    Redeemable Investor
Units
                Members’ Capital     Accumulated
Deficit
    Noncontrolling
Interest
    Total
Members’
Deficit
 
    Shares
Issued
    Amount                 Shares
Issued
    Amount  

Three months ended March 31, 2020

                   

Balances at December 31, 2019

    11,000,619     $ 320,639           2,530,864     $ 4,192     $ (354,355   $ 5,285     $ (344,878

Issuance of Series I, II and III Investor Units

    1,471,623       224,362           —         —         —         —         —    

Issuance of Common Units

    —         —             265,500       —         —         —         —    

Repurchases - Profit Interests

    —         —             (5,531     —         —         —         —    

Forfeitures - Profit Interests

    —         —             (438     (7     —         —         (7

Unit-Based Compensation

    —         —             —         1,828       —         —         1,828  

Net loss

    —         —             —         —         (15,000     (355     (15,355
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at March 31, 2020

    12,472,242     $ 545,001           2,790,395     $ 6,013     $ (369,355   $ 4,930     $ (358,412
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

OAK STREET HEALTH, LLC AND AFFILIATES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Unaudited)

(in thousands)

 

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2020     2019  

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net loss

   $ (15,355   $ (9,799

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:

    

Amortization of discount on debt and related issuance costs

     384       194  

Depreciation and amortization

     2,505       1,724  

Unit based compensation, net of forfeitures

     1,821       150  

Change in fair value of bifurcated derivative

     (97     797  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Accounts receivable

     (58,290     (42,704

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     3,654       (247

Security deposits and other long-term assets

     79       (25

Accounts payable

     (250     (396

Liability for unpaid claims

     41,010       24,996  

Accrued compensation and benefits

     (12,987     (4,270

Other current liabilities

     205       467  

Other long-term liabilities

     357       (2,344

Deferred rent expense

     73       1,838  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (36,891     (29,619

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Purchases of property and equipment

     (3,382     (5,626
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (3,382     (5,626

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Proceeds from issuance of redeemable investor units

     224,362       —    

Capital contributions from non-controlling interests

     —         2,646  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     224,362       2,646  

Net change in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

     184,089       (32,599

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, beginning of period

     42,253       72,067  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, end of period

   $ 226,342     $ 39,468  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

    

Cash paid during the period for:

    

Interest

   $ 2,000     $ 784  

Addition to construction in process funded through accounts payable

   $ 138     $ 498  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

OAK STREET HEALTH, LLC AND AFFILIATES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except for unit and per-unit data)

(Unaudited)

 

NOTE 1. NATURE OF BUSINESS

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America for interim financial information and with the instructions to Form 10-Q and Rule 10-01 of Regulation S-X. Accordingly, certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America have been omitted pursuant to such regulations. In the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting of all normal and recurring adjustments) considered necessary for a fair presentation have been included. Operating results for the three months ended March 31, 2020 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ending December 31, 2020, and therefore, the results and trends in these interim consolidated financial statements may not be the same for the entire year.

Oak Street Health, LLC (“Oak Street Health” or “OSH”) and Affiliates, collectively referred to as “we” or “us” or “our” or the “Company”, operates primary care centers serving Medicare beneficiaries. The Company, through its centers and management services organization, combines an innovative care model with superior patient experience. The Company invests resources into primary care to prevent unnecessary acute events and manage chronic illnesses. The Company engages Medicare eligible patients through the use of an innovative community outreach approach. Once patients are engaged, the Company integrates population health analytics, social support services and primary care into the care model to drive improved outcomes. The Company contracts with health plans to generate medical costs savings and realize a return on its investment in primary care. As of March 31, 2020, the Company operated 54 centers.

Oak Street Health is organized as a limited liability company (“LLC”). As such, no member, agent or employee of the Company shall be personally liable for debts, obligations, or liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort, or otherwise or for the acts or omissions of any other member, director, manager, agent or employee of the Company, unless the individual has agreed otherwise under the provisions of the Company’s operating agreement or signed a specific personal guarantee. The duration of the Company is perpetual.

Oak Street Health, MSO LLC (“MSO”), a wholly owned-subsidiary of Oak Street Health LLC, was formed in 2013 to provide a wide range of management services to the Physician Groups (as defined below). Activities include but are not limited to operational support of the centers, marketing, information technology infrastructure, and the sourcing and managing of health plan contracts.

Oak Street Health Physicians Group PC, OSH-IN Physicians Group PC, OSH-MI Physicians Group PC, OSH-OH Physicians Group LLC, OSH-PA Physicians Group PC, and OSH-RI Physicians Group PC (collectively the “Physician Groups”) employ healthcare providers to deliver primary care services to the Medicare covered population of Illinois, Indiana, Michigan, North Carolina, Ohio, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, and Tennessee. These entities are consolidated as each are considered variable interest entities where Oak Street Health has a controlling financial interest (see Note 17).

In addition, Oak Street Health is the majority interest owner in three joint ventures: OSH-PCJ Joliet, LLC, OSH-RI, LLC, and OSH-ESC Joint Venture, LLC which are consolidated in the Company’s financial statements. No new joint ventures, or additional funding contributions with existing joint ventures, were entered into in 2020 through March 31, 2020. In the first quarter of 2019, initial contributions were made to OSH-ESC Joint Venture,

 

F-11


Table of Contents

OAK STREET HEALTH, LLC AND AFFILIATES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except for unit and per-unit data)

(Unaudited)

 

 

LLC from Oak Street Health MSO, LLC (51% ownership) and Evangelical Services Corporation (49% ownership) totaling $2,754 and $2,646, respectively.

The consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes are prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”). The consolidated financial statements of Oak Street Health include the financial statements of all wholly-owned subsidiaries and majority-owned or controlled companies. For those consolidated subsidiaries where our ownership is less than 100%, the portion of the net income or loss allocable to the noncontrolling interests is reported as “Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests” in the consolidated statements of operations. Intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

The Company considers itself to control an entity if it is the majority owner of or has voting control over such entity. The Company also assesses control through means other than voting rights (“variable interest entities” or “VIEs”) and determines which business entity is the primary beneficiary of the VIE. The Company consolidates VIEs when it is determined that the Company is the primary beneficiary of the VIE.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. The areas where significant estimates are used in the accompanying financial statements include the liability for unpaid claims, unit-based compensation, the valuation and related impairment recognition of long-lived assets, including intangibles and goodwill, and the valuation of embedded derivatives and redeemable investor units. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Business Combination

On April 2, 2019, the Company entered into an agreement to purchase a primary care center, which constitutes a business, located in Flint, Michigan for cash consideration of $166, which was accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting pursuant to ASC 805. The acquisition is not material to the consolidated financial statements.

NOTE 2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The Company describes its significant accounting policies in Note 2 of the notes to consolidated financial statements in its Annual Report for the year ended December 31, 2019. During the three-month period ended March 31, 2020, there were no significant changes to those accounting policies, other than those policies impacted by the new accounting pronouncements adopted during the period and further described below in “Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements”.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In July 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-09, Codification Improvements (“ASU 2018-09”), which made minor amendments to the codification in order to correct errors, eliminate inconsistencies and provide clarifications in current guidance. ASU 2018-09 amends Subtopics 470-50, Debt Modifications and Extinguishments, and 718-40, Compensation-Stock Compensation-Income Taxes, among other Topics amended within the update. Several of

 

F-12


Table of Contents

OAK STREET HEALTH, LLC AND AFFILIATES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except for unit and per-unit data)

(Unaudited)

 

 

the Topics within the ASU were effective immediately upon issuance of ASU 2018-09, however, some amendments require transition guidance which is effective for nonpublic business entities for fiscal years after beginning after December 15, 2019. The Company adopted the new guidance on January 1, 2020, noting no impact on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASC 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework – Changes to the Disclosure for Fair Value Measurement (“ASU 2018-13”), which modifies the disclosure requirements on fair value measurements. ASU 2018-13 is effective for all entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years, with partial early adoption permitted for eliminated disclosures. The method of adoption varies by the disclosure. The Company adopted the new guidance on January 1, 2020, noting no impact on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In November 2016, FASB issued ASU 2016-18, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Restricted Cash (“ASU 2016-18”), which requires that a statement of cash flows explains the change during the period in the total of cash, cash equivalents, and amounts generally described as restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents. The Company adopted this ASU on January 1, 2019. Restricted cash are funds held in Company bank accounts that are not available for operational use. The restricted cash balance consists of reserve accounts that are contractually required by payor contracts, funds held as collateral for bank debt, and bank issued letters of credit.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (“ASU 2016-02”), which amends the accounting for leases, requiring lessees to recognize most leases on their balance sheet with a right-of-use asset and a lease liability. Leases will be classified as either finance or operating leases, which will impact the expense recognition of such leases over the lease term. ASU 2016-02 also modifies the lease classification criteria for lessors and eliminates some of the real estate leasing guidance previously applied for certain leasing transactions. The Company is required to adopt ASU 2016-02 on January 1, 2021. Because of the number of leases, the Company utilizes to support its operations, the adoption of ASU 2016-02 is expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position and results of operations. Management is currently evaluating the extent of this anticipated impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements, and the quantitative and qualitative factors that will impact the Company as part of the adoption of ASU 2016-02, as well as any changes to its leasing strategy that may occur because of the changes to the accounting and recognition of leases. Most recently, the Company has organized an implementation group of cross-functional departmental management to ensure the completeness of its lease information, analyze the appropriate classification of current leases under the new standard, and develop new processes to execute, approve and classify leases on an ongoing basis. The Company has also evaluated system applications to assist in the implementation and tracking of leases in preparation for the new standard.

In July 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-11, Earnings Per Unit Share (Topic 260); Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity (Topic 480); Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): (Part I) Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Down Round Features, (Part II) Replacement of the Indefinite Deferral for Mandatorily Redeemable Financial Instruments of Certain Nonpublic Entities and Certain Mandatorily Redeemable Noncontrolling Interests with a Scope Exception (“ASU 2017-11”). Among other items, Part I of ASU 2017-11 simplifies the accounting for certain financial instruments with down round features, a provision in an equity-linked financial instrument (or embedded feature) that provides a downward adjustment of the current exercise

 

F-13


Table of Contents

OAK STREET HEALTH, LLC AND AFFILIATES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except for unit and per-unit data)

(Unaudited)

 

 

price based on the price of future equity offerings. Current accounting guidance creates cost and complexity for organizations that issue financial instruments with down round features by requiring, on an ongoing basis, fair value measurement of the entire instrument or conversion option. ASU 2017-11 will also require companies to disregard the down round feature when assessing whether the instrument is indexed to its own stock, for purposes of determining liability or equity classification. Companies that provide earnings per share (“EPS”) data will adjust their basic EPS calculation for the effect of the feature when triggered (i.e., when the exercise price of the related equity-linked financial instrument is adjusted downward because of the down round feature) and will also recognize the effect of the trigger within equity. ASU 2017-11 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020. Early adoption is permitted for all entities. The Company is in the process of evaluating the potential impacts of this new guidance on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In October 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-17, Consolidation – Targeted Improvements to Related Party Guidance for Variable Interest Entities (Topic 810) (“ASU 2018-17”). ASU 2018-17 eliminates the requirement that entities consider indirect interests held through related parties under common control in their entirety when assessing whether a decision-making fee is a variable interest. Instead, the reporting entity will consider such indirect interests on a proportionate basis. ASU 2018-17 is effective for a private company for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021. All entities are required to apply the adjustments in ASU 2018-17 retrospectively with a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings at the beginning of the earliest period presented. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact ASU 2018-17 will have on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In June 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-07, Improvements to Nonemployee Share-Based Payment Accounting (“ASU 2018-07”) which aligns the accounting treatment of stock awards granted to nonemployee consultants to those granted to employees. The updated guidance requires that share-based payment awards granted to a customer in conjunction with selling goods or services be accounted for under ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. We are required to measure and classify share-based payment awards granted to a customer. The amount recorded as a reduction of the transaction price is required to be measured on the basis of the grant-date fair value of the share-based payment award in accordance with Topic 718. The updated guidance is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of Topic 718 on our consolidated financial statements.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments (“ASU 2016-13”). ASU 2016-13 introduces a new model for recognizing credit losses on financial instruments based on an estimate of current expected credit losses. The guidance is effective for us beginning January 1, 2023. The new current expected credit losses (CECL) model generally calls for the immediate recognition of all expected credit losses and applies to loans, accounts and trade receivables as well as other financial assets measured at amortized cost, loan commitments and off-balance sheet credit exposures, debt securities and other financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income, and beneficial interests in securitized financial assets. The new guidance replaces the current incurred loss model for measuring expected credit losses, requires expected losses on available for sale debt securities to be recognized through an allowance for credit losses rather than as reductions in the amortized cost of the securities, and provides for additional disclosure requirements. The Company is currently evaluating the impact the adoption of ASU 2016-13 will have on its consolidated financial statements.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

OAK STREET HEALTH, LLC AND AFFILIATES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except for unit and per-unit data)

(Unaudited)

 

 

In January 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-01, Investments – Equity Securities (Topic 321), Investments – Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323), and Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815) – Clarifying the Interactions between Topic 321, Topic 323, and Topic 815 (“ASU 2020-01”). ASU 2020-01 clarifies the interaction of the accounting for equity securities under Topic 321 and investments accounted for under the equity method of accounting in Topic 323 and the accounting for certain forward contracts and purchased options accounted for under Topic 815. The guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020. The Company is currently evaluating the impact the adoption of ASU 2020-01 will have on its consolidated financial statements.

NOTE 3. REVENUE

Both our capitated revenue and fee-for-service revenue generally relate to contracts with patients in which our performance obligation is to provide healthcare services to the patients. Revenues are recorded during the period our obligations to provide healthcare services are satisfied as noted below within each service type.

Capitated Revenue and Accounts Receivable

Capitated revenue consists primarily of capitated fees for medical services provided by us under capitated arrangements directly made with various Medicare Advantage managed care payors. The Company receives a fixed fee per patient under what is typically known as a “risk contract.” Risk contracting, or full risk capitation, refers to a model in which the Company receives from the third-party payor a fixed payment per patient per month (“PPPM” payment) for a defined patient population, and the Company is then responsible for providing healthcare services required by that patient population. The Company is responsible for incurring or paying for the cost of healthcare services required by that patient population in addition to those provided by the Company. Fees are recorded gross in revenues because the Company is acting as a principal in arranging for, providing and controlling the managed healthcare services provided to the managed care payors’ eligible enrolled members. Neither the Company or any of its Affiliates is a registered insurance company because state law in the states in which it operates does not require such registration for risk-bearing providers.

The Company’s payor contracts generally have a term of one year or longer, but the contracts between the enrolled members (our customers) and the payor are one calendar year or less. In general, the Company considers all contracts with customers (enrolled members) as a single performance obligation to stand ready to provide managed healthcare services. The Company identified that contracts with customers for capitation arrangements have similar performance obligations and therefore groups them into one portfolio. This performance obligation is satisfied as the Company stands ready to fulfill its obligation to enrolled members. Our revenues are based upon the estimated PPPM amounts we expect to be entitled to receive from Medicare Advantage managed care payors. The PPPM rates are determined as a percent of the premium the Medicare Advantage plan receives from CMS for our at-risk members. Those premiums are determined via a competitive bidding process with CMS and are based upon the cost of care in a local market and the average utilization of services by the patients enrolled. Medicare pays capitation using a “risk adjustment model,” which compensates providers based on the health status (acuity) of each individual patient. Payors with higher acuity patients receive more, and those with lower acuity patients receive less. Under the risk adjustment model, capitation is paid on an interim basis based on enrollee data submitted for the preceding year and is adjusted in subsequent periods after the final data is compiled. As premiums are adjusted via this risk adjustment model, our PPPM payments will change in unison with how our payor partners’ premiums change with CMS. The Company determined the transaction price for these contracts is variable as it primarily includes PPPM fees which can fluctuate throughout the contract based

 

F-15


Table of Contents

OAK STREET HEALTH, LLC AND AFFILIATES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except for unit and per-unit data)

(Unaudited)

 

 

on the acuity of each individual enrollee. Our capitated revenues include $23,527 and $1,549 for the three months ended March 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, for acuity-related adjustments that have been received or are estimated to be received in subsequent periods. In certain contracts, PPPM fees also include adjustments for items such as performance incentives or penalties based on the achievement of certain clinical quality metrics as contracted with payors. There were no PPPM adjustments related to performance incentives/penalties for quality-related metrics for the three months ended March 31, 2020 and 2019. The capitated revenues are recognized based on the estimated PPPM transaction price to transfer the service for a distinct increment of the series (i.e. month) and is recognized net of projected acuity adjustments and performance incentives/penalties because the Company is able to reasonably estimate the ultimate PPPM payment of these contracts. We recognize revenue in the month in which eligible members are entitled to receive healthcare benefits during the contract term. Subsequent changes in PPPM fees and the amount of revenue to be recognized by the Company are reflected through subsequent period adjustments to properly recognize the ultimate capitation amount and do not result in a significant reversal of revenue when the uncertainty is resolved in subsequent periods. As the period between the time of service and time of payment is typically one year or less, the Company elected the practical expedient under ASC 606-10-32-18 and did not adjust for the effects of a significant financing component.

Certain third-party payor contracts include a Medicare Part D payment related to pharmacy claims, which is subject to risk sharing through accepted risk corridor provisions. Under certain agreements the fund risk allocation is established where the Company, as the contracted provider, receives only a portion of the risk and the associated surplus or deficit. The Company estimates and recognizes an adjustment to Part D capitated revenues related to these risk corridor provisions, based upon pharmacy claims experience to date, as if the annual risk contract were to terminate at the end of the reporting period. Medicare Part D comprised 2% of capitated revenues and 4% of third-party medical claims expense for the three months ended March 31, 2020, and comprised 3% of capitated revenues and 5% of medical claims expense for the three months ended March 31, 2019.

The Company had agreements in place with the payors listed below and payor sources of capitated revenue for each period presented were as follows:

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2020     2019  

Humana

     49     64

Wellcare

     12     9

Cigna-HealthSpring

     11     9

Other

     28     18

 

F-16


Table of Contents

OAK STREET HEALTH, LLC AND AFFILIATES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except for unit and per-unit data)

(Unaudited)

 

 

Other Patient Service Revenue

Other patient service revenue is comprised of ancillary fees earned under contracts with certain managed care organizations for the provision of certain care coordination services and care management services, and is also comprised of fee-for-service revenue. The composition of other patient service revenue for each three month period was as follows:

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
         2020              2019      

Care coordination and care management services

   $ 4,060        583  

Fee-for-service

     1,135        1,464  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other patient services revenue

     5,195        2,047  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company has entered into multi-year agreements with Humana and its affiliates to provide services at certain centers to members covered by Humana. The agreements contain an administrative payment from Humana in exchange for the Company providing certain care coordination services during the term of the contract (“Care Coordination Payment”). The care coordination payments are recognized in other patient service revenue ratably over the length of the terms stated in the contracts and are refundable to Humana on a pro-rata basis if the Company ceases to provide services at the centers within the length of the term specified in the contracts. We have identified a single performance obligation to stand ready to provide care coordination services to patients, which constitutes a series of distinct service increments.

Care management services are provided to enrolled members of certain contracted managed care organizations regardless of whether those members are Oak Street Health patients. Similar to the other care management services provided to the Company’s centers, the Company provides delegated services and other administrative services to plans in order to assist with the management of its Medicare population, therefore, we have identified a single performance obligation to stand ready to provide care management services, which constitutes a series of distinct service increments.

Fee-for-service revenue is primarily derived from healthcare services rendered to patients. The services provided by the Company have no fixed duration and can be terminated by the patient or the Company at any time, therefore each treatment is its own standalone contract. Services ordered by a healthcare provider during an office visit are not separately identifiable, and therefore have been combined into a single performance obligation for each contract. The Company recognizes revenue as its performance obligation is completed on the date of service. Fee-for-service revenue is recognized in the period in which services are provided at estimated net realizable amounts from patients, third-party payors and others. The fee-for-service revenue by payor source for each period presented were as follows:

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2020     2019  

Medicare

     46     46

Humana

     8     14

Other

     46     40

 

F-17


Table of Contents

OAK STREET HEALTH, LLC AND AFFILIATES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except for unit and per-unit data)

(Unaudited)

 

 

Other patient service accounts receivable consists primarily of amount due from Medicare and Medicare Advantage plans for fee-for-service patients. Receivables from commercial or government payors are recorded at a net amount determined by the original charge for the service provided, less contractual discounts provided to the payor. Receivables due directly from patients are recorded at the original charge for the service provided less amounts covered by third-party payors and an allowance for financial assistance. As of March 31, 2020, Medicare comprised 38% and Humana comprised 6% of other patient service accounts receivable. As of December 31, 2019, Medicare comprised 47% and Humana comprised 9% of other patient service accounts receivable. All other payors represent 56% and 44% of other patient service accounts receivable as of March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively.

The Company has a financial assistance policy in which patients will be assessed for financial hardship and other criteria that are used to make a good-faith determination of financial need, in which case the Company will waive or reduce a Medicare beneficiary’s obligation to pay copay, coinsurance or deductible amounts owed for the provision of medical services. The majority of our fee-for-service patients qualify for financial assistance. The total amount of patient revenues that were waived per the Company’s financial assistance policy were $1,465 and $849 for the three months ended March 31, 2020 and 2019. The Company’s cost to provide care in regard to the services for which the patient’s financial obligation was waived was estimated to be $2,461 and $1,427 for the three months ended March 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, using a cost-to-charge ratio estimate. The Company invests heavily in primary care to prevent unnecessary acute events and manage chronic illnesses, and the cost incurred exceeds the amount that the Company would have realized under fee-for-service payment arrangements. The Company is willing to accept this deficit as many fee-for-service patients become Medicare Advantage patients under capitated arrangements.

Remaining Performance Obligations

As our performance obligations relate to contracts with a duration of one year or less, the Company elected the optional exemption in ASC 606-10-50-14(a). Therefore, the Company is not required to disclose the transaction price for the remaining performance obligations at the end of the reporting period or when the Company expects to recognize revenue. The Company has minimal unsatisfied performance obligations at the end of the reporting period as our patients typically are under no obligation to continue receiving services at our facilities.

NOTE 4. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

In accordance with ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (“ASC 820”), fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.

Assets and liabilities carried at fair value are required to be classified and disclosed in one of the following three categories:

Level 1             Quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2             Observable market-based inputs or unobservable inputs that are corroborated by market data.

Level 3             Unobservable inputs that are not corroborated by market data.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

OAK STREET HEALTH, LLC AND AFFILIATES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except for unit and per-unit data)

(Unaudited)

 

 

When determining the fair value measurements for assets and liabilities required to be recorded at fair value, management considers the principal or most advantageous market in which it would transact and considers risks, restrictions, or other assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability. The carrying amounts of financial instruments including cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued liabilities and short-term borrowings approximate fair value due to the short maturity of these instruments.

The bifurcated derivative associated with the long-term debt (see Note 10) is classified within Level 3 due to a lack of quoted prices in an active market and observable inputs for similar liabilities. The fair value measurements for the bifurcated derivative as of March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019 was $249 and $152, respectively. The bifurcated derivative liability is included in other long-term liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets as of March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019. Changes in fair value of the bifurcated derivative are recorded within interest expense in the consolidated statements of operations and amounted to $97 and $(797) during the three-month periods ending March 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

NOTE 5. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment consist of the following as of March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019:

 

     March 31, 2020      December 31, 2019  

Leasehold improvements

   $ 57,337      $ 56,608  

Furniture and fixtures

     4,223        3,888  

Computer equipment

     10,494        9,785  

Internal use software

     2,155        1,679  

Office equipment

     9,221        8,934  

Construction in process

     4,196        3,212  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total property and equipment, at cost

     87,626        84,106  

Less accumulated depreciation

     (19,118      (16,710
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

   $ 68,508      $ 67,396  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company recorded depreciation expense of $2,408 and $1,628 for the three months ended March 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

NOTE 6. GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Goodwill, which represents the excess of cost over the fair value of net assets acquired, amounted to $9,634 at March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019. Pursuant to ASC 350, “Intangibles – Goodwill and Other,” we review the recoverability of goodwill annually as of October 1 or whenever significant events or changes occur which might impair the recovery of recorded amounts. For purposes of the annual goodwill impairment assessment, the Company has identified a single reporting unit. The most recently completed impairment test of goodwill was performed as of October 1, 2019, and it was determined that no impairment existed. No other indicators of impairment were identified during the year.

Intangible assets with a finite useful life continue to be amortized over its useful lives. Intangible assets amounted to $3,256 and $3,352 at March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively. The Company recorded

 

F-19


Table of Contents

OAK STREET HEALTH, LLC AND AFFILIATES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except for unit and per-unit data)

(Unaudited)

 

 

amortization expense of $97 for the three months ended March 31, 2020 and 2019. We review the recoverability of the long-lived asset whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable.

Due to the COVID-19 pandemic and its effect on our business and the overall economy, we considered the potential impact on our goodwill asset as of March 31, 2020. We determined that it was not more likely than not that the fair value of our reporting unit is below the carrying value based on our evaluation, which took into consideration our overall enterprise value, recent equity transactions (i.e. issuance of Inventor Unit III-E) and projected forecasted financial results. Our analysis of projected forecasted results considered a short-term temporary impact from the COVID-19 pandemic on volumes and growth, since our last quantitative analysis.

Our Significant Accounting Policy for goodwill and intangibles assets are disclosed in Note 2 of the notes to the consolidated financial statements of our Annual Report for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019. We will continue to monitor the significant global economic uncertainty as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic to assess the outlook for demand for our services and the impact on our business and our overall financial performance. A lack of recovery or further deterioration in market conditions, a trend of weaker than expected financial performance in our business, or a lack of recovery or a significant decline in the Company’s enterprise value, among other factors, could result in an impairment charge in future periods which could have a material adverse effect on our financial statements.

NOTE 7. INTERNAL USE SOFTWARE

Canopy is an application that was created by the Company’s internal Information Technology team in 2017 to provide support for Greenway, its electronic medical records (“EMR”) software. The Company’s EMR collects and contains general information such as treatment and medical history about its patients. The Canopy application is used to help fill Greenway gaps and make way for innovative healthcare tools. The Company considers the application as internal use as the Company does not market or sell the software. The Company capitalizes certain costs related to the development of Canopy. Costs incurred during the application development phase are capitalized only when the Company believes it is probable the development will result in new or additional functionality. The types of costs capitalized during the application development phase include employee compensation, as well as consulting fees for third-party developers working on these projects. Costs related to the preliminary project stage and post implementation activities are expensed as incurred. Internal use software is amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated five-year life of the asset.

As of March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, the Company has capitalized a total of $2,155 and $1,679 of internal use software and had recorded $391 and $327 in accumulated depreciation, respectively. The Company expensed $64 and $30 of capitalized development costs for the three-month periods ended March 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Capitalized external software costs include the actual costs to purchase software licenses from vendors. Costs incurred to maintain existing software are expensed as incurred.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

OAK STREET HEALTH, LLC AND AFFILIATES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except for unit and per-unit data)

(Unaudited)

 

 

NOTE 8. OTHER CURRENT AND LONG-TERM LIABILITIES

Accrued compensation and benefits consist of the following as of:

 

     March 31,
2020
     December 31,
2019
 

Accrued paid time off

   $ 3,141      $ 2,319  

Accrued bonus and commission

     5,494        16,814  

Accrued payroll and taxes

     4,595        7,052  

Other

     2,393        2,425  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 15,623      $ 28,610  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other current liabilities consist of the following as of:

 

     March 31,
2020
     December 31,
2019
 

Humana license fee

   $ 3,000      $ 2,753  

Lease incentive obligation, current

     550        550  

Contract liabilities, current

     2,936        3,785  

Accrual for goods or services received, not invoiced

     3,059        2,876  

Other current liabilities

     1,661        1,037  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 11,206      $ 11,001  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other long-term liabilities consist of the following as of:

 

     March 31,
2020
     December 31,
2019
 

Contract liabilities, net of current

   $ 5,340      $ 5,039  

Lease incentive obligation, net of current

     5,467        5,605  

Bifurcated derivative

     249        152  

Other long-term liabilities

     20        20  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 11,076      $ 10,816  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

NOTE 9. LIABILITY FOR UNPAID CLAIMS

Medical claims expense and the liability for unpaid claims include estimates of the Company’s obligations for medical care services that have been rendered by third parties on behalf of insured consumers for which the Company is contractually obligated to pay (through the Company’s full risk capitation arrangements), but for which claims have either not yet been received, processed, or paid. The Company develops estimates for medical care services incurred but not reported (“IBNR”), which includes estimates for claims that have not been received or fully processed, using a process that is consistently applied, centrally controlled and automated. This process includes utilizing actuarial models when a sufficient amount of medical claims history is available from the third-party healthcare service providers. The actuarial models consider factors such as time from date of service to claim processing, seasonal variances in medical care consumption, health care professional contract rate changes, medical care utilization and other medical cost trends, membership volume and demographics, the

 

F-21


Table of Contents

OAK STREET HEALTH, LLC AND AFFILIATES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except for unit and per-unit data)

(Unaudited)

 

 

introduction of new technologies, benefit plan changes, and business mix changes related to products, customers and geography. In developing its unpaid claims liability estimates, the Company applies different estimation methods depending on which incurred claims are being estimated. For the most recent three months, the Company estimates claim costs incurred by applying observed medical cost trend factors to the average PPPM medical costs incurred in prior months for which more complete claims data are available, supplemented by a review of near-term completion factors (actuarial estimates, based upon historical experience and analysis of current trends, of the percentage of incurred claims during a given period that have been adjudicated by the Company at the date of estimation). For the months prior to the most recent three months, the Company applies completion factors to actual claims adjudicated-to-date to estimate the expected amount of ultimate incurred claims for those months. As of March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, the Company recorded a liability for unpaid claims for $211,639 and $170,629, respectively.

The Company purchases provider excess insurance to protect against significant, catastrophic claims expenses incurred on behalf of its patients. The total amount of provider excess insurance premium was $843 and $510, and total reimbursements were $286 and $0 for the three-month periods ended March 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The provider excess insurance premiums less reimbursements are reported in medical claims expense in the consolidated statements of operations. Provider excess recoverables due are reported in other current assets in the consolidated balance sheets. As of March 31, 2020, the Company’s provider excess insurance deductible was $250 per member and covered up to a maximum of $5,000 per member per calendar year.

The Company’s liabilities for unpaid claims was as follows as of March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019:

 

     March 31,
2020
    December 31,
2019
 

Balance, beginning of period

   $ 170,629     $ 68,174  

Incurred health care costs (third-party medical claims expense and administrative health plan fees):

    

Current period

     131,376       383,169  

Prior period

     —         268  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total claims incurred

     131,376       383,437  

Third-party medical claims and administrative health plan fees paid:

    

Current period

     (59,749     (226,618

Prior period

     (30,454     (56,220
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total claims paid

     (90,203     (282,838

Adjustment to other claims-related liabilities

     (163     1,856  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

   $ 211,639     $ 170,629  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

We assess the profitability of our managed care capitation arrangement to identify contracts where current operating results or forecasts indicate probable future losses. If anticipated future variable costs exceed anticipated future revenues, a premium deficiency reserve is recognized. No premium deficiency reserves were recorded as of March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

OAK STREET HEALTH, LLC AND AFFILIATES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except for unit and per-unit data)

(Unaudited)

 

 

NOTE 10. LONG-TERM DEBT

Long-term debt as of the March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019 are as follows:

 

     March 31,
2020
     December 31,
2019
 

Note payable to Hercules Capital, Inc., originally dated August 7, 2017 and amended April 26, 2019 and January 13, 2020. The note bears a floating interest rate of the greater of 9.75% or the sum of the Prime Rate plus 5.00%.

   $ 80,000      $ 80,000  

Plus: Unamortized discount and debt issuance costs

     1,731        1,347  

Less: Current maturities

     —          (18,507
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total long-term debt

   $ 81,731      $ 62,840  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company entered into a debt agreement with Hercules Capital, Inc. (“Hercules”) for $20,000 on August 7, 2017. The note bears a floating interest rate of the greater of 9.75% or the sum of i) 9.75%, plus ii) the Prime Rate minus 4.75%. The interest rate at March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019 was 9.75% and 9.75%, respectively. The note allowed for an additional $10,000 advance subject to terms and conditions of the loan agreement, which was drawn by the Company on June 28, 2018. The Company may prepay all, but not less than all, of the entire principal balance prior to maturity with an associated prepayment charge of detailed in the loan agreement. The terms of the loan agreement specify the prepayment penalty ranges from 3% to 1% depending on when prepayment occurs in relation to maturity date: if amounts are prepaid within 12 months of the Closing Date (3.0%); after 12 months but prior to 24 months (2.0%); and any time after 24 months (1.0%). The note is secured by a perfected first position lien on all of Company’s assets.

The original Hercules note required 13 months of interest-only payments, followed by monthly installments on a 36-month amortization schedule with the remaining principal and an end-of-term charge due when the note matures on September 1, 2021. The interest-only period was extended an additional twelve months as the Company met the performance conditions outlined in the loan agreement and received an additional $10,000 on June 28, 2018 as allowed by the note.

In April 2019, the Company amended the debt agreement with Hercules to allow for additional tranches which may be drawn upon. Tranche I is the existing loan of $30,000, Tranche II is an additional $30,000 available on April 26, 2019, Tranche III is an additional $20,000 available from July 1, 2019 through December 31, 2019 subject to continued covenant compliance, and Tranche IV is an additional $10,000 available from July 1, 2019 through December 31, 2020 subject to future lender investment committee approval. The Company received Tranche II in April 2019 and Tranche III in November 2019 but has not made any further draws. As of the date of the receipt of Tranches II and III, the maturity date of the debt agreement was amended to June 1, 2022, and further extensions of the maturity date occur upon the draw of additional tranches. In addition, upon the draw of each tranche a 5.95% end-of-term charge is applied to the total drawn amount and will be due upon the amended maturity date.

In January 2020, the Company amended the debt agreement with Hercules to provide for the following changes subject to certain performance milestones which were met in February 2020: (i) the extension of the principle payment start date from July 1, 2020 to October 1, 2021, (ii) the extension of the loan maturity date from June 1, 2022 to December 1, 2022, (iii) the change in interest rate to the greater of either 9.75% or the sum of the prime rate plus 5.00%, (iv) the change in prepayment charge to 2.0% of the amount prepaid if amounts are prepaid prior

 

F-23


Table of Contents

OAK STREET HEALTH, LLC AND AFFILIATES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except for unit and per-unit data)

(Unaudited)

 

 

to June 30, 2020; 1% if prepaid after June 30, 2020 but on or prior to December 31, 2020; and 0.5% if prepaid thereafter prior to maturity, and (v) the elimination of all financial covenants with the exception of the net patient-level contribution covenant.

The Company recorded a derivative liability related to the change in control provisions within the Hercules debt agreement in the amount of $249 and $152 as of March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively. The Company recognized all changes in fair value of the derivative liability within interest expense of $97 and $(797) for the three-month periods ended March 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

The estimated fair value of the Company’s bifurcated derivative instrument has been valued using an outcome-probability-weighted discounted cash flow analysis at the end of each reporting period using inputs that are not corroborated by market data which resulted in the Company classifying such derivatives as Level 3 (see Note 4).

The carrying amount of long-term debt approximates fair value because the interest rates fluctuate with market interest rates or the fixed rates are based on current rates offered to the Company for debt with similar terms and maturities.

Scheduled maturity requirements of long-term debt as of March 31, 2020 are as follows:

 

     March 31, 2020  

2020

   $ —    

2021

     15,212  

2022

     64,788  
  

 

 

 

Total

     80,000  

Debt issuance costs and original issuance discount

As part of entering into the Hercules debt agreement, the Company incurred (or will incur due to the end-of-term charge) certain third-party costs. The costs incurred relate to attorney and other third-party costs. Debt issuance costs and original issuance discount as of the periods presented below were as follows:

 

     March 31,
2020
     December 31,
2019
 

Accretion of end-of-term charge

   $ (2,171    $ (1,830

Original issuance discount

     191        191  

Additional issuance discount

     543        543  

Amortization

     (294      (251
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Unamortized discount and debt issuance costs, net

   $ (1,731    $ (1,347
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Debt issuance costs are presented in the consolidated balance sheets as a direct deduction from the carrying value of the long-term debt. Included in debt issuance costs is an end-of-term charge due to Hercules. The end-of-term charge is to be paid in full at the end of the term and was $4,760 as of March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019 and are being accreted over the expected term of the loan. Debt issuance costs are amortized over the term of the related debt instrument using the effective interest method. Amortization of debt issuance costs and accretion of end-of-term charge are recorded as interest expense in the consolidated statements of operations.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

OAK STREET HEALTH, LLC AND AFFILIATES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except for unit and per-unit data)

(Unaudited)

 

 

NOTE 11. INCOME TAX

The most significant impact to the Company’s effective tax rate is related to the tax treatment of certain equity compensation. However, the Company is still in a tax loss and net deferred tax asset position after this adjustment. As a result, and in accordance with accounting standards, the Company has recorded a valuation allowance to reduce the value of the net deferred tax assets to zero. The Company’s effective tax rate as of March 31, 2020 was 0.0%. This is unchanged from the previous year.

NOTE 12. REDEEMABLE INVESTOR UNITS

The membership interests of Oak Street Health contain five classes of Units, consisting of voting classes of Units known as Founders’ Units (the “Founders’ Units”) and three classes of Investor Units known as Investor Units I, Investor Units II and Investor Units III (collectively with the Initial Investor Units, the “Investor Units”) and a non-voting class of Units (the “Incentive Units”). Due to contingent redemption features, the Investor Units are presented as temporary equity in the mezzanine section of the consolidated balance sheets.

The Unit III class is further divided into five series: the Investor Units III-A, the Investor Units III-B, the Investor Units III-C, the Investor Units III-D, and the Investor Units III-E. The holders of Investor Units III-B do not have any governance or voting rights. The Company is authorized to issue up to 100,000,000 Investor Units in aggregate.

Redeemable Investor Units consist of the following at the issuance price per unit as of:

 

     March 31, 2020  
     Units Issued
and
Outstanding
     Issuance
Price per
Unit
     Total Value  

Investor Units I

     382,572      $ 12.00      $ 4,591  

Investor Units II

     509,796        16.20        8,259  

Investor Units III-A - Issued prior to December 1, 2015

     1,872,409        20.25        37,916  

Investor Units III-A - Issued after December 1,2015

     6,043,421        26.38        159,425  

Investor Units III-B

     568,613        26.38        15,000  

Investor Units III-C

     747,661        58.78        43,948  

Investor Units III-D

     876,147        58.78        51,500  

Investor Units III-E

     1,471,623        156.29        230,000  
  

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total

     12,472,242         $ 550,639  
  

 

 

       

 

 

 

 

     December 31, 2019  
     Units Issued
and
Outstanding
     Issuance
Price per
Unit
     Total Value  

Investor Units I

     382,572      $ 12.00      $ 4,591  

Investor Units II

     509,796        16.20        8,259  

Investor Units III-A - Issued prior to December 1, 2015

     1,872,409        20.25        37,916  

Investor Units III-A - Issued after December 1,2015

     6,043,421        26.38        159,425  

Investor Units III-B

     568,613        26.38        15,000  

Investor Units III-C

     747,661        58.78        43,948  

Investor Units III-D

     876,147        58.78        51,500  
  

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total

     11,000,619         $ 320,639  
  

 

 

       

 

 

 

 

F-25


Table of Contents

OAK STREET HEALTH, LLC AND AFFILIATES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except for unit and per-unit data)

(Unaudited)

 

 

The following table shows the Company’s activity related to its Investor Units as of and for the periods ending:

 

    Investor
Units I
    Investor
Units II
    Investor
Units III-A
    Investor
Units III-B
    Investor
Units III-C
    Investor
Units III-D
    Investor
Units III-E
    Total  

Outstanding, December 31, 2018

    382,572       509,796       7,915,830       568,613       747,661       850,629       —         10,975,101  

Issued

    —         —         —         —         —         25,518       —         25,518  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Outstanding, December 31, 2019

    382,572       509,796       7,915,830       568,613       747,661       876,147       —         11,000,619  

Issued

    —         —         —         —         —         —         1,471,623       1,471,623  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Outstanding, March 31, 2020

    382,572       509,796       7,915,830       568,613       747,661       876,147       1,471,623       12,472,242  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

In May 2019, we issued 25,518 units of Investor Units III-D in exchange for $1,500. The price per unit was $58.78.

In February 2020, we issued 1,471,623 units of Investor Units III-E in exchange for $230,000. The price per unit was $156.29. There was $4,637 in legal fees recorded as a reduction of equity as result of the capital raise.

The redeemable Investor Units have the following rights and characteristics:

Dividends

Dividends are payable in cash, if declared, by the Company’s Board or upon a liquidation, deemed liquidation event or as determined by the Board in its sole discretion. The Company has not declared dividends for the periods ended March 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

Preferred Return

Whether or not declared or approved by the Board, the holders of the Investor Units accrue a preferred return in the amount of 8%, per annum, on the varying balance of each Investor Units’ unreturned capital contribution beginning on the date of initial investment. This preferred return is cumulative and shall take into account, in determining the satisfaction of the preferred return, all distributions resulting from or paid to members holding Investor Units in connection with a dissolution or deemed liquidation event.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

OAK STREET HEALTH, LLC AND AFFILIATES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except for unit and per-unit data)

(Unaudited)

 

 

The following table shows accumulated dividends on the redeemable Investor Units on a cumulative basis as of the periods ended:

 

     March 31, 2020      December 31, 2019  
     Units      Per Unit      Total      Units      Per Unit      Total  

Series

                 

Investor Units I

     382,572      $ 7.98      $ 3,053        382,572      $ 7.60      $ 2,908  

Investor Units II

     509,796        9.44        4,812        509,796        8.95        4,563  

Investor Units III-A - Issued prior to December 1, 2015

     1,872,409        9.66        18,087        1,872,409        9.09        17,020  

Investor Units III-A - Issued after to December 1,2015

     6,043,421        6.98        42,164        6,043,421        6.34        38,322  

Investor Units III-B

     568,613        4.65        2,642        568,613        4.06        2,306  

Investor Units III-C

     747,661        9.44        7,061        747,661        8.14        6,089  

Investor Units III-D

     876,147        7.15        6,262        876,147        5.89        5,162  

Investor Units III-E

     1,471,623        1.26        1,861        —          —          —    
        

 

 

          

 

 

 

Total

         $ 85,942            $ 76,370  
        

 

 

          

 

 

 

Conversion

While the Company’s Investor Units have no conversion rights related to any of the Investor Unit classes, in response to a Reorganization Plan to convert the Company into a corporate form (as defined in the Oak Street Health LLC Amended and Restated Operating Agreement), Investor Unit holders are eligible to receive capital stock of the successor corporation in number of and with terms relatively consistent to their Investor Units, as ultimately determined by the Company’s Board of Directors.

Redemption

The Company’s Investor Units have no mandatory redemption provisions. The Investor Units are redeemable upon a Deemed Liquidation Event, and the Company determined that it does not fully control the effectuation or consummation of events that would be considered a Deemed Liquidation Event. This is because: (i) the Company’s Board of Directors are required to approve such a transaction, and (ii) the Investor Unit holders are collectively entitled to elect 5 of the 8 Board Members which gives them a majority of the Board of Directors, giving the Investor Unit holders effective control of the Board of Directors. Therefore, the Investor Units are required to be presented outside of permanent equity as mezzanine equity on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. The Company has evaluated whether any of the potential Deemed Liquidation Events are probable of occurring and has concluded that it is not probable that the Investor Units will become redeemable, and that no subsequent measurement is required.

Liquidation

In the event of a liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, the holders of each of the various types of Investor Units will receive liquidation preference, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets or surplus funds of the Company to the holders of Founders’ Units, equal to the greater of (i) the applicable liquidation preference (the applicable liquidation preference is described in the Fifth Amended and

 

F-27


Table of Contents

OAK STREET HEALTH, LLC AND AFFILIATES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except for unit and per-unit data)

(Unaudited)

 

 

Restated Limited Liability Company Operating Agreement) or (ii) the amount the holders of the Investor Units would receive if such holders had converted their units into Founders’ Units immediately prior to such liquidation event.

Voting Rights

Founders’ Units and Investor Units, specifically excluding the Investor Units III-B, are collectively referred to as “voting units”. On any matter presented to the members for their action and consideration at any meeting, each holder of outstanding voting units shall be entitled to cast the number of votes equal to the number of whole units held of record by such holder as of the record date for determining those Members entitled to vote on any such matters.

NOTE 13. MEMBERS’ DEFICIT

Common Units

The Company’s common units consists of the following Founders’ Units, Incentive Units, and Profits Interests (see Note 14) as of March 31:

 

     Founders’ Units
(par value of
$0.01 per unit)
     Incentive Units
(par values range
from $0.00 to
$26.00 per unit)
     Profits Interests
(no par value)
     Total  

Outstanding, December 31, 2018

     606,313        13,755        1,454,148        2,074,216  

Granted

     —          —          496,763        496,763  

Repurchased/Forfeited

     —          —          (40,115      (40,115
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding, December 31, 2019

     606,313        13,755        1,910,796        2,530,864  

Granted

     —          —          265,500        265,500  

Repurchased/Forfeited

     —          —          (5,969      (5,969
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding March 31, 2020

     606,313        13,755        2,170,327        2,790,395  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

NOTE 14. UNIT-BASED COMPENSATION

Incentive Units Options

In 2013, the Company’s Board adopted an equity incentive plan, subsequently replaced by the Equity Incentive Plan in 2015, in which the Company has granted awards in the form of Incentive Units options to employees, officers, directors, consultants, and other service providers of the Company.

During the period ended March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, no Incentive Units options were exercised and 2,000 options remained outstanding at the end of the period. The options outstanding have a per unit exercise price of $12.00.

Profits Interests

In 2015, the Company’s Board adopted the Equity Incentive Plan (the “Equity Incentive Plan”). Under the Equity Incentive Plan, the Company has granted awards in the form of Profits Interests to employees, officers, and

 

F-28


Table of Contents

OAK STREET HEALTH, LLC AND AFFILIATES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except for unit and per-unit data)

(Unaudited)

 

 

directors. As of March 21, 2018, a maximum of 2,053,143 Profits Interests may be granted under the Equity Incentive Plan. Awards under the Equity Incentive Plan are granted on a discretionary basis and are subject to the approval of the Company’s Board.

During the three months ended period ended March 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company entered into award agreements (“Profits Interest Award”) which grant Profits Interests of the Company. These Profits Interests represent profits interest ownership in the Company tied solely to the accretion, if any, in the value of the Company following the date of issuance of such Profits Interests. Profits Interests participate in any increase of the Company value related to their profits interests after the hurdle value has been achieved and the Company’s Profits Interests receive the agreed-upon return on their invested capital.

The Profits Interests awards generally vest either over a requisite service period or are contingent upon a performance condition. The Company granted 265,500 and zero Profits Interests awards during the three-months ended March 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

Each Profits Interests award contains the following material terms:

 

  (i)

The Profits Interests receive distributions (other than tax distributions) only upon a liquidity event, as defined, that exceeds a threshold equivalent to the fair value of the Company, as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors, at the grant date.

  (ii)

A portion of the awards vest over a period of continuous employment or service (“Service-Vesting Units”) while the other portion of the awards only vest in the event of the Sponsor’s Exit (“Performance-Vesting Units”), as defined by the Equity Incentive Plan. The Service-Vesting Units provide for accelerated vesting upon Sponsor’s Exit should the participant’s employment be terminated (other than for cause) after the Sponsor’s Exit, but prior to the final service vesting date.

  (iii)

All awards include a repurchase option at the election of the Company for the vested portion upon termination of employment or service.

Profits Interests are accounted for as equity using the fair value method, which requires the measurement and recognition of compensation expense for all profit interest-based payment awards made to the Company’s employees based upon the grant-date fair value. The Company has concluded that both the Service-Vesting Units and the Performance-Vesting Units are subject to a market condition, and has assessed the market condition as part of its determination of the grant date fair value.

For Performance-Vesting Units, the Company recognizes unit-based compensation expense when it is probable that the performance condition will be achieved. The Company will analyze if a performance condition is probable for each reporting period through the settlement date for awards subject to performance vesting. For Service-Vesting Units, the Company recognizes unit-based compensation expense over the requisite service period for each separately vesting portion of the profits interest as if the award was, in-substance, multiple awards.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

OAK STREET HEALTH, LLC AND AFFILIATES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except for unit and per-unit data)

(Unaudited)

 

 

Accordingly, the Company determined the fair value of each award on the date of grant using both the income and market approaches, including the backsolve method with the following assumptions used for grants issued for the three months ended March 31, 2020 and 2019:

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
         2020             2019      

Risk-Free Rate

     .23     1.58

Volatility

     45.0     35.00

Time to Liquidity Event (Years)

     2.06       2.19  

The volatility assumption used in the weighted-average income and market approaches is based on the expected volatility of public companies in similar industries, adjusted to reflect the differences between the Company and public companies in size, resources, time in industry, and breadth of product and service offerings. Expected dividend yield was assumed to be zero given the Company’s history of declaring dividends and the Company’s lack of intent to pay dividends in the foreseeable future.

The following is a summary of Profits Interests award transactions as well as the Profits Interests outstanding and their corresponding hurdle values as of and for the periods ended March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019:

 

     Profits Interests      Weighted-Average
Grant Date Fair Value
 

Outstanding, December 31, 2018

     1,454,148        2.35  

Granted

     496,763        42.35  

Vested

     193,375        2.32  

Forfeited/Repurchased

     (40,115      5.74  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding, December 31, 2019

     1,910,796        12.68  

Granted

     265,500        1.41  

Vested

     42,720        6.45  

Forfeited/Repurchased

     (5,969      4.25  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding, March 31, 2020

     2,170,327        11.32  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Vested outstanding, March 31, 2020

     431,814     
  

 

 

    

Vested outstanding, December 31, 2019

     389,531     
  

 

 

    

 

     As of March 31, 2020           As of December 31, 2019  
     Units Outstanding      Hurdle Value           Units Outstanding      Hurdle Value  
     111,076      $ 265,158           111,076      $ 234,834  
     160,054        346,107           160,492        306,706  
     45,275        386,277           42,275        342,451  
     259,843        685,350           265,374        608,955  
     521,225        782,361           462,292        645,000  
     462,292        922,500           521,225        697,700  
     345,062        1,582,500           345,062        1,310,000  
     265,500        2,200,000           —          —    
  

 

 

          

 

 

    

Total

     2,170,327         Total      1,910,796     
  

 

 

          

 

 

    

 

F-30


Table of Contents

OAK STREET HEALTH, LLC AND AFFILIATES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except for unit and per-unit data)

(Unaudited)

 

 

The Company recognized $1,878 and $256 in unit-based compensation expense related to the Profits Interests for the three-month periods ended March 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. These amounts are recognized within corporate, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. At March 31, 2020, the Company has approximately $7,386 in unrecognized compensation expense related to non-vested Service-Vesting awards that will be recognized over the weighted-average period of 1.27 years. As of March 31, 2020, the Company has approximately $10,603 in unrecognized compensation expense related to Performance-Vesting units.

NOTE 15. COMMITMENTS – LITIGATION AND CONTINGENCIES

Contingencies

The Company is presently, and from time to time, subject to various claims and lawsuits arising in the normal course of business. In the opinion of management, the ultimate resolution of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

Uncertainties

The healthcare industry is subject to numerous laws and regulations of federal, state and local governments. These laws and regulations include, but are not limited to, matters such as licensure, accreditation, Government healthcare program participation requirements, reimbursement for patient services, and Medicare and Medicaid fraud and abuse. Recently, government activity has increased with respect to investigations and allegations concerning possible violations of fraud and abuse statues and regulations by healthcare providers. Violations of these laws and regulations could result in expulsion from government healthcare programs together with imposition of significant fines and penalties, as well as significant repayments for patient services billed.

Management believes that the Company is in compliance with fraud and abuse as well as other applicable government laws and regulations. While no regulatory inquiries have been made, compliance with such laws and regulations is subject to government review and interpretation, as well as regulatory actions unknown at this time.

NOTE 16. COMMITMENTS – OPERATING LEASES

The Company leases corporate office space and operating facilities under operating leases. The Company’s headquarters is located in Chicago, Illinois. The Company recognized $4,613 and $2,679 of rent expense for the three-month periods ended March 31, 2020 and 2019 respectively, included in corporate, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

Various lease agreements provide for escalating rent payments over the life of the respective lease and the Company recognizes rent expense on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease. This results in a non-interest-bearing liability (deferred rent) that increases during the early portion of the lease term, as the cash paid is less than the expense recognized, and reverses by the end of the lease term. The Company has recorded $12,974 and $12,901 at March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively, of deferred rent that is classified as a long-term liability in the consolidated balance sheets.

In addition to base rent, the centers are generally responsible for their proportionate share of real estate taxes and common area charges. Most of the leases contain renewal options at the Company’s election whereby the lease could be extended for terms ranging from five to ten years with base rent escalations.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

OAK STREET HEALTH, LLC AND AFFILIATES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except for unit and per-unit data)

(Unaudited)

 

 

NOTE 17. VARIABLE INTEREST ENTITIES

The Physician Groups (as defined in Note 1) were established to employ healthcare providers, contract with managed care payors, and to deliver healthcare services to patients in the markets that the Company serves.

The Company evaluated whether it has a variable interest in the Physician Groups, whether the Physician Groups are VIEs, and whether the Company has a controlling financial interest in the Physician Groups. The Company concluded that it has variable interests in the Physician Groups on the basis of its Administrative Service Agreement (“ASA”) which provides for reimbursement of costs and a management fee payable to the Company from the Physician Groups in exchange for providing management and administrative services which creates risks and a potential return to the Company. The Physician Group’s equity at risk, as defined by U.S. GAAP, is insufficient to finance its activities without additional support, and, therefore, the Physician Groups are considered VIEs.

In order to determine whether the Company has a controlling financial interest in the Physician Groups, and, thus, is the Physician’s primary beneficiary, the Company considered whether it has i) the power to direct the activities of Physician Groups that most significantly impact its economic performance and ii) the obligation to absorb losses of the Physician Groups that could potentially be significant to it or the right to receive benefits from Physician Groups that could potentially be significant to it. The Company concluded that the unitholders and employees of the Physician Groups are structured in a way that neither unitholder, employees nor their designees has the individual power to direct the activities of the Physician Groups that most significantly impact its economic performance. Under the ASA, MSO is responsible for providing management and administrative services related to the growth of the patient population of the Physician Groups, the management of that population’s healthcare needs, and the provision of required healthcare services to those patients. The Company has concluded that the success or failure of MSO in conducting these activities will most significantly impact the economic performance of the Physician Groups. In addition, the Company’s variable interests in the Physician Groups provide the Company with the right to receive benefits that could potentially be significant to it. The single member of the Physician Groups is a member and employee of OSH. As a result of this analysis, the Company concluded that it is the primary beneficiary of the Physician Groups and therefore consolidates the balance sheets, results of operations and cash flows of the Physician Groups. The Company performs a qualitative assessment of the Physician Groups on an ongoing basis to determine if it continues to be the primary beneficiary.

The table below illustrates the VIE assets and liabilities and performance for the Physician Groups as of and for the periods ended:

 

     March 31, 2020      December 31, 2019  

Total assets

   $ 297,478      $ 252,629  

Total liabilities

     270,421        230,527  

 

F-32


Table of Contents

OAK STREET HEALTH, LLC AND AFFILIATES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except for unit and per-unit data)

(Unaudited)

 

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2020      2019  

Total revenues

   $ 198,464      $ 117,376  

Operating expenses:

     

Medical claims expense

     131,376        76,694  

Cost of care, excluding depreciation and amortization

     15,347        7,951  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     146,723        84,645  

Physician Group revenues consist of amounts recognized for services provided to patients and includes capitated revenue and a portion of the Company’s other patient service revenue, and exclude certain care management services. All capitation arrangements are drafted at the Physician Group level.

Operating expenses consist primarily of medical claims expense, a majority of which are third-party medical claims expenses and administrative health plan fees, and exclude fees to perform payor delegated activities and provider excess insurance costs. Cost of care, excluding depreciation and amortization primarily includes provider salaries and benefits and other clinical operating costs which are reported in cost of care, excluding depreciation and amortization in the consolidated statements of operations. These amounts do not include intercompany revenues and costs, principally management fees between MSO and the Physician Groups, which are eliminated in consolidation.

There are no restrictions on the Physician Groups’ assets or on the settlement of its liabilities. The assets of the Physician Groups can be used to settle obligations of the Company. The Physician Groups are included in the Company’s obligated group; thus, creditors of the Company have recourse to the assets owned by the Physician Groups. There are no liabilities for which creditors of the Physician Groups do not have recourse to the general credit of the Company. There are no restrictions placed on the retained earnings or net income of the Physician Groups with respect to potential dividend payments.

NOTE 18. RELATED PARTIES

In September 2018, the Company signed an agreement issuing 850,629 of a new class of investor units (Investor Units III-D) to Humana in exchange for $50,000. Members’ capital related to Humana represent $56,154 and $55,084 of the members’ capital balance at March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively, which includes accumulated preferred dividends in addition to Humana’s invested capital.

Revenues

The Company also has capitated managed care contracts with Humana. Total capitated revenues related to the Humana payor contracts were $96,487 and $73,682 for the three-month periods ended March 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Receivables from Humana represent $62,616 and $49,647 of the capitated accounts receivable balance at March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively. Within the Company’s other patient services revenue, revenues from Humana are included in both fee-for-service revenue and care coordination revenue. The Company has recognized $91 and $205 in other patient service revenue in the three-month periods ended March 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, related to the fee-for-service revenues. The Company has recognized $692 and $573 in other patient service revenue in the three-month periods ended March 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, related to the Care Coordination arrangements. Receivables from Humana represent $21 and $66 of

 

F-33


Table of Contents

OAK STREET HEALTH, LLC AND AFFILIATES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except for unit and per-unit data)

(Unaudited)

 

 

the other accounts receivable balance at March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively, which is all related to fee-for-service arrangements. The unearned portion of the care coordination payments is recorded in both the short term and long-term other liabilities accounts. The liability related to Humana care coordination payments represents $2,603 and $2,540 of the other current liabilities and $4,951 and $4,705 of the other long-term liabilities balances at March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively.

Expenses

Total medical claims expenses related to the Humana payor contracts were $59,845 and $48,601 in the three-month periods ended March 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Unpaid claims related to Humana capitated contracts represent $63,678 and $58,916 of the liability for unpaid claims balance at March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively.

The Humana Alliance Provision contains an arrangement for a license fee that is payable by the Company to Humana for the Company’s provision of health care services in certain centers owned or leased by Humana. The license fee is a reimbursement to Humana for its costs of owning or leasing and maintaining the centers, including rental payments, center maintenance or repair expenses, equipment expenses, special assessments, cost of upgrades, taxes, leasehold improvements, and other expenses identified by Humana. The total license fees paid to Humana during the three-month periods ended March 31, 2020 and 2019 were $671 and $412 respectively, and are included in corporate, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statement of operations. The liability for the Humana license fee represents $3,000 and $2,753 of the other current liabilities balance at March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively.

The Company has entered into certain lease arrangements with Humana, which accounts for approximately $499 and $278 of the total operating lease rental payments for the three-month periods ended March 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The deferred rent liability related to Humana leases represent $1,035 and $1,034 at March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively.

NOTE 19. SEGMENT FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The Company’s chief operating decision makers regularly review financial operating results on a consolidated basis for purposes of allocating resources and evaluating financial performance. The Company identifies operating segments based on the responsibility of its chief operating decision makers and operates in and reports as a single operating segment, which is to care for its patients’ needs. For the periods presented, all of the Company’s long-lived assets were located in the United States and all revenue was earned in the United States.

NOTE 20. NET LOSS PER UNIT

Net loss per common unit for the three-months ended March 31, 2020 and 2019 are based on the weighted average number of common units outstanding during the period. The common units include both the Founders’ and non-voting common units which have identical economics. The Company determined that Investor Units, which are designated as preferred units, and Profits Interests are participating securities under the two-class method. However, such instruments do not have a contractual obligation to share in losses, and therefore no undistributed losses have been allocated to them. Amounts allocated to the Investor Units include the dividend for each period presented as well as the deemed dividend related to the Tender Offer in April 2018.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

OAK STREET HEALTH, LLC AND AFFILIATES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except for unit and per-unit data)

(Unaudited)

 

 

Diluted net loss per common unit is computed by adjusting the net loss available to common unitholders and the weighted-average number of common units outstanding to give effect to potentially dilutive securities. The Company has issued potentially dilutive instruments in the form of Incentive Unit Options granted to the Company’s employees, officers, directors, and members. The Company did not include any of these instruments in its calculation of diluted loss per unit during the three-months ended March 31, 2020 and 2019, because to include them would be anti-dilutive due to the Company’s net loss during such periods.

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net loss per common unit for the three-months ended March 31:

 

     March 31,
2020
    March 31,
2019
 

Net loss attributable to unitholders – basic and diluted:

    

Net loss attributable to the Company

   $ (15,000   $ (9,995

Less: Undeclared and deemed dividends on Investor Units

     (9,572     (7,114
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common unitholders

     (24,572     (17,109
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average common units outstanding

     620,068       620,068  

Net loss attributable to common unitholders - basic and diluted

   $ (39.63   $ (27.59

Potentially dilutive securities excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per unit because including them would have been anti-dilutive

    

Options to purchase Incentive Units

     2,000       2,000  

Profits Interests

     2,170,327       1,445,594  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     2,172,327       1,447,594  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

NOTE 21. PRO FORMA INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)

The Company evaluates its legal structure from time to time to assess whether the existing legal structure is the most appropriate for our operations and owners. The following paragraphs detail the impact to our financials should we decide to convert the Company to a corporation in accordance with Subchapter C of the Internal Revenue Code (a “C” corporation).

The pro forma net income taxes and pro forma net income reflect federal and state income taxes (assuming a 25% combined effective tax rate) as if the Company had been taxed as a C corporation for the periods ended March 31, 2020 and 2018. The Company determined that the pro forma net income tax expense for the periods ended March 31, 2020 and 2019 was zero, and accordingly, and pro forma net income remained unchanged from amounts as reported.

Additionally, deferred income tax assets and liabilities will be recognized as a result of the conversion from a limited liability company to a C corporation. The Company is in a net deferred tax asset position. In accordance with accounting standards, the Company has recorded a valuation allowance to reduce the value of the net deferred tax assets to zero, the amount that is more likely than not to be realized. In evaluating the amount of deferred tax assets that were more likely than not to be realized the Company looked at all evidence both positive and negative in making its determination. The Company is in a cumulative loss position for the past three years which is considered significant negative evidence that is difficult to overcome on a “more likely than not”

 

F-35


Table of Contents

OAK STREET HEALTH, LLC AND AFFILIATES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except for unit and per-unit data)

(Unaudited)

 

 

standard through objectively verifiable data. Based on an evaluation in accordance with the accounting standards, as of March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, a valuation allowance has been recorded against the net U.S. Federal and State deferred tax assets in order to measure only the portion of the deferred tax assets that are more likely than not to be realized based on the weight of all the available evidence.

NOTE 22. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Management of the Company has evaluated subsequent events through June 10, 2020, the date on which the consolidated financial statements were issued.

In March 2020, the World Health Organization declared the global novel coronavirus disease 2019 (COVID-19) outbreak a pandemic. The rapid spread of COVID-19 around the world and throughout the United States has altered the behavior of businesses and people, in significant negative effects on federal, state and local economies, the duration of which is not known at this time. The Company created a COVID-19 Response Team that is supported by team members from across the organization helping navigate through this challenge. The virus disproportionately impacts older adults, especially those with chronic illnesses, which describes many of the patients served by the Company. The Company has transitioned most of its patient visits to telehealth and is only conducting in-person visits for patients with specific clinical needs. The Company has temporarily ceased all community outreach activities in compliance with local social-distancing ordinances. In May 2020, the Company furloughed approximately 250 employees involved in these outreach activities and plans to reactivate these employees in July. The Company expects continued volatility and disruption to its operations and within the communities it serves.

On March 27, 2020, the United States President signed into law the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Securities Act (“CARES Act”) which provides economic assistance to a wide array of industries, including healthcare. Thus far, the Company has taken the following actions related to this legislation:

 

   

The U.S. Department of Health and Human Services distributed Medicare Grants to healthcare providers to offset the impacts of COVID-19 related expenses and lost revenue. In April 2020, the Company received $336 related to these grants.

 

   

CMS expanded its Accelerated and Advance Payment Program which allows participants to receive expedited payments during periods of national emergencies. As of May 11, 2020, the Company has received approximately $1,520 in CMS advance payments, which have been recorded as a contract liability and will be paid back against future fee-for-service claims.

 

   

The Company elected to defer its portion of Social Security taxes to 2021.

Management will continue to review any additional impact of the CARES Act.

Should this pandemic continue, or increase in severity, operations may be adversely affected through lower than expected revenue due to lower patient growth and higher than expected third-party medical costs to treat affected patients. It is not currently possible to reliably project the direct financial impact of COVID-19 on our operating revenues and expenses. Key factors include the duration and extent of the outbreak in the Company’s service areas and those variables are dependent on the success of federal, state, and city government-imposed emergency measures.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

OAK STREET HEALTH, LLC AND AFFILIATES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except for unit and per-unit data)

(Unaudited)

 

 

Upon the Company’s Board of Directors’ approval, the Company issued a Tender Offer to Purchase for cash by the Company dated March 30, 2020 (the “Tender Offer”) set to expire on April 27, 2020 up to $20,000 of eligible units at a purchase price of $156.29 per eligible unit. Founders’ Units, Incentive Units, and Profits Interests that are not subject to vesting or risk of forfeiture and, if there is a hurdle value applicable to the Profits Interests, that were awarded prior to March 30, 2018, were eligible to be tendered to the Company for purchase. This Tender Offer allowed the directors, officers and employees (including the founders) the option to have their eligible units repurchased; unit holders were permitted to sell any number of any class of eligible units, subject to a 10% threshold. The Tender Offer was not conditioned on any minimum number of eligible units being tendered, and the Company was not contractually obligated to redeem these units.

On April 27, 2020, the Company purchased all eligible units, other than Profits Interests subject to a hurdle value, at a price of $156.29 per eligible unit net to the sellers in cash, without interest. The Company purchased Profits Interests that had a hurdle value at a price for each Profits Interests equal to the excess of $156.29 over the per Profits Interests amount of that hurdle value net to the sellers in cash, without interest. The purchase price offered in the Tender Offer for eligible units was the same for all classes of eligible units (other than Profits Interests, for which the purchase price was adjusted to reflect the applicable hurdle value), even though their relative priorities in distributions may differ. Eligible units that the Company acquired pursuant to the Tender Offer were cancelled and retired by the Company. Founders’ Units of 107,208, Incentive Units of 1,142, and Profits Interests of 22,801 were tendered for the purchase price of $20,000.

The Tender Offer price paid for the Founders’ Units, Incentive Units, and Profits Interest was in excess of the fair value of those units repurchased, which resulted in additional compensation expense of $606 within corporate, general, and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations for the quarter ended June 30, 2020.

The Company will complete certain tax deferred restructuring transactions at the time of the consummation of the initial public offering (“IPO”). Immediately prior to the IPO, unit holders will exchange their membership interest in the Company for common units in a C corporation. Each holder of units in the Company will receive common units of the C corporation having economic, voting, governance and contractual protections and rights corresponding to the greatest extent possible with those in the existing units. The Company will account for the reorganization as an exchange of units between entities under common control at historical cost in a manner similar to a pooling of interests.

The net proceeds from the proposed IPO are planned to be used primarily to provide funds for expansion of operations and working capital needs, repayment of outstanding indebtedness, and other general corporate purposes.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Members of Oak Street Health, LLC and Affiliates

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Oak Street Health, LLC and Affiliates (the Company) as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the related consolidated statements of operations, redeemable investor units and members’ deficit, and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2019, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2019, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2019.

Chicago, Illinois

April 1, 2020

 

F-38


Table of Contents

Oak Street Health, LLC and Affiliates

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018

(in thousands, except for unit and per-unit data)

 

 

     2019     2018  

ASSETS

    

Current assets:

    

Cash

   $ 33,987     $ 64,741  

Restricted cash

     8,266       7,326  

Other patient service accounts receivable (Humana comprised $66 and $141 as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively)

     729       1,278  

Capitated accounts receivable (Humana comprised $49,647 and $52,421 as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively)

     167,429       80,477  

Prepaid expenses

     1,382       882  

Other current assets

     8,028       4,437  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     219,821       159,141  

Long-term assets:

    

Property and equipment, net

     67,396       45,543  

Security deposits

     1,494       1,414  

Goodwill

     9,634       9,471  

Intangible assets

     3,352       3,739  

Other long-term assets

     125       50  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 301,822     $ 219,358  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE INVESTOR UNITS AND MEMBERS’ DEFICIT

 

 

Current liabilities:

    

Accounts payable

   $ 10,757     $ 5,368  

Accrued compensation and benefits

     28,610       13,162  

Liability for unpaid claims (Humana comprised $58,916 and $38,463 as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively)

     170,629       68,174  

Other liabilities (Humana comprised $5,294 and $4,634 as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively)

     11,001       6,401  

Current portion of long-term debt

     18,507       3,408  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     239,504       96,513  

Long-term liabilities:

    

Deferred rent expense (Humana comprised $1,034 and $422 as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively)

     12,901       7,189  

Other long-term liabilities (Humana comprised $4,705 and $4,642 as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively)

     10,816       11,197  

Long-term debt, net of current portion

     62,840       27,130  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     326,061       142,029  

Commitments and contingencies (Notes 15 and 16)

    

Redeemable Investor Units, aggregate liquidation preference of $397,009 and $366,139 as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively (Note 12) (Humana comprised $55,084 and $51,004 as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively)

     320,639       319,139  

Members’ deficit:

    

Members’ capital - 11,000,000 Common Units authorized as of December 31, 2019 and 2018. 2,530,864 and 2,074,216 units outstanding as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively

     4,192       463  

Accumulated deficit

     (354,355     (246,493
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total members’ deficit allocated to the Company

     (350,163     (246,030

Noncontrolling interests

     5,285       4,220  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total members’ deficit

     (344,878     (241,810
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, redeemable investor units and members’ deficit

   $ 301,822     $ 219,358  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

Oak Street Health, LLC and Affiliates

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

For the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

(in thousands, except for unit and per unit data)

 

 

     2019     2018  

Revenues

    

Capitated revenue (Humana comprised $307,867 and $201,364 for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively)

   $ 539,909     $ 309,594  

Other patient service revenue (Humana comprised $2,993 and $3,077 for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively)

     16,695       8,344  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

     556,604       317,938  

Operating expenses

    

Medical claims expense (Humana comprised $211,577 and $149,416 for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively)

     385,998       227,566  

Cost of care, excluding depreciation and amortization (Humana comprised $3,649 and $2,031 for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively)

     140,853       85,958  

Sales and marketing

     46,189       25,470  

Corporate, general and administrative

     79,592       50,799  

Depreciation and amortization

     7,848       4,182  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     660,480       393,975  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (103,876     (76,037
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense)

    

Interest expense, net

     (5,651     (3,688

Other

     84       10  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

     (5,567     (3,678

Net loss

     (109,443     (79,715

Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

     1,581       171  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to Company

   $ (107,862   $ (79,544

Undeclared and deemed dividends on Investor Units

     (29,370     (39,118
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common unitholders

   $ (137,232   $ (118,662
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average number of common units outstanding - basic and diluted

     620,068       689,957  

Net loss per unit - basic and diluted

   $ (221.32   $ (171.98

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

Oak Street Health, LLC and Affiliates

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF REDEEMABLE INVESTOR UNITS AND MEMBERS’ DEFICIT

For the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

(in thousands)

 

 

    Redeemable Investor
Units
                Members’ Capital     Accumulated
Deficit
    Noncontrolling
Interest
    Total
Members’

Deficit
 
    Units     Amount                 Units     Amount  

Balance December 31, 2017

    6,774,629       152,243           1,554,334       710       (145,624     —         (144,914

Issuance of Series I, II, and III Investor Units

    4,062,278       158,947           —         —         —         —         —    

Exercise of Options

    46,000       640           6,000       117       —         —         117  

Exercise of Warrants

    568,613       15,000           —         1,984       —         —         1,984  

Issuance of common unit

    —         —             892,118       —         —         —         —    

Tender offer - Investor Units, Founder’s Units, Incentive Units

    (476,419     (7,691         (285,555     (2,827     (21,325     —         (24,152

Repurchases - Profits Interest

    —         —             (9,575     —         —         —         —    

Forfeitures - Profits Interest

    —         —             (83,106     (27     —         —         (27

Unit-based compensation

    —         —             —         506       —         —         506  

Payments from non-controlling interest

    —         —             —         —         —         4,391       4,391  

Net loss

    —         —             —         —         (79,544     (171     (79,715
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance December 31, 2018

    10,975,101     $ 319,139           2,074,216     $ 463     $ (246,493   $ 4,220     $ (241,810

Issuance of Series I, II, and III Investor Units

    25,518       1,500           —         —         —         —         —    

Issuance of common unit

    —         —             496,763       —         —         —         —    

Repurchases - Profits Interest

    —         —             (11,292     —         —         —         —    

Forfeitures - Profits Interest

    —         —             (28,823     (158     —         —         (158

Unit-based compensation

    —         —             —         3,887       —         —         3,887  

Payments from non-controlling interest

    —         —             —         —         —         2,646       2,646  

Net loss

    —         —             —         —         (107,862     (1,581     (109,443
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance December 31, 2019

    11,000,619     $ 320,639           2,530,864     $ 4,192     $ (354,355   $ 5,285     $ (344,878
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

Oak Street Health, LLC and Affiliates

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

For the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

(in thousands)

 

 

     2019     2018  

Cash flows from operating activities

    

Net loss

   $ (109,443   $ (79,715

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

    

Amortization of discount on debt and related issuance costs

     1,353       598  

Depreciation and amortization

     7,848       4,182  

Unit based compensation, net of forfeitures

     3,729       479  

Loss (gain) on disposal of fixed assets

     —         14  

Change in fair value of bifurcated derivative

     (663     755  

Change in fair value of warrant obligation

     —         (211

Change in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Accounts receivable

     (86,403     (36,343

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (4,091     (3,679

Security deposits

     (80     (399

Other long-term assets

     (75     —    

Accounts payable

     3,782       1,271  

Accrued compensation and benefits

     15,448       2,672  

Other current liabilities

     107,055       33,149  

Other long-term liabilities

     282       (2,553

Deferred rent expense

     5,712       4,415  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (55,546     (75,365

Cash flows from investing activities

    

Purchase of business

     (166     (13,709

Purchases of property and equipment

     (27,705     (26,046
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (27,871     (39,755

Cash flows from financing activities

    

Proceeds from long-term debt

     49,457       10,000  

Proceeds from issuance of redeemable investor units

     1,500       158,947  

Capital contributions from minority interest partners

     2,646       4,391  

Tender offer - Common Units

     —         (3,840

Tender offer - Investor Units

     —         (28,004

Proceeds from exercise of warrants

     —         15,000  

Proceeds from exercise of option awards - Common Units

     —         117  

Proceeds from exercise of option awards - Investor Units

     —         640  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     53,603       157,251  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

     (29,814     42,131  

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, beginning of year

     72,067       29,936  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, end of year

   $ 42,253     $ 72,067  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

    

Cash paid for interest

   $ 5,012     $ 2,448  

Reclass of warrant liability to members’ deficit upon exercise of warrant

     —         1,984  

Addition to construction in process funded through accounts payable

     1,608       1,117  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

Oak Street Health, LLC and Affiliates

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2019 and 2018

(in thousands, except for unit and per-unit data)

 

NOTE 1 - BUSINESS AND OPERATIONS

Oak Street Health, LLC (“Oak Street Health” or “OSH”) and Affiliates (collectively referred to as the “Company”) operates primary care centers serving Medicare beneficiaries. The Company, through its centers and management services organization, combines an innovative care model with superior patient experience. The Company invests resources into primary care to prevent unnecessary acute events and manage chronic illnesses. The Company engages Medicare eligible patients through the use of an innovative community outreach approach. Once patients are engaged, the Company integrates population health analytics, social support services and primary care into the care model to drive improved outcomes. The Company contracts with managed care payors to generate medical costs savings and realize a return on its investment in primary care. The Company operated 52 centers and 40 centers in 2019 and 2018, respectively. References throughout these notes to consolidated financial statements to “we,” “us,” “our,” “Company,” mean Oak Street Health, LLC and Affiliates.

Oak Street Health is organized as a limited liability company (“LLC”). As such, no member, agent or employee of the Company shall be personally liable for debts, obligations, or liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort, or otherwise or for the acts or omissions of any other member, director, manager, agent or employee of the Company, unless the individual has agreed otherwise under the provisions of the Company’s operating agreement or signed a specific personal guarantee. The duration of the Company is perpetual.

The consolidated financial statements of the Company consolidate all entities in which a controlling financial interest exists, either through a majority voting interest or variable interest entities for which the Company has established a controlling financial interest.

Oak Street Health, MSO LLC (“MSO”), a wholly owned-subsidiary of Oak Street Health LLC, was formed in 2013 to provide a wide range of management services to the Physician Groups (as defined below). Activities include but are not limited to operational support of the centers, marketing, information technology infrastructure, and the sourcing and managing of health plan contracts.

Oak Street Health Physicians Group PC, OSH-IN Physicians Group PC, OSH-MI Physicians Group PC, OSH-OH Physicians Group LLC, OSH-PA Physicians Group PC, and OSH-RI Physicians Group PC (collectively the “Physician Groups”) employ healthcare providers to deliver primary care services to the Medicare covered population of Illinois, Indiana, Michigan, North Carolina, Ohio, Pennsylvania, and Rhode Island. These entities are consolidated as each are considered variable interest entities where Oak Street Health has a controlling financial interest (see Note 18).

In addition, Oak Street Health is the majority interest owner in three joint ventures: OSH-PCJ Joliet, LLC, OSH-RI, LLC, and OSH-ESC Joint Venture, LLC which are consolidated in the Company’s financial statements.

In 2019, initial contributions were made to OSH-ESC Joint Venture, LLC from Oak Street Health MSO, LLC (51% ownership) and Evangelical Services Corporation (49% ownership) totaling $2,754 and $2,646, respectively. The purpose of this joint venture is to operate one or more primary care centers for adults on Medicare in certain mutually agreed upon markets and to serve as a vehicle for an increased coordination of care between Oak Street Health and Evangelical Services Corporation and their respective affiliates. The joint venture arrangement provides for shared management and control of the management services organization that will develop physical locations and provide and perform all non-medical management and administrative services, including financial management, information systems, marketing, risk management and administrative support

 

F-43


Table of Contents

Oak Street Health, LLC and Affiliates

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2019 and 2018

(in thousands, except for unit and per-unit data)

 

 

which will then be made available to one or more professional medical organizations to provide primary care services. OSH-ESC Joint Venture, LLC is consolidated in the Company’s financial statements.

The Company evaluates its legal structure from time to time to assess whether the existing legal structure is the most appropriate for our operations and owners. On October 22, 2019 Oak Street Health, Inc. was formed as a Delaware corporation. Oak Street Health, Inc. has had no operations or activities to date other than its formation. See Note 23 for detail on the impact to our financials should we decide to convert the Company to a corporation in accordance with Subchapter C of the Internal Revenue Code (a “C” corporation).

NOTE 2 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation: The consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes are prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”). The consolidated financial statements of Oak Street Health include the financial statements of all wholly-owned subsidiaries and majority-owned or controlled companies. For those consolidated subsidiaries where our ownership is less than 100%, the portion of the net income or loss allocable to the noncontrolling interests is reported as “Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests” in the consolidated statements of operations. Intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

The Company considers itself to control an entity if it is the majority owner of or has voting control over such entity. The Company also assesses control through means other than voting rights (“variable interest entities” or “VIEs”) and determines which business entity is the primary beneficiary of the VIE. The Company consolidates VIEs when it is determined that the Company is the primary beneficiary of the VIE.

Use of Accounting Estimates: The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. The areas where significant estimates are used in the accompanying financial statements include capitated revenue, the allowance for financial assistance, liability for unpaid claims, unit-based compensation, the valuation and related impairment recognition of long-lived assets, including intangibles and goodwill, and the valuation of embedded derivatives and redeemable investor units. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash, Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash: Cash includes currency on hand with banks and financial institutions. The Company considers short-term investments with an original maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase to be cash equivalents. Restricted cash are funds held in Company bank accounts that are not available for operational use. The restricted cash balance consists of reserve accounts that are contractually required by payor contracts, funds held as collateral for bank debt, and bank issued letters of credit. The restricted cash balance as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 was $8,266 and $7,326, respectively.

Revenues and Accounts Receivable: ASU 2014-09 requires companies to exercise more judgment and recognize revenue using a five-step process. The Company adopted ASU 2014-09 using the modified retrospective method for all contracts effective January 1, 2019 and is using the portfolio approach to group contracts with similar characteristics and analyze historical cash collections trends. Modified retrospective adoption requires entities to apply the standard retrospectively to the most current period presented in the financial statements, requiring the cumulative effect of the retrospective application as an adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings at the date of initial application. Prior periods have not been adjusted. No cumulative-effect adjustment in retained

 

F-44


Table of Contents

Oak Street Health, LLC and Affiliates

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2019 and 2018

(in thousands, except for unit and per-unit data)

 

 

earnings was recorded as the adoption of ASU 2014-09 did not materially impact the Company’s reported historical revenue.

The Company evaluated the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows using the five-step process provided within ASU 2014-09. The Company disaggregates revenue from contracts with customers by service type within our consolidated statements of operations.

Both our capitated revenue and other patient service revenue generally relate to contracts with patients in which our performance obligation is to provide healthcare related services to the patients. Revenues are recorded during the period our obligations to provide healthcare services are satisfied as noted below within each service type.

Capitated Revenue and Accounts Receivable: Capitated revenue consists primarily of capitated fees for medical services provided by us under capitated arrangements directly made with various Medicare Advantage managed care payors. The Company receives a fixed fee per patient under what is typically known as a “risk contract.” Risk contracting, or full risk capitation, refers to a model in which the Company receives from the third-party payor a fixed payment per patient per month (“PPPM” payment) for a defined patient population, and the Company is then responsible for providing healthcare services required by that patient population. The Company is responsible for incurring or paying for the cost of healthcare services required by that patient population in addition to those provided by the Company. Fees are recorded gross in revenues because the Company is acting as a principal in arranging for, providing and controlling the managed healthcare services provided to the managed care payors’ eligible enrolled members. Neither the Company or any of its Affiliates is a registered insurance company because state law in the states in which it operates does not require such registration for risk-bearing providers.

The Company’s payor contracts generally have a term of one year or longer, but the contracts between the enrolled members (our customers) and the payor are one calendar year or less. In general, the Company considers all contracts with customers (enrolled members) as a single performance obligation to stand ready to provide managed healthcare services. The Company identified that contracts with customers for capitation arrangements have similar performance obligations and therefore groups them into one portfolio. This performance obligation is satisfied as the Company stands ready to fulfill its obligation to enrolled members. Our revenues are based upon the estimated PPPM amounts we expect to be entitled to receive from Medicare Advantage managed care payors. The PPPM rates are determined as a percent of the premium the Medicare Advantage plan receives from CMS for our at-risk members. Those premiums are determined via a competitive bidding process with CMS and are based upon the cost of care in a local market and the average utilization of services by the patients enrolled. Medicare pays capitation using a “risk adjustment model,” which compensates providers based on the health status (acuity) of each individual patient. Payors with higher acuity patients receive more, and those with lower acuity patients receive less. Under the risk adjustment model, capitation is paid on an interim basis based on enrollee data submitted for the preceding year and is adjusted in subsequent periods after the final data is compiled. As premiums are adjusted via this risk adjustment model, our PPPM payments will change in unison with how our payor partners’ premiums change with CMS. The Company determined the transaction price for these contracts is variable as it primarily includes PPPM fees which can fluctuate throughout the contract based on the health status (acuity) of each individual enrollee. Our capitated revenues include $9,026 and $11,411 for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, for acuity-related adjustments that have been received or are estimated to be received in subsequent periods. In certain contracts, PPPM fees also include adjustments for items such as performance incentives or penalties based on the achievement of certain clinical quality metrics as contracted with payors. There were no PPPM adjustments related to performance incentives/

 

F-45


Table of Contents

Oak Street Health, LLC and Affiliates

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2019 and 2018

(in thousands, except for unit and per-unit data)

 

 

penalties for quality-related metrics for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018. Capitated revenues are recognized based on the estimated PPPM transaction price to transfer the service for a distinct increment of the series (i.e. month) and are recognized net of projected acuity adjustments and performance incentives/penalties because the Company is able to reasonably estimate the ultimate PPPM payment of these contracts. We recognize revenue in the month in which eligible members are entitled to receive healthcare benefits. Subsequent changes in PPPM fees and the amount of revenue to be recognized by the Company are reflected through subsequent period adjustments to properly recognize the ultimate capitation amount and do not result in a significant reversal of revenue when the uncertainty is resolved in subsequent periods. Capitated revenues recognized as a result of changes in estimates related to performance obligations satisfied in the previous periods was $1,795 and $0, in 2019 and 2018, respectively. As the period between the time of service and time of payment is typically one year or less, the Company elected the practical expedient under ASC 606-10-32-18 and did not adjust for the effects of a significant financing component.

Certain third-party payor contracts include a Medicare Part D payment related to pharmacy claims, which is subject to risk sharing through accepted risk corridor provisions. Under certain agreements the fund risk allocation is established where the Company, as the contracted provider, receives only a portion of the risk and the associated surplus or deficit. The Company estimates and recognizes an adjustment to Part D capitated revenues related to these risk corridor provisions, based upon pharmacy claims experience to date, as if the annual risk contract were to terminate at the end of the reporting period. Medicare Part D comprised 3% of capitated revenues and 5% of medical claims expense for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.

Capitated accounts receivable consist of amounts due from capitated contracts. The capitated accounts receivable are recorded at contracted rates. At December 31, 2019 and 2018, capitated accounts receivable were $167,429 and $80,477, respectively.

The Company had agreements in place with the payors listed below and payor sources of capitated revenue for each year were as follows:

 

     2019     2018  

Humana

     57     65

Wellcare

     8     10

Other

     35     25

Other Patient Service Revenue and Accounts Receivable: Other patient service revenue is comprised of ancillary fees earned under contracts with certain managed care organizations for the provision of certain care coordination services and care management services, and is also comprised of fee-for-service revenue. The composition of other patient service revenue for each year was as follows:

 

     2019      2018  

Care coordination and care management services

   $ 10,498      $ 2,468  

Fee-for-service

     6,197        5,876  

Total other patient services revenue

   $ 16,695      $ 8,344  

The Company has entered into multi-year agreements with Humana and its affiliates to provide services at certain centers to members covered by Humana. The agreements contain an administrative payment from Humana in exchange for the Company providing certain care coordination services during the term of the

 

F-46


Table of Contents

Oak Street Health, LLC and Affiliates

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2019 and 2018

(in thousands, except for unit and per-unit data)

 

 

contract (“Care Coordination Payment”). The care coordination payments are recognized in other patient service revenue ratably over the length of the terms stated in the contracts and are refundable to Humana on a pro-rata basis if the Company ceases to provide services at the centers within the length of the term specified in the contracts. We have identified a single performance obligation to stand ready to provide care coordination services to patients, which constitutes a series of distinct service increments.

Care management services are provided to enrolled members of certain contracted managed care organizations regardless of whether those members are Oak Street Health patients. Similar to the other care management services provided to the Company’s centers, the Company provides delegated services and other administrative services to plans in order to assist with the management of its Medicare population, therefore, we have identified a single performance obligation to stand ready to provide care management services, which constitutes a series of distinct service increments.

Fee-for-service revenue is primarily derived from healthcare services rendered to patients. The services provided by the Company have no fixed duration and can be terminated by the patient or the Company at any time, therefore each treatment is its own standalone contract. Services ordered by a healthcare provider during an office visit are not separately identifiable, and therefore have been combined into a single performance obligation for each contract. The Company recognizes revenue as its performance obligation is completed on the date of service. Fee-for-service revenue is recognized in the period in which services are provided at estimated net realizable amounts from patients, third-party payors and others. The fee-for-service revenue by payor source for each period presented were as follows:

 

     2019     2018  

Medicare

     51     58

Humana

     10     13

Other

     39     29

Other patient service accounts receivable consists primarily of amount due from Medicare and Medicare Advantage plans for fee-for-service patients. Receivables from commercial or government payors are recorded at a net amount determined by the original charge for the service provided, less contractual discounts provided to the payor. Receivables due directly from patients are recorded at the original charge for the service provided less amounts covered by third-party payors and an allowance for financial assistance. As of December 31, 2019, Medicare comprised 47% and Humana comprised 9% of other patient service accounts receivable. As of December 31, 2018, Medicare comprised 55% and Humana comprised 11% of other patient service accounts receivable. All other payors represent 44% and 34% of other patient service accounts receivable as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

The Company has a financial assistance policy in which patients will be assessed for financial hardship and other criteria that are used to make a good-faith determination of financial need, in which case the Company will waive or reduce a Medicare beneficiary’s obligation to pay copay, coinsurance or deductible amounts owed for the provision of medical services. The majority of our fee-for-service patients qualify for financial assistance. The total amount of patient revenues that were waived per the Company’s financial assistance policy were $5,422 and $2,948 for the years ended 2019 and 2018, respectively. The Company’s cost to provide care in regard to the services for which the patient’s financial obligation was waived was estimated to be $9,113 and $4,278 for the years ended 2019 and 2018, respectively, using a cost-to-charge ratio estimate. The Company invests heavily in primary care to prevent unnecessary acute events and manage chronic illnesses, and the cost incurred exceeds the

 

F-47


Table of Contents

Oak Street Health, LLC and Affiliates

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2019 and 2018

(in thousands, except for unit and per-unit data)

 

 

amount that the Company would have realized under fee-for-service payment arrangements. The Company is willing to accept this deficit as many fee-for-service patients become Medicare Advantage patients under capitated arrangements.

Management determines the allowance for financial assistance by applying historical write-off experience on the total receivables, net of discounts. Patient receivables are written off when financial need is determined or are deemed uncollectible as a reduction to revenue. At December 31, 2019 and 2018, the allowance for financial assistance was $3,410 and $2,265, respectively.

Remaining Performance Obligations: As our performance obligations relate to contracts with a duration of one year or less, the Company elected the optional exemption in ASC 606-10-50-14(a). Therefore, the Company is not required to disclose the transaction price for the remaining performance obligations at the end of the reporting period or when the Company expects to recognize revenue. The Company has minimal unsatisfied performance obligations at the end of the reporting period as our patients typically are under no obligation to continue receiving services at our facilities.

Medical Claims Expense: Medical claims expenses primarily includes costs for third-party healthcare service providers that provide medical care to our patients for which the Company is contractually obligated to pay (through our full-risk capitation arrangements). The estimated reserve for incurred but not reported claims is included in the liability for unpaid claims in the consolidated balance sheets. Actual claims expense will differ from the estimated liability due to factors in estimated and actual member utilization of health care services, the amount of charges, and other factors. Medical claims expense also includes supplemental external costs of providing medical care such as administrative health plan fees, fees to perform payor delegated activities, and provider excess insurance costs.

Cost of Care, Excluding Depreciation and Amortization: Cost of care, excluding depreciation and amortization includes the costs we incur to operate our centers, including care team and patient support employee-related costs, occupancy costs, patient transportation, medical supplies, insurance and other operating costs. These costs exclude any expenses associated with sales and marketing activities incurred at the local level to support our patient growth strategies, and excludes any allocation of our corporate, general and administrative expenses. Care team employees include medical doctors, nurse practitioners, physician assistants, registered nurses, scribes, medical assistants, and phlebotomists. Patient support employees include practice managers, welcome coordinators and patient relationship managers.

Sales and marketing: Sales and marketing expenses consist of employee-related expenses, including salaries, commissions, and employee benefits costs, for all of our employees engaged in marketing, sales, community outreach, and sales support. These employee-related expenses capture all costs for both our field-based and corporate sales and marketing teams. Sales and marketing expenses also includes central and community-based advertising to generate greater awareness, engagement, and retention among our current and prospective patients as well as the infrastructure required to support all our marketing efforts.

Corporate, General and Administrative: Corporate, general and administrative expenses include employee-related expenses, including salaries and related costs and stock-based compensation for our executive, technology infrastructure, operations, clinical and quality support, finance, legal, human resources, and development departments. In addition, general and administrative expenses include all corporate technology and occupancy costs.

 

F-48


Table of Contents

Oak Street Health, LLC and Affiliates

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2019 and 2018

(in thousands, except for unit and per-unit data)

 

 

Significant, Nonrecurring Transaction Costs: Significant, nonrecurring costs were incurred in 2019 related to a private placement offering (see Note 25). Total one-time costs expensed were $3,685 in 2019 and are included in corporate, general, and administrative expenses in the consolidated statement of operations.

Advertising Expenses: Advertising and promotion costs are expensed as incurred and were $16,827 and $8,142, in 2019 and 2018, respectively, and are included in sales and marketing expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets: Any expenses paid prior to the related services rendered are recorded as prepaid expenses. Additionally, in order to provide the services necessary to complete our performance under certain contracts, implementation services were performed. Implementation services are a set of tasks that must be performed by the Company to ensure we have the appropriate technology infrastructure to fully perform and provide the services as contracted with the customers. These services are solely for the benefit of the Company and the customer has no access to the technology nor control over the technology. According to ASC 340-40 costs to fulfill a contract should be capitalized. We capitalized and amortized fulfillment costs over the useful life of the contract fulfillment cost asset, consistent with the pattern of transfer and recognition of revenue with the associated contract. Consideration received from the customer related to implementation fees will be deferred and recognized ratably over the period that monthly services are provided. During the year ended December 31, 2019, there was $376 of identified implementation costs incurred and capitalized over the contract period of 3 years. As of December 31, 2019, the Company’s capitalized costs in other assets totaled $303. The short-term portion is recorded in other assets and the long-term portion is included in other long-term assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Supplies Inventory: Supplies, comprised principally of medical supplies and vaccinations, are stated at lower of cost or market and using the first-in-first out method, applied on a consistent basis. The value of supplies inventory was $553 and $400 at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, and is included in other current assets in the consolidated balance sheets.

 

Property and Equipment: The Company records property and equipment (“PPE”) at cost and depreciates them using the straight-line method at rates designed to distribute the cost of PPE over estimated service lives ranging from three to fifteen years. Routine maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. Expenditures that increase values, change capacities or extend useful lives are capitalized.

Estimated useful lives of PPE are as follows:

 

Leasehold improvements      15 years or term of lease  
Furniture and fixtures      8 years  
Computer equipment      3-5 years  
Internal use software      5 years  
Office equipment      5-8 years  

Internal Use Software: The Company accounts for costs incurred to develop computer software for internal use in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 350-40, Internal-Use Software (“ASC 350-40”). The Company capitalizes the costs incurred during the application development stage, which generally include personnel and related costs to design the software configuration and interfaces, coding, installation, and testing.

 

F-49


Table of Contents

Oak Street Health, LLC and Affiliates

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2019 and 2018

(in thousands, except for unit and per-unit data)

 

 

The Company begins capitalization of qualifying costs when both the preliminary project stage is completed and management has authorized further funding for the completion of the project. Costs incurred during the preliminary project stage along with post implementation stages of internal-use computer software are expensed as incurred. Capitalized development costs are classified as property and equipment, net in the consolidated balance sheets and are amortized over the estimated useful life of the software, which is five years.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets: The Company reviews its long-lived assets for possible impairment in accordance with ASC 360, Property, Plant, and Equipment (“ASC 360”), whenever events and circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. If the sum of the estimated undiscounted cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the assets, an impairment loss is recorded. The impairment loss is measured by comparing the fair value of the assets with their carrying amounts. Fair value is determined based on discounted cash flows or appraised values, as appropriate. There was no impairment of long-lived assets for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets: Intangible assets consist primarily of customer relationships acquired through business acquisitions. Goodwill represents the excess of consideration paid over the fair value of net assets acquired through business acquisitions. Goodwill is not amortized but is tested for impairment at least annually.

The Company tests goodwill for impairment annually on October 1st or more frequently if triggering events occur or other impairment indicators arise which might impair recoverability. These events or circumstances would include a significant change in the business climate, legal factors, operating performance indicators, competition, sale, disposition of a significant portion of the business, or other factors. Impairment of goodwill is evaluated at the reporting unit level. A reporting unit is defined as an operating segment (i.e. before aggregation or combination), or one level below an operating segment (i.e. a component).

A component of an operating segment is a reporting unit if the component constitutes a business for which discrete financial information is available and segment management regularly reviews the operating results of that component. The Company operates as a single operating segment and as a single reporting unit for evaluating goodwill impairment.

ASC 350, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (“ASC 350”), allows entities to first use a qualitative approach to test goodwill for impairment. When the reporting units where the Company performs the quantitative goodwill impairment are tested, the Company compares the fair value of the reporting unit, which the Company primarily determines using an income approach based on the present value of discounted cash flows, to the respective carrying value, which includes goodwill. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, the goodwill is not considered impaired. If the carrying value is higher than the fair value, the difference would be recognized as an impairment loss. There were no goodwill impairments recorded during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.

Customer relationships represent the estimated values of customer relationships of acquired businesses and have definite lives. The Company amortizes the customer relationships on a straight-line basis over its ten-year estimated useful life. Intangible assets are reviewed for impairment in conjunction with long-lived assets. There were no intangible asset impairments recorded during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.

 

F-50


Table of Contents

Oak Street Health, LLC and Affiliates

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2019 and 2018

(in thousands, except for unit and per-unit data)

 

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments: In accordance with ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (“ASC 820”), fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.

Assets and liabilities carried at fair value are required to be classified and disclosed in one of the following three categories:

 

Level 1

Quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

 

Level 2

Observable market-based inputs or unobservable inputs that are corroborated by market data.

 

Level 3

Unobservable inputs that are not corroborated by market data.

When determining the fair value measurements for assets and liabilities required to be recorded at fair value, management considers the principal or most advantageous market in which it would transact and considers risks, restrictions, or other assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability. The carrying amounts of financial instruments including cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued liabilities and short-term borrowings approximate fair value due to the short maturity of these instruments.

The bifurcated derivative associated with the long-term debt (see Note 10) is classified within Level 3 due to a lack of quoted prices in an active market and observable inputs for similar liabilities. The Company’s fair value measurements for the bifurcated derivative was $152 and $815 as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The bifurcated derivative liability is included in other long-term liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2019 and 2018. Changes in fair value of the bifurcated derivative are recorded within interest expense in the consolidated statements of operations.

Income Taxes: The Company is a limited liability company. Accordingly, pursuant to its election under Section 701 of the Internal Revenue Code, each item of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit of the Company is ultimately reportable by its members in their individual tax returns, except in certain states and local jurisdictions where the Company is subject to income taxes. As such, the Company has not recorded a provision for federal income taxes or for taxes in states and local jurisdictions that do not assess taxes at the entity level.

A tax position is recognized as a benefit only if it is more likely than not that the tax position would be sustained in a tax examination, with a tax examination being presumed to occur. The amount recognized is the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized on examination. For tax positions not meeting the more-likely-than-not test, no tax benefit is recorded. The Company’s tax filings are generally subject to examination for a period of three years from the filing date. Management has not identified any tax position taken that requires income tax reserves to be established. The Company does not expect the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits to significantly change in the next 12 months.

The Company reduces its deferred tax assets by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences are deductible. In making this determination, the Company considers all available positive and negative evidence affecting specific deferred tax assets, including past and anticipated future performance, the reversal of deferred tax liabilities, the length of carry-back and carry-forward periods and the implementation of tax planning strategies.

 

F-51


Table of Contents

Oak Street Health, LLC and Affiliates

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2019 and 2018

(in thousands, except for unit and per-unit data)

 

 

Objective positive evidence is necessary to support a conclusion that a valuation allowance is not needed for all or a portion of deferred tax assets when significant negative evidence exists. Cumulative tax losses in recent years are the most compelling form of negative evidence considered by management in this determination. Management determined that based on all available evidence, a full valuation allowance was required for all U.S. state and local deferred tax assets due to losses incurred for the past several years.

Debt Issuance Costs: Debt issuance costs are presented in the consolidated balance sheets as a direct deduction from the carrying value of the long-term debt. Debt issuance costs are amortized over the term of the related debt instrument using the effective interest method. Amortization of debt issuance costs is recorded as interest expense in the consolidated statements of operations. The end-of-term charge is being accreted as a debt issuance cost over the expected term of the loan.

Warrants: The Investor Units III-B warrants issued by the Company were carried at their estimated fair value on the consolidated balance sheets upon issuance using the Black-Scholes pricing model. The Investor Units III-B warrants were classified as a liability and subsequently remeasured at fair value at each reporting date with changes in the estimated fair value recognized in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations. The warrants were fully exercised in April of 2018.

Non-Controlling Interest: Non-controlling interest is an ownership position wherein a unitholder owns less than 50% of outstanding units and has no direct control over business decisions. The Company records a non-controlling interest for the portion attributable to its minority partners for all of its joint ventures. The income associated with the non-controlling interest has been segregated as required.

Unit-Based Compensation Expense: ASC 718, Compensation - Stock Compensation (“ASC 718”), requires the measurement of the cost of the employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments based on the grant-date fair value or, in certain circumstances, the calculated value of the award. The Company’s unit-based incentive plan is administered by the Board of Directors (“Board”). The Board may reward employees with various types of awards, including but not limited to, profits interests on a service-based or performance-based schedule. These awards may also contain market conditions. The Company has elected to account for forfeitures as they occur. The Company uses a combination of the income and market approaches to estimate the fair value of each award as of the grant date.

For Performance-Vesting Units, the Company recognizes unit-based compensation expense when it is probable that the performance condition will be achieved. The Company will analyze if a performance condition is probable for each reporting period through the settlement date for awards subject to performance vesting. For Service-Vesting Units, the Company recognizes unit-based compensation expense over the requisite service period for each separately vesting portion of the profits interest as if the award was, in-substance, multiple awards.

Net Loss Per Unit: Basic net loss per unit attributable to common unitholders is calculated by dividing the net loss, adjusted for cumulative redeemable Investor Unit dividends, by the weighted-average number of common units outstanding during the period, without consideration for common unit equivalents. Diluted net loss per unit attributable to common unitholders is computed by dividing the diluted net loss attributable to common unitholders by the weighted-average number of units of common units outstanding for the period, including potential dilutive common units assuming the dilutive effect of common unit equivalents.

 

F-52


Table of Contents

Oak Street Health, LLC and Affiliates

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2019 and 2018

(in thousands, except for unit and per-unit data)

 

 

In periods in which the Company reports a net loss attributable to common unitholders, diluted net loss per unit attributable to common unitholders is the same as basic net loss per unit attributable to common unitholders, since dilutive common units are not assumed to have been issued if their effect is anti-dilutive. The Company reported a net loss attributable to common unitholders for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.

Segment Reporting: The Company determined in accordance with ASC 280, Segment Reporting (“ASC 280”), that the Company operates under one operating segment, and therefore one reporting segment - Oak Street Health, LLC and Affiliates. See Note 20 to the consolidated financial statements for information concerning the Company’s services.

Business Combinations: The Company accounts for business combinations using the acquisition method of accounting. That method requires that the purchase price, including the fair value of contingent consideration, of the acquisition be allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed using the fair values determined by management as of the acquisition date.

Goodwill as of the acquisition date is measured as the excess of consideration transferred over the net of the acquisition date fair values of assets acquired and the liabilities assumed. While the Company uses its best estimates and assumptions as part of the purchase price allocation process to accurately value assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date, the Company’s estimates are inherently uncertain and subject to refinement. As a result, during the measurement period, which may be up to one year from the acquisition date, the Company records adjustments to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, with the corresponding offset to goodwill to the extent the Company identifies adjustments to the preliminary purchase price allocation. Upon the conclusion of the measurement period or final determination of the fair values of assets acquired or liabilities assumed, whichever comes first, any subsequent adjustments are recorded to the consolidated statements of operations. The Company includes the results of all acquisitions in the consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition.

Acquisition related transaction costs, such as banking, legal, accounting, and other costs incurred in connection with an acquisition are expensed as incurred in corporate, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

Acquisition related integration costs include costs associated with exit or disposal activities, which do not meet the criteria of discontinued operations, including costs for employee, lease, and contract terminations, facility closing or other exit activities. Additionally, these costs include expenses directly related to integrating and reorganizing acquired businesses and include items such as employee retention costs, recruiting costs, certain moving costs, certain duplicative costs during integration, and asset impairments. These costs are expensed as incurred in corporate, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

Acquisition related consideration accounted for as compensation expense, such as retention bonuses, incurred in connection with an acquisition are included in corporate, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements: In May 2014, March 2016, April 2016, and December 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, ASU 2016-08, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, Principal versus Agent Considerations, ASU 2016-10, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, Identifying Performance Obligations and Licensing, ASU 2016-12, Revenue from Contracts with Customers,

 

F-53


Table of Contents

Oak Street Health, LLC and Affiliates

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2019 and 2018

(in thousands, except for unit and per-unit data)

 

 

Narrow Scope Improvements and Practical Expedients, and ASU 2016-20, Technical Corrections and Improvements to Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (collectively “the standards”), respectively, which supersede most of the current revenue recognition requirements. The core principle of the new guidance is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. New disclosures about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from contracts with customers are also required. The original standards were effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017; however, in July 2015, the FASB approved a one-year deferral of these standards, with a new effective date for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018. The standards require the selection of a retrospective or cumulative effect transition method.

The Company implemented the new standard beginning January 1, 2019 using a modified retrospective transition method. Adoption of the new standard did not result in material changes to the presentation of total revenues in the consolidated statements of operations, and the presentation of the amount of loss from operations and net loss will be unchanged upon adoption of the standards. Under the previous standard, the Company’s estimate for unrealizable amount was recorded as a reduction of revenue. Under the new standards, the Company’s estimate for unrealizable amounts continues to be recognized as a reduction to revenue.

In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-01, Financial Instruments - Overall (Subtopic 825-10): Recognition of Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities (“ASU 2016-01”). ASU 2016-01 changes the current accounting related to (i) the classification and measurement of certain equity investments, (ii) the presentation of changes in the fair value of the financial liabilities measured under the fair value option that are due to instrument-specific credit risk, and (iii) certain disclosures associated with the fair value of financial instruments. Most notable, ASU 2016-01 requires that equity investments, with certain exemptions, be measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in net income as opposed to other comprehensive income. ASU 2016-01 was adopted as of January 1, 2019. The Company evaluated the impacts of this new guidance on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures and concluded it had no impact.

In November 2016, FASB issued ASU 2016-18, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Restricted Cash (“ASU 2016-18”), which requires that a statement of cash flows explains the change during the period in the total of cash, cash equivalents, and amounts generally described as restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents. The Company adopted this ASU on January 1, 2019. As a result, the change in restricted cash of $940 and $606 for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, is included within the net change in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash on the consolidated statement of cash flows.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-01, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the Definition of a Business (“ASU 2017-01”), which provides new guidance clarifying the definition of a business for determining whether transactions should be accounted for as acquisitions (or disposals) of assets or businesses. Amendments in ASU 2017-01 were applied prospectively, and no disclosures are required at transition. The Company adopted this ASU as of January 1, 2019 and applied the provisions of this amendment prospectively.

In July 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-09, Codification Improvements (“ASU 2018-09”), which made minor amendments to the codification in order to correct errors, eliminate inconsistencies and provide clarifications in current guidance. ASU 2018-09 amends Subtopics 470-50, Debt Modifications and Extinguishments, and 718-40, Compensation-Stock Compensation-Income Taxes, among other Topics amended within the update. Several of the Topics within the ASU were effective immediately upon issuance of ASU 2018-09, however, some

 

F-54


Table of Contents

Oak Street Health, LLC and Affiliates

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2019 and 2018

(in thousands, except for unit and per-unit data)

 

 

amendments require transition guidance which is effective for nonpublic business entities for fiscal years after beginning after December 15, 2019. The Company evaluated the impacts of this new guidance on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures and concluded it had no impact.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASC 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework - Changes to the Disclosure for Fair Value Measurement (“ASU 2018-13”), which modifies the disclosure requirements on fair value measurements. ASU 2018-13 is effective for all entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years, with partial early adoption permitted for eliminated disclosures. The method of adoption varies by the disclosure. The Company evaluated the impacts of this new guidance on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures and concluded it had no impact.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements: In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (“ASU 2016-02”), which amends the accounting for leases, requiring lessees to recognize most leases on their balance sheet with a right-of-use asset and a lease liability. Leases will be classified as either finance or operating leases, which will impact the expense recognition of such leases over the lease term. ASU 2016-02 also modifies the lease classification criteria for lessors and eliminates some of the real estate leasing guidance previously applied for certain leasing transactions. The Company is required to adopt ASU 2016-02 on January 1, 2021. Because of the number of leases, the Company utilizes to support its operations, the adoption of ASU 2016-02 is expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position and results of operations. Management is currently evaluating the extent of this anticipated impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements, and the quantitative and qualitative factors that will impact the Company as part of the adoption of ASU 2016-02, as well as any changes to its leasing strategy that may occur because of the changes to the accounting and recognition of leases. Most recently, the Company has organized an implementation group of cross-functional departmental management to ensure the completeness of its lease information, analyze the appropriate classification of current leases under the new standard, and develop new processes to execute, approve and classify leases on an ongoing basis. The Company has also evaluated system applications to assist in the implementation and tracking of leases in preparation for the new standard.

In July 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-11, Earnings Per Unit Share (Topic 260); Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity (Topic 480); Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): (Part I) Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Down Round Features, (Part II) Replacement of the Indefinite Deferral for Mandatorily Redeemable Financial Instruments of Certain Nonpublic Entities and Certain Mandatorily Redeemable Noncontrolling Interests with a Scope Exception (“ASU 2017-11”). Among other items, Part I of ASU 2017-11 simplifies the accounting for certain financial instruments with down round features, a provision in an equity-linked financial instrument (or embedded feature) that provides a downward adjustment of the current exercise price based on the price of future equity offerings. Current accounting guidance creates cost and complexity for organizations that issue financial instruments with down round features by requiring, on an ongoing basis, fair value measurement of the entire instrument or conversion option. ASU 2017-11 will also require companies to disregard the down round feature when assessing whether the instrument is indexed to its own stock, for purposes of determining liability or equity classification. Companies that provide earnings per share (“EPS”) data will adjust their basic EPS calculation for the effect of the feature when triggered (i.e., when the exercise price of the related equity-linked financial instrument is adjusted downward because of the down round feature) and will also recognize the effect of the trigger within equity. ASU 2017-11 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020. Early adoption is

 

F-55


Table of Contents

Oak Street Health, LLC and Affiliates

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2019 and 2018

(in thousands, except for unit and per-unit data)

 

 

permitted for all entities. The Company is in the process of evaluating the potential impacts of this new guidance on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In October 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-17, Consolidation - Targeted Improvements to Related Party Guidance for Variable Interest Entities (Topic 810) (“ASU 2018-17”). ASU 2018-17 eliminates the requirement that entities consider indirect interests held through related parties under common control in their entirety when assessing whether a decision-making fee is a variable interest. Instead, the reporting entity will consider such indirect interests on a proportionate basis. ASU 2018-17 is effective for a private company for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021. All entities are required to apply the adjustments in ASU 2018-17 retrospectively with a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings at the beginning of the earliest period presented. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact ASU 2018-17 will have on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In January 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-01, Financial Instruments - Overall (Subtopic 825-10): Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities, which added Topic 321, Investments - Equity Securities, and made targeted improvements to address certain aspects of accounting for financial instruments. One of those improvements provided an entity with the ability to measure certain equity securities without a readily determinable fair value at cost, minus impairment, if any. The Task Force decided that the amendments in this Update should be effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, including interim periods within those fiscal years. For all other entities, the Task Force decided to provide a one-year delay, consistent with the Private Company Decision-Making Framework. As such, the amendments in this Update are effective for all other entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company is currently evaluating the impact ASU 2016-01 will have on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In June 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-07, Improvements to Nonemployee Share-Based Payment Accounting (“ASU 2018-07”) which aligns the accounting treatment of stock awards granted to nonemployee consultants to those granted to employees. The updated guidance requires that share-based payment awards granted to a customer in conjunction with selling goods or services be accounted for under ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. We are required to measure and classify share-based payment awards granted to a customer. The amount recorded as a reduction of the transaction price is required to be measured on the basis of the grant-date fair value of the share-based payment award in accordance with Topic 718. The updated guidance is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of Topic 718 on our consolidated financial statements.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments (“ASU 2016-13”). ASU 2016-13 introduces a new model for recognizing credit losses on financial instruments based on an estimate of current expected credit losses. The guidance is effective for us beginning January 1, 2023. The new current expected credit losses (CECL) model generally calls for the immediate recognition of all expected credit losses and applies to loans, accounts and trade receivables as well as other financial assets measured at amortized cost, loan commitments and off-balance sheet credit exposures, debt securities and other financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income, and beneficial interests in securitized financial assets. The new guidance replaces the current incurred loss model for measuring expected credit losses, requires expected losses on available for sale debt securities to

 

F-56


Table of Contents

Oak Street Health, LLC and Affiliates

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2019 and 2018

(in thousands, except for unit and per-unit data)

 

 

be recognized through an allowance for credit losses rather than as reductions in the amortized cost of the securities, and provides for additional disclosure requirements. The Company is currently evaluating the impact the adoption of ASU 2016-13 will have on its consolidated financial statements.

In January 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-01, Investments - Equity Securities (Topic 321), Investments - Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323), and Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815) - Clarifying the Interactions between Topic 321, Topic 323, and Topic 815 (“ASU 2020-01”). ASU 2020-01 clarifies the interaction of the accounting for equity securities under Topic 321 and investments accounted for under the equity method of accounting in Topic 323 and the accounting for certain forward contracts and purchased options accounted for under Topic 815. The guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020. The Company is currently evaluating the impact the adoption of ASU 2020-01 will have on its consolidated financial statements.

NOTE 3 - BUSINESS COMBINATION

On August 31, 2018, the Company entered into an agreement to purchase certain assets of Ampersand Health-PA, LLC (“Ampersand”) for $13,709 of cash consideration in a transaction accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting pursuant to ASC 805, Business Combinations (“ASC 805”). Ampersand operated a management services organization that managed the non-clinical aspects of the medical practice known as CityLife-PA, PC and provided or arranged for the provision of medical services to Medicare beneficiaries. The primary purpose of the acquisition was to acquire an established Medicare Advantage membership base in the Philadelphia, Pennsylvania market. No payor contracts were acquired, and all members were added to existing OSH payor contracts.

The aggregate consideration paid to Ampersand unitholders to complete the transaction was approximately $13,709 in cash. The Company incurred $326 of direct costs for legal, financial advisory, and other services related to the transaction, which were classified in corporate, general, and administrative expenses within the consolidated statements of operations.

The application of the acquisition method under ASC 805 requires that the total purchase price be allocated to the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their fair value at the acquisition date. The allocation process requires an analysis of acquired contracts, customer relationships, contractual commitments, and legal contingencies to identify and record the fair value of all assets acquired and liabilities assumed. In valuing acquired assets and assumed liabilities, fair values are based on, but are not limited to, future expected cash flows, current replacement cost for similar capacity for certain fixed assets, market rate assumptions for contractual obligations, and appropriate discount rates and growth rates.

The business combination included contracts with employed physicians, center assets and liabilities at four locations, leased buildings at each of these four locations, and noncompete agreements with the former owners. The fixed assets acquired were valued at $370 based on the cost to build a new center and the age of the center acquired. The leased buildings were determined to have no favorable or unfavorable lease terms and therefore require no adjustment to fair value. These leases are classified as operating leases in the consolidated financial statements. Intangible assets of $3,868 were recorded to account for the future cash flows related to the members added to existing OSH capitated payor contracts.

 

F-57


Table of Contents

Oak Street Health, LLC and Affiliates

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2019 and 2018

(in thousands, except for unit and per-unit data)

 

 

The estimated fair value of assets acquired as of the acquisition date were as follows:

 

Assets Acquired

  

Property, plant and equipment

   $ 370  

Intangible assets

     3,868  
  

 

 

 

Total identifiable assets acquired

   $ 4,238  
  

 

 

 

The purchase price of $13,709 exceeded the fair value of the net assets acquired from Ampersand by approximately $9,471 and was recorded as goodwill which has been allocated to the Company’s single reporting unit. Goodwill represents benefits from Ampersand’s assembled workforce, expected synergies and national market expansion that is part of the Company’s ongoing evolution in response to its customers’ needs for integrated managed services. The Company finalized purchase accounting related to this transaction during the year ended December 31, 2018.

Total revenues attributable to the assets acquired from Ampersand since the acquisition were approximately $17,343 and $5,600 for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Loss from operations and net loss attributable to the assets acquired from Ampersand since the acquisition was $6,370 and $1,363 for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

Pro forma financial information is not presented for the year ended December 31, 2018 as the information is unavailable for the assets acquired. The historical financial results for these operations were impractical to obtain as the Company bought certain assets from Ampersand’s business for which no discrete income statement information was available in 2018 prior to the acquisition.

On April 2, 2019, the Company entered into an agreement to purchase a primary care center, which constitutes a business, located in Flint, Michigan for cash consideration of $166, which was accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting pursuant to ASC 805. The purchase price of $166 exceeded the fair value of the net assets acquired by $163 and was recorded as goodwill which has been allocated to the Company’s single reporting unit. The acquisition is not considered material to the consolidated financial statements.

NOTE 4 - PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment consist of the following at December 31:

 

     2019      2018  

Leasehold improvements

   $ 56,608      $ 37,517  

Furniture and fixtures

     3,888        2,100  

Computer equipment

     9,785        5,555  

Internal use software

     1,679        600  

Office equipment

     8,934        7,033  

Construction in progress

     3,212        2,427  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total property and equipment, at cost

     84,106        55,232  

Less accumulated depreciation

     (16,710      (9,689
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

   $ 67,396      $ 45,543  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company recorded depreciation expense of $7,461 and $4,053 during 2019 and 2018, respectively.

 

F-58


Table of Contents

Oak Street Health, LLC and Affiliates

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2019 and 2018

(in thousands, except for unit and per-unit data)

 

 

NOTE 5 - GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

The Company has goodwill of $9,634 and $9,471 recorded at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. For purposes of the annual goodwill impairment assessment, the Company has identified a single reporting unit. The Company determined the fair value is greater than the carrying value and no goodwill or intangible asset impairment charges have been recorded for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.

Intangible assets consist of the following at December 31:

 

     2019      2018  

Customer relationships

   $ 3,868      $ 3,868  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total intangible assets, gross

     3,868        3,868  

Less accumulated amortization

     (516      (129
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Intangible assets, net

   $ 3,352      $ 3,739  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company recorded amortization expense of $387 and $129 during 2019 and 2018, respectively.

The total expected future annual amortization for the succeeding years ended December 31, is as follows:

 

2020

   $ 387  

2021

     387  

2022

     387  

2023

     387  

2024

     387  

Thereafter

     1,417  
  

 

 

 

Estimated aggregate future intangible asset amortization

   $ 3,352  
  

 

 

 

NOTE 6 - INTERNAL USE SOFTWARE

Canopy is an application that was created by the Company’s internal Information Technology team in 2017 to supplement its electronic medical records (“EMR”) software. The Company’s EMR collects and contains general information such as treatment and medical history about its patients. The Canopy application is used to help fill EMR gaps and make way for innovative healthcare tools. The Company considers the application as internal use as the Company does not market or sell the software. The Company capitalizes certain costs related to the development of Canopy modules and capabilities. Costs incurred during the application development phase are capitalized only when the Company believes it is probable the development will result in new or additional functionality. The types of costs capitalized during the application development phase include employee compensation, as well as consulting fees for third-party developers working on these projects. Costs related to the preliminary project stage and post implementation activities are expensed as incurred. Internal use software is amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated five-year life of the asset.

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company has capitalized a total of $1,679 and $600 of internal use software and had recorded $327 and $167 in accumulated depreciation, respectively. The Company expensed $160 and $89 of capitalized development costs in 2019 and 2018, respectively. Capitalized external software costs include the actual costs to purchase software licenses from vendors. Costs incurred to maintain existing software are expensed as incurred.

 

F-59


Table of Contents

Oak Street Health, LLC and Affiliates

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2019 and 2018

(in thousands, except for unit and per-unit data)

 

 

NOTE 7 - OTHER CURRENT AND LONG-TERM LIABILITIES

Accrued compensation and benefits as of December 31 consist of the following:

 

     2019      2018  

Accrued paid time off

   $ 2,319      $ 2,547  

Accrued bonus and commission

     16,814        6,498  

Accrued payroll and taxes

     7,052        3,493  

Other

     2,426        624  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 28,610      $ 13,162  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other current liabilities as of December 31 consist of the following:

 

     2019      2018  

Humana license fee

   $ 2,753      $ 2,262  

Lease incentive obligation, current

     550        550  

Contract liabilities, current

     3,785        2,380  

Accrual for goods or services received, not invoiced

     2,876        780  

Other current liabilities

     1,037        429  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 11,001      $ 6,401  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other long-term liabilities as of December 31 consist of the following:

 

     2019      2018  

Contract liabilities, net of current

   $ 5,039      $ 4,642  

Lease incentive obligation, net of current

     5,605        5,720  

Bifurcated derivative

     152        815  

Other long-term liabilities

     20        20  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 10,816      $ 11,197  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

NOTE 8 - LIABILITY FOR UNPAID CLAIMS

Medical claims expense and the liability for unpaid claims include estimates of the Company’s obligations for medical care services that have been rendered by third parties on behalf of insured consumers for which the Company is contractually obligated to pay (through the Company’s full risk capitation arrangements), but for which claims have either not yet been received, processed, or paid. The Company develops estimates for medical care services incurred but not reported (“IBNR”), which includes estimates for claims that have not been received or fully processed, using a process that is consistently applied, centrally controlled and automated. This process includes utilizing actuarial models when a sufficient amount of medical claims history is available from the third-party healthcare service providers. The actuarial models consider factors such as time from date of service to claim processing, seasonal variances in medical care consumption, health care professional contract rate changes, medical care utilization and other medical cost trends, membership volume and demographics, the introduction of new technologies, benefit plan changes, and business mix changes related to products, customers and geography. In developing its unpaid claims liability estimates, the Company applies different estimation

 

F-60


Table of Contents

Oak Street Health, LLC and Affiliates

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2019 and 2018

(in thousands, except for unit and per-unit data)

 

 

methods depending on which incurred claims are being estimated. For the most recent three months, the Company estimates claim costs incurred by applying observed medical cost trend factors to the average PPPM medical costs incurred in prior months for which more complete claims data are available, supplemented by a review of near-term completion factors (actuarial estimates, based upon historical experience and analysis of current trends, of the percentage of incurred claims during a given period that have been adjudicated by the Company at the date of estimation). For the months prior to the most recent three months, the Company applies completion factors to actual claims adjudicated-to-date to estimate the expected amount of ultimate incurred claims for those months. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company recorded a liability for unpaid claims for $170,629 and $68,174, respectively.

The Company purchases provider excess insurance to protect against significant, catastrophic claims expenses incurred on behalf of its patients. The total amount of provider excess insurance premium was $2,507 and $2,150, and total reimbursements (realized and estimated) were $1,047 and $1,368 for the years ended 2019 and 2018, respectively. The provider excess insurance premiums less reimbursements are reported in medical claims expense in the consolidated statements of operations. Provider excess recoverables due are reported in other current assets in the consolidated balance sheets. As of December 31, 2019, the Company’s provider excess insurance deductible was $250 per member and covered up to a maximum of $5,000 per member per calendar year.

The Company’s liability for unpaid claims was as follows for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018:

 

     2019      2018  

Balance, beginning of year

   $ 68,174      $ 36,758  

Incurred health care costs (third-party medical claims expense and administrative health plan fees):

     

Current year

     383,169        226,724  

Prior years

     268        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total claims incurred

     383,437        226,724  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Third-party medical claims and administrative health plan fees paid:

     

Current year

Prior years

    

(226,618

(56,220


    

(162,883

(32,962


  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total claims paid

     (282,838 )       (195,845
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjustment to other claims-related liabilities

     1,856        537  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

     170,629        68,174  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-61


Table of Contents

Oak Street Health, LLC and Affiliates

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2019 and 2018

(in thousands, except for unit and per-unit data)

 

 

The following tables provide information about incurred and paid claims development as of December 31, 2019:

 

     Cumulative Incurred Claims (third-party medical claims
and administrative health plan fees)
For the Years Ended December 31,
 

Claims Incurred Year

   2016      2017      2018      2019  

2016

   $ 50,696      $ 50,696      $ 50,696      $ 50,696  

2017

     —          125,206        125,206        125,316  

2018

     —          —          226,724        226,882  

2019

     —          —          —          383,169  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     50,696        175,902        402,626        786,063  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Cumulative Paid Claims (third-party medical claims and
administrative health plan fees)
For the Years Ended December 31,
 

Claims Incurred Year

   2016      2017      2018      2019  

2016

   $ 33,764      $ 49,795      $ 50,702      $ 50,696  

2017

     —          89,525        121,580        121,268  

2018

     —          —          162,883        219,421  

2019

     —          —          —          226,618  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     33,764        139,320        335,165        618,003  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other claims-related liabilities

        176        713        2,569  

Liability for unpaid claims

              170,629  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

We assess the profitability of our managed care capitation arrangement to identify contracts where current operating results or forecasts indicate probable future losses. If anticipated future variable costs exceed anticipated future revenues, a premium deficiency reserve is recognized. No premium deficiency reserves were recorded as of December 31, 2019 and 2018.

NOTE 9 - CONTRACT LIABILITIES

The Company has entered into multi-year agreements with Humana and its affiliates to provide services at certain centers. The agreements contain an administrative payment from Humana in exchange for the Company providing certain care coordination services during the term of the contract (“Care Coordination Payment”). The care coordination payments are recognized as income ratably over the length of the terms stated in the contracts and are refundable to Humana on a pro-rata basis if the Company ceases to provide services at the centers within the length of the term specified in the contracts. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company’s deferred amounts related to these payments totaled $7,246 and $7,022, respectively. The short-term portion is recorded in other liabilities and the long-term portion is included in other long-term liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

In order to provide the services necessary to complete our performance per certain contracts, implementation services were performed. Implementation services are a set of tasks that must be performed by the Company to ensure we have the right technology infrastructure built out to fully perform and provide the services as contracted with the customers. These services are solely for the benefit of the Company and the customer has no

 

F-62


Table of Contents

Oak Street Health, LLC and Affiliates

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2019 and 2018

(in thousands, except for unit and per-unit data)

 

 

access to the technology nor control over the technology. As of December 31, 2019 the Company received $1,000 in implementation service related payments and deferred the implementation revenues over the contract period of 3 years. As of December 31, 2019, the Company’s deferred amounts related to the implementation payments totaled $806. The short-term portion is recorded in other liabilities and the long-term portion is included in other long-term liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

NOTE 10 - LONG-TERM DEBT

Long-term debt as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 is as follows:

 

     2019     2018  

Note payable of $20,000 to Hercules Capital, Inc., dated August 7, 2017. The note bears a floating interest rate of the greater of 9.75%, or the sum of 9.75% plus the Prime Rate minus 4.75%

   $ 20,000     $ 20,000  

Additional Hercules borrowings of $10,000 advance subject to terms and conditions of the loan agreement

     10,000       10,000  

Amendment to Hercules agreement to include additional tranches which may be drawn upon. On April 26, 2019, the Company received Tranche II, total borrowings of $30,000

     30,000       —    

Additional Hercules borrowings of $20,000 advance subject to terms and conditions of the loan agreement

     20,000       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total debt

     80,000       30,000  

Plus: Unamortized discount and debt issuance costs

     1,347       538  

Less: Current maturities

     (18,507     (3,408
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total long-term debt

   $ 62,840     $ 27,130  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company entered into a debt agreement with Hercules Capital, Inc. (“Hercules”) for $20,000 on August 7, 2017. The note bears a floating interest rate of the greater of 9.75%, or the sum of i) 9.75%, plus ii) the Prime Rate minus 4.75%. The interest rate at December 31, 2019 and 2018 was 9.75% and 10.5%, respectively. The note allowed for an additional $10,000 advance subject to terms and conditions of the loan agreement, which was drawn by the Company on June 28, 2018. The Company may prepay all, but not less than all, of the entire principal balance prior to maturity with an associated prepayment charge as detailed in the loan agreement. The terms of the loan agreement specify the prepayment penalty ranges from 3% to 1% depending on when prepayment occurs in relation to maturity date: if amounts are prepaid within 12 months of the Closing Date (3.0%); after 12 months but prior to 24 months (2.0%); and any time after 24 months (1.0%). The note is secured by a perfected first position lien on all of Company’s assets.

The original Hercules note required 13 months of interest-only payments, followed by monthly installments on a 36-month amortization schedule with the remaining principal and an end-of-term charge due when the note matures on September 1, 2021. The interest-only period was extended an additional twelve months as the Company met the performance conditions outlined in the loan agreement and received an additional $10,000 on June 28, 2018 as allowed by the note.

In April 2019, the Company amended the debt agreement with Hercules to allow for additional tranches which may be drawn upon. Tranche I is the existing loan of $30,000, Tranche II is an additional $30,000 available on

 

F-63


Table of Contents

Oak Street Health, LLC and Affiliates

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2019 and 2018

(in thousands, except for unit and per-unit data)

 

 

April 26, 2019, Tranche III is an additional $20,000 available from July 1, 2019 through December 31, 2019 subject to continued covenant compliance, and Tranche IV is an additional $10,000 available from July 1, 2019, through December 31, 2020 subject to future lender investment committee approval. The Company received Tranche II in April 2019 and Tranche III in November 2019. As of the date of the receipt of Tranche II, the maturity date of the debt agreement was amended to June 1, 2022, and further extensions of the maturity date occur upon the draw of additional tranches. In addition, upon the draw of each tranche a 5.95% end-of-term charge is applied to the total drawn amount and will be due upon the amended maturity date. The amended note bears a floating interest rate of the greater of 9.75%, or the sum of i) the Prime Rate plus (ii) 5% minus (iii) the lesser of (A) 0.5% and (B) the amount by which the Prime Rate exceeds 5.5%. The amended prepayment charge on the entire facility shall be equal to 2.0% through 6/30/2020, and then 1.0% thereafter.

The debt agreement with Hercules requires us to maintain aggregate net patient-level contribution on a trailing six-month basis of at least 80% of our financial projections, to be tested on the last day of each fiscal quarter. The debt agreement with Hercules also requires that, after certain advances are made pursuant to the loan agreement, either we (i) maintain unrestricted cash of at least $15,000, or (ii) achieve and maintain positive aggregate 2013-2016 vintage center-level contribution (as defined within the Hercules debt agreement) on a trailing six-month basis. The Company was in compliance with its debt covenants at December 31, 2019 and 2018.

The Hercules note contains a subjective acceleration clause which allows the lender to accelerate the scheduled maturity of the debt or to cancel the note under conditions that are not objectively determinable. The Company has assessed the likelihood of Hercules’ exercise of the subjective acceleration clause and has concluded that long-term classification is appropriate.

The note also contains an embedded feature resulting from certain change in control provisions within the debt agreement with Hercules. The Company is required to prepay the outstanding amount of all principal and accrued interest through the prepayment date and a prepayment charge upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, as defined by the debt agreement. The Company evaluated the embedded feature in accordance with ASC 815 and concluded that derivative was not clearly and closely related and required bifurcation and separate accounting.

The Company recorded a derivative liability related to the change in control provisions within the Hercules debt agreement in the amount of $152 and $815 as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The Company recognized all changes in fair value of the derivative liability within interest (income)/expense of $(663) and $755 in 2019 and 2018, respectively.

The estimated fair value of the Company’s bifurcated derivative instrument has been valued using an outcome-probability-weighted discounted cash flow analysis at the end of each reporting period using inputs that are not corroborated by market data which resulted in the Company classifying such derivatives as Level 3 (see Note 2).

Scheduled maturity requirements of long-term debt for the years ending December 31 are as follows:

 

2020

   $ 18,507  

2021

     41,672  

2022

     24,581  
  

 

 

 
   $ 84,760  
  

 

 

 

 

F-64


Table of Contents

Oak Street Health, LLC and Affiliates

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2019 and 2018

(in thousands, except for unit and per-unit data)

 

 

The carrying amount of long-term debt approximates fair value because the interest rates fluctuate with market interest rates or the fixed rates are based on current rates offered to the Company for debt with similar terms and maturities.

Debt issuance costs and original issuance discount

As part of entering into the Hercules debt agreement, the Company incurred (or will incur due to the end-of-term charge) certain third-party costs. The costs incurred relate to attorney and other third-party costs. Additionally, as part of the April 2019 note amendment the Company incurred an additional issuance discount of $543. Debt issuance costs and original issuance discount as of December 31, were as follows:

 

     2019      2018  

Accretion of end-of-term charge

   $ (1,830    $ (729

Original issuance discount

     191        283  

Additional issuance discount

     543        —    

Less: amortization

     (251      (92
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Unamortized discount and debt issuance costs

   $ (1,347    $ (538
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Debt issuance costs are presented in the consolidated balance sheets as a direct deduction from the carrying value of the long-term debt. Included in debt issuance costs is an end-of-term charge due to Hercules. The end-of-term charge is to be paid in full at the end of the term and was $4,760 and $1,785 as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, and are being accreted over the expected term of the loan. Debt issuance costs are amortized over the term of the related debt instrument using the effective interest method. Amortization of debt issuance costs and accretion of end-of-term charge are recorded as interest expense in the consolidated statements of operations.

NOTE 11 - INCOME TAX

On December 22, 2017, the U.S. Government enacted comprehensive tax legislation commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs act (“Tax Act” or “TCJA”). The legislation makes broad and complex changes to the U.S. tax code, including, but not limited to; reducing the U.S. federal corporate tax rate from 35% to 21% beginning on January 1, 2018, changes to the utilization of net operating losses created after December 31, 2017, limiting the deductibility of interest expense, and eliminating the corporate alternative minimum tax.

Additionally, on December 22, 2017, the SEC staff issued a Staff Accounting Bulletin which provides guidance on accounting for the tax effects of the Tax Act. The guidance provides a measurement period that should not extend beyond one year from the Tax Act enactment date for companies to complete the accounting. In accordance with the guidance, a company must reflect the income tax effects of those aspects of the Tax Act for which the accounting is complete. The Company believes accounting for the change to the US statutory tax rate to its deferred balances was complete and appropriately reflected in the financial statements at the year ended December 31, 2017.

 

F-65


Table of Contents

Oak Street Health, LLC and Affiliates

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2019 and 2018

(in thousands, except for unit and per-unit data)

 

 

Income tax provision (benefit) related to continuing operations differ from the amounts computed by applying the statutory income tax rate of 21% to pretax loss as of December 31, 2018 and 2019, are as follows:

 

     2019      2018  

Income tax provision (benefit)

     

At statutory rate

   $ (22,489    $ (16,739

State taxes

     (2,276      (1,481

Valuation allowance

     12,486        5,650  

Other permanent differences

     28        —    

Partnership book losses not subject to tax

     12,251        12,570  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current income tax expense

     —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company had no unrecognized tax benefits.

Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of loss and credit carryforwards and temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of our deferred tax assets for federal and state income taxes as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 are as follows:

 

     2019      2018  

Deferred income tax assets:

     

Net operating loss carryforwards

   $ 58      $ 70  

Deferred revenue

     765        1,138  

Reserves and accruals

     16,000        7,273  

IBNR reserve

     4,844        797  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     21,667        9,278  

Valuation allowance

     (21,570      (9,084
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred income tax assets

     97        194  

Deferred income tax liabilities:

     

481(a) adjustment

     (25      (50

Other deferred tax liabilities

     (72      (144

IBNR reserve

     —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred income tax liabilities

   $ (97    $ (194
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred income tax assets

   $ —        $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Realization of our deferred tax assets is dependent upon future earnings, if any, the timing and amount of which are uncertain. Because of our lack of U.S. earnings history, the net U.S. deferred tax assets have been fully offset by a valuation allowance. The valuation allowance increased by $12,486 and $5,650 for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

 

F-66


Table of Contents

Oak Street Health, LLC and Affiliates

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2019 and 2018

(in thousands, except for unit and per-unit data)

 

 

At December 31, 2019, the Company had federal and state net operating loss (“NOLs”) carryforwards of approximately $58 and $70, respectively. State net operating loss carryforwards will expire in 2037 if not utilized.

The Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal, state and local, or non-U.S., income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2014. As of December 31, 2019, the tax years 2014 through 2018 remain open in the U.S. Due to carryover losses, the NOLs are still subject to examination.

The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense. The Company has no amounts accrued for interest or penalties at December 31, 2019 and 2018.

NOTE 12 - REDEEMABLE INVESTOR UNITS

The membership interests of Oak Street Health contain five classes of Units, consisting of voting classes of Units known as Founders’ Units (the “Founders’ Units”) and three classes of Investor Units known as Investor Units I, Investor Units II and Investor Units III (collectively with the Initial Investor Units, the “Investor Units”) and a non-voting class of Units (the “Incentive Units”). Due to contingent redemption features, the Investor Units are presented as temporary equity in the mezzanine section of the consolidated balance sheets.

The Unit III class is further divided into four series: the Investor Units III-A, the Investor Units III-B, the Investor Units III-C, and the Investor Units III-D. The holders of Investor Units III-B do not have any governance or voting rights. The Company is authorized to issue up to 100,000,000 Investor Units in aggregate.

Redeemable Investor Units consist of the following as of December 31 at the issuance price per unit:

 

     2019  
     Units Issued
and
Outstanding
     Issuance
Price per
Unit
     Total
Value
 

Investor Units I

     382,572      $ 12.00      $ 4,591  

Investor Units II

     509,796        16.20        8,259  

Investor Units III-A - Issued prior to

December 1, 2015

     1,872,409        20.25        37,916  

Investor Units III-A - Issued after

December 1,2015

     6,043,421        26.38        159,425  

Investor Units III-B

     568,613        26.38        15,000  

Investor Units III-C

     747,661        58.78        43,948  

Investor Units III-D

     876,147        58.78        51,500  
  

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total

     11,000,619         $ 320,639  
  

 

 

       

 

 

 

 

F-67


Table of Contents

Oak Street Health, LLC and Affiliates

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2019 and 2018

(in thousands, except for unit and per-unit data)

 

 

     2018  
     Units Issued
and
Outstanding
     Issuance
Price per
Unit
     Total
Value
 

Investor Units I

     382,572      $ 12.00      $ 4,591  

Investor Units II

     509,796        16.20        8,259  

Investor Units III-A - Issued prior to

December 1, 2015

     1,872,409        20.25        37,916  

Investor Units III-A - Issued after

December 1,2015

     6,043,421        26.38        159,425  

Investor Units III-B

     568,613        26.38        15,000  

Investor Units III-C

     747,661        58.78        43,948  

Investor Units III-D

     850,629        58.78        50,000  
  

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total

     10,975,101         $ 319,139  
  

 

 

       

 

 

 

The following table shows the Company’s activity related to its Investor Units as of and for the years ending December 31:

 

    Investor
Units I
    Investor
Units II
    Investor
Units III-A
    Investor
Units III-B
    Investor
Units III-C
    Investor
Units III D
    Total  

Outstanding, December 31, 2017

    537,499       638,151       5,598,979       —         —         —         6,774,629  

Exercised

    25,000       21,000       —         568,613       —         —         614,613  

Issued

    —         —         2,463,988       —         747,661       850,629       4,062,278  

Tender Offer Repurchase

    (179,927     (149,355     (147,137     —         —         —         (476,419
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Outstanding, December 31, 2018

    382,572       509,796       7,915,830       568,613       747,661       850,629       10,975,101  

Issued

    —         —         —         —         —         25,518       25,518  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Outstanding, December 31, 2019

    382,572       509,796       7,915,830       568,613       747,661       876,147       11,000,619  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

In February 2018, we issued 568,613 additional shares of Investor Units III-B redeemable investor units for total consideration of $15,000 (see “Warrants” in Note 13) The original issue price was $26.38 per share.

In May 2018, we issued 2,463,988 additional shares of Investor Units III-A redeemable investor units for total consideration of $65,000. The original issue price was $26.38 per share.

In September 2018, we issued 850,629 of a new class of investor units (Investor Units III-D) in exchange for $50,000. The price per unit was $58.78. Investor Units III-D units have the same liquidation preference, voting rights, and preferred return as the other Redeemable Investor Units. In addition, the Units sold are subject to the same redemptions rights as the Company’s other Investor Units and have therefore been included within temporary equity on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.

In May 2019, we issued 25,518 units of Investor Units III-D in exchange for $1,500. The price per unit was $58.78.

In connection with a Tender Offer (see Note 13), the Company sought to obtain capital to pay the aggregate Tender Offer purchase price through the issuance and sale of Investor Units III-C of the Company. The Company

 

F-68


Table of Contents

Oak Street Health, LLC and Affiliates

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2019 and 2018

(in thousands, except for unit and per-unit data)

 

 

authorized the sale and issuance of up to 1,224,907 Investor Units III-C, which were sold at the same per unit price as the Tender Offer. In April 2018, two investors purchased an aggregate of 747,661 units of Investor Units III-C at $58.78 per unit for total aggregate proceeds of $43,948. The cash proceeds were used by the Company to complete the repurchase of units tendered. There were no embedded features within the III-C Units sold requiring accounting separate from the Units themselves. In addition, the Units sold are subject to the same redemption rights as the Company’s other Investor Units and have therefore been included within temporary equity on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.

The redeemable Investor Units have the following rights and characteristics:

Dividends

Dividends are payable in cash, if declared, by the Company’s Board or upon a liquidation, deemed liquidation event or as determined by the Board in its sole discretion. The Company has not declared dividends for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

Preferred Return

Whether or not declared or approved by the Board, the holders of the Investor Units accrue a preferred return in the amount of 8%, per annum, on the varying balance of each Investor Units unreturned capital contribution beginning on the date of initial investment. This preferred return is cumulative and shall take into account, in determining the satisfaction of the preferred return, all distributions resulting from or paid to members holding Investor Units in connection with a dissolution or deemed liquidation event.

The following table shows accumulated dividends on the redeemable Investor Units on a cumulative basis as of the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018:

 

     2019      2018  
     Units      Per Unit      Total      Units      Per Unit      Total  

Series

                 

Investor Units I

     382,572      $ 7.60      $ 2,908        382,572      $ 6.15      $ 2,352  

Investor Units II

     509,796        8.95        4,563        509,796        7.09        3,613  

Investor Units III-A - Issued prior to December 1, 2015

     1,872,409        9.09        17,020        1,872,409        6.92        12,950  

Investor Units III-A - Issued after December 1, 2015

     6,043,421        6.34        38,322        6,043,421        3.92        23,674  

Investor Units III-B

     568,613        4.06        2,306        568,613        1.80        1,024  

Investor Units III-C

     747,661        8.14        6,089        747,661        3.19        2,383  

Investor Units III-D

     876,147        5.89        5,162        850,629        1.18        1,004  
        

 

 

          

 

 

 
         $ 76,370            $ 47,000  
        

 

 

          

 

 

 

Conversion

While the Company’s Investor Units have no conversion rights related to any of the Investor Unit classes, in response to a Reorganization Plan to convert the Company into a corporate form (as defined in the Oak Street

 

F-69


Table of Contents

Oak Street Health, LLC and Affiliates

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2019 and 2018

(in thousands, except for unit and per-unit data)

 

 

Health LLC Amended and Restated Operating Agreement), Investor Unit holders are eligible to receive capital stock of the successor corporation in number of and with terms relatively consistent to their Investor Units, as ultimately determined by the Company’s Board of Directors.

Redemption

The Company’s Investor Units have no mandatory redemption provisions. The Investor Units are redeemable upon a Deemed Liquidation Event, and the Company determined that it does not fully control the effectuation or consummation of events that would be considered a Deemed Liquidation Event. This is because: (i) the Company’s Board of Directors are required to approve such a transaction, and (ii) the Investor Unit holders are collectively entitled to elect 7 of the 11 Board Members which gives them a majority of the Board of Directors, giving the Investor Unit holders effective control of the Board of Directors. Therefore, the Investor Units are required to be presented outside of permanent equity as mezzanine equity on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. The Company has evaluated whether any of the potential Deemed Liquidation Events are probable of occurring and has concluded that it is not probable that the Investor Units will become redeemable, and that no subsequent measurement is required.

Liquidation

In the event of a liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, the holders of each of the various types of Investor Units will receive liquidation preference, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets or surplus funds of the Company to the holders of Founders’ Units, equal to the greater of (i) the applicable liquidation preference (the applicable liquidation preference is described in the Fifth Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Operating Agreement) or (ii) the amount the holders of the Investor Units would receive if such holders had converted their units into Founders’ Units immediately prior to such liquidation event.

Voting Rights

Founders’ Units and Investor Units, specifically excluding the Investor Units III-B, are collectively referred to as “voting units”. On any matter presented to the members for their action and consideration at any meeting, each holder of outstanding voting units shall be entitled to cast the number of votes equal to the number of whole units held of record by such holder as of the record date for determining those Members entitled to vote on any such matters.

 

F-70


Table of Contents

Oak Street Health, LLC and Affiliates

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2019 and 2018

(in thousands, except for unit and per-unit data)

 

 

NOTE 13 – MEMBERS’ DEFICIT

Common Units

The Company’s common units consists of the following Founders’ Units, Incentive Units, and Profits Interests (see Note 14) as of December 31:

 

     Founders’
Units (par
value of
$0.01 per
unit)
    Incentive Units
(par values
range from
$0.00 to
$26.00 per
unit)
    Profits
Interests (no
par value)
    Total  

Outstanding, December 31, 2017

     810,463       48,013       695,858       1,554,334  

Granted

         892,118       892,118  

Exercised

     —         6,000       —         6,000  

Repurchased/Forfeited

         (92,681     (92,681

Tender Offer Repurchase

     (204,150     (40,258     (41,147     (285,555
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Outstanding, December 31, 2018

     606,313       13,755       1,454,148       2,074,216  

Granted

         496,763       496,763  

Repurchased/Forfeited

         (40,115     (40,115
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Outstanding, December 31, 2019

     606,313       13,755       1,910,796       2,530,864  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tender Offer

The Company issued a Tender Offer to Purchase for cash by the Company dated March 21, 2018 (the “Tender Offer”) up to $72,000 of eligible units at a purchase price of $58.78 per eligible unit. All Investor Units I, Investor Units II, and Investor Units III were eligible to be tendered to the Company for purchase. For each of the Founders, 68,050 Founders’ Units were eligible units and each Founder had agreed to tender 68,050 Founders’ Units for a total of 204,150 tendered. Also, Incentive Units and Profits Interests were eligible to be tendered to the Company if they were not subject to vesting or risk of forfeiture and if they were awarded prior to March 21, 2016.

 

F-71


Table of Contents

Oak Street Health, LLC and Affiliates

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2019 and 2018

(in thousands, except for unit and per-unit data)

 

 

The Tender Offer expired on April 18, 2018 with the following units being tendered to the Company:

 

Type of Units

   Number
of Units
Tendered
     Purchase
Price per
Unit
     Total
Purchase
Price
 

Investor Units - Series I

     179,927      $ 58.78      $ 10,576  

Investor Units - Series II

     149,355      $ 58.78        8,779  

Investor Units - Series III-A

     147,137      $ 58.78        8,649  
  

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total Redeemable Investor Units

     476,419         $ 28,004  
  

 

 

       

 

 

 

Founders’ Units

     204,150      $ 58.78      $ 12,000  

Incentive Unit Holders

     40,258      $ 58.78        2,366  
  

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total Common Units

     244,408         $ 14,366  
  

 

 

       

 

 

 

Profits Interests - Granted prior to December 1, 2015

     37,942      $ 38.74      $ 1,470  

Profits Interests - Granted after December 1, 2015

     3,205      $ 33.51        107  
  

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total Profits Interests

     41,147         $ 1,577  
  

 

 

       

 

 

 

On April 20, 2018, the Company purchased all eligible units, other than Profits Interests subject to a hurdle value, at a price of $58.78 per eligible unit net to the sellers in cash, without interest. The Company purchased Profits Interests that had a hurdle value at a price for each Profits Interests equal to the excess of $58.78 over the per Profits Interests amount of that hurdle value net to the sellers in cash, without interest. The Tender Offer was not conditioned on any minimum number of eligible units being tendered. The purchase price offered in the Tender Offer for eligible units was the same for all classes of eligible units (other than Profits Interests, for which the purchase price was adjusted to reflect the applicable hurdle value), even though their relative priorities in distributions may differ. Eligible units that the Company acquired pursuant to the Tender Offer were cancelled and retired by the Company.

The Tender Offer price paid for the Redeemable Investor Units was a premium paid at redemption representing a return similar to a dividend to the preferred unitholders. Accordingly, the difference of $20,313 between the fair value of the consideration paid of $28,004 by the Company upon redemption and the carrying value of the Redeemable Investor Units of $7,691 was treated as a deemed dividend in the consolidated financial statements and added to the Company’s net loss to arrive at net loss attributable to common unitholders in the calculation of net loss per unit.

The Tender Offer price paid for the Common Units (including Profits Interests) was repurchased at an amount per unit significantly in excess of the fair value of those units repurchased, so an allocation of the repurchase price to other elements of the Tender Offer was necessary. There is a presumption that a significant excess amount paid over the fair value represents an element other than only a treasury unit repurchase. The Company determined that the excess represents compensation expense and has recorded $12,104 within corporate, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations related to the excess paid over fair value.

Warrants

Subsequent to closing the sale of Investor Units III-A to an investor in December 2015, the Company and the investor had a disagreement related to the issuance of the Investor Units III-A. The Company agreed to issue

 

F-72


Table of Contents

Oak Street Health, LLC and Affiliates

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2019 and 2018

(in thousands, except for unit and per-unit data)

 

 

568,613 warrants to entitle the investor to purchase up to an aggregate $15,000 in Investor Units III-B at a price of $26.38 per unit to settle the disagreement. The warrant terms stated that the investor may exercise the warrants on a single occasion any time between the date of issuance and expiration date. On February 22, 2018, the investor exercised all 568,613 warrants to purchase Investor Units III-B of the Company at an exercise price of $26.38 per unit for total proceeds of $15,000 to the Company. The Company accounted for the warrant obligation as a liability. There were no warrants remaining for the years ending December 31, 2019 and 2018. The Company recognized a change in fair value of the warrants of $(211) in 2018, which was recorded within other income/(expense).

NOTE 14 - UNIT-BASED COMPENSATION

Incentive Units Options

In 2013, the Company’s Board adopted an equity incentive plan, subsequently replaced by the Equity Incentive Plan in 2015, in which the Company has granted awards in the form of Incentive Units options to employees, officers, directors, consultants, and other service providers of the Company. During the year ended December 31, 2018, 6,000 Incentive Units options were exercised. At the end of years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, 2,000 options remained outstanding. The options outstanding as of December 31, 2018 and 2019 have a per unit exercise price of $12.00.

Profits Interests

In 2015, the Company’s Board adopted the Equity Incentive Plan (the “Equity Incentive Plan”). Under the Equity Incentive Plan, the Company has granted awards in the form of Profits Interests to employees, officers, and directors. As of March 21, 2018, a maximum of 2,053,143 Profits Interests may be granted under the Equity Incentive Plan. Awards under the Equity Incentive Plan are granted on a discretionary basis and are subject to the approval of the Company’s Board.

During the period ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company entered into award agreements (“Profits Interest Award”) which grant Profits Interests of the Company. These Profits Interests represent profits interest ownership in the Company tied solely to the accretion, if any, in the value of the Company following the date of issuance of such Profits Interests. Profits Interests participate in any increase of the Company value related to their profits interests after the hurdle value has been achieved and the Company’s Profits Interests receive the agreed-upon return on their invested capital.

The Profits Interests awards generally vest either over a requisite service period or are contingent upon a performance condition. The Company granted 496,763 and 892,118 Incentive Units awards during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

Each Profits Interests award contains the following material terms:

 

  (i)

The Profits Interests receive distributions (other than tax distributions) only upon a liquidity event, as defined, that exceeds a threshold equivalent to the fair value of the Company, as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors, at the grant date.

 

  (ii)

A portion of the awards vest over a period of continuous employment or service (“Service-Vesting Units”) while the other portion of the awards only vest in the event of the Sponsor’s Exit

 

F-73


Table of Contents

Oak Street Health, LLC and Affiliates

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2019 and 2018

(in thousands, except for unit and per-unit data)

 

 

  (“Performance-Vesting Units”), as defined by the Equity Incentive Plan. The Service-Vesting Units provide for accelerated vesting upon Sponsor’s Exit should the participant’s employment be terminated (other than for cause) after the Sponsor’s Exit, but prior to the final service vesting date.

 

  (iii)

All awards include a repurchase option at the election of the Company for the vested portion upon termination of employment or service.

Profits Interests are accounted for as equity using the fair value method, which requires the measurement and recognition of compensation expense for all profit interest-based payment awards made to the Company’s employees based upon the grant-date fair value. The Company has concluded that both the Service-Vesting Units and the Performance-Vesting Units are subject to a market condition, and has assessed the market condition as part of its determination of the grant date fair value.

For Performance-Vesting Units, the Company recognizes unit-based compensation expense when it is probable that the performance condition will be achieved. The Company will analyze if a performance condition is probable for each reporting period through the settlement date for awards subject to performance vesting. For Service-Vesting Units, the Company recognizes unit-based compensation expense over the requisite service period for each separately vesting portion of the profits interest as if the award was, in-substance, multiple awards.

Accordingly, the Company determined the fair value of each award on the date of grant using both the income and market approaches, including the backsolve method with the following assumptions used for grants issued for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018:

 

     2019     2018  

Risk-Free Rate

     1.58     2.46

Volatility

     35.00     35.00

Time to Liquidity Event (Years)

     2.19       2.80  

The volatility assumption used in the weighted-average income and market approaches is based on the expected volatility of public companies in similar industries, adjusted to reflect the differences between the Company and public companies in size, resources, time in industry, and breadth of product and service offerings. Expected dividend yield was assumed to be zero given the Company’s history of declaring dividends and the Company’s lack of intent to pay dividends in the foreseeable future.

 

F-74


Table of Contents

Oak Street Health, LLC and Affiliates

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2019 and 2018

(in thousands, except for unit and per-unit data)

 

 

The following is a summary of Profits Interests award transactions as well as the Profits Interests outstanding and their corresponding hurdle values as of and for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018:

 

     Profits Interests      Weighted-Average
Grant Date Fair
Value
 

Outstanding, December 31, 2017

     695,858      $ 2.02  

Granted

     892,118        2.61  

Vested

     131,558        1.81  

Forfeited/Repurchased

     (133,828      2.33  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding, December 31, 2018

     1,454,148        2.35  

Granted

     496,763        42.35  

Vested

     193,375        2.32  

Forfeited/Repurchased

     (40,115      5.74  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding, December 31, 2019

     1,910,796        12.68  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Vested outstanding, December 31, 2019

     389,531     
  

 

 

    

Vested outstanding, December 31, 2018

     205,665     
  

 

 

    

 

    

As of December 31, 2019

          As of December 31, 2018
    

Units Outstanding

   Hurdle
Value
          Units
Outstanding
    

Hurdle Value

   111,076    $ 234,834           118,737      $ 234,834
   160,492      306,706           166,929      306,712
   45,275      342,451           52,050      342,451
   265,374      608,955           273,421      608,966
   462,292      645,000           451,908      645,000
   521,225      696,700           52,201      696,723
   345,062      1,310,000           338,902      1,310,000
  

 

        

 

 

    

Total

   1,910,796       Total      1,454,148     
  

 

        

 

 

    

The Company recognized $4,099 and $806 in unit-based compensation expense related to the Profits Interests for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. These amounts are recognized within corporate, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. At December 31, 2019, the Company has approximately $8,882 in unrecognized compensation expense related to non-vested Service-Vesting awards that will be recognized over the weighted-average period of 1.13 years. As of December 31, 2019, the Company has approximately $10,569 in unrecognized compensation expense related to Performance-Vesting units.

Investor Units Options

In late 2013 and 2014, the Board issued Investor Units options which represented options to purchase redeemable Investor units in the Company’s Investor Units II. The Company has not issued any Investor Units options since 2014 and none were forfeited prior to exercise.

 

F-75


Table of Contents

Oak Street Health, LLC and Affiliates

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2019 and 2018

(in thousands, except for unit and per-unit data)

 

 

During the year ended December 31, 2018, all Investor Units options were exercised. No options remained outstanding at the end of the period.

NOTE 15 - LITIGATION AND CONTINGENCIES

Contingencies: The Company is presently, and from time to time, subject to various claims and lawsuits arising in the normal course of business. In the opinion of management, the ultimate resolution of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

Uncertainties: The healthcare industry is subject to numerous laws and regulations of federal, state and local governments. These laws and regulations include, but are not limited to, matters such as licensure, accreditation, Government healthcare program participation requirements, reimbursement for patient services, and Medicare and Medicaid fraud and abuse. Recently, government activity has increased with respect to investigations and allegations concerning possible violations of fraud and abuse statues and regulations by healthcare providers. Violations of these laws and regulations could result in expulsion from government healthcare programs together with imposition of significant fines and penalties, as well as significant repayments for patient services billed.

Management believes that the Company is in compliance with fraud and abuse as well as other applicable government laws and regulations. While no regulatory inquiries have been made, compliance with such laws and regulations is subject to government review and interpretation, as well as regulatory actions unknown at this time.

NOTE 16 - COMMITMENTS - OPERATING LEASES

The Company leases corporate office space and operating facilities under operating leases. The Company’s headquarters is located in Chicago, Illinois.

Minimum lease payments with respect to operating leases of the Company are as follows:

 

2020

   $ 11,133  

2021

     11,345  

2022

     11,472  

2023

     10,443  

2024

     9,769  

Thereafter

     75,334  
  

 

 

 
   $ 129,496  
  

 

 

 

The Company recognized $14,459 and $7,296 of rent expense in 2019 and 2018, respectively, included in corporate, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

Various lease agreements provide for escalating rent payments over the life of the respective lease and the Company recognizes rent expense on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease.

This results in a non-interest-bearing liability (deferred rent) that increases during the early portion of the lease term, as the cash paid is less than the expense recognized, and reverses by the end of the lease term. The Company has recorded $12,901 and $7,189 at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, of deferred rent that is classified as a long-term liability in the consolidated balance sheets.

 

F-76


Table of Contents

Oak Street Health, LLC and Affiliates

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2019 and 2018

(in thousands, except for unit and per-unit data)

 

 

In addition to base rent, the centers are generally responsible for their proportion of real estate taxes and common area charges. Most of the leases contain renewal options at the Company’s election whereby the lease could be extended for terms ranging from five to ten years with base rent escalations.

NOTE 17 - RETIREMENT PLAN

The Company maintains a profit sharing and retirement savings 401(k) plan (the “401(k) Plan”) for full-time employees. Participants may elect to contribute to the 401(k) Plan, through payroll deductions, subject to Internal Revenue Service limitations. At its discretion, the Company makes 4% matching and/or profit-sharing contributions to the 401(k) Plan. The Company recorded expense of $3,102 and $2,413 in salaries and employee benefits in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations during 2019 and 2018, respectively, for discretionary matching and profit-sharing contributions to the 401(k) Plan.

NOTE 18 - VARIABLE INTEREST ENTITIES

The Physician Groups (as defined in Note 1) were established to employ healthcare providers, contract with managed care payors, and to deliver healthcare services to patients in the markets that the Company serves.

The Company evaluated whether it has a variable interest in the Physician Groups, whether the Physician Groups are VIEs, and whether the Company has a controlling financial interest in the Physician Groups. The Company concluded that it has variable interests in the Physician Groups on the basis of its Administrative Service Agreement (“ASA”) which provides for reimbursement of costs and a management fee payable to the Company from the Physician Groups in exchange for providing management and administrative services which creates risks and a potential return to the Company. The Physician Group’s equity at risk, as defined by U.S. GAAP, is insufficient to finance its activities without additional support, and, therefore, the Physician Groups are considered VIEs.

In order to determine whether the Company has a controlling financial interest in the Physician Groups, and, thus, is the Physician’s primary beneficiary, the Company considered whether it has i) the power to direct the activities of Physician Groups that most significantly impact its economic performance and ii) the obligation to absorb losses of the Physician Groups that could potentially be significant to it or the right to receive benefits from Physician Groups that could potentially be significant to it. The Company concluded that the unitholders and employees of the Physician Groups are structured in a way that neither unitholder, employees nor their designees has the individual power to direct the activities of the Physician Groups that most significantly impact its economic performance. Under the ASA, MSO is responsible for providing management and administrative services related to the growth of the patient population of the Physician Groups, the management of that population’s healthcare needs, and the provision of required healthcare services to those patients. The Company has concluded that the success or failure of MSO in conducting these activities will most significantly impact the economic performance of the Physician Groups. In addition, the Company’s variable interests in the Physician Groups provide the Company with the right to receive benefits that could potentially be significant to it. The single member of the Physician Groups is a member and employee of OSH. As a result of this analysis, the Company concluded that it is the primary beneficiary of the Physician Groups and therefore consolidates the balance sheets, results of operations and cash flows of the Physician Groups. The Company performs a qualitative assessment of the Physician Groups on an ongoing basis to determine if it continues to be the primary beneficiary.

 

F-77


Table of Contents

Oak Street Health, LLC and Affiliates

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2019 and 2018

(in thousands, except for unit and per-unit data)

 

 

The table below illustrates the VIE assets and liabilities and performance for the Physician Groups as of and for the years ended December 31:

 

     2019      2018  

Total assets

   $ 252,629      $ 89,748  

Total liabilities

     230,527        56,691  

Total revenues

     549,046        317,938  

Operating expenses:

     

Medical claims expense

     383,437        226,724  

Cost of care, excluding depreciation and amortization

     41,092        25,950  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     424,529        252,674  

Physician Group revenues consist of amounts recognized for services provided to patients and includes capitated revenue and a portion of the Company’s other patient service revenue, and exclude certain care management services. All capitation arrangements are drafted at the Physician Group level.

Operating expenses consist primarily of medical claims expense, a majority of which are third-party medical claims expenses and administrative health plan fees, and exclude fees to perform payor delegated activities and provider excess insurance costs. Cost of care, excluding depreciation and amortization primarily includes provider salaries and benefits and other clinical operating costs which are reported in cost of care, excluding depreciation and amortization in the consolidated statements of operations. These amounts do not include intercompany revenues and costs, principally management fees between MSO and the Physician Groups, which are eliminated in consolidation.

There are no restrictions on the Physician Groups’ assets or on the settlement of its liabilities. The assets of the Physician Groups can be used to settle obligations of the Company. The Physician Groups are included in the Company’s obligated group; thus, creditors of the Company have recourse to the assets owned by the Physician Groups. There are no liabilities for which creditors of the Physician Groups do not have recourse to the general credit of the Company. There are no restrictions placed on the retained earnings or net income of the Physician Groups with respect to potential dividend payments.

NOTE 19 - RELATED PARTIES

In September 2018, the Company signed an agreement issuing 850,629 of a new class of investor units (Investor Units III-D) to Humana in exchange for $50,000. Members’ capital related to Humana represent $55,084 and $51,004 of the members’ capital balance at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, which includes accumulated preferred dividends in addition to Humana’s invested capital (see Note 12).

Revenues: The Company also has capitated managed care contracts with Humana. Total capitated revenues related to the Humana payor contracts were $307,867 and $201,364 in 2019 and 2018, respectively. Receivables from Humana represent $49,647 and $52,421 of the capitated accounts receivable balance at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Within the Company’s other patient services revenue, revenues from Humana are included in both fee-for-service revenue and care coordination revenue. The Company has recognized $620 and $764 in other patient service revenue in 2019 and 2018, respectively, related to the fee-for-service revenues. The Company has recognized $2,373 and $2,313 in other patient service revenue in 2019 and 2018, respectively,

 

F-78


Table of Contents

Oak Street Health, LLC and Affiliates

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2019 and 2018

(in thousands, except for unit and per-unit data)

 

 

related to the Care Coordination arrangements. Receivables from Humana represent $66 and $141 of the other accounts receivable balance at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, which is all related to fee-for-service arrangements. The unearned portion of the care coordination payments is recorded in both the short term and long-term other liabilities accounts. The liability related to Humana care coordination payments represents $2,540 and $2,231 of the other current liabilities and $4,705 and $4,642 of the other long-term liabilities balances at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

Expenses: Total medical claims expenses related to the Humana payor contracts were $211,577 and $149,416 in 2019 and 2018, respectively. Unpaid claims related to Humana capitated contracts represent $58,916 and $38,463 of the liability for unpaid claims balance at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

The Humana Alliance Provision contains an arrangement for a license fee that is payable by the Company to Humana for the Company’s provision of health care services in certain centers owned or leased by Humana. The license fee is a reimbursement to Humana for its costs of owning or leasing and maintaining the centers, including rental payments, center maintenance or repair expenses, equipment expenses, special assessments, cost of upgrades, taxes, leasehold improvements, and other expenses identified by Humana. The total license fees paid to Humana during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 were $2,100 and $906, respectively, and are included in corporate, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statement of operations. The liability for the Humana license fee represents $2,753 and $2,262 of the other current liabilities balance at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

The Company has entered into certain lease arrangements with Humana, which accounts for approximately $1,549 and $1,125 of the total operating lease rental payments for the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The deferred rent liability related to Humana leases represent $1,034 and $422 at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

NOTE 20 - SEGMENT FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The Company operates in and reports as a single operating segment, which is to care for its patient’s needs. The Company provides reports to its chief operating decision maker (“CODM”), who regularly reviews financial operating results on a consolidated basis for purposes of allocating resources and evaluating financial performance. Although the Company derives its revenues from a number of different geographic regions, the Company neither allocates resources based on the operating results from the individual regions, nor manages each individual region as a separate business unit. The Company’s CODM manages the operations on a consolidated basis to make decisions about overall corporate resource allocation and to assess overall corporate profitability. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, all of the Company’s long-lived assets were located in the United States and all revenue was earned in the United States.

NOTE 21 - PROFESSIONAL LIABILITY

The physicians employed by the Physician Groups were insured for professional liability exposure on a claims-made basis with a master insurance policy issued by CNA. The master policy renews in August of each year and newly employed physicians and terminating physicians are added or deleted to the coverage by endorsement, with premiums prorated to the next year’s expiration date. The limits of the coverage are $1,000 each claim and $3,000 in aggregate. Additional insureds on the policy include the individual center entities at which the physicians practice, the physician employees and the MSO.

 

F-79


Table of Contents

Oak Street Health, LLC and Affiliates

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2019 and 2018

(in thousands, except for unit and per-unit data)

 

 

NOTE 22 - NET LOSS PER UNIT

Net loss per common unit for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 are based on the weighted average number of common units outstanding during the period. The common units include both the Founders’ and non-voting common units which have identical economics. The Company determined that Investor Units, which are designated as preferred units, and Profits Interests are participating securities under the two-class method. However, such instruments do not have a contractual obligation to share in losses, and therefore no undistributed losses have been allocated to them. Amounts allocated to the Investor Units include the dividend for each period presented as well as the deemed dividend related to the Tender Offer in April 2018.

Diluted net loss per common unit is computed by adjusting the net loss available to common unitholders and the weighted-average number of common units outstanding to give effect to potentially dilutive securities. The Company has issued potentially dilutive instruments in the form of Incentive Options granted to the Company’s employees, officers, directors, and members. The Company did not include any of these instruments in its calculation of diluted loss per unit during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 because to include them would be anti-dilutive due to the Company’s net loss during such periods.

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net loss per common unit for the years ended December 31:

 

     2019     2018  

Net loss attributable to unitholders - basic and diluted:

    

Net loss attributable to the Company

   $ (107,862   $ (79,544

Less: Undeclared and deemed dividends on Investor Units

     (29,370     (39,118
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common unitholders

     (137,232     (118,662
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average common units outstanding

     620,068       689,957  

Net loss attributable to common unitholders - basic and diluted

   $ (221.32   $ (171.98

Potentially dilutive securities excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per unit because including them would have been anti-dilutive

    

Options to purchase Incentive Units

     2,000       2,000  

Options to purchase Investor Units

     —         —    

Preferred Series III-B warrants

     —         —    

Profits Interests

     1,910,796       1,454,148  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     1,912,796       1,456,148  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

NOTE 23 - PRO FORMA INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)

The Company evaluates its legal structure from time to time to assess whether the existing legal structure is the most appropriate for our operations and owners. The following paragraphs detail the impact to our financials should we decide to convert the Company to a corporation in accordance with Subchapter C of the Internal Revenue Code (a “C” corporation).

The pro forma net income taxes and pro forma net income reflect federal and state income taxes (assuming a 25% combined effective tax rate) as if the Company had been taxed as a C corporation for the years ended

 

F-80


Table of Contents

Oak Street Health, LLC and Affiliates

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2019 and 2018

(in thousands, except for unit and per-unit data)

 

 

December 31, 2019 and 2018. The Company determined that the pro forma net income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 was zero, and accordingly, and pro forma net income remained unchanged from amounts as reported.

Additionally, deferred income tax assets and liabilities will be recognized as a result of the conversion from a limited liability company to a C corporation. The Company is in a net deferred tax asset position. In accordance with accounting standards, the Company has recorded a valuation allowance to reduce the value of the net deferred tax assets to zero, the amount that is more likely than not to be realized. In evaluating the amount of deferred tax assets that were more likely than not to be realized the Company looked at all evidence both positive and negative in making its determination. The Company is in a cumulative loss position for the past three years which is considered significant negative evidence that is difficult to overcome on a “more likely than not” standard through objectively verifiable data. Based on an evaluation in accordance with the accounting standards, as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, a valuation allowance has been recorded against the net U.S. Federal and State deferred tax assets in order to measure only the portion of the deferred tax assets that are more likely than not to be realized based on the weight of all the available evidence.

NOTE 24 - SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Management of the Company has evaluated subsequent events through April 1, 2020, the date on which the consolidated financial statements were issued.

In January 2020, the Company amended the debt agreement with Hercules to provide for: (i) the extension of the amortization date from July 1, 2020 to October 1, 2021, (ii) the extension of the loan maturity date from June 1, 2022 to December 1, 2022, (iii) the change in interest rate to the greater of either 9.75% or the sum of the prime rate plus 5.00%, (iv) the change in prepayment charge to 2.0% of the amount prepaid if amounts are prepaid prior to June 30, 2020; 1% if prepaid after June 30, 2020 but on or prior to December 31, 2020; and 0.5% if prepaid thereafter prior to maturity, and (v) the elimination of all financial covenants with the exception of the net patient-level contribution covenant.

In February 2020, the Company authorized and issued the sale of 1,471,623 of a new class of investor units (Investor Units III-E) through a private placement offering in exchange for $230,000. Investor Units III-E units have the same liquidation preference, voting rights, and preferred return as the other Redeemable Investor Units.

In March 2020 the World Health Organization declared the global novel coronavirus disease 2019 (COVID-19) outbreak a pandemic. The rapid spread of COVID-19 around the world and throughout the United States has altered the behavior of businesses and people in a manner that is resulting in significant negative effects on federal, state and local economies, the duration of which is not known at this time. The ultimate impact of these matters to the Company and its financial condition is presently unknown. The accompanying consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2019 do not reflect the effects of these subsequent events.

 

F-81


Table of Contents

 

 

             Shares

 

 

LOGO

Oak Street Health, Inc.

 

 

Preliminary prospectus

 

 

 

J.P. Morgan
Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC
Morgan Stanley
William Blair
Piper Sandler
Baird
SunTrust Robinson Humphrey

 

 

                    , 2020

Until                 , 2020, all dealers that buy, sell or trade our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 13.

Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

The following table sets forth all costs and expenses, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us, in connection with the offer and sale of the securities being registered. All amounts shown are estimates except for the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) registration fee and the FINRA filing fee.

 

     Amount
to be Paid
 

SEC registration fee

   $              

FINRA filing fee

         

        listing fee

         

Printing expenses

         

Legal fees and expenses

         

Accounting fees and expenses

         

Transfer agent fees and registrar fees

         

Miscellaneous expenses

         
  

 

 

 

Total expenses

   $      

 

*

To be provided by amendment.

 

Item 14.

Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL allows a corporation to provide in its certificate of incorporation that a director of the corporation will not be personally liable to the corporation or its shareholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except where the director breached the duty of loyalty, failed to act in good faith, engaged in intentional misconduct or knowingly violated a law, authorized the payment of a dividend or approved a stock repurchase in violation of Delaware corporate law or obtained an improper personal benefit. Our certificate of incorporation will provide for this limitation of liability.

Section 145 of the DGCL (“Section 145”) provides that a Delaware corporation may indemnify any person who was, is or is threatened to be made party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of such corporation), by reason of the fact that such person is or was an officer, director, employee or agent of such corporation or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, provided that such person acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation’s best interests and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was illegal. A Delaware corporation may indemnify any persons who are, were or are threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit, provided that such person acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation’s best interests, provided that no indemnification is permitted without judicial approval if the officer, director, employee or agent is adjudged to be liable to the corporation. Where an officer or director is successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of any action referred to above, the corporation must indemnify him against the expenses which such officer or director has actually and reasonably incurred.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

Section 145 further authorizes a corporation to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise, against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in such capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the corporation would otherwise have the power to indemnify him under Section 145.

Our bylaws will provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL and must also pay expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition upon delivery of an undertaking by or on behalf of an indemnified person to repay all amounts so advanced if it should be determined ultimately that such person is not entitled to be indemnified under this section or otherwise.

Upon completion of this offering, we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our executive officers and directors. The indemnification agreements will provide the executive officers and directors with contractual rights to indemnification, expense advancement and reimbursement, to the fullest extent permitted under the DGCL.

The indemnification rights set forth above shall not be exclusive of any other right which an indemnified person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of our certificate of incorporation or bylaws, agreement, vote of shareholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

We will maintain standard policies of insurance that provide coverage (1) to our directors and officers against loss arising from claims made by reason of breach of duty or other wrongful act and (2) to us with respect to indemnification payments that we may make to such directors and officers. The proposed form of Underwriting Agreement to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this Registration Statement provides for indemnification of our directors and officers by the underwriters party thereto against certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”) or otherwise.

 

Item 15.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

Set forth below is information regarding securities sold by us within the past three years that were not registered under the Securities Act. Also included is the consideration, if any, received by us for such securities and information relating to the section of the Securities Act, or rule of the SEC, under which exemption from registration was claimed.

Since January 1, 2016, we have made sales of the following unregistered securities:

Investor Unit Issuances

In March 2017, we sold an aggregate of 873,929.95 Investor Units III-A at a purchase price of $26.38 per unit, for an aggregate purchase price of $23,054,272.08.

In April 2017, we sold an aggregate of 73,758.05 Investor Units III-A at a purchase price of $26.38 per unit, for an aggregate purchase price of $1,945,737.36.

In August 2017, we sold an aggregate of 379,075.06 Investor Units III-A at a purchase price of $26.38 per unit, for an aggregate purchase price of $10,000,000.08.

In February 2018, we sold an aggregate of 568,613 Investor Units III-B at a purchase price of $26.38 per unit, for an aggregate purchase price of $15,000,010.94.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

In April 2018, we sold an aggregate of 747,660.86 Investor Units III-C at a purchase price of $58.78 per unit, for an aggregate purchase price of $43,947,505.10.

In May 2018, we sold an aggregate of 2,463,988.00 Investor Units III-A at a purchase price of $26.38 per unit, for an aggregate purchase price of $65,000,003.44.

In September 2018, we sold an aggregate of 850,629 Investor Units III-D at a purchase price of $58.78 per unit, for an aggregate purchase price of $49,999,972.62.

In May 2019, we sold an aggregate of 25,518 Investor Units III-D at a purchase price of $58.78 per unit, for an aggregate purchase price of $1,499,948.04.

In February 2020, we sold an aggregate of 1,471,623.00 Investors Units III-E at a purchase price of $156.29 per unit, for an aggregate purchase price of $229,999,958.67.

Incentive Unit Issuances

From January 1, 2017 to March 31, 2020, we granted to our directors, officers, employees, consultants, and other service providers 2,039,767 incentive units pursuant to our Incentive Plan.

The offers and sales of the above securities were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933 in reliance upon Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act or Regulation D promulgated thereunder, or Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act, as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering or pursuant to benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701. The recipients of the above securities represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof. Appropriate legends were placed upon any stock certificates issued in these transactions. All recipients had adequate access, through their relationships with us, to information about us. The sales of these securities were made without any general solicitation or advertising.

 

Item 16.

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

  (i)

Exhibits

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

  1.1    Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.1*    Form of Certificate of Incorporation of Oak Street Health, Inc.
  3.2*    Form of Bylaws of Oak Street Health, Inc.
  4.1    Form of Registration Rights Agreement
  5.1*    Opinion of Kirkland & Ellis LLP
10.1§   

Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of August 7, 2017, by and between Oak Street Health, LLC and certain of its subsidiaries as borrowers, the parties named therein as lenders and Hercules Capital, Inc., as administrative agent and collateral agent

10.2§    Consent and First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of July 13, 2018, by and between the Company and certain of its subsidiaries as borrowers, the parties named therein as lenders and Hercules Capital, Inc. as administrative agent and collateral agent

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

10.3§    Joinder and Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of April 26, 2019, by and between the Company and certain of its subsidiaries as borrowers, the parties named therein as lenders and Hercules Capital, Inc. as administrative agent and collateral agent
10.4    Third Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of January 13, 2020, by and between the Company and certain of its subsidiaries as borrowers, the parties named therein as lenders and Hercules Capital, Inc. as administrative agent and collateral agent.
10.5    Form of Director and Officer Indemnification Agreement between Oak Street Health, Inc. and each of its directors and executive officers
10.6    Form of Director Nomination Agreement
10.7+    Oak Street Health, LLC Amended and Restated Equity Incentive Plan
10.8+    Form of 2020 Omnibus Incentive Plan
10.9+    Form of Restricted Shares Award Agreement under 2020 Omnibus Incentive Plan
10.10+    Form of RSU Award Agreement under 2020 Omnibus Incentive Plan
10.11+    Form of Option Award Agreement under 2020 Omnibus Incentive Plan
10.12+    Form of SAR Award Agreement under 2020 Omnibus Incentive Plan
10.13+    Employment Agreement, dated as of February 27, 2015, by and between Michael Pykosz and Oak Street Health, LLC
10.14+    Employment Agreement, dated as of February 27, 2015, by and between Geoffrey Price and Oak Street Health, LLC
10.15+    Employment Agreement, dated as of February 27, 2015, by and between Dr. Griffin Myers and Oak Street Health, LLC
10.16+§    Employment agreement, dated as of August 5, 2019, by and between Timothy Cook and Oak Street Health MSO, LLC
10.17+§    Employment agreement, dated as of December 1, 2015, by and between James Chow and Oak Street Health MSO, LLC
10.18+§    Employment Agreement, dated as of May 27, 2020, by and between Tamara Jurgenson and Oak Street Health MSO, LLC
10.19+§    Employment agreement, dated as of January 2, 2018, by and between Robert Guenthner and Oak Street Health MSO, LLC
10.20+§    Employment Agreement, dated as of May 27, 2020, by and between Cynthia Hiskes and Oak Street Health MSO, LLC
10.21+§    Employment Agreement, dated as of May 27, 2020, by and between Brian Clem and Oak Street Health MSO, LLC
10.22    Limited Liability Company Operating Agreement of OSH Management Holdings, LLC
10.23+    Form of Oak Street Health, LLC Incentive Unit Award and Contribution Agreement
10.24§    Form of Oak Street Health MSO, LLC Administrative Services Agreement
10.25*    Form of Master Structuring Agreement
10.26*    Form of Contribution and Exchange Agreement

 

II-4


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

10.27*    Form of Company Merger Agreement
10.28*    Form of Management Merger Agreement
10.29*    Form of Tax Matters Agreement
10.30+*    Form of 2020 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
21.1    Subsidiaries of Oak Street Health, Inc.
23.1    Consent of Ernst & Young LLP
23.2    Consent of Ernst & Young LLP
23.3*    Consent of Kirkland & Ellis LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
24.1    Power of Attorney (included on signature page)

 

*

Indicates to be filed by amendment.

+

Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or agreement.

§

Exhibits and schedules have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(a)(5) of Regulation S-K and will be provided on a supplemental basis to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.

 

  (ii)

Financial statement schedules

No financial statement schedules are provided because the information called for is not applicable or is shown in the financial statements or notes.

 

Item 17.

Undertakings

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

1.

For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in the form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act of 1933 shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective; and

 

II-5


Table of Contents
2.

For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at the time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-6


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Chicago, State of Illinois, on July 10, 2020.

 

Oak Street Health, Inc.
By:   /s/ Mike Pykosz
Name:   Mike Pykosz
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

***

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned directors and officers of Oak Street Health, Inc. hereby appoint each of Robert Guenthner and Timothy Cook, as attorney-in-fact for the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, to sign and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933 any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) and exhibits to this registration statement on Form S-1 (or any other registration statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933) and any and all applications and other documents to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pertaining to the registration of the securities covered hereby, with full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things whatsoever requisite and necessary or desirable, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Mike Pykosz

Mike Pykosz

  

Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

July 10, 2020

/s/ Timothy Cook

Timothy Cook

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

  July 10, 2020

/s/ Geoff Price

Geoff Price

   Chief Operating Officer and Director   July 10, 2020

/s/ Griffin Myers

Griffin Myers

   Chief Medical Officer and Director   July 10, 2020

/s/ Carl Daley

Carl Daley

  

Director

  July 10, 2020

/s/ Mohit Kaushal

Mohit Kaushal

  

Director

  July 10, 2020

/s/ Kim Keck

Kim Keck

  

Director

  July 10, 2020

 

II-7


Table of Contents

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Paul Kusserow

Paul Kusserow

  

Director

  July 10, 2020

/s/ Robbert Vorhoff

Robbert Vorhoff

   Director   July 10, 2020

/s/ Srdjan Vukovic

Srdjan Vukovic

   Director   July 10, 2020

 

II-8

Exhibit 1.1

Oak Street Health, Inc.

                 Shares of Common Stock

Underwriting Agreement

_______________, 2020

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

As Representatives of the

several Underwriters listed

in Schedule 1 hereto

c/o J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

383 Madison Avenue

New York, New York 10179

c/o Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

200 West Street

New York, NY 10282

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Oak Street Health, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), proposes to issue and sell to the several underwriters listed in Schedule 1 hereto (the “Underwriters”), for whom you are acting as representatives (the “Representatives”), an aggregate of                  shares of common stock, par value $                 per share, of the Company proposes to sell to the several Underwriters an aggregate of                  shares of common stock of the Company (collectively, the “Underwritten Shares”). In addition, the Company proposes to issue and sell, at the option of the Underwriters, up to an additional                  shares of common stock of the Company (the “Option Shares”). The Underwritten Shares and the Option Shares are herein referred to as the “Shares”. The shares of common stock of the Company to be outstanding after giving effect to the sale of the Shares are referred to herein as the “Stock”.

                 (the “Directed Share Underwriter”) has agreed to reserve a portion of the Shares to be purchased by it under this Agreement, up to                  Shares, for sale to the Company’s directors, officers, and certain employees and other parties related to the Company (collectively, “Participants”), as set forth in the Prospectus (as hereinafter defined) under the heading “Underwriting” (the “Directed Share Program”). The Shares to be sold by the Directed Share


Underwriter and its affiliates pursuant to the Directed Share Program are referred to hereinafter as the “Directed Shares”. Any Directed Shares not orally confirmed for purchase by any Participant by                  [A/P].M., New York City time on the business day on which this Agreement is executed will be offered to the public by the Underwriters as set forth in the Prospectus.

In connection with the offering contemplated by this Agreement, the “Organizational Transactions” (as such term is defined in the Registration Statement and the Preliminary Prospectus (each as defined below) under the caption “Organizational Transactions”) were or will be effected, pursuant to which, among other things, the Company will become a holding company, its sole asset will be the equity of its wholly owned subsidiaries, including Oak Street Health, LLC, and it will operate and control all of the business and affairs and consolidate the financial results of Oak Street Health, LLC (the “LLC”). The Company and the LLC are each referred to herein as a “Oak Street Party” and, collectively, as the “Oak Street Parties”.

Each Oak Street Party hereby confirms its agreement with the several Underwriters concerning the purchase and sale of the Shares, as follows:

1. Registration Statement. The Company has prepared and filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (collectively, the “Securities Act”), a registration statement (File No. 333-                ), including a prospectus, relating to the Shares. Such registration statement, as amended at the time it became effective, including the information, if any, deemed pursuant to Rule 430A or 430C under the Securities Act to be part of the registration statement at the time of its effectiveness (“Rule 430 Information”), is referred to herein as the “Registration Statement”; and as used herein, the term “Preliminary Prospectus” means each prospectus included in such registration statement (and any amendments thereto) before effectiveness, any prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(a) under the Securities Act and the prospectus included in the Registration Statement at the time of its effectiveness that omits Rule 430 Information, and the term “Prospectus” means the prospectus in the form first used (or made available upon request of purchasers pursuant to Rule 173 under the Securities Act) in connection with confirmation of sales of the Shares. If the Company has filed an abbreviated registration statement pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act (the “Rule 462 Registration Statement”), then any reference herein to the term “Registration Statement” shall be deemed to include such Rule 462 Registration Statement. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.

At or prior to the Applicable Time (as defined below), the Company had prepared the following information (collectively, with the pricing information set forth on Annex A, the “Pricing Disclosure Package”): a Preliminary Prospectus dated                 , 2020 and each “free-writing prospectus” (as defined pursuant to Rule 405 under the Securities Act) listed on Annex A hereto.

“Applicable Time” means                  [A/P].M., New York City time, on                 , 2020.

 

2


2. Purchase of the Shares. (a) The Company agrees to issue and sell the Underwritten Shares to the several Underwriters as provided in this underwriting agreement (this

“Agreement”), and each Underwriter, on the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements set forth herein and subject to the conditions set forth herein, agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase at a price per share of $                 (the “Purchase Price”) from the Company the respective number of Underwritten Shares set forth opposite such Underwriter’s name in Schedule 1 hereto.

In addition, the Company agrees to issue and sell the Option Shares to the several Underwriters as provided in this Agreement, and the Underwriters, on the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements set forth herein and subject to the conditions set forth herein, shall have the option to purchase from the Company the Option Shares at the Purchase Price less an amount per share equal to any dividends or distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Underwritten Shares but not payable on the Option Shares. If any Option Shares are to be purchased, the number of Option Shares to be purchased by each Underwriter shall be the number of Option Shares which bears the same ratio to the aggregate number of Option Shares being purchased as the number of Underwritten Shares set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule 1 hereto (or such number increased as set forth in Section 10 hereof) bears to the aggregate number of Underwritten Shares being purchased from the Company by the several Underwriters, subject, however, to such adjustments to eliminate any fractional Shares as the Representatives in their sole discretion shall make.

The Underwriters may exercise the option to purchase Option Shares at any time in whole, or from time to time in part, on or before the thirtieth day following the date of the Prospectus, by written notice from the Representatives to the Company. Such notice shall set forth the aggregate number of Option Shares as to which the option is being exercised and the date and time when the Option Shares are to be delivered and paid for, which may be the same date and time as the Closing Date (as hereinafter defined) but shall not be earlier than the Closing Date nor later than the tenth full business day (as hereinafter defined) after the date of such notice (unless such time and date are postponed in accordance with the provisions of Section 10 hereof). Any such notice shall be given at least two business days prior to the date and time of delivery specified therein.

(b) The Company understands that the Underwriters intend to make a public offering of the Shares, and initially to offer the Shares on the terms set forth in the Pricing Disclosure Package. The Company acknowledges and agrees that the Underwriters may offer and sell Shares to or through any affiliate of an Underwriter.

(c) Payment for the Shares shall be made by wire transfer in immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Company, to the Representatives in the case of the Underwritten Shares, at the offices of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP at 10:00 A.M. New York City time on                 , 2020, or at such other time or place on the same or such other date, not later than the fifth business day thereafter, as the Representatives and the Company may agree upon in writing or, in the case of the Option Shares, on the date and at the time and place specified by the Representatives in the written notice of the Underwriters’ election to purchase such Option Shares. The time and date of such payment for the Underwritten Shares is referred to herein as the “Closing Date”, and the time and date for such payment for the Option Shares, if other than the Closing Date, is herein referred to as the “Additional Closing Date.”

 

3


Payment for the Shares to be purchased on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, shall be made against delivery to the Representatives for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters of the Shares to be purchased on such date in book entry form registered in such names and in such denominations as the Representatives shall request in writing not later than two full business days prior to the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, with any transfer taxes payable in connection with the sale of such Shares duly paid by the Company. Delivery of the Shares shall be made through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) unless the Representatives shall otherwise instruct.

Each of the Oak Street Parties acknowledges and agrees that the Representatives and the other Underwriters are acting solely in the capacity of an arm’s length contractual counterparty to the Oak Street Parties with respect to the offering of Shares contemplated hereby (including in connection with determining the terms of the offering) and not as a financial advisor or a fiduciary to, or an agent of, the Oak Street Parties or any other person. Additionally, neither the Representatives nor any other Underwriter is advising the Oak Street Parties or any other person as to any legal, tax, investment, accounting or regulatory matters in any jurisdiction. The Oak Street Parties shall consult with their own advisors concerning such matters and each shall be responsible for making its own independent investigation and appraisal of the transactions contemplated hereby, and neither the Representatives nor any other Underwriter shall have any responsibility or liability to the Oak Street Parties with respect thereto. Any review by the Representatives and the other Underwriters of the Oak Street Parties, the transactions contemplated hereby or other matters relating to such transactions will be performed solely for the benefit of the Representatives and the other Underwriters and shall not be on behalf of the Oak Street Parties.

3. Representations and Warranties of the Oak Street Parties. Each Oak Street Party, jointly and severally, represents and warrants to each Underwriter that:

(a) Preliminary Prospectus. No order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus has been issued by the Commission, and each Preliminary Prospectus included in the Pricing Disclosure Package, at the time of filing thereof, complied in all material respects with the Securities Act, and no Preliminary Prospectus, at the time of filing thereof, contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the Oak Street Parties make no representation or warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in any Preliminary Prospectus, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 7(c) hereof.

(b) Pricing Disclosure Package. The Pricing Disclosure Package as of the Applicable Time did not, and as of the Closing Date and as of the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of

 

4


the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the Oak Street Parties make no representation or warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in such Pricing Disclosure Package, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 7(c) hereof. No statement of material fact included in the Prospectus has been omitted from the Pricing Disclosure Package and no statement of material fact included in the Pricing Disclosure Package that is required to be included in the Prospectus has been omitted therefrom.

(c) Issuer Free Writing Prospectus. Other than the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, the Company (including its agents and representatives, other than the Underwriters in their capacity as such) has not prepared, made, used, authorized, approved or referred to and will not prepare, make, use, authorize, approve or refer to any “written communication” (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) that constitutes an offer to sell or solicitation of an offer to buy the Shares (each such communication by the Company or its agents and representatives (other than a communication referred to in clause (i) below) an “Issuer Free Writing Prospectus”) other than (i) any document not constituting a prospectus pursuant to Section 2(a)(10)(a) of the Securities Act or Rule 134 under the Securities Act or (ii) the documents listed on Annex A hereto, each electronic road show and any other written communications approved in writing in advance by the Representatives, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Each such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus complies in all material respects with the Securities Act, has been or will be (within the time period specified in Rule 433) filed in accordance with the Securities Act (to the extent required thereby) and does not conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement or the Pricing Disclosure Package, and, when taken together with the Preliminary Prospectus accompanying or delivered prior to delivery of such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, did not, and as of the Closing Date and as of the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that Oak Street Parties make no representation or warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in each such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Preliminary Prospectus in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Preliminary Prospectus, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 7(c) hereof.

(d) Emerging Growth Company. From the time of the initial confidential submission of the Registration Statement to the Commission (or, if earlier, the first date on which the Company engaged directly or through any person authorized to act on its behalf in any Testing-the-Waters Communication) through the date hereof, the Company has been and is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act (an “Emerging Growth Company”). “Testing-the-Waters Communication” means any oral or written communication with potential investors undertaken in reliance on Section 5(d) of the Securities Act.

 

5


(e) Testing-the-Waters Materials. The Company (i) has not alone engaged in any Testing-the-Waters Communications other than Testing-the-Waters Communications with the consent of the Representatives with entities that are reasonably believed to be qualified institutional buyers within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act or institutions that are accredited investors within the meaning of Rule 501 under the Securities Act and (ii) has not authorized anyone other than the Representatives to engage in Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company reconfirms that the Representatives have been authorized to act on its behalf in undertaking Testing-the-Waters Communications by virtue of a writing substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto. The Company has not distributed or approved for distribution any Written Testing-the-Waters Communications other than those listed on Annex B hereto. “Written Testing-the-Waters Communication” means any Testing-the-Waters Communication that is a written communication within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act. Any individual Written Testing-the-Waters Communication does not conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement or the Pricing Disclosure Package, complied in all material respects with the Securities Act, and when taken together with the Pricing Disclosure Package as of the Applicable Time, did not, and as of the Closing Date and as of the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

(f) Registration Statement and Prospectus. The Registration Statement has been declared effective by the Commission. No order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been issued by the Commission, and no proceeding for that purpose or pursuant to Section 8A of the Securities Act against the Company or related to the offering of the Shares has been initiated or, to the Oak Street Parties’ knowledge, threatened by the Commission; as of the applicable effective date of the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, the Registration Statement and any such post-effective amendment complied and will comply in all material respects with the Securities Act, and did not and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading; and as of the date of the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto and as of the Closing Date and as of the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, the Prospectus will comply in all material respects with the Securities Act and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the Oak Street Parties make no representation or warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any Underwriter

 

6


furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 7(c) hereof.

(g) Financial Statements. The financial statements (including the related notes thereto) of the Company and the LLC and its consolidated subsidiaries included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus comply in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company and the LLC and its consolidated subsidiaries as of the dates indicated and the results of their operations and the changes in their cash flows for the periods specified; such financial statements have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) in the United States applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods covered thereby, except in the case of unaudited financial statements, which are subject to normal period-end adjustments and do not contain footnotes as permitted by the applicable rules of the Commission, and any supporting schedules included in the Registration Statement present fairly, in all material respects, the information required to be stated therein; the other financial information included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus has been derived from the accounting records of the Company or the LLC and its consolidated subsidiaries, as applicable, and presents fairly in all material respects the information shown thereby; and all disclosures included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus regarding “non-GAAP financial measures” (as such term is defined by the rules and regulations of the Commission) comply with Regulation G of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (collectively, the “Exchange Act”) and Item 10 of Regulation S-K of the Securities Act, to the extent applicable.

(h) No Material Adverse Change. Since the date of the most recent financial statements of the Company included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (i) there has not been any change in the capital stock or outstanding equity, as applicable (other than the issuance of shares of common stock upon exercise of stock options and warrants described as outstanding in, the exchange, if any, of equity interests of the LLC for shares of common stock of the Company, and the grant of options and awards under existing equity incentive plans, in each case, described in, the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus), short-term debt or long-term debt of any Oak Street Party or any of its subsidiaries, or any dividend or distribution of any kind declared, set aside for payment, paid or made by the Company or the LLC on any class of capital stock or other equity interests, as applicable,; (ii) there has not been any material adverse change, or any development that would reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse change, in properties, management, the financial condition, stockholders’ equity, results of operations, or business of the Oak Street Parties and their subsidiaries taken as a whole or on the

 

7


performance by the Oak Street Parties of their obligations under this Agreement (a “Material Adverse Effect”); (iii) neither the Oak Street Parties nor any of their subsidiaries has entered into any transaction or agreement (whether or not in the ordinary course of business) that is material to the Oak Street Parties and their subsidiaries taken as a whole or incurred any liability or obligation, direct or contingent, that is material to the Oak Street Parties and their subsidiaries taken as a whole, except as otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; and (iv) neither the Oak Street Parties nor any of their subsidiaries has sustained any loss or interference with its business that is either from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor disturbance or dispute or any action, order or decree of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority, except in each case as otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, and except in each case as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(i) Organization and Good Standing. Each Oak Street Party and each of its subsidiaries have been duly organized and are validly existing and, to the extent such concept is applicable, in good standing under the laws of their respective jurisdictions of organization, are duly qualified to do business and, to the extent such concept is applicable, are in good standing in each jurisdiction in which their respective ownership or lease of property or the conduct of their respective businesses requires such qualification, and have all power and authority necessary to own or hold their respective properties and to conduct the businesses in which they are engaged, except where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing or have such power or authority would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The subsidiaries listed in Schedule 2 to this Agreement are the only significant subsidiaries of the Oak Street Parties.

(j) Capitalization. Each Oak Street Party has an authorized capitalization as set forth in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under the heading “Capitalization”; all the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company have been duly and validly authorized and issued and are fully paid and non-assessable and are not subject to any pre-emptive or similar rights; except as described in or expressly contemplated by the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there are no outstanding rights (including, without limitation, pre-emptive rights), warrants or options to acquire, or instruments convertible into or exchangeable for, any shares of capital stock or other equity interest in the Company or any of its subsidiaries (including, without limitation, the LLC), or any contract, commitment, agreement, understanding or arrangement of any kind relating to the issuance of any capital stock or equity interest of the Company or any such subsidiary (including, without limitation, the LLC), any such convertible or exchangeable securities or any such rights, warrants or options; upon consummation of the Organizational Transactions, the capital stock of the Company and the equity interests of the LLC will conform in all material respects to the description thereof contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; and all the outstanding

 

8


shares of capital stock or other equity interests of each subsidiary owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and non-assessable, in the case of equity interests in any such subsidiary that is not a corporation, the Company or other holder of such equity interests has no obligation to make payments or contributions to such subsidiary or its creditors solely by reason of its ownership of such equity interests and except as otherwise described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and are owned directly or indirectly by the Company, free and clear of any lien, charge, encumbrance, security interest, restriction on voting or transfer or any other claim of any third party, except for such lien, charge, encumbrance, security interest, restriction on voting or transfer or any other claim of any third party as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(k) Stock Options. With respect to the stock options (the “Stock Options”), if any, granted pursuant to the stock-based compensation plans of the any Oak Street Party and its subsidiaries (the “Company Stock Plans”), (i) each Stock Option intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” under Section 422 of the Code so qualifies, (ii) each grant of a Stock Option was duly authorized no later than the date on which the grant of such Stock Option was by its terms to be effective (the “Grant Date”) by all necessary corporate action, including, as applicable, approval by the board of directors of the applicable Oak Street Party, or its general partner, sole, or managing member, as the case may be, (or a duly constituted and authorized committee thereof) and any required stockholder approval by the necessary number of votes or written consents, and the award agreement governing such grant (if any) was duly executed and delivered by each party thereto, (iii) each such grant was made in accordance with the terms of the Company Stock Plans, the Exchange Act and all other applicable laws and regulatory rules or requirements, including the rules of the New York Stock Exchange and any other exchange on which Company securities are traded, and (iv) each such grant was properly accounted for in accordance with GAAP in the financial statements (including the related notes) of the applicable Oak Street Party. The Company has not knowingly granted, and there is no and has been no policy or practice of the Company of granting, Stock Options prior to, or otherwise coordinating the grant of Stock Options with, the release or other public announcement of material information regarding the Company or its subsidiaries or their results of operations or prospects.

(l) Due Authorization. Each Oak Street Party has full right, power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder; and all action required to be taken for the due and proper authorization, execution and delivery by it of this Agreement and the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated hereby has been duly and validly taken.

(m) Underwriting Agreement. This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the each Oak Street Party.

 

9


(n) The Shares. The Shares to be issued and sold by the Company hereunder have been duly authorized by the Company and, when issued and delivered and paid for

as provided herein, will be duly and validly issued, will be fully paid and nonassessable and will conform in all material respects to the descriptions thereof in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; and the issuance of the Shares is not subject to any preemptive or similar rights

(o) Descriptions of the Underwriting Agreement. This Agreement conforms in all material respects to the description thereof contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

(p) No Violation or Default. None of the Oak Street Parties or any of their respective subsidiaries is (i) in violation of its charter or by-laws or similar organizational documents; (ii) in default, and no event has occurred that, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute such a default, in the due performance or observance of any term, covenant or condition contained in any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which any Oak Street Party or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which any Oak Street Party or any of its subsidiaries is bound or to which any property or asset of any Oak Street Party or any of its subsidiaries is subject; or (iii) in violation of any law or statute applicable to any Oak Street Party or any judgment, order, rule or regulation of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority having jurisdiction over any Oak Street Party or any of its subsidiaries, except, in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) above, for any such default or violation that would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

(q) No Conflicts. The execution, delivery and performance by each Oak Street Party of this Agreement, the issuance and sale of the Shares by the Company and the consummation by the Company of the transactions (including, without limitation, the Organizational Transactions) contemplated by this Agreement or the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus will not (i) conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, result in the termination, modification or acceleration of, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property, right or asset of any Oak Street Party or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the any Oak Street Party or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which any Oak Street Party or any of its subsidiaries is bound or to which any property, right or asset of the Oak Street Party or any of its subsidiaries is subject, (ii) result in any violation of the provisions of the charter or by-laws or similar organizational documents of any Oak Street Party or any of its subsidiaries or (iii) result in the violation of any law or statute or any judgment, order, rule or regulation of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority, except, in the case of clauses (i) and (iii) above, for any such conflict, breach, violation, default, lien, charge or encumbrance that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

10


(r) No Consents Required. No consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of or with any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority is required for the execution, delivery and performance by the

Company of this Agreement and the consummation of the Organizational Transactions and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (i) except for the registration of the Shares under the Securities Act and such consents, approvals, authorizations, orders and registrations or qualifications as may be required by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”) and under applicable state securities laws in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters, (ii), at or prior to the Closing Date, any filing or submission required in connection with the Organizational Transactions, or (iii) any such consents, approvals, authorizations, orders, filings, registrations or qualifications of which the failure to obtain would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or materially affect the ability to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(s) Legal Proceedings. Except as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there are no legal, governmental or regulatory investigations, actions, demands, claims, suits, arbitrations, inquiries or proceedings (including by the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (“HHS”) and any office contained therein) (collectively, “Actions”) pending to which any Oak Street Party or any of its subsidiaries is or may be a party or to which any property of any Oak Street Party or any of its subsidiaries is or may be the subject that, individually or in the aggregate, if determined adversely to any Oak Street Party or any of its subsidiaries, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; to the knowledge of the Oak Street Parties, no such Actions are threatened or, contemplated by any governmental or regulatory authority or threatened by others; and (i) there are no current or pending Actions that are required under the Securities Act to be described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus that are not so described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and (ii) there are no statutes, regulations or contracts or other documents that are required under the Securities Act to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement or described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus that are not so filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement or described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

(t) Independent Accountants. Ernst & Young LLP, which has certified certain financial statements of the Company, the LLC and their respective subsidiaries, is an independent registered public accounting firm with respect to the Company and its subsidiaries within the applicable rules and regulations adopted by the Commission and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) and as required by the Securities Act.

(u) Title to Real and Personal Property. Each Oak Street Party and its subsidiaries have good and marketable title in fee simple to, or have valid rights to lease or otherwise use, all items of real and personal property that are material to the respective businesses of such each Oak Street Party and its subsidiaries, in each case free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, claims and defects and imperfections of title except those that (i) do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by such Oak Street Party and its subsidiaries or (ii) would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

11


(v) Intellectual Property. (i) Each Oak Street Party and its subsidiaries own or have the right to use all patents, patent applications, trademarks, service marks, trade names, trademark registrations, service mark registrations, domain names and other source indicators, copyrights and copyrightable works, know-how, trade secrets, systems, procedures, proprietary or confidential information and all other worldwide intellectual property, industrial property and proprietary rights (collectively, “Intellectual Property”) used in the conduct of their respective businesses, except where the failure to own or have the right to use any of the foregoing would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (ii) to the knowledge of each Oak Street Party, the Oak Street Party’s and its subsidiaries’ conduct of their respective businesses does not infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate any Intellectual Property of any person; (iii) each Oak Street Party and its subsidiaries have not received any written notice of any claim relating to Intellectual Property, which claim, if determined unfavorably, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (iv) to the knowledge of the Oak Street Parties, the Intellectual Property of the Oak Street Parties and their respective subsidiaries is not being infringed, misappropriated or otherwise violated by any person.

(w) No Undisclosed Relationships. No relationship, direct or indirect, exists between or among any Oak Street Party or any of its subsidiaries, on the one hand, and the directors, officers, stockholders, customers, suppliers or other affiliates of any Oak Street Party or any of its subsidiaries, on the other, that is required by the Securities Act to be described in each of the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and that is not so described in such documents and in the Pricing Disclosure Package.

(x) Investment Company Act. Each Oak Street Party is not and, after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Shares and the application of the proceeds thereof received by each Oak Street Party as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, will not be required to register as an “investment company” or an entity “controlled” by an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (collectively, the “Investment Company Act”).

(y) Taxes. Except, in each case, as would not have a Material Adverse Effect, each Oak Street Party and its subsidiaries have paid all federal, state, local and foreign taxes and filed all tax returns required to be paid or filed through the date hereof, subject to permitted extensions and other than taxes that are being contested in good faith and for which adequate reserves have been provided in accordance with GAAP; and except as otherwise disclosed in each of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there is no tax deficiency that has been, or to the knowledge of each Oak Street Party could reasonably be expected to be, asserted against any Oak Street Party or any of its subsidiaries or any of their respective properties or assets.

 

12


(z) Licenses and Permits. Each Oak Street Party and its subsidiaries possess all licenses, sub-licenses, certificates, permits and other authorizations issued by, and have made all declarations and filings with, the appropriate federal, state, local or foreign governmental or regulatory authorities that are necessary for the ownership or lease of their respective properties or the conduct of their respective businesses as described in each of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, except where the failure to possess or make the same would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and except as described in each of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, none of the Oak Street Parties or any of their respective subsidiaries has received notice of any revocation or modification of any such license, sub-license, certificate, permit or authorization or has any reason to believe that any such license, sub-license, certificate, permit or authorization will not be renewed in the ordinary course, except where such revocation, modification or nonrenewal would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(aa) No Labor Disputes. No labor disturbance by or dispute with employees of any Oak Street Party or any of its subsidiaries exists or, to the knowledge of the Oak Street Parties, is contemplated or threatened, and no Oak Street Party is aware of any existing or imminent labor disturbance by, or dispute with, the employees of any of its subsidiaries’ principal suppliers, contractors or customers, except as would not have a Material Adverse Effect. None of the Oak Street Parties or any of their respective subsidiaries has received any notice of cancellation or termination with respect to any collective bargaining agreement to which it is a party.

(bb) Certain Environmental Matters. (i) Each Oak Street Party and its subsidiaries (x) are in compliance with all, and have not violated any, applicable federal, state, local and foreign laws (including common law), rules, regulations, requirements, decisions, judgments, decrees, orders and other legally enforceable requirements relating to pollution or the protection of human health or safety, the environment, natural resources, hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants (collectively, “Environmental Laws”); (y) have received and are in compliance with all, and have not violated any, permits, licenses, certificates or other authorizations or approvals required of them under any Environmental Laws to conduct their respective businesses; and (z) have not received notice of any actual or potential liability or obligation under or relating to, or any actual or potential violation of, any Environmental Laws, including for the investigation or remediation of any disposal or release of hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants, and have no knowledge of any event or condition that would reasonably be expected to result in any such notice, and (ii) there are no costs or liabilities associated with Environmental Laws of or relating to any Oak Street Party or its subsidiaries, except in the case of each of (i) and (ii) above, for any such matter as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (iii) except as described in each of the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (x) there is no proceeding that is pending, or that is known to be contemplated, against any Oak Street Party or any of its

 

13


subsidiaries under any Environmental Laws in which a governmental entity is also a party, other than such proceedings regarding which it is reasonably believed no monetary sanctions of $100,000 or more will be imposed and (y) none of the Oak Street Parties or any of their respective subsidiaries is aware of any facts or issues regarding compliance with Environmental Laws, or liabilities or other obligations under Environmental Laws or concerning hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants, that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the capital expenditures or earnings of the Oak Street Parties and their respective subsidiaries and (z) none of the Oak Street Parties or any of their respective subsidiaries anticipates material capital expenditures relating to any Environmental Law.

(cc) Compliance with ERISA. (i) Each employee benefit plan, within the meaning of Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), for which any Oak Street Party or any member of its “Controlled Group” (defined as any entity, whether or not incorporated, that is under common control with the Oak Street Parties within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(14) of ERISA or any entity that would be regarded as a single employer with the Company under Section 414(b),(c),(m) or (o) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”)) would have any liability (each, a “Plan”) has been maintained in compliance with its terms and the requirements of any applicable statutes, orders, rules and regulations, including but not limited to ERISA and the Code; (ii) no prohibited transaction, within the meaning of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, has occurred with respect to any Plan, excluding transactions effected pursuant to a statutory or administrative exemption; (iii) for each Plan that is subject to the funding rules of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, no Plan has failed (whether or not waived), or is reasonably expected to fail, to satisfy the minimum funding standards (within the meaning of Section 302 of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code) applicable to such Plan; (iv) no Plan is, or is reasonably expected to be, in “at risk status” (within the meaning of Section 303(i) of ERISA) and no Plan that is a “multiemployer plan” within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA is in “endangered status” or “critical status” (within the meaning of Sections 304 and 305 of ERISA) (v) the fair market value of the assets of each Plan exceeds the present value of all benefits accrued under such Plan (determined based on those assumptions used to fund such Plan); (vi) no “reportable event” (within the meaning of Section 4043(c) of ERISA and the regulations promulgated thereunder) has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur; (vii) each Plan that is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code is so qualified, and nothing has occurred, whether by action or by failure to act, which would cause the loss of such qualification; (viii) neither the Oak Street Parties nor any member of the Controlled Group has incurred, nor reasonably expects to incur, any liability under Title IV of ERISA (other than contributions to the Plan or premiums to the Pension Benefit Guarantee Corporation, in the ordinary course and without default) in respect of a Plan (including a “multiemployer plan” within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA); and (ix) none of the following events has occurred or is reasonably likely to occur: (A) a material increase in the aggregate amount of contributions required to be made to all Plans by any Oak Street Party or its Controlled Group affiliates in the current fiscal year of such Oak

 

14


Street Party and its Controlled Group affiliates compared to the amount of such contributions made in such Oak Street Party’s and its Controlled Group affiliates’ most recently completed fiscal year; or (B) a material increase in any Oak Street Party and its subsidiaries’ “accumulated post-retirement benefit obligations” (within the meaning of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 715-60) compared to the amount of such obligations in the Company and its subsidiaries’ most recently completed fiscal year, except in each case with respect to the events or conditions set forth in (i) through (ix) hereof, as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

(dd) Disclosure Controls. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company and its subsidiaries maintain an effective system of “disclosure controls and procedures” (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Exchange Act) that complies with the requirements of the Exchange Act and that has been designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and forms, including controls and procedures designed to ensure that such information is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

(ee) Accounting Controls. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Oak Street Parties and their respective subsidiaries, taken as a whole, maintain systems of “internal control over financial reporting” (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act) that comply with the requirements of the Exchange Act applicable to the Company and have been designed by, or under the supervision of, their respective principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Oak Street Parties and their respective subsidiaries maintain internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP and to maintain asset accountability; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, any Oak Street Party is not aware of any material weaknesses in its internal controls (it being understood that this subsection shall not require the Company to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 as of an earlier date than it would otherwise be required to so comply under applicable law). The auditors of each Oak Street Party and the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company have been advised of: (i) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal controls over

 

15


financial reporting which have adversely affected or are reasonably likely to adversely affect such Oak Street Party’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and (ii) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in such Oak Street Party’s internal controls over financial reporting.

(ff) Insurance. Each Oak Street Party and its subsidiaries have insurance covering their respective properties, operations, personnel and businesses, including business interruption insurance, which insurance is in amounts and insures against such losses and risks as are generally maintained by similarly situated companies and which each Oak Street Party reasonably believes are adequate to protect such Oak Street Party and its subsidiaries and their respective businesses; and none of the Oak Street Parties or their respective subsidiaries has (i) received notice from any insurer or agent of such insurer that capital improvements or other expenditures are required or necessary to be made in order to continue such insurance or (ii) any reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage at reasonable cost from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business.

(gg) Cybersecurity; Privacy; Data Protection. Each Oak Street Party and its subsidiaries’ information technology assets and equipment, computers, systems, networks, hardware, software, websites, applications, and databases (collectively, “IT Systems”) are, in each Oak Street Party and its subsidiaries’ reasonable belief, adequate for, and operate and perform in all material respects as required in connection with, the operation of the business of each Oak Street Party and its subsidiaries as currently conducted, free and clear of all bugs, errors, defects, Trojan horses, time bombs, malware and other corruptants, except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Each Oak Street Party and its subsidiaries have implemented and maintained commercially reasonable controls, policies, procedures and safeguards to maintain and protect their material confidential information and the integrity, continuous operation, redundancy and security of all IT Systems and data (including all personal or personally identifiable data (“Personal Data”)) used in connection with its business and, to the knowledge of each Oak Street Party, there have been no breaches, violations, outages or unauthorized uses of or accesses to its IT Systems or data (including Personal Data), except for those that (x) did not or would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect and (y) have been remedied without material cost or liability or the duty to notify any governmental authority, nor any material incidents under internal review or investigations relating to such breaches, violations, outages or unauthorized uses or accesses. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, each Oak Street Party is presently in compliance with all applicable U.S. state and federal data privacy and security laws and regulations, including without limitation the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“HIPAA”) as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act (the “HITECH Act”) (collectively, the “Privacy Laws”) and all judgments, orders, rules and regulations of any court or arbitrator or governmental or

 

16


regulatory authority, internal policies and contractual obligations relating to the privacy and security of IT Systems and Personal Data and to the protection of such IT Systems and Personal Data from unauthorized use, access, misappropriation or modification, except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. To each Oak Street Party’s knowledge, it has at all times made all disclosures to users or customers required by applicable laws and regulatory rules or requirements, and no such disclosures made or contained in any external written privacy policy have been materially inaccurate or in violation of any applicable Privacy Laws. Each Oak Street Party: (i) has not received written notice of any actual or potential liability under or relating to, or actual or potential violation of, any of the Privacy Laws, and has no knowledge of any event or condition that would reasonably be expected to result in any such notice; (ii) is not currently conducting or paying for, in whole or in part, any investigation, remediation, or other corrective action pursuant to any Privacy Law; and (iii) is not a party to any governmental order, decree, or agreement that imposes any obligation or liability under any Privacy Law.

(hh) No Unlawful Payments. None of the Oak Street Parties, any of their respective subsidiaries, any director or officer of any Oak Street Party or any of its subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of the Oak Street Parties, any agent, employee, affiliate or other person associated with or acting on behalf of any Oak Street Party or any of its subsidiaries has (i) used any corporate funds for any unlawful contribution, gift, entertainment or other unlawful expense relating to political activity; (ii) made or taken an act in furtherance of an offer, promise or authorization of any direct or indirect unlawful payment or benefit to any foreign or domestic government official or employee, including of any government-owned or controlled entity or of a public international organization, or any person acting in an official capacity for or on behalf of any of the foregoing, or any political party or party official or candidate for political office; (iii) violated or is in violation of any provision of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, or any applicable law or regulation implementing the OECD Convention on Combating Bribery of Foreign Public Officials in International Business Transactions, or committed an offence under the Bribery Act 2010 of the United Kingdom or any other applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption law; or (iv) made, offered, agreed or requested any unlawful bribe or other unlawful benefit, including, without limitation, any rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other unlawful or improper payment or benefit. Each Oak Street Party and its subsidiaries has instituted, maintain and enforce, and will continue to maintain and enforce policies and procedures designed to promote and ensure compliance with all applicable anti-bribery and anti-corruption laws.

(ii) Compliance with Anti-Money Laundering Laws. The operations of each Oak Street Party and its subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements, including those of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the applicable money laundering statutes of all jurisdictions where any Oak Street Party or any of its subsidiaries conducts business, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines issued, administered

 

17


or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “Anti-Money Laundering Laws”), and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving any Oak Street Party or any of its subsidiaries with respect to the Anti-Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Oak Street Parties, threatened.

(jj) No Conflicts with Sanctions Laws. None of the Oak Street Parties, any of their respective subsidiaries, directors, or officers , or, to the knowledge of the Oak Street Parties, any employee, agent, affiliate or other person acting on behalf of any Oak Street Party or any of its subsidiaries is currently the subject or the target of any sanctions administered or enforced by the U.S. government (including, without limitation, the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury (“OFAC”) or the U.S. Department of State and including, without limitation, the designation as a “specially designated national” or “blocked person”), the United Nations Security Council (“UNSC”), the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury (“HMT”) or other relevant sanctions authority (collectively, “Sanctions”), nor is any Oak Street Party or any of its subsidiaries located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is the subject of Sanctions, including, without limitation, Crimea, Cuba, Iran, North Korea and Syria (each, a “Sanctioned Country”); and the Oak Street Parties will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the offering of the Shares hereunder, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity (i) to fund or facilitate any activities of or business with any person that, at the time of such funding or facilitation, is the subject or target of Sanctions, (ii) to fund or facilitate any activities of or business in any Sanctioned Country or (iii) in any other manner that will result in a violation by any person (including any person participating in the transaction, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise) of Sanctions. For the past five years, the Oak Street Parties and their subsidiaries have not knowingly engaged in and are not now knowingly engaged in any dealings or transactions with any person that at the time of the dealing or transaction is or was the subject or the target of Sanctions or with any Sanctioned Country.

(kk) No Restrictions on Subsidiaries. Except as otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, no subsidiary of any Oak Street Party is currently prohibited, directly or indirectly, under any agreement or other instrument to which it is a party or is subject, from paying any dividends to any Oak Street Party, from making any other distribution on such subsidiary’s capital stock or similar ownership interest, from repaying to any Oak Street Party any loans or advances to such subsidiary from such Oak Street Party or from transferring any of such subsidiary’s properties or assets to any Oak Street Party or any other subsidiary of any Oak Street Party.

(ll) No Broker’s Fees. None of the Oak Street Parties or any of their respective subsidiaries is a party to any contract, agreement or understanding with any person (other than this Agreement) that would give rise to a valid claim against any of them or any Underwriter for a brokerage commission, finder’s fee or like payment in connection with the offering and sale of the Shares.

 

18


(mm) No Registration Rights. Except as otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, no person has the right to require any Oak Street Party or any of its subsidiaries to register any securities for sale under the Securities Act by reason of the filing of the Registration Statement with the Commission, the issuance and sale of the Shares.

(nn) No Stabilization. None of the Oak Street Parties or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates has taken, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that could reasonably be expected to cause or result in any stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Shares.

(oo) Margin Rules. Neither the issuance, sale and delivery of the Shares nor the application of the proceeds therefrom by the Company as described in each of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus will violate Regulation T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

(pp) Forward-Looking Statements. No forward-looking statement (within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act) included or incorporated by reference in any of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus has been made or reaffirmed without a reasonable basis or has been disclosed other than in good faith.

(qq) Statistical and Market Data. Nothing has come to the attention of any Oak Street Party that has caused such Oak Street Party to believe that the statistical and market-related data included in each of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus is not based on or derived from sources that are reliable and accurate in all material respects.

(rr) Sarbanes-Oxley Act. There is and has been no failure on the part of the Company or any of the Company’s directors or officers, in their capacities as such, to comply with any applicable provision of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended and the rules and regulations promulgated in connection therewith (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), including Section 402 related to loans and Sections 302 and 906 related to certifications, to the extent compliance is required as of the date of this Agreement.

(ss) Status under the Securities Act. At the time of filing the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, at the earliest time thereafter that the Company or any offering participant made a bona fide offer (within the meaning of Rule 164(h)(2) under the Securities Act) of the Shares and at the date hereof, the Company was not and is not an “ineligible issuer,” as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

(tt) No Ratings. There are (and prior to the Closing Date, will be) no debt securities, convertible securities or preferred stock issued or guaranteed by any Oak Street Party or any of its subsidiaries that are rated by a “nationally recognized statistical rating organization”, as such term is defined in Section 3(a)(62) under the Exchange Act.

 

19


(uu) Healthcare Regulatory Compliance. To the extent required in connection with their respective businesses, each of Oak Street Party and its respective subsidiaries has the requisite provider number or other authorization to bill the Medicare program in the state or states in which such entity operates; none of the Oak Street Parties or, any of their respective subsidiaries is subject to any pending, or, to the Oak Street Parties’ knowledge, threatened or contemplated action which could reasonably be expected to result either in revocation of any provider number or authorization or in the Oak Street Parties’ or any respective subsidiary’s exclusion from any state Medicare programs; each Oak Street Party’s and each subsidiary’s business practices have been structured in a manner reasonably designed to comply with the federal or state laws governing Medicare programs, including, without limitation, Sections 1320a-7a and 1320a-7b of Title 42 of the United States Code, and each Oak Street Party reasonably believes that it is in material compliance with such laws, except as set forth in or contemplated in the Time of Sale Information and the Prospectus; each Oak Street Party and each subsidiary has taken reasonable actions designed to ensure it is in material compliance with (i) the False Claims Act, 31 U.S.C. Sections 3729-3733, (ii) the “Stark” law, 42 U.S.C. § 1395nn, (iii) the Federal Criminal False Claims Act, 18 U.S.C. § 287, (iv) the Federal TRICARE statute, 10 U.S.C. § 1071 et seq., (v) the False Statements Relating to Health Care Matters statute, 18 U.S.C. § 1035 or (vi) the Health Care Fraud statute, 18 U.S.C. § 1347; each Oak Street Party and each subsidiary has taken reasonable actions designed to ensure that each subsidiary does not allow any individual with an ownership or control interest (as defined in 42 U.S.C. § 1320a-3(a)(3)) in each Oak Street Party or any subsidiary or any officer, director or managing employee (as defined in 42 U.S.C. § 1320a-5(b)) of each Oak Street Party or any subsidiary who would be a person excluded from participation in any federal health care program (as defined in 42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7b(f)) as described in 42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7(b)(8) to participate in any such federal health care program maintained by each Oak Street Party or any subsidiary; and each Oak Street Party and its subsidiaries have structured their respective business practices in a manner reasonably designed to comply, in all material respects, with the federal and state laws regarding physician ownership of (or financial relationship with), and the referral to entities providing, healthcare related goods or services, and laws requiring disclosure of financial interests held by physicians in entities to which they may refer patients for the provisions of health care related goods and services, and the Company reasonably believes that it is in material compliance with such laws.

(vv) Directed Share Program. Each Oak Street Party represents and warrants that (i) the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, any Preliminary Prospectus and any Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses comply in all material respects, and any further amendments or supplements thereto will comply in all material respects, with any applicable laws or regulations of foreign jurisdictions in which the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Prospectus, any Preliminary Prospectus and any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, are distributed in connection with the Directed Share Program, and that (ii) no authorization, approval, consent, license, order, registration or qualification of or with any government, governmental instrumentality or court, other than such as have been obtained, is

 

20


necessary under the securities laws and regulations of foreign jurisdictions in which the Directed Shares are offered outside the United States. The Company has not offered, or caused the underwriters to offer, Shares to any person pursuant to the Directed Share Program with the specific intent to unlawfully influence (i) a customer or supplier of the Oak Street Parties to alter the customer or supplier’s level or type of business with the Oak Street Parties, or (ii) a trade journalist or publication to write or publish favorable information about the Oak Street Parties or their products.

4. Further Agreements of the Oak Street Parties. Each Oak Street Party, jointly and severally, covenants and agrees with each Underwriter that:

(a) Required Filings. The Company will file the final Prospectus with the Commission within the time periods specified by Rule 424(b) and Rule 430A or 430C under the Securities Act, will file any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus to the extent required by Rule 433 under the Securities Act; and the Company will furnish copies of the Prospectus and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus (to the extent not previously delivered) to the Underwriters in New York City prior to 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on the business day next succeeding the date of this Agreement in such quantities as the Representatives may reasonably request.

(b) Delivery of Copies. The Company will deliver, without charge, (i) to the Representatives, three signed copies of the Registration Statement as originally filed and each amendment thereto, in each case including all exhibits and consents filed therewith; and (ii) to each Underwriter (A) a conformed copy of the Registration Statement as originally filed and each amendment thereto (without exhibits) and (B) during the Prospectus Delivery Period (as defined below), as many copies of the Prospectus (including all amendments and supplements thereto and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus) as the Representatives may reasonably request. As used herein, the term “Prospectus Delivery Period” means such period of time after the first date of the public offering of the Shares as in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters a prospectus relating to the Shares is required by law to be delivered (or required to be delivered but for Rule 172 under the Securities Act) in connection with sales of the Shares by any Underwriter or dealer.

(c) Amendments or Supplements, Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses. Before making, preparing, using, authorizing, approving, referring to or filing any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, and before filing any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, the Company will furnish to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters a copy of the proposed Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, amendment or supplement for review and will not make, prepare, use, authorize, approve, refer to or file any such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or file any such proposed amendment or supplement to which the Representatives reasonably object.

 

21


(d) Notice to the Representatives. The Company will advise the Representatives promptly, and confirm such advice in writing (which may be by electronic mail), (i) when the Registration Statement has become effective; (ii) when any amendment to the Registration Statement has been filed or becomes effective; (iii) when any supplement to the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication or any amendment to the Prospectus has been filed or distributed; (iv) of any request by the Commission for any amendment to the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus or the receipt of any comments from the Commission relating to the Registration Statement or any other request by the Commission for any additional information including, but not limited to, any request for information concerning any Testing-the-Waters Communication; (v) of the issuance by the Commission or any other governmental or regulatory authority of any order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus, any of the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Prospectus or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication or the initiation or, to each Oak Street Party’s knowledge, threatening of any proceeding for that purpose or pursuant to Section 8A of the Securities Act; (vi) of the occurrence of any event or development within the Prospectus Delivery Period as a result of which the Prospectus, any of the Pricing Disclosure Package, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication as then amended or supplemented would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Prospectus, the Pricing Disclosure Package, any such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading; and (vii) of the receipt by the Company of any notice with respect to any suspension of the qualification of the Shares for offer and sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or, to each Oak Street Party’s knowledge, threatening of any proceeding for such purpose; and the Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to prevent the issuance of any such order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus, any of the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication or suspending any such qualification of the Shares and, if any such order is issued, will use its reasonable best efforts to obtain as soon as possible the withdrawal thereof.

(e) Ongoing Compliance. (1) If during the Prospectus Delivery Period (i) any event or development shall occur or condition shall exist as a result of which the Prospectus as then amended or supplemented would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Prospectus is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading or (ii) it is necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus to comply with applicable law, the Company will promptly notify the Underwriters thereof and forthwith prepare and, subject to paragraph (c) above, file with the Commission and furnish to the Underwriters and to such dealers as the Representatives may designate such amendments or supplements to the Prospectus as may be necessary so that the statements in the Prospectus as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Prospectus is delivered to a purchaser, be misleading or

 

22


so that the Prospectus will comply with law and (2) if at any time prior to the Closing Date (i) any event or development shall occur or condition shall exist as a result of which the Pricing Disclosure Package as then amended or supplemented would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Pricing Disclosure Package is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading or (ii) it is necessary to amend or supplement the Pricing Disclosure Package to comply with applicable law, the Company will promptly notify the Underwriters thereof and forthwith prepare and, subject to paragraph (c) above, file with the Commission (to the extent required) and furnish to the Underwriters and to such dealers as the Representatives may designate, such amendments or supplements to the Pricing Disclosure Package as may be necessary so that the statements in the Pricing Disclosure Package as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Pricing Disclosure Package is delivered to a purchaser, be misleading or so that the Pricing Disclosure Package will comply with applicable law.

(f) Blue Sky Compliance. If required by the applicable law, the Company will qualify the Shares for offer and sale under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as the Representatives shall reasonably request and will continue such qualifications in effect so long as required for distribution of the Shares; provided that the Company shall not be required to (i) qualify as a foreign corporation or other entity or as a dealer in securities in any such jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to so qualify, (ii) file any general consent to service of process in any such jurisdiction or (iii) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction if it is not otherwise so subject.

(g) Earning Statement. The Company will make generally available to its security holders and the Representatives as soon as practicable an earning statement that satisfies the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 of the Commission promulgated thereunder covering a period of at least twelve months beginning with the first fiscal quarter of the Company occurring after the “effective date” (as defined in Rule 158) of the Registration Statement; provided that the Company will be deemed to comply with such requirement by filing such earnings statements on the Commission’s Electronic, Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval System (“EDGAR”) (or any successor system).

(h) Clear Market. For a period of 180 days after the date of the Prospectus (the “Company Lock-Up Period”), the Company will not (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or submit to, or file with, the Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Stock, or publicly disclose the intention to undertake any of the foregoing, or (ii) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Stock or any such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, without

 

23


the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, other than the Shares to be sold hereunder and any shares of Stock of the Company issued upon the exercise of options granted under Company Stock Plans; provided, however, that the foregoing restriction shall not apply to: (i) the Shares to be sold hereunder; (ii) the issuance by the Company of shares of Stock, including upon the vesting, exercise or settlement of options or restricted stock units or the conversion of convertible securities or the exchange of exchangeable securities, or options to purchase shares of Stock or the grant of other equity-based awards (including any securities convertible into shares of Stock), in each case pursuant to the Company’s equity plans of the Oak Street Parties that are described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; (iii) the entry into an agreement providing for the issuance by the Company of shares of Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable for shares of Stock in connection with the acquisition by the Company or any of its subsidiaries of the securities, businesses, property or other assets of another person or entity or pursuant to an employee benefit plan assumed by the Company in connection with such acquisition, or the issuance of any such securities pursuant to any such agreement; (iv) the entry into any agreement providing for the issuance of shares of Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable for shares of Stock in connection with joint ventures, commercial relationships or other strategic transactions, and the issuance of any such securities pursuant to any such agreement; (v) the filing of any registration statement on Form S-8 relating to securities granted or to be granted pursuant to the Company’s equity-based compensation plans of the Oak Street Parties that are described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or any associated employee benefit plan contemplated by clause (iii); or (vi) provided that in the case of clauses (iii) and (iv), the number of shares of Stock that the Company may sell or issue or agree to sell or issue pursuant to such clauses shall not exceed, in the aggregate, 10% of the total number of shares of Stock issued and outstanding immediately following the Closing Date; provided further that in the case of clause (iv) Stock or other securities issued pursuant to such clause shall be subject to a contractual agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto and provided, further, that in the case of clauses (ii) through (iv), (x) the Company shall cause each recipient of such securities to execute and deliver to you, on or prior to the issuance of such securities, a lock-up letter on substantially the same terms as the lock-up letter referred to in Section 6(m) hereof, and (y) the Company shall enter stop transfer instructions with the Company’s transfer agent and registrar on such securities until the expiration of the Company Lock-Up Period.

If J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, in its sole discretion, agrees to release or waive the restrictions set forth in Section 6(a) or a lock-up letter described in Section 6(m) hereof for an officer or director of the Company and provide the Company with notice of the impending release or waiver substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto at least three business days before the effective date of the release or waiver (indicating the effective date of such release or waiver in such notice to the Company), the Company agrees to announce the impending release or waiver by a press release substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver.

 

24


(i) Use of Proceeds. The Company will apply the net proceeds from the sale of the Shares as described in each of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under the heading “Use of Proceeds.”

(j) No Stabilization. Neither the Company nor its subsidiaries or affiliates will take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that could reasonably be expected to cause or result in any stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Stock.

(k) Exchange Listing. The Company will use its reasonable best efforts to list, subject to notice of issuance, the Shares on the New York Stock Exchange (the “Exchange”).

(l) Reports. For a period of three years following the date hereof, so long as the Company is subject to the reporting requirements of either Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Company will furnish to the Representatives, as soon as they are available, copies of all reports or other communications (financial or other) furnished to holders of the Shares, and copies of any reports and financial statements furnished to or filed with the Commission or any national securities exchange or automatic quotation system; provided that the Company will be deemed to have furnished such reports and financial statements to the Representatives to the extent they are filed on EDGAR.

(m) Record Retention. The Company will, pursuant to reasonable procedures developed in good faith, retain copies of each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that is not filed with the Commission in accordance with Rule 433 under the Securities Act.

(n) Filings. The Company will file with the Commission such reports as may be required by Rule 463 under the Securities Act.

(o) Directed Share Program. Each Oak Street Party will comply with all applicable securities and other laws, rules and regulations in each jurisdiction in which the Directed Shares are offered in connection with the Directed Share Program.

(p) Emerging Growth Company. The Company will promptly notify the Representatives if the Company ceases to be an Emerging Growth Company at any time prior to the later of (i) completion of the distribution of Shares within the meaning of the Securities Act and (ii) completion of the 180-day restricted period referred to in Section 4(h) hereof.

 

25


5. Certain Agreements of the Underwriters. Each Underwriter hereby severally represents and agrees that:

(a) It has not and will not use, authorize use of, refer to or participate in the planning for use of, any “free writing prospectus”, as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act (which term includes use of any written information furnished to the Commission by the Company and not incorporated by reference into the Registration

Statement and any press release issued by the Company) other than (i) a free writing prospectus that contains no “issuer information” (as defined in Rule 433(h)(2) under the Securities Act) that was not included (including through incorporation by reference) in the Preliminary Prospectus or a previously filed Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, (ii) any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus listed on Annex A or prepared pursuant to Section 3(c) above (including any electronic road show approved in advance by the Company), or (iii) any free writing prospectus prepared by such underwriter and approved by the Company in advance in writing (each such free writing prospectus referred to in clauses (i) or (iii), an “Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus”).

(b) It has not and will not, without the prior written consent of the Company, use any free writing prospectus that contains the final terms of the Shares unless such terms have previously been included in a free writing prospectus filed with the Commission; provided that Underwriters may use a term sheet substantially in the form of Annex C hereto without the consent of the Company; provided, further, that any Underwriter using such term sheet shall notify the Company, and provide a copy of such term sheet to the Company, prior to, or substantially concurrently with, the first use of such term sheet.

(c) It is not subject to any pending proceeding under Section 8A of the Securities Act with respect to the offering (and will promptly notify the Company if any such proceeding against it is initiated during the Prospectus Delivery Period).

6. Conditions of Underwriters’ Obligations. The obligation of each Underwriter to purchase the Underwritten Shares on the Closing Date or the Option Shares on the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, as provided herein is subject to the performance by the Company of its covenants and other obligations hereunder and to the following additional conditions:

(a) Registration Compliance; No Stop Order. No order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall be in effect, and no proceeding for such purpose or pursuant to Section 8A under the Securities Act shall be pending before or, to the knowledge of the Oak Street Parties, threatened by the Commission; the Prospectus and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus shall have been timely filed with the Commission under the Securities Act (in the case of an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, to the extent required by Rule 433 under the Securities Act) and in accordance with Section 4(a) hereof; and all requests by the Commission for additional information shall have been complied with to the reasonable satisfaction of the Representatives.

(b) Representations and Warranties. The respective representations and warranties of each Oak Street Party contained herein shall be true and correct on the date hereof and on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be; and the statements of each Oak Street Party and its officers made in any certificates delivered pursuant to this Agreement shall be true and correct on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be.

 

26


(c) No Material Adverse Change. No event or condition of a type described in Section 3(h) hereof shall have occurred or shall exist, which event or condition is not described in the Pricing Disclosure Package (excluding any amendment or supplement thereto) and the Prospectus (excluding any amendment or supplement thereto) and the effect of which in the judgment of the Representatives makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offering, sale or delivery of the Shares on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, on the terms and in the manner contemplated by this Agreement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

(d) Officer’s Certificate. The Representatives shall have received on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, (x) a certificate of the chief financial officer or chief accounting officer of the Company and one additional senior executive officer of the Company who is satisfactory to the Representatives (i) confirming that such officers have carefully reviewed the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and, to the knowledge of such officers, the representations of each Oak Street Party set forth in Sections 3(b) and 3(f) hereof are true and correct, (ii) confirming that the other representations and warranties of each Oak Street Party in this Agreement are true and correct and that each Oak Street Party has complied in all material respects with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder at or prior to the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, and (iii) to the effect set forth in paragraphs (a) and (c) above.

(e) Comfort Letters. (i) On the date of this Agreement and on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, Ernst & Young LLP shall have furnished to the Representatives, at the request of the Company, letters, dated the respective dates of delivery thereof and addressed to the Underwriters, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives, containing statements and information of the type customarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information contained in each of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; provided that the letter delivered on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, shall use a “cut-off” date no more than two business days prior to such Closing Date or such Additional Closing Date, as the case may be. (ii) On the date of this Agreement and on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, the Company shall have furnished to the Representatives a certificate, dated the respective dates of delivery thereof and addressed to the Underwriters, of its chief financial officer with respect to certain financial data contained in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, providing “management comfort” with respect to such information, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representative.

(f) Opinion and 10b-5 Statement of Counsel for the Company. Kirkland & Ellis LLP, counsel for the Company, shall have furnished to the Representatives, at the request of the Company, their written opinion and 10b-5 statement, dated the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, and addressed to the Underwriters, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives.

 

27


(g) Opinion of Regulatory Counsel for the Company. Epstein Becker & Green, P.C., special regulatory counsel for the Company, shall have furnished to the Representatives, their written opinion, dated the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, and addressed to the Underwriters, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives, to the effect set forth in Annex D-2 hereto.

(i) Opinion and 10b-5 Statement of Counsel for the Underwriters. The Representatives shall have received on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, an opinion and 10b-5 statement, addressed to the Underwriters, of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, with respect to such matters as the Representatives may reasonably request, and such counsel shall have received such documents and information as they may reasonably request to enable them to pass upon such matters.

(j) No Legal Impediment to Issuance and/or Sale. No action shall have been taken and no statute, rule, regulation or order shall have been enacted, adopted or issued by any federal, state or foreign governmental or regulatory authority that would, as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, prevent the issuance or sale of the Shares by the Company; and no injunction or order of any federal, state or foreign court shall have been issued that would, as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, prevent the issuance or sale of the Shares by the Company.

(k) Good Standing. The Representatives shall have received on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, satisfactory evidence of the good standing of each Oak Street Party and its subsidiaries in their respective jurisdictions of organization and their good standing in such other jurisdictions as the Representatives may reasonably request, in each case in writing or any standard form of telecommunication from the appropriate governmental authorities of such jurisdictions.

(l) Exchange Listing. The Shares to be delivered on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, shall have been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange, subject to official notice of issuance.

(m) Lock-up Agreements. The “lock-up” agreements, each substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto, between you and the shareholders, officers and directors of the Oak Street Parties listed on Annex E relating to sales and certain other dispositions of shares of Stock or certain other securities, delivered to you on or before the date hereof, shall be full force and effect on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be.

(n) Organizational Transactions. Prior to or substantially concurrent with the issuance of the Underwritten Shares and payment therefor in accordance with this Agreement, the Organizational Transactions shall have been consummated in a manner consistent in all material respects with the descriptions thereof in the Registration Statement, Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

28


(o) Additional Documents. On or prior to the Closing Date the Oak Street Parties shall have furnished to the Representatives such further certificates and documents as the Representatives may reasonably request.

All opinions, letters, certificates and evidence mentioned above or elsewhere in this Agreement shall be deemed to be in compliance with the provisions hereof only if they are in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters.

7. Indemnification and Contribution.

(a) Indemnification of the Underwriters by the Company. The Oak Street Parties, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its affiliates, directors and officers and each person, if any, who controls such Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, reasonable legal fees and other reasonable expenses incurred in connection with any suit, action or proceeding or any claim asserted, as such fees and expenses are incurred), joint or several, that arise out of, or are based upon, (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, not misleading, or (ii) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), any Preliminary Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any “issuer information” filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, any road show as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Securities Act (a “road show”) or any Pricing Disclosure Package (including any Pricing Disclosure Package that has subsequently been amended), or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, in each case except insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with any information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in paragraph (c) below.

(c) Indemnification of the Oak Street Parties. Each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless each Oak Street Party, the directors of the Company, the officers of the Company who signed the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act to the same extent as the indemnity set forth in paragraph (a) above, but only with respect to any losses, claims, damages or liabilities that arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with any information relating to such Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), any Preliminary

 

29


Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, any road show or any Pricing Disclosure Package (including any Pricing Disclosure Package that has subsequently been amended), it being understood and agreed upon that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the following information in the Prospectus furnished on behalf of each Underwriter: the concession and reallowance figures appearing in the third paragraph under the caption “Underwriting” and the information contained in the sixth paragraph under the caption “Underwriting”.

(d) Notice and Procedures. If any suit, action, proceeding (including any governmental or regulatory investigation), claim or demand shall be brought or asserted against any person in respect of which indemnification may be sought pursuant to the preceding paragraphs of this Section 7, such person (the “Indemnified Person”) shall promptly notify the person against whom such indemnification may be sought (the “Indemnifying Person”) in writing; provided that the failure to notify the Indemnifying Person shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have under the preceding paragraphs of this Section 7 except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) by such failure; and provided, further, that the failure to notify the Indemnifying Person shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have to an Indemnified Person otherwise than under the preceding paragraphs of this Section 7. If any such proceeding shall be brought or asserted against an Indemnified Person and it shall have notified the Indemnifying Person thereof, the Indemnifying Person shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person (who shall not, without the consent of the Indemnified Person, be counsel to the Indemnifying Person) to represent the Indemnified Person and any others entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Section 7 that the Indemnifying Person may designate in such proceeding and shall pay the reasonable and documented fees and expenses in such proceeding and shall pay the reasonable and documented fees and expenses of such counsel related to such proceeding, as reasonably incurred. In any such proceeding, any Indemnified Person shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Indemnified Person unless (i) the Indemnifying Person and the Indemnified Person shall have mutually agreed to the contrary; (ii) the Indemnifying Person has failed within a reasonable time to retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person; (iii) the Indemnified Person shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it that are different from or in addition to those available to the Indemnifying Person; or (iv) the named parties in any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the Indemnifying Person and the Indemnified Person and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. It is understood and agreed that the Indemnifying Person shall not, in connection with any proceeding or related proceeding in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all Indemnified Persons, and that all such fees and expenses shall be paid or reimbursed promptly as they are reasonably incurred. Any such separate firm for any Underwriter, its affiliates, directors and officers and any control persons of such Underwriter shall be designated in writing by the Representatives and any such separate firm for the Oak Street Parties, the directors of the Company, the officers of the Company who signed the Registration Statement and any control persons of the Company shall be designated in writing by the Company. The Indemnifying Person shall not be liable for any

 

30


settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent (which shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned), but if settled with such consent, the Indemnifying Person agrees to indemnify each Indemnified Person from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an Indemnified Person shall have requested that an Indemnifying Person reimburse the Indemnified Person for fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by this paragraph, the Indemnifying Person shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 30 days after receipt by the Indemnifying Person of such request and (ii) the Indemnifying Person shall not have reimbursed the Indemnified Person in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement. No Indemnifying Person shall, without the written consent of the Indemnified Person, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any Indemnified Person is or could have been a party and indemnification could have been sought hereunder by such Indemnified Person, unless such settlement (x) includes an unconditional release of such Indemnified Person, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Person, from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding and (y) does not include any statement as to or any admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any Indemnified Person.

(e) Contribution. If the indemnification provided for in paragraphs (a), (b) or (c) above is unavailable to an Indemnified Person or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then each Indemnifying Person under such paragraph, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Person thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Person as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Oak Street Parties, on the one hand, and the Underwriters on the other, from the offering of the Shares or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) but also the relative fault of the Oak Street Parties, on the one hand, and the Underwriters on the other, in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Oak Street Parties, on the one hand, and the Underwriters on the other, shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the net proceeds (before deducting expenses) received by the Company from the sale of the Shares and the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters in connection therewith, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover of the Prospectus, bear to the aggregate offering price of the Shares. The relative fault of the Oak Street Parties, on the one hand, and the Underwriters on the other, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Oak Street Parties or by the Underwriters and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

(f) Limitation on Liability. The Oak Street Parties and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to paragraph (e) above were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred

 

31


to in paragraph (e) above. The amount paid or payable by an Indemnified Person as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in paragraph (e) above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Indemnified Person in connection with any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs (e) and (f), in no event shall an Underwriter be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by such Underwriter with respect to the offering of the Shares exceeds the amount of any damages that such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Underwriters’ obligations to contribute pursuant to paragraphs (e) and (f) are several in proportion to their respective purchase obligations hereunder and not joint.

(g) Non-Exclusive Remedies. The remedies provided for in this Section 7 paragraphs (a) through (f) are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available to any Indemnified Person at law or in equity.

(h) Directed Share Program Indemnification. The Oak Street Parties agree, jointly and severally, to indemnify and hold harmless the Directed Share Underwriter, its affiliates, directors and officers and each person, if any, who controls the Directed Share Underwriter within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act (each a “Directed Share Underwriter Entity”) from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, any legal fees and other expenses incurred in connection with defending or investigating any suit, action or proceeding or any claim asserted, as such fees and expenses are reasonably incurred) (i) caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any material prepared by or with the consent of the Company for distribution to Participants in connection with the Directed Share Program or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; (ii) caused by the failure of any Participant to pay for and accept delivery of Directed Shares that the Participant agreed to purchase; or (iii) related to, arising out of, or in connection with the Directed Share Program, other than losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or expenses relating thereto) that are finally judicially determined to have resulted from the bad faith or gross negligence of the Directed Share Underwriter Entities.

(i) In case any proceeding (including any governmental investigation) shall be instituted involving any Directed Share Underwriter Entity in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to paragraph (h) above, the Directed Share Underwriter Entity seeking indemnity shall promptly notify the Company in writing and the Oak Street Parties, upon request of the Directed Share Underwriter Entity, shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Directed Share Underwriter Entity to represent the Directed Share Underwriter Entity and any others the Oak Street Parties may designate in such proceeding and shall pay the reasonable fees and disbursements of such counsel related to such proceeding. In any such proceeding, any Directed Share Underwriter Entity shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and

 

32


expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Directed Share Underwriter Entity unless (i) the Oak Street Parties and such Directed Share Underwriter Entity shall have mutually agreed to the retention of such counsel, (ii) the Oak Street Parties have failed within a reasonable time to retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Directed Share Underwriter Entity, (iii) the Directed Share Underwriter Entity shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it that are different from or in addition to those available to either Oak Street Party or (iv) the named parties to any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include either Oak Street Party and the Directed Share Underwriter Entity and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. The Oak Street Parties shall not, in respect of the legal expenses of the Directed Share Underwriter Entities in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all Directed Share Underwriter Entities. The Oak Street Parties shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without their written consent, but if settled with such consent, each Oak Street Party agrees, jointly and severally, to indemnify the Directed Share Underwriter Entities from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time any Directed Share Underwriter Entity shall have requested the Oak Street Parties to reimburse such Directed Share Underwriter Entity for fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by the second and third sentences of this paragraph, the Oak Street Parties agree that it shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 30 days after receipt by the Oak Street Parties of the aforesaid request and (ii) the Oak Street Parties shall not have reimbursed such Directed Share Underwriter Entity in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement. Neither Oak Street Party shall, without the prior written consent of the Directed Share Underwriter, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any Directed Share Underwriter Entity is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such Directed Share Underwriter Entity, unless (x) such settlement includes an unconditional release of the Directed Share Underwriter Entities from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding and (y) does not include any statement as to or any admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of the Directed Share Underwriter Entity.

(j) To the extent the indemnification provided for in paragraph (h) above is unavailable to a Directed Share Underwriter Entity or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then the Oak Street Parties, in lieu of indemnifying the Directed Share Underwriter Entity thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by the Directed Share Underwriter Entity as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (1) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Oak Street Parties on the one hand and the Directed Share Underwriter Entities on the other hand from the offering of the Directed Shares or (2) if the allocation provided by clause 9(j)(1) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause 9(j)(1) above but also the relative fault of the Oak Street Parties on the one hand and of the Directed Share Underwriter Entities on the other hand in connection with any statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative

 

33


benefits received by the Oak Street Parties on the one hand and the Directed Share Underwriter Entities on the other hand in connection with the offering of the Directed Shares shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the net proceeds from the offering of the Directed Shares (before deducting expenses) and the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Directed Share Underwriter Entities for the Directed Shares, bear to the aggregate public offering price of the Directed Shares. If the loss, claim, damage or liability is caused by an untrue or alleged untrue statement of material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact, the relative fault of the Oak Street Parties on the one hand and the Directed Share Underwriter Entities on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement or the omission or alleged omission relates to information supplied by either Oak Street Party or by the Directed Share Underwriter Entities and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

(k) The Oak Street Parties and the Directed Share Underwriter Entities agree that it would be not just or equitable if contribution pursuant to paragraph (j) above were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Directed Share Underwriter Entities were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in paragraph (j) above. The amount paid or payable by the Directed Share Underwriter Entities as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Directed Share Underwriter Entities in connection with investigating or defending such any action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (i) above, no Directed Share Underwriter Entity shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Directed Shares distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages that such Directed Share Underwriter Entity has otherwise been required to pay. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The remedies provided for in paragraphs (h) through (k) are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available to any indemnified party at law or in equity.

(l) The indemnity and contribution provisions contained in paragraphs (h) through (k) shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any termination of this Agreement, (ii) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Directed Share Underwriter Entity or any Oak Street Party, its officers or directors or any person controlling the Company and (iii) acceptance of and payment for any of the Directed Shares.

8. Effectiveness of Agreement. This Agreement shall become effective as of the date first written above upon the execution and delivery hereof by the parties hereto.

 

34


9. Termination. This Agreement may be terminated in the absolute discretion of the Representatives, by notice to the Company if after the execution and delivery of this Agreement and on or prior to the Closing Date or, in the case of the Option Shares, on or prior to the Additional Closing Date, trading generally shall have been suspended or materially limited on or by any of the New York Stock Exchange or The Nasdaq Stock Market; (ii) trading of any securities issued or guaranteed by the Company shall have been suspended on any exchange or in any over-the-counter market; (iii) a general moratorium on commercial banking activities shall have been declared by federal or New York State authorities; or (iv) there shall have occurred any outbreak or escalation of hostilities or any change in financial markets or any calamity or crisis, either within or outside the United States, that, in the judgment of the Representatives, is material and adverse and makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offering, sale or delivery of the Shares on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, on the terms and in the manner contemplated by this Agreement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

10. Defaulting Underwriter.

(a) If, on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, any Underwriter defaults on its obligation to purchase the Shares that it has agreed to purchase hereunder on such date, the non-defaulting Underwriters may in their discretion arrange for the purchase of such Shares by other persons satisfactory to the Company on the terms contained in this Agreement. If, within 36 hours after any such default by any Underwriter, the non-defaulting Underwriters do not arrange for the purchase of such Shares, then the Company shall be entitled to a further period of 36 hours within which to procure other persons satisfactory to the non-defaulting Underwriters to purchase such Shares on such terms. If other persons become obligated or agree to purchase the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter, either the non-defaulting Underwriters or the Company may postpone the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, for up to five full business days in order to effect any changes that in the opinion of counsel for the Company or counsel for the Underwriters may be necessary in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus or in any other document or arrangement, and the Company agrees to promptly prepare any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement and the Prospectus that effects any such changes. As used in this Agreement, the term “Underwriter” includes, for all purposes of this Agreement unless the context otherwise requires, any person not listed in Schedule 1 hereto that, pursuant to this Section 10, purchases Shares that a defaulting Underwriter agreed but failed to purchase.

(b) If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by the non-defaulting Underwriters, the Company as provided in paragraph (a) above, the aggregate number of Shares that remain unpurchased on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, does not exceed one-eleventh of the aggregate number of Shares to be purchased on such date, then the Company shall have the right to require each non-defaulting Underwriter to purchase the number of Shares that such Underwriter agreed to purchase hereunder on such date plus such Underwriter’s pro rata share (based on the number of Shares that such Underwriter agreed to purchase on such date) of the Shares of such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters for which such arrangements have not been made.

 

35


(c) If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by the non-defaulting Underwriters, the Company as provided in paragraph (a) above, the aggregate number of Shares that remain unpurchased on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, exceeds one-eleventh of the aggregate amount of Shares to be purchased on such date, or if the Company shall not exercise the right described in paragraph (b) above, then this Agreement or, with respect to any Additional Closing Date, the obligation of the Underwriters to purchase Shares on the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, shall terminate without liability on the part of the non-defaulting Underwriters. Any termination of this Agreement pursuant to this Section 10 shall be without liability on the part of the Oak Street Parties, except that the Oak Street Parties, jointly and severally, will continue to be liable for the payment of expenses as set forth in Section 11 hereof and except that the provisions of Section 7 hereof shall not terminate and shall remain in effect.

(d) Nothing contained herein shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter of any liability it may have to the Oak Street Parties or any non-defaulting Underwriter for damages caused by its default.

11. Payment of Expenses.

(a) Whether or not the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are consummated or this Agreement is terminated, the Oak Street Parties, jointly and severally, will pay or cause to be paid all costs and expenses incurred in connection with the performance of its obligations hereunder, including without limitation, (i) the costs incurred in connection with the authorization, issuance, sale, preparation and delivery of the Shares and any taxes payable in that connection; (ii) the costs incurred in connection with the preparation, printing and filing under the Securities Act of the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (including all exhibits, amendments and supplements thereto) and the distribution thereof; (iii) the fees and expenses of the Company’s counsel and independent accountants; (iv) the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the registration or qualification and determination of eligibility for investment of the Shares under the laws of such jurisdictions as the Representatives may designate and the preparation, printing and distribution of a Blue Sky Memorandum (including the related reasonable and documented fees and expenses of counsel for the Underwriters); (v) the cost of preparing stock certificates, if applicable; (vi) the costs and charges of any transfer agent and any registrar; (vii) all expenses and application fees incurred in connection with any filing with, and clearance of the offering by, FINRA; (viii) all expenses incurred by the Company in connection with any “road show” presentation to potential investors; provided, however, that the cost of any aircraft chartered in connection with the road show or any testing-the-waters meetings shall be paid 50% by the Company and 50% by the Underwriters; (ix) all expenses and application fees related to the listing of the Shares on the Exchange; and (x) all of the fees and disbursements of counsel incurred by the Underwriters in connection with the Directed Share Program and stamp duties, similar taxes or duties or other taxes, if any, incurred by the Underwriters in connection with the Directed Share Program; provided, however, that the amount payable by the Company pursuant to clause (iv) of this Section 11(a) shall not exceed $30,000 in the aggregate.

 

36


(b) If (i) this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 9, (ii) the Company for any reason fails to tender the Shares for delivery to the Underwriters or (iii) the Underwriters decline to purchase the Shares for any reason permitted under this Agreement, the Oak Street Parties agree, jointly and severally, to reimburse the Underwriters for all documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including the reasonable fees and expenses of their counsel) reasonably incurred by the Underwriters in connection with this Agreement and the offering contemplated hereby. The Company shall not be required to pay or reimburse any costs, fees or expenses incurred by any Underwriter that defaults on its obligations to purchase the Shares.

12. Persons Entitled to Benefit of Agreement. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and the officers and directors and any controlling persons referred to herein and the affiliates of each Underwriter referred to in Section 7 hereof. Nothing in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any other person any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision contained herein. No purchaser of Shares from any Underwriter shall be deemed to be a successor merely by reason of such purchase.

13. Survival. The respective indemnities, rights of contribution, representations, warranties and agreements of the Oak Street Parties and the Underwriters contained in this Agreement or made by or on behalf of the Oak Street Parties or the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement or any certificate delivered pursuant hereto shall survive the delivery of and payment for the Shares and shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any termination of this Agreement or any investigation made by or on behalf of the Oak Street Parties or the Underwriters or the directors, officers, controlling persons or affiliates referred to in Section 7 hereof.

14. Certain Defined Terms. For purposes of this Agreement, (a) except where otherwise expressly provided, the term “affiliate” has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act; (b) the term “business day” means any day other than a day on which banks are permitted or required to be closed in New York City; (c) the term “subsidiary” has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act; and (d) the term “significant subsidiary” has the meaning set forth in Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X under the Exchange Act.

15. Compliance with USA Patriot Act. In accordance with the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)), the Underwriters are required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies their respective clients, including the Company, which information may include the name and address of their respective clients, as well as other information that will allow the Underwriters to properly identify their respective clients.

16. Miscellaneous.

(a) Notices. All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if mailed or transmitted and confirmed by any standard form of telecommunication. Notices to the Underwriters shall be given to the Representatives c/o J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, 383 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10179 (fax: (212) 622-8358); Attention: Equity Syndicate Desk and Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, 200 West Street, New York, New York 10282, Attention: Registration Department. Notices to the Company shall be given to it at 30 W. Monroe St., #1200, Chicago, Illinois 60603; Attention: Chief Legal Officer, with a copy (which copy shall not constitute notice) to: Kirkland & Ellis LLP, 300 N. LaSalle, Chicago, Illinois 60654; Attention: Robert M. Hayward, P.C. and Robert E. Goedert, P.C.

 

37


(b) Governing Law. This Agreement and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

(f) Waiver of Jury Trial. Each of the parties hereto hereby waives any right to trial by jury in any suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement.

(g) Recognition of the U.S. Special Resolution Regimes.

(i) In the event that any Underwriter that is a Covered Entity becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, the transfer from such Underwriter of this Agreement, and any interest and obligation in or under this Agreement, will be effective to the same extent as the transfer would be effective under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if this Agreement, and any such interest and obligation, were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States.

(ii) In the event that any Underwriter that is a Covered Entity or a BHC Act Affiliate of such Underwriter becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, Default Rights under this Agreement that may be exercised against such Underwriter are permitted to be exercised to no greater extent than such Default Rights could be exercised under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if this Agreement were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States.

As used in this Section 16(g):

“BHC Act Affiliate” has the meaning assigned to the term “affiliate” in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. § 1841(k).

“Covered Entity” means any of the following:

(i) a “covered entity” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 252.82(b);

(ii) a “covered bank” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 47.3(b); or

(iii) a “covered FSI” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 382.2(b).

“Default Right” has the meaning assigned to that term in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. §§ 252.81, 47.2 or 382.1, as applicable.

 

38


“U.S. Special Resolution Regime” means each of (i) the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder and (ii) Title II of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

(h) Counterparts. This Agreement may be signed in counterparts (which may include counterparts delivered by any standard form of telecommunication), each of which shall be an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

(i) Amendments or Waivers. No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement, nor any consent or approval to any departure therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the parties hereto.

(j) Headings. The headings herein are included for convenience of reference only and are not intended to be part of, or to affect the meaning or interpretation of, this Agreement.

[Signature pages follow]

 

39


If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding, please indicate your acceptance of this Agreement by signing in the space provided below.

 

Very truly yours,
OAK STREET HEALTH, INC.
By:  

                                                  

        Name:
        Title:
OAK STREET HEALTH, LLC.
By:  

                              

        Name:
        Title:

[Signature Page to Underwriting Agreement]


Accepted: As of the date first written above

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC

GOLDMAN SACHS & CO. LLC

For itself and on behalf of the

several Underwriters listed

in Schedule 1 hereto.

 

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC
By:  

                                      

  Name:
  Title:
GOLDMAN SACHS & CO. LLC
By:  

                     

  Name:
  Title:

[Signature Page to Underwriting Agreement]


Schedule 1

 

Underwriter

   Number of Shares  

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

     [    

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

     [    

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

     [    

William Blair & Company, L.L.C.

     [    

Piper Sandler & Co.

     [    

Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated

     [    

SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc.

     [    

Total

     [    

 

Sch. 1-1


Schedule 2

Significant Subsidiaries

Oak Street Health, LLC

Oak Street Health MSO, LLC

OSH-ESC Joint Venture, LLC

Oak Street Health Medicare Partners, LLC

OSH-RI, LLC

OSH-PCJ Joliet, LLC

Acorn Network, LLC

 

Sch. 3-1


Annex A

a. Pricing Disclosure Package

[To include each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus to be included in the Pricing Disclosure Package]

[b. Pricing Information Provided Orally by Underwriters]

Underwritten Shares: [•] shares

Public Offering Price Per Share: $[•]

 

Annex A-1


Annex B

Written Testing-the-Waters Communications

[None]

 

Annex B-1


Annex C

Oak Street Health, Inc.

Pricing Term Sheet

[TO COME]

 

Annex C-1


Annex D-1

[Form of Regulatory Opinion of Counsel for the Company]

 

Annex D-1-1


Annex E

[Lock-Up Parties]

 

Annex E-1


Exhibit A

Testing the Waters Authorization

EGC – Testing the waters authorization (to be delivered by the issuer to J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and William Blair & Company, L.L.C. in email or letter form)

In reliance on Section 5(d) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), Oak Street Health, Inc. (the “Issuer”) hereby authorizes J.P. Morgan Securities LLC (“J.P. Morgan”), Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC (“Goldman”), Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC (“MS”) and William Blair & Company, L.L.C. (“William Blair”) and their affiliates and respective employees (“Authorized Persons”), to engage on behalf of the Issuer in oral and written communications with potential investors that are “qualified institutional buyers”, as defined in Rule 144A under the Act, or institutions that are “accredited investors”, as defined in Regulation D under the Act, to determine whether such investors might have an interest in the Issuer’s contemplated initial public offering (“Testing-the-Waters Communications”). A “Written Testing-the Waters Communication” means any Testing-the-Waters Communication that is a written communication within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Act. As previously discussed, it is our and your expectation that, unless otherwise approved by the Issuer and J.P. Morgan, Goldman, MS and William Blair neither the Issuer nor any Authorized Person will send or give to any potential investor any Written Testing-the Waters Communication.

The Issuer represents that it is an “emerging growth company” as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the Act (“Emerging Growth Company”) and agrees to promptly notify J.P. Morgan, Goldman, MS and William Blair in writing if the Issuer hereafter ceases to be an Emerging Growth Company while this authorization is in effect. If at any time following the distribution of any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication there occurs an event or development as a result of which such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication included or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing at that subsequent time, not misleading, the Issuer will promptly notify J.P. Morgan, Goldman, MS and William Blair and will promptly amend or supplement, at its own expense, such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication to eliminate or correct such untrue statement or omission.

Nothing in this authorization is intended to limit or otherwise affect the ability of J.P. Morgan and its affiliates and their respective employees, Goldman and its affiliates and their respective employees, MS and its affiliates and their respective employees and William Blair and its affiliates and their respective employees to engage in communications in which they could otherwise lawfully engage in the absence of this authorization, including, without limitation, any written communication containing only one or more of the statements specified under Rule 134(a) under the Act. This authorization shall remain in effect until the Issuer has provided to J.P. Morgan, Goldman, MS and William Blair a written notice revoking this authorization. All notices as described herein shall be sent by email to the attention of Tommy Rueger at tommy.rueger@jpmorgan.com, with copies to Danielle Freeman at Danielle.freeman@gs.com, Kalli Dircks at Kalli.Dircks@morganstanley.com and Steve Maletzky at smaletzky@williamblair.com.

 

Exhibit A-1


Exhibit B

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC

[Oak Street Health, Inc.]

Public Offering of Common Stock

, 20__

[Name and Address of

Officer or Director

Requesting Waiver]

Dear Mr./Ms. [Name]:

This letter is being delivered to you in connection with the offering by [Oak Street Health, Inc.] (the “Company”) of ______ shares of common stock, $                 par value (the “Common Stock”), of the Company and the lock-up letter dated __________________, 20__ (the “Lock-up Letter”), executed by you in connection with such offering, and your request for a [waiver] [release] dated    __________________, 20__, with respect to ______shares of Common Stock (the “Shares”).

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC hereby agrees to [waive] [release] the transfer restrictions set forth in the Lock-up Letter, but only with respect to the Shares, effective __________________, 20__ ; provided, however, that such [waiver] [release] is conditioned on the Company announcing the impending [waiver] [release] by press release through a major news service at least two business days before effectiveness of such [waiver] [release]. This letter will serve as notice to the Company of the impending [waiver] [release].

Except as expressly [waived] [released] hereby, the Lock-up Letter shall remain in full force and effect.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

Exhibit B-1


Yours very truly,
J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC
By:  

                              

  Name:
  Title:

cc: Company

 

Exhibit B-2


Exhibit C

[Form of Press Release]

[Oak Street Health, Inc.]

[Date]

[Oak Street Health, Inc.] (“[Company]”) announced today that J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, a joint book-running manager in the Company’s recent public sale of                  shares of common stock, is [waiving] [releasing] a lock-up restriction with respect to                  shares of the Company’s common stock held by [certain officers or directors] [an officer or director] of the Company. The [waiver] [release] will take effect on ____________________, 20__, and the shares may be sold on or after such date.    

This press release is not an offer for sale of the securities in the United States or in any other jurisdiction where such offer is prohibited, and such securities may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an exemption from registration under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Exhibit C-1


Exhibit D

FORM OF LOCK-UP AGREEMENT

[To Insert]

 

Exhibit D-1

Exhibit 4.1

OAK STREET HEALTH, INC.

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

THIS REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made as of                 , 2020 among Oak Street Health, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), General Atlantic (OSH) Interholdco, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, and its Affiliates (as defined herein) (collectively, “General Atlantic”), Newlight Harbor Point SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and its Affiliates (as defined herein) (collectively, “Newlight”), and any investment entity controlled or managed by General Atlantic or Newlight or one of their respective Affiliates that at any time executes a counterpart of this Agreement and each of the investors listed on the signature pages hereto under the caption “Investors” (collectively, the “Investors” and individually, an “Investor”), each other Person listed on the signature pages hereto under the caption “Other Holders” or who executes a Joinder as an “Other Holder” (collectively, the “Other Holders”) and each of the executives listed on the signature pages under the caption “Executives” or who executes a Joinder as an “Executive” (collectively, the “Executives”). Except as otherwise specified herein, all capitalized terms used in this Agreement are defined in Exhibit A attached hereto.

In consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties to this Agreement hereby agree as follows:

Section 1 Demand Registrations.

(a) Requests for Registration. At any time and from time to time, the Investors or an Investor may, in each case, request registration under the Securities Act of all or any portion of their Registrable Securities on Form S-1 or any similar long-form registration statement (“Long-Form Registrations”) or on Form S-3 or any similar short-form registration statement (“Short-Form Registrations”) if available (any such requested registration, a “Demand Registration”). The Majority Participating Investors may request that any Demand Registration be made pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act (a “Shelf Registration”) and (if the Company is a WKSI at the time any such request is submitted to the Company or will become one by the time of the filing of such Shelf Registration with the SEC) that such Shelf Registration be an automatic shelf registration statement (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) (an “Automatic Shelf Registration Statement”). Each request for a Demand Registration must specify the approximate number or dollar value of Registrable Securities requested to be registered by the requesting Holders and (if known) the intended method of distribution. Subject to Section 10(e), Each Investor will be entitled to request an unlimited number of Demand Registrations in which the Company will pay all Registration Expenses, whether or not any such registration is consummated, provided that the aggregate anticipated offering price, net of any underwriting discounts or commissions, of each such offering is at least $25,000,000.

(b) Notice to Other Holders. Within ten (10) days after receipt of any such request, the Company will give written notice of the Demand Registration to all other Holders and, subject to the terms of Section 1(e), will include in such Demand Registration (and in all related registrations and qualifications under state blue sky laws and in any related underwriting


agreement) all Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein within ten (10) days after the receipt of the Company’s notice; provided that, with the consent of the Majority Participating Investors, the Company may instead provide notice of the Demand Registration to all Other Holders within three (3) Business Days following the non-confidential filing of the registration statement with respect to the Demand Registration so long as such registration statement is not an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement.

(c) Form of Registrations. All Long-Form Registrations will be underwritten registrations unless otherwise approved by the Majority Participating Investors. Demand Registrations will be Short-Form Registrations whenever the Company is permitted to use any applicable short form.

(d) Shelf Registrations.

(i) For so long as a registration statement for a Shelf Registration (a “Shelf Registration Statement”) is and remains effective, any Investor will have the right at any time or from time to time to elect to sell pursuant to an offering (including an underwritten offering, provided that the aggregate anticipated offering price, net of any underwriting discounts and commissions, of each such underwritten offering is at least $25,000,000) Registrable Securities available for sale pursuant to such registration statement (such Registrable Securities, the “Shelf Registrable Securities”), which may include Shelf Registrable Securities to be sold by the Investor. If any Investor desires to sell Registrable Securities pursuant to an underwritten offering, such Investor shall deliver to the Company a written notice (a “Shelf Offering Notice”) specifying the number of Shelf Registrable Securities that such Investor desires to sell pursuant to such underwritten offering (the “Shelf Offering”). As promptly as practicable, but in no event later than two (2) Business Days after receipt of a Shelf Offering Notice, the Company will give written notice of such Shelf Offering Notice to all other Holders of Shelf Registrable Securities that have been identified as selling stockholders in such Shelf Registration Statement and are otherwise permitted to sell in such Shelf Offering. The Company, subject to Section 1(e) and Section 7, will include in such Shelf Offering all Shelf Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion (which request will specify the maximum number of Shelf Registrable Securities intended to be disposed of by such Holder) within seven (7) days after the receipt of the Shelf Offering Notice. The Company will, as expeditiously as possible (and in any event within 20 days after the receipt of a Shelf Offering Notice), but subject to Section 1(e), use its reasonable best efforts to facilitate such Shelf Offering.

(ii) If any Investor wishes to engage in an underwritten block trade or bought deal off of a Shelf Registration Statement (either through filing an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement or through a take-down from an already existing Shelf Registration Statement) (each, an “Underwritten Block Trade”), then notwithstanding the time periods set forth in Section 1(d)(i), such Investor will notify the Company of the Underwritten Block Trade not less than two (2) Business Days prior to the day such offering is first anticipated to commence. The Company will promptly notify each other Holder of Investor Registrable Securities and, only if requested by the Majority Participating

 

-2-


Investors, each Other Holder, of such Underwritten Block Trade and such notified Holders (each, a “Potential Participant”) may elect whether or not to participate no later than the next Business Day (i.e. one (1) Business Day prior to the day such offering is to commence), if the initiating Investor initially provides two (2) Business Days’ notice to the Company) (unless a longer period is agreed to by the Majority Participating Investors), and the Company will as expeditiously as possible use its reasonable best efforts to facilitate such Underwritten Block Trade (which may close as early as two (2) Business Days after the date it commences); provided further that, notwithstanding the provisions of Section 1(d)(i), no Holder (other than Holders of Investor Registrable Securities) will be permitted to participate in an Underwritten Block Trade without the written consent of the Majority Participating Investors. Any Potential Participant’s request to participate in an Underwritten Block Trade shall be binding on the Potential Participant; provided, that each such Potential Participant that elects to participate may condition its participation on the Underwritten Block Trade being completed within fifteen (15) Business Days of its acceptance at a price per share (after giving effect to any underwriters’ discounts or commissions) to such Potential Participant of not less than ninety percent (90%) of the closing price for the shares on their principal trading market on the Business Day immediately prior to such Potential Participant’s election to participate (the “Participation Conditions”).

(iii) Subject to the Participation Conditions (to the extent applicable), all determinations as to whether to complete any Shelf Offering and as to the timing, manner, price and other terms of any Shelf Offering contemplated by this Section 1(d) shall be determined by the Majority Participating Investors, and the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause any Shelf Offering to occur as promptly as practicable.

(iv) The Company will, at the request of the Majority Participating Investors, file any prospectus supplement or any post-effective amendments and otherwise take any action necessary to include therein all disclosure and language deemed necessary or advisable by the Majority Participating Investors to effect such Shelf Offering.

(e) Priority on Demand Registrations and Shelf Offerings. The Company will not include in any Demand Registration any securities which are not Registrable Securities without the prior written consent of the Majority Participating Investors. If a Demand Registration or a Shelf Offering is an underwritten offering and the managing underwriters advise the Company in writing that in their opinion the number of Registrable Securities and (if permitted hereunder) other securities requested to be included in such offering exceeds the number of Registrable Securities and other securities (if any), which can be sold therein without adversely affecting the marketability, proposed offering price, timing or method of distribution of the offering, then the Company will include in such offering (prior to the inclusion of any securities which are not Registrable Securities): (i) first, the number of Investor Registrable Securities requested to be included which, in the opinion of such underwriters, can be sold, without any such adverse effect, pro rata among the Participating Investors on the basis of the number of Investor Registrable Securities owned by each such Participating Investor; (ii) second, the number of Executive Registrable Securities requested to be included by Executives which, in the opinion of such underwriters, can be sold, without any such adverse effect, pro rata among the respective Executives on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities owned by each such Executive and

 

-3-


(iii) third, the number of Registrable Securities requested to be included by Other Holders which, in the opinion of such underwriters, can be sold, without any such adverse effect, pro rata among the respective Other Holders on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities owned by each such Other Holder.

(f) Restrictions on Demand Registration and Shelf Offerings.

(i) The Company may postpone, for up to 90 days from the date of the request (the “Suspension Period”), the filing or the effectiveness of a registration statement for a Demand Registration or suspend the use of a prospectus that is part of a Shelf Registration Statement (and therefore suspend sales of the Shelf Registrable Securities) by providing written notice to the Holders, to be in the form of a certificate signed by the Company’s chief executive officer stating that matters contained in such certificate reflect the good faith judgment of the board of directors of the Company, if the following conditions are met: (A) the Company determines that the offer or sale of Registrable Securities would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on any proposal or plan by the Company or any Subsidiary to engage in any material acquisition of assets or stock (other than in the ordinary course of business) or any material merger, consolidation, tender offer, recapitalization, reorganization, financing or other transaction involving the Company and (B) upon advice of counsel, the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement would require disclosure of material non-public information not otherwise required to be disclosed under applicable law, and either (x) the Company has a bona fide business purpose for preserving the confidentiality of such transaction, (y) disclosure would have a material adverse effect on the Company or the Company’s ability to consummate such transaction, or (z) such transaction renders the Company unable to comply with SEC requirements, in each case under circumstances that would make it impractical or inadvisable to cause the registration statement (or such filings) to become effective or to promptly amend or supplement the registration statement on a post effective basis, as applicable. The Company may delay or suspend the effectiveness of a Demand Registration or Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to this Section 1(f)(i) only once in any twelve (12)-month period (for avoidance of doubt, in addition to the Company’s rights and obligations under Section 4(a)(vi)); provided that the Company shall not register any securities for its own account or that of any other stockholder during such 90 day period other than pursuant to a registration relating to the sale of securities to employees of the Company or a subsidiary pursuant to a stock option, stock purchase, or similar plan.

(ii) In the case of an event that causes the Company to suspend the use of a Shelf Registration Statement as set forth in paragraph (f)(i) above or pursuant to Section 4(a)(vi) (a “Suspension Event”), the Company will give a notice to the Holders whose Registrable Securities are registered pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement (a “Suspension Notice”) to suspend sales of the Registrable Securities and such notice must state generally the basis for the notice and that such suspension will continue only for so long as the Suspension Event or its effect is continuing. Each Holder agrees not to effect any sales of its Registrable Securities pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement (or such filings) at any time after it has received a Suspension Notice from the Company and prior to receipt of an End of Suspension Notice. A Holder may recommence effecting sales

 

-4-


of the Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement (or such filings) following further written notice to such effect (an “End of Suspension Notice”) from the Company, which End of Suspension Notice will be given by the Company to the Holders promptly following the conclusion of any Suspension Event (and in any event during the permitted Suspension Period).

(g) Selection of Underwriters. The Majority Participating Investors will have the right to select the investment banker(s) and manager(s) to administer any underwritten offering in connection with any Demand Registration or Shelf Offering.

(h) Other Registration Rights. Except as provided in this Agreement, the Company will not grant to any Person(s) the right to request the Company or any Subsidiary to register any equity securities of the Company or any Subsidiary, or any securities convertible or exchangeable into or exercisable for such securities, without the prior written consent of the Majority Investors.

(i) Revocation of Demand Notice or Shelf Offering Notice. At any time prior to the effective date of the registration statement relating to a Demand Registration or the “pricing” of any offering relating to a Shelf Offering Notice, the Investors who initiated such Demand Registration or Shelf Offering may revoke such notice of a Demand Registration or Shelf Offering Notice on behalf of all Holders participating in such Demand Registration or Shelf Offering without liability to such Holders (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the other Participating Investors), in each case by providing written notice to the Company, provided, however, that any other Participating Investor that would otherwise have the right to request such Demand Registration or Shelf Offering in the first instance may in such case request the Company to continue with such Demand Registration or Shelf Offering with such other Investor taking the place of the Investor that originally made such Demand Registration or requested such Shelf Offering.

(j) Confidentiality. Each Holder agrees to treat as confidential the receipt of any notice hereunder (including notice of a Demand Registration, a Shelf Offering Notice and a Suspension Notice) and the information contained therein, and not to disclose or use the information contained in any such notice (or the existence thereof) without the prior written consent of the Company until such time as the information contained therein is or becomes available to the public generally (other than as a result of disclosure by such Holder in breach of the terms of this Agreement).

Section 2 Piggyback Registrations.

(a) Right to Piggyback. Whenever the Company proposes to register any of its equity securities under the Securities Act (including primary and secondary registrations, and other than pursuant to an Excluded Registration) (a “Piggyback Registration”), the Company will give prompt written notice (and in any event within three (3) Business Days after the public filing of the registration statement relating to the Piggyback Registration) to all Holders of its intention to effect such Piggyback Registration and, subject to the terms of Section 2(b) and Section 2(c), will include in such Piggyback Registration (and in all related registrations or qualifications under blue sky laws and in any related underwriting) all Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein within ten (10) days after delivery of

 

-5-


the Company’s notice. Any Participating Investor may withdraw its request for inclusion at any time prior to executing the underwriting agreement, or if none, prior to the applicable registration statement becoming effective. For certainty, any Participating Investor who has withdrawn its request for inclusion shall nevertheless continue to have the right to include any Registrable Securities in any subsequent registration statement or registration statements as may be filed by the Company with respect to offerings of its securities, all upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.

(b) Priority on Primary Registrations. If a Piggyback Registration is an underwritten primary registration on behalf of the Company, and the managing underwriters advise the Company in writing that in their opinion the number of securities requested to be included in such registration exceeds the number which can be sold in such offering without adversely affecting the marketability, proposed offering price, timing or method of distribution of the offering, the Company will include in such registration (i) first, the securities the Company proposes to sell, (ii) second, the Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration which, in the opinion of the underwriters, can be sold without any such adverse effect, pro rata among the Holders on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities owned by each such Holder, and (iii) third, other securities requested to be included in such registration which, in the opinion of the underwriters, can be sold without any such adverse effect.

(c) Priority on Secondary Registrations. If a Piggyback Registration is an underwritten secondary registration on behalf of holders of the Company’s equity securities (other than pursuant to Section 1 hereof), and the managing underwriters advise the Company in writing that in their opinion the number of securities requested to be included in such registration exceeds the number which can be sold in such offering without adversely affecting the marketability, proposed offering price, timing or method of distribution of the offering, the Company will include in such registration (i) first, the securities requested to be included therein by the holders initially requesting such registration and the Investor Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration which, in the opinion of the underwriters, can be sold without any such adverse effect, (ii) second, the Executive Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration which, in the opinion of the underwriters, can be sold without any such adverse effect, (iii) third, the Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration, pro rata among the other Holders on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities owned by each such Holder, which, in the opinion of the underwriters, can be sold without any such adverse effect, and (iv) fourth, other securities requested to be included in such registration which, in the opinion of the underwriters, can be sold without any such adverse effect.

(d) Right to Terminate Registration. The Company will have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 2, whether or not any holder of Registrable Securities has elected to include securities in such registration.

(e) Selection of Underwriters. If any Piggyback Registration is an underwritten offering, then the selection of investment banker(s) and manager(s) for the offering must be approved by the Majority Participating Investors, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed.

 

-6-


Section 3 Stockholder Lock-Up Agreements and Company Holdback Agreement.

(a) Stockholder Lock-up Agreements. In connection with any underwritten Public Offering, each Holder will enter into any lock-up, holdback or similar agreements requested by the underwriter(s) managing such offering, in each case with such modifications and exceptions as may be approved by the Majority Participating Investors (provided that such lock-up, holdback or similar agreements shall be on the same terms and conditions as any such agreement executed by the Majority Participating Investors unless otherwise agreed in writing by such other Holder or Holders). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Holder hereby agrees that in connection with the Company’s initial Public Offering and in connection with any Demand Registration, Shelf Offering or Piggyback Registration that is an underwritten Public Offering, not to (i) offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of (including sales pursuant to Rule 144), directly or indirectly, any equity securities of the Company (including equity securities of the Company that may be deemed to be beneficially owned by such Holder in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC) (collectively, “Securities”), or any securities, options or rights convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Securities (collectively, “Other Securities”), (ii) enter into a transaction which would have the same effect as described in clause (i) above, (iii) enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences or ownership of any Securities or Other Securities, whether such transaction is to be settled by delivery of such Securities or Other Securities, in cash or otherwise (each of (i), (ii) and (iii) above, a “Sale Transaction”), or (iv) publicly disclose the intention to enter into any Sale Transaction, commencing on the date on which the Company gives notice to the Holders that a preliminary prospectus has been circulated for such underwritten Public Offering or the “pricing” of such offering and continuing to the date that is (x) 180 days following the date of the final prospectus for such underwritten Public Offering in the case of the Company’s initial Public Offering, or (y) 90 days following the date of the final prospectus in the case of any other such underwritten Public Offering (each such period, or such shorter period as agreed to by the managing underwriters, a “Holdback Period”), in each case with such modifications and exceptions as may be approved by the Majority Investors. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to any Securities or Other Securities subject to the restrictions set forth in this Section 3(a) until the end of such Holdback Period.

(b) Company Holdback Agreement. The Company (i) will not file any registration statement for a Public Offering or cause any such registration statement to become effective, or effect any public sale or distribution of its Securities or Other Securities during any Holdback Period (other than as part of such underwritten Public Offering, or a registration on Form S-4 or Form S-8 or any successor or similar form which is (x) then in effect or (y) shall become effective upon the conversion, exchange or exercise of any then outstanding Other Securities) and (ii) will cause each holder of Securities and Other Securities (including each of its directors and executive officers) to agree not to effect any Sale Transaction during any Holdback Period, except as part of such underwritten registration (if otherwise permitted), unless approved in writing by the Majority Participating Investors and the underwriters managing the Public Offering and to enter into any lock-up, holdback or similar agreements requested by the underwriter(s) managing such offering, in each case with such modifications and exceptions as may be approved by the Majority Participating Investors.

 

-7-


Section 4 Registration Procedures.

(a) Company Obligations. Whenever the Holders have requested that any Registrable Securities be registered pursuant to this Agreement or have initiated a Shelf Offering, the Company will use its reasonable best efforts to effect the registration and the sale of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method of disposition thereof, and pursuant thereto the Company will as expeditiously as possible:

(i) prepare and file with (or submit confidentially to) the SEC a registration statement, and all amendments and supplements thereto and related prospectuses, with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its reasonable best efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective, all in accordance with the Securities Act and all applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (provided that before filing or confidentially submitting a registration statement or prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto, the Company will furnish to the counsel selected by the Investors covered by such registration statement copies of all such documents proposed to be filed or submitted, which documents will be subject to the review and comment of such counsel);

(ii) notify each Holder of (A) the issuance by the SEC of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of any registration statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose, (B) the receipt by the Company or its counsel of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose, and (C) the effectiveness of each registration statement filed hereunder;

(iii) prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to keep such registration statement effective for a period ending when all of the securities covered by such registration statement have been disposed of in accordance with the intended methods of distribution by the sellers thereof set forth in such registration statement (but not in any event before the expiration of any longer period required under the Securities Act or, if such registration statement relates to an underwritten Public Offering, such longer period as in the opinion of counsel for the underwriters a prospectus is required by law to be delivered in connection with sale of Registrable Securities by an underwriter or dealer) and comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement during such period in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the sellers thereof set forth in such registration statement;

(iv) furnish, without charge, to each seller of Registrable Securities thereunder and each underwriter, if any, such number of copies of such registration statement, each amendment and supplement thereto, the prospectus included in such registration statement (including each preliminary prospectus) (in each case including all exhibits and documents incorporated by reference therein), each amendment and supplement thereto, each Free Writing Prospectus and such other documents as such seller or underwriter, if any, may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the

 

-8-


Registrable Securities owned by such seller (the Company hereby consenting to the use in accordance with all applicable laws of each such registration statement, each such amendment and supplement thereto, and each such prospectus (or preliminary prospectus or supplement thereto) or Free Writing Prospectus by each such seller of Registrable Securities and the underwriters, if any, in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement or prospectus);

(v) use its reasonable best efforts to register or qualify such Registrable Securities under such other securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as any seller reasonably requests and do any and all other acts and things which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable such seller to consummate the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Registrable Securities owned by such seller (provided that the Company will not be required to (A) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this subparagraph, (B) consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction or (C) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction);

(vi) notify in writing each seller of such Registrable Securities (A) promptly after it receives notice thereof, of the date and time when such registration statement and each post-effective amendment thereto has become effective or a prospectus or supplement to any prospectus relating to a registration statement has been filed and when any registration or qualification has become effective under a state securities or blue sky law or any exemption thereunder has been obtained, (B) promptly after receipt thereof, of any request by the SEC for the amendment or supplementing of such registration statement or prospectus or for additional information, and (C) at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, of the happening of any event or of any information or circumstances as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits any fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and, subject to Section 1(f), if required by applicable law or to the extent requested by the Majority Participating Investors, the Company will use its reasonable best efforts to promptly prepare and file a supplement or amendment to such prospectus so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities, such prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading and (D) if at any time the representations and warranties of the Company in any underwriting agreement, securities sale agreement, or other similar agreement, relating to the offering shall cease to be true and correct;

(vii) (A) use reasonable best efforts to cause all such Registrable Securities to be listed on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed and, if not so listed, to be listed on a securities exchange and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, to arrange for at least two market markers to register as such with respect to such Registrable Securities with FINRA, and (B) comply (and continue to comply) with the requirements of any self-regulatory organization applicable to the Company, including without limitation all corporate governance requirements;

 

-9-


(viii) provide a transfer agent and registrar for all such Registrable Securities and a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, not later than the effective date of such registration statement;

(ix) enter into and perform such customary agreements (including, as applicable, underwriting agreements in customary form) and take all such other reasonable actions as the Majority Participating Investors or the underwriters, if any, reasonably request in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities (including, without limitation, making available the executive officers of the Company and participating in “road shows,” investor presentations, marketing events and other selling efforts and effecting a stock or unit split or combination, recapitalization or reorganization);

(x) make available for inspection by any seller of Registrable Securities, any underwriter participating in any disposition or sale pursuant to such registration statement and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by any such seller or underwriter, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate and business documents and properties of the Company as will be necessary to enable them to exercise their due diligence responsibility, and cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees, agents, representatives and independent accountants to supply all information reasonably requested by any such seller, underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with such registration statement and the disposition of such Registrable Securities pursuant thereto;

(xi) take all reasonable actions to ensure that any Free-Writing Prospectus utilized in connection with any Demand Registration or Piggyback Registration or Shelf Offering hereunder complies in all material respects with the Securities Act, is filed in accordance with the Securities Act to the extent required thereby, is retained in accordance with the Securities Act to the extent required thereby and, when taken together with the related prospectus, prospectus supplement and related documents, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

(xii) otherwise use its best efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the SEC, and make available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earnings statement covering the period of at least twelve (12) months beginning with the first day of the Company’s first full calendar quarter after the effective date of the registration statement, which earnings statement will satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder;

(xiii) permit any Holder which, in its sole and exclusive judgment, might be deemed to be an underwriter or a controlling person of the Company, to participate in the preparation of such registration or comparable statement and to allow such Holder to provide language for insertion therein, in form and substance satisfactory to the Company, which in the reasonable judgment of such Holder and its counsel should be included;

 

-10-


(xiv) use reasonable best efforts to (A) make Short-Form Registration available for the sale of Registrable Securities and (B) prevent the issuance of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a registration statement, or the issuance of any order suspending or preventing the use of any related prospectus or suspending the qualification of any Common Equity included in such registration statement for sale in any jurisdiction use, and in the event any such order is issued, reasonable best efforts to obtain promptly the withdrawal of such order;

(xv) use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable the sellers thereof to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities;

(xvi) cooperate with the Holders covered by the registration statement and the managing underwriter or agent, if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates (not bearing any restrictive legends) representing securities to be sold under the registration statement, or the removal of any restrictive legends associated with any account at which such securities are held, and enable such securities to be in such denominations and registered in such names as the managing underwriter, or agent, if any, or such Holders may request;

(xvii) if requested by any managing underwriter, include in any prospectus or prospectus supplement updated financial or business information for the Company’s most recent period or current quarterly period (including estimated results or ranges of results) if required for purposes of marketing the offering in the view of the managing underwriter;

(xviii) take no direct or indirect action prohibited by Regulation M under the Exchange Act; provided, however, that to the extent that any prohibition is applicable to the Company, the Company will take such action as is necessary to make any such prohibition inapplicable;

(xix) (A) cooperate with each Holder covered by the registration statement and each underwriter or agent participating in the disposition of such Registrable Securities and their respective counsel in connection with the preparation and filing of applications, notices, registrations and responses to requests for additional information with FINRA, the New York Stock Exchange, Nasdaq or any other national securities exchange on which the Common Equity is or is to be listed, and (B) to the extent required by the rules and regulations of FINRA, retain a Qualified Independent Underwriter acceptable to the managing underwriter;

(xx) in the case of any underwritten offering, use its reasonable best efforts to obtain, and deliver to the underwriter(s), in the manner and to the extent provided for in the applicable underwriting agreement, one or more cold comfort letters from the Company’s independent public accountants in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by cold comfort letters;

 

-11-


(xxi) use its reasonable best efforts to provide (A) a legal opinion of the Company’s outside counsel dated the effective date of such registration statement addressed to the Company addressing the validity of the Registrable Securities being offered thereby, (B) on the date that such Registrable Securities are delivered to the underwriters for sale in connection with a Demand Registration or Shelf Offering, if such securities are being sold through underwriters, or, if such securities are not being sold through underwriters, on the closing date of the applicable sale, (1) one or more legal opinions of the Company’s outside counsel, dated such date, in form and substance as customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten public offering or, in the case of a non-underwritten offering, to the broker, placement agent or other agent of the Holders assisting in the sale of the Registrable Securities and (2) one or more “negative assurances letters” of the Company’s outside counsel, dated such date, in form and substance as is customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten public offering or, in the case of a non-underwritten offering, to the broker, placement agent or other agent of the Holders assisting in the sale of the Registrable Securities, in each case, addressed to the underwriters, if any, or, if requested, in the case of a non-underwritten offering, to the broker, placement agent or other agent of the Holders assisting in the sale of the Registrable Securities and (C) customary certificates executed by authorized officers of the Company as may be requested by any Holder or any underwriter of such Registrable Securities;

(xxii) if the Company files an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement covering any Registrable Securities, use its reasonable best efforts to remain a WKSI (and not become an ineligible issuer (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act)) during the period during which such Automatic Shelf Registration Statement is required to remain effective;

(xxiii) if the Company does not pay the filing fee covering the Registrable Securities at the time an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement is filed, pay such fee at such time or times as the Registrable Securities are to be sold; and

(xxiv) if the Automatic Shelf Registration Statement has been outstanding for at least three (3) years, at the end of the third year, refile a new Automatic Shelf Registration Statement covering the Registrable Securities, and, if at any time when the Company is required to re-evaluate its WKSI status the Company determines that it is not a WKSI, use its reasonable best efforts to refile the Shelf Registration Statement on Form S-3 and, if such form is not available, Form S-1 and keep such registration statement effective during the period during which such registration statement is required to be kept effective.

(b) Officer Obligations. Each Holder that is an officer of the Company agrees that if and for so long as he or she is employed by the Company or any Subsidiary thereof, he or she will participate fully in the sale process in a manner customary for persons in like positions and consistent with his or her other duties with the Company, including the preparation of the registration statement and the preparation and presentation of any road shows.

 

-12-


(c) Automatic Shelf Registration Statements. If the Company files any Automatic Shelf Registration Statement for the benefit of the holders of any of its securities other than the Holders, and the Investors do not request that their Registrable Securities be included in such Shelf Registration Statement, the Company agrees that, at the request of any Investor, it will include in such Automatic Shelf Registration Statement such disclosures as may be required by Rule 430B in order to ensure that the Investors may be added to such Shelf Registration Statement at a later time through the filing of a prospectus supplement rather than a post-effective amendment. If the Company has filed any Automatic Shelf Registration Statement for the benefit of the holders of any of its securities other than the Holders, the Company shall, at the request of any Investor, file any post-effective amendments necessary to include therein all disclosure and language necessary to ensure that the holders of Registrable Securities may be added to such Shelf Registration Statement.

(d) Additional Information. The Company may require each seller of Registrable Securities as to which any registration is being effected to furnish the Company such information regarding such seller and the distribution of such securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably request in writing, as a condition to such seller’s participation in such registration.

(e) In-Kind Distributions. If any Investor (and/or any of their Affiliates) seeks to effectuate an in-kind distribution of all or part of their Registrable Securities to their respective direct or indirect equityholders, the Company will, subject to any applicable lock-ups, work with the foregoing Persons to facilitate such in-kind distribution in the manner reasonably requested and consistent with the Company’s obligations under the Securities Act.

(f) Suspended Distributions. Each Person participating in a registration hereunder agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 4(a)(vi), such Person will immediately discontinue the disposition of its Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement until such Person’s receipt of the copies of a supplemented or amended prospectus as contemplated by Section 4(a)(vi), subject to the Company’s compliance with its obligations under Section 4(a)(vi).

(g) Other. To the extent that any of the Participating Investors is or may be deemed to be an “underwriter” of Registrable Securities pursuant to any SEC comments or policies, the Company agrees that (i) the indemnification and contribution provisions contained in Section 6 shall be applicable to the benefit of such Participating Investor in their role as an underwriter or deemed underwriter in addition to their capacity as a holder and (ii) such Participating Investor shall be entitled to conduct the due diligence which they would normally conduct in connection with an offering of securities registered under the Securities Act, including without limitation receipt of customary opinions and comfort letters addressed to such Participating Investor.

Section 5 Registration Expenses. Except as expressly provided herein, all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Company in connection with the performance of or compliance with this Agreement and/or in connection with any Demand Registration, Piggyback Registration or Shelf Offering, whether or not the same shall become effective, shall be paid by the Company, including, without limitation: (i) all registration and filing fees, and any other fees and expenses associated with filings required to be made with the SEC or FINRA, (ii) all fees and expenses in connection with compliance with any securities or “blue sky” laws, (iii) all printing, duplicating, word processing, messenger, telephone, facsimile and delivery expenses (including expenses of printing certificates for the Registrable Securities in a form eligible for deposit with The

 

-13-


Depository Trust Company or other depositary and of printing prospectuses and Company Free Writing Prospectuses), (iv) all fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and of all independent certified public accountants of the Company (including the expenses of any special audit and cold comfort letters required by or incident to such performance), (v) Securities Act liability insurance or similar insurance if the Company so desires or the underwriters so require in accordance with then-customary underwriting practice, (vi) all fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of the Registrable Securities on any securities exchange on which similar securities of the Company are then listed (or on which exchange the Registrable Securities are proposed to be listed in the case of the Company’s initial Public Offering), (vii) all applicable rating agency fees with respect to the Registrable Securities, (viii) all fees and disbursements of one legal counsel for the Investors, in each case selected by the respective Investors, together with any necessary local counsel as may be required by the Investors or the managing underwriters, (ix) any fees and disbursements of underwriters customarily paid by issuers or sellers of securities, (x) all fees and expenses of any special experts or other Persons retained by the Company or the Investors in connection with any Registration, (xi) all of the Company’s internal expenses (including all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties) and (xii) all expenses related to the “road-show” for any underwritten offering, including all travel, meals and lodging. All such expenses are referred to herein as “Registration Expenses.” The Company shall not be required to pay, and each Person that sells securities pursuant to a Demand Registration, Shelf Offering or Piggyback Registration hereunder will bear and pay, all underwriting discounts and commissions applicable to the Registrable Securities sold for such Person’s account and all transfer taxes (if any) attributable to the sale of Registrable Securities.

Section 6 Indemnification and Contribution.

(a) By the Company. The Company will indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by law and without limitation as to time, each Holder, such Holder’s officers, directors, employees, agents, fiduciaries, stockholders, managers, partners, members, affiliates, direct and indirect equityholders, consultants and representatives, and any successors and assigns thereof, and each Person who controls such Holder (within the meaning of the Securities Act) (the “Indemnified Parties”) against all losses, claims, actions, damages, liabilities and expenses (including with respect to actions or proceedings, whether commenced or threatened, and including reasonable attorney fees and expenses) (collectively, “Losses”) caused by, resulting from, arising out of, based upon or related to any of the following (each, a “Violation”) by the Company: (i) any untrue or alleged untrue statement of material fact contained in (A) any registration statement, prospectus, preliminary prospectus or Free-Writing Prospectus, or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or (B) any application or other document or communication (in this Section 6, collectively called an “application”) executed by or on behalf of the Company or based upon written information furnished by or on behalf of the Company filed in any jurisdiction in order to qualify any securities covered by such registration under the “blue sky” or securities laws thereof, (ii) any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act or any other similar federal or state securities laws or any rule or regulation promulgated thereunder applicable to the Company and relating to action or inaction required of the Company in connection with any such registration, qualification or compliance. In addition, the Company will reimburse such Indemnified Party for any legal or any other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or

 

-14-


defending any such Losses. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such Losses result from, arise out of, are based upon, or relate to an untrue statement, or omission, made in such registration statement, any such prospectus, preliminary prospectus or Free-Writing Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, or in any application, in reliance upon, and in conformity with, written information prepared and furnished in writing to the Company by such Indemnified Party expressly for use therein or by such Indemnified Party’s failure to deliver a copy of the registration statement or prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto after the Company has furnished such Indemnified Party with a sufficient number of copies of the same. In connection with an underwritten offering, the Company will indemnify such underwriters, their officers and directors, and each Person who controls such underwriters (within the meaning of the Securities Act) to the same extent as provided above with respect to the indemnification of the Indemnified Parties or as otherwise agreed to in the underwriting agreement executed in connection with such underwritten offering. Such indemnity and reimbursement of expenses shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of such Indemnified Party and shall survive the transfer of such securities by such seller.

(b) By Holders. In connection with any registration statement in which a Holder is participating, each such Holder will furnish to the Company in writing such information regarding such Holder as the Company reasonably requests for use in connection with any such registration statement or prospectus and, to the extent permitted by law, will indemnify the Company, its officers, directors, employees, agents and representatives, and each Person who controls the Company (within the meaning of the Securities Act) against any Losses resulting from (as determined by a final and appealable judgment, order or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction) any untrue or alleged untrue statement of material fact contained in the registration statement, prospectus or preliminary prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, but only to the extent that such untrue statement or omission is contained in any information so furnished in writing by such Holder expressly for use therein; provided that the obligation to indemnify will be individual, not joint and several, for each Holder and each Holder’s liability pursuant to the indemnification and contribution provisions herein will be limited to the net amount of proceeds received by such Holder from the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration statement.

(c) Claim Procedure. Any Person entitled to indemnification hereunder will (i) give prompt written notice to the indemnifying party of any claim with respect to which it seeks indemnification (provided that the failure to give prompt notice will impair any Person’s right to indemnification hereunder only to the extent such failure has prejudiced the indemnifying party) and (ii) unless in such indemnified party’s reasonable judgment a conflict of interest between such indemnified and indemnifying parties may exist with respect to such claim, permit such indemnifying party to assume the defense of such claim with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party. If such defense is assumed, the indemnifying party will not be subject to any liability for any settlement made by the indemnified party without its consent (but such consent will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). An indemnifying party who is not entitled to, or elects not to, assume the defense of a claim will not be obligated to pay the fees and expenses of more than one counsel for all parties indemnified by such indemnifying party with respect to such claim, unless in the reasonable judgment of any indemnified party a conflict of

 

-15-


interest may exist between such indemnified party and any other of such indemnified parties with respect to such claim. In such instance, the conflicted indemnified parties will have a right to retain one separate counsel, chosen by the majority of the conflicted indemnified parties involved in the indemnification and approved by the Majority Investors, at the expense of the indemnifying party.

(d) Contribution. If the indemnification provided for in this Section 6 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to, or is insufficient to hold harmless, an indemnified party or is otherwise unenforceable with respect to any Loss referred to herein, then such indemnifying party will contribute to the amounts paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such Loss, (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and of the indemnified party on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such Loss as well as any other relevant equitable considerations or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) of this Section 6(d) is not permitted by applicable law, then in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative fault but also the relative benefit of the Company on the one hand and of the sellers of Registrable Securities and any other sellers participating in the registration statement on the other in connection with the statement or omissions which resulted in such Losses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations; provided that the maximum amount of liability in respect of the indemnification and contribution provisions herein will be limited, in the case of each seller of Registrable Securities, to an amount equal to the net proceeds actually received by such seller from the sale of Registrable Securities effected pursuant to such registration. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party will be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue (or, as applicable alleged) untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The parties hereto agree that it would not be just or equitable if the contribution pursuant to this Section 6(d) were to be determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not take into account such equitable considerations. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the Losses referred to herein will be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending against any action or claim which is the subject hereof. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) will be entitled to contribution from any Person who is not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

(e) Indemnification Priority. The Company hereby acknowledges and agrees that any of the Persons entitled to indemnification and contribution pursuant to this Section 6 (each, a “Company Indemnitee” and collectively, the “Company Indemnitees”) may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by other sources. The Company hereby acknowledges and agrees (i) that it is the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., its obligations to a Company Indemnitee are primary and any obligation of such other sources to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by such Company Indemnitee are secondary) and (ii) that it shall be required to advance the full amount of expenses incurred by a Company Indemnitee and shall be liable for the full amount of all expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement to the extent legally permitted and as required by the terms of this Agreement without regard to any rights a Company Indemnitee may have against such other sources. The Company further agrees that no

 

-16-


advancement or payment by such other sources on behalf of a Company Indemnitee with respect to any claim for which such Company Indemnitee has sought indemnification, advancement of expenses or insurance from the Company shall affect the foregoing, and that such other sources shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of such Company Indemnitee against the Company.

(f) Release. No indemnifying party will, except with the consent of the indemnified party, consent to the entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement that does not include as an unconditional term thereof giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such indemnified party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation.

(g) Non-exclusive Remedy; Survival. The indemnification and contribution provided for under this Agreement will be in addition to any other rights to indemnification or contribution that any indemnified party may have pursuant to law or contract (and the Company and its Subsidiaries shall be considered the indemnitors of first resort in all such circumstances to which this Section 6 applies) and will remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the indemnified party or any officer, director or controlling Person of such indemnified party and will survive the transfer of Registrable Securities and the termination or expiration of this Agreement.

Section 7 Cooperation with Underwritten Offerings. No Person may participate in any underwritten registration hereunder unless such Person (i) agrees to sell such Person’s securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the Person or Persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements (including, without limitation, pursuant to the terms of any over-allotment or “green shoe” option requested by the underwriters; provided that no Holder will be required to sell more than the number of Registrable Securities such Holder has requested to include in such registration) and (ii) completes, executes and delivers all questionnaires, powers of attorney, stock powers, custody agreements, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents and agreements required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements or as may be reasonably requested by the Company and the lead managing underwriter(s). To the extent that any such agreement is entered into pursuant to, and consistent with, Section 3, Section 4 and/or this Section 7, the respective rights and obligations created under such agreement will supersede the respective rights and obligations of the Holders, the Company and the underwriters created thereby with respect to such registration.

Section 8 Subsidiary Public Offering. If, after an initial Public Offering of the common equity securities of one of its Subsidiaries, the Company distributes securities of such Subsidiary to its equityholders, then the rights and obligations of the Company pursuant to this Agreement will apply, mutatis mutandis, to such Subsidiary, and the Company will cause such Subsidiary to comply with such Subsidiary’s obligations under this Agreement as if it were the Company hereunder.

Section 9 Joinder. The Company may from time to time (with the prior written consent of the Majority Investors, except as provided in Section 10(c)) permit any Person who acquires Common Equity (or rights to acquire Common Equity) to become a party to this Agreement and to be entitled to and be bound by all of the rights and obligations as a Holder by obtaining an executed Joinder to this Agreement from such Person in the form of Exhibit B

 

-17-


attached hereto (a “Joinder”). Subject to Section 10(c), upon the execution and delivery of a Joinder by such Person, the Common Equity held by such Person shall become the category of Registrable Securities (i.e. Investor, Executive or Other Holder Registrable Securities) and such Person shall be deemed the category of Holder (i.e. Investor, Executive or Other Holder), in each case as set forth on the signature page to such Joinder.

Section 10 General Provisions.

(a) Amendments and Waivers. Except as otherwise provided herein, the provisions of this Agreement may be amended, modified or waived only with the prior written consent of the Company and each of the Investors; provided that no such amendment, modification or waiver that would (i) treat a specific Holder or group of Holders of Registrable Securities (i.e., Executives or Other Holders) in a manner materially and adversely different than any other Holder or group of Holders or (ii) materially and adversely change a specific right granted to such Holder or group by name, will be effective against such Holder or group of Holders without the consent of the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities that are held by the group of Holders that is materially and adversely affected thereby; provided further that the foregoing provision shall not apply to any amendments or modifications otherwise expressly permitted by this Agreement, including any required to add a party hereto. The failure or delay of any Person to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement will in no way be construed as a waiver of such provisions and will not affect the right of such Person thereafter to enforce each and every provision of this Agreement in accordance with its terms. A waiver or consent to or of any breach or default by any Person in the performance by that Person of his, her or its obligations under this Agreement will not be deemed to be a consent or waiver to or of any other breach or default in the performance by that Person of the same or any other obligations of that Person under this Agreement.

(b) Remedies. The parties to this Agreement will be entitled to enforce their rights under this Agreement specifically (without posting a bond or other security), to recover damages caused by reason of any breach of any provision of this Agreement and to exercise all other rights existing in their favor. The parties hereto agree and acknowledge that a breach of this Agreement would cause irreparable harm and money damages would not be an adequate remedy for any such breach and that, in addition to any other rights and remedies existing hereunder, any party will be entitled to specific performance and/or other injunctive relief from any court of law or equity of competent jurisdiction (without posting any bond or other security) in order to enforce or prevent violation of the provisions of this Agreement.

(c) Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be prohibited, invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or regulation in any jurisdiction, such prohibition, invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect the validity, legality or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement in such jurisdiction or in any other jurisdiction, but this Agreement will be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such prohibited, invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

 

-18-


(d) Entire Agreement. Except as otherwise provided herein, this Agreement contains the complete agreement and understanding among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes and preempts any prior understandings, agreements or representations by or among the parties hereto, written or oral, which may have related to the subject matter hereof in any way.

(e) Successors and Assigns. Except as otherwise provided herein, this Agreement will bind and inure to the benefit and be enforceable by the Company and its successors and permitted assigns and the Holders and their respective successors and permitted assigns (whether so expressed or not).

(d) Notices. Any notice, demand or other communication to be given under or by reason of the provisions of this Agreement will be in writing and will be deemed to have been given (i) when delivered personally to the recipient, (ii) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient; but if not, then on the next Business Day, (iii) one Business Day after it is sent to the recipient by reputable overnight courier service (charges prepaid) or (iv) three Business Days after it is mailed to the recipient by first class mail, return receipt requested. Such notices, demands and other communications will be sent to the Company at the address specified on the signature page hereto or any Joinder and to any holder, or at such address or to the attention of such other Person as the recipient party has specified by prior written notice to the sending party. Any party may change such party’s address for receipt of notice by giving prior written notice of the change to the sending party as provided herein. The Company’s address is:

Oak Street Health, Inc.

30 W. Monroe Street, Suite 1200

Chicago, Illinois 60603

Attn: Robert Guenthner

Email: robert.guenthner@oakstreethealth.com

With a copy to:

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

300 N. LaSalle

Chicago, IL 60654

Attn:    Robert Hayward, P.C.

            Robert Goedert, P.C.

Email: rhayward@kirkland.com

            rgoedert@kirkland.com

Facsimile: 312-862-2200

or to such other address or to the attention of such other person as the recipient party has specified by prior written notice to the sending party. Any request or consent made under this Agreement must be in writing (electronic mail will suffice).

 

-19-


(e) Business Days. If any time period for giving notice or taking action hereunder expires on a day that is not a Business Day, the time period will automatically be extended to the Business Day immediately following such Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday.

(f) Governing Law. The corporate law of the State of Delaware will govern all issues and questions concerning the relative rights of the Company and its equityholders. All issues and questions concerning the construction, validity, interpretation and enforcement of this Agreement and the exhibits and schedules hereto will be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law rules or provisions (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware.

(g) MUTUAL WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. AS A SPECIFICALLY BARGAINED FOR INDUCEMENT FOR EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT (AFTER HAVING THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT WITH COUNSEL), EACH PARTY HERETO EXPRESSLY WAIVES THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LAWSUIT OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO OR ARISING IN ANY WAY FROM THIS AGREEMENT OR THE MATTERS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

(h) CONSENT TO JURISDICTION AND SERVICE OF PROCESS. EACH OF THE PARTIES IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE DISTRICT OF DELAWARE, FOR THE PURPOSES OF ANY SUIT, ACTION OR OTHER PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT, ANY RELATED AGREEMENT OR ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO FURTHER AGREES THAT SERVICE OF ANY PROCESS, SUMMONS, NOTICE OR DOCUMENT BY U.S. REGISTERED MAIL TO SUCH PARTY’S RESPECTIVE ADDRESS SET FORTH ABOVE WILL BE EFFECTIVE SERVICE OF PROCESS FOR ANY ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO ANY MATTERS TO WHICH IT HAS SUBMITTED TO JURISDICTION IN THIS PARAGRAPH. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT, ANY RELATED DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY AND THEREBY IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE DISTRICT OF DELAWARE, AND HEREBY AND THEREBY FURTHER IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES AND AGREES NOT TO PLEAD OR CLAIM IN ANY SUCH COURT THAT ANY SUCH ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM.

(i) No Recourse. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Company and each Holder agrees and acknowledges that no recourse under this Agreement or any documents or instruments delivered in connection with this Agreement, will be had against any current or future director, officer, employee, general or limited partner or member of any Holder or any Affiliate or assignee thereof, whether by the enforcement of any assessment or by any legal or equitable proceeding, or by virtue of any statute, regulation or other applicable law, it being expressly agreed and acknowledged that no personal liability whatsoever will attach to, be imposed

 

-20-


on or otherwise be incurred by any current or future officer, agent or employee of any Holder or any current or future member of any Holder or any current or future director, officer, employee, partner or member of any Holder or of any Affiliate or assignee thereof, as such for any obligation of any Holder under this Agreement or any documents or instruments delivered in connection with this Agreement for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation.

(j) Descriptive Headings; Interpretation. The descriptive headings of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Agreement. The use of the word “including” in this Agreement will be by way of example rather than by limitation.

(k) No Strict Construction. The language used in this Agreement will be deemed to be the language chosen by the parties hereto to express their mutual intent, and no rule of strict construction will be applied against any party.

(l) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, any one of which need not contain the signature of more than one party, but all such counterparts taken together will constitute one and the same agreement.

(m) Electronic Delivery. This Agreement, the agreements referred to herein, and each other agreement or instrument entered into in connection herewith or therewith or contemplated hereby or thereby, and any amendments hereto or thereto, to the extent executed and delivered by means of a photographic, photostatic, facsimile or similar reproduction of such signed writing using a facsimile machine or electronic mail will be treated in all manner and respects as an original agreement or instrument and will be considered to have the same binding legal effect as if it were the original signed version thereof delivered in person. At the request of any party hereto or to any such agreement or instrument, each other party hereto or thereto will re-execute original forms thereof and deliver them to all other parties. No party hereto or to any such agreement or instrument will raise the use of a facsimile machine or electronic mail to deliver a signature or the fact that any signature or agreement or instrument was transmitted or communicated through the use of a facsimile machine or electronic mail as a defense to the formation or enforceability of a contract and each such party forever waives any such defense.

(n) Further Assurances. In connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, each Holder agrees to execute and deliver any additional documents and instruments and perform any additional acts that may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate and perform the provisions of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

(o) Dividends, Recapitalizations, Etc. If at any time or from time to time there is any change in the capital structure of the Company by way of a stock split, stock dividend, distribution, combination or reclassification, or through a merger, consolidation, reorganization or recapitalization, or by any other means, appropriate adjustment will be made in the provisions hereof so that the rights and privileges granted hereby will continue.

 

-21-


(p) No Third-Party Beneficiaries. No term or provision of this Agreement is intended to be, or shall be, for the benefit of any Person not a party hereto, and no such other Person shall have any right or cause of action hereunder, except as otherwise expressly provided herein.

(q) Current Public Information. At all times after the Company has filed a registration statement with the SEC pursuant to the requirements of either the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, the Company will file all reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and will take such further action as any Investor may reasonably request, all to the extent required to enable such Holders to sell Registrable Securities (or securities that would be Registrable Securities but for the final sentence of the definition of Registrable Securities) pursuant to Rule 144.

* * * * *

 

-22-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Registration Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

OAK STREET HEALTH, INC.
By:  

             

Name:
Title:

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]


INVESTORS:
GENERAL ATLANTIC (OSH) INTERHOLDCO, L.P.
By:   General Atlantic (SPV) GP, LLC,
  its General Partner
By:   General Atlantic LLC,
  its Sole Member
By:  

             

Name:  
Title:  
NEWLIGHT HARBOR POINT SPV LLC
By:  

       

Name:  
Title:  

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]


EXHIBIT A

DEFINITIONS

Capitalized terms used in this Agreement have the meanings set forth below.

Affiliate” of any Person means any other Person controlled by, controlling or under common control with such Person

Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Automatic Shelf Registration Statement” has the meaning set forth in Section 1(a).

Business Day” means a day that is not a Saturday or Sunday or a day on which banks in New York City are closed.

Common Equity” means the Company’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share.

Company” has the meaning set forth in the preamble and shall include its successor(s).

Company Indemnitee” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.

Demand Registrations” has the meaning set forth in Section 1(a).

End of Suspension Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 1(f)(ii).

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, or any successor federal law then in force, together with all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Excluded Registration” means any registration (i) pursuant to a Demand Registration (which is addressed in Section 1(a)), (ii) in connection with registrations on Form S-4 or S-8 promulgated by the SEC (or any successor or similar forms) or (iii) on any form that does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of Registrable Securities or that does not permit the registration of Registrable Securities.

Executives” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Executive Registrable Securities” means any Common Equity held by the management employees of the Company who are listed as “Executives” on the signature page hereto or to a Joinder.

FINRA” means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority.

Free Writing Prospectus” means a free-writing prospectus, as defined in Rule 405.

 

A-1


Holdback Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(a).

Holder” means a holder of Registrable Securities who is a party to this Agreement (including by way of Joinder).

Indemnified Parties” has the meaning set forth in Section 6(a).

Investor” and “Investors” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Investor Registrable Securities” means (i) any Common Equity held (directly or indirectly) by an Investor or any of its Affiliates, and (ii) any equity securities of the Company or any Subsidiary issued or issuable with respect to the securities referred to in clauses (i) above by way of dividend, distribution, split or combination of securities, conversion, or any recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization.

Joinder” has the meaning set forth in Section 9(a).

Long-Form Registrations” has the meaning set forth in Section 1(a).

Losses” has the meaning set forth in Section 6(c).

Majority Investors” means the Investors that are holders of a majority of all Investor Registrable Securities, measured by reference to shares of Common Equity beneficially owned or issuable upon conversion of an Investor Registrable Security.

Majority Participating Investors” means the Participating Investor or Participating Investors who hold a majority of the Investor Registrable Securities to be included within such Demand Registration, Shelf Offering, Piggyback Registration or Underwritten Block Trade.

Other Holders” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Other Registrable Securities means (i) any Common Equity held (directly or indirectly) by any Other Holders or any of their Affiliates, and (ii) any equity securities of the Company or any Subsidiary issued or issuable with respect to the securities referred to in clause (i) above by way of dividend, distribution, split or combination of securities, or any recapitalization, merger, consolidation, reorganization or certain other corporate transactions.

Other Securities” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(a).

Participating Investor” or “Participating Investors” means any Investor(s) participating in the request for a Demand Registration, Shelf Offering, Piggyback Registration or Underwritten Block Trade.

Person” means an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization and a governmental entity or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof.

Piggyback Registrations” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(a).

 

A-2


Potential Participant” has the meaning set forth in Section 1(d).

Public Offering” means any sale or distribution by the Company, one of its Subsidiaries and/or Holders to the public of Common Equity or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Equity pursuant to an offering registered under the Securities Act.

Qualified Independent Underwriter” has the meaning set forth by FINRA in Section 5121(f)(12), or any successor provision thereto.

Registrable Securities” means Investor Registrable Securities, Other Registrable Securities and Executive Registrable Securities. As to any particular Registrable Securities, such securities will cease to be Registrable Securities when they have been (a) sold or distributed pursuant to a Public Offering, (b) sold in compliance with Rule 144 following the consummation of the Company’s initial Public Offering, (c) distributed to the direct or indirect partners or members of an investor except for a distribution or assignment permitted pursuant to Section 4(e) or (d) repurchased by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company. For purposes of this Agreement, a Person will be deemed to be a holder of Registrable Securities, and the Registrable Securities will be deemed to be in existence, whenever such Person has the right to acquire, directly or indirectly, such Registrable Securities (upon conversion or exercise in connection with a transfer of securities or otherwise, but disregarding any restrictions or limitations upon the exercise of such right), whether or not such acquisition has actually been effected, and such Person will be entitled to exercise the rights of a holder of Registrable Securities hereunder (it being understood that a holder of Registrable Securities may only request that Registrable Securities in the form of Common Equity be registered pursuant to this Agreement). Notwithstanding the foregoing, following the consummation of an initial Public Offering, any Registrable Securities held by any Person (other than an Investor or its Affiliates) that may be sold under Rule 144(b)(1)(i) without limitation under any of the other requirements of Rule 144 will be deemed not to be Registrable Securities.

Registration Expenses” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.

Rule 144”, “Rule 158”, “Rule 405”, “Rule 415”, “Rule 403B” and “Rule 462” mean, in each case, such rule promulgated under the Securities Act (or any successor provision) by the SEC, as the same will be amended from time to time, or any successor rule then in force.

Sale Transaction” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(a).

SEC” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

Securities” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(a).

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, or any successor federal law then in force, together with all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Shelf Offering” has the meaning set forth in Section 1(d)(i).

Shelf Offering Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 1(d)(i).

 

A-3


Shelf Registration” has the meaning set forth in Section 1(a).

Shelf Registrable Securities” has the meaning set forth in Section 1(d)(i).

Shelf Registration Statement” has the meaning set forth in Section 1(d).

Short-Form Registrations” has the meaning set forth in Section 1(a).

Subsidiary” means, with respect to the Company, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity of which (i) if a corporation, a majority of the total voting power of shares of stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by the Company or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of the Company or a combination thereof, or (ii) if a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity, a majority of the limited liability company, partnership or other similar ownership interest thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by the Company or one or more Subsidiaries of the Company or a combination thereof. For purposes hereof, a Person or Persons will be deemed to have a majority ownership interest in a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity if such Person or Persons will be allocated a majority of limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity gains or losses or will be or control the managing director or general partner of such limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity.

Suspension Event” has the meaning set forth in Section 1(f)(ii).

Suspension Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 1(f)(ii).

Suspension Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 1(f)(i).

Underwritten Block Trade” has the meaning set forth in Section 1(c)(ii).

Violation” has the meaning set forth in Section 6(a).

WKSI” means a “well-known seasoned issuer” as defined under Rule 405.

 

A-4


EXHIBIT B

The undersigned is executing and delivering this Joinder pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of __________________, 2020 (as amended, modified and waived from time to time, the “Registration Agreement”), among Oak Street Health, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the other persons named as parties therein (including pursuant to other Joinders). Capitalized terms used herein have the meaning set forth in the Registration Agreement.

By executing and delivering this Joinder to the Company, the undersigned hereby agrees to become a party to, to be bound by, and to comply with the provisions of, the Registration Agreement as a Holder in the same manner as if the undersigned were an original signatory to the Registration Agreement, and the undersigned will be deemed for all purposes to be a Holder, an [Investor // Other Holder // Executive thereunder] and the undersigned’s ____ Common Equity will be deemed for all purposes to be [Investor // Other // Executive] Registrable Securities under the Registration Agreement.

Accordingly, the undersigned has executed and delivered this Joinder as of the ___ day of ____________, 20___.

 

 
Signature    

 

Print Name  
Address:  

 

 

 

Agreed and Accepted as of

________________, 20___:

OAK STREET HEALTH, INC. ________________________

Its: ________________________

 

B-1

Exhibit 10.1

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

This LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT is made and dated as of August 7, 2017 and is entered into by and among (a) (i) OAK STREET HEALTH, LLC, an Illinois limited liability company (“Oak Street Health”), (ii) OAK STREET HEALTH MSO, LLC, an Illinois limited liability company (“Oak Street Health MSO”), (iii) ACORN NETWORK, LLC, an Illinois limited liability company (“Acorn Network”), (iv) OAK STREET HEALTH PHYSICIANS GROUP, P.C., an Illinois professional corporation (“OSH Physicians”), (v) OSH-IL PHYSICIANS GROUP, LLC, an Illinois limited liability company (“OSH-IL”), (vi) OSH-MI PHYSICIANS GROUP, PC, a Michigan professional corporation (“OSH-MI”), (vii) OSH-IN PHYSICIANS GROUP, PC, an Indiana professional corporation (“OSH-IN”), and (viii) each of the Qualified Subsidiaries and Physician’s Groups of any of the foregoing (the “Additional Borrowers”; and together with Oak Street Health, Oak Street Health MSO, Acorn Network, OSH Physicians, OSH-IL, OSH-MI and OSH-IN, jointly and severally, individually and collectively, “Borrower”), (b) the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties to this Agreement (collectively, referred to as “Lender”), and (c) HERCULES CAPITAL, INC., formerly known as Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc., a Maryland corporation, in its capacity as administrative agent and collateral agent for itself and the Lender (in such capacity, the “Agent”).

RECITALS

A. Borrower has requested Lender to make available to Borrower a loan or loans in an aggregate principal amount of up to Thirty Million Dollars ($30,000,000.00) (the “Term Loan”); and

B. Lender is willing to make the Term Loan on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, Borrower, Agent and Lender agree as follows:

SECTION 1 DEFINITIONS AND RULES OF CONSTRUCTION

1.1 Unless otherwise defined herein, the following capitalized terms shall have the following meanings:

“Account Control Agreement(s)” means any agreement entered into by and among the Agent, Borrower and a third party bank or other institution (including a Securities Intermediary) in which Borrower maintains a Deposit Account or an account holding Investment Property and which perfects Agent’s first priority security interest in such account or accounts.

“ACH Authorization” means the ACH Debit Authorization Agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit H, which account numbers shall be redacted for security purposes if and when filed publicly by the Borrower.

“Acorn Network” has the meaning given to it in the preamble to this Agreement.


“Additional Borrowers” has the meaning given to it in the preamble to this Agreement.

“Administrative Services Agreements” is any agreement to provide administrative, management or other services by or among any Borrower or Borrowers and/or Physician Groups.

“Advance(s)” means a Term Loan Advance.

“Advance Date” means the funding date of any Advance.

“Advance Request” means a request for an Advance submitted by Borrower to Agent in substantially the form of Exhibit A, which account numbers shall be redacted for security purposes if and when filed publicly by the Borrower.

“Affiliate” means (a) any Person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the Person in question, (b) any Person directly or indirectly owning, controlling or holding with power to vote ten percent (10.0%) or more of the outstanding voting securities of another Person, (c) any Person ten percent (10.0%) or more of whose outstanding voting securities are directly or indirectly owned, controlled or held by another Person with power to vote such securities, or (d) any Person related by blood or marriage to any Person described in subsection (a), (b) or (c) of this paragraph. As used in the definition of “Affiliate,” the term “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

“Agent” has the meaning given to it in the preamble to this Agreement.

“Aggregate 2013-2016 Vintage Clinic Level Contribution” means in a single month the sum of the Total Clinic Level Contribution generated for each of the primary care clinics located in the following named locations: Edgewater, Portage Park, Ashburn, Avalon Park, Berwyn, Blue Island, Bronzeville, Brighton Park, Chicago Ave, Gary, Hammond, Irvington, Madison St, Rockford, Speedway, Fort Wayne, Rosedale Park, Southgate, and University Heights.

“Agreement” means this Loan and Security Agreement, as amended from time to time.

“Amortization Date” means October 1, 2018; provided however, that (a) if all of the First Interest Only Extension Conditions are satisfied on or prior to June 30, 2018, the “Amortization Date” shall mean April 1, 2019, and (b) if all of the Second Interest Only Extension Conditions are satisfied on or prior to September 30, 2018, the “Amortization Date” shall mean October 1, 2019.

“Anti-Corruption Laws” shall mean all laws, rules, and regulations of any jurisdiction applicable to Borrower or any of its Affiliates from time to time concerning or relating to bribery or corruption, including without limitation the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, the UK Bribery Act 2010 and other similar legislation in any other jurisdictions.

 

2


“Anti-Terrorism Laws” means any laws, rules, regulations or orders relating to terrorism or money laundering, including without limitation Executive Order No. 13224 (effective September 24, 2001), the USA PATRIOT Act, the laws comprising or implementing the Bank Secrecy Act, and the laws administered by OFAC.

“Assignee” has the meaning given to it in Section 11.13.

“Blocked Person” means any Person: (a) listed in the annex to, or is otherwise subject to the provisions of, Executive Order No. 13224, (b) a Person owned or controlled by, or acting for or on behalf of, any Person that is listed in the annex to, or is otherwise subject to the provisions of, Executive Order No. 13224, (c) a Person with which any Lender is prohibited from dealing or otherwise engaging in any transaction by any Anti-Terrorism Law, (d) a Person that commits, threatens or conspires to commit or supports “terrorism” as defined in Executive Order No. 13224, or (e) a Person that is named a “specially designated national” or “blocked person” on the most current list published by OFAC or other similar list.

“Borrower” has the meaning given to it in the preamble to this Agreement.

“Borrower Products” means all products, software, service offerings, technical data or technology currently being designed, manufactured or sold by Borrower or which Borrower intends to sell, license, or distribute in the future including any products or service offerings under development, collectively, together with all products, software, service offerings, technical data or technology that have been sold, licensed or distributed by Borrower since its formation.

“Business Day” means any day other than Saturday, Sunday and any other day on which banking institutions in the State of California are closed for business.

“Cash” means all cash, cash equivalents and liquid funds.

“Change in Control” means any reorganization, recapitalization, consolidation or merger (or similar transaction or series of related transactions) of Borrower, sale or exchange of outstanding shares (or similar transaction or series of related transactions) of Borrower in which the holders of Borrower’s outstanding shares immediately before consummation of such transaction or series of related transactions do not, immediately after consummation of such transaction or series of related transactions, retain shares representing more than fifty percent (50.0%) of the voting power of the surviving entity of such transaction or series of related transactions (or the parent of such surviving entity if such surviving entity is wholly owned by such parent), in each case without regard to whether Borrower is the surviving entity.

“Claims” has the meaning given to it in Section 11.10.

“Closing Date” means the date of this Agreement.

“Collateral” means the property described in Section 3.

“Common Stock” means the Common Stock of the Borrower.

“Confidential Information” has the meaning given to it in Section 11.12.

 

3


“Contingent Obligation” means, as applied to any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or otherwise, of that Person with respect to (i) any Indebtedness, lease, dividend, letter of credit or other obligation of another, including any such obligation directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorsed, co-made or discounted or sold with recourse by that Person, or in respect of which that Person is otherwise directly or indirectly liable; (ii) any obligations with respect to undrawn letters of credit, corporate credit cards or merchant services issued for the account of that Person; and (iii) all obligations arising under any interest rate, currency or commodity swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, or other agreement or arrangement designated to protect a Person against fluctuation in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices; provided, however, that the term “Contingent Obligation” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The amount of any Contingent Obligation shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determined amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Contingent Obligation is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by such Person in good faith; provided, however, that such amount shall not in any event exceed the maximum amount of the obligations under the guarantee or other support arrangement.

“Copyright License” means any written agreement granting any right to use any Copyright or Copyright registration, now owned or hereafter acquired by Borrower or in which Borrower now holds or hereafter acquires any interest.

“Copyrights” means all copyrights, whether registered or unregistered, held pursuant to the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof, or of any other country.

“Default” means any fact or condition that could (or could, with the passage of time, the giving of notice or both) constitute an Event of Default.

“Deposit Accounts” means any “deposit accounts,” as such term is defined in the UCC, and includes any checking account, savings account, or certificate of deposit.

“Domestic Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is not a Foreign Subsidiary.

“Due Diligence Fee” means Thirty Thousand Dollars ($30,000,00), which fee has been paid to Lender prior to the Closing Date, and shall be deemed fully earned on such date regardless of the early termination of this Agreement.

“End of Term Charge” means an amount equal to five and ninety-five hundredths of one percent (5.95%) of the greater of (a) the aggregate original principal amount of the Term Loan Advances made hereunder, and (b) Twenty-Five Million Dollars ($25,000,000.00).

“Equity Interests” means, with respect to any Person, the capital stock, partnership or limited liability company interest, or other equity securities or equity ownership interests of such Person.

“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

4


“Event of Default” has the meaning given to it in Section 9.

“Excluded Account” means (i) accounts used solely to fund payroll or employee benefits maintained in the ordinary course of business, (ii) escrow and Cash collateral accounts for the benefit of commercial insurance partners of Borrower or lessors to Borrower maintained in the ordinary course of business, (iii) zero balance accounts solely containing payments from commercial insurance partners of Borrower or the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services maintained in the ordinary course of business that are subject to daily sweeps of any balances to an account of Borrower that is subject to an Account Control Agreement, (iv) on or prior to the earlier to occur of (A) December 31, 2017, and (B) an Event of Default, accounts with First Midwest Bank that are set forth on Schedule 7.12, provided that (x) the Cash balance in any such account as of the end of any calendar month shall not exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000.00), and (y) Borrower shall use best efforts to cause any Cash balances at any time maintained in any such accounts above Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000.00) to be swept on a weekly basis pursuant to documentation that is acceptable to Agent (which frequency shall increase to a daily basis if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing) to an account of Borrower that is subject to an Account Control Agreement, and (v) an account of Borrower with Chase Bank existing as of the Closing Date, provided that the aggregate balance at any time maintained in such account shall not exceed Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000.00).

“Facility Charge” means Three Hundred Thousand Dollars ($300,000.00). “Financial Statements” has the meaning given to it in Section 7.1.

“First Interest Only Extension Conditions” means satisfaction of each of the following events: (a) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and (b) confirmation by Agent and Lender that the Term B Loan Advance has been made on or prior to June 30, 2018.

“First Milestone Event” shall mean that (a) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, and (b) Agent shall have confirmed each of the following on or prior to December 31, 2017 (which confirmation may require supporting documentation reasonably requested by Agent): (i) that Borrower has received, after June 30, 2017 but on or prior to December 31, 2017, unrestricted and unencumbered (including, not subject to any redemption, clawback, escrow or similar restriction or encumbrance) upfront net cash proceeds in a minimum amount of at least Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000.00) in connection with the issuance and sale by Oak Street Health of its equity securities to investors reasonably acceptable to Agent (it being acknowledged and agreed that members of Oak Street Health as of the Closing Date shall be deemed reasonably acceptable to Agent), and (ii) that Borrower has achieved, with respect to any six (6) calendar month period ending after the Closing Date but on or prior to December 31, 2017, aggregate net revenue, determined in accordance with GAAP, of greater than or equal to Eighty Million Dollars ($80,000,000.00).

“Foreign Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary other than a Subsidiary organized under the laws of any state within the United States of America.

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America, as in effect from time to time.

 

5


“Indebtedness” means indebtedness of any kind, including (a) all indebtedness for borrowed money or the deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding trade credit entered into in the ordinary course of business due within ninety (90) days), including reimbursement and other obligations with respect to surety bonds and letters of credit, (b) all obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, (c) all capital lease obligations, and (d) all Contingent Obligations.

“Intellectual Property” means all of Borrower’s Copyrights; Trademarks; Patents; Licenses; trade secrets and inventions; mask works; Borrower’s applications therefor and reissues, extensions, or renewals thereof; and Borrower’s goodwill associated with any of the foregoing, together with Borrower’s rights to sue for past, present and future infringement of Intellectual Property and the goodwill associated therewith.

“Inventory” means “inventory” as defined in Article 9 of the UCC.

“Investment” means any beneficial ownership (including stock, partnership or limited liability company interests) of or in any Person, or any loan, advance or capital contribution to any Person or the acquisition of any asset of another Person.

“Joinder Agreements” means for each Qualified Subsidiary or Physician Group, a completed and executed Joinder Agreement in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit G.

“Lender” has the meaning given to it in the preamble to this Agreement.

“License” means any Copyright License, Patent License, Trademark License or other license of rights or interests.

“Lien” means any mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation, assignment for security, security interest, encumbrance, levy, lien or charge of any kind, whether voluntarily incurred or arising by operation of law or otherwise, against any property, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, and any lease in the nature of a security interest.

“Loan” means the Advances made under this Agreement.

“Loan Documents” means this Agreement, the Notes (if any), the ACH Authorization, the Account Control Agreements, the Joinder Agreements, all UCC Financing Statements, any subordination agreement, and any other documents executed in connection with the Secured Obligations or the transactions contemplated hereby, as the same may from time to time be amended, modified, supplemented or restated.

“Managers” means, with respect to any Borrower, such Borrower’s board of directors.

“Material Adverse Effect” means a material adverse effect upon: (i) the business, operations, properties, assets or financial condition of Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole; or (ii) the ability of Borrower to perform or pay the Secured Obligations in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents, or the ability of Agent or Lender to enforce any of its rights or remedies with respect to the Secured Obligations; or (iii) the Collateral or Agent’s Liens on the Collateral or the priority of such Liens.

 

6


“Maximum Rate” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.3.

“Maximum Term Loan Amount” means Thirty Million Dollars ($30,000,000.00).

“Non-Disclosure Agreement” means that certain Non-Disclosure Agreement by and between Oak Street Health MSO, LLC and Hercules Capital, Inc. dated as of August 18, 2015.

“Note(s)” means a promissory note or promissory notes to evidence Lender’s Loans substantially in the form of Exhibit B.

“Oak Street Health” has the meaning given to it in the preamble to this “Oak Street Health MSO” has the meaning given to it in the preamble to this “OFAC” is the U.S. Department of Treasury Office of Foreign Assets Control.

“OFAC Lists” are, collectively, the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List maintained by OFAC pursuant to Executive Order No. 13224, 66 Fed. Reg. 49079 (Sept. 25, 2001) and/or any other list of terrorists or other restricted Persons maintained pursuant to any of the rules and regulations of OFAC or pursuant to any other applicable Executive Orders.

“OSH-IL” has the meaning given to it in the preamble to this Agreement.

“OSH-IN” has the meaning given to it in the preamble to this Agreement.

“OSH-MI” has the meaning given to it in the preamble to this Agreement.

“OSH Physicians” has the meaning given to it in the preamble to this Agreement.

“Patent License” means any written agreement granting any right with respect to any invention on which a Patent is in existence or a Patent application is pending, in which agreement Borrower now holds or hereafter acquires any interest.

“Patents” means all letters patent of, or rights corresponding thereto, in the United States of America or in any other country, all registrations and recordings thereof, and all applications for letters patent of, or rights corresponding thereto, in the United States of America or any other country.

“Permitted Indebtedness” means: (i) Indebtedness of Borrower in favor of Lender or Agent arising under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; (ii) Indebtedness existing on the Closing Date which is disclosed in Schedule 1A; (iii) Indebtedness of up to Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) outstanding at any time secured by a Lien described in clause (vii) of the defined term “Permitted Liens,” provided such Indebtedness does not exceed the cost of the Equipment financed with such Indebtedness; (iv) Indebtedness to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary course of business, including Indebtedness incurred in the ordinary course of business with corporate credit cards; (v) Indebtedness that also constitutes a Permitted Investment; (vi) Subordinated Indebtedness; (vii) reimbursement obligations in connection with letters of credit

 

7


that are issued on behalf of the Borrower or a Subsidiary thereof for or in support of contracted health plans entered into in the ordinary course of business; (viii) other reimbursement obligations in connection with letters of credit secured by Cash and issued on behalf of the Borrower or a Subsidiary thereof in an amount not to exceed Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000.00) at any time outstanding, (ix) other unsecured Indebtedness in an amount not to exceed Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) at any time outstanding, (x) intercompany Indebtedness as long as either (A) each of the Subsidiary obligor and the Subsidiary obligee under such Indebtedness is a Qualified Subsidiary that has executed a Joinder Agreement, (xi) amounts constituting Indebtedness under leases for real property entered into by Borrower or its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business from time to time, (xii) amounts constituting Contingent Obligations on account of upfront fees with strategic partners of Borrower or its Subsidiaries entered into in the ordinary course of business from time to time and (xiii) extensions, refinancings and renewals of any items of Permitted Indebtedness, provided that the principal amount is not increased or the terms modified to impose materially more burdensome terms upon Borrower or its Subsidiary, as the case may be.

“Permitted Investment” means: (i) Investments existing on the Closing Date which are disclosed in Schedule 1B; (ii) (a) marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States of America or any agency or any State thereof maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof currently having a rating of at least A-2 or P-2 from either Standard & Poor’s Corporation or Moody’s Investors Services, (b) commercial paper maturing no more than one year from the date of creation thereof and currently having a rating of at least A-2 or P-2 from either Standard & Poor’s Corporation or Moody’s Investors Service, (c) certificates of deposit issued by any bank with assets of at least Five Hundred Million Dollars ($500,000,000.00) maturing no more than one year from the date of investment therein, and (d) money market accounts; (iii) repurchases of stock from former employees, directors, or consultants of Borrower under the terms of applicable repurchase agreements at the original issuance price of such securities in an aggregate amount not to exceed Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) in any fiscal year, provided that no Event of Default has occurred, is continuing or could exist after giving effect to the repurchases; (iv) Investments accepted in connection with Permitted Transfers; (v) Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business; (vi) Investments consisting of notes receivable of, or prepaid royalties and other credit extensions, to customers and suppliers who are not Affiliates, in the ordinary course of business, provided that this subparagraph (vi) shall not apply to Investments of Borrower in any Subsidiary; (vii) Investments consisting of loans not involving the net transfer on a substantially contemporaneous basis of cash proceeds to employees, officers or directors relating to the purchase of capital stock of Borrower pursuant to employee stock purchase plans or other similar agreements approved by the Managers; (viii) Investments consisting of travel advances in the ordinary course of business; (ix) Investments in newly-formed Domestic Subsidiaries, provided that each such Domestic Subsidiary enters into a Joinder Agreement promptly after its formation by Borrower and execute such other documents as shall be reasonably requested by Agent; (x) Investments in Foreign Subsidiaries approved in advance in writing by Agent; (xi) subject to Section 7.21, the Primary Care Joliet Joint Venture, (xii) other joint ventures or strategic alliances in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business consisting of the nonexclusive licensing of technology, the development of technology or the providing of technical support, provided that any cash Investments by Borrower do not exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00) in the aggregate in any fiscal year; and (xiii) additional Investments that do not exceed Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) in the aggregate.

 

8


“Permitted Liens” means any and all of the following: (i) Liens in favor of Agent or Lender; (ii) Liens existing on the Closing Date which are disclosed in Schedule 1C; (iii) Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other governmental charges or levies, either not delinquent or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings; provided, that Borrower maintains adequate reserves therefor in accordance with GAAP; (iv) Liens securing claims or demands of materialmen, artisans, mechanics, carriers, warehousemen, landlords and other like Persons arising in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business and imposed without action of such parties; provided, that the payment thereof is not yet required; (v) Liens arising from judgments, decrees or attachments in circumstances which do not constitute an Event of Default hereunder; (vi) the following deposits, to the extent made in the ordinary course of business: deposits under worker’s compensation, unemployment insurance, social security and other similar laws, or to secure the performance of bids, tenders or contracts (other than for the repayment of borrowed money) or to secure indemnity, performance or other similar bonds for the performance of bids, tenders or contracts (other than for the repayment of borrowed money) or to secure statutory obligations (other than Liens arising under ERISA or environmental Liens) or surety or appeal bonds, or to secure indemnity, performance or other similar bonds; (vii) Liens on Equipment or software or other intellectual property constituting purchase money Liens and Liens in connection with capital leases securing Indebtedness permitted in clause (iii) of “Permitted Indebtedness”; (viii) Liens incurred in connection with Subordinated Indebtedness; (ix) leasehold interests in leases or subleases and licenses granted in the ordinary course of business and not interfering in any material respect with the business of the licensor; (x) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of custom duties that are promptly paid on or before the date they become due; (xi) Liens on insurance proceeds securing the payment of financed insurance premiums that are promptly paid on or before the date they become due (provided that such Liens extend only to such insurance proceeds and not to any other property or assets); (xii) statutory and common law rights of set-off and other similar rights as to deposits of cash and securities in favor of banks, other depository institutions and brokerage firms; (xiii) easements, zoning restrictions, rights-of-way and similar encumbrances on real property imposed by law or arising in the ordinary course of business so long as they do not materially impair the value or marketability of the related property; (xiv) (A) Liens on Cash securing obligations permitted under clause (vii) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness and (B) security deposits in connection with real property leases entered into in the ordinary course of business; and (xv) Liens incurred in connection with the extension, renewal or refinancing of the Indebtedness secured by Liens of the type described in clauses (i) through (xi) above; provided, that any extension, renewal or replacement Lien shall be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the Indebtedness being extended, renewed or refinanced (as may have been reduced by any payment thereon) does not increase.

“Permitted Transfers” means (i) sales of Inventory in the ordinary course of business, (ii) non-exclusive licenses and similar arrangements for the use of Intellectual Property in the ordinary course of business and licenses that could not result in a legal transfer of title of the licensed property but that may be exclusive in respects other than territory and that may be exclusive as to territory only as to discreet geographical areas outside of the United States of

 

9


America in the ordinary course of business, or (iii) dispositions of worn-out, obsolete or surplus Equipment at fair market value in the ordinary course of business, and (iv) other Transfers of assets having a fair market value of not more than Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) in the aggregate in any fiscal year.

“Person” means any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, limited liability company, institution, other entity or government.

“Physicians Group” means a legal entity formed by Borrower operating as a physician’s practice or otherwise providing medical services.

“Preferred Stock” means at any given time any equity security issued by Borrower that has any rights, preferences or privileges senior to Borrower’s Common Stock.

“Prepayment Charge” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.4.

“Primary Care Joliet Joint Venture” means that certain joint venture between Borrower and a strategic partner, which joint venture would be the provider for such strategic partner’s Medicare Advantage patients.

“Prime Rate” is the “prime rate” as reported in the Wall Street Journal or any successor publication thereto.

“Qualified Subsidiary” means any direct or indirect Domestic Subsidiary or Eligible Foreign Subsidiary; provided, however, that in no event shall the Primary Care Joliet Joint Venture be considered a Qualified Subsidiary for purposes of this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

“Receivables” means (i) all of Borrower’s Accounts, Instruments, Documents, Chattel Paper, Supporting Obligations, letters of credit, proceeds of any letter of credit, and Letter of Credit Rights, and (ii) all customer lists, software, and business records related thereto.

“Required Lenders” means at any time, the holders of more than fifty percent (50.0%) of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Term Loan Advances then outstanding.

“Sanctioned Country” shall mean, at any time, a country or territory which is the subject or target of any Sanctions.

“Sanctioned Person” shall mean, at any time, (a) any Person listed in any Sanctions-related list of designated Persons maintained by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury or the U.S. Department of State, or by the United Nations Security Council, the European Union or any EU member state, (b) any Person operating, organized or resident in a Sanctioned Country or (c) any Person controlled by any such Person.

“Sanctions” shall mean economic or financial sanctions or trade embargoes imposed, administered or enforced from time to time by (a) the U.S. government, including those administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury or the U.S. Department of State, or (b) the United Nations Security Council, the European Union or Her Majesty’s Treasury of the United Kingdom.

 

10


“Second Interest Only Extension Conditions” means satisfaction of each of the following events: (a) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; (b) satisfaction of all of the First Interest Only Extension Conditions on or prior to June 30, 2018, and (c) confirmation by Agent and Lender that either (i) the Term C Loan Advance has been made on or prior to June 30, 2018, or (ii) the Third Milestone Event has occurred on or prior to September 30, 2018.

“Second Milestone Event” shall mean that (a) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (b) the Term B Loan Advance has been made, and (c) Agent shall have confirmed (which confirmation may require supporting documentation requested by Agent), that Borrower has achieved positive Aggregate 2013-2016 Vintage Clinic Level Contribution on a trailing six (6) month basis for any period ending after the Closing Date but on or prior to June 30, 2018, and (d) that on or prior to March 31, 2018, one (1) of the following shall have occurred: (i) that Borrower has received, after June 30, 2017 but on or prior to March 31, 2018, unrestricted and unencumbered (including, not subject to any redemption, clawback, escrow or similar restriction or encumbrance) upfront net cash proceeds in a minimum amount of at least Twenty-Five Million Dollars ($25,000,000.00) (inclusive of amounts raised in satisfaction of clause (b)(i) of the First Milestone Event definition) in connection with the issuance and sale by Oak Street Health of its equity securities to investors reasonably acceptable to Agent (it being acknowledged and agreed that members of Oak Street Health as of the Closing Date shall be deemed reasonably acceptable to Agent), or (ii) that Borrower has achieved, with respect to any six (6) calendar month period ending after the Closing Date but on or prior to March 31, 2018, aggregate net revenue, determined in accordance with GAAP, of greater than or equal to One Hundred Million Dollars ($100,000,000.00).

“Secured Obligations” means Borrower’s obligations under this Agreement and any Loan Document (other than any Warrant), including any obligation to pay any amount now owing or later arising.

“Subordinated Indebtedness” means Indebtedness subordinated to the Secured Obligations in amounts and on terms and conditions satisfactory to Agent in its sole discretion and subject to a subordination agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Agent in its sole discretion.

“Subsequent Financing” means the closing of any equity financing of Oak Street Health occurring after the Closing Date with aggregate gross proceeds of not less than Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000.00) in Cash (including such amount as Lender may properly elect to purchase in accordance with Section 8.1), excluding any financing offered exclusively to existing Members triggering the “Initial Participation Right” of Section 12.5 of the operating agreement of Oak Street Health up to the “Initial Participation Threshold” as provided therein.

“Subsidiary” means an entity, whether corporate, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or otherwise, in which Borrower owns or controls fifty percent (50.0%) or more of the outstanding voting securities, including each entity listed on Schedule 1 hereto.

 

11


“Term A Loan Advance” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.1(a).

“Term B Draw Period” means the period of time commencing upon the occurrence of the First Milestone Event and continuing through the earlier to occur of (a) June 30, 2018 or (b) an Event of Default that has not been cured or waived.

“Term B Loan Advance” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.1(a).

“Term C Draw Period” means the period of time commencing upon the later of (a) January 1, 2018 and (b) the occurrence of each of (i) the Second Milestone Event and (ii) Lender making the Term B Loan Advance, and continuing through the earlier to occur of (i) June 30, 2018, or (ii) an Event of Default that has not been cured or waived.

“Term C Loan Advance” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.1(a).

“Term Commitment” means as to any Lender, the obligation of such Lender, if any, to make a Term Loan Advance to the Borrower in a principal amount not to exceed the amount set forth under the heading “Term Commitment” opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 1.1.

“Term Loan Advance” and “Term Loan Advances” shall each have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.1(a).

“Term Loan Interest Rate” means for any day a floating per annum rate of interest equal to the greater of either (a) nine and three-quarters of one percent (9.75%) and (b) the sum of (i) nine and three-quarters of one percent (9.75%), plus (ii) (A) the Prime Rate minus (B) four and three-quarters of one percent (4.75%).

“Term Loan Maturity Date” means September 1, 2021.

“Third Milestone Event” shall mean that (a) no Event of Default shall have occurred and remain continuing, and (b) Agent shall have confirmed (which confirmation may require supporting documentation requested by Agent), on or prior to September 30, 2018, that Borrower has received, after June 30, 2017 but on or prior to September 30, 2018, that Borrower has received, after the Closing Date but on or prior to September 30, 2018, unrestricted and unencumbered (including, not subject to any redemption, clawback, escrow or similar restriction or encumbrance) upfront net cash proceeds in a minimum amount of at least One Hundred Million Dollars ($100,000,000.00) (inclusive of amounts raised in satisfaction of clause (b)(i) of the First Milestone Event definition and clause (d)(i) of the Second Milestone Event definition) in connection with the issuance and sale by Oak Street Health of its equity securities to investors reasonably acceptable to Agent (it being acknowledged and agreed that members of Oak Street Health as of the Closing Date shall be deemed reasonably acceptable to Agent).

 

12


“Total Clinic Level Contribution” means as calculated for an individual primary care clinic in a single month (a) net revenue, less (b) third party medical claims expense, less (c) net reinsurance costs, less (d) other payer adjustments expense, less (e) delegation costs expense, less (e) other claims-related expense, less (f) provision for uncollectable accounts expense, less (g) clinic labor expense, less (h) other clinic operating expense, in each case as determined in a manner and methodology consistent with projections of Borrower provided to Agent prior to the Closing Date.

“Trademark License” means any written agreement granting any right to use any Trademark or Trademark registration, now owned or hereafter acquired by Borrower or in which Borrower now holds or hereafter acquires any interest.

“Trademarks” means all trademarks (registered, common law or otherwise) and any applications in connection therewith, including registrations, recordings and applications in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or in any similar office or agency of the United States of America, any State thereof or any other country or any political subdivision thereof.

“UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as the same is, from time to time, in effect in the State of California; provided, that in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the attachment, perfection or priority of, or remedies with respect to, Agent’s Lien on any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as the same is, from time to time, in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of California, then the term “UCC” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect, from time to time, in such other jurisdiction solely for purposes of the provisions thereof relating to such attachment, perfection, priority or remedies and for purposes of definitions related to such provisions.

Unless otherwise specified, all references in this Agreement or any Annex or Schedule hereto to a “Section,” “subsection,” “Exhibit,” “Annex,” or “Schedule” shall refer to the corresponding Section, subsection, Exhibit, Annex, or Schedule in or to this Agreement. Unless otherwise specifically provided herein, any accounting term used in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents shall have the meaning customarily given such term in accordance with GAAP, and all financial computations hereunder shall be computed in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied. Unless otherwise defined herein or in the other Loan Documents, terms that are used herein or in the other Loan Documents and defined in the UCC shall have the meanings given to them in the UCC.

SECTION 2 THE LOAN

2.1 Term Loan.

(a) Advances. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Lender will severally (and not jointly) make in an amount not to exceed its respective Term Commitment, and Borrower agrees to draw, one (1) advance in a principal amount of Twenty Million Dollars ($20,000,000.00) on the Closing Date (the “Term A Loan Advance”). Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, during the Term B Draw Period, upon Borrower’s written request in accordance with this Agreement, Lender will severally (and not jointly) make in an amount not to exceed its respective Term Commitment, one (1) advance in a principal amount of Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00) (the “Term B Loan Advance”). Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, during the Term C Draw Period, upon Borrower’s written request in accordance with this Agreement, Lender will severally (and not jointly) make in an amount not to exceed its

 

13


respective Term Commitment, one (1) advance in a principal amount of Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00) (the “Term C Loan Advance”). The Term A Loan Advance, the Term B Loan Advance and the Term C Loan Advance are hereinafter referred to individually as a “Term Loan Advance” and collectively as the “Term Loan Advances”. The aggregate outstanding Term Loan Advances may be up to the Maximum Term Loan Amount. Except as otherwise set forth above, proceeds of any Term Loan Advance shall be deposited into an account that is subject to a first priority perfected security interest in favor of Agent perfected by an Account Control Agreement.

(b) Advance Request. To obtain a Term Loan Advance, Borrower shall complete, sign and deliver to Agent an Advance Request (at least three (3) Business Days before the Advance Date, other than the Term A Loan Advance, which shall be at least one (1) Business Day) to Agent. Lender shall fund the Term Loan Advance in the manner requested by the Advance Request provided that each of the conditions precedent to such Term Loan Advance is satisfied as of the requested Advance Date.

(c) Interest. The principal balance of each Term Loan Advance shall bear interest thereon from such Advance Date at the Term Loan Interest Rate based on a year consisting of three hundred sixty (360) days, with interest computed daily based on the actual number of days elapsed. The Term Loan Interest Rate will float and change on the day the Prime Rate changes from time to time.

(d) Payment. Borrower will pay interest on each Term Loan Advance on the first (1st) Business Day of each month, beginning the month after the Advance Date. Borrower shall repay the aggregate Term Loan principal balance that is outstanding on the day immediately preceding the Amortization Date, in equal monthly installments of principal and interest (mortgage style) beginning on the Amortization Date and continuing on the first Business Day of each month thereafter until the Secured Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) are repaid. The entire Term Loan principal balance and all accrued but unpaid interest hereunder, and all other Secured Obligations with respect to the Term Loan Advances, shall be due and payable on Term Loan Maturity Date. Borrower shall make all payments under this Agreement without setoff, recoupment or deduction and regardless of any counterclaim or defense. Lender will initiate debit entries to the Borrower’s account as authorized on the ACH Authorization (i) on each payment date of all periodic obligations payable to Lender under each Term Advance and (ii) out-of-pocket legal fees and costs incurred by Agent or Lender in connection with Section 11.11 of this Agreement; provided that, with respect to clause (i) above, in the event that Lender or Agent informs Borrower that Lender will not initiate a debit entry to Borrower’s account for a certain amount of the periodic obligations due on a specific payment date, Borrower shall pay to Lender such amount of periodic obligations in full in immediately available funds on such payment date; provided, further, that, with respect to clause (i) above, if Lender or Agent informs Borrower that Lender will not initiate a debit entry as described above later than the date that is three (3) Business Days prior to such payment date, Borrower shall pay to Lender such amount of periodic obligations in full in immediately available funds on the date that is three (3) Business Days after the date on which Lender or Agent notifies Borrower of such; provided, further, that, with respect to clause (ii) above, in the event that Lender or Agent informs Borrower that Lender will not initiate a debit entry to Borrower’s account for certain amount of such out-of-pocket legal fees and costs incurred by Agent or Lender, Borrower shall pay to Lender such amount in full in immediately available funds within three (3) Business Days. Once repaid, a Term Loan Advance or any portion thereof may not be reborrowed.

 

14


2.2 Maximum Interest. Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement or any other Loan Document, it is the parties’ intent not to contract for, charge or receive interest at a rate that is greater than the maximum rate permissible by law that a court of competent jurisdiction shall deem applicable hereto (which under the laws of the State of California shall be deemed to be the laws relating to permissible rates of interest on commercial loans) (the “Maximum Rate”). If a court of competent jurisdiction shall finally determine that Borrower has actually paid to Lender an amount of interest in excess of the amount that would have been payable if all of the Secured Obligations had at all times borne interest at the Maximum Rate, then such excess interest actually paid by Borrower shall be applied as follows: first, to the payment of the Secured Obligations consisting of the outstanding principal; second, after all principal is repaid, to the payment of Lender’s accrued interest, costs, expenses, professional fees and any other Secured Obligations; and third, after all Secured Obligations are repaid, the excess (if any) shall be refunded to Borrower.

2.3 Default Interest. In the event any payment is not paid on the scheduled payment date, an amount equal to four percent (4.0%) of the past due amount shall be payable on demand. In addition, upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default hereunder, all Secured Obligations, including principal, interest, compounded interest, and professional fees, shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the rate set forth in Section 2.1(c), plus four percent (4.0%) per annum. In the event any interest is not paid when due hereunder, delinquent interest shall be added to principal and shall bear interest on interest, compounded at the rate set forth in Section 2.1(c) or Section 2.4, as applicable.

2.4 Prepayment. At its option upon at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice to Agent, Borrower may prepay all, but not less than all, of the outstanding Advances by paying the entire principal balance, and all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, together with a prepayment charge equal to the following percentage of the Advance amount being prepaid: if such Advance amounts are prepaid in any of the first twelve (12) months following the Closing Date, three percent (3.0%); after twelve (12) months but prior to twenty four (24) months, two percent (2.0%); and thereafter, one percent (1.0%) (each, a “Prepayment Charge”). Borrower agrees that the Prepayment Charge is a reasonable calculation of Lender’s lost profits in view of the difficulties and impracticality of determining actual damages resulting from an early repayment of the Advances. Borrower shall prepay the outstanding amount of all principal and accrued interest through the prepayment date and the Prepayment Charge upon the occurrence of a Change in Control. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Agent and Lender agree to waive the Prepayment Charge if Agent and Lender (each in its sole and absolute discretion) agree in writing to refinance the Advances prior to the Maturity Date. Further, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Prepayment Charge shall be automatically waived upon any assignment of the Loan, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents pursuant to Section 11.13 hereof by a Lender or the Agent (other than any assignment to an Affiliate of any Lender or Agent or any assignment made for securitization purposes).

 

15


2.5 End of Term Charge. On the earliest to occur of (i) the Term Loan Maturity Date, (ii) the date that Borrower prepays the outstanding Secured Obligations (other than any inchoate indemnity obligations and any other obligations which, by their terms, are to survive the termination of this Agreement) in full, or (iii) the date that the Secured Obligations become due and payable, Borrower shall pay Lender a charge equal to the End of Term Charge. Notwithstanding the required payment date of such charge, it shall be deemed earned by Lender as of the Closing Date.

2.6 Notes. If so requested by Lender by written notice to Borrower, then Borrower shall execute and deliver to Lender (and/or, if applicable and if so specified in such notice, to any Person who is an assignee of Lender pursuant to Section 11.13) (promptly after the Borrower’s receipt of such notice) a Note or Notes to evidence Lender’s Loans.

2.7 Pro Rata Treatment. Each payment (including prepayment) on account of any fee and any reduction of the Term Loan Advances shall be made pro rata according to the Term Commitments of the relevant Lender.

SECTION 3 SECURITY INTEREST

3.1 As security for the prompt and complete payment when due (whether on the payment dates or otherwise) of all the Secured Obligations, Borrower grants to Agent a security interest in all of Borrower’s right, title, and interest in, to and under all of Borrower’s personal property and other assets including without limitation the following (except as set forth herein) whether now owned or hereafter acquired (collectively, the “Collateral”): (a) Receivables; (b) Equipment; (c) Fixtures; (d) General Intangibles; (e) Inventory; (f) Investment Property; (g) Deposit Accounts; (h) Cash; (i) Goods; and all other tangible and intangible personal property of Borrower whether now or hereafter owned or existing, leased, consigned by or to, or acquired by, Borrower and wherever located, and any of Borrower’s property in the possession or under the control of Agent; and, to the extent not otherwise included, all Proceeds of each of the foregoing and all accessions to, substitutions and replacements for, and rents, profits and products of each of the foregoing.

3.2 Notwithstanding the broad grant of the security interest set forth in Section 3.1 above, the Collateral shall not include: (a) the equity interest of any Borrower in the Primary Care Joliet Joint Venture, (b) nonassignable licenses or contracts, which by their terms require the consent of the licensor thereof or another party (but only to the extent such prohibition on transfer is enforceable under applicable law including, without limitation, Sections 9-406, 9-407, 9-408 and 9-409 of the UCC), (c) property owned by Borrower that is subject to a purchase money Lien or a capital lease (and the proceeds thereof) permitted under this Agreement if the contractual obligation pursuant to which such Lien is granted (or in the document providing for such capital lease) prohibits or requires the consent of any person other than Borrower which has not been obtained as a condition to the creation of, any other Lien on such property, or (d) any (i) accounts used solely to fund current payroll or employee benefits maintained in the ordinary course of business, (ii) escrow and Cash collateral accounts properly owned by commercial insurance partners of Borrower or lessors to Borrower maintained in the ordinary course of business, or (iii) so long as the proceeds of such account are transferred on a daily basis to an account in which Agent has a security interest and that is subject to an Account Control Agreement, accounts maintained in the ordinary course of business (A) solely containing payments from commercial insurance partners of Borrower or the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, and (B) that are subject to a written agreement between Borrower and commercial insurance partners of Borrower or the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services that contains a prohibition on granting a security interest to Agent that is effective under applicable law.

 

16


SECTION 4 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO LOAN

The obligations of Lender to make each Loan hereunder are subject to the satisfaction by Borrower of the following conditions:

4.1 Initial Advance. On or prior to the Closing Date, Borrower shall have delivered to Agent the following:

(a) executed copies of the Loan Documents, which shall be an original, Account Control Agreements, a legal opinion of Borrower’s counsel, and all other documents and instruments reasonably required by Agent to effectuate the transactions contemplated hereby or to create and perfect the Liens of Agent with respect to all Collateral, in all cases in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Agent;

(b) certified copy of resolutions of the Managers evidencing approval of the Loan and other transactions evidenced by the Loan Documents;

(c) certified copies of the Certificate of Formation and the Limited Liability Company Agreement of Borrower, each as amended through the Closing Date, of Borrower;

(d) a certificate of good standing for Borrower from its state of formation and similar certificates from all other jurisdictions in which it does business and where the failure to be qualified could have a Material Adverse Effect;

(e) payment of the Due Diligence Fee, the Facility Charge and reimbursement of Agent’s and Lender’s current expenses reimbursable pursuant to this Agreement, which amounts may be deducted from the initial Advance;

(f) copies of each insurance policy required hereunder; and

(g) such other documents as Agent may reasonably request.

4.2 All Advances. On each Advance Date:

(a) Agent shall have received (i) an Advance Request for the relevant Advance as required by Section 2.1(b), each duly executed by Borrower’s Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer, and (ii) any other documents Agent may reasonably request.

(b) The representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Advance Date with the same effect as though made on and as of such date, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date.

 

17


(c) Borrower shall be in compliance with all the terms and provisions set forth herein and in each other Loan Document on its part to be observed or performed, and at the time of and immediately after such Advance no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

(d) Each Advance Request shall be deemed to constitute a representation and warranty by Borrower on the relevant Advance Date as to the matters specified in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this Section 4.2 and as to the matters set forth in the Advance Request.

4.3 No Default. As of the Closing Date and each Advance Date, (i) no Default or Event of Default exists and (ii) no event that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect has occurred and is continuing.

SECTION 5 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BORROWER

Borrower represents and warrants that:

5.1 Corporate Status. Borrower is a limited liability company or professional corporation duly organized, legally existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Illinois, Michigan or Indiana, and is duly qualified as a foreign entity in all jurisdictions in which the nature of its business or location of its properties require such qualifications and where the failure to be qualified could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Borrower’s present name, former names (if any), locations, place of formation, tax identification number, organizational identification number and other information are correctly set forth in Exhibit C, as may be updated by Borrower in a written notice (including any Compliance Certificate) provided to Agent after the Closing Date.

5.2 Collateral. Borrower owns the Collateral free of all Liens, except for Permitted Liens. Borrower has the power and authority to grant to Agent a Lien in the Collateral as security for the Secured Obligations.

5.3 Consents. Borrower’s execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and all other Loan Documents (i) have been duly authorized by all necessary limited liability company action of Borrower, (ii) will not result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon the Collateral, other than Permitted Liens and the Liens created by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (iii) do not violate any provisions of Borrower’s Certificate or Articles of Formation (as applicable), limited liability company agreement, or any, law, regulation, order, injunction, judgment, decree or writ to which Borrower is subject and (iv) except as described on Schedule 5.3, do not violate any contract or agreement or require the consent or approval of any other Person which has not already been obtained. The individual or individuals executing the Loan Documents are duly authorized to do so.

5.4 Material Adverse Effect. No event that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect has occurred and is continuing.

5.5 Actions Before Governmental Authorities. There are no actions, suits or proceedings at law or in equity or by or before any governmental authority now pending or, to the knowledge of Borrower, threatened against or affecting Borrower or its property, that is reasonably expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

18


5.6 Laws. Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is in violation of any law, rule or regulation, or in default with respect to any judgment, writ, injunction or decree of any governmental authority, where such violation or default is reasonably expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Borrower is not in default in any manner under any provision of any agreement or instrument evidencing material Indebtedness, or any other material agreement to which it is a party or by which it is bound.

Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is a company required to register as an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by a company that is required to register as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is engaged as one of its important activities in extending credit for margin stock (under Regulations X, T and U of the Federal Reserve Board of Governors). Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries has complied in all material respects with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act. Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is a “holding company” or an “affiliate” of a “holding company” or a “subsidiary company” of a “holding company” as each term is defined and used in the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 2005. Neither Borrower’s nor any of its Subsidiaries’ properties or assets has been used by Borrower or such Subsidiary or, to Borrower’s knowledge, by previous Persons, in disposing, producing, storing, treating, or transporting any hazardous substance other than in material compliance with applicable laws. Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries has obtained all consents, approvals and authorizations of, made all declarations or filings with, and given all notices to, all Governmental Authorities, the failure of which to obtain could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

None of Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries, or, to the knowledge of Borrower any of Borrower’s or its Subsidiaries’ Affiliates or any of their respective agents acting or benefiting in any capacity in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement is (i) in violation of any Anti-Terrorism Law, (ii) engaging in or conspiring to engage in any transaction that evades or avoids, or has the purpose of evading or avoiding or attempts to violate, any of the prohibitions set forth in any Anti-Terrorism Law, or (iii) is a Blocked Person. None of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (x) conducts any business or engages in making or receiving any contribution of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit of any Blocked Person, or (y) deals in, or otherwise engages in any transaction relating to, any property or interest in property blocked pursuant to Executive Order No. 13224, any similar executive order or other Anti-Terrorism Law. None of the funds to be provided under this Agreement will be used, directly or indirectly, (a) for any activities in violation of any applicable anti-money laundering, economic sanctions and anti-bribery laws and regulations laws and regulations or (b) for any payment to any governmental official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or anyone else acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in violation of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.

5.7 Information Correct and Current. No written information, report, Advance Request, financial statement, exhibit or schedule furnished, by or on behalf of Borrower to Agent in connection with any Loan Document or included therein or delivered pursuant thereto contained, or, when taken as a whole, contains or will contain any material misstatement of fact or, when taken together with all other such information or documents, omitted, omits or will omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were, are or will be made, not materially misleading at the time such statement

 

19


was made or deemed made. Additionally, any and all financial or business projections provided by Borrower to Agent, whether prior to or after the Closing Date, shall be (1) provided in good faith and based on the most current data and information available to Borrower at the time of furnishing such projections to the Agent, and (ii) the most current of such projections provided to the Managers (it being understood that such projections are subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond the control of Borrower, that no assurance is given that any particular projections will be realized, that actual results may differ).

5.8 Tax Matters. Except as described on Schedule 5.8 and except those being contested in good faith with adequate reserves under GAAP, (a) Borrower has filed all material federal, state and local tax returns that it is required to file, (b) Borrower has duly paid or fully reserved for all material taxes or installments thereof (including any interest or penalties) as and when due, which have or may become due pursuant to such returns, and (c) Borrower has paid or fully reserved for any material tax assessment received by Borrower for the three (3) years preceding the Closing Date, if any (including any taxes being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings).

5.9 Intellectual Property Claims. Borrower is the sole owner of, or otherwise has the right to use, the Intellectual Property material to Borrower’s business. Except as described on Schedule 5.9, (i) each of the material Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents is valid and enforceable, (ii) no material part of the Intellectual Property has been judged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, and (iii) no claim has been made to Borrower that any material part of the Intellectual Property violates the rights of any third party. Exhibit D is a true, correct and complete list of each of Borrower’s Patents, registered Trademarks, registered Copyrights, and material agreements under which Borrower licenses Intellectual Property from third parties (other than shrink-wrap software licenses), together with application or registration numbers, as applicable, owned by Borrower or any Subsidiary, in each case as of the Closing Date. Borrower is not in material breach of, nor has Borrower failed to perform any material obligations under, any of the foregoing contracts, licenses or agreements and, to Borrower’s knowledge, no third party to any such contract, license or agreement is in material breach thereof or has failed to perform any material obligations thereunder.

5.10 Intellectual Property. Except as described on Schedule 5.10, Borrower has all material rights with respect to Intellectual Property necessary or material in the operation or conduct of Borrower’s business as currently conducted and proposed to be conducted by Borrower. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, and in the case of Licenses, except for restrictions that are unenforceable under Division 9 of the UCC, Borrower has the right, to the extent required to operate Borrower’s business, to freely transfer, license or assign Intellectual Property necessary or material in the operation or conduct of Borrower’s business as currently conducted and proposed to be conducted by Borrower, without condition, restriction or payment of any kind (other than license payments in the ordinary course of business) to any third party, and Borrower owns or has the right to use, pursuant to valid licenses, all software development tools, library functions, compilers and all other third-party software and other items that are material to Borrower’s business and used in the design, development, promotion, sale, license, manufacture, import, export, use or distribution of Borrower Products except customary covenants in inbound license agreements and equipment leases where Borrower is the licensee or lessee.

 

20


5.11 Borrower Products. Except as described on Schedule 5.11, no Intellectual Property owned by Borrower or Borrower Product has been or is subject to any actual or, to the knowledge of Borrower, threatened litigation, proceeding (including any proceeding in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or any corresponding foreign office or agency) or outstanding decree, order, judgment, settlement agreement or stipulation that restricts in any manner Borrower’s use, transfer or licensing thereof or that may affect the validity, use or enforceability thereof. There is no decree, order, judgment, agreement, stipulation, arbitral award or other provision entered into in connection with any litigation or proceeding that obligates Borrower to grant licenses or ownership interest in any future Intellectual Property related to the operation or conduct of the business of Borrower or Borrower Products. Borrower has not received any written notice or claim challenging or questioning Borrower’s ownership in any Intellectual Property (or written notice of any claim challenging or questioning the ownership in any licensed Intellectual Property of the owner thereof) or suggesting that any third party has any claim of legal or beneficial ownership with respect thereto nor, to Borrower’s knowledge, is there a reasonable basis for any such claim. Neither Borrower’s use of its Intellectual Property nor the production and sale of Borrower Products infringes the Intellectual Property or other rights of others.

5.12 Financial Accounts. Exhibit E, as may be updated by the Borrower in a written notice provided to Agent after the Closing Date, is a true, correct and complete list of (a) all banks and other financial institutions at which Borrower or any Subsidiary maintains Deposit Accounts and (b) all institutions at which Borrower or any Subsidiary maintains an account holding Investment Property, and such exhibit correctly identifies the name, address and telephone number of each bank or other institution, the name in which the account is held, a description of the purpose of the account, and the complete account number therefor.

5.13 Employee Loans. Borrower has no outstanding loans to any employee, officer or director of the Borrower nor has Borrower guaranteed the payment of any loan made to an employee, officer or director of the Borrower by a third party.

5.14 Capitalization and Subsidiaries. Borrower’s capitalization as of the Closing Date is set forth on Schedule 5.14 annexed hereto. Borrower does not own any stock, partnership interest or other securities of any Person, except for Permitted Investments. Attached as Schedule 5.14, as may be updated by Borrower in a written notice provided after the Closing Date, is a true, correct and complete list of each Subsidiary.

5.15 Foreign Subsidiary Voting Rights. No decision or action in any governing document of any Foreign Subsidiary (other than an Eligible Foreign Subsidiary) requires a vote of greater than fifty and one tenth of one percent (50.1%) of the Equity Interests or voting rights of such Foreign Subsidiary.

SECTION 6 INSURANCE; INDEMNIFICATION

6.1 Coverage. Borrower shall cause to be carried and maintained commercial general liability insurance, on an occurrence form, against risks customarily insured against in Borrower’s line of business. Such risks shall include the risks of bodily injury, including death, property damage, personal injury, advertising injury, and contractual liability per the terms of the indemnification agreement found in Section 6.3. Borrower must maintain a minimum of Two

 

21


Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00) of commercial general liability insurance for each occurrence. Borrower has and agrees to maintain a minimum of (a) prior to the date that is sixty (60) days after the Closing Date, One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) and (b) on and after the date that is sixty (60) days after the Closing Date, Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00) of directors’ and officers’ insurance for each occurrence and (a) prior to the date that is sixty (60) days after the Closing Date, Four Million Dollars ($4,000,000.00) in the aggregate and (b) on and after the date that is sixty (60) days after the Closing Date, Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00) in the aggregate. So long as there are any Secured Obligations outstanding, Borrower shall also cause to be carried and maintained insurance upon the Collateral, insuring against all risks of physical loss or damage howsoever caused, in an amount not less than the full replacement cost of the Collateral, provided that such insurance may be subject to standard exceptions and deductibles.

6.2 Certificates. Borrower shall deliver to Agent certificates of insurance that evidence Borrower’s compliance with its insurance obligations in Section 6.1 and the obligations contained in this Section 6.2. Borrower’s insurance certificate shall state Agent (shown as “Hercules Capital, Inc.”, as “Agent”) is an additional insured for commercial general liability, a loss payee for all risk property damage insurance, subject to the insurer’s approval, and a loss payee for property insurance and additional insured for liability insurance for any future insurance that Borrower may acquire from such insurer. On or prior to the date that is sixty (60) days after the Closing Date, Borrower shall also provide to Agent additional insured endorsements for liability and lender’s loss payable endorsements for all risk property damage insurance. All certificates of insurance will provide for a minimum of thirty (30) days advance written notice to Agent of cancellation (other than cancellation for non-payment of premiums, for which ten (10) days’ advance written notice shall be sufficient) or any other change adverse to Agent’s interests. Any failure of Agent to scrutinize such insurance certificates for compliance is not a waiver of any of Agent’s rights, all of which are reserved. On or prior to the date that is sixty (60) days after the Closing Date, Borrower shall provide Agent with copies of each insurance policy, and upon entering or amending any insurance policy required hereunder, Borrower shall provide Agent with copies of such policies and shall promptly deliver to Agent updated insurance certificates with respect to such policies.

6.3 Indemnity. Borrower agrees to indemnify and hold Agent, Lender and their officers, directors, employees, agents, in-house attorneys, representatives and shareholders (each, an “Indemnified Person”) harmless from and against any and all claims, costs, expenses, damages and liabilities (including such claims, costs, expenses, damages and liabilities based on liability in tort, including strict liability in tort), including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements and other costs of investigation or defense (including those incurred upon any appeal) (collectively, “Liabilities”), that may be instituted or asserted against or incurred by such Indemnified Person as the result of credit having been extended, suspended or terminated under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or the administration of such credit, or in connection with or arising out of the transactions contemplated hereunder and thereunder, or any actions or failures to act in connection therewith, or arising out of the disposition or utilization of the Collateral, excluding in all cases Liabilities to the extent resulting solely from any Indemnified Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. Borrower agrees to pay, and to save Agent and Lender harmless from, any and all liabilities with respect to, or resulting from any delay in paying, any and all excise, sales or other similar taxes (excluding taxes imposed on or measured by the net income of Agent or Lender) that may be payable or determined to be payable with respect to any of the Collateral or this

 

22


Agreement. In no event shall any Indemnified Person be liable on any theory of liability for any special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (including any loss of profits, business or anticipated savings). This Section 6.3 shall survive the repayment of indebtedness under, and otherwise shall survive the expiration or other termination of, the Loan Agreement.

SECTION 7 COVENANTS OF BORROWER

Borrower agrees as follows:

7.1 Financial Reports. Borrower shall furnish to Agent the financial statements and reports listed hereinafter (the “Financial Statements”):

(a) as soon as practicable (and in any event within thirty (30) days) after the end of each month, unaudited interim and year-to-date financial statements as of the end of such month (prepared on a consolidated and consolidating basis, if applicable), including (i) balance sheet and related statements of income and cash flows accompanied by a report detailing any material contingencies (including the commencement of any material litigation by or against Borrower) or any other occurrence that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) monthly key operational indicators and clinic contribution summary spreadsheets, and (iii) a report of agings of accounts receivable and accounts payable for such period, all certified by Borrower’s Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer to the effect that they have been prepared in accordance with GAAP, except (A) for the absence of footnotes, (B) that they are subject to normal year-end adjustments, and (C) they do not contain certain non-cash items that are customarily included in quarterly and annual financial statements;

(b) as soon as practicable (and in any event within thirty (30) days) after the end of each calendar quarter, unaudited interim and year-to-date financial statements as of the end of such calendar quarter (prepared on a consolidated and consolidating basis, if applicable), including balance sheet and related statements of income and cash flows accompanied by a report detailing any material contingencies (including the commencement of any material litigation by or against Borrower) or any other occurrence that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, certified by Borrower’s Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer to the effect that they have been prepared in accordance with GAAP, except (i) for the absence of footnotes, and (ii) that they are subject to normal year-end adjustments; as well as the most recent capitalization table for Borrower, including the weighted average exercise price of employee stock options;

(c) as soon as practicable (and in any event within one hundred eighty (180) days) after the end of each fiscal year, unqualified audited financial statements as of the end of such year (prepared on a consolidated and consolidating basis, if applicable), including balance sheet and related statements of income and cash flows, and setting forth in comparative form the corresponding figures for the preceding fiscal year, certified by a firm of independent certified public accountants selected by Borrower and reasonably acceptable to Agent (it being acknowledged and agreed that Crowe Horwath LLP shall be acceptable to Agent), accompanied by any management report from such accountants;

 

23


(d) as soon as practicable (and in any event within thirty (30) days) after the end of each month, a Compliance Certificate in the form of Exhibit F;

(e) promptly after the sending or filing thereof, as the case may be, copies of any proxy statements, financial statements or reports that Borrower has made available to holders of its Preferred Stock or other shareholders and securities holders and copies of any regular, periodic and special reports or registration statements that Borrower files with the Securities and Exchange Commission or any governmental authority that may be substituted therefor, or any national securities exchange;

(f) promptly following each meeting (or any written action in lieu of a meeting) of Borrower’s Board of Directors, copies of all notices, minutes, and consents that Borrower provides to its directors in connection with meetings of its full Board of Directors; provided that, in all cases, Borrower may exclude: (i) any confidential information relating to executive compensation, (ii) minutes and other materials prepared exclusively for executive sessions of the independent directors and committees of the Board of Directors, (iii) information to the extent the Secured Obligations, any Loan Document, the Agent or the Lender is the subject of such information, (iv) any information with respect to which Borrower has determined in good faith such exclusion or redaction is reasonably necessary to preserve attorney-client privilege with respect to any matter, or such exclusion or redaction is otherwise required to comply with applicable laws or regulations, or (v) any information that would raise a conflict of interest with Agent or Lenders.

(g) financial and business projections promptly following their approval by the Managers, and in any event, within thirty (30) days after such approval by the Managers, as well as budgets, operating plans and other financial information reasonably requested by Agent; and

(h) immediate notice if Borrower or any Subsidiary has knowledge that Borrower, or any Subsidiary, is listed on the OFAC Lists or (a) is convicted on, (b) pleads nolo contendere to, (c) is indicted on, or (d) is arraigned and held over on charges involving money laundering or predicate crimes to money laundering.

Borrower shall not make any change in its (a) accounting policies or reporting practices (unless required by GAAP) or (b) fiscal years or fiscal quarters. The fiscal year of Borrower shall end on December 31.

The executed Compliance Certificate may be sent via email to Agent at legal@herculestech.com. All Financial Statements required to be delivered pursuant to clauses (a), (b) and (c) shall be sent via e-mail to financialstatements@herculestech.com with a copy to legal@herculestech.com provided, that if e-mail is not available or sending such Financial Statements via e-mail is not possible, they shall be faxed to Agent at: (650) 473-9194, attention Account Manager: Oak Street Health MSO.

7.2 Management Rights. Borrower shall permit any representative that Agent or Lender authorizes, including its attorneys and accountants, to inspect the Collateral and examine and make copies and abstracts of the books of account and records of Borrower at reasonable times and upon reasonable notice during normal business hours; provided, however, that so long

 

24


as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, such examinations shall be limited to no more often than once per fiscal year. In addition, any such representative shall have the right to meet with management and officers of Borrower to discuss such books of account and records. In addition, Agent or Lender shall be entitled at reasonable times and intervals and, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, upon reasonable notice during normal business hours to consult with and advise the management and officers of Borrower concerning significant business issues affecting Borrower. Such consultations shall not unreasonably interfere with Borrower’s business operations. The parties intend that the rights granted Agent and Lender shall constitute “management rights” within the meaning of 29 C.F.R. Section 2510.3-101(d)(3)(ii), but that any advice, recommendations or participation by Agent or Lender with respect to any business issues shall not be deemed to give Agent or Lender, nor be deemed an exercise by Agent or Lender of, control over Borrower’s management or policies.

7.3 Further Assurances. Borrower shall from time to time execute, deliver and file, alone or with Agent, any financing statements, security agreements, collateral assignments, notices, control agreements, or other documents to perfect or give the highest priority to Agent’s Lien on the Collateral. Borrower shall from time to time procure any instruments or documents as may be reasonably requested by Agent, and take all further action that may be necessary, or that Agent may reasonably request, to perfect and protect the Liens granted hereby and thereby. In addition, and for such purposes only, Borrower hereby authorizes Agent to execute and deliver on behalf of Borrower and to file such financing statements (including an indication that the financing statement covers “all assets or all personal property” of Borrower in accordance with Section 9-504 of the UCC), collateral assignments, notices, control agreements, security agreements and other documents without the signature of Borrower either in Agent’s name or in the name of Agent as agent and attorney-in-fact for Borrower. Borrower shall protect and defend Borrower’s title to the Collateral and Agent’s Lien thereon against all Persons claiming any interest adverse to Borrower or Agent other than Permitted Liens.

7.4 Indebtedness. Borrower shall not create, incur, assume, guarantee or be or remain liable with respect to any Indebtedness, or permit any Subsidiary so to do, other than Permitted Indebtedness, or prepay any Indebtedness or take any actions which impose on Borrower an obligation to prepay any Indebtedness, except for (a) the conversion of Indebtedness into equity securities and the payment of cash in lieu of fractional shares in connection with such conversion, (b) purchase money Indebtedness pursuant to its then applicable payment schedule, (c) prepayment by any Subsidiary of (i) inter-company Indebtedness owed by such Subsidiary to any Borrower, or (ii) if such Subsidiary is not a Borrower, intercompany Indebtedness owed by such Subsidiary to another Subsidiary that is not a Borrower or (d) as otherwise permitted hereunder or approved in writing by Agent.

7.5 Collateral. Borrower shall at all times keep the Collateral and all other property and assets used in Borrower’s business or in which Borrower now or hereafter holds any interest free and clear from any legal process or Liens whatsoever (except for Permitted Liens), and shall give Agent prompt written notice of any legal process affecting the Collateral, such other property and assets, or any Liens thereon, provided however, that the Collateral and such other property and assets may be subject to Permitted Liens except that there shall be no Liens whatsoever on Intellectual Property. Borrower shall not agree with any Person other than Agent or Lender not to encumber its property. Borrower shall not enter into or suffer to exist or become effective any

 

25


agreement that prohibits or limits the ability of any Borrower to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its Intellectual Property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, to secure its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party other than (a) this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (b) any agreements governing any purchase money Liens or capital lease obligations otherwise permitted hereby (in which case, any prohibition or limitation shall only be effective against the assets financed thereby) and (c) customary restrictions on the assignment of leases, licenses and other agreements. Borrower shall cause its Subsidiaries to protect and defend such Subsidiary’s title to its assets from and against all Persons claiming any interest adverse to such Subsidiary, and Borrower shall cause its Subsidiaries at all times to keep such Subsidiary’s property and assets free and clear from any legal process or Liens whatsoever (except for Permitted Liens, provided however, that there shall be no Liens whatsoever on Intellectual Property), and shall give Agent prompt written notice of any legal process affecting such Subsidiary’s assets.

7.6 Investments. Borrower shall not directly or indirectly acquire or own, or make any Investment in or to any Person, or permit any of its Subsidiaries so to do, other than Permitted Investments.

7.7 Distributions. Borrower shall not, and shall not allow any Subsidiary to, (a) repurchase or redeem any class of stock or other Equity Interest other than pursuant to employee, director or consultant repurchase plans or other similar agreements, provided, however, in each case the repurchase or redemption price does not exceed the original consideration paid for such stock or Equity Interest, or (b) declare or pay any cash dividend or make a cash distribution on any class of stock or other Equity Interest, except that a Subsidiary may pay dividends or make distributions to Borrower and, provided no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, Oak Street Health may make distributions to its members for purposes of paying such members’ currently due quarterly estimated income tax obligations on account of income from operations of Oak Street Health, solely as required under the operating agreement of Oak Street Health, for so long as the Oak Street Health is a pass-through entity for tax purposes, or (c) lend money to any employees, officers or directors or guarantee the payment of any such loans granted by a third party in excess of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00) in the aggregate or (d) waive, release or forgive any Indebtedness owed by any employees, officers or directors in excess of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00) in the aggregate.

7.8 Transfers. Except for Permitted Transfers, Borrower shall not, and shall not allow any Subsidiary to, voluntarily or involuntarily transfer, sell, lease, license, lend or in any other manner convey any equitable, beneficial or legal interest in any material portion of its assets.

7.9 Mergers or Acquisitions. Borrower shall not merge or consolidate, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to merge or consolidate, with or into any other business organization (other than mergers or consolidations of (a) a Subsidiary which is not a Borrower into another Subsidiary or into Borrower or (b) a Borrower into another Borrower), or acquire, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to acquire, all or substantially all of the capital stock or property of another Person.

 

26


7.10 Taxes. Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall pay when due all material taxes, fees or other charges of any nature whatsoever (together with any related interest or penalties) now or hereafter imposed or assessed against Borrower, Agent, Lender or the Collateral or upon Borrower’s ownership, possession, use, operation or disposition thereof or upon Borrower’s rents, receipts or earnings arising therefrom. Borrower shall file on or before the due date therefor all personal property tax returns in respect of the Collateral. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrower may contest, in good faith and by appropriate proceedings, taxes for which Borrower maintains adequate reserves therefor in accordance with GAAP.

7.11 Corporate Changes. Neither Borrower nor any Subsidiary shall change its corporate name, legal form or jurisdiction of formation without twenty (20) days’ prior written notice to Agent. Neither Borrower nor any Subsidiary shall suffer a Change in Control. Neither Borrower nor any Subsidiary shall relocate its chief executive office or its principal place of business unless: (i) it has provided prior written notice to Agent; and (ii) such relocation shall be within the continental United States of America. Neither Borrower nor any Qualified Subsidiary shall relocate any item of Collateral (other than (x) sales of Inventory in the ordinary course of business, (y) relocations of Equipment having an aggregate value of up to Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000.00) in any fiscal year, and (z) relocations of Collateral from a location described on Exhibit C to another location described on Exhibit C) unless (i) it has provided prompt written notice to Agent, (ii) such relocation is within the continental United States of America and, (iii) if such relocation is to a third party bailee, it has delivered a bailee agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Agent.

7.12 Deposit Accounts. Neither Borrower nor any Qualified Subsidiary or Physician’s Group shall maintain any Deposit Accounts, or accounts holding Investment Property, other than Excluded Accounts, except with respect to which Agent has an Account Control Agreement.

7.13 Subsidiaries; Physician Groups. Borrower shall notify Agent of each Subsidiary or Physician Group formed subsequent to the Closing Date (excluding the Primary Care Joliet Joint Venture) and, within fifteen (15) days after formation, shall cause any such Qualified Subsidiary or Physician Group to execute and deliver to Agent a Joinder Agreement.

7.14 Notification of Event of Default. Borrower shall notify Agent immediately of the occurrence of any Event of Default.

7.15 [Reserved].

7.16 Use of Proceeds. Borrower agrees that the proceeds of the Loans shall be used solely to pay related fees and expenses in connection with this Agreement and for working capital and general corporate purposes. The proceeds of the Loans will not be used in violation of Anti-Corruption Laws or applicable Sanctions.

7.17 Foreign Subsidiary Voting Rights. Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any Subsidiary, to amend or modify any governing document of any Foreign Subsidiary of Borrower (other than an Eligible Foreign Subsidiary) the effect of which is to require a vote of greater than fifty and one tenth of one percent (50.1%) of the Equity Interests or voting rights of such entity for any decision or action of such entity.

 

27


7.18 Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries shall directly or indirectly, knowingly enter into any documents, instruments, agreements or contracts with any Person listed on the OFAC Lists. Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries shall directly or indirectly, (i) conduct any business or engage in any transaction or dealing with any Blocked Person, including, without limitation, the making or receiving of any contribution of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit of any Blocked Person, (ii) deal in, or otherwise engage in any transaction relating to, any property or interests in property blocked pursuant to Executive Order No. 13224 or any similar executive order or other Anti-Terrorism Law, or (iii) engage in or conspire to engage in any transaction that evades or avoids, or has the purpose of evading or avoiding, or attempts to violate, any of the prohibitions set forth in Executive Order No. 13224 or other Anti-Terrorism Law.

Borrower has implemented and maintains in effect policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance by the Borrower, its Subsidiaries and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions, and Borrower, its Subsidiaries and their respective officers and employees and to the knowledge of Borrower its directors and agents, are in compliance with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions in all material respects.

None of Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective directors, officers or employees, or to the knowledge of Borrower, any agent for Borrower or its Subsidiaries that will act in any capacity in connection with or benefit from the credit facility established hereby, is a Sanctioned Person. No Loan, use of proceeds or other transaction contemplated by this Agreement will violate Anti-Corruption Laws or applicable Sanctions.

7.19 Net Revenue Covenant. Borrower shall, at all times after the Term B Loan Advance and/or Term C Loan Advance is made, maintain aggregate net revenue, on a trailing six-month basis, determined in accordance with GAAP, of greater than or equal to seventy-five percent (75.0%) of Borrower’s Manager-approved financial projections, to be tested on the last day of each fiscal quarter of Borrower (which projections may be revised annually or from time to time and are approved by Agent in writing in its reasonable discretion).

7.20 Administrative Services Agreements. Borrower shall not (i) amend, modify or waive any material provision or term of any Administrative Services Agreement in effect as of the Closing Date in a manner adverse to Agent or any Lender, (ii) terminate any Administrative Services Agreement, or (iii) enter into any new Administrative Services Agreement, in each case, without at least ten (10) days’ prior written notice to Agent and without the consent of Agent. Upon Agent’s request, upon entering into or amending any Administrative Services Agreement, Borrower shall promptly provide Agent with copies of such Administrative Services Agreements or amendments thereto and any other documentation requested by Agent in connection with any Administrative Services Agreement.

7.21 Primary Care Joliet Joint Venture. Borrower agrees that (a) the initial equity capital contribution of Borrower to the Primary Care Joliet Joint Venture shall not exceed One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00), and (b) all subsequent equity capital contributions to the Primary Care Joliet Joint Venture shall not exceed One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) in the aggregate.

7.22 Intellectual Property. Each Borrower shall protect, defend and maintain the validity and enforceability of its Intellectual Property; (ii) promptly advise Agent in writing of material infringements of its Intellectual Property; and (iii) not allow any Intellectual Property material to Borrowers’ business to be abandoned, forfeited or dedicated to the public (other than by operation

 

28


of law) without Agent’s written consent. If a Borrower (i) obtains any Patent, registered Trademark, registered Copyright, registered mask work, or any pending application for any of the foregoing, whether as owner or licensee, or (ii) applies for any Patent or the registration of any Trademark, then such Borrower shall promptly provide written notice thereof to Agent and shall execute such intellectual property security agreements and other documents and take such other actions as Agent may reasonably request in its good faith business judgment to perfect and maintain a first priority perfected security interest in favor of Agent in such property. If a Borrower decides to register any Copyrights or mask works in the United States Copyright Office, such Borrower shall: (x) provide Agent with at least fifteen (15) days prior written notice of such Borrower’s intent to register such Copyrights or mask works together with a copy of the application it intends to file with the United States Copyright Office (excluding exhibits thereto); (y) execute an intellectual property security agreement and such other documents and take such other actions as Agent may reasonably request in its good faith business judgment to perfect and maintain a first priority perfected security interest in favor of Agent in the Copyrights or mask works intended to be registered with the United States Copyright Office; and (z) if requested by the Agent, record such intellectual property security agreement with the United States Copyright Office contemporaneously with filing the Copyright or mask work application(s) with the United States Copyright Office. Borrowers shall promptly provide to Agent copies of all applications that it files for Patents or for the registration of Trademarks, Copyrights or mask works and, if requested by the Agent, evidence of the recording of the intellectual property security agreement required for Agent to perfect and maintain a first priority perfected security interest in such property.

7.23 Post-Closing Conditions. (a) On or prior to December 31, 2017, Borrower shall cause all Borrower’s accounts with First Midwest Bank to be closed and to have no remaining balance, and (b) on or prior to the date that is forty-five (45) days after the Closing Date, Borrower shall deliver to Agent a landlord’s waiver with respect to Borrower’s chief executive office in a form acceptable to Agent in its sole discretion.

SECTION 8 RIGHT TO INVEST

8.1 Subject to the term and conditions of this Section 8.1, Lender shall have the right, in its discretion, to purchase up to Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00) in equity securities from Oak Street Health in the first Subsequent Financing to occur after the Closing Date on the same terms, conditions and pricing afforded to others purchasing the same equity securities from Oak Street Health in such Subsequent Financing. As a condition to the exercise of this right, Lender shall execute counterparts to any subscription agreements or purchase agreements, investor agreements, consents or other documents that provide rights, contractual or otherwise, to holders of the equity securities to be sold in the Subsequent Financing as are required of each of the other purchasers in the Subsequent Financing, including the then-effective limited liability company operating agreement of Oak Street Health (the “Ancillary Agreements”). The purchase right of this Section shall expire and terminate upon the first to occur of (a) ten (10) days following Oak Street Health’s written notice to Lender of the Subsequent Financing if Lender shall not have elected to purchase any equity securities from Oak Street Health by written notice to Oak Street Health by such tenth (10th) day stating the amount of equity securities to be so purchased by Lender; (b) the issuance of any equity securities of the Company to Lender in satisfaction of the exercise of Lender’s right hereunder; (c) the acquisition of Oak Street Health, or (d) the Term Loan Maturity Date.

 

29


SECTION 9 EVENTS OF DEFAULT

The occurrence of any one or more of the following events shall be an Event of Default:

9.1 Payments. Borrower fails to pay any amount due under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents on the due date; provided, however, that an Event of Default shall not occur on account of a failure to pay due solely to an administrative or operational error of Agent or Lender or Borrower’s bank if Borrower had the funds to make the payment when due and makes the payment within three (3) Business Days following Borrower’s knowledge of such failure to pay; or

9.2 Covenants. Borrower breaches or defaults in the performance of any covenant or Secured Obligation under this Agreement, or any of the other Loan Documents or any other agreement among Borrower, Agent and Lender, and (a) with respect to a default under any covenant under this Agreement (other than under Sections 6, 7.4, 7.5, 7.6, 7.7, 7.8, 7.9, 7.14, 7.16, 7.17, 17.18, 7.19, 7.20, 7.21, 7.22 and 7.23) any other Loan Document or any other agreement among Borrower, Agent and Lender, such default continues for more than fifteen (15) days after the earlier of the date on which (i) Agent or Lender has given notice of such default to Borrower and (ii) Borrower has actual knowledge of such default or (b) with respect to a default under any of Sections 6, 7.4, 7.5, 7.6, 7.7, 7.8, 7.9, 7.14, 7.16, 7.17, 17.18, 7.19, 7.20, 7.21, 7.22 and 7.23, the occurrence of such default; or

9.3 Material Adverse Effect. A circumstance has occurred that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, provided that: (a) solely for the purposes of this Section 9.3, the occurrence of adverse results or delays in any nonclinical or clinical trial, in and of itself, shall not constitute a Material Adverse Effect; and (b) if such circumstance is solely due to a change in or discontinuance of a strategic partnership or other collaboration or license agreement, Agent shall provide three (3) calendar days written notice to Borrower before calling an Event of Default under this Section 9.3, whereby during such time, Agent shall make itself available to discuss in good faith a proposed solution to such Material Adverse Effect; or

9.4 Representations. Any representation or warranty made by Borrower in any Loan Document or in the Warrant (if any) shall have been false or misleading in any material respect when made or when deemed made; or

9.5 Insolvency. Any Borrower (A) (i) shall make an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or (ii) shall be unable to pay its debts as they become due, or be unable to pay or perform under the Loan Documents, or shall become insolvent; or (iii) shall file a voluntary petition in bankruptcy; or (iv) shall file any petition, answer, or document seeking for itself any reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution or similar relief under any present or future statute, law or regulation pertinent to such circumstances; or (v) shall seek or consent to or acquiesce in the appointment of any trustee, receiver, or liquidator of Borrower or of all or any substantial part (i.e., 331/3% or more) of the assets or property of such Borrower; or (vi) shall cease operations of its business as its business has normally been conducted, or terminate substantially all of its employees; or (vii) any Borrower or its directors or majority shareholders shall take any action initiating any of the foregoing actions described in clauses (i) through (vi); or (B) either (i) forty-five (45) days shall have expired after the commencement of

 

30


an involuntary action against any Borrower seeking reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution or similar relief under any present or future statute, law or regulation, without such action being dismissed or all orders or proceedings thereunder affecting the operations or the business of such Borrower being stayed; or (ii) a stay of any such order or proceedings shall thereafter be set aside and the action setting it aside shall not be timely appealed; or (iii) any Borrower shall file any answer admitting or not contesting the material allegations of a petition filed against such Borrower in any such proceedings; or (iv) the court in which such proceedings are pending shall enter a decree or order granting the relief sought in any such proceedings; or (v) forty-five (45) days shall have expired after the appointment, without the consent or acquiescence of the applicable Borrower, of any trustee, receiver or liquidator of such Borrower or of all or any substantial part of the properties of such Borrower without such appointment being vacated; or

9.6 Attachments; Judgments. Any portion of Borrower’s assets is attached or seized, or a levy is filed against any such assets, or a judgment or judgments is/are entered for the payment of money (not covered by independent third party insurance as to which liability has not been rejected by such insurance carrier), individually or in the aggregate, of at least Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000.00), or Borrower is enjoined or in any way prevented by court order from conducting any part of its business; or

9.7 Other Obligations. The occurrence of any default under any agreement or obligation of Borrower involving any Indebtedness in excess of Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000.00).

SECTION 10 REMEDIES

10.1 General. Upon and during the continuance of any one or more Events of Default, (i) Agent may, and at the direction of the Required Lenders shall, accelerate and demand payment of all or any part of the Secured Obligations together with a Prepayment Charge and declare them to be immediately due and payable (provided, that upon the occurrence of an Event of Default of the type described in Section 9.5, all of the Secured Obligations shall automatically be accelerated and made due and payable, in each case without any further notice or act), (ii) Agent may, at its option, sign and file in Borrower’s name any and all collateral assignments, notices, control agreements, security agreements and other documents it deems necessary or appropriate to perfect or protect the repayment of the Secured Obligations, and in furtherance thereof, Borrower hereby grants Agent an irrevocable power of attorney coupled with an interest, and (iii) Agent may notify any of Borrower’s account debtors to make payment directly to Agent, compromise the amount of any such account on Borrower’s behalf and endorse Agent’s name without recourse on any such payment for deposit directly to Agent’s account. Agent may, and at the direction of the Required Lenders shall, exercise all rights and remedies with respect to the Collateral under the Loan Documents or otherwise available to it under the UCC and other applicable law, including the right to release, hold, sell, lease, liquidate, collect, realize upon, or otherwise dispose of all or any part of the Collateral and the right to occupy, utilize, process and commingle the Collateral. All Agent’s rights and remedies shall be cumulative and not exclusive.

 

31


10.2 Collection; Foreclosure. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, Agent may, and at the direction of the Required Lenders shall, at any time or from time to time, apply, collect, liquidate, sell in one or more sales, lease or otherwise dispose of, any or all of the Collateral, in its then condition or following any commercially reasonable preparation or processing, in such order as Agent may elect. Any such sale may be made either at public or private sale at its place of business or elsewhere. Borrower agrees that any such public or private sale may occur upon ten (10) calendar days’ prior written notice to Borrower. Agent may require Borrower to assemble the Collateral and make it available to Agent at a place designated by Agent that is reasonably convenient to Agent and Borrower. The proceeds of any sale, disposition or other realization upon all or any part of the Collateral shall be applied by Agent in the following order of priorities:

First, to Agent and Lender in an amount sufficient to pay in full Agent’s and Lender’s reasonable costs and professionals’ and advisors’ fees and expenses as described in Section 11.11;

Second, to Lender in an amount equal to the then unpaid amount of the Secured Obligations (including principal, interest, and the Default Rate interest), in such order and priority as Agent may choose in its sole discretion; and

Finally, after the full and final payment in Cash of all of the Secured Obligations (other than inchoate obligations), to any creditor holding a junior Lien on the Collateral, or to Borrower or its representatives or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct.

Agent shall be deemed to have acted reasonably in the custody, preservation and disposition of any of the Collateral if it complies with the obligations of a secured party under the UCC.

10.3 No Waiver. Agent shall be under no obligation to marshal any of the Collateral for the benefit of Borrower or any other Person, and Borrower expressly waives all rights, if any, to require Agent to marshal any Collateral.

10.4 Cumulative Remedies. The rights, powers and remedies of Agent hereunder shall be in addition to all rights, powers and remedies given by statute or rule of law and are cumulative. The exercise of any one or more of the rights, powers and remedies provided herein shall not be construed as a waiver of or election of remedies with respect to any other rights, powers and remedies of Agent.

SECTION 11 MISCELLANEOUS

11.1 Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement shall be prohibited by or invalid under such law, such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent and duration of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

 

32


11.2 Notice. Except as otherwise provided herein, any notice, demand, request, consent, approval, declaration, service of process or other communication (including the delivery of Financial Statements) that is required, contemplated, or permitted under the Loan Documents or with respect to the subject matter hereof shall be in writing, and shall be deemed to have been validly served, given, delivered, and received upon the earlier of: (i) the day of transmission by electronic mail or hand delivery or delivery by an overnight express service or overnight mail delivery service; or (ii) the third calendar day after deposit in the United States of America mails, with proper first class postage prepaid, in each case addressed to the party to be notified as follows:

(a) If to Agent:

HERCULES CAPITAL, INC.

Legal Department

Attention: Legal Department

400 Hamilton Avenue, Suite 310

Palo Alto, CA 94301

email: legal@herculestech.com

Telephone: 650-289-3060

(b) If to Lender:

HERCULES CAPITAL, INC.

Legal Department Attention: Legal Department

400 Hamilton Avenue, Suite 310

Palo Alto, CA 94301 email: legal@herculestech.com

Telephone: 650-289-3060

(c) If to any Borrower or Borrowers:

Oak Street Health MSO, LLC

Attn: Chief Financial Officer

30 W. Monroe St.

Suite 1200 Chicago, IL 60603

finance@oakstreethealth.com

312-733-9730

or to such other address as each party may designate for itself by like notice.

11.3 Entire Agreement; Amendments.

(a) This Agreement and the other Loan Documents constitute the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter hereof and thereof, and supersede and replace in their entirety any prior proposals, term sheets, non-disclosure or confidentiality agreements, letters, negotiations or other documents or agreements, whether written or oral, with respect to the subject matter hereof or thereof (including Agent’s revised proposal letter dated June 30, 2017 and the Non-Disclosure Agreement).

(b) Neither this Agreement, any other Loan Document, nor any terms hereof or thereof may be amended, supplemented or modified except in accordance with the provisions of this Section 11.3(b). The Required Lenders and Borrower party to the relevant Loan Document may, or, with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Agent and the Borrower party to the relevant Loan Document may, from time to time, (i) enter into written amendments, supplements or modifications hereto and to the other Loan Documents for the purpose of adding any provisions to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or changing in any manner the rights of the Lenders or of the Borrower hereunder or thereunder or (ii) waive, on such terms and conditions as the Required Lenders or the Agent, as the case may be, may specify in such

 

33


instrument, any of the requirements of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or any default or Event of Default and its consequences; provided, however, that no such waiver and no such amendment, supplement or modification shall (A) forgive the principal amount or extend the final scheduled date of maturity of any Loan, extend the scheduled date of any amortization payment in respect of any Term Loan Advance, reduce the stated rate of any interest or fee payable hereunder or extend the scheduled date of any payment thereof, in each case without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby; (B) eliminate or reduce the voting rights of any Lender under this Section 11.3(b) without the written consent of such Lender; (C) reduce any percentage specified in the definition of Required Lenders, consent to the assignment or transfer by the Borrower of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, release all or substantially all of the Collateral or release a Borrower from its obligations under the Loan Documents, in each case without the written consent of all Lenders; or (D) amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 11.17 without the written consent of the Agent. Any such waiver and any such amendment, supplement or modification shall apply equally to each Lender and shall be binding upon Borrower, the Lender, the Agent and all future holders of the Loans.

11.4 No Strict Construction. The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties hereto and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any provisions of this Agreement.

11.5 No Waiver. The powers conferred upon Agent and Lender by this Agreement are solely to protect its rights hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and its interest in the Collateral and shall not impose any duty upon Agent or Lender to exercise any such powers. No omission or delay by Agent or Lender at any time to enforce any right or remedy reserved to it, or to require performance of any of the terms, covenants or provisions hereof by Borrower at any time designated, shall be a waiver of any such right or remedy to which Agent or Lender is entitled, nor shall it in any way affect the right of Agent or Lender to enforce such provisions thereafter.

11.6 Termination Prior to Term Loan Maturity Date; Survival. All agreements, representations and warranties contained in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or in any document delivered pursuant hereto or thereto shall be for the benefit of Agent and Lender and shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement. All covenants, representations and warranties made in this Agreement shall continue in full force until this Agreement has terminated pursuant to its terms and all Secured Obligations (excluding any obligations pursuant to Section 6.3 or Section 8.1) have been satisfied. So long as Borrower has satisfied the Secured Obligations (other obligations under Section 6.3 or Section 8.1), this Agreement may be terminated prior to the Term Loan Maturity Date by Borrower, effective three (3) Business Days after written notice of termination is given to Agent. Sections 6.3 and 8.1 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

11.7 Successors and Assigns. The provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall inure to the benefit of and be binding on Borrower and its permitted assigns (if any). Borrower shall not assign its obligations under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents without Agent’s express prior written consent, and any such attempted assignment shall be void and of no effect. Agent and Lender may assign, transfer, or endorse its rights

 

34


hereunder and under the other Loan Documents without prior notice to Borrower, and all of such rights shall inure to the benefit of Agent’s and Lender’s successors and assigns; provided that as long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, neither Agent nor any Lender may assign, transfer or endorse its rights hereunder or under the Loan Documents to any party that is a direct competitor of Borrower (as reasonably determined by Agent), it being acknowledged that in all cases, any transfer to an Affiliate of any Lender or Agent shall be allowed.

11.8 Governing Law. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents have been negotiated and delivered to Agent and Lender in the State of California, and shall have been accepted by Agent and Lender in the State of California. Payment to Agent and Lender by Borrower of the Secured Obligations is due in the State of California. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of California, excluding conflict of laws principles that would cause the application of laws of any other jurisdiction.

11.9 Consent to Jurisdiction and Venue. All judicial proceedings (to the extent that the reference requirement of Section 11.10 is not applicable) arising in or under or related to this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents may be brought in any state or federal court located in the State of California. By execution and delivery of this Agreement, each party hereto generally and unconditionally: (a) consents to nonexclusive personal jurisdiction in Santa Clara County, State of California; (b) waives any objection as to jurisdiction or venue in Santa Clara County, State of California; (c) agrees not to assert any defense based on lack of jurisdiction or venue in the aforesaid courts; and (d) irrevocably agrees to be bound by any judgment rendered thereby in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents. Service of process on any party hereto in any action arising out of or relating to this Agreement shall be effective if given in accordance with the requirements for notice set forth in Section 11.2, and shall be deemed effective and received as set forth in Section 11.2. Nothing herein shall affect the right to serve process in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the right of either party to bring proceedings in the courts of any other jurisdiction.

11.10 Mutual Waiver of Jury Trial / Judicial Reference.

(a) Because disputes arising in connection with complex financial transactions are most quickly and economically resolved by an experienced and expert Person and the parties wish applicable state and federal laws to apply (rather than arbitration rules), the parties desire that their disputes be resolved by a judge applying such applicable laws. EACH OF BORROWER, AGENT AND LENDER SPECIFICALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CAUSE OF ACTION, CLAIM, CROSS-CLAIM, COUNTERCLAIM, THIRD PARTY CLAIM OR ANY OTHER CLAIM (COLLECTIVELY, “CLAIMS”) ASSERTED BY BORROWER AGAINST AGENT, LENDER OR THEIR RESPECTIVE ASSIGNEE OR BY AGENT, LENDER OR THEIR RESPECTIVE ASSIGNEE AGAINST BORROWER. This waiver extends to all such Claims, including Claims that involve Persons other than Agent, Borrower and Lender; Claims that arise out of or are in any way connected to the relationship among Borrower, Agent and Lender; and any Claims for damages, breach of contract, tort, specific performance, or any equitable or legal relief of any kind, arising out of this Agreement, any other Loan Document.

 

35


(b) If the waiver of jury trial set forth in Section 11.10(a) is ineffective or unenforceable, the parties agree that all Claims shall be resolved by reference to a private judge sitting without a jury, pursuant to Code of Civil Procedure Section 638, before a mutually acceptable referee or, if the parties cannot agree, a referee selected by the Presiding Judge of the Santa Clara County, California. Such proceeding shall be conducted in Santa Clara County, California, with California rules of evidence and discovery applicable to such proceeding.

(c) In the event Claims are to be resolved by judicial reference, either party may seek from a court identified in Section 11.9, any prejudgment order, writ or other relief and have such prejudgment order, writ or other relief enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law notwithstanding that all Claims are otherwise subject to resolution by judicial reference.

11.11 Professional Fees. Borrower promises to pay Agent’s and Lender’s reasonable and documented fees and expenses necessary to finalize the loan documentation, including but not limited to reasonable and documented attorneys fees, UCC searches, filing costs, and other miscellaneous expenses. In addition, Borrower promises to pay any and all reasonable and documented attorneys’ and other professionals’ fees and expenses incurred by Agent and Lender after the Closing Date in connection with or related to: (a) the Loan; (b) the administration, collection, or enforcement of the Loan; (c) the amendment or modification of the Loan Documents; (d) any waiver, consent, release, or termination under the Loan Documents; (e) the protection, preservation, audit, field exam, sale, lease, liquidation, or disposition of Collateral or the exercise of remedies with respect to the Collateral; (1) any legal, litigation, administrative, arbitration, or out of court proceeding in connection with or related to Borrower or the Collateral, and any appeal or review thereof arising from or in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents; and (g) any bankruptcy, restructuring, reorganization, assignment for the benefit of creditors, workout, foreclosure, or other action related to Borrower, the Collateral, the Loan Documents, including representing Agent or Lender in any adversary proceeding or contested matter commenced or continued by or on behalf of Borrower’s estate, and any appeal or review thereof.

11.12 Confidentiality. Agent and Lender acknowledge that certain items of Collateral and information provided to Agent and Lender by Borrower are confidential and proprietary information of Borrower, if and to the extent such information either (x) is marked as confidential by Borrower at the time of disclosure, or (y) should reasonably be understood to be confidential (the “Confidential Information”). Accordingly, Agent and Lender agree that any Confidential Information it may obtain in the course of acquiring, administering, or perfecting Agent’s security interest in the Collateral shall not be disclosed to any other Person or entity in any manner whatsoever, in whole or in part, without the prior written consent of Borrower, except that Agent and Lender may disclose any such information: (a) to its own directors, officers, employees, accountants, counsel and other professional advisors and to its Affiliates if Agent or Lender in their sole discretion determines that any such party should have access to such information in connection with such party’s responsibilities in connection with the Loan or this Agreement and, provided that such recipient of such Confidential Information either (i) agrees to be bound by the confidentiality provisions of this paragraph or (ii) is otherwise subject to confidentiality restrictions that reasonably protect against the disclosure of Confidential Information; (b) if such information is generally available to the public; (c) if required or appropriate in any report, statement or testimony submitted to any governmental authority having or claiming to have jurisdiction over Agent or Lender; (d) if required or appropriate in response to any summons or

 

36


subpoena or in connection with any litigation, to the extent permitted or deemed advisable by Agent’s or Lender’s counsel; (e) to comply with any legal requirement or law applicable to Agent or Lender; (f) to the extent reasonably necessary in connection with the exercise of any right or remedy under any Loan Document, including Agent’s sale, lease, or other disposition of Collateral after default; (g) to any participant or assignee of Agent or Lender or any prospective participant or assignee; provided, that such participant or assignee or prospective participant or assignee agrees in writing to be bound by this Section prior to disclosure; or (h) otherwise with the prior consent of Borrower; provided, that any disclosure made in violation of this Agreement shall not affect the obligations of Borrower or any of its Affiliates or any guarantor under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents. Agent’s and Lender’s obligations under this Section 11.12 shall supersede and replace all of their respective obligations under the Non-Disclosure Agreement.

11.13 Assignment of Rights. Borrower acknowledges and understands that Agent or Lender may, subject to Section 11.7, sell and assign all or part of its interest hereunder and under the Loan Documents to any Person or entity (an “Assignee”), provided that as long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, neither Agent nor any Lender may assign, transfer or endorse its rights hereunder or under the Loan Documents to any party that is a direct competitor of Borrower (as reasonably determined by Agent), it being acknowledged that in all cases, any transfer to an Affiliate of any Lender or Agent shall be allowed, provided that no assignment (other than to an Affiliate of any Lender or Agent or any assignment for securitization purposes) shall be effective until such time as Borrower is provided fifteen (15) days prior written notice thereof. After such assignment the term “Agent” or “Lender” as used in the Loan Documents shall mean and include such Assignee, and such Assignee shall be vested with all rights, powers and remedies of Agent and Lender hereunder with respect to the interest so assigned; but with respect to any such interest not so transferred, Agent and Lender shall retain all rights, powers and remedies hereby given. No such assignment by Agent or Lender shall relieve Borrower of any of its obligations hereunder. Lender agrees that in the event of any transfer by it of the Note(s)(if any), it will endorse thereon a notation as to the portion of the principal of the Note(s), which shall have been paid at the time of such transfer and as to the date to which interest shall have been last paid thereon.

11.14 Revival of Secured Obligations. This Agreement and the Loan Documents shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective if any petition is filed by or against Borrower for liquidation or reorganization, if Borrower becomes insolvent or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, if a receiver or trustee is appointed for all or any significant part of Borrower’s assets, or if any payment or transfer of Collateral is recovered from Agent or Lender. The Loan Documents and the Secured Obligations and Collateral security shall continue to be effective, or shall be revived or reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Secured Obligations or any transfer of Collateral to Agent, or any part thereof is rescinded, avoided or avoidable, reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by, or is recovered from, Agent, Lender or by any obligee of the Secured Obligations, whether as a “voidable preference,” “fraudulent conveyance,” or otherwise, all as though such payment, performance, or transfer of Collateral had not been made. In the event that any payment, or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, avoided, avoidable, restored, returned, or recovered, the Loan Documents and the Secured Obligations shall be deemed, without any further action or documentation, to have been revived and reinstated except to the extent of the full, final, and indefeasible payment to Agent or Lender in Cash.

 

37


11.15 Counterparts. This Agreement and any amendments, waivers, consents or supplements hereto may be executed in any number of counterparts, and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so delivered shall be deemed an original, but all of which counterparts shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

11.16 No Third Party Beneficiaries. No provisions of the Loan Documents are intended, nor will be interpreted, to provide or create any third-party beneficiary rights or any other rights of any kind in any Person other than Agent, Lender and Borrower unless specifically provided otherwise herein, and, except as otherwise so provided, all provisions of the Loan Documents will be personal and solely among Agent, the Lender and the Borrower.

11.17 Agency.

(a) Lender hereby irrevocably appoints Hercules Capital, Inc. to act on its behalf as the Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and authorizes the Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.

(b) Lender agrees to indemnify the Agent in its capacity as such (to the extent not reimbursed by Borrower and without limiting the obligation of Borrower to do so), according to its respective Term Commitment percentages (based upon the total outstanding Term Commitments) in effect on the date on which indemnification is sought under this Section 11.17, from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind whatsoever that may at any time be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against the Agent in any way relating to or arising out of, this Agreement, any of the other Loan Documents or any documents contemplated by or referred to herein or therein or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or any action taken or omitted by the Agent under or in connection with any of the foregoing; The agreements in this Section shall survive the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

(c) Agent in Its Individual Capacity. The Person serving as the Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Agent and the term “Lender” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include each such Person serving as Agent hereunder in its individual capacity.

(d) Exculpatory Provisions. The Agent shall have no duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Agent shall not:

 

  (i)

be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether any Default or any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

 

  (ii)

have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents that the Agent is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Lender,

 

38


  provided that the Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose the Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable law; and

 

  (iii)

except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, have any duty to disclose, and the Agent shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by any Person serving as the Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity.

(e) The Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (i) with the consent or at the request of the Lender or as the Agent shall believe in good faith shall be necessary, under the circumstances or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct.

(f) The Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Section 4 or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Agent.

(g) Reliance by Agent. Agent may rely, and shall be fully protected in acting, or refraining to act, upon, any resolution, statement, certificate, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, bond or other paper or document that it has no reason to believe to be other than genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties or, in the case of cables, telecopies and telexes, to have been sent by the proper party or parties. In the absence of its gross negligence or willful misconduct, Agent may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon any certificates or opinions furnished to Agent and conforming to the requirements of the Loan Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents. Agent may consult with counsel, and any opinion or legal advice of such counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, not taken or suffered by Agent hereunder or under any Loan Documents in accordance therewith. Agent shall have the right at any time to seek instructions concerning the administration of the Collateral from any court of competent jurisdiction. Agent shall not be under any obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers granted to Agent by this Agreement, the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents at the request or direction of Lenders unless Agent shall have been provided by Lender with adequate security and indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities that may be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

 

39


11.18 Publicity. None of the parties hereto nor any of its respective member businesses and Affiliates shall, without the other parties’ prior written consent (which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), publicize or use (a) the other party’s name (including a brief description of the relationship among the parties hereto), logo or hyperlink to such other parties’ web site, separately or together, in written and oral presentations, advertising, promotional and marketing materials, client lists, public relations materials or on its web site (together, the “ Publicity Materials”); (b) the names of officers of such other parties in the Publicity Materials; and (c) such other parties’ name, trademarks, servicemarks in any news or press release concerning such party; provided however, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no such consent shall be required (i) to the extent necessary to comply with the requests of any regulators, legal requirements or laws applicable to such party, pursuant to any listing agreement with any national securities exchange (so long as such party provides prior notice to the other party hereto to the extent reasonably practicable) and (ii) to comply with Section 11.12.

11.19 Multiple Borrowers.

(a) Borrower’s Agent. Each of the Borrowers hereby irrevocably appoints Oak Street Health MSO as its agent, attorney-in-fact and legal representative for all purposes, including requesting disbursement of the Term Loan and receiving account statements and other notices and communications to Borrowers (or any of them) from the Agent or any Lender. The Agent may rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, on any request for the Term Loan, disbursement instruction, report, information or any other notice or communication made or given by Oak Street Health MSO, whether in its own name or on behalf of one or more of the other Borrowers, and the Agent shall not have any obligation to make any inquiry or request any confirmation from or on behalf of any other Borrower as to the binding effect on it of any such request, instruction, report, information, other notice or communication, nor shall the joint and several character of the Borrowers’ obligations hereunder be affected thereby.

(b) Waivers. Each Borrower hereby waives: (i) any right to require the Agent to institute suit against, or to exhaust its rights and remedies against, any other Borrower or any other person, or to proceed against any property of any kind which secures all or any part of the Secured Obligations, or to exercise any right of offset or other right with respect to any reserves, credits or deposit accounts held by or maintained with the Agent or any Indebtedness of the Agent or any Lender to any other Borrower, or to exercise any other right or power, or pursue any other remedy the Agent or any Lender may have; (ii) any defense arising by reason of any disability or other defense of any other Borrower or any guarantor or any endorser, co-maker or other person, or by reason of the cessation from any cause whatsoever of any liability of any other Borrower or any guarantor or any endorser, co-maker or other person, with respect to all or any part of the Secured Obligations, or by reason of any act or omission of the Agent or others which directly or indirectly results in the discharge or release of any other Borrower or any guarantor or any other person or any Secured Obligations or any security therefor, whether by operation of law or otherwise; (iii) any defense arising by reason of any failure of the Agent to obtain, perfect, maintain or keep in force any Lien on, any property of any Borrower or any other person; (iv) any defense based upon or arising out of any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, arrangement, readjustment of debt, liquidation or dissolution proceeding commenced by or against any other Borrower or any guarantor or any endorser, co-maker or other person, including without limitation any discharge of, or bar against collecting, any of the Secured Obligations (including without limitation any interest thereon), in or as a result of any such proceeding. Until all of the Secured Obligations have been paid, performed, and discharged in full, nothing shall discharge or satisfy the liability of any Borrower hereunder except the full performance and payment of all of the

 

40


Secured Obligations. If any claim is ever made upon the Agent for repayment or recovery of any amount or amounts received by the Agent in payment of or on account of any of the Secured Obligations, because of any claim that any such payment constituted a preferential transfer or fraudulent conveyance, or for any other reason whatsoever, and the Agent repays all or part of said amount by reason of any judgment, decree or order of any court or administrative body having jurisdiction over the Agent or any of its property, or by reason of any settlement or compromise of any such claim effected by the Agent with any such claimant (including without limitation the any other Borrower), then and in any such event, each Borrower agrees that any such judgment, decree, order, settlement and compromise shall be binding upon such Borrower, notwithstanding any revocation or release of this Agreement or the cancellation of any note or other instrument evidencing any of the Secured Obligations, or any release of any of the Secured Obligations, and each Borrower shall be and remain liable to the Agent and the Lenders under this Agreement for the amount so repaid or recovered, to the same extent as if such amount had never originally been received by the Agent or any Lender, and the provisions of this sentence shall survive, and continue in effect, notwithstanding any revocation or release of this Agreement. Each Borrower hereby expressly and unconditionally waives all rights of subrogation, reimbursement and indemnity of every kind against any other Borrower, and all rights of recourse to any assets or property of any other Borrower, and all rights to any collateral or security held for the payment and performance of any Secured Obligations, including (but not limited to) any of the foregoing rights which Borrower may have under any present or future document or agreement with any other Borrower or other person, and including (but not limited to) any of the foregoing rights which any Borrower may have under any equitable doctrine of subrogation, implied contract, or unjust enrichment, or any other equitable or legal. doctrine.

(c) Consents. Each Borrower hereby consents and agrees that, without notice to or by Borrower and without affecting or impairing in any way the obligations or liability of Borrower hereunder, the Agent may, from time to time before or after revocation of this Agreement, do any one or more of the following in its sole and absolute discretion: (1) accept partial payments of, compromise or settle, renew, extend the time for the payment, discharge, or performance of, refuse to enforce, and release all or any parties to, any or all of the Secured Obligations; (ii) grant any other indulgence to any Borrower or any other Person in respect of any or all of the Secured Obligations or any other matter; (iii) accept, release, waive, surrender, enforce, exchange, modify, impair, or extend the time for the performance, discharge, or payment of, any and all property of any kind securing any or all of the Secured Obligations or any guaranty of any or all of the Secured Obligations, or on which the Agent at any time may have a Lien, or refuse to enforce its rights or make any compromise or settlement or agreement therefor in respect of any or all of such property; (iv) substitute or add, or take any action or omit to take any action which results in the release of, any one or more other Borrowers or any endorsers or guarantors of all or any part of the Secured Obligations, including, without limitation one or more parties to this Agreement, regardless of any destruction or impairment of any right of contribution or other right of Borrower; (v) apply any sums received from any other Borrower, any guarantor, endorser, or co-signer, or from the disposition of any Collateral or security, to any Indebtedness whatsoever owing from such person or secured by such Collateral or security, in such manner and order as the Agent determines in its sole discretion, and regardless of whether such Indebtedness is part of the Secured Obligations, is secured, or is due and payable. Each Borrower consents and agrees that the Agent shall be under no obligation to marshal any assets in favor of Borrower, or against or in payment of any or all of the Secured Obligations. Each Borrower further consents and agrees that

 

41


the Agent shall have no duties or responsibilities whatsoever with respect to any property securing any or all of the Secured Obligations. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Agent shall have no obligation to monitor, verify, audit, examine, or obtain or maintain any insurance with respect to, any property securing any or all of the Secured Obligations.

(d) Independent Liability. Each Borrower hereby agrees that one or more successive or concurrent actions may be brought hereon against such Borrower, in the same action in which any other Borrower may be sued or in separate actions, as often as deemed advisable by Agent. Each Borrower is fully aware of the financial condition of each other Borrower and is executing and delivering this Agreement based solely upon its own independent investigation of all matters pertinent hereto, and such Borrower is not relying in any manner upon any representation or statement of the Agent or any Lender with respect thereto. Each Borrower represents and warrants that it is in a position to obtain, and each Borrower hereby assumes full responsibility for obtaining, any additional information concerning any other Borrower’s financial condition and any other matter pertinent hereto as such Borrower may desire, and such Borrower is not relying upon or expecting the Agent to furnish to it any information now or hereafter in the Agent’s possession concerning the same or any other matter.

(e) Subordination. All Indebtedness of a Borrower now or hereafter arising held by another Borrower is subordinated to the Secured Obligations and the Borrower holding the Indebtedness shall take all actions reasonably requested by Agent to effect, to enforce and to give notice of such subordination.

(SIGNATURES TO FOLLOW)

 

42


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Borrower, Agent and Lender have duly executed and delivered this Loan and Security Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

BORROWER:  
OAK. STREET HEALTH, LLC
Signature:  

/s/ Michael Pykosz

Print Name:   Michael Pykosz
Title:   Chief Executive Officer
OAK STREET HEALTH MSO, LLC
Signature:  

/s/ Michael Pykosz

Print Name:   Michael Pykosz
Title:   President
ACORN NETWORK, LLC
Signature:  

/s/ Michael Pykosz

Print Name:   Michael Pykosz
Title:   Manager

 

43


OAK STREET HEALTH PHYSICIANS GROUP, P.C.
Signature:  

/s/ Griffin Myers

Print Name:   Griffin Myers, M.D.
Title:   President
OSH-IL PHYSICIANS GROUP, LLC
Signature:  

/s/ Griffin Myers

Print Name:   Griffin Myers, M.D.
Title:   President
OSH-MI PHYSICIANS GROUP, PC
Signature:  

/s/ Griffin Myers

Print Name:   Griffin Myers, M.D.
Title:   President
OSH-IN PHYSICIANS GROUP, PC
Signature:  

/s/ Griffin Myers

Print Name:   Griffin Myers, M.D.
Title:   President

Accepted in Palo Alto, California:

 

44


AGENT:  
HERCULES CAPITAL, INC.
Signature:  

/s/ Jennifer Choe

Print Name:   Jennifer Choe
Title:   Assistant General Counsel
LENDER:  
HERCULES CAPITAL, INC,
Signature:  

/s/ Jennifer Choe

Print Name:   Jennifer Choe
Title:   Assistant General Counsel

 

45


Table of Exhibits and Schedules

 

Exhibit A:   

Advance Request

Attachment to Advance Request

Exhibit B:    Term Note
Exhibit C:    Name, Locations, and Other Information for Borrower
Exhibit D:    Borrower’s Patents, Trademarks, Copyrights and Licenses
Exhibit E:    Borrower’s Deposit Accounts and Investment Accounts
Exhibit F:    Compliance Certificate
Exhibit G:    Joinder Agreement
Exhibit H:    ACH Debit Authorization Agreement
Schedule 1    Subsidiaries
Schedule 1.1    Commitments
Schedule lA    Existing Permitted Indebtedness
Schedule 1B    Existing Permitted Investments
Schedule 1C    Existing Permitted Liens
Schedule 5.3    Consents, Etc.
Schedule 5.5    Actions Before Governmental Authorities
Schedule 5.8    Tax Matters
Schedule 5.9    Intellectual Property Claims
Schedule 5.10    Intellectual Property
Schedule 5.11    Borrower Products
Schedule 5.14    Capitalization
Schedule 7.12    Excluded Accounts

 

46


EXHIBIT A

ADVANCE REQUEST

 

To:  Agent:

Hercules Capital, Inc. (the “Agent”)

400 Hamilton Avenue, Suite 310

Palo Alto, CA 94301

email: legal@herculestech.com

Attn:

   Date:                     , 201    

Oak Street Health MSO, LLC (“Oak Street Health MSO”) hereby requests from Hercules Capital, Inc. (“Lender”) an Advance in the amount of                  Dollars ($    ) on         ,          (the “Advance Date”), on behalf of each undersigned Borrower (jointly and severally, individually and collectively, “Borrower”) pursuant to the Loan and Security Agreement among Borrower, Agent and Lender (the “Agreement”). Capitalized words and other terms used but not otherwise defined herein are used with the same meanings as defined in the Agreement.

Please:

 

  (a)

Issue a check payable to Oak Street Health MSO or

 

  (b)

Wire Funds to Oak Street Health MSO’s account              [IF FILED PUBLICLY, ACCOUNT INFO MUST BE REDACTED FOR SECURITY PURPOSES]

 

Bank:  

 

 
Address:  

 

 
ABA Number:  

 

 
Account Number:  

 

 
Account Name:  

 

 
Contact Person:  

 

 
Phone Number:  

 

 
To Verify Wire Info:  

 

 
Email address:  

 

 

Borrower represents that the conditions precedent to the Advance set forth in the Agreement are satisfied and shall be satisfied upon the making of such Advance, including but not limited to: (i) that no event that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect has occurred and is continuing; (ii) that the representations and warranties set forth in the Agreement and in the Warrant (if any) are and shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Advance Date with the same effect as though made on and as of such date, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date; (iii) that Borrower is in compliance with all the terms and provisions set forth in each Loan Document on its part to be observed or performed; and (iv) that as of the Advance Date, no Default or an Event of Default exists under the Loan Documents. Borrower understands and acknowledges that Agent has the right to review the financial information supporting this representation and, based upon such review in its sole discretion, Lender may decline to fund the requested Advance.

 

47


Borrower hereby represents that Borrower’s corporate status and locations have not changed since the date of the Agreement or, if the Attachment to this Advance Request is completed, are as set forth in the Attachment to this Advance Request.

Borrower agrees to notify Agent promptly before the funding of the Loan if any of the matters which have been represented above shall not be true and correct on the Borrowing Date and if Agent has received no such notice before the Advance Date then the statements set forth above shall be deemed to have been made and shall be deemed to be true and correct as of the Advance Date.

Executed as of [ .], 201[    ].

 

BORROWER:  
OAK. STREET HEALTH, LLC
Signature:  

 

Print Name:  

 

Title:  

 

OAK STREET HEALTH MSO, LLC
Signature:  

 

Print Name:  

 

Title:  

 

ACORN NETWORK, LLC
Signature:  

 

Print Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

48


OAK STREET HEALTH PHYSICIANS GROUP, P.C.
Signature:  

 

Print Name:  

 

Title:  

 

OSH-IL PHYSICIANS GROUP, LLC
Signature:  

 

Print Name:  

 

Title:  

 

OSH-MI PHYSICIANS GROUP, PC
Signature:  

 

Print Name:  

 

Title:  

 

OSH-IN PHYSICIANS GROUP, PC
Signature:  

 

Print Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

49


ATTACHMENT TO ADVANCE REQUEST

Dated:             

Borrower hereby represents and warrants to Agent that Borrower’s current name and organizational status is as follows [complete for each Borrower]:

 

Name:

   [                     ]

Type of organization:

   [                     ]

State of organization:

   [                     ]

Organization file number:

   [             ]

Borrower hereby represents and warrants to Agent that the street addresses, cities, states and postal codes of its current locations are as follows:

 

50


EXHIBIT B

SECURED TERM PROMISSORY NOTE

 

$30,000,000    Advance Date:, ___ ___, 20[    ]
   Maturity Date:, ___ ___, 20[    ]

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, (i) OAK STREET HEALTH, LLC, an Illinois limited liability company (“Oak Street Health”), (ii) OAK STREET HEALTH MSO, LLC, an Illinois limited liability company (“Oak Street Health MSO”), (iii) ACORN NETWORK, LLC, an Illinois limited liability company (“Acorn Network”), (iv) OAK STREET HEALTH PHYSICIANS GROUP, P.C., an Illinois professional corporation (“OSH Physicians”), (v) OSH-IL PHYSICIANS GROUP, LLC, an Illinois limited liability company (“OSH-IL”), (vi) OSH-MI PHYSICIANS GROUP, PC, a Michigan professional corporation (“OSH-MI”), (vii) OSH-IN PHYSICIANS GROUP, PC, an Indiana professional corporation (“OSH-IN”), and (viii) each of the Qualified Subsidiaries and Physician’s Groups of any of the foregoing (the “Additional Borrowers”; and together with Oak Street Health, Oak Street Health MSO, Acorn Network, OSH Physicians, OSH-IL, OSH-MI and OSH-IN, jointly and severally, individually and collectively, “Borrower”) hereby promises to pay to the order of Hercules Capital, Inc., a Maryland corporation, or the holder of this Note (the “Lender”) at 400 Hamilton Avenue, Suite 310, Palo Alto, CA 94301 or such other place of payment as the holder of this Secured Term Promissory Note (this “Promissory Note”) may specify from time to time in writing, in lawful money of the United States of America, the principal amount of Thirty Million Dollars ($30,000,000.00) or such other principal amount as Lender has advanced to Borrower, together with interest at a rate as set forth in Section 2.1(c) of the Loan Agreement based upon a year consisting of 360 days, with interest computed daily based on the actual number of days in each month.

This Promissory Note is the Note referred to in, and is executed and delivered in connection with, that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated August 7, 2017, by and among Borrower, Hercules Capital, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Agent”) and the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time party thereto as lender (as the same may from time to time be amended, modified or supplemented in accordance with its terms, the “Loan Agreement”), and is entitled to the benefit and security of the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents (as defined in the Loan Agreement), to which reference is made for a statement of all of the terms and conditions thereof. All payments shall be made in accordance with the Loan Agreement. All terms defined in the Loan Agreement shall have the same definitions when used herein, unless otherwise defined herein. An Event of Default under the Loan Agreement shall constitute a default under this Promissory Note.

 

51


Borrower waives presentment and demand for payment, notice of dishonor, protest and notice of protest under the UCC or any applicable law. Borrower agrees to make all payments under this Promissory Note without setoff, recoupment or deduction and regardless of any counterclaim or defense. This Promissory Note has been negotiated and delivered to Lender and is payable in the State of California. This Promissory Note shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of California, excluding any conflicts of law rules or principles that would cause the application of the laws of any other jurisdiction.

BORROWER FOR ITSELF AND ON BEHALF OF ITS QUALIFIED SUBSIDIARIES AND PHYSICIAN GROUPS:

 

OAK. STREET HEALTH, LLC
Signature:  

 

Print Name:  

 

Title:  

 

OAK STREET HEALTH MSO, LLC
Signature:  

 

Print Name:  

 

Title:  

 

ACORN NETWORK, LLC
Signature:  

 

Print Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

52


OAK STREET HEALTH PHYSICIANS GROUP, P.C.
Signature:  

 

Print Name:  

 

Title:  

 

OSH-IL PHYSICIANS GROUP, LLC
Signature:  

 

Print Name:  

 

Title:  

 

OSH-MI PHYSICIANS GROUP, PC
Signature:  

 

Print Name:  

 

Title:  

 

OSH-IN PHYSICIANS GROUP, PC
Signature:  

 

Print Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

53


EXHIBIT F

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

Hercules Capital, Inc. (as “Agent”)

400 Hamilton Avenue, Suite 310

Palo Alto, CA 94301

Reference is made to that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated August 7, 2017 and the Loan Documents (as defined therein) entered into in connection with such Loan and Security Agreement all as may be amended from time to time (hereinafter referred to collectively as the “Loan Agreement”) by and among Hercules Capital, Inc. (the “Agent”), the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time party thereto (collectively, the “Lender”) and Hercules Capital, Inc., as agent for the Lender (the “Agent”) and (i) OAK STREET HEALTH, LLC, an Illinois limited liability company (“Oak Street Health”), (ii) OAK STREET HEALTH MSO, LLC, an Illinois limited liability company (“Oak Street Health MSO”), (iii) ACORN NETWORK, LLC, an Illinois limited liability company (“Acorn Network”), (iv) OAK STREET HEALTH PHYSICIANS GROUP, P.C., an Illinois professional corporation (“OSH Physicians”), (v) OSH-IL PHYSICIANS GROUP, LLC, an Illinois limited liability company (“OSH-IL”), (vi) OSH-MI PHYSICIANS GROUP, PC, a Michigan professional corporation (“OSH-MI”), (vii) OSH-IN PHYSICIANS GROUP, PC, an Indiana professional corporation (“OSH-IN”), and (viii) each of the Qualified Subsidiaries and Physician’s Groups of any of the foregoing (the “Additional Borrowers”; and together with Oak Street Health, Oak Street Health MSO, Acorn Network, OSH Physicians, OSH-IL, OSH-MI and OSH-IN, jointly and severally, individually and collectively, the “Company”) as Borrower. All capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the same meaning as defined in the Loan Agreement.

The undersigned is an Officer of the Company, knowledgeable of all Company financial matters, and is authorized to provide certification of information regarding the Company; hereby certifies, in such capacity, that in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Loan Agreement, the Company is in compliance for the period ending                      of all covenants, conditions and terms and hereby reaffirms that all representations and warranties contained therein are true and correct on and as of the date of this Compliance Certificate with the same effect as though made on and as of such date, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, after giving effect in all cases to any standard(s) of materiality contained in the Loan Agreement as to such representations and warranties. Attached are the required documents supporting the above certification. The undersigned further certifies that these are prepared in accordance with GAAP (except for the absence of footnotes with respect to unaudited financial statement and subject to normal year end adjustments) and are consistent from one period to the next except as explained below.

 

REPORTING REQUIREMENT    REQUIRED   

CHECK IF

ATTACHED

Interim Financial Statements    Monthly within 30 days   
Interim Financial Statements    Quarterly within 30 days   
Audited Financial Statements    FYE within 180 days   


Borrower shall at all times after the Term B Loan Advance or Term C Loan Advance is made, maintain aggregate trailing six-month net revenue, determined in accordance with GAAP, of greater than or equal to seventy-five percent (75.0%) of Borrower’s Manager-approved financial projections as in effect as of the beginning of each fiscal year of Borrower, to be tested on the last day of each fiscal quarter of Borrower.

75% of trailing 6-month net revenue: $            

Actual trailing 6-month net revenue: $            

Complies: Yes     No

The undersigned hereby also confirms the below disclosed accounts represent all depository accounts and securities accounts presently open in the name of each Borrower or Borrower Subsidiary, as applicable.

 

  

Depository

AC#

  

Financial

Institution

  

Account Type (Depository/

Securities)

  

Last Month

Ending Account Balance

  

Purpose of

Account

BORROWER

Name/Address:

              
   1            
   2            
   3            
   4            
   5            
   6            
   7            
           

BORROWER

SUBSIDIARY /

AFFILIATE

COMPANY

Name/Address

              
   1            
   2            
   3            
   4            
   5            
   6            
   7            


Very Truly Yours,
OAK. STREET HEALTH, LLC
Signature:  

 

Print Name:  

 

Title:  

 

OAK STREET HEALTH MSO, LLC
Signature:  

 

Print Name:  

 

Title:  

 

ACORN NETWORK, LLC
Signature:  

 

Print Name:  

 

Title:  

 

OAK STREET HEALTH PHYSICIANS GROUP, P.C.
Signature:  

 

Print Name:  

 

Title:  

 


OSH-IL PHYSICIANS GROUP, LLC
Signature:  

 

Print Name:  

 

Title:  

 

OSH-MI PHYSICIANS GROUP, PC
Signature:  

 

Print Name:  

 

Title:  

 

OSH-IN PHYSICIANS GROUP, PC
Signature:  

 

Print Name:  

 

Title:  

 


EXHIBIT G

FORM OF JOINDER AGREEMENT

This Joinder Agreement (the “Joinder Agreement”) is made and dated as of [    ], 20[    ] and is entered into by and between                     , a                           (“Subsidiary”), and HERCULES CAPITAL, INC., a Maryland corporation (as “Agent”).

RECITALS

A. Subsidiary’s Affiliate, (i) OAK STREET HEALTH, LLC, an Illinois limited liability company (“Oak Street Health”), (ii) OAK STREET HEALTH MSO, LLC, an Illinois limited liability company (“Oak Street Health MSO”), (iii) ACORN NETWORK, LLC, an Illinois limited liability company (“Acorn Network”), (iv) OAK STREET HEALTH PHYSICIANS GROUP, P.C., an Illinois professional corporation (“OSH Physicians”), (v) OSH-IL PHYSICIANS GROUP, LLC, an Illinois limited liability company (“OSH-IL”), (vi) OSH-MI PHYSICIANS GROUP, PC, a Michigan professional corporation (“OSH-MI”), (vii) OSH-IN PHYSICIANS GROUP, PC, an Indiana professional corporation (“OSH-IN”), and (viii) each of the Qualified Subsidiaries and Physician’s Groups of any of the foregoing (the “Additional Borrowers”; and together with Oak Street Health, Oak Street Health MSO, Acorn Network, OSH Physicians, OSH-IL, OSH-MI and OSH-IN, jointly and severally, individually and collectively, the “Company”) has entered into that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated August 7, 2017, with the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time party thereto as lender (collectively, the “Lender”) and the Agent, as such agreement may be amended, supplemented, replaced, restated, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time (the “Loan Agreement”), together with the other agreements executed and delivered in connection therewith;

B. Subsidiary acknowledges and agrees that it will benefit both directly and indirectly from Company’s execution of the Loan Agreement and the other agreements executed and delivered in connection therewith;

AGREEMENT

NOW THEREFORE, Subsidiary and Agent agree as follows:

 

1.

The recitals set forth above are incorporated into and made part of this Joinder Agreement. Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meaning provided in the Loan Agreement.

 

2.

By signing this Joinder Agreement, Subsidiary shall be bound by the terms and conditions of the Loan Agreement the same as if it were the Borrower (as defined in the Loan Agreement) under the Loan Agreement, mutatis mutandis, provided however, that (a) with respect to (i) Section 5.1 of the Loan Agreement, Subsidiary represents that it is an entity duly organized, legally existing and in good standing under the laws of [                ], (b) neither Agent nor Lender shall have any duties, responsibilities or obligations to Subsidiary arising under or related to the Loan Agreement or the other Loan Documents, (c) that if Subsidiary is covered by Company’s insurance, Subsidiary shall not be required to maintain separate


  insurance or comply with the provisions of Sections 6.1 and 6.2 of the Loan Agreement, and (d) that as long as Company satisfies the requirements of Section 7.1 of the Loan Agreement, Subsidiary shall not have to provide Agent separate Financial Statements. To the extent that Agent or Lender has any duties, responsibilities or obligations arising under or related to the Loan Agreement or the other Loan Documents, those duties, responsibilities or obligations shall flow only to Company and not to Subsidiary or any other Person or entity. By way of example (and not an exclusive list): (i) Agent’s providing notice to Company in accordance with the Loan Agreement or as otherwise agreed among Company, Agent and Lender shall be deemed provided to Subsidiary; (ii) a Lender’s providing an Advance to Company shall be deemed an Advance to Subsidiary; and (iii) Subsidiary shall have no right to request an Advance or make any other demand on Lender.

 

3.

Subsidiary agrees not to certificate its equity securities without Agent’s prior written consent, which consent may be conditioned on the delivery of such equity securities to Agent in order to perfect Agent’s security interest in such equity securities.

 

4.

Subsidiary acknowledges that it benefits, both directly and indirectly, from the Loan Agreement, and hereby waives, for itself and on behalf of any and all successors in interest (including without limitation any assignee for the benefit of creditors, receiver, bankruptcy trustee or itself as debtor-in-possession under any bankruptcy proceeding) to the fullest extent provided by law, any and all claims, rights or defenses to the enforcement of this Joinder Agreement on the basis that (a) it failed to receive adequate consideration for the execution and delivery of this Joinder Agreement or (b) its obligations under this Joinder Agreement are avoidable as a fraudulent conveyance.

 

5.

As security for the prompt, complete and indefeasible payment when due (whether on the payment dates or otherwise) of all the Secured Obligations, Subsidiary grants to Agent a security interest in all of Subsidiary’s right, title, and interest in and to the Collateral.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]


[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]

SUBSIDIARY:

 

 

  By:  
  Name:  
  Title:  
  Address:  
  Telephone:  

 

               email:  

 

AGENT:
HERCULES CAPITAL, INC.
  By:  

                     

  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 

  Address:  
  400 Hamilton Ave., Suite 310
 

Palo Alto, CA 94301

email: legal @herculestech.com

  Telephone: 650-289-3060

Exhibit 10.2

CONSENT AND FIRST AMENDMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS CONSENT AND FIRST AMENDMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”), dated as of July 13, 2018 (the “Amendment Effective Date”), is entered into by and among (a) (i) Oak Street Health, LLC, an Illinois limited liability company (Oak Street Health), (ii) Oak Street Health MSO, LLC, an Illinois limited liability company (Oak Street Health MSO), (iii) Acorn Network, LLC, an Illinois limited liability company (Acorn Network), (iv) Oak Street Health Physicians Group, P.C., an Illinois professional corporation (OSH Physicians), (v) OSH-IL Physicians Group, LLC, an Illinois limited liability company (OSH-IL), (vi) OSH-MI Physicians Group, PC, a Michigan professional corporation (OSH-MI), (vii) OSH-IN Physicians Group, PC, an Indiana professional corporation (OSH-IN), and (viii) each of the Qualified Subsidiaries and Physician Groups of any of the foregoing (the “Additional Borrowers”; and together with Oak Street Health, Oak Street Health MSO, Acorn Network, OSH Physicians, OSH-IL, OSH-MI and OSH-IN, jointly and severally, individually and collectively, “Borrower), (b) the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties thereto as Lender, and (c) HERCULES CAPITAL, INC., a Maryland corporation, in its capacity as administrative agent and collateral agent for itself and the Lender (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns in such capacity, “Agent).

 

  A.

Borrower, Lender and Agent are parties to a Loan and Security Agreement dated as of August 7, 2017 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Loan Agreement).

 

  B.

Borrower has requested that Agent and Lender consent to Borrower entering into a certain Asset Purchase Agreement by and between Ampersand Health-PA, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (Ampersand) and Oak Street Health MSO in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Asset Purchase Agreement) pursuant to which Ampersand will sell, and Oak Street Health MSO will purchase, certain assets in connection with the provision of medical services to Medicare beneficiaries (the “Ampersand Acquisition), and Agent and Lender are willing to consent to the consummation of the Ampersand Acquisition on the terms and conditions set forth below.

 

  C.

Borrower has requested that Lender agree to certain amendments to the Loan Agreement. Lender has agreed to such request, subject to the terms and conditions set forth below.

Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:

SECTION 1 Definitions; Interpretation.

(a) Terms Defined in Loan Agreement. All capitalized terms used in this Amendment (including in the recitals hereof) and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Loan Agreement.

(b) Interpretation The rules of interpretation set forth in Section 1.1 of the Loan Agreement shall be applicable to this Amendment and are incorporated herein by this reference.


SECTION 2 Consent to Acquisition.

(a) Notwithstanding the restrictions set forth in Sections 7.6 and 7.9 of the Loan Agreement, Agent and Lender hereby consent to the consummation of the Ampersand Acquisition subject to the terms of this Amendment and compliance by Borrower with the conditions and requirements set forth on Schedule I attached hereto.

(b) The consent provided in this Section 2 shall be limited precisely as written and shall not be deemed to (i) be a waiver or modification of any other term or condition of any Loan Document, or (ii) prejudice any right or remedy which Agent or Lender may now have or may have in the future under or in connection with any Loan Document.

SECTION 3 Amendments to the Loan Agreement.

 

  (a)

The Loan Agreement shall be amended as follows effective as of the date hereof:

(i) New Definitions. The following definitions are added to Section 1.1 of the Loan Agreement in alphabetical order:

“BCBS RI Joint Venture” means that certain joint venture between Borrower and Blue Cross & Blue Shield of Rhode Island or its designated affiliate, which joint venture would be a MSO to and/or, a provider to Medicare- qualified individuals.

“EHCS Joint Venture” means that certain joint venture between Borrower and Evangelical Health Care Services or its designated affiliate, which joint venture would be a MSO to and/or, a provider to Medicare-qualified individuals.

(ii) Amended Definitions.

(1) Clause (xi) in the definition of “Permitted Investment” in Section 1.1 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“(xi) subject to Section 7.21, the Primary Care Joliet Joint Venture, the BCBS RI Joint Venture and the EHCS Joint Venture,”

(2) The definition “Qualified Subsidiary” appearing in Section 1.1 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“Qualified Subsidiary” means any direct or indirect Domestic Subsidiary or Eligible Foreign Subsidiary; provided, however, that in no event shall the Primary Care Joliet Joint Venture, BCBS RI Joint Venture or the EHCS Joint Venture be considered a Qualified Subsidiary for purposes of this Agreement or any other Loan Document.”

(iii) Section 7.21. Section 7.21 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and replaced in its entirety as follows:

 

2


“7.21 Joint Ventures. Borrower agrees that:

(a) (i) the initial equity capital contribution of Borrower to the Primary Care Joliet Joint Venture shall not exceed One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00), and (ii) all subsequent equity capital contributions to the Primary Care Joliet Joint Venture shall not exceed One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) in the aggregate, unless in each case, any additional capital contribution amounts shall have been approved in advance by Agent in writing.

(b) (i) the initial equity capital contribution of Borrower to the BCBS RI Joint Venture shall not exceed Six Million Dollars ($6,000,000.00), and (ii) all cumulative equity capital contributions to the BCBS RI Joint Venture shall not exceed Eight Million Dollars ($8,000,000.00) in the aggregate, unless in each case, any additional capital contribution amounts shall have been approved in advance by Agent in writing.

(c) (i) the initial equity capital contribution of Borrower to the EHCS Joint Venture shall not exceed Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00), and (ii) all cumulative equity capital contributions to the EHCS Joint Venture shall not exceed Three and One Half Million Dollars ($3,500,000.00) in the aggregate, unless in each case, any additional capital contribution amounts shall have been approved in advance by Agent in writing.”

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Investments by Borrower in the Primary Care Joliet Joint Venture, the BCBS RI Joint Venture or the EHCS Joint Venture shall not be permitted if at any time Borrower owns less than fifty percent (50%) of the Equity Interests of such entity, unless otherwise approved in advance by Agent in writing.

(b) References Within Loan Agreement. Each reference in the Loan Agreement to “this Agreement” and the words “hereof” “herein,” “hereunder,” or words of like import, shall mean and be a reference to the Loan Agreement as amended by this Amendment.

SECTION 4 Conditions of Effectiveness. The effectiveness of Section 2 and 3 of this Amendment shall be subject to the satisfaction of each of the following conditions precedent:

(a) This Amendment. Agent shall have received this Amendment, executed by Agent, Lender and Borrower.

(b) Representations and Warranties; No Default. On the Amendment Effective Date, after giving effect to this Amendment:

(i) The representations and warranties contained in Section 5 of this Amendment shall be true and correct on and as of the Amendment Effective Date as though made on and as of such date; and

(ii) There exist no Events of Default or events that with the passage of time could result in an Event of Default.

 

3


SECTION 5 Representations and Warranties. To induce Agent and Lender to enter into this Amendment, the Borrower hereby confirms, as of the date hereof, (a) that the representations and warranties made by it in Section 5 of the Loan Agreement and in the other Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and (b) no event that has had, or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect has occurred and is continuing. For the purposes of this Section 5, (i) each reference in Section 5 of the Loan Agreement to “this Agreement,” and the words “hereof,” “herein,” “hereunder,” or words of like import in such Section, shall mean and be a reference to the Loan Agreement as amended by this Amendment, and (ii) any representations and warranties which relate solely to an earlier date shall not be deemed confirmed and restated as of the date hereof (provided that such representations and warranties shall be true, correct and complete as of such earlier date).

SECTION 6 Miscellaneous.

(a) Loan Documents Otherwise Not Affected; Reaffirmation. Except as expressly amended pursuant hereto or referenced herein, the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect and are hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects. Lender’s and Agent’s execution and delivery of, or acceptance of, this Amendment shall not be deemed to create a course of dealing or otherwise create any express or implied duty by any of them to provide any other or further amendments, consents or waivers in the future. The Borrower hereby reaffirms the grant of security under Section 3.1 of the Loan Agreement and hereby reaffirms that such grant of security in the Collateral secures all Secured Obligations under the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

(b) Conditions. For purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in Section 4, each Lender that has signed this Amendment shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to a Lender unless Agent shall have received notice from such Lender prior to the Amendment Effective Date specifying its objection thereto.

(c) No Reliance. The Borrower hereby acknowledges and confirms to Agent and the Lender that the Borrower is executing this Amendment on the basis of its own investigation and for its own reasons without reliance upon any agreement, representation, understanding or communication by or on behalf of any other Person.

(d) Binding Effect. This Amendment binds and is for the benefit of the successors and permitted assigns of each party.

(e) Governing Law. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of California, excluding conflict of laws principles that would cause the application of laws of any other jurisdiction.

 

4


(f) Complete Agreement; Amendments. This Amendment and the Loan Documents represent the entire agreement about this subject matter and supersede prior negotiations or agreements with respect to such subject matter. All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties about the subject matter of this Amendment and the Loan Documents merge into this Amendment and the Loan Documents.

(g) Severability of Provisions. Each provision of this Amendment is severable from every other provision in determining the enforceability of any provision.

(h) Counterparts This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, is an original, and all taken together, constitute one Amendment. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Amendment by facsimile, portable document format (.pdf) or other electronic transmission will be as effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

(i) Loan Documents. This Amendment shall constitute a Loan Document.

[Balance of Page Intentionally Left Blank; Signature Pages Follow]

 

5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Amendment, as of the date first above written.

 

BORROWER:
OAK STREET HEALTH, LLC
Signature:  

/s/ L. Robert Guenthner

Print Name:   L. Robert Guenthner
Title:   Chief Legal Officer
OAK STREET HEALTH MSO, LLC
Signature:  

/s/ L. Robert Guenthner

Print Name:   L. Robert Guenthner
Title:   Chief Legal Officer
ACORN NETWORK, LLC
Signature:  

/s/ Mike Pykosz

Print Name:   Mike Pykosz
Title:   Manager
OAK STREET HEALTH PHYSICIANS GROUP, P.C.
Signature:  

/s/ James Chow

Print Name:   James Chow
Title:   Assistant Secretary

[BORROWER SIGNATURES CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE]


OSH-IL PHYSICIANS GROUP, LLC
Signature:  

/s/ James Chow

Print Name:   James Chow
Title:   Assistant Secretary
OSH-MI PHYSICIANS GROUP, PC
Signature:  

/s/ James Chow

Print Name:   James Chow
Title:   Assistant Secretary
OSH-IN PHYSICIANS GROUP, PC
Signature:  

/s/ James Chow

Print Name:   James Chow
Title:   Assistant Secretary


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Amendment, as of the date first above written.

 

AGENT:
HERCULES CAPITAL, INC.
Signature:  

/s/ Jennifer Choe

Print Name:   Jennifer Choe
Title:   Assistant General Counsel
LENDER:
HERCULES FUNDING II, LLC
Signature:  

/s/ Jennifer Choe

Print Name:   Jennifer Choe
Title:   Assistant General Counsel

Exhibit 10.3

JOINDER AND SECOND AMENDMENT

TO

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

This JOINDER AND SECOND AMENDMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”) is dated as of April 26, 2019 and is entered into by and among (a) (a) (i) OAK STREET HEALTH, LLC, an Illinois limited liability company (“Oak Street Health”), (ii) OAK STREET HEALTH MSO, LLC, an Illinois limited liability company (“Oak Street Health MSO”), (iii) ACORN NETWORK, LLC, an Illinois limited liability company (“Acorn Network”), (iv) OAK STREET HEALTH PHYSICIANS GROUP, P.C., an Illinois professional corporation (“OSH Physicians”), (v) OSH-IL PHYSICIANS GROUP, LLC, an Illinois limited liability company (“OSH-IL”), (vi) OSH-MI PHYSICIANS GROUP, PC, a Michigan professional corporation (“OSH-MI”), (vii) OSH-IN PHYSICIANS GROUP, PC, an Indiana professional corporation (“OSH-IN”), (viii) OSH-OH PHYSICIANS GROUP, LLC, an Ohio limited liability company (“OSH-OH”), (ix) OSH-PA PHYSICIANS GROUP, PC, a Pennsylvania professional corporation (“OSH-PA”), (x) OSH-NJ PHYSICIANS GROUP, PC, a New Jersey professional corporation (“OSH-NJ”), (xi) OSH-RI PHYSICIANS GROUP, P.C., a Rhode Island professional corporation (“OSH-RI” and together with Oak Street Health, Oak Street Health MSO, Acorn Network, OSH Physicians, OSH-IL, OSH-MI and OSH-IN, OSH-OH, OSH-PA, and OSH-NJ, jointly and severally, individually and collectively, “Borrower”), (b) the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties to the Loan Agreement (collectively, referred to as “Lender”) and (c) HERCULES CAPITAL, INC., a Maryland corporation, in its capacity as administrative agent and collateral agent for itself and the Lender (in such capacity, the “Agent”). Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the same meanings given them in the Loan Agreement (as defined below).

RECITALS

A. Borrower, Agent and Lender have entered into that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of August 7, 2017, as amended by that certain Consent and First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of July 13, 2018 among Borrower, Agent and Lender (as amended, and as may be further amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Loan Agreement”), pursuant to which Lender has agreed to extend and make available to Borrower certain advances of money.

B. In accordance with Section 11.3 of the Loan Agreement, Borrower and Lender have agreed to amend the Loan Agreement upon the terms and conditions more fully set forth herein.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing Recitals and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

  1.

AMENDMENTS.

1.1 The Loan Agreement is hereby amended to reflect the changes which are attached as Exhibit A hereto, such that on the Second Amendment Effective Date the terms set forth in Exhibit A hereto which appear in bold and double underlined text (inserted text) shall be added to the Loan Agreement and the terms appearing as text which is stricken (deleted text) shall be deleted from the Loan Agreement.


1.2 Each reference in the Loan Agreement to “this Agreement” and the words “hereof,” “herein,” “hereunder,” or words of like import, shall mean and be a reference to the Loan Agreement as amended by this Amendment.

 

  2.

BORROWER’S REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. Borrower represents and warrants that:

2.1 Immediately upon giving effect to this Amendment (i) the representations and warranties contained in the Loan Documents are true, accurate and complete except to the extent such representations and warranties relate to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct as of such date, after giving effect in all cases to any standard(s) of materiality contained in the Loan Agreement as to such representations and warranties and (ii) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing with respect to which Borrower has not been notified in writing by Agent or Lender.

2.2 Borrower has the corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment and to perform its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment.

2.3 The certificate of incorporation, bylaws and other organizational documents of Borrower delivered to Agent and/or Lender on the Closing Date remain true, accurate and complete and have not been amended, supplemented or restated and are and continue to be in full force and effect.

2.4 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of Borrower.

2.5 This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by Borrower and is the binding obligation of Borrower, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, moratorium or other similar laws of general application and equitable principles relating to or affecting creditors’ rights.

2.6 As of the date hereof, it has no defenses against the obligations to pay any amounts under the Secured Obligations. Borrower acknowledges that each of Agent and Lender has acted in good faith and has conducted in a commercially reasonable manner its relationships with Borrower in connection with this Amendment and in connection with the Loan Documents.

Borrower understands and acknowledges that each of Agent and Lender is entering into this Amendment in reliance upon, and in partial consideration for, the above representations and warranties, and agrees that such reliance is reasonable and appropriate.

 

2


3. LIMITATION. The amendments set forth in this Amendment shall be limited precisely as written and shall not be deemed (a) to be a waiver or modification of any other term or condition of the Loan Agreement or of any other instrument or agreement referred to therein or to prejudice any right or remedy which Agent and/or Lender may now have or may have in the future under or in connection with the Loan Agreement (as amended hereby) or any instrument or agreement referred to therein; or (b) to be a consent to any future amendment or modification or waiver to any instrument or agreement the execution and delivery of which is consented to hereby, or to any waiver of any of the provisions thereof. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Loan Agreement shall continue in full force and effect.

 

  4.

JOINDER.

4.1 By signing this Amendment, OSH-RI shall be bound by the terms and conditions of the Loan Agreement the same as if it were the Borrower (as defined in the Loan Agreement) under the Loan Agreement, mutatis mutandis, provided however, that (a) with respect to (i) Section 5.1 of the Loan Agreement, OSH-RI represents that it is an entity duly organized, legally existing and in good standing under the laws of Rhode Island, (b) neither Agent nor Lender shall have any duties, responsibilities or obligations to OSH-RI arising under or related to the Loan Agreement or the other Loan Documents, (c) that if OSH-RI is covered by Borrower’s insurance, OSH-RI shall not be required to maintain separate insurance or comply with the provisions of Sections 6.1 and 6.2 of the Loan Agreement, and (d) that as long as Borrower satisfies the requirements of Section 7.1 of the Loan Agreement, OSH-RI shall not have to provide Agent separate Financial Statements. To the extent that Agent or Lender has any duties, responsibilities or obligations arising under or related to the Loan Agreement or the other Loan Documents, those duties, responsibilities or obligations shall flow only to Borrower and not to OSH-RI or any other Person or entity. By way of example (and not an exclusive list): (i) Agent’s providing notice to Borrower in accordance with the Loan Agreement or as otherwise agreed among Borrower, Agent and Lender shall be deemed provided to OSH-RI; (ii) a Lender’s providing an Advance to Borrower shall be deemed an Advance to OSH-RI; and (iii) OSH-RI shall have no right to request an Advance or make any other demand on Lender.

4.2 OSH-RI agrees not to certificate its equity securities without Agent’s prior written consent, which consent may be conditioned on the delivery of such equity securities to Agent in order to perfect Agent’s security interest in such equity securities.

4.3 OSH-RI acknowledges that it benefits, both directly and indirectly, from the Loan Agreement, and hereby waives, for itself and on behalf of any and all successors in interest (including without limitation any assignee for the benefit of creditors, receiver, bankruptcy trustee or itself as debtor-in-possession under any bankruptcy proceeding) to the fullest extent provided by law, any and all claims, rights or defenses to the enforcement of this Amendment on the basis that (a) it failed to receive adequate consideration for the execution and delivery of this Amendment or (b) its obligations under this Amendment are avoidable as a fraudulent conveyance.

 

3


4.4 As security for the prompt, complete and indefeasible payment when due (whether on the payment dates or otherwise) of all the Secured Obligations, OSH-RI grants to Agent a security interest in all of OSH-RI’s right, title, and interest in and to the Collateral.

5. EFFECTIVENESS. This Amendment shall become effective upon the satisfaction of all the following conditions precedent:

5.1 Amendment. Borrower, Agent and Lender shall have duly executed and delivered this Amendment to Lender and such other documents as Agent may reasonably request.

5.2 2019 Facility Charge. Agent shall have received a nonrefundable, fully earned facility charge in the amount of $500,000.00 in good and collected funds.

5.3 Secretary’s Certificate and Borrowing Resolutions. A secretary’s certificate, together with a certified copy of resolutions of certified copy of resolutions of the Managers evidencing approval of this Amendment.

5.4 Certificates of Good Standing. A certificate of good standing for each Borrower from its state of incorporation and similar certificates from all other jurisdictions in which such Borrower does business and where the failure to be qualified would have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.5 Organizational Documents. Certified copies of the Certificate of Formation and the Limited Liability Company Agreement, as amended, of each Borrower.

5.6 Perfection Certificate. A completed perfection certificate of Borrower.

5.7 Memorandum of Understanding. A memorandum of understanding of Borrower with respect to the Secured Obligations.

5.8 Payment of Lender Expenses. Borrower shall have paid all reasonable Lender expenses (including all reasonable attorneys’ fees and reasonable expenses) incurred through the date of this Amendment for the documentation and negotiation of this Amendment.

6. RELEASE. In consideration of the agreements of Agent and each Lender contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Borrower, on behalf of itself and its successors, assigns, and other legal representatives, hereby to the extent possible under applicable law fully, absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably releases, remises and forever discharges Agent and each Lender, and its successors and assigns, and its present and former shareholders, affiliates, subsidiaries, divisions, predecessors, directors, officers, attorneys, employees, agents and other representatives (Agent, Lender and all such other persons being hereinafter referred to collectively as the “Releasees” and individually as a “Releasee”), of and from all demands, actions, causes of action, suits, covenants, contracts, controversies, agreements, promises,

 

4


sums of money, accounts, bills, reckonings, damages and any and all other claims, counterclaims, defenses, rights of set-off, demands and liabilities whatsoever of every name and nature, known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected, both at law and in equity, which Borrower, or any of its successors, assigns, or other legal representatives may now or hereafter own, hold, have or claim to have against the Releasees or any of them for, upon, or by reason of any circumstance, action, cause or thing whatsoever which arises at any time on or prior to the day and date of this Amendment, for or on account of, or in relation to, or in any way in connection with the Loan Agreement, or any of the other Loan Documents or transactions thereunder or related thereto. Borrower understands, acknowledges and agrees that the release set forth above may be pleaded as a full and complete defense and may be used as a basis for an injunction against any action, suit or other proceeding which may be instituted, prosecuted or attempted in breach of the provisions of such release. Borrower agrees that no fact, event, circumstance, evidence or transaction which could now be asserted or which may hereafter be discovered shall affect in any manner the final, absolute and unconditional nature of the release set forth above. Borrower waives the provisions of California Civil Code section 1542, which states:

A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS THAT THE CREDITOR OR RELEASING PARTY DOES NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST IN HIS OR HER FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING THE RELEASE AND THAT IF KNOWN BY HIM OR HER, WOULD HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED HIS OR HER SETTLEMENT WITH THE DEBTOR OR RELEASED PARTY.

7. COUNTERPARTS. This Amendment may be signed in any number of counterparts, and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, with the same effect as if the signatures to each such counterpart were upon a single instrument. All counterparts shall be deemed an original of this Amendment. This Amendment may be executed by facsimile, portable document format (.pdf) or similar technology signature, and such signature shall constitute an original for all purposes,

8. INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE. The provisions of Section 11 of the Loan Agreement shall be deemed incorporated herein by reference, mutatis mutandis.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly authorized and caused this Amendment to be executed as of the date first written above.

 

BORROWER:
OAK STREET HEALTH, LLC
Signature:  

/s/ Robert Guenthner

Print Name:   Robert Guenthner
Title:   Chief Legal Officer
OAK STREET HEALTH MSO, LLC
Signature:  

/s/ Robert Guenthner

Print Name:   Robert Guenthner
Title:   Secretary
ACORN NETWORK, LLC
Signature:  

/s/ Griffin Myers

Print Name:   Griffin Myers
Title:   Manager
OAK STREET HEALTH PHYSICIANS GROUP, P.C.
Signature:  

/s/ Robert Guenthner

Print Name:   Robert Guenthner
Title:   Secretary
OSH-IL PHYSICIANS GROUP, LLC
Signature:  

/s/ Robert Guenthner

Print Name:   Robert Guenthner
Title:   Secretary


OSH-MI PHYSICIANS GROUP, PC
Signature:  

/s/ Robert Guenthner

Print Name:   Robert Guenthner
Title:   Secretary
OSH-OH PHYSICIANS GROUP, LLC
Signature:  

/s/ Robert Guenthner

Print Name:   Robert Guenthner
Title:   Secretary
OSH-IN PHYSICIANS GROUP, PC
Signature:  

/s/ Robert Guenthner

Print Name:   Robert Guenthner
Title:   Secretary
OSH-PA PHYSICIANS GROUP, PC
Signature:  

/s/ Robert Guenthner

Print Name:   Robert Guenthner
Title:   Secretary
OSH-NJ PHYSICIANS GROUP, PC
Signature:  

/s/ Robert Guenthner

Print Name:   Robert Guenthner
Title:   Secretary
OSH-RI PHYSICIANS GROUP, P.C.
Signature:  

/s/ Robert Guenthner

Print Name:   Robert Guenthner
Title:   Secretary

 

7


AGENT:
HERCULES CAPITAL, INC.
Signature:  

/s/ Jennifer Choe

Print Name:   Jennifer Choe
Title:   Assistant General Counsel
LENDER:
HERCULES CAPITAL, INC.
Signature:  

/s/ Jennifer Choe

Print Name:   Jennifer Choe
Title:   Assistant General Counsel
HERCULES CAPITAL FUNDING TRUST 2019-1
Signature:  

/s/ Jennifer Choe

Print Name:   Jennifer Choe
Title:   Assistant General Counsel
HERCULES CAPITAL FUNDING TRUST 2018-1
Signature:  

/s/ Jennifer Choe

Print Name:   Jennifer Choe
Title:   Assistant General Counsel

 

8


Exhibit A


LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

This LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT is made and dated as of August 7, 2017 and is entered into by and among (a) (i) OAK STREET HEALTH, LLC, an Illinois limited liability company (“Oak Street Health”), (ii) OAK STREET HEALTH MSO, LLC, an Illinois limited liability company (“Oak Street Health MSO”), (iii) ACORN NETWORK, LLC, an Illinois limited liability company (“Acorn Network”), (iv) OAK STREET HEALTH PHYSICIANS GROUP, P.C., an Illinois professional corporation (“OSH Physicians”), (v) OSH-IL PHYSICIANS GROUP, LLC, an Illinois limited liability company (“OSH-IL”), (vi) OSH-MI PHYSICIANS GROUP, PC, a Michigan professional corporation (“OSH-MI”), (vii) OSH-IN PHYSICIANS GROUP, PC, an Indiana professional corporation (“OSH-IN”), (viii) OSH-OH PHYSICIANS GROUP, LLC, an Ohio limited liability company (“OSH-OH”), (ix) OSH-PA PHYSICIANS GROUP, PC, a Pennsylvania professional corporation (“OSH-PA”), (x) OSH-NJ PHYSICIANS GROUP, PC, a New Jersey professional corporation (“OSH-NJ”), (xi) OSH-RI PHYSICIANS GROUP, P.C., a Rhode Island professional corporation (“OSH-RI”), and (xiiixii) each of the Qualified Subsidiaries and Physician’s Groups of any of the foregoing (the “Additional Borrowers”; and together with Oak Street Health, Oak Street Health MSO, Acorn Network, OSH Physicians, OSH-IL, OSH-MI and OSH-IN, OSH-OH, OSH-PA, and OSH-NJ, and OSH-RI, jointly and severally, individually and collectively, “Borrower”), (b) the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties to this Agreement (collectively, referred to as “Lender”), and (c) HERCULES CAPITAL, INC., formerly known as Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc., a Maryland corporation, in its capacity as administrative agent and collateral agent for itself and the Lender (in such capacity, the “Agent”).

RECITALS

A. Borrower has requested Lender to make available to Borrower a loan or loans in an aggregate principal amount of up to ThirtyNinety Million Dollars ($30,000,000.0090,000,000.00 ) (the Term Loan); and

B. Lender is willing to make the Term Loan on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, Borrower, Agent and Lender agree as follows:

SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS AND RULES OF CONSTRUCTION

1.1 Unless otherwise defined herein, the following capitalized terms shall have the following meanings:

“2017 End of Term Charge” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.5.

“2019 Draw Period B” means the period of time commencing upon July 1, 2019 and continuing through the earliest to occur of (a) December 31, 2019, or (b) an Event of Default that has not been cured or waived.


“2019 Draw Period C” means the period of time commencing upon the satisfaction of each of the 2019 Term C Loan Funding Conditions (which shall occur no earlier than July 1, 2019) and continuing through the earliest to occur of (a) December 31, 2020, or (b) an Event of Default that has not been cured or waived.

“2019 End of Term Charge” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.5.

“2019 Facility Charge” means a facility charge equal to one-half of one percent (0.50%) of the amount funded under the 2019 Term C Loan Advance.

“2019 Term A Loan Advance” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.1(a)(ii).

“2019 Term B Loan Advance” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.1(a)(ii).

“2019 Term C Loan Advance” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.1(a)(ii).

“2019 Term C Loan Funding Conditions” means, in addition to and without limiting the conditions set forth in Sections 4.2 and 4.3 hereof, (a) Lender has received all necessary internal and credit approvals for such 2019 Term C Loan Advance and such approvals will be made in Agent’s sole discretion, (b) Borrower has delivered financial and other information required by Lender, which shall be satisfactory to Lender in its sole discretion, and (c) payment on or before the Advance Date of the 2019 Term C Loan Advance of the 2019 Facility Charge (which shall be fully earned and non-refundable on the Advance Date of the 2019 Term C Loan Advance).

“2019 Term Loan Advance” and “2019 Term Loan Advances” shall have the meaning assigned to such terms in Section 2.1(a)(ii).

“Account Control Agreement(s)” means any agreement entered into by and among the Agent, Borrower and a third-party bank or other institution (including a Securities Intermediary) in which Borrower maintains a Deposit Account or an account holding Investment Property and which perfects Agent’s first priority security interest in such account or accounts.

“ACH Authorization” means the ACH Debit Authorization Agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit H, which account numbers shall be redacted for security purposes if and when filed publicly by the Borrower.

“Acorn Network” has the meaning given to it in the preamble to this Agreement.

“Additional Borrowers” has the meaning given to it in the preamble to this Agreement.

“Administrative Services Agreements” is any agreement to provide administrative, management or other services by or among any Borrower or Borrowers and/or Physician Groups.

 

2


“Advance(s)” means a Term Loan Advance.

“Advance Date” means the funding date of any Advance.

“Advance Request” means a request for an Advance submitted by Borrower to Agent in substantially the form of Exhibit A, which account numbers shall be redacted for security purposes if and when filed publicly by the Borrower.

“Affiliate” means (a) any Person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the Person in question, (b) any Person directly or indirectly owning, controlling or holding with power to vote ten percent (10.0%) or more of the outstanding voting securities of another Person, (c) any Person ten percent (10.0%) or more of whose outstanding voting securities are directly or indirectly owned, controlled or held by another Person with power to vote such securities, or (d) any Person related by blood or marriage to any Person described in subsection (a), (b) or (c) of this paragraph. As used in the definition of “Affiliate,” the term “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

“Agent” has the meaning given to it in the preamble to this Agreement.

“Aggregate 2013-2016 Vintage Clinic Level Contribution” means in a single month the sum of the Total Clinic Level Contribution generated for each of the primary care clinics located in the following named locations: Edgewater, Portage Park, Ashburn, Avalon Park, Berwyn, Blue Island, Bronzeville, Brighton Park, Chicago Ave, Gary, Hammond, Irvington, Madison St, Rockford, Speedway, Fort Wayne, Rosedale Park, Southgate, and University Heights.

“Aggregate 2013-2017 Vintage Clinic Level Contribution” means in a single month the sum of the Total Clinic Level Contribution generated for each of the primary care clinics located in the following named locations: Edgewater, Portage Park, Ashburn, Avalon Park, Berwyn, Blue Island, Bronzeville, Brighton Park, Chicago Ave, Gary, Hammond, Irvington, Madison St, Rockford, Speedway, Fort Wayne, Rosedale Park, Southgate, University Heights, Englewood, Jefferson Village, Waukegan, Cherry Hill, and Hazel Park.

“Agreement” means this Loan and Security Agreement, as amended from time to time.

“Amortization Date” means OctoberJuly 1, 20182020; provided however, that (a) if all of the First Interest Only Extension Conditions are satisfied on or prior to June 30, 2018, then the “Amortization Date” shall mean AprilJanuary 1, 2019, and (b) if all of the Second Interest Only Extension Conditions are satisfied on or prior to September 30, 2018, the “Amortization Date” shall mean October 1, 20192021.

“Anti-Corruption Laws” shall mean all laws, rules, and regulations of any jurisdiction applicable to Borrower or any of its Affiliates from time to time concerning or relating to bribery or corruption, including without limitation the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, the UK Bribery Act 2010 and other similar legislation in any other jurisdictions.

 

3


“Anti-Terrorism Laws” means any laws, rules, regulations or orders relating to terrorism or money laundering, including without limitation Executive Order No. 13224 (effective September 24, 2001), the USA PATRIOT Act, the laws comprising or implementing the Bank Secrecy Act, and the laws administered by OFAC.

“Assignee” has the meaning given to it in Section 11.13.

“BCBS RI Joint Venture” means that certain joint venture between Borrower and Blue Cross & Blue Shield of Rhode Island or its designated affiliate, which joint venture would be a MSO to and/or, a provider to Medicare-qualified individuals.

“Blocked Person” means any Person: (a) listed in the annex to, or is otherwise subject to the provisions of, Executive Order No. 13224, (b) a Person owned or controlled by, or acting for or on behalf of, any Person that is listed in the annex to, or is otherwise subject to the provisions of, Executive Order No. 13224, (c) a Person with which any Lender is prohibited from dealing or otherwise engaging in any transaction by any Anti-Terrorism Law, (d) a Person that commits, threatens or conspires to commit or supports “terrorism” as defined in Executive Order No. 13224, or (e) a Person that is named a “specially designated national” or “blocked person” on the most current list published by OFAC or other similar list.

“Borrower” has the meaning given to it in the preamble to this Agreement.

“Borrower Products” means all products, software, service offerings, technical data or technology currently being designed, manufactured or sold by Borrower or which Borrower intends to sell, license, or distribute in the future including any products or service offerings under development, collectively, together with all products, software, service offerings, technical data or technology that have been sold, licensed or distributed by Borrower since its formation.

“Business Day” means any day other than Saturday, Sunday and any other day on which banking institutions in the State of California are closed for business.

“Capital Event” means, on or prior to June 30, 2020, Borrower has raised or has presented a written plan to raise capital in an amount required to appropriately capitalize Borrower’s business (based on Borrower’s financial performance to date and Borrower’s forward-looking Manager-approved financial projections as of such date), in each case subject to confirmation by Agent (including supporting documentation reasonably requested by Agent) in its sole discretion.

“Cash” means all cash, cash equivalents and liquid funds.

“Change in Control” means any reorganization, recapitalization, consolidation or merger (or similar transaction or series of related transactions) of Borrower, sale or exchange of outstanding shares (or similar transaction or series of related transactions) of Borrower in which the holders of Borrower’s outstanding shares immediately before consummation of such transaction or series of related transactions do not, immediately after consummation of such transaction or series of related transactions, retain shares representing more than fifty percent (50.0%) of the voting power of the surviving entity of such transaction or series of related transactions (or the parent of such surviving entity if such surviving entity is wholly owned by such parent), in each case without regard to whether Borrower is the surviving entity.

 

4


“Claims” has the meaning given to it in Section 11.10.

“Clinic Level Equity Event” means satisfaction of each of the following events: (a) Borrower has achieved and maintained Aggregate 2013-2017 Vintage Clinic Level Contribution on a trailing six (6) month basis of at least Thirty Million Dollars ($30,000,000.00) for any period after the Second Amendment Closing Date but on or prior to June 30, 2020, and (b) Borrower has received, after the Second Amendment Closing Date but on or prior to June 30, 2020, unrestricted and unencumbered (including, not subject to any redemption, clawback, escrow or similar restriction or encumbrance) net cash proceeds in a minimum amount of at least Forty Million Dollars ($40,000,000.00) in connection with the issuance and sale by Oak Street Health of its equity securities, in each case subject to verification by Agent (including supporting documentation reasonably requested by Agent).

“Clinic Level Event” means Borrower has achieved and maintained Aggregate 2013-2017 Vintage Clinic Level Contribution on a trailing six (6) month basis of at least Forty Million Dollars ($40,000,000.00) for any period after the Second Amendment Closing Date but on or prior to June 30, 2020, subject to verification by Agent (including supporting documentation reasonably requested by Agent).

“Closing Date” means the date of this Agreement.

“Collateral” means the property described in Section 3.

“Common Stock” means the Common Stock of the Borrower.

“Confidential Information” has the meaning given to it in Section 11.12.

“Contingent Obligation” means, as applied to any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or otherwise, of that Person with respect to (i) any Indebtedness, lease, dividend, letter of credit or other obligation of another, including any such obligation directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorsed, co-made or discounted or sold with recourse by that Person, or in respect of which that Person is otherwise directly or indirectly liable; (ii) any obligations with respect to undrawn letters of credit, corporate credit cards or merchant services issued for the account of that Person; and (iii) all obligations arising under any interest rate, currency or commodity swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, or other agreement or arrangement designated to protect a Person against fluctuation in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices; provided, however, that the term “Contingent Obligation” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The amount of any Contingent Obligation shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determined amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Contingent Obligation is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by such Person in good faith; provided, however, that such amount shall not in any event exceed the maximum amount of the obligations under the guarantee or other support arrangement.

 

5


“Copyright License” means any written agreement granting any right to use any Copyright or Copyright registration, now owned or hereafter acquired by Borrower or in which Borrower now holds or hereafter acquires any interest.

“Copyrights” means all copyrights, whether registered or unregistered, held pursuant to the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof, or of any other country.

“Default” means any fact or condition that could (or could, with the passage of time, the giving of notice or both) constitute an Event of Default.

“Deposit Accounts” means any “deposit accounts,” as such term is defined in the UCC, and includes any checking account, savings account, or certificate of deposit.

“Domestic Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is not a Foreign Subsidiary.

“Due Diligence Fee” means Thirty Thousand Dollars ($30,000.00), which fee has been paid to Lender prior to the Closing Date, and shall be deemed fully earned on such date regardless of the early termination of this Agreement.

“EHCS Joint Venture” means that certain joint venture between Borrower and Evangelical Health Care Services or its designated affiliate, which joint venture would be a MSO to and/or, a provider to Medicare-qualified individuals.

“End of Term Charge” means an amount equal to five and ninety five hundredths of one percent (5.95%) of the greater of (a) the aggregate original principal amount of the Term Loan Advances made hereunder, and (b) Twenty-Five Million Dollars ($25,000,000.00).the 2017 End of Term Charge and the 2019 End of Term Charge.

“Equity Event” means Borrower has received, after the Second Amendment Closing Date but on or prior to June 30, 2020, net cash proceeds (deposited into accounts that are subject to a first priority perfected security interest in favor of Agent perfected by an Account Control Agreement) in a minimum amount of at least One Hundred Twenty-Five Million Dollars ($125,000,000.00) from the issuance and sale by Oak Street Health of its equity, subject to verification by Agent (including supporting documentation requested by Agent).

“Equity Interests” means, with respect to any Person, the capital stock, partnership or limited liability company interest, or other equity securities or equity ownership interests of such Person.

“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

“Event of Default” has the meaning given to it in Section 9.

“Excluded Account” means (i) accounts used solely to fund payroll or employee benefits maintained in the ordinary course of business, (ii) escrow and Cash collateral accounts for the benefit of commercial insurance partners of Borrower or lessors to Borrower maintained in the ordinary course of business, (iii) zero balance accounts solely containing payments from

 

6


commercial insurance partners of Borrower or the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services maintained in the ordinary course of business that are subject to daily sweeps of any balances to an account of Borrower that is subject to an Account Control Agreement, (iv) on or prior to the earlier to occur of (A) December 31, 2017, and (B) an Event of Default, accounts with First Midwest Bank that are set forth on Schedule 7.12, provided that (x) the Cash balance in any such account as of the end of any calendar month shall not exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000.00), and (y) Borrower shall use best efforts to cause any Cash balances at any time maintained in any such accounts above Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000.00) to be swept on a weekly basis pursuant to documentation that is acceptable to Agent (which frequency shall increase to a daily basis if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing) to an account of Borrower that is subject to an Account Control Agreement, and (v) an account of Borrower with Chase Bank existing as of the Closing Date, provided that the aggregate balance at any time maintained in such account shall not exceed Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000.00).

“Facility Charge” means Three Hundred Thousand Dollars ($300,000.00).

“Financial Statements” has the meaning given to it in Section 7.1.

“First Interest Only Extension Conditions” means satisfaction of each of the following events: (a) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and (b) confirmation by Agent and Lender that the Term B Loan Advance has been made on or prior to June 30, 2018.

“First Milestone Event” shall mean that (a) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, and (b) Agent shall have confirmed each of the following on or prior to December 31, 2017 (which confirmation may require supporting documentation reasonably requested by Agent): (i) that Borrower has received, after June 30, 2017 but on or prior to December 31, 2017, unrestricted and unencumbered (including, not subject to any redemption, clawback, escrow or similar restriction or encumbrance) upfront net cash proceeds in a minimum amount of at least Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000.00) in connection with the issuance and sale by Oak Street Health of its equity securities to investors reasonably acceptable to Agent (it being acknowledged and agreed that members of Oak Street Health as of the Closing Date shall be deemed reasonably acceptable to Agent), and (ii) that Borrower has achieved, with respect to any six (6) calendar month period ending after the Closing Date but on or prior to December 31, 2017, aggregate net revenue, determined in accordance with GAAP, of greater than or equal to Eighty Million Dollars ($80,000,000.00).

“Foreign Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary other than a Subsidiary organized under the laws of any state within the United States of America.

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America, as in effect from time to time.

“Indebtedness” means indebtedness of any kind, including (a) all indebtedness for borrowed money or the deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding trade credit entered into in the ordinary course of business due within ninety (90) days), including reimbursement and other obligations with respect to surety bonds and letters of credit, (b) all obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, (c) all capital lease obligations, and (d) all Contingent Obligations.

 

7


“Intellectual Property” means all of Borrower’s Copyrights; Trademarks; Patents; Licenses; trade secrets and inventions; mask works; Borrower’s applications therefor and reissues, extensions, or renewals thereof; and Borrower’s goodwill associated with any of the foregoing, together with Borrower’s rights to sue for past, present and future infringement of Intellectual Property and the goodwill associated therewith.

“Interest Only Extension Conditions” means satisfaction of each of the following events: (a) no default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and (b) on or prior to June 30, 2020, Borrower shall have achieved the Performance Milestone.

“Inventory” means “inventory” as defined in Article 9 of the UCC.

“Investment” means any beneficial ownership (including stock, partnership or limited liability company interests) of or in any Person, or any loan, advance or capital contribution to any Person or the acquisition of any asset of another Person.

“Joinder Agreements” means for each Qualified Subsidiary or Physician Group, a completed and executed Joinder Agreement in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit G.

“Lender” has the meaning given to it in the preamble to this Agreement.

“License” means any Copyright License, Patent License, Trademark License or other license of rights or interests.

“Lien” means any mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation, assignment for security, security interest, encumbrance, levy, lien or charge of any kind, whether voluntarily incurred or arising by operation of law or otherwise, against any property, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, and any lease in the nature of a security interest.

“Loan” means the Advances made under this Agreement.

“Loan Documents” means this Agreement, the Notes (if any), the ACH Authorization, the Account Control Agreements, the Joinder Agreements, all UCC Financing Statements, any subordination agreement, and any other documents executed in connection with the Secured Obligations or the transactions contemplated hereby, as the same may from time to time be amended, modified, supplemented or restated.

“Managers” means, with respect to any Borrower, such Borrower’s board of directors.

“Material Adverse Effect” means a material adverse effect upon: (i) the business, operations, properties, assets or financial condition of Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole; or (ii) the ability of Borrower to perform or pay the Secured Obligations in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents, or the ability of Agent or Lender to enforce any of its rights or remedies with respect to the Secured Obligations; or (iii) the Collateral or Agent’s Liens on the Collateral or the priority of such Liens.

 

8


“Maximum Rate” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.3.

“Maximum Term Loan Amount” means ThirtyNinety Million Dollars ($30,000,000.0090,000,000.00 ).

“Non-Disclosure Agreement” means that certain Non-Disclosure Agreement by and between Oak Street Health MSO, LLC and Hercules Capital, Inc. dated as of August 18, 2015.

“Note(s)” means a promissory note or promissory notes to evidence Lender’s Loans substantially in the form of Exhibit B.

“Oak Street Health” has the meaning given to it in the preamble to this Agreement.

“Oak Street Health MSO” has the meaning given to it in the preamble to this Agreement.

“OFAC” is the U.S. Department of Treasury Office of Foreign Assets Control.

“OFAC Lists” are, collectively, the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List maintained by OFAC pursuant to Executive Order No. 13224, 66 Fed. Reg. 49079 (Sept. 25, 2001) and/or any other list of terrorists or other restricted Persons maintained pursuant to any of the rules and regulations of OFAC or pursuant to any other applicable Executive Orders.

“OSH-IL” has the meaning given to it in the preamble to this Agreement.

“OSH-IN” has the meaning given to it in the preamble to this Agreement.

“OSH-MI” has the meaning given to it in the preamble to this Agreement.

“OSH-NJ” has the meaning given to it in the preamble to this Agreement.

“OSH-OH” has the meaning given to it in the preamble to this Agreement.

“OSH-PA” has the meaning given to it in the preamble to this Agreement.

“OSH Physicians” has the meaning given to it in the preamble to this Agreement.

“OSH-RI” has the meaning given to it in the preamble to this Agreement.

“Patent License” means any written agreement granting any right with respect to any invention on which a Patent is in existence or a Patent application is pending, in which agreement Borrower now holds or hereafter acquires any interest.

 

9


“Patents” means all letters patent of, or rights corresponding thereto, in the United States of America or in any other country, all registrations and recordings thereof, and all applications for letters patent of, or rights corresponding thereof, in the Unites States of America or any other country.

“Patient Level Contribution” means (a) net revenue, less (b) (i) third party medical claims expense, (ii) net reinsurance costs, (iii) other payer adjustments, (iv) delegation costs, (v) medical cost programs, and (vi) provision for uncollectable accounts, plus (c) provision for adverse deviation (to the extent included within third party medical claims expense; which may be subject to supporting documentation as reasonably requested by Agent), in each case as determined in a manner and methodology consistent with projections of Borrower provided to Agent prior to the Second Amendment Closing Date.

“Performance Covenant End Date” means the date on which Agent confirms in writing that Borrower has delivered to Agent evidence satisfactory to Agent in Agent’s sole discretion that either of the following have occurred: (a) Borrower has received, after the Second Amendment Closing Date, unrestricted net cash proceeds (deposited into accounts that are subject to a first priority perfected security interest in favor of Agent perfected by an Account Control Agreement) in a minimum amount of at least Fifty Million Dollars ($50,000,000.00) from the issuance and sale by Oak Street Health of its equity securities or (b) Borrower has achieved the Performance Milestone.

“Performance Milestone” means satisfaction of each of the following: (a) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, and (b) Borrower has delivered to Agent evidence satisfactory to Agent in Agent’s sole discretion that any one of the following has occurred on or prior to June 30, 2020 (which confirmation may require supporting documentation reasonably requested by Agent); (i) the Equity Event, (ii) the Clinic Level Equity Event, (iii) the Clinic Level Event, or (iv) the Capital Event.

“Permitted Indebtedness” means: (i) Indebtedness of Borrower in favor of Lender or Agent arising under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; (ii) Indebtedness existing on the Closing Date which is disclosed in Schedule 1A; (iii) Indebtedness of up to Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) outstanding at any time secured by a Lien described in clause (vii) of the defined term “Permitted Liens,” provided such Indebtedness does not exceed the cost of the Equipment financed with such Indebtedness; (iv) Indebtedness to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary course of business, including Indebtedness incurred in the ordinary course of business with corporate credit cards; (v) Indebtedness that also constitutes a Permitted Investment; (vi) Subordinated Indebtedness; (vii) reimbursement obligations in connection with letters of credit that are issued on behalf of the Borrower or a Subsidiary thereof for or in support of contracted health plans entered into in the ordinary course of business; (viii) other reimbursement obligations in connection with letters of credit secured by Cash and issued on behalf of the Borrower or a Subsidiary thereof in an amount not to exceed Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000.00) at any time outstanding, (ix) other unsecured Indebtedness in an amount not to exceed Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) at any time outstanding, (x) intercompany Indebtedness as long as either (A) each of the Subsidiary obligor and the Subsidiary obligee under such Indebtedness is a Qualified Subsidiary that has executed a Joinder Agreement, (xi) amounts constituting Indebtedness under leases for real property entered into by Borrower or its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business from time to time, (xii) amounts constituting Contingent Obligations on account of upfront fees with strategic partners of Borrower or its Subsidiaries entered into in the ordinary course of business from time to time, (xiii) Permitted JV Indebtedness, (xiv) the Permitted JV Guaranty, and (xiiixv) extensions, refinancings and renewals of any items of Permitted Indebtedness, provided that the principal amount is not increased or the terms modified to impose materially more burdensome terms upon Borrower or its Subsidiary, as the case may be.

 

10


“Permitted Investment” means: (i) Investments existing on the Closing Date which are disclosed in Schedule 1B; (ii) (a) marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States of America or any agency or any State thereof maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof currently having a rating of at least A-2 or P-2 from either Standard & Poor’s Corporation or Moody’s Investors Services, (b) commercial paper maturing no more than one year from the date of creation thereof and currently having a rating of at least A-2 or P-2 from either Standard & Poor’s Corporation or Moody’s Investors Service, (c) certificates of deposit issued by any bank with assets of at least Five Hundred Million Dollars ($500,000,000.00) maturing no more than one year from the date of investment, therein and (d) money market accounts; (iii) repurchases of stock from former employees, directors, or consultants of Borrower under the terms of applicable repurchase agreements at the original issuance price of such securities in an aggregate amount not to exceed Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) in any fiscal year, provided that no Event of Default has occurred, is continuing or could exist after giving effect to the repurchases; (iv) Investments accepted in connection with Permitted Transfers; (v) Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business; (vi) Investments consisting of notes receivable of, or prepaid royalties and other credit extensions, to customers and suppliers who are not Affiliates, in the ordinary course of business, provided that this subparagraph (vi) shall not apply to Investments of Borrower in any Subsidiary; (vii) Investments consisting of loans not involving the net transfer on a substantially contemporaneous basis of cash proceeds to employees, officers or directors relating to the purchase of capital stock of Borrower pursuant to employee stock purchase plans or other similar agreements approved by the Managers; (viii) Investments consisting of travel advances in the ordinary course of business; (ix) Investments in newly-formed Domestic Subsidiaries, provided that each such Domestic Subsidiary enters into a Joinder Agreement promptly after its formation by Borrower and execute such other documents as shall be reasonably requested by Agent; (x) Investments in Foreign Subsidiaries approved in advance in writing by Agent; (xi) subject to Section 7.21, the Primary Care Joliet Joint Venture, the BCBS RI Joint Venture and the EHCS Joint Venture, (xii) other joint ventures or strategic alliances in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business consisting of the nonexclusive licensing of technology, the development of technology or the providing of technical support, provided that any cash Investments by Borrower do not exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00) in the aggregate in any fiscal year; and (xiii) additional Investments that do not exceed Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) in the aggregate.

“Permitted JV Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of Primary Care Joliet Joint Venture, BCBS RI Joint Venture, or EHCS Joint Venture owed to a financial institution incurred from to time for operational expenses of any such joint venture.

 

11


“Permitted JV Guaranty” means an unsecured guaranty issued by Borrower in connection with the Permitted JV Indebtedness in favor of the financial institution issuing such Indebtedness; provided however, in no event shall (a) the amount guaranteed by Borrower with respect to the Permitted JV Indebtedness of Primary Care Joliet Joint Venture exceed (i) Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00) minus (ii) all capital contributions and Investments made by Borrower to Primary Care Joliet Joint Venture, (b) the amount guaranteed by Borrower with respect to the Permitted JV Indebtedness of BCBS RI Joint Venture exceed (i) Eight Million Dollars ($8,000,000.00) minus (ii) all capital contributions and Investments made by Borrower to BCBS RI Joint Venture, and (c) the amount guaranteed by Borrower with respect to the Permitted JV Indebtedness of EHCS Joint Venture exceed (i) Three and One Half Million Dollars ($3,500,000.00) minus (ii) all capital contributions and Investments made by Borrower to EHCS Joint Venture.

“Permitted Liens” means any and all of the following: (i) Liens in favor of Agent or Lender; (ii) Liens existing on the Closing Date which are disclosed in Schedule 1C; (iii) Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other governmental charges or levies, either not delinquent or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings; provided, that Borrower maintains adequate reserves therefor in accordance with GAAP; (iv) Liens securing claims or demands of materialmen, artisans, mechanics, carriers, warehousemen, landlords and other like Persons arising in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business and imposed without action of such parties; provided, that the payment thereof is not yet required; (v) Liens arising from judgments, decrees or attachments in circumstances which do not constitute an Event of Default hereunder; (vi) the following deposits, to the extent made in the ordinary course of business: deposits under worker’s compensation, unemployment insurance, social security and other similar laws, or to secure the performance of bids, tenders or contracts (other than for the repayment of borrowed money) or to secure indemnity, performance or other similar bonds for the performance of bids, tenders or contracts (other than for the repayment of borrowed money) or to secure statutory obligations (other than Liens arising under ERISA or environmental Liens) or surety or appeal bonds, or to secure indemnity, performance or other similar bonds; (vii) Liens on Equipment or software or other intellectual property constituting purchase money Liens and Liens in connection with capital leases securing Indebtedness permitted in clause (iii) of “Permitted Indebtedness”; (viii) Liens incurred in connection with Subordinated Indebtedness; (ix) leasehold interests in leases or subleases and licenses granted in the ordinary course of business and not interfering in any material respect with the business of the licensor; (x) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of custom duties that are promptly paid on or before the date they become due; (xi) Liens on insurance proceeds securing the payment of financed insurance premiums that are promptly paid on or before the date they become due (provided that such Liens extend only to such insurance proceeds and not to any other property or assets); (xii) statutory and common law rights of set-off and other similar rights as to deposits of cash and securities in favor of banks, other depository institutions and brokerage firms; (xiii) easements, zoning restrictions, rights-of-way and similar encumbrances on real property imposed by law or arising in the ordinary course of business so long as they do not materially impair the value or marketability of the related property; (xiv) (A) Liens on Cash securing obligations permitted under clause (vii) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness and (B) security deposits in connection with real property leases entered into in the ordinary course of business; (xv) Liens on assets of Primary Care Joliet Joint Venture, BCBS RI Joint Venture, or EHCS Joint Venture pledged in connection with Permitted JV Indebtedness; and (xvxvi) Liens incurred in connection with the extension, renewal or refinancing of the Indebtedness secured by Liens of the type described in clauses (i) through (xi) above; provided, that any extension, renewal or replacement Lien shall be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the Indebtedness being extended, renewed or refinanced (as may have been reduced by any payment thereon) does not increase.

 

12


“Permitted Transfers” means (i) sales of Inventory in the ordinary course of business, (ii) non-exclusive licenses and similar arrangements for the use of Intellectual Property in the ordinary course of business and licenses that could not result in a legal transfer of title of the licensed property but that may be exclusive in respects other than territory and that may be exclusive as to territory only as to discreet geographical areas outside of the United States of America in the ordinary course of business, or (iii) dispositions of worn-out, obsolete or surplus Equipment at fair market value in the ordinary course of business, and (iv) other Transfers of assets having a fair market value of not more than Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) in the aggregate in any fiscal year.

“Person” means any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, limited liability company, institution, other entity or government.

“Physicians Group” means a legal entity formed by Borrower operating as a physician’s practice or otherwise providing medical services.

“Preferred Stock” means at any given time any equity security issued by Borrower that has any rights, preferences or privileges senior to Borrower’s Common Stock.

“Prepayment Charge” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.4.

“Primary Care Joliet Joint Venture” means that certain joint venture between Borrower and a strategic partner, which joint venture would be the provider for such strategic partner’s Medicare Advantage patients.

“Prime Rate” is the “prime rate” as reported in the Wall Street Journal or any successor publication thereto.

“Qualified Subsidiary” means any direct or indirect Domestic Subsidiary or Eligible Foreign Subsidiary; provided, however, that in no event shall the Primary Care Joliet Joint Venture, BCBS RI Joint Venture or the EHCS Joint Venture be considered a Qualified Subsidiary for purposes of this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

“Receivables” means (i) all of Borrower’s Accounts, Instruments, Documents, Chattel Paper, Supporting Obligations, letters of credit, proceeds of any letter of credit, and Letter of Credit Rights, and (ii) all customer lists, software, and business records related thereto.

“Required Lenders” means at any time, the holders of more than fifty percent (50.0%) of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Term Loan Advances then outstanding.

“Sanctioned Country” shall mean, at any time, a country or territory which is the subject or target of any Sanctions.

 

13


“Sanctioned Person” shall mean, at any time, (a) any Person listed in any Sanctions-related list of designated Persons maintained by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury or the U.S. Department of State, or by the United Nations Security Council, the European Union or any EU member state, (b) any Person operating, organized or resident in a Sanctioned Country or (c) any Person controlled by any such Person.

“Sanctions” shall mean economic or financial sanctions or trade embargoes imposed, administered or enforced from time to time by (a) the U.S. government, including those administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury or the U.S. Department of State, or (b) the United Nations Security Council, the European Union or Her Majesty’s Treasury of the United Kingdom.

“Second Interest Only Extension Conditions” means satisfaction of each of the following events: (a) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; (b) satisfaction of all of the First Interest Only Extension Conditions on or prior to June 30, 2018,; and (c) confirmation by Agent and Lender that either (i) the Term C Loan Advance has been made on or prior to June 30, 2018, or (ii) the Third Milestone Event has occurred on or prior to September 30, 2018.

Second Amendment Closing Date” means [            ], 2019.

“Second Milestone Event” shall mean that (a) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (b) the Term B Loan Advance has been made, and (c) Agent shall have confirmed (which confirmation may require supporting documentation requested by Agent), that Borrower has achieved positive Aggregate 2013-2016 Vintage Clinic Level Contribution on a trailing six (6) month basis for any period ending after the Closing Date but on or prior to June 30, 2018, and (d) that on or prior to March 31, 2018, one (1) of the following shall have occurred: (i) that Borrower has received, after June 30, 2017 but on or prior to March 31, 2018, unrestricted and unencumbered (including, not subject to any redemption, clawback, escrow or similar restriction or encumbrance) upfront net cash proceeds in a minimum amount of at least Twenty-Five Million Dollars ($25,000,000.00) (inclusive of amounts raised in satisfaction of clause (b)(i) of the First Milestone Event definition) in connection with the issuance and sale by Oak Street Health of its equity securities to investors reasonably acceptable to Agent (it being acknowledged and agreed that members of Oak Street Health as of the Closing Date shall be deemed reasonably acceptable to Agent), or (ii) that Borrower has achieved, with respect to any six (6) calendar month period ending after the Closing Date but on or prior to March 31, 2018, aggregate net revenue, determined in accordance with GAAP, of greater than or equal to One Hundred Million Dollars ($100,000,000.00).

“Secured Obligations” means Borrower’s obligations under this Agreement and any Loan Document (other than any Warrant), including any obligation to pay any amount now owing or later arising.

“Subordinated Indebtedness” means Indebtedness subordinated to the Secured Obligations in amounts and on terms and conditions satisfactory to Agent in its sole discretion and subject to a subordination agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Agent in its sole discretion.

 

14


“Subsequent Financing” means the closing of any equity financing of Oak Street Health occurring after the Closing Date with aggregate gross proceeds of not less than Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000.00) in Cash (including such amount as Lender may properly elect to purchase in accordance with Section 8.1), excluding any financing offered exclusively to existing Members triggering the “Initial Participation Right” of Section 12.5 of the operating agreement of Oak Street Health up to the “Initial Participation Threshold” as provided therein.

“Subsidiary” means an entity, whether corporate, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or otherwise, in which Borrower owns or controls fifty percent ( 50.0%) or more of the outstanding voting securities, including each entity listed on Schedule 1 hereto.

“Term A Loan Advance” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.1(a).

“Term B Draw Period” means the period of time commencing upon the occurrence of the First Milestone Event and continuing through the earlier to occur of (a) June 30, 2018 or (b) an Event of Default that has not been cured or waived.

“Term B Loan Advance” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.1(a).

“Term C Draw Period” means the period of time commencing upon the later of (a) January 1, 2018 and (b) the occurrence of each of (i) the Second Milestone Event and (ii) Lender making the Term B Loan Advance, and continuing through the earlier to occur of (i) June 30, 2018, or (ii) an Event of Default that has not been cured or waived.

“Term C Loan Advance” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.1(a).

“Term Commitment” means as to any Lender, the obligation of such Lender, if any, to make a Term Loan Advance to the Borrower in a principal amount not to exceed the amount set forth under the heading “Term Commitment” opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 1.1.

“Term Loan Advance” and “Term Loan Advances” shall each have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.1(a)(iii).

“Term Loan Interest Rate” means for any day a floating per annum rate of interest equal to the greater of either (a) nine and three-quarters of one percent (9.75%) and (b) the sum of (i) nine and three quarters of one percent (9.75%), plus (ii) (A) the Prime Rate plus (ii) five percent (5.00%) minus (B) fourx) the lesser of (A) one-half of one percent (0.50%) and (B) the amount by which the Prime Rate exceeds five and three quartersone-half of one percent (4.755.50%).

“Term Loan Maturity Date” means SeptemberJune 1, 20212022; provided however, that if all of the Term Loan Maturity Date Extension Conditions are satisfied on or prior to June 30, 2020, the “Term Loan Maturity Date” shall mean December 1, 2022.

 

15


Third Milestone EventTerm Loan Maturity Date Extension Conditions” shall mean thatsatisfaction of all of the following: (a) no Event of Default shall have occurred and remainbe continuing, and (b) Agent shall have confirmed (which confirmation may require supporting documentation requested by Agent) that, on or prior to September 30, 2018, thatJune 30, 2020, Borrower has achieved the Performance Milestone, (c) Agent shall have received, after June 30, 2017 but on or prior to SeptemberJune 30, 2018, that2020, a written request from Borrower has received, after the Closing Date butto extend the Term Loan Maturity Date to December 1, 2022, and (d) Agent shall have received from Borrower a payment, on or prior to September 30July 1, 20182020, unrestricted and unencumbered (including, not subject to any redemption, clawback, escrow or similar restriction or encumbrance) upfront net cash proceeds in a minimum amount of at least One Hundred Million Dollars ($100,000,000.00) (inclusive of amounts raised in satisfaction of clause (b)(i) of the First Milestone Event definition and clause (d)(i) of the Second Milestone Event definition) in connection with the issuance and sale by Oak Street Health of its equity securities to investors reasonably acceptable to Agent (it being acknowledged and agreed that members of Oak Street Health as of the Closing Date shall be deemed reasonably acceptableof a loan fee of one percent (1.0%)of the amount of the Advances outstanding as of the date immediately prior to Agent)such payment.

“Total Clinic Level Contribution” means as calculated for an individual primary care clinic in a single month (a) net revenue, less (b) third party medical claims expense, less (c) net reinsurance costs, less (d) other payer adjustments expense, less (e) delegation costs expense, less (e) other claims-related expense, less (f) provision for uncollectable accounts expense, less (g) clinic labor expense, less (h) other clinic operating expense, in each case as determined in a manner and methodology consistent with projections of Borrower provided to Agent prior to the Closing Date.

“Trademark License” means any written agreement granting any right to use any Trademark or Trademark registration, now owned or hereafter acquired by Borrower or in which Borrower now holds or hereafter acquires any interest.

“Trademarks” means all trademarks (registered, common law or otherwise) and any applications in connection therewith, including registrations, recordings and applications in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or in any similar office or agency of the United States of America, any State thereof or any other country or any political subdivision thereof.

“UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as the same is, from time to time, in effect in the State of California; provided, that in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the attachment, perfection or priority of, or remedies with respect to, Agent’s Lien on any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as the same is, from time to time, in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of California, then the term “UCC” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect, from time to time, in such other jurisdiction solely for purposes of the provisions thereof relating to such attachment, perfection, priority or remedies and for purposes of definitions related to such provisions.

Unless otherwise specified, all references in this Agreement or any Annex or Schedule hereto to a “Section,” “subsection,” “Exhibit,” “Annex,” or “Schedule” shall refer to the corresponding Section, subsection, Exhibit, Annex, or Schedule in or to this Agreement. Unless otherwise specifically provided herein, any accounting term used in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents shall have the meaning customarily given such term in accordance with GAAP, and all financial computations hereunder shall be computed in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied. Unless otherwise defined herein or in the other Loan Documents, terms that are used herein or in the other Loan Documents and defined in the UCC shall have the meanings given to them in the UCC.

 

16


SECTION 2. THE LOAN

2.1 Term Loan.

(a) Advances.

(i) Original Term Loan Advances. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Lender will severally (and not jointly) make in an amount not to exceed its respective Term Commitment, and Borrower agrees to draw, one (1) advance in a principal amount of Twenty Million Dollars ($20,000,000.00) on the Closing Date (the “Term A Loan Advance”). Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, during the Term B Draw Period, upon Borrower’s written request in accordance with this Agreement, Lender will severally (and not jointly) make in an amount not to exceed its respective Term Commitment, one (1) advance in a principal amount of Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00) (the “Term B Loan Advance”). Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, during the Term C Draw Period, upon Borrower’s written request in accordance with this Agreement, Lender will severally (and not jointly) make in an amount not to exceed its respective Term Commitment, one (1) advance in a principal amount of Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00) (the “Term C Loan Advance”).

(ii) 2019 Term Loan Advances. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Lender will severally (and not jointly) make, in an amount not to exceed their respective Term Commitment, and Borrower agrees to draw, one (1) advance in a principal amount of Thirty Million Dollars (530,000,000.00) on the Second Amendment Closing Date (the “2019 Term A Loan Advance”). Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, (i) during the 2019 Draw Period B, upon Borrower’s written request in accordance with this Agreement, Lender will severally (and not jointly) make in an amount not to exceed its respective Term Commitment, one (1) advance in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed Twenty Million Dollars (520,000,000) (the “2019 Term B Loan Advance”), and (ii) during the 2019 Draw Period C, upon Borrower’s written request in accordance with this Agreement, Lender will severally (and not jointly) make in an amount not to exceed its respective Term Commitment, one (1) advance in an original principal amount not to exceed Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000.00) (the “2019 Term C Loan Advance”). The 2019 Term A Loan Advance, the 2019 Term B Loan Advance, and the 2019 Term C Loan Advance are hereinafter referred to each as a “2019 Term Loan Advance” and collectively as the “2019 Term Loan Advances.”

 

17


The aggregate outstanding Advances shall not exceed the Maximum Term Loan Amount. Proceeds of any 2019 Term Loan Advance shall be deposited into an account that is subject to a first priority perfected security interest in favor of Agent perfected by an Account Control Agreement.

(iii) The Term A Loan Advance, theTerm B Loan Advance, Term C Loan Advance, 2019 Term A Loan Advance, 2019 Term B Loan Advance and the2019 Term C Loan Advance are hereinafter referred to individually as a “Term Loan Advance” and collectively as the “Term Loan Advances”. The aggregate outstanding Term Loan Advances may be up to the Maximum Term Loan Amount. Except as otherwise set forth above, proceeds of any Term Loan Advance shall be deposited into an account that is subject to a first priority perfected security interest in favor of Agent perfected by an Account Control Agreement.

(b) Advance Request. To obtain a Term Loan Advance, Borrower shall complete, sign and deliver to Agent an Advance Request (at least three (3) Business Days before the Advance Date, other than the Term A Loan Advance, which shall be at least one (1) Business Day) to Agent. Lender shall fund the Term Loan Advance in the manner requested by the Advance Request provided that each of the conditions precedent to such Term Loan Advance is satisfied as of the requested Advance Date.

(c) Interest. The principal balance of each Term Loan Advance shall bear interest thereon from such Advance Date at the Term Loan Interest Rate based on a year consisting of three hundred sixty (360) days, with interest computed daily based on the actual number of days elapsed. The Term Loan Interest Rate will float and change on the day the Prime Rate changes from time to time.

(d) Payment. Borrower will pay interest on each Term Loan Advance on the first (1st) Business Day of each month, beginning the month after the Advance Date. Borrower shall repay the aggregate Term Loan Advances principal balance that is outstanding on the day immediately preceding the Amortization Date, in equal monthly installments of principal and interest (mortgage style) beginning on the Amortization Date and continuing on the first Business Day of each month thereafter until the Secured Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) are repaid. The entire Term Loan Advances principal balance and all accrued but unpaid interest hereunder, and all other Secured Obligations with respect to the Term Loan Advances, shall be due and payable on Term Loan Maturity Date. Borrower shall make all payments under this Agreement without setoff, recoupment or deduction and regardless of any counterclaim or defense. Lender will initiate debit entries to the Borrower’s account as authorized on the ACH Authorization (i) on each payment date of all periodic obligations payable to Lender under each Term Advance and (ii) out-of-pocket legal fees and costs incurred by Agent or Lender in connection with Section 11.11 of this Agreement; provided that, with respect to clause (i) above, in the event that Lender or Agent informs Borrower that Lender will not initiate a debit entry to Borrower’s account

 

18


for a certain amount of the periodic obligations due on a specific payment date, Borrower shall pay to Lender such amount of periodic obligations in full in immediately available funds on such payment date; provided, further, that, with respect to clause (i) above, if Lender or Agent informs Borrower that Lender will not initiate a debit entry as described above later than the date that is three (3) Business Days prior to such payment date, Borrower shall pay to Lender such amount of periodic obligations in full in immediately available funds on the date that is three (3) Business Days after the date on which Lender or Agent notifies Borrower of such; provided, further, that, with respect to clause (ii) above, in the event that Lender or Agent informs Borrower that Lender will not initiate a debit entry to Borrower’s account for certain amount of such out-of-pocket legal fees and costs incurred by Agent or Lender, Borrower shall pay to Lender such amount in full in immediately available funds within three (3) Business Days. Once repaid, a Term Loan Advance or any portion thereof may not be reborrowed.

2.2 Maximum Interest. Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement or any other Loan Document, it is the parties’ intent not to contract for, charge or receive interest at a rate that is greater than the maximum rate permissible by law that a court of competent jurisdiction shall deem applicable hereto (which under the laws of the State of California shall be deemed to be the laws relating to permissible rates of interest on commercial loans) (the “Maximum Rate”). If a court of competent jurisdiction shall finally determine that Borrower has actually paid to Lender an amount of interest in excess of the amount that would have been payable if all of the Secured Obligations had at all times borne interest at the Maximum Rate, then such excess interest actually paid by Borrower shall be applied as follows: first, to the payment of the Secured Obligations consisting of the outstanding principal; second, after all principal is repaid, to the payment of Lender’s accrued interest, costs, expenses, professional fees and any other Secured Obligations; and third, after all Secured Obligations are repaid, the excess (if any) shall be refunded to Borrower.

2.3 Default Interest. In the event any payment is not paid on the scheduled payment date, an amount equal to four percent (4.0%) of the past due amount shall be payable on demand. In addition, upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default hereunder, all Secured Obligations, including principal, interest, compounded interest, and professional fees, shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the rate set forth in Section 2.1(c), plus four percent (4.0%) per annum. In the event any interest is not paid when due hereunder, delinquent interest shall be added to principal and shall bear interest on interest, compounded at the rate set forth in Section 2.1(c) or Section 2.4, as applicable.

2.4 Prepayment. At its option upon at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice to Agent, Borrower may prepay all, but not less than all, of the outstanding Advances by paying the entire principal balance, and all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, all unpaid Lender’s fees and expenses accrued to the date of the repayment (including, without limitation, the End of Term Charge), together with a prepayment charge equal to the following percentage of the Advance amount being prepaid: if such Advance amounts are prepaid in any of the first twelve (12) months following the Closing Date, three percent (3.0%); after twelve (12) months buton or prior to twenty four

 

19


(24)monthsJune 30, 2020, two percent (2.0%); and thereafter, one percent (1.0%) (each, a “Prepayment Charge”). Borrower agrees that the Prepayment Charge is a reasonable calculation of Lender’s lost profits in view of the difficulties and impracticality of determining actual damages resulting from an early repayment of the Advances. Borrower shall prepay the outstanding amount of all principal and accrued interest through the prepayment date and all unpaid Lender’s fees and expenses accrued to the date of the repayment (including, without limitation, the End of Term Charge) together with the Prepayment Charge upon the occurrence of a Change in Control. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Agent and Lender agree to waive the Prepayment Charge if Agent and Lender (each in its sole and absolute discretion) agree in writing to refinance the Advances prior to the Maturity Date. Further, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Prepayment Charge shall be automatically waived upon any assignment of the Loan, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents pursuant to Section 11.13 hereof by a Lender or the Agent (other than any assignment to an Affiliate of any Lender or Agent or any assignment made for securitization purposes).

2.5 End of Term Charge.

(a) On the earliest to occur of (i) the Term Loan Maturity DateSeptember 1, 2021, (ii) the date that Borrower prepays the outstanding Secured Obligations (other than any inchoate indemnity obligations and any other obligations which, by their terms, are to survive the termination of this Agreement) in full, or (iii) the date that the Secured Obligations become due and payable, Borrower shall pay Lender a charge equal to One Million Seven Hundred Eighty-Five Thousand Dollars ($1,785,000.00) (the “2017 End of Term Charge”). Notwithstanding the required payment date of such charge, it$1,487,500 of the 2017 End of Term Charge shall be deemed earned by Lender as of the Closing Date, and $297,500 of the 2017 End of Term Charge shall be deemed earned by Lender as of June 28, 2018.

(b) On the earliest to occur of (i) the Term Loan Maturity Date, (ii) the date that Borrower prepays the outstanding Secured Obligations in full, or (iii) the date that the Secured Obligations become due and payable, Borrower shall pay Lender a charge equal to five and ninety-five hundredths of one percent (5.95%), multiplied by the aggregate original principal amount of all 2019 Term Loan Advances extended by Lender (the “2019 End of Term Charge”). Notwithstanding the required payment date of such charge, each applicable 2019 End of Term Charge shall be deemed fully earned by Lender as of the date on which each 2019 Term Loan Advance is funded.

2.6 Notes. If so requested by Lender by written notice to Borrower, then Borrower shall execute and deliver to Lender (and/or, if applicable and if so specified in such notice, to any Person who is an assignee of Lender pursuant to Section 11.13) (promptly after the Borrower’s receipt of such notice) a Note or Notes to evidence Lender’s Loans.

 

20


2.7 Pro Rata Treatment. Each payment (including prepayment) on account of any fee and any reduction of the Term Loan Advances shall be made pro rata according to the Term Commitments of the relevant Lender. Each payment (including prepayment) on account of any fee and any reduction of the Term Loan Advances shall be made prorata according to the Term Commitment of the relevant Lender.

2.8 Treatment of Prepayment Charge and End of Term Charge. Borrower agrees that any Prepayment Charge and any End of Term Charge payable shall be presumed to be the liquidated damages sustained by each Lender as the result of the early termination, and Borrower agrees that it is reasonable under the circumstances existing as of the Second Amendment Closing Date. The Prepayment Charge and the End of Term Charge shall also be payable in the event the Secured Obligations (and/or this Agreement) are satisfied or released by foreclosure (whether by power of judicial proceeding), deed in lieu of foreclosure, or by any other means. Borrower expressly waives (to the fullest extent it may lawfully do so) the provisions of any present or future statute or law that prohibits or may prohibit the collection of the foregoing Prepayment Charge and End of Term Charge in connection with any such acceleration. Borrower agrees (to the fullest extent that each may lawfully do so): (a) each of the Prepayment Charge and the End of Term Charge is reasonable and is the product of an arm’s length transaction between sophisticated business people, ably represented by counsel; (b) each of the Prepayment Charge and the End of Term Charge shall be payable notwithstanding the then prevailing market rates at the time payment is made; (c) there has been a course of conduct between the Lenders and Borrower giving specific consideration in this transaction for such agreement to pay the Prepayment Charge and the End of Term Charge as a charge (and not interest) in the event of prepayment or acceleration; (d) Borrower shall be estopped from claiming differently than as agreed to in this paragraph. Borrower expressly acknowledges that their agreement to pay each of the Prepayment Charge and the End of Term Charge to the Lenders as herein described was on the Second Amendment Closing Date and continues to be a material inducement to the Lenders to provide the Term Loan Advances.

SECTION 3. SECURITY INTEREST

3.1 As security for the prompt and complete payment when due (whether on the payment dates or otherwise) of all the Secured Obligations, Borrower grants to Agent a security interest in all of Borrower’s right, title, and interest in, to and under all of Borrower’s personal property and other assets including without limitation the following (except as set forth herein) whether now owned or hereafter acquired (collectively, the “Collateral”): (a) Receivables; (b) Equipment; (c) Fixtures; (d) General Intangibles; (e) Inventory; (f) Investment Property; (g) Deposit Accounts; (h) Cash; (i) Goods; and all other tangible and intangible personal property of Borrower whether now or hereafter owned or existing, leased, consigned by or to, or acquired by, Borrower and wherever located, and any of Borrower’s property in the possession or under the control of Agent; and, to the extent not otherwise included, all Proceeds of each of the foregoing and all accessions to, substitutions and replacements for, and rents, profits and products of each of the foregoing.

 

21


3.2 Notwithstanding the broad grant of the security interest set forth in Section above, the Collateral shall not include: (a) the equity interest of any Borrower in the Primary Care Joliet Joint Venture, (b) nonassignable licenses or contracts, which by their terms require the consent of the licensor thereof or another party (but only to the extent such prohibition on transfer is enforceable under applicable law including, without limitation, Sections 9-406, 9-407, 9-408 and 9-409 of the UCC), (c) property owned by Borrower that is subject to a purchase money Lien or a capital lease (and the proceeds thereof) permitted under this Agreement if the contractual obligation pursuant to which such Lien is granted (or in the document providing for such capital lease) prohibits or requires the consent of any person other than Borrower which has not been obtained as a condition to the creation of, any other Lien on such property, or (d) any (i) accounts used solely to fund current payroll or employee benefits maintained in the ordinary course of business, (ii) escrow and Cash collateral accounts properly owned by commercial insurance partners of Borrower or lessors to Borrower maintained in the ordinary course of business, or (iii) so long as the proceeds of such account are transferred on a daily basis to an account in which Agent has a security interest and that is subject to an Account Control Agreement, accounts maintained in the ordinary course of business (A) solely containing payments from commercial insurance partners of Borrower or the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, and (B) that are subject to a written agreement between Borrower and commercial insurance partners of Borrower or the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services that contains a prohibition on granting a security interest to Agent that is effective under applicable law.

SECTION 4. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO LOAN

The obligations of Lender to make each Loan hereunder are subject to the satisfaction by Borrower of the following conditions:

4.1 Initial Advance. On or prior to the Closing Date, Borrower shall have delivered to Agent the following:

(a) executed copies of the Loan Documents, which shall be an original), Account Control Agreements, a legal opinion of Borrower’s counsel, and all other documents and instruments reasonably required by Agent to effectuate the transactions contemplated hereby or to create and perfect the Liens of Agent with respect to all Collateral, in all cases in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Agent;

(b) certified copy of resolutions of the Managers evidencing approval of the Loan and other transactions evidenced by the Loan Documents;

(c) certified copies of the Certificate of Formation and the Limited Liability Company Agreement of Borrower, each as amended through the Closing Date, of Borrower;

(d) a certificate of good standing for Borrower from its state of formation and similar certificates from all other jurisdictions in which it does business and where the failure to be qualified could have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

22


(e) payment of the Due Diligence Fee, the Facility Charge and reimbursement of Agent’s and Lender’s current expenses reimbursable pursuant to this Agreement, which amounts may be deducted from the initial Advance; copies of each insurance policy required hereunder; and such other documents as Agent may reasonably request.

(f) copies of each insurance policy required hereunder; and

(g) such other documents as Agent may reasonably request.

4.2 All Advances. On each Advance Date:

(a) Agent shall have received (i) an Advance Request for the relevant Advance as required by Section 2.1(b), each duly executed by Borrower’s Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer, and (ii) any other documents Agent may reasonably request.

(b) The representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Advance Date with the same effect as though made on and as of such date, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date.

(c) Borrower shall be in compliance with all the terms and provisions set forth herein and in each other Loan Document on its part to be observed or performed, and at the time of and immediately after such Advance no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

(d) Each Advance Request shall be deemed to constitute a representation and warranty by Borrower on the relevant Advance Date as to the matters specified in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this Section 4.2 and as to the matters set forth in the Advance Request.

4.3 No Default. As of the Closing Date and each Advance Date, (i) no Default or Event of Default exists and (ii) no event that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect has occurred and is continuing.

SECTION 5. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BORROWER

Borrower represents and warrants that:

5.1 Corporate Status. Borrower is a limited liability company or professional corporation duly organized, legally existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Illinois, Michigan or Indiana, and is duly qualified as a foreign entity in all jurisdictions in which the nature of its business or location of its properties require such qualifications and where the failure to be qualified could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Borrower’s present name, former names (if any), locations, place of formation, tax identification number, organizational identification number and other information are correctly set forth in Exhibit C, as may be updated by Borrower in a written notice (including any Compliance Certificate) provided to Agent after the Closing Date.

 

23


5.2 Collateral. Borrower owns the Collateral free of all Liens, except for Permitted Liens. Borrower has the power and authority to grant to Agent a Lien in the Collateral as security for the Secured Obligations.

5.3 Consents. Borrower’s execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and all other Loan Documents (i) have been duly authorized by all necessary limited liability company action of Borrower, (ii) will not result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon the Collateral, other than Permitted Liens and the Liens created by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (iii) do not violate any provisions of Borrower’s Certificate or Articles of Formation (as applicable), limited liability company agreement, or any, law, regulation, order, injunction, judgment, decree or writ to which Borrower is subject and (iv) except as described on Schedule 5.3, do not violate any contract or agreement or require the consent or approval of any other Person which has not already been obtained. The individual or individuals executing the Loan Documents are duly authorized to do so.

5.4 Material Adverse Effect. No event that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect has occurred and is continuing.

5.5 Actions Before Governmental Authorities. There are no actions, suits or proceedings at law or in equity or by or before any governmental authority now pending or, to the knowledge of Borrower, threatened against or affecting Borrower or its property, that is reasonably expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

5.6 Laws. Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is in violation of any law, rule or regulation, or in default with respect to any judgment, writ, injunction or decree of any governmental authority, where such violation or default is reasonably expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Borrower is not in default in any manner under any provision of any agreement or instrument evidencing material Indebtedness, or any other material agreement to which it is a party or by which it is bound.

Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is a company required to register as an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by a company that is required to register as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is engaged as one of its important activities in extending credit for margin stock (under Regulations X, T and U of the Federal Reserve Board of Governors). Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries has complied in all material respects with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act. Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is a “holding company” or an “affiliate” of a “holding company” or a “subsidiary company” of a “holding company” as each term is defined and used in the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 2005. Neither Borrower’s nor any of its Subsidiaries’ properties or assets has been used by Borrower or such Subsidiary or, to Borrower’s knowledge, by previous Persons, in disposing, producing, storing, treating, or transporting any hazardous substance other than in material compliance with applicable laws. Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries has obtained all consents, approvals and authorizations of, made all declarations or filings with, and given all notices to, all Governmental Authorities, the failure of which to obtain could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

24


None of Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries, or, to the knowledge of Borrower any of Borrower’s or its Subsidiaries’ Affiliates or any of their respective agents acting or benefiting in any capacity in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement is (i) in violation of any Anti-Terrorism Law, (ii) engaging in or conspiring to engage in any transaction that evades or avoids, or has the purpose of evading or avoiding or attempts to violate, any of the prohibitions set forth in any Anti-Terrorism Law, or (iii) is a Blocked Person. None of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (x) conducts any business or engages in making or receiving any contribution of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit of any Blocked Person, or (y) deals in, or otherwise engages in any transaction relating to, any property or interest in property blocked pursuant to Executive Order No. 13224, any similar executive order or other Anti-Terrorism Law. None of the funds to be provided under this Agreement will be used, directly or indirectly, (a) for any activities in violation of any applicable anti-money laundering, economic sanctions and anti-bribery laws and regulations laws and regulations or (b) for any payment to any governmental official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or anyone else acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in violation of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.

5.7 Information Correct and Current. No written information, report, Advance Request, financial statement, exhibit or schedule furnished, by or on behalf of Borrower to Agent in connection with any Loan Document or included therein or delivered pursuant thereto contained, or, when taken as a whole, contains or will contain any material misstatement of fact or, when taken together with all other such information or documents, omitted, omits or will omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were, are or will be made, not materially misleading at the time such statement was made or deemed made. Additionally, any and all financial or business projections provided by Borrower to Agent, whether prior to or after the Closing Date, shall be (i) provided in good faith and based on the most current data and information available to Borrower at the time of furnishing such projections to the Agent, and (ii) the most current of such projections provided to the Managers (it being understood that such projections are subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond the control of Borrower, that no assurance is given that any particular projections will be realized, that actual results may differ).

5.8 Tax Matters. Except as described on Schedule 5.8 and except those being contested in good faith with adequate reserves under GAAP, (a) Borrower has filed all material federal, state and local tax returns that it is required to file, (b) Borrower has duly paid or fully reserved for all material taxes or installments thereof (including any interest or penalties) as and when due, which have or may become due pursuant to such returns, and (c) Borrower has paid or fully reserved for any material tax assessment received by Borrower for the three (3) years preceding the Closing Date, if any (including any taxes being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings).

 

25


5.9 Intellectual Property Claims. Borrower is the sole owner of, or otherwise has the right to use, the Intellectual Property material to Borrower’s business. Except as described on Schedule 5.9, (i) each of the material Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents is valid and enforceable, (ii) no material part of the Intellectual Property has been judged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, and (iii) no claim has been made to Borrower that any material part of the Intellectual Property violates the rights of any third party. Exhibit D is a true, correct and complete list of each of Borrower’s Patents, registered Trademarks, registered Copyrights, and material agreements under which Borrower licenses Intellectual Property from third parties (other than shrink-wrap software licenses), together with application or registration numbers, as applicable, owned by Borrower or any Subsidiary, in each case as of the Closing Date. Borrower is not in material breach of, nor has Borrower failed to perform any material obligations under, any of the foregoing contracts, licenses or agreements and, to Borrower’s knowledge, no third party to any such contract, license or agreement is in material breach thereof or has failed to perform any material obligations thereunder.

5.10 Intellectual Property. Except as described on Schedule 5.10, Borrower has all material rights with respect to Intellectual Property necessary or material in the operation or conduct of Borrower’s business as currently conducted and proposed to be conducted by Borrower. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, and in the case of Licenses, except for restrictions that are unenforceable under Division 9 of the UCC, Borrower has the right, to the extent required to operate Borrower’s business, to freely transfer, license or assign Intellectual Property necessary or material in the operation or conduct of Borrower’s business as currently conducted and proposed to be conducted by Borrower, without condition, restriction or payment of any kind (other than license payments in the ordinary course of business) to any third party, and Borrower owns or has the right to use, pursuant to valid licenses, all software development tools, library functions, compilers and all other third-party software and other items that are material to Borrower’s business and used in the design, development, promotion, sale, license, manufacture, import, export, use or distribution of Borrower Products except customary covenants in inbound license agreements and equipment leases where Borrower is the licensee or lessee.

5.11 Borrower Products. Except as described on Schedule 5.11, no Intellectual Property owned by Borrower or Borrower Product has been or is subject to any actual or, to the knowledge of Borrower, threatened litigation, proceeding (including any proceeding in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or any corresponding foreign office or agency) or outstanding decree, order, judgment, settlement agreement or stipulation that restricts in any manner Borrower’s use, transfer or licensing thereof or that may affect the validity, use or enforceability thereof. There is no decree, order, judgment, agreement, stipulation, arbitral award or other provision entered into in connection with any litigation or proceeding that obligates Borrower to grant licenses or ownership interest in any future Intellectual Property related to the operation or conduct of the business of Borrower or Borrower Products. Borrower has not received any written notice or claim challenging or questioning Borrower’s ownership in any Intellectual Property (or written notice of any claim challenging or questioning the ownership in any licensed Intellectual Property of the owner thereof) or suggesting that any third party has any claim of legal or beneficial ownership with respect thereto nor, to Borrower’s knowledge, is there a reasonable basis for any such claim. Neither Borrower’s use of its Intellectual Property nor the production and sale of Borrower Products infringes the Intellectual Property or other rights of others.

 

26


5.12 Financial Accounts. Exhibit E, as may be updated by the Borrower in a written notice provided to Agent after the Closing Date, is a true, correct and complete list of (a) all banks and other financial institutions at which Borrower or any Subsidiary maintains Deposit Accounts and (b) all institutions at which Borrower or any Subsidiary maintains an account holding Investment Property, and such exhibit correctly identifies the name, address and telephone number of each bank or other institution, the name in which the account is held, a description of the purpose of the account, and the complete account number therefor.

5.13 Employee Loans. Borrower has no outstanding loans to any employee, officer or director of the Borrower nor has Borrower guaranteed the payment of any loan made to an employee, officer or director of the Borrower by a third party.

5.14 Capitalization and Subsidiaries. Borrower’s capitalization as of the Closing Date is set forth on Schedule 5.14 annexed hereto. Borrower does not own any stock, partnership interest or other securities of any Person, except for Permitted Investments. Attached as Schedule 5.14, as may be updated by Borrower in a written notice provided after the Closing Date, is a true, correct and complete list of each Subsidiary.

5.15 Foreign Subsidiary Voting Rights. No decision or action in any governing document of any Foreign Subsidiary (other than an Eligible Foreign Subsidiary) requires a vote of greater than fifty and one tenth of one percent (50.1%) of the Equity Interests or voting rights of such Foreign Subsidiary.

SECTION 6. INSURANCE; INDEMNIFICATION

6.1 Coverage. Borrower shall cause to be carried and maintained commercial general liability insurance, on an occurrence form, against risks customarily insured against in Borrower’s line of business. Such risks shall include the risks of bodily injury, including death, property damage, personal injury, advertising injury, and contractual liability per the terms of the indemnification agreement found in Section 6.3. Borrower must maintain a minimum of Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00) of commercial general liability insurance for each occurrence. Borrower has and agrees to maintain a minimum of (a) prior to the date that is sixty (60) days after the Closing Date, One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) and (b) on and after the date that is sixty (60) days after the Closing Date, Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00) of directors’ and officers’ insurance for each occurrence and (a) prior to the date that is sixty (60) days after the Closing Date, Four Million Dollars ($4,000,000.00) in the aggregate and (b) on and after the date that is sixty (60) days after the Closing Date, Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00) in the aggregate. So long as there are any Secured Obligations outstanding, Borrower shall also cause to be carried and maintained insurance upon the Collateral, insuring against all risks of physical loss or damage howsoever caused, in an amount not less than the full replacement cost of the Collateral, provided that such insurance may be subject to standard exceptions and deductibles.

 

27


6.2 Certificates. Borrower shall deliver to Agent certificates of insurance that evidence Borrower’s compliance with its insurance obligations in Section 6.1 and the obligations contained in this Section 6.2. Borrower’s insurance certificate shall state Agent (shown as “Hercules Capital, Inc., as Agent”) is an additional insured for commercial general liability, a loss payee for all risk property damage insurance, subject to the insurer’s approval, and a loss payee for property insurance and additional insured for liability insurance for any future insurance that Borrower may acquire from such insurer. On or prior to the date that is sixty (60) days after the Closing Date, Borrower shall also provide to Agent additional insured endorsements for liability and lender’s loss payable endorsements for all risk property damage insurance. All certificates of insurance will provide for a minimum of thirty (30) days advance written notice to Agent of cancellation (other than cancellation for non-payment of premiums, for which ten (10) days’ advance written notice shall be sufficient) or any other change adverse to Agent’s interests. Any failure of Agent to scrutinize such insurance certificates for compliance is not a waiver of any of Agent’s rights, all of which are reserved. On or prior to the date that is sixty (60) days after the Closing Date, Borrower shall provide Agent with copies of each insurance policy, and upon entering or amending any insurance policy required hereunder, Borrower shall provide Agent with copies of such policies and shall promptly deliver to Agent updated insurance certificates with respect to such policies.

6.3 Indemnity. Borrower agrees to indemnify and hold Agent, Lender and their officers, directors, employees, agents, in-house attorneys, representatives and shareholders (each, an “Indemnified Person”) harmless from and against any and all claims, costs, expenses, damages and liabilities (including such claims, costs, expenses, damages and liabilities based on liability in tort, including strict liability in tort), including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements and or the costs of investigation or defense (including those incurred upon any appeal) (collectively, “Liabilities”), that may be instituted or asserted against or incurred by such Indemnified Person as the result of credit having been extended, suspended or terminated under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or the administration of such credit, or in connection with or arising out of the transactions contemplated hereunder and thereunder, or any actions or failures to act in connection therewith, or arising out of the disposition or utilization of the Collateral, excluding in all cases Liabilities to the extent resulting solely from any Indemnified Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. Borrower agrees to pay, and to save Agent and Lender harmless from, any and all liabilities with respect to, or resulting from any delay in paying, any and all excise, sales or other similar taxes (excluding taxes imposed on or measured by the net income of Agent or Lender) that may be payable or determined to be payable with respect to any of the Collateral or this Agreement. In no event shall any Indemnified Person be liable on any theory of liability for any special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (including any loss of profits, business or anticipated savings). This Section 6.3 shall survive the repayment of indebtedness under, and otherwise shall survive the expiration or other termination of, the Loan Agreement.

 

28


SECTION 7. COVENANTS OF BORROWER

Borrower agrees as follows:

7.1 Financial Reports. Borrower shall furnish to Agent the financial statements and reports listed hereinafter (the “Financial Statements”):

(a) as soon as practicable (and in any event within thirty (30) days) after the end of each month, unaudited interim and year-to-date financial statements as of the end of such month (prepared on a consolidated and consolidating basis, if applicable), including (i) balance sheet and related statements of income and cash flows accompanied by a report detailing any material contingencies (including the commencement of any material litigation by or against Borrower) or any other occurrence that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) monthly key operational indicators and clinic contribution summary spreadsheets, and (iii) a report of agings of accounts receivable and accounts payable for such period, all certified by Borrower’s Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer to the effect that they have been prepared in accordance with GAAP, except (A) for the absence of footnotes, (B) that they are subject to normal year-end adjustments, and (C) they do not contain certain non-cash items that are customarily included in quarterly and annual financial statements;

(b) as soon as practicable (and in any event within thirty (30) days) after the end of each calendar quarter, unaudited interim and year-to-date financial statements as of the end of such calendar quarter (prepared on a consolidated and consolidating basis, if applicable), including balance sheet and related statements of income and cash flows accompanied by a report detailing any material contingencies (including the commencement of any material litigation by or against Borrower) or any other occurrence that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, certified by Borrower’s Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer to the effect that they have been prepared in accordance with GAAP, except (i) for the absence of footnotes, and (ii) that they are subject to normal year-end adjustments; as well as the most recent capitalization table for Borrower, including the weighted average exercise price of employee stock options;

(c) as soon as practicable (and in any event within one hundred eighty (180) days) after the end of each fiscal year, unqualified audited financial statements as of the end of such year (prepared on a consolidated and consolidating basis, if applicable), including balance sheet and related statements of income and cash flows, and setting forth in comparative form the corresponding figures for the preceding fiscal year, certified by a firm of independent certified public accountants selected by Borrower and reasonably acceptable to Agent (it being acknowledged and agreed that Crowe Horwath LLP shall be acceptable to Agent), accompanied by any management report from such accountants;

(d) as soon as practicable (and in any event within thirty (30) days) after the end of each month, a Compliance Certificate in the form of Exhibit F;

(e) promptly after the sending or filing thereof, as the case may be, copies of any proxy statements, financial statements or reports that Borrower has made available to holders of its Preferred Stock or other shareholders and securities holders and copies of any regular, periodic and special reports or registration statements that Borrower files with the Securities and Exchange Commission or any governmental authority that may be substituted therefor, or any national securities exchange;

 

29


(f) promptly following each meeting (or any written action in lieu of a meeting) of Borrower’s Board of Directors, copies of all notices, minutes, and consents that Borrower provides to its directors in connection with meetings of its full Board of Directors; provided that, in all cases, Borrower may exclude: (i) any confidential information relating to executive compensation, (ii) minutes and other materials prepared exclusively for executive sessions of the independent directors and committees of the Board of Directors, (iii) information to the extent the Secured Obligations, any Loan Document, the Agent or the Lender is the subject of such information, (iv) any information with respect to which Borrower has determined in good faith such exclusion or redaction is reasonably necessary to preserve attorney-client privilege with respect to any matter, or such exclusion or redaction is otherwise required to comply with applicable laws or regulations, or (v) any information that would raise a conflict of interest with Agent or Lenders.

(g) financial and business projections promptly following their approval by the Managers, and in any event, within thirty (30) days after such approval by the Managers, as well as budgets, operating plans and other financial information reasonably requested by Agent; and

(h) immediate notice if Borrower or any Subsidiary has knowledge that Borrower, or any Subsidiary, is listed on the OFAC Lists or (a) is convicted on, (b) pleads nolo contendere to, (c) is indicted on, or (d) is arraigned and held over on charges involving money laundering or predicate crimes to money laundering.

Borrower shall not make any change in its (a) accounting policies or reporting practices (unless required by GAAP) or (b) fiscal years or fiscal quarters. The fiscal year of Borrower shall end on December 31.

The executed Compliance Certificate may be sent via email to Agent at legal@herculestech.com. All Financial Statements required to be delivered pursuant to clauses (a), (b) and (c) shall be sent via e-mail to financialstatements@herculestech.com with a copy to legal@herculestech.com provided, that if e-mail is not available or sending such Financial Statements via e-mail is not possible, they shall be faxed to Agent at: (650) 473-9194, attention Account Manager: Oak Street Health MSO.

7.2 Management Rights. Borrower shall permit any representative that Agent or Lender authorizes, including its attorneys and accountants, to inspect the Collateral and examine and make copies and abstracts of the books of account and records of Borrower at reasonable times and upon reasonable notice during normal business hours; provided, however, that so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, such examinations shall be limited to no more often than once per fiscal year. In addition, any such representative shall have the right to meet with management and officers of Borrower to discuss such books of account and records. In addition, Agent or Lender shall be entitled

 

30


at reasonable times and intervals and, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, upon reasonable notice during normal business hours to consult with and advise the management and officers of Borrower concerning significant business issues affecting Borrower. Such consultations shall not unreasonably interfere with Borrower’s business operations. The parties intend that the rights granted Agent and Lender shall constitute “management rights” within the meaning of 29 C.F.R. Section 2510.3-101(d)(3)(ii), but that any advice, recommendations or participation by Agent or Lender with respect to any business issues shall not be deemed to give Agent or Lender, nor be deemed an exercise by Agent or Lender of, control over Borrower’s management or policies.

7.3 Further Assurances. Borrower shall from time to time execute, deliver and file, alone or with Agent, any financing statements, security agreements, collateral assignments, notices, control agreements, or other documents to perfect or give the highest priority to Agent’s Lien on the Collateral. Borrower shall from time to time procure any instruments or documents as may be reasonably requested by Agent, and take all further action that may be necessary, or that Agent may reasonably request, to perfect and protect the Liens granted hereby and thereby. In addition, and for such purposes only, Borrower hereby authorizes Agent to execute and deliver on behalf of Borrower and to file such financing statements (including an indication that the financing statement covers “all assets or all personal property” of Borrower in accordance with Section -9-50 4 of the UCC), collateral assignments, notices, control agreements, security agreements and other documents without the signature of Borrower either in Agent’s name or in the name of Agent as agent and attorney-in-fact for Borrower. Borrower shall protect and defend Borrower’s title to the Collateral and Agent’s Lien thereon against all Persons claiming any interest adverse to Borrower or Agent other than Permitted Liens.

7.4 Indebtedness. Borrower shall not create, incur, assume, guarantee or be or remain liable with respect to any Indebtedness, or permit any Subsidiary so to do, other than Permitted Indebtedness, or prepay any Indebtedness or take any actions which impose on Borrower an obligation to prepay any Indebtedness, except for (a) the conversion of Indebtedness into equity securities and the payment of cash in lieu of fractional shares in connection with such conversion, (b) purchase money Indebtedness pursuant to its then applicable payment schedule, (c) prepayment by any Subsidiary of (i) inter-company Indebtedness owed by such Subsidiary to any Borrower, or (ii) if such Subsidiary is not a Borrower, intercompany Indebtedness owed by such Subsidiary to another Subsidiary that is not a Borrower or (d) as otherwise permitted hereunder or approved in writing by Agent.

7.5 Collateral. Borrower shall at all times keep the Collateral and all other property and assets used in Borrower’s business or in which Borrower now or hereafter holds any interest free and clear from any legal process or Liens whatsoever (except for Permitted Liens), and shall give Agent prompt written notice of any legal process affecting the Collateral, such other property and assets, or any Liens thereon, provided however, that the Collateral and such other property and assets may be subject to Permitted Liens except that there shall be no Liens whatsoever on Intellectual Property. Borrower shall not agree with any Person other than Agent or Lender not to encumber its property. Borrower shall not enter into or suffer to exist or become effective any agreement that prohibits or limits the ability of any Borrower to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of

 

31


its Intellectual Property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, to secure its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party other than (a) this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (b) any agreements governing any purchase money Liens or capital lease obligations otherwise permitted hereby (in which case, any prohibition or limitation shall only be effective against the assets financed thereby) and (c) customary restrictions on the assignment of leases, licenses and other agreements. Borrower shall cause its Subsidiaries to protect and defend such Subsidiary’s title to its assets from and against all Persons claiming any interest adverse to such Subsidiary, and Borrower shall cause its Subsidiaries at all times to keep such Subsidiary’s property and assets free and clear from any legal process or Liens whatsoever (except for Permitted Liens, provided however, that there shall be no Liens whatsoever on Intellectual Property), and shall give Agent prompt written notice of any legal process affecting such Subsidiary’s assets.

7.6 Investments. Borrower shall not directly or indirectly acquire or own, or make any Investment in or to any Person, or permit any of its Subsidiaries so to do, other than Permitted Investments.

7.7 Distributions. Borrower shall not, and shall not allow any Subsidiary to, (a) repurchase or redeem any class of stock or other Equity Interest other than pursuant to employee, director or consultant repurchase plans or other similar agreements, provided, however, in each case the repurchase or redemption price does not exceed the original consideration paid for such stock or Equity Interest, or (b) declare or pay any cash dividend or make a cash distribution on any class of stock or other Equity Interest, except that a Subsidiary may pay dividends or make distributions to Borrower and, provided no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, Oak Street Health may make distributions to its members for purposes of paying such members’ currently due quarterly estimated income tax obligations on account of income from operations of Oak Street Health, solely as required under the operating agreement of Oak Street Health, for so long as the Oak Street Health is a pass-through entity for tax purposes, or (c) lend money to any employees, officers or directors or guarantee the payment of any such loans granted by a third party in excess of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00) in the aggregate or (d) waive, release or forgive any Indebtedness owed by any employees, officers or directors in excess of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00) in the aggregate.

7.8 Transfers. Except for Permitted Transfers, Borrower shall not, and shall not allow any Subsidiary to, voluntarily or involuntarily transfer, sell, lease, license, lend or in any other manner convey any equitable, beneficial or legal interest in any material portion of its assets.

7.9 Mergers or Acquisitions. Borrower shall not merge or consolidate, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to merge or consolidate, with or into any other business organization (other than mergers or consolidations of (a) a Subsidiary which is not a Borrower into another Subsidiary or into Borrower or (b) a Borrower into another Borrower), or acquire, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to acquire, all or substantially all of the capital stock or property of another Person.

 

32


7.10 Taxes. Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall pay when due all material taxes, fees or other charges of any nature whatsoever (together with any related interest or penalties) now or hereafter imposed or assessed against Borrower, Agent, Lender or the Collateral or upon Borrower’s ownership, possession, use, operation or disposition thereof or upon Borrower’s rents, receipts or earnings arising therefrom. Borrower shall file on or before the due date therefor all personal property tax returns in respect of the Collateral. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrower may contest, in good faith and by appropriate proceedings, taxes for which Borrower maintains adequate reserves therefor in accordance with GAAP.

7.11 Corporate Changes. Neither Borrower nor any Subsidiary shall change its corporate name, legal form or jurisdiction of formation without twenty (20) days’ prior written notice to Agent. Neither Borrower nor any Subsidiary shall suffer a Change in Control. Neither Borrower nor any Subsidiary shall relocate its chief executive office or its principal place of business unless: (i) it has provided prior written notice to Agent; and (ii) such relocation shall be within the continental United States of America. Neither Borrower nor any Qualified Subsidiary shall relocate any item of Collateral (other than (x) sales of Inventory in the ordinary course of business, (y) relocations of Equipment having an aggregate value of up to Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000.00) in any fiscal year, and (z) relocations of Collateral from a location described on Exhibit C to another location described on Exhibit C) unless (i) it has provided prompt written notice to Agent, (ii) such relocation is within the continental United States of America and, (iii) if such relocation is to a third party bailee, it has delivered a bailee agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Agent.

7.12 Deposit Accounts. Neither Borrower nor any Qualified Subsidiary or Physician’s Group shall maintain any Deposit Accounts, or accounts holding Investment Property, other than Excluded Accounts except with respect to which Agent has an Account Control Agreement.

7.13 Subsidiaries; Physician Groups. Borrower shall notify Agent of each Subsidiary or Physician Group formed subsequent to the Closing Date (excluding the Primary Care Joliet Joint Venture) and, within fifteen (15) days after formation, shall cause any such Qualified Subsidiary or Physician Group to execute and deliver to Agent a Joinder Agreement.

7.14 Notification of Event of Default. Borrower shall notify Agent immediately of the occurrence of any Event of Default.

7.15 [Reserved].

7.16 Use of Proceeds. Borrower agrees that the proceeds of the Loans shall be used solely to pay related fees and expenses in connection with this Agreement and for working capital and general corporate purposes. The proceeds of the Loans will not be used in violation of Anti-Corruption Laws or applicable Sanctions.

 

33


7.17 Foreign Subsidiary Voting Rights. Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any Subsidiary, to amend or modify any governing document of any Foreign Subsidiary of Borrower (other than an Eligible Foreign Subsidiary) the effect of which is to require a vote of greater than fifty and one tenth of one percent (50.1%) of the Equity Interests or voting rights of such entity for any decision or action of such entity.

7.18 Compliance with Laws.

Borrower shall maintain, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to maintain, compliance in all material respects with all applicable laws, rules or regulations, and shall, or cause its Subsidiaries to, obtain and maintain all required governmental authorizations, approvals, licenses, franchises, permits or registrations reasonably necessary in connection with the conduct of Borrower’s business, the failure of which to obtain would, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

7.18 Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries shall, nor shall Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries permit any Affiliate to, directly or indirectly, knowingly enter into any documents, instruments, agreements or contracts with any Person listed on the OFAC Lists. Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries shall, nor shall Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries permit any Affiliate to, directly or indirectly, (i) conduct any business or engage in any transaction or dealing with any Blocked Person, including, without limitation, the making or receiving of any contribution of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit of any Blocked Person, (ii) deal in, or otherwise engage in any transaction relating to, any property or interests in property blocked pursuant to Executive Order No. 13224 or any similar executive order or other Anti-Terrorism Law, or (iii) engage in or conspire to engage in any transaction that evades or avoids, or has the purpose of evading or avoiding, or attempts to violate, any of the prohibitions set forth in Executive Order No. 13224 or other Anti-Terrorism Law.

Borrower has implemented and maintains in effect policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance by the Borrower, its Subsidiaries and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions, and Borrower, its Subsidiaries and their respective officers and employees and to the knowledge of Borrower its directors and agents, are in compliance with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions in all material respects.

None of Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective directors, officers or employees, or to the knowledge of Borrower, any agent for Borrower or its Subsidiaries that will act in any capacity in connection with or benefit from the credit facility established hereby, is a Sanctioned Person. No Loan, use of proceeds or other transaction contemplated by this Agreement will violate Anti-Corruption Laws or applicable Sanctions.

7.19 Financial Covenants.

(a) [Reserved.]

 

34


(b) 7.19 Net RevenuePatient Contribution Covenant. Borrower shall, at all times on and after the Term B Loan Advance and/or Term C Loan Advance is madeSecond Amendment Closing Date, maintain aggregate net revenuePatient Level Contribution, on a trailing six-month basis, determined in accordance with GAAP, of greater than or equal to seventy fiveeighty percent (75.080.0%) of Borrower’s Manager-approved financial projections, to be tested on the last day of each fiscal quarter of Borrower (which projections may be revised annually or from time to time and are approved by Agent in writing in its reasonable discretion).

(c) Performance Covenant. Borrower shall, at all times after the 2019 Term B Loan Advance is made through the Performance Covenant End Date, either (i) maintain unrestricted cash (deposited into accounts in the name of Borrower that are subject to a first priority perfected security interest in favor of Agent perfected by an Account Control Agreement) of at least Fifteen Million Dollars ($15,000,000.00) or (ii) achieve and maintain Aggregate 2013-2016 Vintage Clinic Level Contribution on a trailing six (6) month basis of at least Twenty-Three Million Dollars ($23,000,000.00).

7.20 Administrative Services Agreements. Borrower shall not (i) amend, modify or waive any material provision or term of any Administrative Services Agreement in effect as of the Closing Date in a manner adverse to Agent or any Lender, (ii) terminate any Administrative Services Agreement, or (iii) enter into any new Administrative Services Agreement, in each case, without at least ten (10) days’ prior written notice to Agent and without the consent of Agent. Upon Agent’s request, upon entering into or amending any Administrative Services Agreement, Borrower shall promptly provide Agent with copies of such Administrative Services Agreements or amendments thereto and any other documentation requested by Agent in connection with any Administrative Services Agreement.

7.21 Joint Ventures. Borrower agrees that:

(a) (i) the initial equity capital contribution of Borrower to the Primary Care Joliet Joint Venture shall not exceed One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00), and (ii) all subsequent equity capital contributions to the Primary Care Joliet Joint Venture shall not exceed One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) in the aggregate, unless in each case, any additional capital contribution amounts shall have been approved in advance by Agent in writing.

(b) (i) the initial equity capital contribution of Borrower to the BCBS RI Joint Venture shall not exceed Six Million Dollars ($6,000,000.00), and (ii) all cumulative equity capital contributions to the BCBS RI Joint Venture shall not exceed Eight Million Dollars ($8,000,000.00) in the aggregate, unless in each case, any additional capital contribution amounts shall have been approved in advance by Agent in writing.

 

35


(c) (i) the initial equity capital contribution of Borrower to the EHCS Joint Venture shall not exceed Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00), and (ii) all cumulative equity capital contributions to the EHCS Joint Venture shall not exceed Three and One Half Million Dollars ($3,500,000.00) in the aggregate, unless in each case, any additional capital contribution amounts shall have been approved in advance by Agent in writing.

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Investments by Borrower in the Primary Care Joliet Joint Venture, the BCBS RI Joint Venture or the EHCS Joint Venture shall not be permitted if at any time Borrower owns less than fifty percent (50%) of the Equity Interests of such entity, unless otherwise approved in advance by Agent in writing.

(e) Borrower shall provide prompt written notice to Agent (in any case, within two (2) Business Days) upon Borrower’s knowledge of an occurrence of a default (however defined) under any Permitted JV Indebtedness documents in connection with which Borrower has issued a Permitted JV Guaranty.

7.22 Intellectual Property. Each Borrower shall protect, defend and maintain the validity and enforceability of its Intellectual Property; (ii) promptly advise Agent in writing of material infringements of its Intellectual Property; and (iii) not allow any Intellectual Property material to Borrowers’ business to be abandoned, forfeited or dedicated to the public (other than by operation of law) without Agent’s written consent. If a Borrower (i) obtains any Patent, registered Trademark, registered Copyright, registered mask work, or any pending application for any of the foregoing, whether as owner or licensee, or (ii) applies for any Patent or the registration of any Trademark, then such Borrower shall promptly provide written notice thereof to Agent and shall execute such intellectual property security agreements and other documents and take such other actions as Agent may reasonably request in its good faith business judgment to perfect and maintain a first priority perfected security interest in favor of Agent in such property. If a Borrower decides to register any Copyrights or mask works in the United States Copyright Office, such Borrower shall: (x) provide Agent with at least fifteen (15) days prior written notice of such Borrower’s intent to register such Copyrights or mask works together with a copy of the application it intends to file with the United States Copyright Office (excluding exhibits thereto); (y) execute an intellectual property security agreement and such other documents and take such other actions as Agent may reasonably request in its good faith business judgment to perfect and maintain a first priority perfected security interest in favor of Agent in the Copyrights or mask works intended to be registered with the United States Copyright Office; and (z) if requested by the Agent, record such intellectual property security agreement with the United States Copyright Office contemporaneously with filing the Copyright or mask work application(s) with the United States Copyright Office. Borrowers shall promptly provide to Agent copies of all applications that it files for Patents or for the registration of Trademarks, Copyrights or mask works and, if requested by the Agent, evidence of the recording of the intellectual property security agreement required for Agent to perfect and maintain a first priority perfected security interest in such property.

7.23 Post-Closing Conditions. (a) On or prior to December 31, 2017, Borrower shall cause all Borrower’s accounts with First Midwest Bank to be closed and to have no remaining balance, and (b) on or prior to the date that is forty-five (45) days after the Closing Date, Borrower shall deliver to Agent a landlord’s waiver with respect to Borrower’s chief executive office in a form acceptable to Agent in its sole discretion.

 

36


SECTION 8. RIGHT TO INVEST[RESERVED.]

8.1 Subject to the term and conditions of this Section8.1, Lender shall have the right, in its discretion, to purchase up to Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00) in equity securities from Oak Street Health in the first Subsequent Financing to occur after the Closing Date on the same terms, conditions and pricing afforded to others purchasing the same equity securities from Oak Street Health in such Subsequent Financing. As a condition to the exercise of this right, Lender shall execute counterparts to any subscription agreements or purchase agreements, investor agreements, consents or other documents that provide rights, contractual or otherwise, to holders of the equity securities to be sold in the Subsequent Financing as are required of each of the other purchasers in the Subsequent Financing, including the then effective limited liability company operating agreement of Oak Street Health (the “Ancillary Agreements).” The purchase right of this Section shall expire and terminate upon the first to occur of (a) ten (10) days following Oak Street Health’s written notice to Lender of the Subsequent Financing if Lender shall not have elected to purchase any equity securities from Oak Street Health by written notice to Oak Street Health by such tenth (10th) day stating the amount of equity securities to be so purchased by Lender; (b) the issuance of any equity securities of the Company to Lender in satisfaction of the exercise of Lender’s right hereunder; (c) the acquisition of Oak Street Health, or (d) the Term Loan Maturity Date.

SECTION 9. EVENTS OF DEFAULT

The occurrence of any one or more of the following events shall be an Event of Default:

9.1 Payments. Borrower fails to pay any amount due under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents on the due date; provided, however, that an Event of Default shall not occur on account of a failure to pay due solely to an administrative or operational error of Agent or Lender or Borrower’s bank if Borrower had the funds to make the payment when due and makes the payment within three (3) Business Days following Borrower’s knowledge of such failure to pay; or

9.2 Covenants. Borrower breaches or defaults in the performance of any covenant or Secured Obligation under this Agreement, or any of the other Loan Documents or any other agreement among Borrower, Agent and Lender, and (a) with respect to a default under any covenant under this Agreement (other than under Sections 6, 7.4, 7.5, 7.6, 7.7, 7.8, 7.9, 7.14, 7.16, 7.17, 17.187.18, 7.19, 7.20, 7.21, 7.22 and 7.23) any other Loan Document or any other agreement among Borrower, Agent and Lender, such default continues for more than fifteen (15) days after the earlier of the date on which (i) Agent or Lender has given notice of such default to Borrower and (ii) Borrower has actual knowledge of such default or (b) with respect to a default under any of Sections 6, 7.4, 7.5, 7.6, 7.7, 7.8, 7.9, 7.14, 7.16, 7.17, 17.187.18 , 7.19, 7.20, 7.21, 7.22 and 7.23, the occurrence of such default; or

 

37


9.3 Material Adverse Effect. A circumstance has occurred that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, provided that: (a) solely for the purposes of this Section 9.3, the occurrence of adverse results or delays in any nonclinical or clinical trial, in and of itself, shall not constitute a Material Adverse Effect; and (b) if such circumstance is solely due to a change in or discontinuance of a strategic partnership or other collaboration or license agreement, Agent shall provide three (3) calendar days written notice to Borrower before calling an Event of Default under this Section 9.3, whereby during such time, Agent shall make itself available to discuss in good faith a proposed solution to such Material Adverse Effect); or

9.4 Representations. Any representation or warranty made by Borrower in any Loan Document or in the Warrant (if any) shall have been false or misleading in any material respect when made or when deemed made; or

9.5 Insolvency. Any Borrower (A) (i) shall make an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or (ii) shall be unable to pay its debts as they become due, or be unable to pay or perform under the Loan Documents, or shall become insolvent; or (iii) shall file a voluntary petition in bankruptcy; or (iv) shall file any petition, answer, or document seeking for itself any reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution or similar relief under any present or future statute, law or regulation pertinent to such circumstances; or (v) shall seek or consent to or acquiesce in the appointment of any trustee, receiver, or liquidator of Borrower or of all or any substantial part (i.e., 33-1/3% or more) of the assets or property of such Borrower; or (vi) shall cease operations of its business as its business has normally been conducted, or terminate substantially all of its employees; or (vii) any Borrower or its directors or majority shareholders shall take any action initiating any of the foregoing actions described in clauses (i) through (vi); or (B) either (i) forty-five (45) days shall have expired after the commencement of an involuntary action against any Borrower seeking reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution or similar relief under any present or future statute, law or regulation, without such action being dismissed or all orders or proceedings thereunder affecting the operations or the business of such Borrower being stayed; or (ii) a stay of any such order or proceedings shall thereafter be set aside and the action setting it aside shall not be timely appealed; or (iii) any Borrower shall file any answer admitting or not contesting the material allegations of a petition filed against such Borrower in any such proceedings; or (iv) the court in which such proceedings are pending shall enter a decree or order granting the relief sought in any such proceedings; or (v) -forty-five (45) days shall have expired after the appointment, without the consent or acquiescence of the applicable Borrower, of any trustee, receiver or liquidator of such Borrower or of all or any substantial part of the properties of such Borrower without such appointment being vacated; or

9.6 Attachments; Judgments. Any portion of Borrower’s assets is attached or seized, or a levy is filed against any such assets, or a judgment or judgments is/are entered for the payment of money (not covered by independent third party insurance as to which liability has not been rejected by such insurance carrier), individually or in the aggregate, of at least Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000.00), or Borrower is enjoined or in any way prevented by court order from conducting any part of its business; or

 

38


9.7 Other Obligations. The occurrence of any default under any agreement or obligation of Borrower involving any Indebtedness in excess of Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000.00).

SECTION 10. REMEDIES

10.1 General. Upon and during the continuance of any one or more Events of Default, (i) Agent may, and at the direction of the Required Lenders shall, accelerate and demand payment of all or any part of the Secured Obligations together with a Prepayment Charge and declare them to be immediately due and payable (provided, that upon the occurrence of an Event of Default of the type described in Section 9.5, all of the Secured Obligations shall automatically be accelerated and made due and payable, in each case without any further notice or act), (ii) Agent may, at its option, sign and file in Borrower’s name any and all collateral assignments, notices, control agreements, security agreements and other documents it deems necessary or appropriate to perfect or protect the repayment of the Secured Obligations, and in furtherance thereof, Borrower hereby grants Agent an irrevocable power of attorney coupled with an interest, and (iii) Agent may notify any of Borrower’s account debtors to make payment directly to Agent, compromise the amount of any such account on Borrower’s behalf and endorse Agent’s name without recourse on any such payment for deposit directly to Agent’s account. Agent may, and at the direction of the Required Lenders shall, exercise all rights and remedies with respect to the Collateral under the Loan Documents or otherwise available to it under the UCC and other applicable law, including the right to release, hold, sell, lease, liquidate, collect, realize upon, or otherwise dispose of all or any part of the Collateral and the right to occupy, utilize, process and commingle the Collateral. All Agent’s rights and remedies shall be cumulative and not exclusive.

10.2 Collection; Foreclosure. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, Agent may, and at the direction of the Required Lenders shall, at any time or from time to time, apply, collect, liquidate, sell in one or more sales, lease or otherwise dispose of, any or all of the Collateral, in its then condition or following any commercially reasonable preparation or processing, in such order as Agent may elect. Any such sale may be made either at public or private sale at its place of business or elsewhere. Borrower agrees that any such public or private sale may occur upon ten (10) calendar days’ prior written notice to Borrower. Agent may require Borrower to assemble the Collateral and make it available to Agent at a place designated by Agent that is reasonably convenient to Agent and Borrower. The proceeds of any sale, disposition or other realization upon all or any part of the Collateral shall be applied by Agent in the following order of priorities:

First, to Agent and Lender in an amount sufficient to pay in full Agent’s and Lender’s reasonable costs and professionals’ and advisors’ fees and expenses as described in Section 11.11;

Second, to Lender in an amount equal to the then unpaid amount of the Secured Obligations (including principal, interest, and the Default Rate interest), in such order and priority as Agent may choose in its sole discretion; and

 

39


Finally, after the full and final payment in Cash of all of the Secured Obligations (other than inchoate obligations), to any creditor holding a junior Lien on the Collateral, or to Borrower or its representatives or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct.

Agent shall be deemed to have acted reasonably in the custody, preservation and disposition of any of the Collateral if it complies with the obligations of a secured party under the UCC.

10.3 No Waiver. Agent shall be under no obligation to marshal any of the Collateral for the benefit of Borrower or any other Person, and Borrower expressly waives all rights, if any, to require Agent to marshal any Collateral.

10.4 Cumulative Remedies. The rights, powers and remedies of Agent hereunder shall be in addition to all rights, powers and remedies given by statute or rule of law and are cumulative. The exercise of any one or more of the rights, powers and remedies provided herein shall not be construed as a waiver of or election of remedies with respect to any other rights, powers and remedies of Agent.

SECTION 11. MISCELLANEOUS

11.1 Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement shall be prohibited by or invalid under such law, such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent and duration of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

11.2 Notice. Except as otherwise provided herein, any notice, demand, request, consent, approval, declaration, service of process or other communication (including the delivery of Financial Statements) that is required, contemplated, or permitted under the Loan Documents or with respect to the subject matter hereof shall be in writing, and shall be deemed to have been validly served, given, delivered, and received upon the earlier of: (i) the day of transmission by electronic mail or hand delivery or delivery by an overnight express service or overnight mail delivery service; or (ii) the third calendar day after deposit in the United States of America mails, with proper first class postage prepaid, in each case addressed to the party to be notified as follows:

 

  (a)

If to Agent:

HERCULES CAPITAL, INC.

Legal Department

Attention: Legal Department

400 Hamilton Avenue, Suite 310

Palo Alto, CA 94301

email: legal@herculestech.com

Telephone: 650-289-3060

 

40


  (b)

If to Lender:

HERCULES CAPITAL, INC.

Legal Department

Attention: Legal Department

400 Hamilton Avenue, Suite 310

Palo Alto, CA 94301

email: legal@herculestech.com

Telephone: 650-289-3060

 

  (c)

If to any Borrower or Borrowers:

Oak Street Health MSO, LLC

Attn: Chief Financial Officer

30 W. Monroe St.

Suite 1200

Chicago, IL 60603

finance@oakstreethealth.com

312-733-9730

With copy to:

Oak Street Health MSO, LLC

Attn: Chief Legal Officer

30 W. Monroe St.

Suite 1200

Chicago, IL 60603

robert.guenthnero@ akstreethealth.com

or to such other address as each party may designate for itself by like notice.

11.3 Entire Agreement; Amendments.

(a) This Agreement and the other Loan Documents constitute the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter hereof and thereof, and supersede and replace in their entirety any prior proposals, term sheets, non-disclosure or confidentiality agreements, letters, negotiations or other documents or agreements, whether written or oral, with respect to the subject matter hereof or thereof (including Agent’s revised proposal letter dated June 30, 2017 and the Non-Disclosure Agreement).

 

41


(b) Neither this Agreement, any other Loan Document, nor any terms hereof or thereof may be amended, supplemented or modified except in accordance with the provisions of this Section 11.3(b). The Required Lenders and Borrower party to the relevant Loan Document may, or, with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Agent and the Borrower party to the relevant Loan Document may, from time to time, (i) enter into written amendments, supplements or modifications hereto and to the other Loan Documents for the purpose of adding any provisions to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or changing in any manner the rights of the Lenders or of the Borrower hereunder or thereunder or (ii) waive, on such terms and conditions as the Required Lenders or the Agent, as the case may be, may specify in such instrument, any of the requirements of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or any default or Event of Default and its consequences; provided, however, that no such waiver and no such amendment, supplement or modification shall (A) forgive the principal amount or extend the final scheduled date of maturity of any Loan, extend the scheduled date of any amortization payment in respect of any Term Loan Advance, reduce the stated rate of any interest or fee payable hereunder) or extend the scheduled date of any payment thereof, in each case without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby; (B) eliminate or reduce the voting rights of any Lender under this Section 11.3(b) without the written consent of such Lender; (C) reduce any percentage specified in the definition of Required Lenders, consent to the assignment or transfer by the Borrower of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, release all or substantially all of the Collateral or release a Borrower from its obligations under the Loan Documents, in each case without the written consent of all Lenders; or (D) amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 11.17 without the written consent of the Agent. Any such waiver and any such amendment, supplement or modification shall apply equally to each Lender and shall be binding upon Borrower, the Lender, the Agent and all future holders of the Loans.

11.4 No Strict Construction. The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties hereto and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any provisions of this Agreement.

11.5 No Waiver. The powers conferred upon Agent and Lender by this Agreement are solely to protect its rights hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and its interest in the Collateral and shall not impose any duty upon Agent or Lender to exercise any such powers. No omission or delay by Agent or Lender at any time to enforce any right or remedy reserved to it, or to require performance of any of the terms, covenants or provisions hereof by Borrower at any time designated, shall be a waiver of any such right or remedy to which Agent or Lender is entitled, nor shall it in any way affect the right of Agent or Lender to enforce such provisions thereafter.

 

42


11.6 Termination Prior to Term Loan Maturity Date; Survival. All agreements, representations and warranties contained in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or in any document delivered pursuant hereto or thereto shall be for the benefit of Agent and Lender and shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement. All covenants, representations and warranties made in this Agreement shall continue in full force until this Agreement has terminated pursuant to its terms and all Secured Obligations (excluding any obligations pursuant to Section 6.3 or Section 8.1) have been satisfied. So long as Borrower has satisfied the Secured Obligations (other obligations under Section 6.3 or Section 8.1), this Agreement may be terminated prior to the Term Loan Maturity Date by Borrower, effective three (3) Business Days after written notice of termination is given to Agent. Sections 6.3 and 8.1 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

11.7 Successors and Assigns. The provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall inure to the benefit of and be binding on Borrower and its permitted assigns (if any). Borrower shall not assign its obligations under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents without Agent’s express prior written consent, and any such attempted assignment shall be void and of no effect. Agent and Lender may assign, transfer, or endorse its rights hereunder and under the other Loan Documents without prior notice to Borrower, and all of such rights shall inure to the benefit of Agent’s and Lender’s successors and assigns; provided that as long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, neither Agent nor any Lender may assign, transfer or endorse its rights hereunder or under the Loan Documents to any party that is a direct competitor of Borrower (as reasonably determined by Agent), it being acknowledged that in all cases, any transfer to an Affiliate of any Lender or Agent shall be allowed.

11.8 Governing Law. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents have been negotiated and delivered to Agent and Lender in the State of California, and shall have been accepted by Agent and Lender in the State of California. Payment to Agent and Lender by Borrower of the Secured Obligations is due in the State of California. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of California, excluding conflict of laws principles that would cause the application of laws of any other jurisdiction.

11.9 Consent to Jurisdiction and Venue. All judicial proceedings (to the extent that the reference requirement of Section 11.10 is not applicable) arising in or under or related to this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents may be brought in any state or federal court located in the State of California. By execution and delivery of this Agreement, each party hereto generally and unconditionally: (a) consents to nonexclusive personal jurisdiction in Santa Clara County, State of California; (b) waives any objection as to jurisdiction or venue in Santa Clara County, State of California; (c) agrees not to assert any defense based on lack of jurisdiction or venue in the aforesaid courts; and (d) irrevocably agrees to be bound by any judgment rendered thereby in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents. Service of process on any party hereto in any action arising out of or relating to this Agreement shall be effective if given in accordance with the requirements for notice set forth in Section 11.2, and shall be deemed effective and received as set forth in Section 11.2. Nothing herein shall affect the right to serve process in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the right of either party to bring proceedings in the courts of any other jurisdiction.

 

43


11.10 Mutual Waiver of Jury Trial / Judicial Reference.

(a) Because disputes arising in connection with complex financial transactions are most quickly and economically resolved by an experienced and expert Person and the parties wish applicable state and federal laws to apply (rather than arbitration rules), the parties desire that their disputes be resolved by a judge applying such applicable laws. EACH OF BORROWER, AGENT AND LENDER SPECIFICALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CAUSE OF ACTION, CLAIM, CROSS-CLAIM, COUNTERCLAIM, THIRD PARTY CLAIM OR ANY OTHER CLAIM (COLLECTIVELY, “CLAIMS”) ASSERTED BY BORROWER AGAINST AGENT, LENDER OR THEIR RESPECTIVE ASSIGNEE OR BY AGENT, LENDER OR THEIR RESPECTIVE ASSIGNEE AGAINST BORROWER. This waiver extends to all such Claims, including Claims that involve Persons other than Agent, Borrower and Lender; Claims that arise out of or are in any way connected to the relationship among Borrower, Agent and Lender; and any Claims for damages, breach of contract, tort, specific performance, or any equitable or legal relief of any kind, arising out of this Agreement, any other Loan Document.

(b) If the waiver of jury trial set forth in Section 11.10(a) is ineffective or unenforceable, the parties agree that all Claims shall be resolved by reference to a private judge sitting without a jury, pursuant to Code of Civil Procedure Section 638, before a mutually acceptable referee or, if the parties cannot agree, a referee selected by the Presiding Judge of the Santa Clara County, California. Such proceeding shall be conducted in Santa Clara County, California, with California rules of evidence and discovery applicable to such proceeding.

(c) In the event Claims are to be resolved by judicial reference, either party may seek from a court identified in Section 11.9, any prejudgment order, writ or other relief and have such prejudgment order, writ or other relief enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law notwithstanding that all Claims are otherwise subject to resolution by judicial reference.

11.11 Professional Fees. Borrower promises to pay Agent’s and Lender’s reasonable and documented fees and expenses necessary to finalize the loan documentation, including but not limited to reasonable and documented attorneys fees, UCC searches, filing costs, and other miscellaneous expenses. In addition, Borrower promises to pay any and all reasonable and documented attorneys’ and other professionals’ fees and expenses incurred by Agent and Lender after the Closing Date in connection with or related to: (a) the Loan; (b) the administration, collection, or enforcement of the Loan; (c) the amendment or modification of the Loan Documents; (d) any waiver, consent, release, or termination under the Loan Documents; (e) the protection, preservation, audit, field exam, sale, lease, liquidation, or disposition of Collateral or the exercise of remedies with respect to the Collateral; (f) any legal, litigation, administrative, arbitration, or out of court proceeding in connection with or related to Borrower or the Collateral, and any appeal or review thereof arising from or in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents; and (g) any bankruptcy, restructuring, reorganization, assignment for the benefit of creditors, workout, foreclosure, or other action related to Borrower, the Collateral, the Loan Documents, including representing Agent or Lender in any adversary proceeding or contested matter commenced or continued by or on behalf of Borrower’s estate, and any appeal or review thereof.

 

44


11.12 Confidentiality. Agent and Lender acknowledge that certain items of Collateral and information provided to Agent and Lender by Borrower are confidential and proprietary information of Borrower, if and to the extent such information either (x) is marked as confidential by Borrower at the time of disclosure, or (y) should reasonably be understood to be confidential (the “Confidential Information”). Accordingly, Agent and Lender agree that any Confidential Information it may obtain in the course of acquiring, administering, or perfecting Agent’s security interest in the Collateral shall not be disclosed to any other Person or entity in any manner whatsoever, in whole or in part, without the prior written consent of Borrower, except that Agent and Lender may disclose any such information: (a) to its own directors, officers, employees, accountants, counsel and other professional advisors and to its Affiliates if Agent or Lender in their sole discretion determines that any such party should have access to such information in connection with such party’s responsibilities in connection with the Loan or this Agreement and, provided that such recipient of such Confidential Information either (i) agrees to be bound by the confidentiality provisions of this paragraph or (ii) is otherwise subject to confidentiality restrictions that reasonably protect against the disclosure of Confidential Information; (b) if such information is generally available to the public; (c) if required or appropriate in any report, statement or testimony submitted to any governmental authority having or claiming to have jurisdiction over Agent or Lender; (d) if required or appropriate in response to any summons or subpoena or in connection with any litigation, to the extent permitted or deemed advisable by Agent’s or Lender’s counsel; (e) to comply with any legal requirement or law applicable to Agent or Lender; (f) to the extent reasonably necessary in connection with the exercise of any right or remedy under any Loan Document, including Agent’s sale, lease, or other disposition of Collateral after default; (g) to any participant or assignee of Agent or Lender or any prospective participant or assignee; provided, that such participant or assignee or prospective participant or assignee agrees in writing to be bound by this Section prior to disclosure; or (h) otherwise with the prior consent of Borrower; provided, that any disclosure made in violation of this Agreement shall not affect the obligations of Borrower or any of its Affiliates or any guarantor under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents. Agent’s and Lender’s obligations under this Section 11.12 shall supersede and replace all of their respective obligations under the Non-Disclosure Agreement.

11.13 Assignment of Rights. Borrower acknowledges and understands that Agent or Lender may, subject to Section 11.7, sell and assign all or part of its interest hereunder and under the Loan Documents to any Person or entity (an “Assignee”), provided that as long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, neither Agent nor any Lender may assign, transfer or endorse its rights hereunder or under the Loan Documents to any party that is a direct competitor of Borrower (as reasonably determined by Agent), it being acknowledged that in all cases, any transfer to an Affiliate of any Lender or Agent shall be allowed, provided that no assignment (other than to an Affiliate of any Lender or Agent or any assignment for securitization purposes) shall be effective until such time as Borrower

 

45


is provided fifteen (15) days prior written notice thereof. After such assignment the term “Agent” or “Lender” as used in the Loan Documents shall mean and include such Assignee, and such Assignee shall be vested with all rights, powers and remedies of Agent and Lender hereunder with respect to the interest so assigned; but with respect to any such interest not so transferred, Agent and Lender shall retain all rights, powers and remedies hereby given. No such assignment by Agent or Lender shall relieve Borrower of any of its obligations hereunder. Lender agrees that in the event of any transfer by it of the Note(s)(if any), it will endorse thereon a notation as to the portion of the principal of the Note(s), which shall have been paid at the time of such transfer and as to the date to which interest shall have been last paid thereon.

11.14 Revival of Secured Obligations. This Agreement and the Loan Documents shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective if any petition is filed by or against Borrower for liquidation or reorganization, if Borrower becomes insolvent or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, if a receiver or trustee is appointed for all or any significant part of Borrower’s assets, or if any payment or transfer of Collateral is recovered from Agent or Lender. The Loan Documents and the Secured Obligations and Collateral security shall continue to be effective, or shall be revived or reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Secured Obligations or any transfer of Collateral to Agent, or any part thereof is rescinded, avoided or avoidable, reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by, or is recovered from, Agent, Lender or by any obligee of the Secured Obligations, whether as a “voidable preference,” “fraudulent conveyance,” or otherwise, all as though such payment, performance, or transfer of Collateral had not been made. In the event that any payment, or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, avoided, avoidable, restored, returned, or recovered, the Loan Documents and the Secured Obligations shall be deemed, without any further action or documentation, to have been revived and reinstated except to the extent of the full, final, and indefeasible payment to Agent or Lender in Cash.

11.15 Counterparts. This Agreement and any amendments, waivers, consents or supplements hereto may be executed in any number of counterparts, and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so delivered shall be deemed an original, but all of which counterparts shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

11.16 No Third Party Beneficiaries. No provisions of the Loan Documents are intended, nor will be interpreted, to provide or create any third-party beneficiary rights or any other rights of any kind in any Person other than Agent, Lender and Borrower unless specifically provided otherwise herein, and, except as otherwise so provided, all provisions of the Loan Documents will be personal and solely among Agent, the Lender and the Borrower.

11.17 Agency.

(a) Lender hereby irrevocably appoints Hercules Capital, Inc. to act on its behalf as the Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and authorizes the Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.

 

46


(b) Lender agrees to indemnify the Agent in its capacity as such (to the extent not reimbursed by Borrower and without limiting the obligation of Borrower to do so), according to its respective Term Commitment percentages (based upon the total outstanding Term Commitments) in effect on the date on which indemnification is sought under this Section 11.17, from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind whatsoever that may at any time be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against the Agent in any way relating to or arising out of, this Agreement, any of the other Loan Documents or any documents contemplated by or referred to herein or therein or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or any action taken or omitted by the Agent under or in connection with any of the foregoing; The agreements in this Section shall survive the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

(c) Agent in Its Individual Capacity. The Person serving as the Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Agent and the term “Lender” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include each such Person serving as Agent hereunder in its individual capacity.

(d) Exculpatory Provisions. The Agent shall have no duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Agent shall not:

(i) be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether any Default or any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

(ii) have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents that the Agent is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Lender, provided that the Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose the Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable law; and

(iii) except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, have any duty to disclose, and the Agent shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by any Person serving as the Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity.

 

47


(e) The Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (i) with the consent or at the request of the Lender or as the Agent shall believe in good faith shall be necessary, under the circumstances or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct.

(f) The Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default, the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Section 4 or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Agent.

(g) Reliance by Agent. Agent may rely, and shall be fully protected in acting, or refraining to act, upon, any resolution, statement, certificate, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, bond or other paper or document that it has no reason to believe to be other than genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties or, in the case of cables, telecopies and telexes, to have been sent by the proper party or parties. In the absence of its gross negligence or willful misconduct, Agent may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon any certificates or opinions furnished to Agent and conforming to the requirements of the Loan Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents. Agent may consult with counsel, and any opinion or legal advice of such counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, not taken or suffered by Agent hereunder or under any Loan Documents in accordance therewith. Agent shall have the right at any time to seek instructions concerning the administration of the Collateral from any court of competent jurisdiction. Agent shall not be under any obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers granted to Agent by this Agreement, the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents at the request or direction of Lenders unless Agent shall have been provided by Lender with adequate security and indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities that may be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

11.18 Publicity. None of the parties hereto nor any of its respective member businesses and Affiliates shall, without the other parties’ prior written consent (which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), publicize or use (a) the other party’s name (including a brief description of the relationship among the parties hereto), logo or hyperlink to such other parties’ web site, separately or together, in written and oral presentations, advertising, promotional and marketing materials, client lists, public relations materials or on its web site (together, the “ Publicity Materials”); (b) the names of officers of such other parties in the Publicity Materials; and (c) such other parties’ name, trademarks, servicemarks in any news or press release concerning such party; provided

 

48


however, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no such consent shall be required (i) to the extent necessary to comply with the requests of any regulators, legal requirements or laws applicable to such party, pursuant to any listing agreement with any national securities exchange (so long as such party provides prior notice to the other party hereto to the extent reasonably practicable) and (ii) to comply with Section 11.12.

11.19 Multiple Borrowers.

(a) Borrower’s Agent. Each of the Borrowers hereby irrevocably appoints Oak Street Health MSO as its agent, attorney-in-fact and legal representative for all purposes, including requesting disbursement of the Term Loan and receiving account statements and other notices and communications to Borrowers (or any of them) from the Agent or any Lender. The Agent may rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, on any request for the Term Loan, disbursement instruction, report, information or any other notice or communication made or given by Oak Street Health MSO, whether in its own name or on behalf of one or more of the other Borrowers, and the Agent shall not have any obligation to make any inquiry or request any confirmation from or on behalf of any other Borrower as to the binding effect on it of any such request, instruction, report, information, other notice or communication, nor shall the joint and several character of the Borrowers’ obligations hereunder be affected thereby.

(b) Waivers. Each Borrower hereby waives: (i) any right to require the Agent to institute suit against, or to exhaust its rights and remedies against, any other Borrower or any other person, or to proceed against any property of any kind which secures all or any part of the Secured Obligations, or to exercise any right of offset or other right with respect to any reserves, credits or deposit accounts held by or maintained with the Agent or any Indebtedness of the Agent or any Lender to any other Borrower, or to exercise any other right or power, or pursue any other remedy the Agent or any Lender may have; (ii) any defense arising by reason of any disability or other defense of any other Borrower or any guarantor or any endorser, co-maker or other person, or by reason of the cessation from any cause whatsoever of any liability of any other Borrower or any guarantor or any endorser, co-maker or other person, with respect to all or any part of the Secured Obligations, or by reason of any act or omission of the Agent or others which directly or indirectly results in the discharge or release of any other Borrower or any guarantor or any other person or any Secured Obligations or any security therefor, whether by operation of law or otherwise; (iii) any defense arising by reason of any failure of the Agent to obtain, perfect, maintain or keep in force any Lien on, any property of any Borrower or any other person; (iv) any defense based upon or arising out of any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, arrangement, readjustment of debt, liquidation or dissolution proceeding commenced by or against any other Borrower or any guarantor or any endorser, co-maker or other person, including without limitation any discharge of, or bar against collecting, any of the Secured Obligations (including without limitation any interest thereon), in or as a result of any such proceeding. Until all of the Secured Obligations have been paid, performed, and discharged in full, nothing shall discharge or satisfy the liability of

 

49


any Borrower hereunder except the full performance and payment of all of the Secured Obligations. If any claim is ever made upon the Agent for repayment or recovery of any amount or amounts received by the Agent in payment of or on account of any of the Secured Obligations, because of any claim that any such payment constituted a preferential transfer or fraudulent conveyance, or for any other reason whatsoever, and the Agent repays all or part of said amount by reason of any judgment, decree or order of any court or administrative body having jurisdiction over the Agent or any of its property, or by reason of any settlement or compromise of any such claim effected by the Agent with any such claimant (including without limitation the any other Borrower), then and in any such event, each Borrower agrees that any such judgment, decree, order, settlement and compromise shall be binding upon such Borrower, notwithstanding any revocation or release of this Agreement or the cancellation of any note or other instrument evidencing any of the Secured Obligations, or any release of any of the Secured Obligations, and each Borrower shall be and remain liable to the Agent and the Lenders under this Agreement for the amount so repaid or recovered, to the same extent as if such amount had never originally been received by the Agent or any Lender, and the provisions of this sentence shall survive, and continue in effect, notwithstanding any revocation or release of this Agreement. Each Borrower hereby expressly and unconditionally waives all rights of subrogation, reimbursement and indemnity of every kind against any other Borrower, and all rights of recourse to any assets or property of any other Borrower, and all rights to any collateral or security held for the payment and performance of any Secured Obligations, including (but not limited to) any of the foregoing rights which Borrower may have under any present or future document or agreement with any other Borrower or other person, and including (but not limited to) any of the foregoing rights which any Borrower may have under any equitable doctrine of subrogation, implied contract, or unjust enrichment, or any other equitable or legal doctrine.

(c) Consents. Each Borrower hereby consents and agrees that, without notice to or by Borrower and without affecting or impairing in any way the obligations or liability of Borrower hereunder, the Agent may, from time to time before or after revocation of this Agreement, do any one or more of the following in its sole and absolute discretion: (i) accept partial payments of, compromise or settle, renew, extend the time for the payment, discharge, or performance of, refuse to enforce, and release all or any parties to, any or all of the Secured Obligations; (ii) grant any other indulgence to any Borrower or any other Person in respect of any or all of the Secured Obligations or any other matter; (iii) accept, release, waive, surrender, enforce, exchange, modify, impair, or extend the time for the performance, discharge, or payment of, any and all property of any kind securing any or all of the Secured Obligations or any guaranty of any or all of the Secured Obligations, or on which the Agent at any time may have a Lien, or refuse to enforce its rights or make any compromise or settlement or agreement therefor in respect of any or all of such property; (iv) substitute or add, or take any action or omit to take any action which results in the release of, any one or more other Borrowers or any endorsers or guarantors of all or any part of the Secured Obligations, including,

 

50


without limitation one or more parties to this Agreement, regardless of any destruction or impairment of any right of contribution or other right of Borrower; (v) apply any sums received from any other Borrower, any guarantor, endorser, or co-signer, or from the disposition of any Collateral or security, to any Indebtedness whatsoever owing from such person or secured by such Collateral or security, in such manner and order as the Agent determines in its sole discretion, and regardless of whether such Indebtedness is part of the Secured Obligations, is secured, or is due and payable. Each Borrower consents and agrees that the Agent shall be under no obligation to marshal any assets in favor of Borrower, or against or in payment of any or all of the Secured Obligations. Each Borrower further consents and agrees that the Agent shall have no duties or responsibilities whatsoever with respect to any property securing any or all of the Secured Obligations. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Agent shall have no obligation to monitor, verify, audit, examine, or obtain or maintain any insurance with respect to, any property securing any or all of the Secured Obligations.

(d) Independent Liability. Each Borrower hereby agrees that one or more successive or concurrent actions may be brought hereon against such Borrower, in the same action in which any other Borrower may be sued or in separate actions, as often as deemed advisable by Agent. Each Borrower is fully aware of the financial condition of each other Borrower and is executing and delivering this Agreement based solely upon its own independent investigation of all matters pertinent hereto, and such Borrower is not relying in any manner upon any representation or statement of the Agent or any Lender with respect thereto. Each Borrower represents and warrants that it is in a position to obtain, and each Borrower hereby assumes full responsibility for obtaining, any additional information concerning any other Borrower’s financial condition and any other matter pertinent hereto as such Borrower may desire, and such Borrower is not relying upon or expecting the Agent to furnish to it any information now or hereafter in the Agent’s possession concerning the same or any other matter.

(e) Subordination. All Indebtedness of a Borrower now or hereafter arising held by another Borrower is subordinated to the Secured Obligations and the Borrower holding the Indebtedness shall take all actions reasonably requested by Agent to effect, to enforce and to give notice of such subordination.

(SIGNATURES TO FOLLOW)

 

51


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Borrower, Agent and Lender have duly executed and delivered this Loan and Security Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

BORROWER
Signature:  

 

Print Name:   Michael Pykosz
OAK STREET HEALTH MSO, LLC
Signature:  

 

Print Name:   Michael Pykosz
Title:   President
ACORN NETWORK, LLC
Signature:  

 

Print Name:   Michael Pykosz
Title:   Manager
OAK STREET HEALTH PHYSICIANS GROUP, P.C.
Signature:  

 

Print Name:   Griffin Myers, M.D.
Title:   President
OSH-IL PHYSICIANS GROUP, LLC
Signature:  

 

Print Name:   Griffin Myers, M.D.
Title:   President

 

52


OSH-MI PHYSICIANS GROUP, PC
Signature:  

 

Print Name:   Griffin Myers, M.D.
Title:   President
OSH-IN PHYSICIANS GROUP, PC
Signature:  

 

Print Name:   Griffin Myers, M.D.
Title:   President
OSH-OH PHYSICIANS GROUP, LLC
Signature:                                                          
Print Name:                                                      
Title:                                                                  
OSH-PA PHYSICIANS GROUP, PC
Signature:                                                      
Print Name:                                                  
Title:                                                              
OSH-NJ PHYSICIANS GROUP, PC
Signature:                                                      
Print Name:                                                  
Title:                                                              

 

53


 

OSH-RI PHYSICIANS GROUP, P.C.
Signature:                                                      
Print Name:                                                  
Title:                                                              

Accepted in Palo Alto, California:

 

AGENT:
HERCULES CAPITAL, INC.
Signature:                                                            
Print Name:   Jennifer Choe
Title:   Assistant General Counsel
LENDER:  
HERCULES CAPITAL, INC.
Signature:                                                                    
Print Name:   Jennifer Choe
Title:   Assistant General Counsel

 

54


HERCULES CAPITAL FUNDING TRUST 2019-1
Signature:                                                            
Print Name:   Jennifer Choe
Title:   Assistant General Counsel
HERCULES CAPITAL FUNDING TRUST 2018-1
Signature:                                                            
Print Name:   Jennifer Choe
Title:   Assistant General Counsel

 

55


Table of Exhibits and Schedules

 

Exhibit A:    Advance Request Attachment to Advance Request
Exhibit B:    Term Note
Exhibit C:    Name, Locations, and Other Information for Borrower
Exhibit D:    Borrower’s Patents, Trademarks, Copyrights and Licenses
Exhibit E:    Borrower’s Deposit Accounts and Investment Accounts
Exhibit F:    Compliance Certificate
Exhibit G:    Joinder Agreement
Exhibit H:    ACH Debit Authorization Agreement
Schedule 1    Subsidiaries

Schedule 1.1 Commitments Schedule

1A Existing Permitted Indebtedness Schedule

1B Existing Permitted Investments Schedule

1C Existing Permitted Liens Schedule 5.3 Consents, Etc.

Schedule 5.5 Actions Before Governmental Authorities

Schedule 5.8 Tax Matters

Schedule 5.9 Intellectual Property Claims

Schedule 5.10 Intellectual Property

Schedule 5.11 Borrower Products

Schedule 5.14 Capitalization

Schedule 7.12 Excluded Accounts.

 

56


EXHIBIT A

ADVANCE REQUEST

Date:              , 201__

 

To:

Agent:

Hercules Capital, Inc. (the “Agent”)

400 Hamilton Avenue, Suite 310

Palo Alto, CA 94301

email: legal@herculestech.com

Attn:

Oak Street Health MSO, LLC (“Oak Street Health MSO”) hereby requests from Hercules Capital, Inc. (“Lender”) an Advance in the amount of              Dollars ($            ) on             ,             (the “Advance Date”), on behalf of each undersigned Borrower (jointly and severally, individually and collectively, “Borrower”) pursuant to the Loan and Security Agreement among Borrower, Agent and Lender (the “Agreement”). Capitalized words and other terms used but not otherwise defined herein are used with the same meanings as defined in the Agreement.

Please:

 

  (a)

Issue a check payable to Oak Street Health MSO                 

or

 

  (b)

Wire Funds to Oak Street Health MSO’s account              [IF FILED PUBLICLY, ACCOUNT INFO MUST BE REDACTED FOR SECURITY PURPOSES]

 

Bank:   

 

       
Address:   

 

  
ABA Number:   

 

  
Account Number:   

 

  
Account Name:   

 

  
Contact Person:   

 

  
Phone Number   

 

  
To Verify Wire Info:   

 

  
Email address:   

 

  

Borrower represents that the conditions precedent to the Advance set forth in the Agreement are satisfied and shall be satisfied upon the making of such Advance, including but not limited to: (i) that no event that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect has occurred and is continuing; (ii) that the representations and warranties set forth in the Agreement and in the Warrant (if any) are and shall be true and correct in all material respects on

 

57


and as of the Advance Date with the same effect as though made on and as of such date, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date; (iii) that Borrower is in compliance with all the terms and provisions set forth in each Loan Document on its part to be observed or performed; and (iv) that as of the Advance Date, no Default or an Event of Default exists under the Loan Documents. Borrower understands and acknowledges that Agent has the right to review the financial information supporting this representation and, based upon such review in its sole discretion, Lender may decline to fund the requested Advance.

Borrower hereby represents that Borrower’s corporate status and locations have not changed since the date of the Agreement or, if the Attachment to this Advance Request is completed, are as set forth in the Attachment to this Advance Request.

Borrower agrees to notify Agent promptly before the funding of the Loan if any of the matters which have been represented above shall not be true and correct on the Borrowing Date and if Agent has received no such notice before the Advance Date then the statements set forth above shall be deemed to have been made and shall be deemed to be true and correct as of the Advance Date.

Executed as of [            ], 201[    ].

 

BORROWER:
OAK STREET HEALTH, LLC
Signature:  

 

Print Name:  

 

Title:  

 

OAK STREET HEALTH MSO, LLC
Signature:  

 

Print Name:  

 

Title:  

 

ACORN NETWORK, LLC
Signature:  

 

Print Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

58


OAK STREET HEALTH PHYSICIANS GROUP, P.C.
Signature:  

 

Print Name:  

 

Title:  

 

OSH-IL PHYSICIANS GROUP, LLC
Signature:  

 

Print Name:  

 

Title:  

 

OSH-MI PHYSICIANS GROUP, PC
Signature:  

 

Print Name:  

 

Title:  

 

OSH-IN PHYSICIANS GROUP, PC
Signature:  

 

Print Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

OSH-OH PHYSICIANS GROUP, LLC
Signature:                                                                                    
Print Name:                                                                                
Title:                                                                                            

 

59


OSH-PA PHYSICIANS GROUP, PC
Signature:                                                                        
Print Name:                                                                      
Title:                                                                                
OSH-NJ PHYSICIANS GROUP, PC
Signature:                                                                        
Print Name:                                                                     
Title:                                                                                
OSH-RI PHYSICIANS GROUP, P.C.
Signature:                                                                        
Print Name:                                                                     
Title:                                                                                

 

60


ATTACHMENT TO ADVANCE REQUEST

Dated:                     

Borrower hereby represents and warrants to Agent that Borrower’s current name and organizational status is as follows [complete for each Borrower]:

 

Name:    [                                     ]
Type of organization:    [                                     ]
State of organization:    [                             ]
Organization file number:   

Borrower hereby represents and warrants to Agent that the street addresses, cities, states and postal codes of its current locations are as follows:

 

61


EXHIBIT B

SECURED TERM PROMISSORY NOTE

 

$30,000,000    Advance Date:             , 20[    ]   
   Maturity Date:             , 20[    ]           

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, (i) OAK STREET HEALTH, LLC, an Illinois limited liability company (“Oak Street Health”), (ii) OAK STREET HEALTH MSO, LLC, an Illinois limited liability company (“Oak Street Health MSO”), (iii) ACORN NETWORK, LLC, an Illinois limited liability company (“Acorn Network”), (iv) OAK STREET HEALTH PHYSICIANS GROUP, P.C., an Illinois professional corporation (“OSH Physicians”), (v) OSH-IL PHYSICIANS GROUP, LLC, an Illinois limited liability company (“OSH-IL”), (vi) OSH-MI PHYSICIANS GROUP, PC, a Michigan professional corporation (“OSH-MI”), (vii) OSH-IN PHYSICIANS GROUP, PC, an Indiana professional corporation (“OSH-IN”), (viii) OSH-OH PHYSICIANS GROUP, LLC, an Ohio limited liability company (“OSH-OH”), (ix) OSH-PA PHYSICIANS GROUP, PC, a Pennsylvania professional corporation (“OSH-PA”), (x) OSH-NJ PHYSICIANS GROUP, PC, a New Jersey professional corporation (“OSH-NJ”), (xi) OSH-RI PHYSICIANS GROUP, P.C., a Rhode Island professional corporation (“OSH-RI”), and (viiixii) each of the Qualified Subsidiaries and Physician’s Groups of any of the foregoing (the “Additional Borrowers”; and together with Oak Street Health, Oak Street Health MSO, Acorn Network, OSH Physicians, OSH-IL, OSH-MI, OSH-IN, OSH-OH, OSH-PA, OSH-NJ, and OSH-IN,RI jointly and severally, individually and collectively, the “Borrower”) hereby promises to pay to the order of Hercules Capital, Inc., a Maryland corporation, or the holder of this Note (the “Lender”) at 400 Hamilton Avenue, Suite 310, Palo Alto, CA 94301 or such other place of payment as the holder of this Secured Term Promissory Note (this “Promissory Note”) may specify from time to time in writing, in lawful money of the United States of America, the principal amount of Thirty Million Dollars ($30,000,000.00) or such other principal amount as Lender has advanced to Borrower, together with interest at a rate as set forth in Section 2.1(c) of the Loan Agreement based upon a year consisting of 360 days, with interest computed daily based on the actual number of days in each month.

This Promissory Note is the Note referred to in, and is executed and delivered in connection with, that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated August 7, 2017, by and among Borrower, Hercules Capital, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Agent”) and the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time party thereto as lender (as the same may from time to time be amended, modified or supplemented in accordance with its terms, the “Loan Agreement”), and is entitled to the benefit and security of the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents (as defined in the Loan Agreement), to which reference is made for a statement of all of the terms and conditions thereof. All payments shall be made in accordance with the Loan Agreement. All terms defined in the Loan Agreement shall have the same definitions when used herein, unless otherwise defined herein. An Event of Default under the Loan Agreement shall constitute a default under this Promissory Note.

 

62


Borrower waives presentment and demand for payment, notice of dishonor, protest and notice of protest under the UCC or any applicable law. Borrower agrees to make all payments under this Promissory Note without setoff, recoupment or deduction and regardless of any counterclaim or defense. This Promissory Note has been negotiated and delivered to Lender and is payable in the State of California. This Promissory Note shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of California, excluding any conflicts of law rules or principles that would cause the application of the laws of any other jurisdiction.

BORROWER FOR ITSELF AND ON BEHALF OF ITS QUALIFIED SUBSIDIARIES AND PHYSICIAN GROUPS:

 

OAK STREET HEALTH, LLC
Signature:  

 

Print Name:  

 

Title:  

 

OAK STREET HEALTH MSO, LLC
Signature:  

 

Print Name:  

 

Title:  

 

ACORN NETWORK, LLC
Signature:  

 

Print Name:  

 

Title:  

 

OAK STREET HEALTH PHYSICIANS GROUP, P.C.
Signature:  

 

Print Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

63


OSH-IL PHYSICIANS GROUP, LLC
Signature:  

 

Print Name:  

 

Title:  

 

OSH-MI PHYSICIANS GROUP, PC
Signature:  

 

Print Name:  

 

Title:  

 

OSH-IN PHYSICIANS GROUP, PC
Signature:  

 

Print Name:  

 

Title:  

 

OSH-OH PHYSICIANS GROUP, LLC
Signature:  

 

Print Name:  

 

Title:  

 

OSH-PA PHYSICIANS GROUP, PC
Signature:                                                                            
Print Name:                                                                        
Title:                                                                                   

 

64


OSH-NJ PHYSICIANS GROUP, PC
Signature:                                                                      
Print Name:                                                                  
Title:                                                                              
OSH-RI PHYSICIANS GROUP, P.C.
Signature:                                                                      
Print Name:                                                                  
Title:                                                                              

 

65


EXHIBIT F

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

Hercules Capital, Inc. (as “Agent”)

400 Hamilton Avenue, Suite 310

Palo Alto, CA 94301

Reference is made to that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated August 7, 2017 and the Loan Documents (as defined therein) entered into in connection with such Loan and Security Agreement all as may be amended from time to time (hereinafter referred to collectively as the “Loan Agreement”) by and among Hercules Capital, Inc. (the “Agent”), the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time party thereto (collectively, the “Lender”) and Hercules Capital, Inc., as agent for the Lender (the “Agent”) and (i) OAK STREET HEALTH, LLC, an Illinois limited liability company (“Oak Street Health”), (ii) OAK STREET HEALTH MSO, LLC, an Illinois limited liability company (“Oak Street Health MSO”), (iii) ACORN NETWORK, LLC, an Illinois limited liability company (“Acorn Network”), (iv) OAK STREET HEALTH PHYSICIANS GROUP, P.C., an Illinois professional corporation (“OSH Physicians”), (v) OSH-IL PHYSICIANS GROUP, LLC, an Illinois limited liability company (“OSH-IL”), (vi) OSH-MI PHYSICIANS GROUP, PC, a Michigan professional corporation (“OSH-MI”), (vii) OSH-IN PHYSICIANS GROUP, PC, an Indiana professional corporation (“OSH-IN”), (viii) OSH-OH PHYSICIANS GROUP, LLC, an Ohio limited liability company (“OSH-OH”), (ix) OSH-PA PHYSICIANS GROUP, PC, a Pennsylvania professional corporation (“OSH-PA”), (x) OSH-NJ PHYSICIANS GROUP, PC, a New Jersey professional corporation (“OSH-NJ”), (xi) OSH-RI PHYSICIANS GROUP, P.C., a Rhode Island professional corporation (“OSH-RI”)and (viiixii ) each of the Qualified Subsidiaries and Physician’s Groups of any of the foregoing (the “Additional Borrowers”; and together with Oak Street Health, Oak Street Health MSO, Acorn Network, OSH Physicians, OSH-IL, OSH-MI, OSH-IN, OSH-OH, OSH-PA, OSH-NJ, and OSH-IN, RI jointly and severally, individually and collectively, the “Company”) as Borrower. All capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the same meaning as defined in the Loan Agreement.

The undersigned is an Officer of the Company, knowledgeable of a 11 Company financial matters, and is authorized to provide certification of information regarding the Company; hereby certifies, in such capacity, that in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Loan Agreement, the Company is in compliance for the period ending of all covenants, conditions and terms and hereby reaffirms that all representations and warranties contained therein are true and correct on and as of the date of this Compliance Certificate with the same effect as though made on and as of such date, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, after giving effect in all cases to any standard(s) of materiality contained in the Loan Agreement as to such representations and warranties. Attached are the required documents supporting the above certification. The undersigned further certifies that these are prepared in accordance with GAAP (except for the absence of footnotes with respect to unaudited financial statement and subject to normal year end adjustments) and are consistent from one period to the next except as explained below.

 

77


REPORTING REQUIREMENT    REQUIRED    CHECK IF ATTACHED
Interim Financial Statements    Monthly within 30 days   
Interim Financial Statements    Quarterly within 30 days   
Audited Financial Statements    FYE within 180 days   

Borrower shall, at all times on and after the Term B Loan Advance or Term C Loan Advance is made Second Amendment Closing Date, maintain aggregate Patient Level Contribution, on a trailing six-month net revenue, determined in accordance with GAAP basis, of greater than or equal to seventy five eighty percent (75.080.0%) of Borrower’s Manager-approved financial projections as in effect as of the beginning of each fiscal year of Borrower, to be tested on the last day of each fiscal quarter of Borrower (which projections may be revised annually or from time to time and are approved by Agent in writing in its reasonable discretion).

7580% of trailing 6-month net revenue Patient Level Contribution: $

Actual trailing 6-month net revenue Patient Level Contribution: $

Complies:      Yes         No    

Borrower shall, at all times after the initial 2019 Term B Loan Advance is made through the Performance Covenant End Date, either (i) maintain unrestricted and unencumbered cash of at least Fifteen Million Dollars ($15,000,000.00) in the name of Borrower in accounts that are subject to a first priority perfected security interest in favor of Agent perfected by an Account Control Agreement or (ii) achieve and maintain Aggregate 2013-2016 Vintage Clinic Level Contribution on a trailing six (6) month basis of at least Twenty-Three Million Dollars ($23,000,000.00).

Cash of Borrower maintained in Account Control Agreement accounts: $                            

Required: $15,000,000

Or

Aggregate trailing 6-month 2013-2016 Vintage Clinic Level Contribution: $                                    

Required: $23,000,000

Complies: Yes No


The undersigned hereby also confirms the below disclosed accounts represent all depository accounts and securities accounts presently open in the name of each Borrower or Borrower Subsidiary, as applicable.

Have any new depository or securities accounts been opened since the last Compliance Certificate?

             YES /             NO (If yes, please indicate which account)

 

            Depository AC#      Financial
Institution
     Account Type
(Depository /
Securities)
     Last Month
Ending
Account
Balance
     Purpose of
Account
 

BORROWER

Name/Address:

                 
     1                 
     2                 
     3                 
     4                 
     5                 
     6                 
     7                 


BORROWER

SUBSIDIARY /

AFFILIATE COMPANY

Name/Address:

                 
     1                                                                                                                          
     2                 
     3                 
     4                 
     5                 
     6                 
     7                 


Very Truly Yours,
OAK STREET HEALTH, LLC
Signature:  

 

Print Name:  

 

Title:  

 

OAK STREET HEALTH MSO, LLC
Signature:  

 

Print Name:  

 

Title:  

 

ACORN NETWORK, LLC
Signature:  

 

Print Name:  

 

Title:  

 

OAK STREET HEALTH PHYSICIANS GROUP, P.C.
Signature:  

 

Print Name:  

 

Title:  

 


OSH-IL PHYSICIANS GROUP, LLC
Signature:  

 

Print Name:  

 

Title:  

 

OSH-MI PHYSICIANS GROUP, PC
Signature:  

 

Print Name:  

 

Title:  

 

OSH-IN PHYSICIANS GROUP, PC
Signature:  

 

Print Name:  

 

Title:  

 

OSH-OH PHYSICIANS GROUP, PC
Signature:                                                                                   
Print Name:                                                                                
Title:                                                                                           


OSH-PA PHYSICIANS GROUP, PC
Signature:                                                                                   
Print Name:                                                                                
Title:                                                                                           
OSH-NJ PHYSICIANS GROUP, PC
Signature:                                                                                   
Print Name:                                                                                
Title:                                                                                           
OSH-RI PHYSICIANS GROUP, P.C.
Signature:                                                                                   
Print Name:                                                                                
Title:                                                                                           


EXHIBIT G

FORM OF JOINDER AGREEMENT

This Joinder Agreement (the “Joinder Agreement”) is made and dated as of [    ], 20[    ], and is entered into by and between                     , a                      (“Subsidiary”), and HERCULES CAPITAL, INC., a Maryland corporation (as “Agent”).

RECITALS

A. Subsidiary’s Affiliate, (i) OAK STREET HEALTH, LLC, an Illinois limited liability company (“Oak Street Health”), (ii) OAK STREET HEALTH MSO, LLC, an Illinois limited liability company (“Oak Street Health MSO”), (iii) ACORN NETWORK, LLC, an Illinois limited liability company (“Acorn Network”), (iv) OAK STREET HEALTH PHYSICIANS GROUP, P.C., an Illinois professional corporation (“OSH Physicians”), (v) OSH-IL PHYSICIANS GROUP, LLC, an Illinois limited liability company (“OSH-IL”), (vi) OSH-MI PHYSICIANS GROUP, PC, a Michigan professional corporation (“OSH-MI”), (vii) OSH-IN PHYSICIANS GROUP, PC, an Indiana professional corporation (“OSH-IN”), (viii) OSH-OH PHYSICIANS GROUP, LLC, an Ohio limited liability company (“OSH-OH”), (ix) OSH-PA PHYSICIANS GROUP, PC, a Pennsylvania professional corporation (“OSH-PA”), (x) OSH-NJ PHYSICIANS GROUP, PC, a New Jersey professional corporation (“OSH-NJ”), (xi) OSH-RI PHYSICIANS GROUP, P.C., a Rhode Island professional corporation (“OSH-RI”), and (viiixii) each of the Qualified Subsidiaries and Physician’s Groups of any of the foregoing (the “Additional Borrowers”; and together with Oak Street Health, Oak Street Health MSO, Acorn Network, OSH Physicians, OSH-IL, OSH-MI, OSH-IN, OSH-OH, OSH-PA, OSH-NJ, and OSH-INRI, jointly and severally, individually and collectively, theCompany Borrower”) has entered into that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated August 7, 2017, with the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time party thereto as lender (collectively, the “Lender”) and the Agent, as such agreement may be amended, supplemented, replaced, restated, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time (the “Loan Agreement’), together with the other agreements executed and delivered in connection therewith;

B. Subsidiary acknowledges and agrees that it will benefit both directly and indirectly from Company’s execution of the Loan Agreement and the other agreements executed and delivered in connection therewith;

AGREEMENT

NOW THEREFORE, Subsidiary and Agent agree as follows:

 

1.

The recitals set forth above are incorporated into and made part of this Joinder Agreement. Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meaning provided in the Loan Agreement.


2.

By signing this Joinder Agreement, Subsidiary shall be bound by the terms and conditions of the Loan Agreement the same as if it were the Borrower (as defined in the Loan Agreement) under the Loan Agreement, mutatis mutandis, provided however, that (a) with respect to (i) Section 5.1 of the Loan Agreement, Subsidiary represents that it is an entity duly organized, legally existing and in good standing under the laws of [ ], (b) neither Agent nor Lender shall have any duties, responsibilities or obligations to Subsidiary arising under or related to the Loan Agreement or the other Loan Documents, (c) that if Subsidiary is covered by Company’s insurance, Subsidiary shall not be required to maintain separate insurance or comply with the provisions of Sections 6.1 and 6.2 of the Loan Agreement, and (d) that as long as Company satisfies the requirements of Section 7.1 of the Loan Agreement, Subsidiary shall not have to provide Agent separate Financial Statements. To the extent that Agent or Lender has any duties, responsibilities or obligations arising under or related to the Loan Agreement or the other Loan Documents, those duties, responsibilities or obligations shall flow only to Company and not to Subsidiary or any other Person or entity. By way of example (and not an exclusive list): (i) Agent’s providing notice to Company in accordance with the Loan Agreement or as otherwise agreed among Company, Agent and Lender shall be deemed provided to Subsidiary; (ii) a Lender’s providing an Advance to Company shall be deemed an Advance to Subsidiary; and (iii) Subsidiary shall have no right to request an Advance or make any other demand on Lender.

 

3.

Subsidiary agrees not to certificate its equity securities without Agent’s prior written consent, which consent may be conditioned on the delivery of such equity securities to Agent in order to perfect Agent’s security interest in such equity securities.

 

4.

Subsidiary acknowledges that it benefits, both directly and indirectly, from the Loan Agreement, and hereby waives, for itself and on behalf of any and all successors in interest (including without limitation any assignee for the benefit of creditors, receiver, bankruptcy trustee or itself as debtor-in-possession under any bankruptcy proceeding) to the fullest extent provided by law, any and all claims, rights or defenses to the enforcement of this Joinder Agreement on the basis that (a) it failed to receive adequate consideration for the execution and delivery of this Joinder Agreement or (b) its obligations under this Joinder Agreement are avoidable as a fraudulent conveyance.

 

5.

As security for the prompt, complete and indefeasible payment when due (whether on the payment dates or otherwise) of all the Secured Obligations, Subsidiary grants to Agent a security interest in all of Subsidiary’s right, title, and interest in and to the Collateral.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]


[SIGNATURE PAGE TO JOINDER AGREEMENT]

 

SUBSIDIARY:
 

 

By:
Name:
Title:
Address:
Telephone:                                                                                 
email:                                                                                         
AGENT:
HERCULES CAPITAL, INC.
By:                                                                                             
Name:                                                                                        
Title:                                                                                          
Address:
400 Hamilton Ave., Suite 310
Palo Alto, CA 94301
email: legal@herculestech.com
Telephone: 650-289-3060

Exhibit 10.4

THIRD AMENDMENT

TO

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

This THIRD AMENDMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”) is dated as of January 13, 2020 and is entered into by and among (a) (a) (i) OAK STREET HEALTH, LLC, an Illinois limited liability company (“Oak Street Health”), (ii) OAK STREET HEALTH MSO, LLC, an Illinois limited liability company (“Oak Street Health MSO”), (iii) ACORN NETWORK, LLC, an Illinois limited liability company (“Acorn Network”), (iv) OAK STREET HEALTH PHYSICIANS GROUP, P.C., an Illinois professional corporation (“OSH Physicians”), (v) OSH-IL PHYSICIANS GROUP, LLC, an Illinois limited liability company (“OSH-IL”), (vi) OSH-MI PHYSICIANS GROUP, PC, a Michigan professional corporation (“OSH-MI”), (vii) OSH-IN PHYSICIANS GROUP, PC, an Indiana professional corporation (“OSH-IN”), (viii) OSH-OH PHYSICIANS GROUP, LLC, an Ohio limited liability company (“OSH-OH”), (ix) OSH-PA PHYSICIANS GROUP, PC, a Pennsylvania professional corporation (“OSH-PA”), (x) OSH-NJ PHYSICIANS GROUP, PC, a New Jersey professional corporation (“OSH-NJ”), and (xi) OSH-RI PHYSICIANS GROUP, P.C., a Rhode Island professional corporation (“OSH-RI”; and together with Oak Street Health, Oak Street Health MSO, Acorn Network, OSH Physicians, OSH-IL, OSH-MI, OSH-IN, OSH-OH, OSH-PA, and OSH-NJ, jointly and severally, individually and collectively, “Borrower”), (b) the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties to the Loan Agreement (collectively, referred to as “Lender”) and (c) HERCULES CAPITAL, INC., a Maryland corporation, in its capacity as administrative agent and collateral agent for itself and the Lender (in such capacity, the “Agent”). Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the same meanings given them in the Loan Agreement (as defined below).

RECITALS

A. Borrower, Agent and Lender have entered into that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of August 7, 2017, as amended by that certain Consent and First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of July 13, 2018 among Borrower, Agent and Lender, and as further amended by that certain Joinder and Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of April 26, 2019 among Borrower, Agent and Lender (as amended, and as may be further amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Loan Agreement”), pursuant to which Lender has agreed to extend and make available to Borrower certain advances of money.

B. In accordance with Section 11.3 of the Loan Agreement, Borrower and Lender have agreed to amend the Loan Agreement upon the terms and conditions more fully set forth herein.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing Recitals and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. AMENDMENTS. Subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 4 of this Amendment, the Loan Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

1.1 The Loan Agreement shall be amended by deleting the following definitions appearing in Section 1.1 thereof (Definitions and Rules of Construction) and inserting in lieu thereof the following:


“Amortization Date” means July 1, 2020; provided however, if (a) Performance Milestone is achieved, then the “Amortization Date” shall mean January 1, 2021; (b) Performance Milestone II is achieved, then the “Amortization Date” shall mean October 1, 2021; and (c) Performance Milestone III is achieved, then the “Amortization Date” shall mean April 1, 2022.

“Performance Milestone” means satisfaction of each of the following: (a) no default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, and (b) Borrower has delivered to Agent evidence satisfactory to Agent in Agent’s sole discretion that any one of the following has occurred on or prior to June 30, 2020 (which confirmation may require supporting documentation reasonably requested by Agent): (i) the Equity Event, (ii) the Clinic Level Equity Event, (iii) the Clinic Level Event, (iv) the Capital Event, or (v) the Patient Level Equity Event.

“Term Loan Maturity Date” means June 1, 2022; provided however, that (a) if all of the First Term Loan Maturity Date Extension Conditions are satisfied on or prior to June 30, 2020, the “Term Loan Maturity Date” shall mean December 1, 2022; and (b) if all of the Second Term Loan Maturity Date Extension Conditions are satisfied on or prior to September 30, 2021, the “Term Loan Maturity Date” shall mean June 1, 2023.

“Term Loan Interest Rate” means for any day a floating per annum rate of interest equal to the greater of either (a) nine and three-quarters of one percent (9.75%) and (b) the sum of (i) the Prime Rate plus (ii) five percent (5.00%), which shall be reduced to a floating per annum rate of interest equal to the greater of either (a) nine and one-quarter of one percent (9.25%) and (b) the sum of (i) the Prime Rate plus (ii) four and one-half of one percent (4.50%) upon the achievement of Performance Milestone III.

1.2 The Loan Agreement shall be amended by inserting the following new definitions to appear in proper alphabetical order in Section 1.1 thereof (Definitions and Rules of Construction):

“First Term Loan Maturity Date Extension Conditions” shall mean satisfaction of all of the following: (a) no default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (b) Agent shall have confirmed (which confirmation may require supporting documentation requested by Agent) that, on or prior to June 30, 2020, Borrower has achieved the Performance Milestone, and (c) Agent shall have received, on or prior to June 30, 2020, a written request from Borrower to extend the Term Loan Maturity Date to December 1, 2022.

“Initial Public Offering” is the initial, underwritten offering and sale of Borrower’s common stock to the public pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act that results in such common stock being listed on a United States national securities exchange.

“Patient Level Equity Event” means satisfaction of each of the following events: (a) Borrower has achieved and maintained Patient Level Contribution on a trailing six (6) month basis of at least Ninety-Seven Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($97,500,000.00) for any period after the Third Amendment Closing Date but on or prior to June 30, 2020, and (b) Borrower has received, after November 20, 2019, but on or prior to June 30, 2020, unrestricted and unencumbered (including, not subject to any redemption, clawback, escrow or similar restriction or encumbrance) net cash


proceeds (deposited into accounts in the name of Borrower that are subject to a first priority perfected security interest in favor of Agent perfected by an Account Control Agreement) in a minimum amount of at least Ninety Million Dollars ($90,000,000.00) in connection with the issuance and sale by Oak Street Health of its equity securities, in each case subject to verification by Agent (including supporting documentation reasonably requested by Agent).

“Performance Milestone II” means satisfaction of each of the following events: (a) no default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, and (b) Borrower has received, after November 20, 2019, but on or prior to June 30, 2020, unrestricted and unencumbered (including, not subject to any redemption, clawback, escrow or similar restriction or encumbrance) net cash proceeds (deposited into accounts in the name of Borrower that are subject to a first priority perfected security interest in favor of Agent perfected by an Account Control Agreement) in a minimum amount of at least One Hundred Seventy-Five Million Dollars ($175,000,000.00) in connection with the issuance and sale by Oak Street Health of its equity securities, in each case subject to verification by Agent (including supporting documentation reasonably requested by Agent) (which amount may be inclusive of the unrestricted and unencumbered net cash proceeds that Borrower has received with respect to the Performance Milestone).

“Performance Milestone III” means satisfaction of each of the following events: (a) no default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, and (b) Borrower has received, after November 20, 2019, but on or prior to September 30, 2021, unrestricted and unencumbered (including, not subject to any redemption, clawback, escrow or similar restriction or encumbrance) net cash proceeds (deposited into accounts in the name of Borrower that are subject to a first priority perfected security interest in favor of Agent perfected by an Account Control Agreement) in a minimum amount of at least Three Hundred Million Dollars ($300,000,000.00) in connection with the issuance and sale by Oak Street Health of its equity securities, in each case subject to verification by Agent (including supporting documentation reasonably requested by Agent) (which amount may be inclusive of the unrestricted and unencumbered net cash proceeds that Borrower has received with respect to the Performance Milestone and Performance Milestone II) and (c) Borrower has completed an Initial Public Offering.

“Second Term Loan Maturity Date Extension Conditions” shall mean satisfaction of all of the following: (a) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (b) Agent shall have confirmed (which confirmation may require supporting documentation requested by Agent) that, on or prior to September 30, 2021, Borrower has achieved Performance Milestone III, and (c) Agent shall have received, on or prior to September 30, 2021, a written request from Borrower to extend the Term Loan Maturity Date to June 1, 2023.

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

“Third Amendment Closing Date” is January 13, 2020.

1.3 The Loan Agreement shall be amended by deleting the following definitions: (a) Interest Only Extension Conditions and (b) Term Loan Maturity Date Extension Conditions.


1.4 The first sentence of Section 2.4 (Prepayment) of the Loan Agreement shall be amended in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“At its option upon at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice to Agent, Borrower may prepay all, but not less than all, of the outstanding Advances by paying the entire principal balance, and all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, all unpaid Lender’s fees and expenses accrued to the date of the repayment (including, without limitation, the End of Term Charge), together with a prepayment charge equal to the following percentage of the Advance amount being prepaid: if such Advance amounts are prepaid on or prior to June 30, 2020, two percent (2.0%); if such Advance amounts are prepaid after June 30, 2020, but on or prior to December 31, 2020, one percent (1.0%); and if such Advance amounts are prepaid after December 31, 2020 but prior to the Term Loan Maturity Date, one-half of one percent (0.50%) (each, a “Prepayment Charge”).

1.5 Section 2.5(b) (End of Term Charge) of the Loan Agreement shall be amended by deleting the words “Term Loan Maturity Date” appearing therein, and inserting in lieu thereof the words “June 1, 2022”.

1.6 Section 7.19(c) (Performance Covenant) of the Loan Agreement shall be amended in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“ (c) Performance Covenant. Borrower shall, at all times after the 2019 Term B Loan Advance is made through the Performance Covenant End Date, either (i) maintain unrestricted cash (deposited into accounts in the name of Borrower that are subject to a first priority perfected security interest in favor of Agent perfected by an Account Control Agreement) of at least Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000.00) or (ii) achieve and maintain both (A) unrestricted cash (deposited into accounts in the name of Borrower that are subject to a first priority perfected security interest in favor of Agent perfected by an Account Control Agreement) of at least Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00) and (B) Aggregate 2013-2016 Vintage Clinic Level Contribution on a trailing six (6) month basis of at least Twelve Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($12,500,000.00).”

2. BORROWERS REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. Borrower represents and warrants that:

2.1 Immediately upon giving effect to this Amendment (i) the representations and warranties contained in the Loan Documents are true, accurate and complete except to the extent such representations and warranties relate to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct as of such date, after giving effect in all cases to any standard(s) of materiality contained in the Loan Agreement as to such representations and warranties and (ii) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing with respect to which Borrower has not been notified in writing by Agent or Lender.

2.2 Borrower has the corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment and to perform its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment.

2.3 The certificate of incorporation, bylaws and other organizational documents of Borrower delivered to Agent and/or Lender on the Closing Date remain true, accurate and complete and have not been amended, supplemented or restated and are and continue to be in full force and effect.


2.4 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of Borrower.

2.5 This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by Borrower and is the binding obligation of Borrower, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, moratorium or other similar laws of general application and equitable principles relating to or affecting creditors’ rights.

2.6 As of the date hereof, it has no defenses against the obligations to pay any amounts under the Secured Obligations. Borrower acknowledges that each of Agent and Lender has acted in good faith and has conducted in a commercially reasonable manner its relationships with Borrower in connection with this Amendment and in connection with the Loan Documents.

Borrower understands and acknowledges that each of Agent and Lender is entering into this Amendment in reliance upon, and in partial consideration for, the above representations and warranties, and agrees that such reliance is reasonable and appropriate.

3. LIMITATION. The amendments set forth in this Amendment shall be limited precisely as written and shall not be deemed (a) to be a waiver or modification of any other term or condition of the Loan Agreement or of any other instrument or agreement referred to therein or to prejudice any right or remedy which Agent and/or Lender may now have or may have in the future under or in connection with the Loan Agreement (as amended hereby) or any instrument or agreement referred to therein; or (b) to be a consent to any future amendment or modification or waiver to any instrument or agreement the execution and delivery of which is consented to hereby, or to any waiver of any of the provisions thereof. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Loan Agreement shall continue in full force and effect.

4. EFFECTIVENESS. This Amendment shall become effective upon the satisfaction of all the following conditions precedent:

4.1 Amendment. Borrower, Agent and Lender shall have duly executed and delivered this Amendment to Lender and such other documents as Agent may reasonably request.

4.2 Payment of Lender Expenses. Borrower shall have paid all reasonable Lender expenses (including all reasonable attorneys’ fees and reasonable expenses) incurred through the date of this Amendment for the documentation and negotiation of this Amendment.

5. POST-CLOSING CONDITIONS. Borrower shall, within sixty (60) days after the Third Amendment Closing Date, (i) cause Oak Street Health of Texas PLLC, a Texas professional limited liability company, and any other Physicians Group formed after the Second Amendment Closing Date, (each, a “New Borrower”) to provide to Agent and the Lenders a joinder to the Loan Agreement to cause each such New Borrower to become a co-borrower thereunder, together with such appropriate financing statements and/or Account Control Agreements, all in form and substance satisfactory to Agent and the Lenders (including being sufficient to grant Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, a first priority perfected security interest in all assets (including Intellectual Property) of New Borrower), and (ii) provide to Agent and the Lenders all other documentation in form and substance satisfactory to Agent and the Lenders which, in their opinion, is appropriate with respect to the execution and delivery of the applicable documentation referred to effect such a joinder to the Loan Agreement.


6. RELEASE. In consideration of the agreements of Agent and each Lender contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Borrower, on behalf of itself and its successors, assigns, and other legal representatives, hereby to the extent possible under applicable law fully, absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably releases, remises and forever discharges Agent and each Lender, and its successors and assigns, and its present and former shareholders, affiliates, subsidiaries, divisions, predecessors, directors, officers, attorneys, employees, agents and other representatives (Agent, Lender and all such other persons being hereinafter referred to collectively as the “Releasees” and individually as a “Releasee”), of and from all demands, actions, causes of action, suits, covenants, contracts, controversies, agreements, promises, sums of money, accounts, bills, reckonings, damages and any and all other claims, counterclaims, defenses, rights of set-off, demands and liabilities whatsoever of every name and nature, known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected, both at law and in equity, which Borrower, or any of its successors, assigns, or other legal representatives may now or hereafter own, hold, have or claim to have against the Releasees or any of them for, upon, or by reason of any circumstance, action, cause or thing whatsoever which arises at any time on or prior to the day and date of this Amendment, for or on account of, or in relation to, or in any way in connection with the Loan Agreement, or any of the other Loan Documents or transactions thereunder or related thereto. Borrower understands, acknowledges and agrees that the release set forth above may be pleaded as a full and complete defense and may be used as a basis for an injunction against any action, suit or other proceeding which may be instituted, prosecuted or attempted in breach of the provisions of such release. Borrower agrees that no fact, event, circumstance, evidence or transaction which could now be asserted or which may hereafter be discovered shall affect in any manner the final, absolute and unconditional nature of the release set forth above. Borrower waives the provisions of California Civil Code section 1542, which states:

A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS THAT THE CREDITOR OR RELEASING PARTY DOES NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST IN HIS OR HER FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING THE RELEASE AND THAT IF KNOWN BY HIM OR HER, WOULD HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED HIS OR HER SETTLEMENT WITH THE DEBTOR OR RELEASED PARTY.

7. COUNTERPARTS. This Amendment may be signed in any number of counterparts, and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, with the same effect as if the signatures to each such counterpart were upon a single instrument. All counterparts shall be deemed an original of this Amendment. This Amendment may be executed by facsimile, portable document format (.pdf) or similar technology signature, and such signature shall constitute an original for all purposes.

8. INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE. The provisions of Section 11 of the Loan Agreement shall be deemed incorporated herein by reference, mutatis mutandis.

[Signature Page Follows]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly authorized and caused this Amendment to be executed as of the date first written above.

 

BORROWER:
OAK STREET HEALTH, LLC
Signature:  

/s/ Robert Guenthner

Print Name:   Robert Guenthner
Title:   Chief Legal Officer
Signature:  

/s/ Robert Guenthner

Print Name:   Robert Guenthner
Title:   Chief Legal Officer
ACORN NETWORK, LLC
By: Oak Street Health MSO, LLC, its Manager
Signature:  

/s/ Robert Guenthner

Print Name:   Robert Guenthner
Title:   Chief Legal Officer
OAK STREET HEALTH PHYSICIANS GROUP, P.C.
Signature:  

/s/ Robert Guenthner

Print Name:   Robert Guenthner
Title:   Secretary
OSH-IL PHYSICIANS GROUP, LLC
Signature:  

/s/ Robert Guenthner

Print Name:   Robert Guenthner
Title:   Secretary


OSH-MI PHYSICIANS GROUP, PC
Signature:  

/s/ Robert Guenthner

Print Name:   Robert Guenthner
Title:   Secretary
OSH-IN PHYSICIANS GROUP, PC
Signature:  

/s/ Robert Guenthner

Print Name:   Robert Guenthner
Title:   Secretary
OSH-OH PHYSICIANS GROUP, LLC
Signature:  

/s/ Robert Guenthner

Print Name:   Robert Guenthner
Title:   Secretary
OSH-PA PHYSICIANS GROUP, PC
Signature:  

/s/ Robert Guenthner

Print Name:   Robert Guenthner
Title:   Secretary
OSH-NJ PHYSICIANS GROUP, PC
Signature:  

/s/ Robert Guenthner

Print Name:   Robert Guenthner
Title:   Secretary
OSH-RI PHYSICIANS GROUP, P.C.
Signature:  

/s/ Robert Guenthner

Print Name:   Robert Guenthner
Title:   Secretary


AGENT:  
HERCULES CAPITAL, INC.
Signature:  

/s/ Zhuo Huang

Print Name:   Zhuo Huang
Title:   Associate General Counsel
LENDER:
HERCULES CAPITAL, INC.
Signature:  

/s/ Zhuo Huang

Print Name:   Zhuo Huang
Title:   Associate General Counsel
HERCULES CAPITAL FUNDING TRUST 2019-1
By: Hercules Capital Inc., as Servicer
Signature:  

/s/ Zhuo Huang

Print Name:   Zhuo Huang
Title:   Associate General Counsel
HERCULES CAPITAL FUNDING TRUST 2018-1
By: Hercules Capital, Inc., as Servicer
Signature:  

/s/ Zhuo Huang

Print Name:   Zhuo Huang
Title:   Associate General Counsel

Exhibit 10.5

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of                 , 2020 between Oak Street Health, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and [ ] (“Indemnitee”).

WHEREAS, highly competent persons have become more reluctant to serve corporations as directors or officers or in other capacities unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance or adequate indemnification against inordinate risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their service to and activities on behalf of the corporation;

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) has determined that, in order to attract and retain qualified individuals, the Company will attempt to maintain on an ongoing basis, at its sole expense, liability insurance to protect persons serving the Company and its subsidiaries from certain liabilities. Although the furnishing of such insurance has been a customary and widespread practice among United States-based corporations and other business enterprises, the Company believes that, given current market conditions and trends, such insurance may be available to it in the future only at higher premiums and with more exclusions. At the same time, directors, officers and other persons in service to corporations or business enterprises are being increasingly subjected to expensive and time-consuming litigation relating to, among other things, matters that traditionally would have been brought only against the corporation or business enterprise itself. The Bylaws of the Company (as amended or restated, the “Bylaws”) require indemnification of the officers and directors of the Company. Indemnitee may also be entitled to indemnification pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (“DGCL”). The Bylaws and the DGCL expressly provide that the indemnification provisions set forth therein are not exclusive, and thereby contemplate that contracts may be entered into between the Company and members of the Board, officers of the Company and other persons with respect to indemnification;

WHEREAS, the uncertainties relating to such insurance and to indemnification have increased the difficulty of attracting and retaining such persons;

WHEREAS, the Board has determined that the increased difficulty in attracting and retaining such persons is detrimental to the best interests of the Company and its stockholders and that the Company should act to assure such persons that there will be increased certainty of such protection in the future;

WHEREAS, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, such persons to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law so that they will serve or continue to serve the Company free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified;

WHEREAS, this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Bylaws and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder; [and]

WHEREAS, Indemnitee may not be willing to serve or continue to serve as an officer or director without adequate protection, and the Company desires Indemnitee to serve or continue to serve in such capacity; Indemnitee is willing to serve, continue to serve and take on additional service for or on behalf of the Company on the condition that Indemnitee be so indemnified[; and]


[WHEREAS, Indemnitee has certain rights to indemnification and/or insurance provided by General Atlantic LLC (“General Atlantic”) or affiliates of General Atlantic which Indemnitee and General Atlantic intend to be secondary to the primary obligation of the Company to indemnify Indemnitee as provided herein, with the Company’s acknowledgment of and agreement to the foregoing being a material condition to Indemnitee’s willingness to serve on the Board].1

[WHEREAS, Indemnitee has certain rights to indemnification and/or insurance provided by Newlight Partners LP (“Newlight”) or affiliates of Newlight which Indemnitee and Newlight intend to be secondary to the primary obligation of the Company to indemnify Indemnitee as provided herein, with the Company’s acknowledgement of and agreement to the foregoing being a material condition to Indemnitee’s willingness to serve on the
Board.]2

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of Indemnitee’s agreement to serve as a director or officer from and after the date hereof, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Indemnity of Indemnitee. Subject to the provisions of Section 9, the Company hereby agrees to hold harmless and indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law, as such may be amended from time to time, if Indemnitee was or is, or is threatened to be made, a party to, or otherwise becomes involved in, any Proceeding (as hereinafter defined) by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status (as hereinafter defined). In furtherance of the foregoing indemnification, and without limiting the generality thereof:

(a) Proceedings other than Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section l(a) if, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in, or otherwise becomes involved in, any Proceeding (as hereinafter defined) other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company. Pursuant to this Section 1(a), Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee, or on Indemnitee’s behalf, in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and with respect to any criminal Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

(b) Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section 1(b) if, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding brought by or in the right of the Company. Pursuant to this Section 1(b), Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee, or on Indemnitee’s behalf, in connection with such Proceeding if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company; provided, however, if applicable law so provides, no indemnification

 

 

1 

Bracketed language to be included in form for General Atlantic directors.

2 

Bracketed language to be included in form for Newlight directors.

 

2


against such Expenses shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter in such Proceeding as to which Indemnitee shall have been finally adjudged by a court to be liable to the Company unless and only to the extent that the court in which the Proceeding was brought shall determine that Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification.

(c) Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, a party to or participant in and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, in whole or in part, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the maximum extent permitted by law, as such may be amended from time to time, against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this Section 1(c) and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

(d) [Indemnification of Nominating Member. If (i) Indemnitee is or was affiliated with one or more investment partnerships that has invested directly or indirectly in the Company (a “Nominating Member”), (ii) the Nominating Member is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding, and (iii) the Nominating Member’s involvement in the Proceeding results from any claim based on the Indemnitee’s service to the Company as a director or other fiduciary of the Company, the Nominating Member will be entitled to indemnification hereunder for Expenses to the same extent as Indemnitee and advancement of Expenses shall apply to any such indemnification of Nominating Member. The Company and Indemnitee agree that each Nominating Member is an express third party beneficiary of the terms of this Section 1(d).]3

2. Additional Indemnity. In addition to, and without regard to any limitations on, the indemnification provided for in Section 1 of this Agreement, the Company shall and hereby does, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee against all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf if, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company). The only limitation that shall exist upon the Company’s obligations pursuant to this Agreement, other than those set forth in Section 9 hereof, shall be that the Company shall not be obligated to make any payment to Indemnitee that is finally determined (under the procedures, and subject to the presumptions, set forth in Sections 6 and 7 hereof) to be unlawful.

 

3 

Bracketed language to be included in forms for Newlight and General Atlantic directors.

 

3


3. Contribution.

(a) Whether or not the indemnification provided in Sections 1 and 2 hereof is available, in respect of any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company shall pay, in the first instance, the entire amount of any judgment or settlement of such action, suit or proceeding without requiring Indemnitee to contribute to such payment and the Company hereby waives and relinquishes any right of contribution it may have against Indemnitee. The Company shall not, without the Indemnitee’s prior written consent, enter into any such settlement of any action, suit or proceeding (in whole or in part) unless such settlement (i) provides for a full and final release of all claims asserted against Indemnitee and (ii) does not impose any Expense, judgment, fine, penalty or limitation on Indemnitee.

(b) Without diminishing or impairing the obligations of the Company set forth in the preceding subparagraph, if, for any reason, Indemnitee shall elect or be required to pay all or any portion of any judgment or settlement in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company shall contribute to the amount of Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred and paid or payable by Indemnitee in proportion to the relative benefits received by the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, from the transaction or events from which such action, suit or proceeding arose; provided, however, that the proportion determined on the basis of relative benefit may, to the extent necessary to conform to law, be further adjusted by reference to the relative fault of the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, in connection with the transaction or events that resulted in such expenses, judgments, fines or settlement amounts, as well as any other equitable considerations which the law may require to be considered. The relative fault of the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, the degree to which their actions were motivated by intent to gain personal profit or advantage, the degree to which their liability is primary or secondary and the degree to which their conduct is active or passive.

(c) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company hereby agrees to fully indemnify and hold Indemnitee harmless from any claims of contribution which may be brought by officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who may be jointly liable with Indemnitee.

(d) To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in

 

4


light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding, and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

4. Indemnification for Expenses of a Witness. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law and to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, a witness, is made (or asked) to respond to discovery requests, or is otherwise asked to participate, in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith.

5. Advancement of Expenses. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement (other than Section 9), the Company shall advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, all Expenses incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding (or part of any Proceeding) not initiated by Indemnitee or any Proceeding initiated by Indemnitee with the prior approval of the Board as provided in Section 9(d), within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements from Indemnitee requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee. Any advances pursuant to this Section 5 shall be unsecured and interest free. In accordance with Section 7(d) of this Agreement, advances shall include any and all reasonable Expenses incurred pursuing an action to enforce this right of advancement, including Expenses incurred preparing and forwarding statements to the Company to support the advances claimed. This Section 5 shall not apply to claim by Indemnitee for expenses in a matter for which indemnity and advancement of expenses is excluded pursuant to Section 9.

6. Procedures and Presumptions for Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification. It is the intent of this Agreement to secure for Indemnitee rights of indemnity that are as favorable as may be permitted under the DGCL and public policy of the State of Delaware. Accordingly, the parties agree that the following procedures and presumptions shall apply in the event of any question as to whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement:

(a) To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification. The Secretary of the Company shall, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the Board in writing that Indemnitee has requested indemnification. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any failure of Indemnitee to provide such a request to the Company, or to provide such a request in a timely fashion, shall not relieve the Company of any liability that it may have to Indemnitee unless, and to the extent that, such failure actually and materially prejudices the interests of the Company.

 

5


(b) Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to the first sentence of Section 6(a) hereof, a determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case by one of the following four methods, which shall be at the election of the Board: (1) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors (as hereinafter defined), even though less than a quorum; (2) by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum; (3) if there are no Disinterested Directors, or if the Disinterested Directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee; or (4) if so directed by the Board, by the stockholders of the Company; provided, however, that if a Change in Control has occurred, the determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification shall be made by Independent Counsel. For purposes hereof, Disinterested Directors are those members of the Board who are not parties to the action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

(c) In the event the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel, the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 6(c). If a Change in Control has not occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board, and the Company shall give written notice to the Indemnitee advising Indemnitee of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. Indemnitee may, within 10 days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company a written objection to such selection; provided, however, that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 12 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the Person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If a written objection is made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit. If a Change in Control has occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Indemnitee (unless the Indemnitee shall request that such selection be made by the Board, in which event the preceding sentence shall apply), and approved by the Board within 20 days after notification by Indemnitee. If (i) an Independent Counsel is to make the determination of entitlement pursuant to this Section 6, and (ii) within 20 days after submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 6(a) hereof, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected (including as a result of an objection to the selected Independent Counsel), either the Company or Indemnitee may petition the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or other court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by Indemnitee to the Company’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a Person selected by the court or by such other Person as the court shall designate, and the Person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the Person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 6(b) hereof. The Company shall pay any and all reasonable fees and expenses of Independent Counsel incurred by such Independent Counsel in connection with acting pursuant to Section 6(b) hereof, and the Company shall pay all reasonable fees and expenses incident to the procedures of this Section 6(c), regardless of the manner in which such Independent Counsel was selected or appointed.

(d) In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the Person making such determination shall to the fullest extent permitted by law presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof to overcome such presumption. Neither the failure of the Company (including by its directors or independent legal

 

6


counsel) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any action pursuant to this Agreement that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Company (including by its directors or Independent Counsel) that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

(e) Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Enterprise (as hereinafter defined), including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers of the Enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Enterprise. In addition, the knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement. Whether or not the foregoing provisions of this Section 6(e) are satisfied, it shall in any event be presumed that Indemnitee has at all times acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.

(f) If the Person empowered or selected under this Section 6 to determine whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall not have made a determination within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Company of the request therefor, the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall to the fullest extent permitted by law be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law; provided, however, that such 30-day period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional fifteen (15) days, if the Person making such determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification in good faith requires such additional time to obtain or evaluate documentation and/or information relating thereto; and provided, further, that the foregoing provisions of this Section 6(f) shall not apply if the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by the stockholders pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement and if (A) within fifteen (15) days after receipt by the Company of the request for such determination, the Board or the Disinterested Directors, if appropriate, resolve to submit such determination to the stockholders for their consideration at an annual meeting thereof to be held within seventy-five (75) days after such receipt and such determination is made thereat, or (B) a special meeting of stockholders is called within fifteen (15) days after such receipt for the purpose of making such determination, such meeting is held for such purpose within sixty (60) days after having been so called and such determination is made thereat.

(g) Indemnitee shall cooperate with the Person making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such Person upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee

 

7


and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any costs or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the Person making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.

(h) The Company acknowledges that a settlement or other disposition short of final judgment may be successful if it permits a party to avoid expense, delay, distraction, disruption and uncertainty. In the event that any action, claim or proceeding to which Indemnitee is a party is resolved in any manner other than by adverse judgment against Indemnitee (including, without limitation, settlement of such action, claim or proceeding with or without payment of money or other consideration) it shall to the fullest extent permitted by law be presumed that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in such action, suit or proceeding. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.

(i) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

7. Remedies of Indemnitee.

(a) In the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 5 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification is made pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification or (iv) payment of indemnification is not made within ten (10) days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or such determination is deemed to have been made pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication in an appropriate court of the State of Delaware, or in any other court of competent jurisdiction, of Indemnitee’s entitlement to such indemnification, contribution or advancement of Expenses. Alternatively, Indemnitee, at Indemnitee’s option, may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration.

(b) In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 7 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits, and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of the adverse determination under Section 6(b). In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 7, Indemnitee shall be presumed to be entitled to

 

8


indemnification under this Agreement and the Company shall have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be, and the Company may not refer to or introduce into evidence any determination pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement adverse to Indemnitee for any purpose other than to establish its compliance with the terms of this Agreement. If Indemnitee commences a judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to this Section 7, Indemnitee shall not be required to reimburse the Company for any advances pursuant to Section 5 until a final determination is made with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification (as to which all rights of appeal have been exhausted or lapsed).

(c) If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 7, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s misstatement not materially misleading, in connection with the application for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

(d) In the event that Indemnitee, pursuant to this Section 7, incurs costs, in a judicial or arbitration proceeding or otherwise, attempting to enforce Indemnitee’s rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Agreement, or to recover under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, the Company shall pay on Indemnitee’s behalf, in advance, any and all expenses (of the types described in the definition of Expenses in Section 12 of this Agreement) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in such efforts, regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement of expenses or insurance recovery, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law. It is the intent of the Company that, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, Indemnitee not be required to incur legal fees or other Expenses associated with the interpretation, enforcement or defense of Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement by litigation or otherwise because the cost and expense thereof would substantially detract from the benefits intended to be extended to Indemnitee hereunder.

(e) The Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 7 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement.

(f) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding.

8. Non-Exclusivity; Survival of Rights; [Primacy of Indemnification;] Insurance; Subrogation.

(a) The rights of indemnification and to receive advancement of Expenses as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (as amended or restated, the “Charter”), the Bylaws, any agreement, a vote of

 

9


stockholders, a resolution of directors or otherwise, of the Company. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in Indemnitee’s Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in the DGCL, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification than would be afforded currently under the Charter, Bylaws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

(b) The Company shall, if commercially reasonable, obtain and maintain in effect during the entire period for which the Company is obligated to indemnify Indemnitee under this Agreement, one or more policies of insurance with reputable insurance companies to provide the directors and officers of the Company with coverage for losses from wrongful acts and omissions and to ensure the Company’s performance of its indemnification obligations under this Agreement. Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any such officer or director under such policy or policies. In all such insurance policies, Indemnitee shall be named as an insured in such a manner as to provide Indemnitee with the same rights and benefits as are accorded to the most favorably insured of the Company’s directors and officers. At the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

(c) [The Company hereby acknowledges that Indemnitee has certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by [General Atlantic][Newlight] and certain affiliates that, directly or indirectly, (i) are controlled by, (ii) control or (iii) are under common control with, [General Atlantic][Newlight] (collectively, the “Fund Indemnitors”). With respect to any amounts that are subject to indemnity under this Agreement and also subject to an indemnity obligation owed by Fund Indemnitors, the Company hereby agrees (i) that, as compared to the Fund Indemnitors, it is the indemnitor of first resort with respect to any rights to indemnification provided to Indemnitee herein (i.e., its obligations to Indemnitee are primary and any obligation of the Fund Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by Indemnitee is secondary), (ii) that it shall be required to advance the full amount of expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall be liable for the full amount of all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement to the extent legally permitted and as required by the terms of this Agreement and the Charter or Bylaws of the Company (or any other agreement between the Company and Indemnitee), without regard to any rights Indemnitee may have against the Fund Indemnitors, and (iii) that it irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Fund Indemnitors from any and all claims against the Fund Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Fund

 

10


Indemnitors on behalf of Indemnitee with respect to any claim for which Indemnitee has sought indemnification from the Company shall affect the foregoing and the Fund Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee against the Company. The Company and Indemnitee agree that the Fund Indemnitors are express third party beneficiaries of the terms of this Section 8(c).]

(d) [Except as provided in Section 8(c) above,] in the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee [(other than against the Fund Indemnitors)], who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

(e) [Except as provided in Section 8(c) above,] the Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable (or for which advancement of Expenses is provided) hereunder if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

(f) [Except as provided in Section 8(c) above,] the Company’s obligation to indemnify or advance Expenses hereunder to Indemnitee who is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise shall be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has actually received as indemnification or advancement of expenses from such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise.

9. Exception to Right of Indemnification. Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnity or advancement of expenses in connection with any claim made against Indemnitee:

(a) for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision; [provided, that the foregoing shall not affect the rights of Indemnitee or the Fund Indemnitors set forth in Section 8(c) above;] or

(b) for an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act (as hereinafter defined), or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law; or

(c) for reimbursement to the Company of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Company, in each case as required under the Exchange Act (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”) or Section 954 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act in connection with an accounting restatement of the Company or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act);

 

11


(d) in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees or other indemnitees, unless (i) the Company has joined in or the Board authorized the Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) prior to its initiation, (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law, or (iii) the Proceeding is one to enforce Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement or;

(e)    any reimbursement of the Company by Indemnitee of any compensation pursuant to any compensation recoupment or clawback policy adopted by the Board or the compensation committee of the Board, including but not limited to any such policy adopted to comply with stock exchange listing requirements implementing Section 10D of the Exchange Act.

10. Non-Disclosure of Payments. Except as expressly required by the securities laws of the United States of America, neither party shall disclose any payments under this Agreement unless prior approval of the other party is obtained. If any payment information must be disclosed, the Company shall afford the Indemnitee an opportunity to review all such disclosures and, if requested, to explain in such statement any mitigating circumstances regarding the events to be reported.

11. Duration of Agreement. All agreements and obligations of the Company contained herein shall continue until and terminate upon the later of (i) twenty (20) years after the date that Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as a director or officer of the Company or a director, officer, trustee, partner, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise which Indemnitee served at the request of the Company, and (ii) one (1) year after the final termination of any Proceeding (including any rights of appeal thereto) in respect of which Indemnitee is granted rights of indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder and of any Proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 7 of this Agreement relating thereto (including any rights of appeal of any Section 7 Proceeding). Termination of this Agreement shall not adversely affect any right or protection hereunder of any Indemnitee in respect of any Proceeding (regardless of when such Proceeding is first threatened, commenced or completed) arising out of, or related to, any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such termination. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company), assigns, spouses, heirs, executors and personal and legal representatives.

12. Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement:

(a) “Beneficial Owner” shall have the meaning given to such term in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act; provided, however, that Beneficial Owner shall exclude any Person otherwise becoming a Beneficial Owner by reason of the stockholders of the Company approving a merger of the Company with another entity.

 

12


(b) “Change in Control” shall be deemed to occur upon the earliest to occur after the date of this Agreement of any of the following events:

(i) Acquisition of Stock by Third Party. Any Person (as defined below), other than General Atlantic LLC and its affiliates or Newlight Partners LP and its affiliates and other than a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or a corporation owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company, is or becomes the Beneficial Owner (as defined above), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities, unless the change in relative Beneficial Ownership of the Company’s securities by any Person results solely from a reduction in the aggregate number of outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors;

(ii) Change in Board of Directors. During any period of two (2) consecutive years (not including any period prior to the execution of this Agreement), individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board, and any new director (other than a director designated by a Person who has entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in Section 12(b)(i), 12(b)(iii) or 12(b)(iv)) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board;

(iii) Corporate Transactions. The effective date of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other entity, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation and with the power to elect at least a majority of the board of directors or other governing body of such surviving entity; and

 

13


(iv) Liquidation. The approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement or series of agreements for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, or, if such approval is not required, the decision by the Board to proceed with such a liquidation, sale, or disposition in one transaction or a series of related transactions.

(c) “Corporate Status” describes the status of a person who is or was a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company, any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company, or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person is or was serving at the express written request of the Company.

(d) “Disinterested Director” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

(e) “Enterprise” shall mean the Company and any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, trustee, partner, managing member, employee, agent or fiduciary.

(f) “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(g) “Expenses” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts and other professionals, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, ERISA excise taxes and penalties, and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, participating, or being or preparing to be a witness in a Proceeding, or responding to, or objecting to, a request to provide discovery in any Proceeding. Expenses also shall include Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding and any federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed on Indemnitee as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement, including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedeas bond, or other appeal bond or its equivalent. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee.

(h) “Independent Counsel” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five (5) years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any Person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the

 

14


Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees and disbursements of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all Expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

(i) “Person” shall have the meaning as set forth in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act; provided, however, that Person shall exclude (i) the Company, (ii) any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, and (iii) any corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company.

(j) “Proceeding” includes any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, claim, counterclaim, cross claim, arbitration, mediation, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought by or in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party or otherwise, by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was an officer or director of the Company, by reason of any action taken by Indemnitee or of any inaction on Indemnitee’s part while acting as an officer or director of the Company, or by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise; in each case whether or not Indemnitee is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement; including one pending on or before the date of this Agreement, but excluding one initiated by an Indemnitee pursuant to Section 7 of this Agreement to enforce Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.

13. Severability. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (i) the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section, paragraph or sentence of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (ii) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the fullest extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (iii) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section, paragraph or sentence of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, this Agreement is intended to confer upon Indemnitee and Nominating Member indemnification rights to the fullest extent permitted by applicable laws.

14. Enforcement and Binding Effect.

(a) The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as a director or officer of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving or continuing to serve as a director or officer of the Company.

 

15


(b) Without limiting any of the rights of Indemnitee under the Charter or Bylaws of the Company as they may be amended from time to time, this Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

(c) The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Agreement shall be binding upon and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company), shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or of any other Enterprise at the Company’s request, and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and Indemnitee’s spouse, assigns, heirs, devisees, executors and administrators and other legal representatives.

(d) The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

(e) The Company and Indemnitee agree herein that a monetary remedy for breach of this Agreement, at some later date, may be inadequate, impracticable and difficult of proof, and further agree that such breach may cause Indemnitee irreparable harm. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree that Indemnitee may enforce this Agreement by seeking injunctive relief and/or specific performance hereof, without any necessity of showing actual damage or irreparable harm and that by seeking injunctive relief and/or specific performance, Indemnitee shall not be precluded from seeking or obtaining any other relief to which Indemnitee may be entitled. The Company and Indemnitee further agree that Indemnitee shall be entitled to such specific performance and injunctive relief, including temporary restraining orders, preliminary injunctions and permanent injunctions, without the necessity of posting bonds or other undertaking in connection therewith. The Company acknowledges that in the absence of a waiver, a bond or undertaking may be required of Indemnitee by the court, and the Company hereby waives any such requirement of such a bond or undertaking.

15. Modification and Waiver. No supplement, modification, termination or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

 

16


16. Notice By Indemnitee. Indemnitee agrees promptly to notify the Company in writing upon being served with or otherwise receiving any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification or advancement of Expenses covered hereunder. The failure to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise unless and only to the extent that such failure or delay materially prejudices the Company.

17. Notices. All notices and other communications given or made pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (i) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (ii) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, and if not so confirmed, then on the next business day, (iii) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (iv) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent:

(a) To Indemnitee at the address set forth below Indemnitee’s signature hereto.

(b) To the Company at:

Oak Street Health, Inc.

30 W. Monroe Street, Suite 1200

Chicago, Illinois 60603

Attention: Chief Legal Officer

E-mail: robert.guenthner@oakstreethealth.com

or to such other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Company or to the Company by Indemnitee, as the case may be.

18. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. This Agreement may also be executed and delivered by facsimile signature and in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

19. Headings. The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

20. Usage of Pronouns. Use of the masculine pronoun shall be deemed to include usage of the feminine pronoun where appropriate.

21. Governing Law and Consent to Jurisdiction. This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict-of-laws rules. Except with respect to any arbitration commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 7 of this Agreement, the Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the

 

17


Chancery Court of the State of Delaware (the “Delaware Court”), and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement.

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.]

 

18


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on and as of the day and year first written above.

 

OAK STREET HEALTH, INC.
By:  
Name:
Title:
INDEMNITEE

 

Name:
Address:

 

 

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

Exhibit 10.6

DIRECTOR NOMINATION AGREEMENT

THIS DIRECTOR NOMINATION AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of [●], 2020, by and among Oak Street Health, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), General Atlantic (OSH) Interholdco, L.P. and its Affiliates (as defined herein) (collectively, “General Atlantic”) and Newlight Harbor Point SPV LLC and its Affiliates (as defined herein) (collectively, “Newlight” and together with General Atlantic, the “Lead Sponsors”). This Agreement shall become effective (the “Effective Date”) upon the closing of the Company’s initial public offering (the “IPO”) of shares of its common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Common Stock”).

WHEREAS, as of the date hereof, the Lead Sponsors collectively own a majority of the outstanding equity interests of Oak Street Health, LLC;

WHEREAS, the Lead Sponsors are contemplating causing the Company to effect the IPO;

WHEREAS, the Lead Sponsors currently have the authority to appoint certain members of the board of managers of the Company’s subsidiary, Oak Street Health, LLC;

WHEREAS, in consideration of the Lead Sponsors agreeing to undertake the IPO, the Company has agreed to permit the Lead Sponsors to designate persons for nomination for election to the board of directors of the Company (the “Board”) following the Effective Date on the terms and conditions set forth herein;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, each of the parties to this Agreement agrees as follows:

1. Board Nomination Rights.

(a) From the Effective Date, each Lead Sponsor shall have the right, but not the obligation, to nominate to the Board a number of designees equal to at least: (i) three (3) Directors (as defined below), so long as such Lead Sponsor Beneficially Owns shares of Common Stock representing at least 20% of the Common Stock then outstanding, (ii) two (2) Directors, in the event that such Lead Sponsor Beneficially Owns shares of Common Stock representing at least 10% but less than 20% of the shares of Common Stock then outstanding, and (iii) one (1) Director, in the event that such Lead Sponsor Beneficially Owns shares of Common Stock representing at least 5% but less than 10% of the shares of Common Stock then outstanding (such persons, the “Nominees”).

(b) In the event that any Lead Sponsor has nominated less than the total number of designees that such Lead Sponsor shall be entitled to nominate pursuant to Section 1(a), such Lead Sponsor shall have the right, at any time, to nominate such additional designees to which it is entitled, in which case, the Company and the Directors shall take all necessary corporation action, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law (including with respect to fiduciary duties under Delaware law), to (x) enable such Lead Sponsor to nominate and effect the election or appointment of such additional individuals, whether by increasing the size of the Board, or otherwise and (y) to designate such additional individuals nominated by such Lead Sponsor to fill such newly created vacancies or to fill any other existing vacancies.


(c) The Company shall pay all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by any Nominee in connection with the performance of his or her duties as a director and in connection with his or her attendance at any meeting of the Board.

(d) “Beneficially Own” shall mean that a specified person has or shares the right, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, to vote shares of capital stock of the Company. “Affiliate” of any person shall mean any other person controlled by, controlling or under common control with such person; where “control” (including, with its correlative meanings, “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”) means possession, directly or indirectly, of power to direct or cause the direction of management or policies (whether through ownership of securities, by contract or otherwise).

(e) “Director” means any member of the Board.

(f) No reduction in the number of shares of Common Stock that each Lead Sponsor Beneficially Owns shall shorten the term of any incumbent director. At the Effective Date, the Board shall be comprised of [twelve] members and the initial Nominees shall be [●].

(g) In the event that any Nominee shall cease to serve for any reason, the Lead Sponsor that nominated such Nominee shall be entitled to designate such person’s successor in accordance with this Agreement (regardless of each Lead Sponsor’s Beneficial Ownership of Common Stock at the time of such vacancy) and the Board shall promptly fill the vacancy with such successor nominee; it being understood that any such designee shall serve the remainder of the term of the director whom such designee replaces.

(h) If a Nominee is not appointed or elected to the Board because of such person’s death, disability, disqualification, withdrawal as a nominee or for other reason is unavailable or unable to serve on the Board, the applicable Lead Sponsor shall be entitled to designate promptly another nominee and the director position for which the original Nominee was nominated shall not be filled pending such designation.

(i) So long as a Lead Sponsor has the right to nominate at least one Nominee under Section 1(a) or any such Nominee is serving on the Board, the Company shall maintain in effect at all times directors and officers indemnity insurance coverage reasonably satisfactory to the Lead Sponsors, and the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws (each as may be further amended, supplemented or waived in accordance with its terms) shall at all times provide for indemnification, exculpation and advancement of expenses to the fullest extent permitted under applicable law.

(j) At any time that a Lead Sponsor shall have any nomination rights under this Section 1, the Company shall not increase or decrease the number of Directors serving on the Board without the prior written consent of the Lead Sponsors having such rights.

 

2


(k) At such time as the Company ceases to be a “controlled company” and is required by applicable law or the New York Stock Exchange (the “Exchange”) listing standards to have a majority of the Board comprised of “independent directors” (subject in each case to any applicable phase-in periods), the Nominees shall include a number of persons that qualify as “independent directors” under applicable law and the Exchange listing standards such that, together with any other “independent directors” then serving on the Board that are not Nominees, the Board is comprised of a majority of “independent directors”; provided that at any time that a Lead Sponsor shall have any nomination rights under this Section 1, (i) each such Lead Sponsor shall be entitled to nominate at least one (1) Nominee who does not qualify as an “independent director” and (ii) the number of “independent directors” required to be nominated by any Lead Sponsor pursuant to this provision shall not be greater than the number of Nominees required to be “independent directors” pursuant to this provision to be nominated by any other Lead Sponsor with the right to nominate the same number of, or more, Nominees as such Lead Sponsor.

(l) At any time that a Lead Sponsor shall have any nomination rights under Section 1, the Company shall not take any action, including making or recommending any amendment to Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws (each as may be further amended, supplemented or waived in accordance with its terms) that could reasonably be expected to adversely affect a Lead Sponsor’s rights under this Agreement, in each case without the prior written consent of the adversely affected Lead Sponsor.

(m) Each Lead Sponsor hereby agrees to be present in person or by proxy and vote or cause to be voted all Common Stock Beneficially Owned by such Lead Sponsor at each annual or special meeting of the Company at which Directors of the Company are to be elected, in favor of, or to take all actions by written consent in lieu of any such meeting as are necessary, or other necessary action, to cause the election of the Nominees described in Section 1(a) in accordance with, and otherwise to achieve the composition of the Board of Directors and effect the intent of, the provisions of this Section 1.

2. Company Obligations. The Company agrees that prior to the date that each Lead Sponsor and its Affiliates cease to Beneficially Own shares of Common Stock representing at least 5% of the total voting power of the then outstanding Common Stock, (i) each Nominee is included in the Board’s slate of nominees to the stockholders (the “Board’s Slate”) for each election of directors; and (ii) each Nominee is included in the proxy statement prepared by management of the Company in connection with soliciting proxies for every meeting of the stockholders of the Company called with respect to the election of members of the Board (each, a “Director Election Proxy Statement”), and at every adjournment or postponement thereof, and on every action or approval by written consent of the stockholders of the Company or the Board with respect to the election of members of the Board. Each Lead Sponsor will promptly report to the Company after such Lead Sponsor ceases to Beneficially Own shares of Common Stock representing at least 5% of the total voting power of the then outstanding Common Stock, such that Company is informed of when this obligation terminates. The calculation of the number of Nominees that each Lead Sponsor is entitled to nominate to the Board’s Slate for any election of directors shall be based on the percentage of the total voting power of the then outstanding Common Stock then Beneficially Owned by each Lead Sponsor (“Lead Sponsor Voting Control”) immediately prior to the mailing

 

3


to shareholders of the Director Election Proxy Statement relating to such election (or, if earlier, the filing of the definitive Director Election Proxy Statement with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission). Unless a Lead Sponsor notifies the Company otherwise prior to the mailing to shareholders of the Director Election Proxy Statement relating to an election of directors, the Nominees for such election shall be presumed to be the same Nominees currently serving on the Board, and no further action shall be required of any Lead Sponsor for the Board to include such Nominees on the Board’s Slate; provided, that, in the event a Lead Sponsor is no longer entitled to nominate the full number of Nominees then serving on the Board, such Lead Sponsor shall provide advance written notice to the Company, of which currently servicing Nominee(s) shall be excluded from the Board Slate, and of any other changes to the list of Nominees. If a Lead Sponsor fails to provide such notice prior to the mailing to shareholders of the Director Election Proxy Statement relating to such election (or, if earlier, the filing of the definitive Director Election Proxy Statement with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission), a majority of the independent directors then serving on the Board shall determine which of the Nominees of such Lead Sponsor then serving on the Board will be included in the Board’s Slate. Furthermore, the Company agrees for so long as the Company qualifies as a “controlled company” under the rules of the Exchange the Company will elect to be a “controlled company” for purposes of the Exchange and will disclose in its annual meeting proxy statement that it is a “controlled company” and the basis for that determination. The Company and the Lead Sponsors acknowledge and agree that, as of the Effective Date, the Company is a “controlled company.” The Company agrees to provide written notice of the preparation of a Director Election Proxy Statement to the Lead Sponsors at least 20 business days, but no more than 40 business days, prior to the earlier of the mailing and the filing date of any Director Election Proxy Statement.

3. Committees. From and after the Effective Date hereof until such time as each Lead Sponsor and its Affiliates cease to Beneficially Own Common Stock representing at least 5% of the total voting power of the then outstanding Common Stock, each Lead Sponsor shall have the right to designate one member of each committee of the Board, provided that any such designee shall be a director and shall be eligible to serve on the applicable committee under applicable law or listing standards of the Exchange, including any applicable independence requirements (subject in each case to any applicable exceptions, including those for newly public companies and for “controlled companies,” and any applicable phase-in periods). Any additional members shall be determined by the Board. Nominees designated to serve on a Board committee shall have the right to remain on such committee until the next election of directors, regardless of the level of Lead Sponsor Voting Control following such designation. Unless a Lead Sponsor notifies the Company otherwise prior to the time the Board takes action to change the composition of a Board committee, and to the extent the applicable Lead Sponsor has the requisite Lead Sponsor Voting Control for such Lead Sponsor to nominate a Board committee member at the time the Board takes action to change the composition of any such Board committee, any Nominee currently designated by the applicable Lead Sponsor to serve on a committee shall be presumed to be re-designated for such committee.

4. Amendment and Waiver. Any provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived if, but only if, such amendment or waiver is in writing and is signed, in the case of an amendment, by the Company and each Lead Sponsor having at least 5% of the total voting power of the then outstanding Common Stock, or in the case of a waiver, by the party against whom the

 

4


waiver is to be effective. No failure or delay by any party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law. The Lead Sponsors shall not be obligated to nominate all (or any) of the Nominees it is entitled to nominate pursuant to this Agreement for any election of directors but the failure to do so shall not constitute a waiver of its rights hereunder with respect to future elections; provided, however, that in the event a Lead Sponsor fails to nominate all (or any) of the Nominees it is entitled to nominate pursuant to this Agreement prior to the mailing to shareholders of the Director Election Proxy Statement relating to such election (or, if earlier, the filing of the definitive Director Election Proxy Statement with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission), the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee of the Board shall be entitled to nominate individuals in lieu of such Nominees for inclusion in the Board’s Slate and the applicable Director Election Proxy Statement with respect to the election for which such failure occurred and such Lead Sponsor shall be deemed to have waived its rights hereunder with respect to such election; provided, further, however, that any such waiver shall only be effective if the Company has provided written notice to such Lead Sponsor of such Director Election Proxy Statement no less than 20 business days, and no more than 40 business days, prior to the earlier of the mailing or filing date of such Director Election Proxy Statement. The rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

5. Benefit of Parties. This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and assigns. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may not assign any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of each Lead Sponsor that Beneficially Own shares of Common Stock representing at least 5% of the total voting power of the then outstanding Common Stock. Except as otherwise expressly provided in Section 6, nothing herein contained shall confer or is intended to confer on any third party or entity that is not a party to this Agreement any rights under this Agreement.

6. Assignment. Upon written notice to the Company, each Lead Sponsor may assign to any Affiliate (other than a portfolio company) all of its rights hereunder and, following such assignment, such assignee shall be deemed to be a “Lead Sponsor” for all purposes hereunder.

7. Headings. Headings are for ease of reference only and shall not form a part of this Agreement.

8. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the law of the State of Delaware without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of laws thereof.

9. Jurisdiction. Any suit, action or proceeding seeking to enforce any provision of, or based on any matter arising out of or in connection with, this Agreement may be brought against any of the parties in any federal court located in the State of Delaware or any Delaware state court, and each of the parties hereby consents to the exclusive jurisdiction of such court (and of the appropriate appellate courts) in any such suit, action or proceeding and waives any objection to

 

5


venue laid therein. Process in any such suit, action or proceeding may be served on any party anywhere in the world, whether within or without the jurisdiction of any such court. Without limiting the foregoing, each of the parties agrees that service of process upon such party at the address referred to in Section 16, together with written notice of such service to such party, shall be deemed effective service of process upon such party.

10. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT.

11. Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings and negotiations, both written and oral among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

12. Counterparts; Effectiveness. This Agreement may be signed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original. This Agreement shall become effective when each party shall have received a counterpart hereof signed by each of the other parties. An executed copy or counterpart hereof delivered by facsimile shall be deemed an original instrument.

13. Severability. If any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof to any person or circumstance shall be invalid or unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Agreement and the application of such provisions to other persons or circumstances shall not be affected thereby and shall be enforced to the greatest extent permitted by law.

14. Further Assurances. Each of the parties hereto shall execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts and things as may be required to carry out the intent and purpose of this Agreement.

15. Specific Performance. Each of the parties hereto agree that irreparable damage would occur if any provision of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with the terms hereof and that the parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement or to enforce specifically the performance of the terms and provisions hereof in any federal or state court located in the State of Delaware, in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity.

16. Notices. All notices, requests and other communications to any party or to the Company shall be in writing (including telecopy or similar writing) and shall be given,

 

6


If to the Company:

Oak Street Health, Inc..

30 W. Monroe Street

Suite 1200

Chicago, Illinois 60603

Attention: Chief Legal Officer

With a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

300 N. LaSalle

Chicago, IL 60654

Attention: Robert M. Hayward, P.C.

Robert E. Goedert, P.C.

Facsimile: (312) 862-2200

If to any member of General Atlantic or any of its Nominees:

c/o General Atlantic Service Company, L.P.

55 East 52nd Street, 33rd Floor

New York, NY 10055

Attention: Gordon Cruess

Email: gcruess@generalatlantic.com

If to any member of Newlight or any of its Nominees:

c/o Newlight Partners LP

320 Park Avenue, 25th Floor

New York, NY 10022

Attention: [●]

Email: [●]

With a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP

1285 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10019-6064

Attention: Matthew Abbott

Email: mabbott@paulweiss.com

or to such other address or telecopier number as such party or the Company may hereafter specify for the purpose by notice to the other parties and the Company. Each such notice, request or other communication shall be effective when delivered at the address specified in this Section 16 during regular business hours.

 

7


17. Enforcement. Each of the parties hereto covenants and agrees that the disinterested members of the Board have the right to enforce, waive or take any other action with respect to this Agreement on behalf of the Company.

*    *    *    *    *

 

8


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on the date first above written.

 

OAK STREET HEALTH, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
GENERAL ATLANTIC (OSH) INTERHOLDCO, L.P.
By:   General Atlantic (SPV) GP, LLC,
  its General Partner
By:   General Atlantic LLC,
  its Sole Member
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
[NEWLIGHT HARBOR POINT SPV LLC]
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

Exhibit 10.7

OAK STREET HEALTH LLC

AMENDED AND RESTATED EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

I. Purpose. The purpose of this Amended and Restated Incentive Plan is to promote the interests of Oak Street Health, LLC, an Illinois limited liability company (the “Company) and its Affiliates by (i) attracting and retaining officers, directors, employees, consultants, and independent contractors of the Company and its Subsidiaries and (ii) enabling such persons to acquire an equity interest in and participate in the long-term growth and financial success of the Company. This Incentive Plan is not intended to preclude other management incentive awards and programs.

II. Definitions. As used in this Incentive Plan, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below. Capitalized terms used and not defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in the LLC Agreement.

Board” shall mean the board of directors of the Company.

Cause” shall mean, the definition of “cause” set forth in the Participant’s Employment Agreement; provided that if no such Employment Agreement which defines Cause is in effect at the time of determination, Cause shall mean the following: (i) the conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere by, the Participant to a felony or other crime involving dishonesty or moral turpitude, (ii) fraud, embezzlement, theft or any misappropriation of funds, money, assets or other property of the Company or any of its Affiliates, (iii) willful failure to perform duties, or gross negligence in the performance of the Participant’s duties and responsibilities to the Company and its Affiliates, or willful failure to follow the lawful directives of the Board or such other person or body to whom the Participant reports, which remains uncured ten (10) business days after written notice of such failure or negligence specifying in reasonable detail the nature of such failure or negligence is given to the Participant by the Company or its Affiliates, (iv) the Participant’s willful misconduct, (v) the Participant’s material breach of Participant’s Employment Agreement (if applicable), the LLC Agreement or any other written agreement between the Participant and the Company or its Affiliates, (vi) the attempt to willfully obtain any personal profit from any transaction in which the Participant has an interest not disclosed to the Board which is adverse to the interests of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or controlled Affiliates, or (vii) the Participant acts in a manner inimical to the best interests of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or controlled Affiliates.

Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

Company” shall mean Oak Street Health LLC, an Illinois limited liability company.

Effective Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Article IX.R hereof.

employment” and “termination of employment” and similar references shall mean, respectively, service with and termination of service from the Company and its Affiliates.


Employment Agreement” shall mean, with respect to a Participant, the written employment or other service agreement then in effect between the Participant and the Company or one of its Affiliates, if any.

Fair Market Value” of any Incentive Units (or any other security), as of any date, shall mean the amount the holder would be entitled to receive if the assets of the Company were sold for fair market value following which the Company were to pay all outstanding liabilities and distribute the remaining proceeds to the Members in accordance with the terms of the LLC Agreement, as determined in good faith by the Board taking into account the classification and relative rights and privileges of such interests and other factors it deems appropriate. Such determination shall be binding and conclusive on the Company, the Participants and all other Persons interested in the Incentive Plan.

Hurdle Value” shall mean, with respect to each Incentive Unit, the value specified as such in the applicable Incentive Unit Agreement, which value shall be equal to or greater than the Fair Market Value of the Company on the date of grant.

Incentive Unit Agreement” shall mean any written agreement, contract, or other instrument or document in a form approved by the Board, which evidences any Incentive Units awarded hereunder or otherwise subject to the terms of the Incentive Plan, which may, but need not, be executed or acknowledged by a Participant.

Incentive Plan” shall mean this Amended and Restated Oak Street Health LLC Equity Incentive Plan.

Invested Equity” shall mean, as of any date of determination with respect to a Sponsor, (i) in the case of GA, $89,612,297.61 and (ii) in the case of OSH, $43,282,470.50 plus (ii) the aggregate equity and any other capital contributions made by such Sponsor to the Company or its Subsidiaries through such date made at any time after the Effective Date pursuant to Section 12.5.1 of the LLC Agreement; provided, that the value of any property contributed shall be determined based on the Fair Market Value as of the date of contribution.

LLC Agreement” shall mean the Fourth Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Operating Agreement of Oak Street Health LLC, dated as of March __, 2018, as amended, supplemented or modified from time to time in accordance with its terms.

Participant” shall mean any Person who is eligible for, and selected by the Board in its sole discretion to receive, an award of Incentive Units under the Incentive Plan.

Prior Effective Date” shall mean December 18, 2015.

Sale” shall mean a Sale of the Company as defined in the LLC Agreement.

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as amended from time to time.

 

2


Sponsors’ Exit” means (i) the date on which each Sponsor sells down to one or more third parties (including by way of merger or other business combination) their direct or indirect equity investment in the Company or any successor thereto, to less than 20% of the Units (or, if applicable, the amount of securities of any such successor for which such Units are exchanged in a transaction or series of related transactions involving the Company or any of its Affiliates equal to 20% of the Units) owned by such Sponsor as of the Prior Effective Date (as adjusted for units splits, units dividends, reclassifications, recapitalizations, similar events or otherwise) or (ii) a sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries to one or more third parties; provided that, in the case of each of clauses (i) and (ii), no Sponsors’ Exit shall have been deemed to have occurred until all of the non-cash proceeds received by each of the Sponsors in any such transaction have been reduced to cash. For the avoidance of doubt, a merger, amalgamation, consolidation, business combination, plan of arrangement, initial public offering of equity interests of the Company or any of its Affiliates or Subsidiaries or other transaction involving the Company or any of its Affiliates or Subsidiaries shall not in and of itself constitute a Sponsors’ Exit if it is not accompanied by the sell-down of equity contemplated by clause (i) of the immediately preceding sentence and subject to the proviso thereto.

III. Administration.

A. Generally. The Incentive Plan shall be administered by the Board. Subject to the terms of the Incentive Plan and applicable law, and in addition to other express powers and authorizations conferred on the Board by the Incentive Plan, the Board shall have full power and authority to:

1. designate Participants;

2. determine the number and type of Units, including the applicable Hurdle Value, to be covered by, or with respect to which payments, rights or other matters are to be calculated in connection with, any award under the Incentive Plan;

3. determine the terms and conditions of any award under the Incentive Plan;

4. determine and/or increase the vested portion of any award under the Incentive Plan;

5. determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances awards under the Incentive Plan may be settled in cash, Units, other securities or other property, or canceled, forfeited or suspended and the method or methods by which the awards under the Incentive Plan may be settled, canceled, forfeited or suspended;

6. make appropriate adjustments in order to minimize the accounting impact of the Incentive Units and/or any other awards under the Incentive Plan;

7. interpret, administer, reconcile any inconsistency, correct any defect and/or supply any omission in the Incentive Plan and any Incentive Unit Agreement or other instrument or agreement relating to, or any award made under, the Incentive Plan;

 

3


8. establish, amend, suspend or waive such rules and regulations and appoint such agents as it shall deem appropriate for the proper administration of the Incentive Plan; and

9. make any other determination and take any other action that the Board, in its sole discretion, deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the Incentive Plan.

B. Conclusive and Binding. Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Incentive Plan or the LLC Agreement, all designations, determinations, interpretations and other decisions under or with respect to the Incentive Plan or any award made under the Incentive Plan shall be within the sole discretion of the Board, may be made at any time and shall be final, conclusive and binding upon all Persons, including the Company and its participating Affiliates, any Participant, any holder of Units, and any holder or beneficiary of any award made under the Incentive Plan. Such designations, determinations, interpretations and decisions by the Board need not be the same with respect to each Participant (whether or not such Participants are similarly situated).

C. Limitations on Liability. No member of the Board shall be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken, or determination made in good faith, with respect to the Incentive Plan or any award made under the Incentive Plan.

D. Delegation. Subject to the terms of the Incentive Plan, the provisions of any Incentive Unit Agreement and applicable Law, the Board may delegate all or any part of its responsibilities and powers hereunder to, a committee of the Board and/or one or more officers of the Company or any Affiliate, subject to such terms and limitations as the Board shall determine. Any such delegation may be revoked by the Board at any time. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board shall consult with the Chief Executive Officer of the Company and reasonably agree on the allocation of any Incentive Units issued hereunder in advance of any issuance.

IV. Number of Incentive Units; Adjustments

A. Incentive Units. Subject to adjustment as set forth in Article IV.B below, the aggregate number of Incentive Units available for awards under the Incentive Plan shall be determined by the Board from time to time. As of the Effective Date, the aggregate number of Incentive Units available for awards under the Incentive Plan is 2,053,143.75, constituting: (i) 1,240,325.05 Incentive Units available for grant (or previously granted under this Plan or the Company’s 2013 Equity Incentive Plan) immediately as of the Effective Date (the “Closing Pool”) and (ii) 812,818.70 Incentive Units becoming available for grant at such times and to the extent provided for in Section 12.5.6 of the LLC Agreement (the “New Pool”). All of the Incentive Units from the Closing Pool shall be issued with an initial aggregate Hurdle Value equal to the Fair Market Value of the Company on the date of grant, subject to adjustments in accordance with Section IV.B. 464,467.83 Incentive Units from the New Pool shall be issued with an aggregate Hurdle Value equal to an amount such that each Sponsor would upon a distribution (taking into account any prior distributions), receive cash proceeds in respect of the Units representing its Invested Equity pursuant to and in accordance with Article IV of the

 

4


LLC Agreement, equal to 2X in respect of such Sponsor’s Invested Equity (“2X Units”). The remaining 348,350.87 Incentive Units from the New Pool shall be issued with an aggregate Hurdle Value equal to an amount such that each Sponsor would upon a distribution (taking into account any prior distributions), receive cash proceeds in respect of the Units representing its Invested Equity pursuant to and in accordance with Article IV of the LLC Agreement, equal to 4X in respect of such Sponsor’s Invested Equity (“4X Units”). The Hurdle Value of the 2X Units and 4X Units shall be subject to adjustments in accordance with Section IV.B; provided that, in no event shall the Hurdle Value of any Incentive Unit be lower than the Fair Market Value of the Company as of the date of grant of such Incentive Unit. For the avoidance of doubt, the 2X Units and 4X Units shall become available for issuance on a proportional basis such that an equal percentage of the 2X Units and 4X Units shall be awarded simultaneously. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or otherwise, as of any date of determination, in no event shall the Hurdle Value be deemed to have been met with respect to the 2X Units and the 4X Units, unless and until each Sponsor realizes cash proceeds in respect of the Units representing their respective Invested Equity equal to at least two (2) times and four (4) times its Invested Equity, respectively. If, after the Effective Date, any Incentive Unit is forfeited, or if any Incentive Unit has expired, terminated or been cancelled or repurchased for any reason whatsoever, and in either such case no Participant has received any benefits of ownership with respect to such forfeited, expired, terminated, cancelled or repurchased Incentive Unit, then such Incentive Unit shall again be available to be awarded hereunder by the Board, in its sole discretion.

B. Adjustments.

1. In the event the Board determines that any sale or other extraordinary distribution (whether in the form of cash, Units, securities or other property), recapitalization, reclassification, reorganization or “reorganization event” (in accordance with Section 3.7 of the LLC Agreement), change to organizational form, merger, consolidation, split- up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, liquidation or “deemed liquidation” (in accordance with Section 3.8 of the LLC Agreement), dissolution, transfer, exchange, or other unusual event or transaction (including changes to capital structure and acquisitions and dispositions of businesses of the Company) affects the Incentive Units such that an adjustment is necessary in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Incentive Plan, then the Board shall make adjustments to the Incentive Plan and Incentive Units in such manner as the Board determines appropriate and equitable, including adjusting the number of Incentive Units and/or the terms of any outstanding awards made under the Incentive Plan taking into account the Hurdle Value. For the avoidance of doubt, the Company shall adjust the Hurdle Value to take into account the issuance of additional Units or additional capital investments into the Company. Adjustments made by the Board pursuant to this Article IV shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes.

2. In addition, without limiting the generality of Article IV.B.1, in the event of any of the following: (i) a Sale pursuant to which some or all Members are entitled to receive, in exchange for their Units, a form of consideration other than stock or other equity interests of the surviving entity; (ii) a Sale that is deemed to be a Drag-Along Sale (as defined in the LLC Agreement); or (iii) the Company enters into a written agreement to undergo an event described in clauses (i) or (ii) above, the Board in its sole discretion, may (I) cancel all or any portion of any outstanding Incentive Units and pay to the 6 affected Participant,

 

5


in cash or capital stock (or other equity interests), or any combination thereof, the Fair Market Value of the Incentive Units which are then vested and/or (II) convert all or some of the outstanding vested Incentive Units into other Units or otherwise make provision for the outstanding vested Incentive Units to be Transferred in such transaction, in each case of (I) or (II) above, as determined by the Board in a manner generally consistent with the treatment of other Units in such event, taking into consideration the relative rights of all Units, including the Hurdle Value applicable to Incentive Units; and provided, that in the case of an event described in clause (i) above, the Board shall take one of the actions described in clause (I) or (II) above. For the avoidance of doubt, under no circumstance shall the Participant be entitled to any payment or conversion in respect of an Incentive Unit unless the applicable Hurdle Value for such Incentive Unit has been achieved.

3. Furthermore, and without limiting the generality of Article IV.B.1, upon the occurrence of an Initial Offering, the Board may, in its discretion, (i) cause the exchange of Incentive Units for units or shares of common stock or other equity securities and apply the vesting provisions applicable to the Incentive Units to such shares of common stock or other equity securities; (ii) adjust the number of Incentive Units issued under the Incentive Plan or under any particular award; (iii) adjust the Hurdle Value applicable to any Incentive Units; and/or (iv) cancel all or any portion of the Incentive Units in exchange for payment to the Participant in cash or capital stock (or other equity interests) or any combination thereof, of the Fair Market Value of the Incentive Units; in each case, determined by the Board in a manner generally consistent with the treatment of other Units, taking into consideration the relative rights of all Units, including the Hurdle Value applicable to Incentive Units.

V. Eligibility. Any Person who is an officer, director, employee, consultant, or independent contractor providing services to the Company or its Affiliates shall be eligible to be designated as a Participant in the Incentive Plan by the Board.

VI. Incentive Unit Awards. The Board may issue or approve the Transfer of Incentive Units to a Participant pursuant to an Incentive Unit Agreement, upon such terms as the Board deems appropriate and consistent with the Incentive Plan. The following provisions are applicable to Incentive Units, except as specified otherwise in the applicable Incentive Unit Agreement:

A. General Requirements for Incentive Units. Incentive Units will be issued pursuant to an Incentive Unit Agreement. The Board may establish vesting and other conditions under which restrictions on Incentive Units shall lapse over a period of time or according to such other criteria as the Board deems appropriate in its sole discretion, and which shall be set forth in the applicable Incentive Unit Agreement.

B. Number of Incentive Units; Hurdle Value. The Board shall determine the number of Incentive Units to be issued or transferred and the restrictions applicable to such award, as well as the Hurdle Value applicable to such award.

 

6


C. Requirement of Employment. Except as otherwise set forth in an applicable Incentive Unit Agreement, (i) if a Participant’s employment with the Company and its Affiliates is terminated for any reason, all Incentive Units granted to such Participant which remain unvested shall be cancelled and forfeited without consideration, and (ii) if a Participant’s employment is terminated by the Company or an Affiliate for Cause, all Incentive Units granted to such Participant, whether vested or unvested, shall be cancelled and forfeited without consideration. Notwithstanding any provision of the Incentive Plan to the contrary, upon the termination of a Participant’s employment with the Company and its Affiliates, such Participant’s vested Incentive Units may be subject to cancellation and/or repurchase by the Company in the manner and for the consideration provided in such Participant’s Incentive Unit Agreement. The Board may provide for complete or partial exceptions to the requirements of this Article VI.C as it deems appropriate in its sole discretion.

D. Restrictions on Transfer. Except as provided in the LLC Agreement, the applicable Incentive Unit Agreement or consented to by the Board, no Participant shall Transfer, directly or indirectly, any Incentive Unit awarded under the Incentive Plan, and any such Transfer shall be void and unenforceable against the Company or any of its Affiliates.

E. Non-Voting. The Incentive Units shall not grant the holder thereof any right to vote.

F. Right to Repurchase Units. To the extent provided in any Incentive Unit Agreement, the Company shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to make a payment to the holder of an outstanding Incentive Unit under the Incentive Plan, whether or not then vested, of the Fair Market Value of such Incentive Unit in consideration for the cancellation of such Incentive Unit.

 

7


VII. Future Award of Additional Classes of Units. The Board reserves the right, from time to time in the future, and in its sole discretion, to award additional classes of Units to Participants. In the event of any such award, the terms of the Incentive Plan shall be applied without the need of any further amendments thereto (and without any need to obtain the consent of any existing Participants), as if such additional classes of Units were Incentive Units described hereunder, except as the applicable award agreements with respect to such additional classes of Units may otherwise provide.

VIII. Amendment and Termination. The Board may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue, or terminate the Incentive Plan or any portion thereof at any time; provided, that any such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance or termination that would materially adversely affect the rights of any Participant shall not to that extent be effective without the written consent of a majority-in-interest of all such adversely affected Participants, taking into account, for such purpose, all such outstanding Incentive Units, whether or not then vested; provided, further, that such consent shall not be required with respect to an amendment made to conform the Incentive Plan to the LLC Agreement, as currently in effect or as such agreement may subsequently be amended, or with respect to an amendment made to comply with applicable law. Nothing in the Incentive Plan or in any Incentive Unit Agreement shall require the consent of any holder of any Incentive Unit to any amendment of the LLC Agreement.

IX. General Provisions.

A. No Rights to Awards. No Person shall have any claim to receive any award under the Incentive Plan. There is no obligation for uniformity of treatment of Participants regarding the number of Incentive Units awarded. The terms and conditions of awards made under the Incentive Plan need not be the same with respect to each Participant.

B. Joinder to LLC Agreement; Section 83(b) Election. Unless the Board determines otherwise, as a condition subsequent to the issue or transfer of any Incentive Unit, each Participant will be required to (i) become a party to the LUC Agreement and (ii) make a timely, valid election under Section 83(b) of the Code to both the Internal Revenue Service and the Company within 30 days after such issuance or transfer. The issuance or transfer of Incentive Units to any Participant who either fails to become party to the LLC Agreement and/or fails to make such a valid and timely election under Section 83(b) of the Code shall be void ab initio.

C. Tax Withholding. A Participant shall be required to pay to the Company or any Affiliate, and the Company and its Affiliates shall have the right and are hereby authorized to withhold from any payment due or transfer made under any Incentive Unit, under the Incentive Plan or from any other amount owing to a Participant (including in connection with any Transfers), the amount (in cash, securities or other property) of any applicable U.S. Federal, state, local or non-U.S. withholding taxes in respect of an Incentive Unit or any payment or transfer under an Incentive Unit or the Incentive Plan and to take such other action as may be necessary in the opinion of the Board to satisfy all obligations for the payment of such taxes.

D. Profits Interest Designation. Unless otherwise determined by the Board upon grant of an award, it is intended that the Incentive Units granted hereunder will constitute “profits interests” for all U.S. Federal tax purposes.

 

8


E. Section 409A. The Incentive Plan is intended not to be a nonqualified deferred compensation plan under Section 409A of the Code; provided, however, to the extent that the Incentive Plan or any part thereof is deemed to be a nonqualified deferred compensation plan subject to Section 409A of the Code, (i) the provisions of the Incentive Plan shall be interpreted in a manner to the maximum extent possible to comply with Section 409A of the Code in accordance with Section 409A of the Code and (ii) the Board may amend the Incentive Plan for purposes of complying with Section 409A of the Code.

F. No Limit on Other Compensation Arrangements. Nothing contained in the Incentive Plan shall prevent the Company or any of its Affiliates from adopting or continuing in effect other compensation arrangements, which may, but need not, provide for the award of Incentive Units, securities and other types of awards, and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.

G. No Right to Employment. No award made hereunder shall be construed as giving a Participant the right to be retained in the employ of, or in any other continuing relationship with, the Company or any of its Affiliates.

H. Special Incentive Compensation. By acceptance of an award hereunder, each Participant shall be deemed to have agreed that such award is special incentive compensation that will not be taken into account, in any manner, as salary, compensation or bonus in determining the amount of any payment under any pension, retirement, life insurance, disability, severance or other employee benefit plan of the Company or any of its Affiliates. In addition, each beneficiary of a deceased Participant shall be deemed to have agreed that such award will not affect the amount of any life insurance coverage, if any, provided by any Person on the life of the Participant which is payable to such beneficiary under any life insurance plan covering employees.

I. Compliance with Laws. The Board may refuse to issue or approve the Transfer of any Incentive Units if it, in its sole discretion, determines that the issuance or Transfer of such Incentive Units would violate the LLC Agreement, the Securities Act or any applicable law or regulation. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no award of an Incentive Unit made hereunder shall be construed as an offer to sell securities of the Company, and no such offer shall be outstanding, unless and until the Company in its sole discretion has determined that any such offer, if made, would be in compliance with all applicable securities laws.

J. No Trust or Fund Created. Neither the Incentive Plan nor any award made hereunder shall create or be construed to create a trust or separate fund of any kind, or a fiduciary relationship between the Company, the Board, any Member or any Affiliate, on the one hand, and a Participant or any other Person, on the other hand, except as otherwise expressly required by applicable Law.

 

9


K. Severability. If any provision of the Incentive Plan or any award made hereunder is, becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction or as to any Person or award, or would disqualify the Incentive Plan or any award under any Law deemed applicable by the Board, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to conform to the applicable Laws, or if it cannot be construed or deemed amended without, in the determination of the Board, materially altering the intent of the Incentive Plan or the award, such provision shall be stricken as to such jurisdiction, Person or award and the remainder of the Incentive Plan and any such award shall remain in full force and effect.

L. Amendment to LLC Agreement. Neither the adoption of the Incentive Plan nor any award made hereunder shall restrict in any way the adoption of any amendment to the LLC Agreement in accordance with the terms of the LLC Agreement.

M. Conflict Between the Incentive Plan and the LLC Agreement. The Incentive Plan is subject to the LLC Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference. In the event of a conflict between any term or provision contained herein and a term or provision of the LLC Agreement, the applicable terms and provisions of the LLC Agreement will govern and prevail. No Participant who holds only Incentive Units shall have any right to receive or review a copy of Schedule A or Schedule B of the LLC Agreement (except for information on Schedule A or Schedule B that relates solely to such Participant) or obtain other information about the identities of the other Participants or Members or the size or nature of their interests in the Company.

N. Headings. Headings are used herein solely as a convenience to facilitate reference and shall not be deemed in any way material or relevant to the construction or interpretation of the Incentive Plan or any provision thereof.

O. Interpretations. Unless the express context otherwise requires, with respect the Incentive Plan or any Incentive Unit Agreement: (i) the terms defined in the singular shall have a comparable meaning when used in the plural, and vice versa; (ii) wherever the word “include,” “includes” or “including” is used, it shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation;” and (iii) except where otherwise indicated by the context, any masculine term used herein shall also include the feminine.

P. Governing Law. The validity, construction and effect of the Incentive Plan and any rules and regulations relating to the Incentive Plan and any Incentive Unit Agreement shall be determined in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware applicable to agreements made and to be performed entirely within such state.

Q. DISPUTE RESOLUTION: CONSENT TO JURISDICTION. Each of the parties submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Illinois and agrees that all claims in respect of the action or proceeding may be heard and determined in any such court. Each party also agrees not to bring any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement in any other court. Each of the parties waives any defense of inconvenient forum to the maintenance of any action or proceeding so brought and waives any bond, surety or other security that might be required of any other party with respect thereto. Any party may make service on any other party by sending or delivering a copy of the process to the party to be served at the address and in the manner provided for the giving of notices in this Section IX.Q. Nothing in this Section IX.Q, however, shall affect the right of any party to serve legal process in any other manner permitted by law or at equity. Each party agrees that a final judgment in any action or proceeding so brought shall be conclusive and may be enforced by suit on the judgment or in

 

10


any other manner provided by law or at equity. Each party hereto hereby waives trial by jury in any judicial proceeding involving, directly or indirectly, any matter in any way arising out of or related to this Incentive Agreement or the relationship established hereunder. Each party acknowledges and agrees that its obligations hereunder are of a special, unique and extraordinary character, that they are reasonably related to the legitimate business interests of the Company, and that a failure to perform any such obligation or a violation of such obligations will cause irreparable injury to the Company, the amount of which would be impossible to estimate or determine and for which adequate compensation could not be fashioned. Therefore, the parties agree the Company will be entitled, as a matter of right, and without the need to prove irreparable injury or to post bond, to seek an injunction, restraining order, writ of mandamus or other equitable relief (including specific performance) from any court of competent jurisdiction, restraining any violation or threatened violation of any term of this Agreement, or requiring compliance with or performance of any obligation hereunder, by the parties and such other persons as the court will order.

R. Term of Plan. The Amended and Restated Incentive Plan shall be effective as of the Closing (the “Effective Date”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, if the Purchase Agreement terminates prior to the Closing, the Amended and Restated Incentive Plan shall be void ab initio, and the prior Incentive Plan of the Company, effective as of December 18, 2015 shall remain in effect. No award shall be made under the Incentive Plan after December 31, 2028. Unless otherwise expressly provided in an applicable Incentive Unit Agreement, the termination of the Incentive Plan shall not affect the terms of any Incentive Unit awarded hereunder or otherwise subject hereto at the time of termination of the Incentive Plan, and Incentive Unit Agreements then in effect shall continue in effect after December 31, 2028.

 

11

Exhibit 10.8

OAK STREET HEALTH, INC.

 

 

OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN

 

 

ARTICLE I

PURPOSE; EFFECTIVE DATE; TERM

 

1.1

Purpose. The purpose of this Oak Street Health, Inc. Omnibus Incentive Plan is to enhance the profitability and value of the Company for the benefit of its Stockholders by enabling the Company to offer Eligible Individuals stock- and cash-based incentives in order to attract, retain, and reward such individuals and strengthen the mutuality of interests between such individuals and the Stockholders.

 

1.2

Effective Date. The Plan became effective on [                ] (the Effective Date), which is the date of its adoption by the Board.

 

1.3

Term. No Award may be granted on or after the 10th anniversary of the Effective Date, but Awards granted before such 10th anniversary may extend beyond that date.

ARTICLE II

DEFINITIONS

For purposes of the Plan, the following terms will have the following meanings:

 

2.1

Affiliate means each of the following: (a) any Subsidiary; (b) any Parent; (c) any corporation, trade, or business that is directly or indirectly controlled 50% or more (whether by ownership of stock, assets, or an equivalent ownership interest or voting interest) by the Company or any Affiliate; (d) any trade or business that directly or indirectly controls 50% or more (whether by ownership of stock, assets, or an equivalent ownership interest or voting interest) of the Company; and (e) any other entity in which the Company or any Affiliate has a material equity interest and that is designated as an “Affiliate” by resolution of the Committee.

 

2.2

Applicable Lawmeans the requirements related to or implicated by the administration of the Plan under applicable state corporate laws, United States federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Shares are listed or quoted, and the applicable laws of any foreign country or jurisdiction where Awards are granted.

 

2.3

Award means any award granted under the Plan of any Stock Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Shares, Performance Award, Other Share-Based Award, or Other Cash-Based Award. All Awards will be granted by, confirmed by, and subject to the terms and conditions of, a written Award Agreement executed by the Company and the Participant.


2.4

Award Agreement means the written or electronic agreement setting forth the terms and conditions applicable to an Award.

 

2.5

Board means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

2.6

Business Combination has the meaning set forth in Section 11.2(c).

 

2.7

Cause means, unless otherwise determined by the Committee in the applicable Award Agreement, with respect to an Eligible Employee’s or Consultant’s Separation from Service, the following: (a) in the case where there is no employment agreement, consulting agreement, change in control agreement, or similar agreement in effect between the Company or an Affiliate and the Participant at the time of the grant of the Award (or where there is such an agreement but it does not define “cause” (or words of like import)), Separation from Service due to a Participant’s insubordination, dishonesty, fraud, incompetence, moral turpitude, willful misconduct, refusal to perform the Participant’s duties or responsibilities (for any reason other than illness or incapacity), repeated or material violation of any employment policy, violation or breach of any confidentiality agreement, work product agreement, or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, or materially unsatisfactory performance of the Participant’s duties to the Company or an Affiliate; or (b) in the case where there is an employment agreement, consulting agreement, change in control agreement, or similar agreement in effect between the Company or an Affiliate and the Participant at the time of the grant of the Award that defines “cause” (or words of like import), “cause” as defined under such agreement. Notwithstanding any foregoing term or condition of this definition of Cause, with respect to a Non-Employee Director’s Separation from Service, Cause means an act or failure to act that constitutes cause for removal of a director under applicable Delaware law.

 

2.8

Change in Control has the meaning set forth in Section 11.2.

 

2.9

Change in Control Price has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1.

 

2.10

Codemeans the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.

 

2.11

Committee means any committee of the Board duly authorized by the Board to administer the Plan. If no committee is duly authorized by the Board to administer the Plan, “Committee” will be deemed to refer to the Board for all purposes under the Plan.

 

2.12

Common Stock means the shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share, of the Company. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, the Common Stock subject to any Award must constitute “service recipient stock” under Section 409A (or otherwise not subject the Award to Section 409A).

 

2.13

Companymeans Oak Street Health, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its successors by operation of law.

 

2.14

Consultant means an advisor or consultant to the Company or an Affiliate.

 

2


2.15

Detrimental Conductmeans, as determined by the Company, the Participant’s serious misconduct or unethical behavior, including any of the following: (a) any violation by the Participant of a restrictive covenant agreement that the Participant has entered into with the Company or an Affiliate (covering, for example, confidentiality, non-competition, non-solicitation, non-disparagement, etc.); (b) any conduct by the Participant that could result in the Participant’s Separation from Service for Cause; (c) the commission of a criminal act by the Participant, whether or not performed in the workplace, that subjects, or if generally known would subject, the Company or an Affiliate to public ridicule or embarrassment, or other improper or intentional conduct by the Participant causing reputational harm to the Company, an Affiliate, or a client or former client of the Company or an Affiliate; (d) the Participant’s breach of a fiduciary duty owed to the Company or an Affiliate or a client or former client of the Company or an Affiliate; (e) the Participant’s intentional violation, or grossly negligent disregard, of the Company’s or an Affiliate’s policies, rules, or procedures; or (f) the Participant taking or maintaining trading positions that result in a need to restate financial results in a subsequent reporting period or that result in a significant financial loss to the Company or an Affiliate.

 

2.16

Disability means, unless otherwise determined by the Committee in the applicable Award Agreement, with respect to a Participant’s Separation from Service, a permanent and total disability as defined in Code Section 22(e)(3). A Disability will only be deemed to occur at the time of the determination by the Committee of the Disability; provided, however, that, for Awards that are subject to Section 409A, Disability means that a Participant is disabled under Section 409A.

 

2.17

Effective Date has the meaning set forth in Section 1.2.

 

2.18

Eligible Employee means each employee of the Company or an Affiliate.

 

2.19

Eligible Individual means each Eligible Employee, Non-Employee Director, and Consultant who is designated by the Committee as eligible to receive an Award.

 

2.20

Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

2.21

Fair Market Value means, as of any date and except as provided below, the last sales price reported for the Common Stock on the applicable date as reported on the principal stock exchange in the United States on which the Common Stock is then listed, or if the Common Stock is not listed, or otherwise reported or quoted, the Committee will determine the Fair Market Value taking into account the requirements of Section 409A. For purposes of the grant of any Award, the applicable date will be the trading day immediately before the date on which the Award is granted. For purposes of any Award granted in connection with the Registration Date, the Fair Market Value will be the public offering price in the initial public offering as set forth on the cover of the final prospectus. For purposes of the purchase of any Award, the applicable date will be the date a notice of purchase is received by the Company or, if not a day on which the applicable market is open, the next day that it is open.

 

3


2.22

Family Member means the Participant’s child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, including adoptive relationships, any person sharing the Participant’s household (other than a tenant or employee), a trust in which these persons have more than 50% of the beneficial interest, a foundation in which these persons (or the Participant) control the management of assets, and any other entity in which these persons (or the Participant) own more than 50% of the voting interests.

 

2.23

GAAP means generally accepted accounting principles.

 

2.24

Incentive Stock Option or ISOmeans any Stock Option awarded to an Eligible Employee of the Company, its Subsidiaries, or any Parent intended to be and designated as an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Code Section 422.

 

2.25

Incumbent Directors has the meaning set forth in Section 11.2(b).

 

2.26

Lead Underwriterhas the meaning set forth in Section 13.21.

 

2.27

Lock-Up Period has the meaning set forth in Section 13.21.

 

2.28

Non-Employee Director means a member of the Board or the board of directors of an Affiliate who is not an active employee of the Company or an Affiliate.

 

2.29

Nonstatutory Stock Option means any Stock Option that is not an ISO.

 

2.30

Other Cash-Based Award means an award granted to an Eligible Individual under Section 10.3 that is payable in cash at the time or times and subject to the terms and conditions determined by the Committee.

 

2.31

Other Share-Based Award means an award granted to an Eligible Individual under Article X that is valued in whole or in part by reference to, or is payable in or otherwise based on, Common Stock, including an award valued by reference to an Affiliate.

 

2.32

Parent means any parent corporation of the Company within the meaning of Code Section 424(e).

 

2.33

Participantmeans an Eligible Individual who has been granted, and holds, an Award.

 

2.34

Performance Award means an an award granted to an Eligible Individual under Article IX contingent upon achieving specified Performance Goals.

 

2.35

Performance Goals means goals established by the Committee as contingencies for Awards to vest or become exercisable or distributable based on 1 or more of the performance criteria set forth in Exhibit A.

 

2.36

Performance Period means the designated period during which Performance Goals must be satisfied with respect to a Performance Award.

 

4


2.37

Person means an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization, and a government or any branch, department, agency, political subdivision, or official thereof.

 

2.38

Plan means this Oak Street Health, Inc. Omnibus Incentive Plan.

 

2.39

Proceedinghas the meaning set forth in Section 13.10.

 

2.40

Registration Date means the date on which the Company consummates the sale of its Common Stock in a bona fide, firm commitment underwriting pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act.

 

2.41

Restricted Shares means restricted Shares granted to an Eligible Individual under Article VIII.

 

2.42

Restriction Period has the meaning set forth in Section 8.3(a).

 

2.43

Rule 16b-3 means Rule 16b-3 under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act.

 

2.44

Section 409A means Code Section 409A.

 

2.45

Securities Act means the Securities Act of 1933.

 

2.46

Separation from Service means, unless otherwise determined by the Committee or the Company, the termination of the applicable Participant’s employment with, and performance of services for, the Company and all Affiliates, including by reason of the fact that the Participant’s employer or other service recipient ceases to be an Affiliate of the Company. Unless otherwise determined by the Company, if a Participant’s employment or service with the Company or an Affiliate terminates but the Participant continues to provide services to the Company or an Affiliate in a Non-Employee Director capacity or as an Eligible Employee or Consultant, as applicable, such change in status will not be considered a Separation from Service. Approved temporary absences from employment because of illness, vacation, or leave of absence and transfers among the Company and its Affiliates will not be considered Separations from Service. Notwithstanding the foregoing definition of Separation from Service, with respect to any Award that constitutes nonqualified deferred compensation under Section 409A, “Separation from Service” means a “separation from service” as defined under Section 409A.

 

2.47

Share means a share of Common Stock.

 

2.48

Share Reserve has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1.

 

2.49

Stock Appreciation Right means a right granted to an Eligible Individual under Article VII to receive an amount in cash or Shares equal to the difference between (a) the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date such right is exercised and (b) the per Share exercise price of such right.

 

5


2.50

Stock Option means an option to purchase Shares granted to an Eligible Individual under Article VI.

 

2.51

Stockholder means a stockholder of the Company.

 

2.52

Subsidiary means any subsidiary corporation of the Company within the meaning of Code Section 424(f).

 

2.53

Ten Percent Stockholdermeans a Person owning stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, its Subsidiaries, or any Parent.

 

2.54

Transfer means (a) when used as a noun, any direct or indirect transfer, sale, assignment, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, or other disposition, whether for value or no value and whether voluntary or involuntary, and (b) when used as a verb, to directly or indirectly transfer, sell, assign, pledge, encumber, charge, hypothecate, or otherwise dispose of, whether for value or for no value and whether voluntarily or involuntarily. “Transferred” and “Transferable” have a correlative meaning under the Plan.

ARTICLE III

ADMINISTRATION

 

3.1

Committee. The Plan will be administered and interpreted by the Committee. To the extent required by Applicable Law, it is intended that each member of the Committee will qualify as (a) a “non-employee director” under Rule 16b-3 and (b) an “independent director” under the rules of the principal stock exchange in the United States on which the Common Stock is then listed, as applicable. If it is later determined that 1 or more members of the Committee do not so qualify, actions taken by the Committee before such determination will be valid despite such failure to qualify.

 

3.2

Grants of Awards. The Committee will have full authority to grant, under the terms and conditions of the Plan, to Eligible Individuals: (i) Stock Options, (ii) Stock Appreciation Rights, (iii) Restricted Shares, (iv) Performance Awards, (v) Other Share-Based Awards, and (vi) Other Cash-Based Awards. In particular, the Committee will have the authority:

 

  (a)

to select the Eligible Individuals to whom Awards may be granted;

 

  (b)

to determine whether and to what extent Awards, or any combination thereof, are to be granted to 1 or more Eligible Individuals;

 

  (c)

to determine the number of Shares to be covered by each Award;

 

  (d)

to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms and conditions of the Plan, of all Awards;

 

  (e)

to determine the amount of cash to be covered by each Award;

 

6


  (f)

to determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances grants of Stock Options and other Awards are to operate on a tandem basis or in conjunction with or apart from other awards made by the Company outside of the Plan;

 

  (g)

to determine whether and under what circumstances a Stock Option may be settled in cash, Common Stock, or Restricted Shares under Section 6.4(d);

 

  (h)

to determine whether a Stock Option is an ISO or Nonstatutory Stock Option;

 

  (i)

to impose a “blackout” period during which Stock Options may not be exercised;

 

  (j)

to determine whether to require a Participant, as a condition of the granting of any Award, to not sell or otherwise dispose of Shares acquired upon the exercise of an Award for a period of time as determined by the Committee after the date of the acquisition of such Award;

 

  (k)

to modify, extend, or renew an Award, subject to Section 6.4(l) and Article XII; and

 

  (l)

solely to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, to determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances to provide loans (which may be on a recourse basis and bear interest at the rate the Committee may determine) to Participants in order to exercise Stock Options.

 

3.3

Guidelines. Subject to Article XII, the Committee will have the authority to adopt, alter, and repeal such administrative rules, guidelines, and practices governing the Plan and perform all acts, including the delegation of its responsibilities (to the extent permitted by Applicable Law), as it may deem advisable; to construe and interpret the Plan, all Awards, and all Award Agreements (and in each case any agreements relating thereto); and to otherwise supervise the administration of the Plan. The Committee may correct any defect, supply any omission, or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or in any agreement relating thereto in the manner and to the extent it deems necessary to effectuate the purpose and intent of the Plan. The Committee may adopt special terms and conditions for Persons who are residing in, or employed in, or subject to the taxes of, any domestic or foreign jurisdictions to comply with Applicable Law. Notwithstanding the foregoing terms and conditions of this Section 3.3, no action of the Committee under this Section 3.3 may substantially impair the rights of any Participant without the Participant’s consent. To the extent applicable, the Plan is intended to comply with the applicable requirements of Rule 16b-3, and the Plan will be limited, construed, and interpreted in a manner so as to comply therewith.

 

3.4

Sole Discretion; Decisions Final. Any decision, interpretation, or other action made or taken by or at the direction of the Company, the Board, or the Committee (or any of their members) arising out of or in connection with the Plan will be within the sole and absolute discretion of all and each of them, as the case may be, and will be final, binding, and conclusive on the Company and all employees and Participants and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns and all other Persons having an interest in the Plan.

 

7


3.5

Designation of Consultants/Liability.

 

  (a)

The Committee may designate employees of the Company and professional advisors to assist the Committee in the administration of the Plan and may grant authority to officers to grant Awards and execute agreements and other documents on behalf of the Committee, in each case to the extent permitted by Applicable Law. In the event of any designation of authority hereunder, subject to Applicable Law and any terms and conditions imposed by the Committee in connection with such designation, such designee or designees will have the power and authority to take such actions, exercise such powers, and make such determinations that are otherwise specifically designated to the Committee hereunder.

 

  (b)

The Committee may employ such legal counsel, consultants, and agents as it may deem desirable for the administration of the Plan and may rely upon any opinion received from any such counsel or consultant and any computation received from any such consultant or agent. Expenses incurred by the Committee or the Board in the engagement of any such counsel, consultant, or agent will be paid by the Company. The Committee, its members, and any Person designated under Section 3.5(a) will not be liable for any action or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan. To the maximum extent permitted by Applicable Law, no officer of the Company or member or former member of the Committee or of the Board will be liable for any action or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any Award.

 

3.6

Indemnification. To the maximum extent permitted by Applicable Law and the Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws of the Company and to the extent not covered by insurance directly insuring such Person, each officer and employee of the Company and each Affiliate and member or former member of the Committee and the Board will be indemnified and held harmless by the Company against all costs and expenses and liabilities, and advanced amounts necessary to pay the foregoing at the earliest time and to the fullest extent permitted, arising out of any act or omission to act in connection with the administration of the Plan, except to the extent arising out of such officer’s, employee’s, member’s, or former member’s own fraud or bad faith. Such indemnification will be in addition to any right of indemnification the employees, officers, directors, or members or former officers, directors, or members may have under Applicable Law or under the Certificate of Incorporation or By-Laws of the Company or an Affiliate. Notwithstanding any other term or condition of the Plan, this indemnification will not apply to the actions or determinations made by an individual with regard to Awards granted to himself or herself.

ARTICLE IV

SHARE LIMITATION

 

4.1

Shares.

 

  (a)

Share Limits and Counting. The maximum number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan may not exceed [                ] Shares (subject to any increase or

 

8


  decrease under this Section 4.1 or Section 4.2) (the Share Reserve). The Share Reserve may consist of authorized and unissued Shares and Shares held in or acquired for the treasury of the Company. The Share Reserve will automatically increase on each January 1 that occurs after the Effective Date, for 10 years, by an amount equal to [5]% of the total number of Shares outstanding on December 31 of the preceding calendar year, or a lesser number as may be determined by the Board. The maximum number of Shares with respect to which ISOs may be granted is [                ] Shares. With respect to Stock Appreciation Rights settled in Shares, upon settlement, only the number of Shares delivered to a Participant will count against the Share Reserve. If any Stock Option, Stock Appreciation Right, or Other Share-Based Award expires, terminates, or is canceled for any reason without having been exercised in full, the number of Shares underlying such Award will be added back to the Share Reserve. If any Restricted Shares, Performance Awards, or Other Share-Based Awards denominated in Shares are forfeited for any reason, the number of Shares underlying such Award will be added back to the Share Reserve. Any Award settled in cash will not count against the Share Reserve. If Shares issuable upon exercise, vesting, or settlement of an Award, or Shares owned by a Participant (that are not subject to any pledge or other security interest), are surrendered or tendered to the Company in payment of the purchase or exercise price of an Award or any taxes required to be withheld in respect of an Award, in each case, in accordance with the terms of the Plan, such surrendered or tendered Shares will be added back to the Share Reserve.

 

  (b)

Annual Non-Employee Director Award Limitation. The maximum value of Awards granted during any calendar year to any Non-Employee Director, taken together with any cash fees paid to that Non-Employee Director during the calendar year and the value of awards granted to the Non-Employee Director under any other compensation plan of the Company or any Affiliate during the calendar year, may not exceed $[1,000,000] in total value (based on the Fair Market Value of the Shares underlying the Award as of the grant date for Restricted Shares and Other Share-Based Awards, and based on the grant date fair value for accounting purposes for Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights).

 

4.2

Changes.

 

  (a)

The existence of the Plan and any Awards will not affect in any way the right or power of the Board, the Committee, or the Stockholders to make or authorize (i) any adjustment, recapitalization, reorganization, or other change in the Company’s capital structure or its business, (ii) any merger or consolidation of the Company or any Affiliate, (iii) any issuance of bonds, debentures, preferred, or prior preference stock ahead of or affecting the Common Stock, (iv) the dissolution or liquidation of the Company or any Affiliate, (v) any sale or transfer of all or part of the assets or business of the Company or any Affiliate, or (vi) any other corporate act or proceeding.

 

9


  (b)

Subject to Section 11.1:

 

  (i)

In the event of any change in the outstanding Common Stock or in the capital structure of the Company by reason of any stock split, reverse stock split, recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation, combination, division, exchange, spin off, extraordinary cash or stock dividend, or other relevant change in capitalization, Awards will be equitably adjusted or substituted to the extent necessary to preserve the economic intent of such Awards.

 

  (ii)

Fractional Shares resulting from any adjustment in Awards under this Section 4.2(b) will be aggregated until, and eliminated at, the time of exercise or payment by rounding down to the nearest whole number. No cash settlements will be required with respect to fractional Shares eliminated by rounding. Notice of any adjustment will be given by the Committee to each Participant whose Award has been adjusted and such adjustment (whether or not such notice is given) will be effective and binding for all purposes of the Plan.

 

4.3

Minimum Purchase Price. Notwithstanding any other term or condition of the Plan, if authorized but previously unissued Shares are issued under the Plan, such Shares may not be issued for a consideration that is less than as permitted under Applicable Law.

ARTICLE V

ELIGIBILITY

 

5.1

General Eligibility. All current and prospective Eligible Individuals are eligible to be granted Awards. Eligibility for the grant of Awards and actual participation in the Plan will be determined by the Committee.

 

5.2

ISOs. Notwithstanding Section 5.1, only Eligible Employees of the Company, its Subsidiaries, and any Parent are eligible to be granted ISOs.

 

5.3

General Requirement. The vesting and exercise of Awards granted to a prospective Eligible Individual must be conditioned upon such individual actually becoming an Eligible Employee, Consultant, or Non-Employee Director, respectively.

ARTICLE VI

STOCK OPTIONS

 

6.1

Stock Options. Stock Options may be granted alone or in addition to other Awards. Each Stock Option will be of 1 of 2 types: (a) an ISO or (b) a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

 

6.2

Grants. The Committee will have the authority to grant to any Eligible Employee 1 or more ISOs, Nonstatutory Stock Options, or both types of Stock Options. The Committee will have the authority to grant any Consultant or Non-Employee Director 1 or more Nonstatutory Stock Options. To the extent that any Stock Option does not qualify as an ISO, such Stock Option or the portion thereof that does not so qualify will constitute a separate Nonstatutory Stock Option.

 

10


6.3

ISOs. Notwithstanding any other term or condition of the Plan, no term or condition of the Plan relating to ISOs will be interpreted, amended, or altered, nor will any discretion or authority granted under the Plan be so exercised, so as to disqualify the Plan under Code Section 422, or, without the consent of the Participants affected, to disqualify any ISO under Code Section 422.

 

6.4

Terms and Conditions of Stock Options. Stock Options will be subject to terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the Plan, determined by the Committee, and the following:

 

  (a)

Exercise Price. The exercise price per Share subject to a Stock Option will be determined by the Committee at the time of grant, provided that the per Share exercise price of a Stock Option may not be less than 100% (or, in the case of an ISO granted to a Ten Percent Stockholder, 110%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock at the grant date.

 

  (b)

Stock Option Term. The term of each Stock Option will be fixed by the Committee, provided that no Stock Option may be exercisable more than 10 years after the date the Stock Option is granted; and provided further that the term of an ISO granted to a Ten Percent Stockholder may not exceed 5 years.

 

  (c)

Exercisability. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee in accordance with this Section 6.4, Stock Options will be exercisable at the time or times and subject to the terms and conditions determined by the Committee at the time of grant. If the Committee provides that any Stock Option is exercisable subject to certain terms and conditions, the Committee may waive those terms and conditions on the exercisability at any time at or after the time of grant in whole or in part.

 

  (d)

Method of Exercise. Subject to whatever installment exercise and waiting period terms and conditions that may apply under Section 6.4(c), to the extent vested, Stock Options may be exercised in whole or in part at any time during the Stock Option term by giving written notice of exercise to the Company specifying the number of Shares to be purchased. Such notice must be accompanied by payment in full of the exercise price as follows: (i) in cash or by check, bank draft, or money order payable to the order of the Company; (ii) solely to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, if the Common Stock is listed on a national stock exchange, and the Committee authorizes, through a procedure whereby the Participant delivers irrevocable instructions to a broker reasonably acceptable to the Committee to deliver promptly to the Company an amount equal to the exercise price; (iii) to the extent the Committee authorizes, having the Company withhold Shares issuable upon exercise of the Stock Option, or by payment in full or in part in the form of Shares owned by the Participant, based on the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the payment date; or (iv) on such other terms and conditions that may be acceptable to the Committee. No Shares will be issued under the Plan until payment for those Shares has been made or provided for in accordance with the Plan.

 

  (e)

Non-Transferability of Stock Options. No Stock Option will be Transferable by the Participant other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and all

 

11


  Stock Options will be exercisable, during the Participant’s lifetime, only by the Participant, except that the Committee may determine at the time of grant or thereafter that a Nonstatutory Stock Option that is otherwise not Transferable under this Section 6.4(e) is Transferable to a Family Member in whole or in part on terms and conditions that are specified by the Committee. A Nonstatutory Stock Option that is Transferred to a Family Member under the preceding sentence (i) may not be subsequently Transferred other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and (ii) remains subject to the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement. Any Shares acquired upon the exercise of a Nonstatutory Stock Option by a permissible transferee of a Nonstatutory Stock Option or a permissible transferee under a Transfer after the exercise of the Nonstatutory Stock Option will be subject to the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement.

 

  (f)

Separation from Service by Death or Disability. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee at the time of grant, or if no rights of the Participant are reduced, thereafter, if a Participant’s Separation from Service is by reason of death or Disability, all Stock Options that are held by such Participant that are vested and exercisable at the time of the Participant’s Separation from Service may be exercised by the Participant (or in the case of the Participant’s death, by the legal representative of the Participant’s estate) at any time within a period of 1 year from the date of such Separation from Service, but in no event beyond the expiration of the stated term of such Stock Options; provided, however, that, in the event of a Participant’s Separation from Service by reason of Disability, if the Participant dies within such exercise period, all unexercised Stock Options held by such Participant will thereafter be exercisable, to the extent to which they were exercisable at the time of death, for a period of 1 year from the date of such death, but in no event beyond the expiration of the stated term of such Stock Options.

 

  (g)

Involuntary Separation from Service without Cause. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee at the time of grant, or if no rights of the Participant are reduced, thereafter, if a Participant’s Separation from Service is initiated by the Company without Cause, all Stock Options that are held by such Participant that are vested and exercisable at the time of the Participant’s Separation from Service may be exercised by the Participant at any time within a period of 90 days after the date of such Separation from Service, but in no event beyond the expiration of the stated term of such Stock Options.

 

  (h)

Voluntary Resignation. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee at the time of grant, or if no rights of the Participant are reduced, thereafter, if a Participant’s Separation from Service is voluntary (other than a voluntary Separation from Service described in Section 6.4(i)(y)), all Stock Options that are held by such Participant that are vested and exercisable at the time of the Participant’s Separation from Service may be exercised by the Participant at any time within a period of 90 days from the date of such Separation from Service, but in no event beyond the expiration of the stated term of such Stock Options.

 

12


  (i)

Separation from Service for Cause. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee at the time of grant, or if no rights of the Participant are reduced, thereafter, if a Participant’s Separation from Service (x) is for Cause or (y) is a voluntary Separation from Service (as provided in Section 6.4(h)) after the occurrence of an event that would be grounds for a Separation from Service for Cause, all Stock Options, whether vested or not vested, that are held by such Participant will terminate and expire as of the date of such Separation from Service.

 

  (j)

Unvested Stock Options. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee at the time of grant, or if no rights of the Participant are reduced, thereafter, Stock Options that are not vested as of the date of a Participant’s Separation from Service for any reason will terminate and expire as of the date of such Separation from Service.

 

  (k)

ISO Terms and Conditions. To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the time of grant) of the Common Stock with respect to which ISOs are exercisable for the first time by an Eligible Employee during any calendar year under the Plan or any other stock option plan of the Company, any Subsidiary, or any Parent exceeds $100,000, such Stock Options will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. In addition, if an Eligible Employee does not remain employed by the Company, any Subsidiary, or any Parent at all times from the time an ISO is granted until 3 months before the date of exercise thereof (or such other period as required by Applicable Law), such Stock Option will be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option. Should any term or condition of the Plan not be necessary in order for the Stock Options to qualify as ISOs, or should any additional terms and conditions be required, the Committee may amend the Plan accordingly.

 

  (l)

Form, Modification, Extension and Renewal of Stock Options. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, Stock Options will be evidenced by such form of agreement or grant as is approved by the Committee, and the Committee may (i) modify, extend, or renew outstanding Stock Options (provided that the rights of a Participant are not reduced without such Participant’s consent; and provided, further, that such action does not subject the Stock Options to Section 409A without the consent of the Participant), and (ii) accept the surrender of outstanding Stock Options (to the extent not theretofore exercised) and authorize the granting of new Stock Options in substitution therefor (to the extent not theretofore exercised). Notwithstanding any other term or condition of the Plan, except in connection with a corporate transaction involving the Company in accordance with Section 4.2, the repricing of Options (and Stock Appreciation Rights) is prohibited without prior approval of the Stockholders. For this purpose, a “repricing” means any of the following (or any other action that has the same effect as any of the following): (y) any action that is treated as a “repricing” under GAAP and (z) repurchasing for cash or canceling an Option or a Stock Appreciation Right at a time when its exercise price is greater than the Fair Market Value of the underlying Shares in exchange for another Award. A cancellation and exchange under clause (z) would be considered a “repricing” regardless of whether it is treated as a “repricing” under GAAP and regardless of whether it is voluntary on the part of the Participant.

 

13


  (m)

Early Exercise. The Committee may provide that a Stock Option include a term or condition whereby the Participant may elect at any time before the Participant’s Separation from Service to exercise the Stock Option as to any part or all of the Shares subject to the Stock Option before the full vesting of the Stock Option and such Shares will be subject to the terms and conditions of Article VIII and be treated as Restricted Shares. Unvested Shares so exercised may be subject to a repurchase option in favor of the Company or to any other restriction the Committee may determine.

 

  (n)

Automatic Exercise. The Committee may include a term or condition in an Award Agreement providing for the automatic exercise of a Nonstatutory Stock Option on a cashless basis on the last day of the term of such Stock Option if the Participant has failed to exercise the Nonstatutory Stock Option as of such date, with respect to which the Fair Market Value of the Shares underlying the Nonstatutory Stock Option exceeds the exercise price of such Nonstatutory Stock Option on the date of expiration of such Stock Option, subject to Section 13.5.

ARTICLE VII

STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

 

7.1

Terms and Conditions of Stock Appreciation Rights. Stock Appreciation Rights will be subject to terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the Plan, determined by the Committee, and the following:

 

  (a)

Exercise Price. The exercise price per Share subject to a Stock Appreciation Right will be determined by the Committee at the time of grant, provided that the per Share exercise price of a Stock Appreciation Right will not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock at the time of grant.

 

  (b)

Term. The term of each Stock Appreciation Right will be fixed by the Committee, but may not be greater than 10 years after the date the right is granted.

 

  (c)

Exercisability. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee in accordance with this Section 7.1, Stock Appreciation Rights will be exercisable at the time or times and subject to the terms and conditions determined by the Committee at the time of grant. If the Committee provides that any such right is exercisable subject to certain terms and conditions, the Committee may waive those terms and conditions on the exercisability at any time at or after grant in whole or in part.

 

  (d)

Method of Exercise. Subject to whatever installment exercise and waiting period terms and conditions apply under Section 7.1(c), Stock Appreciation Rights may be exercised in whole or in part at any time in accordance with the applicable Award Agreement, by giving written notice of exercise to the Company specifying the number of Stock Appreciation Rights to be exercised.

 

  (e)

Payment. Upon the exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, a Participant will be entitled to receive, for each right exercised, up to, but no more than, an amount in cash or Common Stock (as chosen by the Committee) equal in value to the excess

 

14


  of the Fair Market Value of 1 Share on the date that the right is exercised over the Fair Market Value of 1 Share on the date that the right was awarded to the Participant.

 

  (f)

Separation from Service. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee at the time of grant or, if no rights of the Participant are reduced, thereafter, subject to the applicable Award Agreement and the Plan, upon a Participant’s Separation from Service for any reason, Stock Appreciation Rights will remain exercisable after a Participant’s Separation from Service on the same basis as Stock Options would be exercisable after a Participant’s Separation from Service in accordance with Sections 6.4(f) through 6.4(j).

 

  (g)

Non-Transferability. No Stock Appreciation Rights will be Transferable by the Participant other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and all such rights will be exercisable, during the Participant’s lifetime, only by the Participant.

 

7.2

Automatic Exercise. The Committee may include a term or condition in an Award Agreement providing for the automatic exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right on a cashless basis on the last day of the term of the Stock Appreciation Right if the Participant has failed to exercise the Stock Appreciation Right as of such date, with respect to which the Fair Market Value of the Shares underlying the Stock Appreciation Right exceeds the exercise price of such Stock Appreciation Right on the date of expiration of such Stock Appreciation Right, subject to Section 13.5.

ARTICLE VIII

RESTRICTED SHARES

 

8.1

Restricted Shares. Restricted Shares may be issued either alone or in addition to other Awards. The Committee will determine the Eligible Individuals, to whom, and the time or times at which, grants of Restricted Shares will be made, the number of Restricted Shares to be awarded, the price (if any) to be paid by the Participant (subject to Section 8.2), the time or times within which such Awards will be subject to forfeiture, the vesting schedule and rights to acceleration thereof, and all other terms and conditions of the Awards.

 

8.2

Awards and Certificates. Participants selected to receive Restricted Shares will not have any right with respect to the Award, unless and until the Participant has delivered a fully executed copy of the agreement evidencing the Award to the Company, to the extent required by the Committee, and has otherwise complied with the applicable terms and conditions of the Award. Further, such Award will be subject to the following:

 

  (a)

Purchase Price. The purchase price of Restricted Shares will be fixed by the Committee. Subject to Section 4.3, the purchase price for Restricted Shares may be zero to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, and, to the extent required by Applicable Law, such purchase price may not be less than par value.

 

  (b)

Acceptance. Awards of Restricted Shares must be accepted within a period of 60 days (or such shorter period as the Committee may specify at grant) after the grant date, by executing an Award Agreement and by paying whatever price (if any) the Committee has designated thereunder.

 

15


  (c)

Legend. Each Participant receiving Restricted Shares will be issued a stock certificate in respect of the Restricted Shares, unless the Committee elects to use another system, such as book entries by the transfer agent, as evidencing ownership of Restricted Shares. Such certificate will be registered in the name of the Participant, and will, in addition to any legends required by Applicable Law, bear an appropriate legend referring to the terms and conditions applicable to the Award, substantially in the following form:

“The anticipation, alienation, attachment, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, or charge of the restricted shares of stock represented hereby are subject to the terms and conditions (including forfeiture) of the Oak Street Health, Inc. (the “Company”) Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and an award agreement entered into between the registered owner and the Company dated                      (the “Agreement”). Copies of such Plan and Agreement are on file at the principal office of the Company.”

 

  (d)

Custody. If stock certificates are issued in respect of Restricted Shares, the Committee may require that any stock certificates evidencing such Shares be held in custody by the Company until the restrictions thereon have lapsed, and that, as a condition of any grant of Restricted Shares, the Participant must deliver a duly signed stock power or other instruments of assignment, each endorsed in blank with a guarantee of signature if deemed necessary or appropriate by the Company, which would permit transfer to the Company of all or a portion of the Restricted Shares in the event that such Award is forfeited in whole or part.

 

8.3

Terms and Conditions. Restricted Shares will be subject to terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the Plan, determined by the Committee, and the following:

 

  (a)

Restriction Period. The Participant is not permitted to Transfer Restricted Shares during the period or periods set by the Committee (the Restriction Period) commencing on the date of such Award, as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement, and such agreement will set forth a vesting schedule and any event that would accelerate vesting of the Restricted Shares. Within these limits, based on service, attainment of Performance Goals, or such other factors or criteria as the Committee may determine, the Committee may condition the grant or provide for the lapse of such restrictions in installments in whole or in part, or may accelerate the vesting of all or any part of any Restricted Shares and waive the deferral terms and conditions for all or any part of any Restricted Shares.

 

  (b)

Rights as a Stockholder. Except as provided in Section 8.3(a) and this Section 8.3(b) or as otherwise determined by the Committee, the Participant will have, with respect to Restricted Shares, all of the rights of a Stockholder, including the right to receive dividends, the right to vote such Restricted Shares, and, subject to and conditioned upon the full vesting of Restricted Shares, the right to tender those Shares. The Committee may determine at the time of grant that the payment of dividends will be deferred until, and conditioned upon, the expiration of the applicable Restriction Period.

 

16


  (c)

Separation from Service. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee at the time of grant or, if no rights of the Participant are reduced, thereafter, subject to the applicable Award Agreement and the Plan, upon a Participant’s Separation from Service for any reason during the relevant Restriction Period, all Restricted Shares will be forfeited.

 

  (d)

Lapse of Restrictions. If and when the Restriction Period expires without a prior forfeiture of the Restricted Shares, the certificates for such Shares will be delivered to the Participant. All legends will be removed from said certificates at the time of delivery to the Participant, except as otherwise required by Applicable Law or other terms and conditions imposed by the Committee.

ARTICLE IX

PERFORMANCE AWARDS

 

9.1

Performance Awards. The Committee may grant a Performance Award to a Participant payable upon the attainment of specific Performance Goals. If the Performance Award is payable in Restricted Shares, such Shares will be transferable to the Participant only upon attainment of the relevant Performance Goal in accordance with Article VIII. If the Performance Award is payable in cash, it may be paid upon the attainment of the relevant Performance Goals either in cash or in Restricted Shares (based on the then current Fair Market Value of such Shares). Each Performance Award will be evidenced by an Award Agreement in such form that is not inconsistent with the Plan and that the Committee may approve. The Committee will condition the right to payment of any Performance Award upon the attainment of objective Performance Goals established under Section 9.2(c).

 

9.2

Terms and Conditions. Performance Awards will be subject to terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the Plan, determined by the Committee, and the following:

 

  (a)

Earning of Performance Award. At the expiration of the applicable Performance Period, the Committee will determine the extent to which the Performance Goals established under Section 9.2(c) are achieved and the percentage of each Performance Award that has been earned.

 

  (b)

Non-Transferability. Subject to the applicable Award Agreement and the Plan, Performance Awards may not be Transferred.

 

  (c)

Objective Performance Goals, Formulae or Standards. The Committee will establish the objective Performance Goals for the earning of Performance Awards based on a Performance Period applicable to each Participant or class of Participants in writing before the beginning of the applicable Performance Period or at such later date while the outcome of the Performance Goals is substantially uncertain. Such Performance Goals may incorporate terms and conditions for disregarding (or adjusting for) changes in accounting methods, corporate transactions, and other similar type events or circumstances.

 

17


  (d)

Dividends. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee at the time of grant, amounts equal to dividends declared during the Performance Period with respect to the number of Shares covered by a Performance Award will not be paid to the Participant.

 

  (e)

Payment. After the Committee’s determination in accordance with Section 9.2(a), the Company will settle Performance Awards, in such form as determined by the Committee, in an amount equal to such Participant’s earned Performance Awards. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, the Committee may award an amount less than the earned Performance Awards and subject the payment of all or part of any Performance Award to additional vesting, forfeiture, and deferral terms and conditions.

 

  (f)

Separation from Service. Subject to the applicable Award Agreement and the Plan, upon a Participant’s Separation from Service for any reason during the Performance Period for a Performance Award, the Performance Award will vest or be forfeited in accordance with the terms and conditions established by the Committee at grant.

 

  (g)

Accelerated Vesting. Based on service, performance, and any other factors or criteria the Committee may determine, the Committee may, at or after grant, accelerate the vesting of all or any part of any Performance Award.

ARTICLE X

OTHER STOCK-BASED AND CASH-BASED AWARDS

 

10.1

Other Share-Based Awards. The Committee is authorized to grant to Eligible Individuals Other Share-Based Awards that are payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on or related to Shares, including Shares awarded purely as a bonus and not subject to terms or conditions, Shares in payment of the amounts due under an incentive or performance plan sponsored or maintained by the Company or an Affiliate, stock equivalent units, restricted stock units (RSUs), and Awards valued by reference to book value of Shares. Other Share-Based Awards may be granted either alone or in addition to or in tandem with other Awards. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Committee has the authority to determine the Eligible Individuals to whom, and the time or times at which, Other Share-Based Awards will be granted, the number of Shares to be granted under such Awards, and all other terms and conditions of the Awards.

 

10.2

Terms and Conditions. Other Share-Based Awards will be subject to terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the Plan, determined by the Committee, and the following:

 

  (a)

Non-Transferability. Subject to the applicable Award Agreement and the Plan, Shares subject to Other Share-Based Awards may not be Transferred before the date on which the Shares are issued, or, if later, the date on which any applicable restriction, performance, or deferral period lapses.

 

18


  (b)

Dividends. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee at the time of grant, subject to the applicable Award Agreement and the Plan, the recipient of an Other Share-Based Award will not be entitled to receive, currently or on a deferred basis, dividends or dividend equivalents in respect of the number of Shares covered by the Award.

 

  (c)

Vesting. All Other Share-Based Awards and any Shares covered by those awards will vest or be forfeited to the extent so provided in the Award Agreement.

 

  (d)

Price. Common Stock issued on a bonus basis under this Article X may be issued for no cash consideration. Common Stock purchased under a purchase right awarded under this Article X will be priced as determined by the Committee.

 

10.3

Other Cash-Based Awards. The Committee may grant Other Cash-Based Awards to Eligible Individuals in amounts, on terms and conditions, and for consideration, including no consideration or such minimum consideration as may be required by Applicable Law. Other Cash-Based Awards may be granted subject to the satisfaction of vesting terms and conditions or may be awarded purely as a bonus and not subject to terms and conditions, and if subject to vesting, the Committee may accelerate such vesting at any time.

ARTICLE XI

CHANGE IN CONTROL

 

11.1

Benefits. In the event of a Change in Control (as defined below), and except as otherwise determined by the Committee in an Award Agreement, a Participant’s unvested Awards will not vest automatically and will be treated in accordance with 1 or more of the following methods as determined by the Committee:

 

  (a)

Awards, whether or not then vested, will be continued, assumed, or have new rights substituted therefor, and restrictions to which Restricted Shares or any other Award granted before the Change in Control are subject will not lapse upon the Change in Control and the Restricted Shares or other Awards will receive the same distribution as other Common Stock on terms and conditions determined by the Committee, provided that the Committee may decide to award additional Restricted Shares or other Awards in lieu of any cash distribution.

 

  (b)

The Committee may provide for the purchase of any Awards by the Company or an Affiliate for an amount of cash equal to the excess (if any) of the Change in Control Price (as defined below) of the Shares covered by such Awards, over the aggregate purchase or exercise price of such Awards. For purposes of the Plan, Change in Control Price means the highest price per Share paid in any transaction related to a Change in Control.

 

  (c)

The Committee may terminate all outstanding and unexercised Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, and other Other Share-Based Awards that provide for a Participant-elected exercise, effective as of the Change in Control, by delivering notice of termination to each Participant at least 20 days before the date of consummation of the Change in Control, in which case during the period from the

 

19


  date on which such notice of termination is delivered to the consummation of the Change in Control, each affected Participant will have the right to exercise in full all of the Participant’s Awards that are then outstanding (without regard to any terms and conditions on exercisability otherwise contained in the Award Agreements), but any such exercise will be contingent on the occurrence of the Change in Control, and provided that if the Change in Control does not take place within a specified period after giving such notice for any reason whatsoever, the notice and exercise pursuant thereto will be null and void.

 

  (d)

The Committee may make any other determination as to the treatment of Awards in connection with a Change in Control. The treatment of Awards need not be the same for all Participants. Any escrow, holdback, earnout, or similar terms and conditions in the definitive agreements relating to the Change in Control may apply to any payment to the holders of Awards to the same extent and in the same manner as such terms and conditions apply to the holders of Shares.

 

11.2

Change in Control. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee in the applicable Award Agreement or other written agreement with a Participant approved by the Committee, a Change in Control means:

 

  (a)

any “person,” as that term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act (other than the Company, any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under any employee benefit plan of the Company, or any company owned, directly or indirectly, by the Stockholders in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of Common Stock), becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities;

 

  (b)

during any period of 24 consecutive calendar months, individuals who were directors serving on the Board on the first day of such period (the Incumbent Directors) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board; provided, however, that any individual becoming a director after the first day of such period whose election, or nomination for election, by the Stockholders was approved by a vote of at least 2/3 of the Incumbent Directors will be considered as though such individual were an Incumbent Director, but excluding, for purposes of this proviso, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened proxy contest with respect to election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a “person” (as used in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act), in each case other than the Board;

 

  (c)

consummation of a reorganization, merger, consolidation, or other business combination (any of the foregoing, a Business Combination) of the Company or any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company with any other corporation, in any case with respect to which the Company voting securities outstanding immediately before such Business Combination do not, immediately after such Business Combination, continue to represent (either by remaining outstanding or

 

20


  being converted into voting securities of the Company or any ultimate parent thereof) more than 50% of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the Company (or its successor) or any ultimate parent thereof after the Business Combination; or

 

  (d)

a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company or the consummation of a sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets other than the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to a Person or Persons who beneficially own, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of the Company at the time of the sale.

Notwithstanding the foregoing terms and conditions of this definition, with respect to any Award that is characterized as “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A, an event will not be considered to be a Change in Control under the Plan for purposes of payment of such Award unless such event is also a “change in control event” within the meaning of Section 409A.

 

11.3

Initial Public Offering not a Change in Control. Notwithstanding the foregoing terms and conditions of the definition of Change in Control, the occurrence of the Registration Date or any change in the composition of the Board within 1 year after the Registration Date will not be considered a Change in Control.

ARTICLE XII

AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

 

12.1

Amendment and Termination of Plan. Subject to Section 12.3, the Board may amend or terminate the Plan at any time; provided, however, that no amendment will be effective unless approved by the Stockholders to the extent Stockholder approval is necessary to satisfy any Applicable Laws.

 

12.2

Amendment of Awards. Subject to Section 12.3, the Committee may amend any Award at any time; provided, however, that no amendment will be effective unless approved by the Stockholders to the extent Stockholder approval is necessary to satisfy any Applicable Laws.

 

12.3

No Impairment of Rights. Rights under any Award granted before amendment or termination of the Plan or amendment of an Award may not be substantially impaired by any such amendment or termination unless the Participant consents in writing.

ARTICLE XIII

GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS

 

13.1

Legend. The Committee may require each person receiving Shares under the Plan to represent to and agree with the Company in writing that the Participant is acquiring the Shares without a view to distribution thereof. In addition to any legend required by the Plan, the certificates for Shares issued under the Plan may include any legend that the Committee deems appropriate to reflect any restrictions on Transfer. All certificates for

 

21


  Shares delivered under the Plan will be subject to such stop transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee may deem advisable under Applicable Law, and the Committee may cause a legend or legends to be put on any such certificates to make appropriate reference to such restrictions.

 

13.2

Book Entry. Notwithstanding any other term or condition of the Plan, the Company may elect to satisfy any requirement under the Plan for the delivery of Share certificates through the use of another system, such as book entry.

 

13.3

Other Plans. Nothing contained in the Plan prevents the Board from adopting other or additional compensation arrangements, subject to Stockholder approval if such approval is required, and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.

 

13.4

No Right to Employment/Consultancy/Directorship. Neither the Plan nor the grant of any Award gives any Person any right with respect to continuance of employment, consultancy, or directorship by the Company or any Affiliate, nor does the Plan or the grant of any Award cause any limitation in any way on the right of the Company or any Affiliate by which an employee is employed or a Consultant or Non-Employee Director is retained to terminate such employment, consultancy, or directorship at any time.

 

13.5

Withholding for Taxes. The Company or an Affiliate, as the case may be, has the right to deduct from payments of any kind otherwise due to a Participant any federal, state, or local taxes of any kind required by Applicable Law to be withheld (a) with respect to the vesting of or other lapse of restrictions applicable to an Award, (b) upon the issuance of any Shares upon the exercise of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right, or (c) otherwise due in connection with an Award. At the time the tax obligation becomes due, the Participant must pay to the Company or the Affiliate, as the case may be, any amount that the Company or Affiliate determines to be necessary to satisfy the tax obligation. The Company or the Affiliate, as the case may be, may require or permit the Participant to satisfy the tax obligation, in whole or in part, (i) by causing the Company or Affiliate to withhold up to the maximum required number of Shares otherwise issuable to the Participant as may be necessary to satisfy such tax obligation or (ii) by delivering to the Company or Affiliate Shares already owned by the Participant. The Shares so delivered or withheld must have an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the tax obligation. The Fair Market Value of the Shares used to satisfy the tax obligation will be determined by the Company or the Affiliate as of the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined. To the extent applicable, a Participant may satisfy his or her tax obligation only with Shares that are not subject to any repurchase, forfeiture, unfulfilled vesting, or other similar requirements. Any fraction of a Share required to satisfy tax obligations will be disregarded and the amount due must be paid instead in cash by the Participant.

 

13.6

No Assignment of Benefits. No Award or other benefit payable under the Plan may, except as otherwise specifically provided by Applicable Law or permitted by the Committee, be Transferable in any manner, and any attempt to Transfer any such benefit will be void, and any such benefit will not in any manner be liable for or subject to the debts, contracts, liabilities, engagements, or torts of any Person who will be entitled to such benefit, nor will it be subject to attachment or legal process for or against such Person.

 

22


13.7

Listing and Other Terms and Conditions.

 

  (a)

Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, as long as the Common Stock is listed on a national stock exchange or system sponsored by a national securities association, the issuance of Shares under an Award will be conditioned upon such Shares being listed on such exchange or system. The Company will have no obligation to issue such Shares unless and until such Shares are so listed, and the right to exercise any Stock Option or other Award with respect to such Shares will be suspended until such listing has been effected.

 

  (b)

If at any time counsel to the Company is of the opinion that any sale or delivery of Shares under an Award is or may be unlawful or result in the imposition of excise taxes on the Company, the Company will have no obligation to make such sale or delivery, or to make any application or to effect or to maintain any qualification or registration under the Securities Act or otherwise, with respect to Shares or Awards, and the right to exercise any Stock Option or other Award will be suspended until, in the opinion of said counsel, such sale or delivery would be lawful or would not result in the imposition of excise taxes on the Company.

 

  (c)

Upon termination of any period of suspension under this Section 13.7, any Award affected by such suspension that has not expired or terminated will be reinstated as to all Shares available before such suspension and as to Shares that would otherwise have become available during the period of such suspension, but no such suspension will extend the term of any Award.

 

  (d)

A Participant will be required to supply the Company with certificates, representations, and information that the Company requests and otherwise cooperate with the Company in obtaining any listing, registration, qualification, exemption, consent, and approval the Company determines necessary or appropriate.

 

13.8

Stockholders Agreement and Other Requirements. Notwithstanding any other term or condition of the Plan, as a condition to the receipt of Shares under an Award, to the extent required by the Committee, the Participant must execute and deliver a Stockholder’s agreement and such other documentation that sets forth certain restrictions on transferability of the Shares acquired upon exercise or purchase, and such other terms and conditions as the Committee may establish. The Company may require, as a condition of exercise, the Participant to become a party to any other existing Stockholder agreement (or other agreement).

 

13.9

Governing Law. The Plan and actions taken in connection with the Plan will be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware (regardless of the law that might otherwise govern under applicable Delaware principles of conflict of laws).

 

23


13.10

Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial. Any suit, action, or proceeding with respect to the Plan or any Award or Award Agreement, or any judgment entered by any court of competent jurisdiction in respect of the Plan or any Award or Award Agreement, will be resolved only in the courts of the State of Delaware or the United States District Court for the District of Delaware and the appellate courts having jurisdiction of appeals in such courts. In that context, and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each of the Company and each Participant irrevocably and unconditionally (a) submits in any proceeding relating to the Plan or any Award or Award Agreement, or for the recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect of the Plan or any Award or Award Agreement (a Proceeding), to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Delaware or the United States District Court for the District of Delaware and the appellate courts having jurisdiction of appeals in such courts, and agrees that all claims in respect of any Proceeding will be heard and determined in such state court or, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, in such federal court, (b) consents that any Proceeding may and will be brought in such courts and waives any objection that the Company or the Participant may have at any time after the Effective Date to the venue or jurisdiction of any Proceeding in any such court or that the Proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees not to plead or claim the same, (c) waives all right to trial by jury in any Proceeding (whether based on contract, tort, or otherwise) arising out of or relating to the Plan or any Award or Award Agreement, (d) agrees that service of process in any Proceeding may be effected by mailing a copy of such process by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to such party, in the case of a Participant, at the Participant’s address shown in the books and records of the Company or, in the case of the Company, at the Company’s principal offices, attention Chair of the Board, and (e) agrees that nothing in the Plan will affect the right to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

13.11

Other Benefits. No Award will be considered compensation for purposes of computing benefits under any retirement plan of the Company or any Affiliate or affect any benefit under any other benefit plan now or subsequently in effect under which the availability or amount of benefits is related to the level of compensation.

 

13.12

Costs. The Company will bear all expenses associated with administering the Plan, including expenses of issuing Common Stock under Awards.

 

13.13

No Right to Same Benefits. The terms and conditions of Awards need not be the same with respect to each Participant, and Awards to individual Participants need not be the same in subsequent years (if granted at all).

 

13.14

Death/Disability. The Committee may require the transferee of a Participant to supply it with written notice of the Participant’s death or Disability and to supply it with a copy of the will (in the case of the Participant’s death) or such other evidence as the Committee deems necessary to establish the validity of the transfer of an Award. The Committee may also require that the agreement of the transferee to be bound by the Plan.

 

13.15

Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act. All elections and transactions under the Plan by Persons subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act involving Shares are intended to comply

 

24


  with any applicable exemptive condition under Rule 16b-3. The Committee may establish and adopt written administrative guidelines, designed to facilitate compliance with Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, as it may deem necessary or proper for the administration and operation of the Plan and the transaction of business thereunder.

 

13.16

Section 409A. The Plan is intended to comply Section 409A and will be limited, construed, and interpreted in accordance with such intent. To the extent that any Award is subject to Section 409A, it will be paid in a manner that complies with Section 409A. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, any Plan provision that is inconsistent with Section 409A will be deemed to be amended to comply with Section 409A and to the extent such provision cannot be amended to comply, such provision will be null and void. The Company will have no liability to a Participant, or any other party, if an Award that is intended to be exempt from or compliant with Section 409A is not so exempt or compliant, or for any action taken by the Committee or the Company and, in the event that any amount or benefit under the Plan becomes subject to penalties under Section 409A, responsibility for payment of such penalties will rest solely with the affected Participants and not with the Company. Notwithstanding any other provision in the Plan or any Award Agreement, any payment(s) of “nonqualified deferred compensation” (within the meaning of Section 409A) that are otherwise required to be made under the Plan to a “specified employee” (as defined under Section 409A) as a result of such employee’s separation from service (other than a payment that is not subject to Section 409A) will be delayed for the first 6 months after such separation from service (or, if earlier, the date of death of the specified employee) and will instead be paid (in a manner set forth in the Award Agreement) upon expiration of such delay period. All installment payments under the Plan will be deemed separate payments for purposes of Section 409A.

 

13.17

California Participants. The Plan is intended to comply with Section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code, to the extent applicable. In that regard, to the extent required by Section 25102(o), (a) the terms and conditions of any Options and Stock Appreciation Rights, to the extent vested and exercisable upon a Participant’s Separation from Service, will include any minimum exercise periods after Separation from Service required by Section 25102(o) and (b) any repurchase right of the Company or any Affiliate will include a minimum 90-day notice requirement. Any Plan term that is inconsistent with Section 25102(o) will, without further act or amendment by the Company or the Board, be reformed to comply with the requirements of Section 25102(o).

 

13.18

Successor and Assigns. The Plan will be binding on all successors and permitted assigns of a Participant, including the estate of such Participant and the executor, administrator, or trustee of such estate.

 

13.19

Severability of Terms and Conditions. If any term or condition of the Plan is held invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability will not affect any other term or condition of the Plan, and the Plan will be construed and enforced as if such term or condition had not been included.

 

13.20

Payments to Minors, Etc. Any benefit payable to or for the benefit of a minor, an incompetent Person, or other Person incapable of receipt thereof will be considered paid

 

25


  when paid to such Person’s guardian or to the party providing or reasonably appearing to provide for the care of such Person, and such payment will fully discharge the Committee, the Board, the Company, all Affiliates, and their employees, agents, and representatives with respect thereto.

 

13.21

Lock-Up Agreement. As a condition to the grant of an Award, if requested by the Company and the lead underwriter of any public offering of Common Stock (the Lead Underwriter), a Participant must irrevocably agree not to sell, contract to sell, grant any option to purchase, transfer the economic risk of ownership in, make any short sale of, pledge or otherwise transfer or dispose of, any interest in any Common Stock or any securities convertible into, derivative of, or exchangeable or exercisable for, or any other rights to purchase or acquire Common Stock (except Common Stock included in such public offering or acquired on the public market after such offering) during such period of time after the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act that the Lead Underwriter may specify (the Lock-Up Period). Each Participant must sign such documents as may be requested by the Lead Underwriter to effect the foregoing. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to Common Stock acquired under an Award until the end of such Lock-Up Period.

 

13.22

Separation from Service for Cause; Clawbacks; Detrimental Conduct.

 

  (a)

Separation from Service for Cause. The Company may annul an Award if the Participant incurs a Separation from Service for Cause.

 

  (b)

Clawbacks. All awards, amounts, or benefits received or outstanding under the Plan will be subject to clawback, cancellation, recoupment, rescission, payback, reduction, or other similar action in accordance with any Company clawback or similar policy or any Applicable Law related to such actions. A Participant’s acceptance of an Award will constitute the Participant’s acknowledgement of and consent to the Company’s application, implementation, and enforcement of any applicable Company clawback or similar policy that may apply to the Participant, whether adopted before or after the Effective Date, and any Applicable Law relating to clawback, cancellation, recoupment, rescission, payback, or reduction of compensation, and the Participant’s agreement that the Company may take any actions that may be necessary to effectuate any such policy or Applicable Law, without further consideration or action.

 

  (c)

Detrimental Conduct. Except as otherwise determined by the Committee, notwithstanding any other term or condition of the Plan, if a Participant engages in Detrimental Conduct, whether during the Participant’s service or after the Participant’s Separation from Service, in addition to any other penalties or restrictions that may apply under the Plan, Applicable Law, or otherwise, the Participant must forfeit or pay to the Company the following:

 

  (i)

any and all outstanding Awards granted to the Participant, including Awards that have become vested or exercisable;

 

26


  (ii)

any cash or Shares received by the Participant in connection with the Plan within the 36-month period immediately before the date the Company determines the Participant has engaged in Detrimental Conduct; and

 

  (iii)

the profit realized by the Participant from the sale, or other disposition for consideration, of any Shares received by the Participant under the Plan within the 36-month period immediately before the date the Company determines the Participant has engaged in Detrimental Conduct.

 

13.23

Data Protection. A Participant’s acceptance of an Award will be deemed to constitute the Participant’s acknowledgement of and consent to the collection and processing of personal data relating to the Participant so that the Company and the Affiliates can fulfill their obligations and exercise their rights under the Plan and generally administer and manage the Plan. This data will include data about participation in the Plan and Shares offered or received, purchased, or sold under the Plan and other appropriate financial and other data (such as the date on which the Awards were granted) about the Participant and the Participant’s participation in the Plan.

 

13.24

Unfunded Plan. The Plan is intended to constitute an “unfunded” plan for incentive and deferred compensation. With respect to any payment as to which a Participant has a fixed and vested interest but that is not yet made to a Participant by the Company, nothing in the Plan gives any Participant any right that is greater than the rights of a general unsecured creditor of the Company. The grant of an Award will not require a segregation of any of the Company’s assets for satisfaction of the Company’s payment obligation under any Award.

 

13.25

Plan Construction. In the Plan, unless otherwise stated, the following uses apply:

 

  (a)

references to Applicable Law refer to the Applicable Law and any amendments and supplements thereto and any successor Applicable Law, and to all valid and binding rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, court decisions, and other regulatory and judicial authority issued or rendered thereunder, as amended or supplemented, or their successors, as in effect at the relevant time;

 

  (b)

in computing periods from a specified date to a later specified date, the words “from” and “commencing on” (and the like) mean “from and including,” and the words “to,” “until,” and “ending on” (and the like) mean “to and including”;

 

  (c)

indications of time of day will be based upon the time applicable to the location of the principal headquarters of the Company;

 

  (d)

the words “include,” “includes,” and “including” (and the like) mean “include, without limitation,” “includes, without limitation,” and “including, without limitation” (and the like), respectively;

 

  (e)

all references to articles, sections, and exhibits are to articles, sections, and exhibits in or to the Plan;

 

27


  (f)

all words used will be construed to be of such gender or number as the circumstances and context require;

 

  (g)

the captions and headings of articles, sections, and exhibits have been inserted solely for convenience of reference and will not be considered a part of the Plan, nor will any of them affect the meaning or interpretation of the Plan;

 

  (h)

any reference to an agreement, plan, policy, form, document, or set of documents, and the rights and obligations of the parties under any such agreement, plan, policy, form, document, or set of documents, will mean the agreement, plan, policy, form, document, or set of documents as amended from time to time, and any and all modifications, extensions, renewals, substitutions, or replacements thereof; and

 

  (i)

all accounting terms not specifically defined will be construed in accordance with GAAP.

 

28


Exhibit A

PERFORMANCE GOALS

Performance Goals established for purposes of Performance Awards will be based on the attainment of certain target levels of, or a specified increase or decrease (as applicable) in 1 or more of the following performance criteria:

 

   

earnings per share;

 

   

operating income;

 

   

gross income;

 

   

net income (before or after taxes);

 

   

cash flow;

 

   

gross profit;

 

   

gross profit return on investment;

 

   

gross margin return on investment;

 

   

gross margin;

 

   

operating margin;

 

   

working capital;

 

   

earnings before interest and taxes;

 

   

earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, and amortization;

 

   

adjusted earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, and amortization;

 

   

return on equity;

 

   

return on assets;

 

   

return on capital;

 

   

return on invested capital;

 

   

total revenues;

 

   

gross revenues;

 

   

net recurring revenues;

 

   

revenue growth;

 

   

annual recurring revenues;

 

   

recurring revenues;

 

   

license revenues;

 

   

sales or market share;

 

   

total shareholder return;

 

   

economic value added;

 

   

specified objectives with regard to limiting the level of increase in all or a portion of the Company’s bank debt or other long-term or short-term public or private debt or other similar financial obligations of the Company, which may be calculated net of cash balances and other offsets and adjustments as may be established by the Committee;

 

   

the fair market value of a Share;

 

   

the growth in the value of an investment in the Common Stock assuming the reinvestment of dividends;

 

   

reduction in operating expenses;

 

A-1


   

cash earnings per share;

 

   

adjusted net income;

 

   

adjusted net income per share;

 

   

volume/volume growth;

 

   

in year volume;

 

   

merchant account production;

 

   

distribution partner account production;

 

   

new merchant locations;

 

   

new merchant locations using a particular product;

 

   

calculated attrition;

 

   

product revenue;

 

   

goals based on product performance;

 

   

annual cash adjusted earnings per share growth;

 

   

annual stock price growth;

 

   

diluted earnings per share;

 

   

total shareholder return positioning within a comparator group; or

 

   

adjusted cash net income per share.

The Committee may exclude, or adjust to reflect, the impact of an event or occurrence that the Committee determines should be excluded or adjusted, including:

 

  (a)

restructurings, discontinued operations, extraordinary items and events, and other unusual and non-recurring charges;

 

  (b)

an event either not directly related to the operations of the Company or not within the reasonable control of the Company’s management; or

 

  (c)

a change in tax law or accounting standards.

Performance Goals may also be based upon individual Participant Performance Goals, as determined by the Committee.

In addition, Performance Goals may be based upon the attainment of specified levels of Company (or Affiliate, division, other operational unit, administrative department, or product category) performance under 1 or more of the measures described above relative to the performance of other corporations. The Committee may also:

 

  (a)

designate additional business criteria on which the Performance Goals may be based; and

 

  (b)

adjust, modify, or amend the aforementioned business criteria.

 

A-2

Exhibit 10.9

RESTRICTED SHARES AWARD AGREEMENT

OAK STREET HEALTH, INC. OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN

Oak Street Health, Inc. (the “Company”) grants to the Participant named below (“you”) the number of Restricted Shares set forth below (the “Award”), under this Restricted Shares Award Agreement (“Agreement”).

 

Governing Plan:   Oak Street Health, Inc. Omnibus Incentive Plan
Defined Terms:   As set forth in the Plan, unless otherwise defined in this Agreement
Participant:   [Name]
Grant Date:   [Date]
Number of Restricted Shares:   [●]
Vesting:   The Restricted Shares will become vested as follows, as long as you do not have a Separation from Service before the applicable [date/event]:
 

[Date/Event]

  

Restricted Shares Vesting*

 

[--]

   [●]

 

  *Any resultant fractional Restricted Shares will not become vested and will instead be subject to the next vesting [date/event].

RESTRICTED SHARES TERMS

 

1.

Grant of Restricted Shares.

 

  (a)

The Award is subject to the terms of the Plan. The terms of the Plan are incorporated into this Agreement by this reference.

 

  (b)

You must accept the terms of this Agreement within 10 business days after the Agreement is presented to you for review by returning a signed copy of this Agreement to the Company in accordance with such procedures as the Company may establish. The Committee may unilaterally cancel and forfeit all or a portion the Award if you do not timely accept the terms of this Agreement.

 

  (c)

As soon as practicable after the Grant Date, the Company will direct that a stock certificate or certificates representing the Restricted Shares be registered in your name. Such certificate(s) will be held in the custody of the Company or its designee until the expiration of the Restricted Period. Upon the request of the Company, you will be required to deliver to the Company 1 or more stock powers endorsed in blank relating to the Restricted Shares.

 

  (d)

If a certificate for the Restricted Shares is delivered to you under the Award, the certificate may bear the following or a similar legend as determined by the Company:

The ownership and transferability of this certificate and the shares of stock represented hereby are subject to the terms (including forfeiture) of the Oak Street Health, Inc. Omnibus Incentive Plan and a restricted shares award agreement entered into between the registered owner and Oak Street Health, Inc. Copies of such plan and agreement are on file in the executive offices of Oak Street Health, Inc.


In addition, any stock certificates for the Restricted Shares will be subject to any stop-transfer orders and other restrictions as the Company may deem advisable under Applicable Law, and the Company may cause a legend or legends to be placed on any certificates to make appropriate reference to these restrictions. In addition, you acknowledge and expressly agree to the lock-up terms of Section 13.21 of the Plan (and any successor terms).

 

  (e)

Any issuance of Shares under the Award may be effected on a non-certificated basis, to the extent not prohibited by Applicable Law.

 

2.

Restrictions.

 

  (a)

You will have all rights and privileges of a Stockholder as to the Restricted Shares upon the Grant Date, including the right to vote and receive dividends, except that the following restrictions will apply:

 

  (i)

you will not be entitled to delivery of any Share certificates for the Restricted Shares until the expiration of the Restricted Period (if at all), and upon the satisfaction of all other terms;

 

  (ii)

you may not sell, transfer (other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution), assign, pledge, or otherwise encumber or dispose of the Restricted Shares or any rights under the Restricted Shares during the Restricted Period;

 

  (iii)

you will forfeit all of the Restricted Shares and all of your rights under the Restricted Shares will terminate in their entirety on the terms set forth in Section 4 below and Section 9(j) below; and

 

  (iv)

no Restricted Share will be considered earned until the end of the Restricted Period applicable to the Restricted Share.

 

  (b)

Any attempt to dispose of the Restricted Shares or any interest in the Restricted Shares in a manner contrary to the terms of this Agreement will be void and of no effect.

 

3.

Restricted Period and Vesting. The “Restricted Period” is the period beginning on the Grant Date and ending on the date the Restricted Shares, or such applicable portion of the Restricted Shares, are deemed vested under the terms set forth in the table at the beginning of this Agreement.

 

4.

Forfeiture. If, during the Restricted Period, (a) you incur a Separation from Service (for the avoidance of doubt, which does not otherwise result in the vesting of the Restricted Shares), (b) you materially breach this Agreement, or (c) you fail to meet the tax withholding obligations described in Section 5 below, you will immediately and automatically forfeit all of your rights in respect of the Restricted Shares.

 

5.

Taxes. Regardless of any action the Company may take that is related to any or all income tax, payroll tax, or other tax-related withholding under the Plan (“Tax-Related Items”), the ultimate liability for all Tax-Related Items owed by you is and will remain your responsibility. The Company (a) makes no representations or undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax-Related Items under the Award and (b) does not commit to structure the terms of the Award to reduce or eliminate your liability for Tax-Related Items. You will be required to meet any applicable tax withholding obligation in accordance with the tax withholding terms of Section 13.5 of the Plan (and any successor terms). The Award is intended to be exempt from Section 409A, and this Agreement will be administered and interpreted consistently with that intent and with the terms of Section 13.16 of the Plan (and any successor terms).

 

6.

Adjustment. Upon any event described in Section 4.2 of the Plan (and any successor sections) occurring after the Grant Date, the adjustment terms of that section will apply to the Award.

 

2


7.

Bound by Plan and Committee Decisions. By accepting the Award, you acknowledge that you have received a copy of the Plan and have had an opportunity to review the Plan, and you agree to be bound by all of the terms of the Plan. If there is any conflict between this Agreement and the Plan, the Plan will control. The authority to manage and control the operation and administration of this Agreement and the Plan is vested in the Committee. The Committee has all powers under this Agreement that it has under the Plan. Any interpretation of this Agreement or the Plan by the Committee and any decision made by the Committee related to the Agreement or the Plan will be final and binding on all Persons.

 

8.

Regulatory and Other Limitations. Notwithstanding anything else in this Agreement, the Committee may impose conditions, restrictions, and limitations on the issuance of Shares under the Award unless and until the Committee determines that the issuance complies with (a) all registration requirements under the Securities Act, (b) all listing requirements of any securities exchange or similar entity on which the Shares are listed, (c) all Company policies and administrative rules, and (d) all Applicable Laws.

 

9.

Miscellaneous.

 

  (a)

Notices. Any notice that may be required or permitted under this Agreement must be in writing and may be delivered personally, by intraoffice mail, or by electronic mail or via a postal service (postage prepaid) to the electronic mail or postal address and directed to the person as the receiving party may designate in writing from time to time.

 

  (b)

Waiver. The waiver by any party to this Agreement of a breach of any term of the Agreement will not operate or be construed as a waiver of any other or subsequent breach.

 

  (c)

Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire agreement between you and the Company for the Award. Any prior agreements, commitments, or negotiations related to the Award are superseded.

 

  (d)

Binding Effect; Successors. The obligations and rights of the Company under this Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company and any successor corporation or organization resulting from the merger, consolidation, sale, or other reorganization of the Company, or upon any successor corporation or organization succeeding to substantially all of the assets and business of the Company. Your obligations and rights under this Agreement will be binding upon and inure to your benefit and the benefit of your beneficiaries, executors, administrators, heirs, and successors.

 

  (e)

Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial; Data Protection. You acknowledge and expressly agree to the governing law terms of Section 13.9 of the Plan (and any successor terms) and the jurisdiction and waiver of jury trial terms of Section 13.10 of the Plan.

 

  (f)

Amendment. This Agreement may be amended at any time by the Committee, except that no amendment may, without your consent, materially impair your rights under the Award.

 

  (g)

Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any term of the Plan or this Agreement will not affect the validity or enforceability of any other term of the Plan or this Agreement, and each other term of the Plan and this Agreement will be severable and enforceable to the extent permitted by Applicable Law.

 

  (h)

No Rights to Service; No Impact on Other Benefits. Nothing in this Agreement will be construed as giving you any right to be retained in any position with the Company or its Affiliates. Nothing in this Agreement will interfere with or restrict the rights of the Company or its Affiliates—which are expressly reserved—to remove, terminate, or discharge you at any time for any reason whatsoever or for no reason, subject to the Company’s certificate of incorporation, bylaws, and other similar governing documents and Applicable Law. The Restricted Shares are not part of your normal or expected compensation for purposes of calculating any severance, retirement, welfare, insurance, or similar employee benefit. The grant of the Restricted Shares does not create any right to receive any future awards.

 

3


  (i)

Further Assurances. You must, upon request of the Company, do all acts and execute, deliver, and perform all additional documents, instruments, and agreements that may be reasonably required by the Company to implement this Agreement.

 

  (j)

Clawback. All awards, amounts, and benefits received or outstanding under the Plan will be subject to clawback, cancellation, recoupment, rescission, payback, reduction, or other similar action in accordance with the terms of any Company clawback or similar policy or any Applicable Law related to such actions, as may be in effect from time to time. You acknowledge and consent to the Company’s application, implementation, and enforcement of any applicable Company clawback or similar policy that may apply to you, whether adopted before or after the Grant Date (including the forfeiture, clawback, and detrimental conduct terms contained in Section 13.22 of the Plan as of the Grant Date (and any successor terms)), and any term of Applicable Law relating to clawback, cancellation, recoupment, rescission, payback, or reduction of compensation, and the Company may take such actions as may be necessary to effectuate any such policy or Applicable Law, without further consideration or action.

 

  (k)

Electronic Delivery and Acceptance. The Company may deliver any documents related to current or future participation in the Plan by electronic means. You consent to receive those documents by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through any on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or a third party designated by the Company.

 

10.

Your Representations. You represent to the Company that you have read and fully understand this Agreement and the Plan and that your decision to participate in the Plan is completely voluntary. You also acknowledge that you are relying solely on your own advisors regarding the tax consequences of the Award.

By signing below, you are agreeing that your electronic signature is the legal equivalent of a manual signature on this Agreement and you are agreeing to all of the terms of this Agreement, as of the Grant Date.

 

Participant signature:  

 

 

4

Exhibit 10.10

RSU AWARD AGREEMENT

OAK STREET HEALTH, INC. OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN

Oak Street Health, Inc. (the “Company”) grants to the Participant named below (“you”) the number of restricted stock units (“RSUs”) set forth below (the “Award”), under this RSU Award Agreement (“Agreement”).

 

Governing Plan:    Oak Street Health, Inc. Omnibus Incentive Plan
Defined Terms:    As set forth in the Plan, unless otherwise defined in this Agreement
Participant:    [Name]
Grant Date:    [Date]
Number of RSUs:    [●]
Definition of RSU:    Each RSU entitles you to earn and receive 1 Share in the future, subject to the terms of this Agreement.
Earning and Payment:    The RSUs will become earned and payable as follows, as long as you do not have a Separation from Service before the applicable [date/event]:
   [Date/Event]    RSUs Earned and Payable*
   [—]    [●]
   *Any resultant fractional RSUs will not become earned or payable and will instead be subject to the next earning and payment [date/event].

RSU TERMS

 

1.

Grant of RSUs.

 

  (a)

The Award is subject to the terms of the Plan. The terms of the Plan are incorporated into this Agreement by this reference.

 

  (b)

You must accept the terms of this Agreement within 10 business days after the Agreement is presented to you for review by returning a signed copy of this Agreement to the Company in accordance with such procedures as the Company may establish. The Committee may unilaterally cancel and forfeit all or a portion of the Award if you do not timely accept the terms of this Agreement.

 

2.

Restrictions.

 

  (a)

You will have no rights or privileges of a Stockholder as to the Shares underlying the RSUs before settlement under Section 5 below (“Settlement”), including no right to vote or receive dividends or other distributions; in addition, the following terms will apply:

 

  (i)

you will not be entitled to delivery of any Share certificates for the RSUs until Settlement (if at all), and upon the satisfaction of all other terms;


  (ii)

you may not sell, transfer (other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution), assign, pledge, or otherwise encumber or dispose of the RSUs or any rights under the RSUs before Settlement;

 

  (iii)

you will forfeit all of the RSUs and all of your rights under the RSUs will terminate in their entirety on the terms set forth in Section 4 below and Section 10(j) below; and

 

  (iv)

no Share underlying an RSU will be considered earned until the end of the Restricted Period applicable to the RSU.

 

  (b)

Any attempt to dispose of the RSUs, any interest in the RSUs, or any Shares in respect of the RSUs in a manner contrary to the terms of this Agreement will be void and of no effect.

 

3.

Restricted Period and Payment. The “Restricted Period” is the period beginning on the Grant Date and ending on the date the RSUs, or such applicable portion of the RSUs, are deemed earned and payable under the terms set forth in the table at the beginning of this Agreement.

 

4.

Forfeiture. If, during the Restricted Period, (a) you incur a Separation from Service (for the avoidance of doubt, which does not otherwise result in the immediate or continued earning and payment of the RSUs), (b) you materially breach this Agreement, or (c) you fail to meet the tax withholding obligations described in Section 6 below, you will immediately and automatically forfeit all of your rights in respect of the RSUs.

 

5.

Settlement of RSUs. Delivery of Shares or other amounts under this Agreement will be subject to the following:

 

  (a)

The Company will deliver to you 1 Share for each RSU that has become earned and payable as soon as administratively practicable after the end of the applicable Restricted Period.

 

  (b)

Any issuance of Shares under the Award may be effected on a non-certificated basis, to the extent not prohibited by Applicable Law.

 

  (c)

If a certificate for Shares is delivered to you under the Award, the certificate may bear the following or a similar legend as determined by the Company:

The ownership and transferability of this certificate and the shares of stock represented hereby are subject to the terms (including forfeiture) of the Oak Street Health, Inc. Omnibus Incentive Plan and an RSU award agreement entered into between the registered owner and Oak Street Health, Inc. Copies of such plan and agreement are on file in the executive offices of Oak Street Health, Inc.

In addition, any stock certificates for Shares will be subject to any stop-transfer orders and other restrictions as the Company may deem advisable under Applicable Law, and the Company may cause a legend or legends to be placed on any certificates to make appropriate reference to these restrictions. In addition, you acknowledge and expressly agree to the lock-up terms of Section 13.21 of the Plan (and any successor terms).

 

6.

Taxes. Regardless of any action the Company may take that is related to any or all income tax, payroll tax, or other tax-related withholding under the Plan (“Tax-Related Items”), the ultimate liability for all Tax-Related Items owed by you is and will remain your responsibility. The Company (a) makes no representations or undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax-Related Items and (b) does not commit to structure the terms of the Award to reduce or eliminate your liability for Tax-Related Items. You will be required to meet any applicable tax withholding obligation in accordance with the tax withholding terms of Section 13.5 of the Plan (and any successor terms). The RSUs are intended to be exempt from Section 409A, and this Agreement will be administered and interpreted consistently with that intent and with the terms of Section 13.16 of the Plan (and any successor terms).

 

2


7.

Adjustment. Upon any event described in Section 4.2 of the Plan (and any successor sections) occurring after the Grant Date, the adjustment terms of that section will apply to the Award.

 

8.

Bound by Plan and Committee Decisions. By accepting the Award, you acknowledge that you have received a copy of the Plan and have had an opportunity to review the Plan, and you agree to be bound by all of the terms of the Plan. If there is any conflict between this Agreement and the Plan, the Plan will control. The authority to manage and control the operation and administration of this Agreement and the Plan is vested in the Committee. The Committee has all powers under this Agreement that it has under the Plan. Any interpretation of this Agreement or the Plan by the Committee and any decision made by the Committee related to the Agreement or the Plan will be final and binding on all Persons.

 

9.

Regulatory and Other Limitations. Notwithstanding anything else in this Agreement, the Committee may impose conditions, restrictions, and limitations on the issuance of Shares under the Award unless and until the Committee determines that the issuance complies with (a) all registration requirements under the Securities Act, (b) all listing requirements of any securities exchange or similar entity on which the Shares are listed, (c) all Company policies and administrative rules, and (d) all Applicable Laws.

 

10.

Miscellaneous.

 

  (a)

Notices. Any notice that may be required or permitted under this Agreement must be in writing and may be delivered personally, by intraoffice mail, or by electronic mail or via a postal service (postage prepaid) to the electronic mail or postal address and directed to the person as the receiving party may designate in writing from time to time.

 

  (b)

Waiver. The waiver by any party to this Agreement of a breach of any term of the Agreement will not operate or be construed as a waiver of any other or subsequent breach.

 

  (c)

Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire agreement between you and the Company related to the Award. Any prior agreements, commitments, or negotiations related the Award are superseded.

 

  (d)

Binding Effect; Successors. The obligations and rights of the Company under this Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company and any successor corporation or organization resulting from the merger, consolidation, sale, or other reorganization of the Company, or upon any successor corporation or organization succeeding to substantially all of the assets and business of the Company. Your obligations and rights under this Agreement will be binding upon and inure to your benefit and the benefit of your beneficiaries, executors, administrators, heirs, and successors.

 

  (e)

Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial. You acknowledge and expressly agree to the governing law terms of Section 13.9 of the Plan (and any successor terms) and the jurisdiction and waiver of jury trial terms of Section 13.10 of the Plan (and any successor terms).

 

  (f)

Amendment. This Agreement may be amended at any time by the Committee, except that no amendment may, without your consent, materially impair your rights under the Award.

 

  (g)

Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any term of the Plan or this Agreement will not affect the validity or enforceability of any other term of the Plan or this Agreement, and each other term of the Plan and this Agreement will be severable and enforceable to the extent permitted by Applicable Law.

 

3


  (h)

No Rights to Service; No Impact on Other Benefits. Nothing in this Agreement will be construed as giving you any right to be retained in any position with the Company or its Affiliates. Nothing in this Agreement will interfere with or restrict the rights of the Company or its Affiliates—which are expressly reserved—to remove, terminate, or discharge you at any time for any reason whatsoever or for no reason, subject to the Company’s certificate of incorporation, bylaws, and other similar governing documents and Applicable Law. The value of the RSUs is not part of your normal or expected compensation for purposes of calculating any severance, retirement, welfare, insurance, or similar employee benefit. The grant of the RSUs does not create any right to receive any future awards.

 

  (i)

Further Assurances. You must, upon request of the Company, do all acts and execute, deliver, and perform all additional documents, instruments, and agreements that may be reasonably required by the Company to implement this Agreement.

 

  (j)

Clawback. All awards, amounts, and benefits received or outstanding under the Plan will be subject to clawback, cancellation, recoupment, rescission, payback, reduction, or other similar action in accordance with the terms of any Company clawback or similar policy or any Applicable Law related to such actions, as may be in effect from time to time. You acknowledge and consent to the Company’s application, implementation, and enforcement of any applicable Company clawback or similar policy that may apply to you, whether adopted before or after the Grant Date (including the forfeiture, clawback, and detrimental conduct terms contained in Section 13.22 of the Plan as of the Grant Date (and any successor terms)), and any term of Applicable Law relating to clawback, cancellation, recoupment, rescission, payback, or reduction of compensation, and the Company may take such actions as may be necessary to effectuate any such policy or Applicable Law, without further consideration or action.

 

  (k)

Electronic Delivery and Acceptance. The Company may deliver any documents related to current or future participation in the Plan by electronic means. You consent to receive those documents by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through any on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or a third party designated by the Company.

 

11.

Your Representations. You represent to the Company that you have read and fully understand this Agreement and the Plan and that your decision to participate in the Plan is completely voluntary. You also acknowledge that you are relying solely on your own advisors regarding the tax consequences of the Award.

By signing below, you are agreeing that your electronic signature is the legal equivalent of a manual signature on this Agreement and you are agreeing to all of the terms of this Agreement, as of the Grant Date.

 

Participant signature:  

 

 

4

Exhibit 10.11

OPTION AWARD AGREEMENT

OAK STREET HEALTH, INC. OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN

Oak Street Health, Inc. (the “Company”) grants to the Participant named below (“you”) [an Incentive/a Nonstatutory] Stock Option to purchase the number of Shares set forth below (the “Option”), under this Option Award Agreement (“Agreement”).

 

Governing Plan:    Oak Street Health, Inc. Omnibus Incentive Plan
Defined Terms:    As set forth in the Plan, unless otherwise defined in this Agreement
Participant:    [Name]
Type of Option:    [Incentive/Nonstatutory] Stock Option
Grant Date:    [Date]
Number of Shares Purchasable:    [●]
Exercise Price per Share:    $[●], which is the Fair Market Value as of the Grant Date
Original Expiration Date:    [●] years from the Grant Date (or earlier if your Separation from Service occurs before this Expiration Date; see Exercise after Separation from Service below)
Exercisability:    The Option will become exercisable as follows, as long as you do not have a Separation from Service before the applicable [date/event]:
   [Date/Event]    % of Option Exercisable*
   [—]    [●]%
   *Any resultant fractional Options will not become exercisable and will instead be subject to the next applicable [date/event].
Exercise after Separation from Service:   

Separation from Service for any reason other than Disability, death, or Cause: any unexercisable portion of the Option expires immediately and any exercisable portion remains exercisable for [•] after your Separation from Service for any reason other than Disability, death, or Cause.

 

Separation from Service due to Disability or death: any unexercisable portion of the Option expires immediately and any exercisable portion remains exercisable for [•] after your Separation from Service due to your Disability or death.

 

Separation from Service for Cause: the entire Option, including any exercisable and unexercisable portion, expires immediately upon your Separation from Service for Cause.

Notwithstanding anything else in this Agreement, the Option may not be exercised after the latest Original Expiration Date set forth above.

OPTION TERMS

 

1.

Grant of Option.

 

  (a)

The Option is subject to the terms of the Plan. The terms of the Plan are incorporated into this Agreement by this reference.


  (b)

You must accept the terms of this Agreement within 10 business days after the Agreement is presented to you for review by returning a signed copy of this Agreement to the Company in accordance with such procedures as the Company may establish. You may not exercise any portion of the Option before you have accepted the terms of this Agreement. The Committee may unilaterally cancel and forfeit all or a portion of the Option if you do not timely accept the terms of this Agreement.

 

  (c)

If designated above as an Incentive Stock Option, the Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option. To the extent the Option fails to meet the requirements of an Incentive Stock Option or is not designated as an Incentive Stock Option, the Option will be a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

 

2.

Exercise of Option.

 

  (a)

Right to Exercise. The Option will be exercisable in accordance with the terms provided in the table above, and all the rest of the terms of this Agreement. The Option, to the extent exercisable, may be exercised in whole or in part. The Option may not be exercised after it expires. No Shares will be issued upon the exercise of the Option unless the issuance and exercise comply with all Applicable Laws. For income tax purposes, Shares will be considered transferred to you on the date you properly exercise the Option. Until you have properly exercised the Option and Shares have been delivered, you will not have any rights as a Stockholder for those Shares.

 

  (b)

Method of Exercise and Payment. You may exercise the Option by delivering an exercise notice in a form approved by the Company (the “Exercise Notice”). The Exercise Notice must state your election to exercise the Option, the number of Option Shares that are being purchased, and any other representations and agreements that may be required by the Company. Together with the Exercise Notice, you must tender payment of the aggregate Exercise Price for all Shares exercised and all applicable withholding and other taxes. The Option will be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of a fully executed Exercise Notice and payment of the aggregate Exercise Price and all applicable withholding and other taxes.

 

3.

Method of Payment. If you elect to exercise the Option, you must pay the aggregate Exercise Price, as well as any applicable withholding or other taxes, in accordance with any of the payment methods set forth in Section 6.4(d) of the Plan (or any successor sections).

 

4.

Restrictions on Exercise.

 

  (a)

You may not exercise the Option (i) if it is an Incentive Stock Option and the Plan has not been approved by the Stockholders or (ii) if the issuance of Shares upon exercise or the method of payment for those Shares would constitute a violation of any Applicable Law or Company policy.

 

  (b)

Any issuance of Shares under the Option may be effected on a non-certificated basis, to the extent not prohibited by Applicable Law.

 

  (c)

If a certificate for Shares is delivered to you under the Option, the certificate may bear the following or a similar legend as determined by the Company:

The ownership and transferability of this certificate and the shares of stock represented hereby are subject to the terms (including forfeiture) of the Oak Street Health, Inc. Omnibus Incentive Plan and an option award agreement entered into between the registered owner and Oak Street Health, Inc. Copies of such plan and agreement are on file in the executive offices of Oak Street Health, Inc.

In addition, any stock certificates for Shares will be subject to any stop-transfer orders and other restrictions as the Company may deem advisable under Applicable Law, and the Company may

 

2


cause a legend or legends to be placed on any certificates to make appropriate reference to these restrictions. In addition, you acknowledge and expressly agree to the lock-up terms of Section 13.21 of the Plan (and any successor terms).

 

5.

Transferability. You may not transfer the Option in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and the Option may be exercised during your lifetime only by you.

 

6.

Term of Option. You may not exercise the Option after it expires and you may only exercise the Option in accordance with this Agreement.

 

7.

Taxes. Regardless of any action the Company may take that is related to any or all income tax, payroll tax, or other tax-related withholding under the Plan (“Tax-Related Items”), the ultimate liability for all Tax-Related Items owed by you is and will remain your responsibility. The Company (a) makes no representations or undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax-Related Items and (b) does not commit to structure the terms of the Award to reduce or eliminate your liability for Tax-Related Items. You will be required to meet any applicable tax withholding obligation in accordance with the tax withholding terms of Section 13.5 of the Plan (and any successor terms). The Option is intended to be exempt from Section 409A, and this Agreement will be administered and interpreted consistently with that intent and with the terms of Section 13.16 of the Plan (and any successor terms). If you make any disposition of Shares delivered under an Incentive Stock Option under the circumstances described in Code Section 421(b) (relating to certain disqualifying dispositions), you must notify the Company of that disposition within 10 days.

 

8.

Adjustment. Upon any event described in Section 4.2 of the Plan (or any successor section) occurring after the Grant Date, the adjustment terms of that section will apply to the Option.

 

9.

Bound by Plan and Committee Decisions. By accepting the Option, you acknowledge that you have received a copy of the Plan and have had an opportunity to review the Plan, and you agree to be bound by all of the terms of the Plan. If there is any conflict between this Agreement and the Plan, the Plan will control. The authority to manage and control the operation and administration of this Agreement and the Plan is vested in the Committee. The Committee has all powers under this Agreement that it has under the Plan. Any interpretation of this Agreement or the Plan by the Committee and any decision made by the Committee related to the Agreement or the Plan will be final and binding on all Persons.

 

10.

Regulatory and Other Limitations. Notwithstanding anything else in this Agreement, the Committee may impose conditions, restrictions, and limitations on the issuance of Shares under the Option unless and until the Committee determines that the issuance complies with (a) all registration requirements under the Securities Act, (b) all listing requirements of any securities exchange or similar entity on which the Shares are listed, (c) all Company policies and administrative rules, and (d) all Applicable Laws.

 

11.

Miscellaneous.

 

  (a)

Notices. Any notice that may be required or permitted under this Agreement must be in writing and may be delivered personally, by intraoffice mail, or by electronic mail or via a postal service (postage prepaid) to the electronic mail or postal address and directed to the person as the receiving party may designate in writing.

 

  (b)

Waiver. The waiver by any party to this Agreement of a breach of any term of the Agreement will not operate or be construed as a waiver of any other or subsequent breach.

 

  (c)

Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire agreement between you and the Company for the Option. Any prior agreement, commitment, or negotiation related to the Option is superseded.

 

  (d)

Binding Effect; Successors. The obligations and rights of the Company under this Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company and any successor corporation or

 

3


  organization resulting from the merger, consolidation, sale, or other reorganization of the Company, or upon any successor corporation or organization succeeding to substantially all of the assets and business of the Company. Your obligations and rights under this Agreement will be binding upon and inure to your benefit and the benefit of your beneficiaries, executors, administrators, heirs, and successors.

 

  (e)

Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial. You acknowledge and expressly agree to the governing law terms of Section 13.9 of the Plan (and any successor terms) and the jurisdiction and waiver of jury trial terms of Section 13.10 of the Plan (and any successor terms).

 

  (f)

Amendment. This Agreement may be amended at any time by the Committee, except that no amendment may, without your consent, materially impair your rights under the Option.

 

  (g)

Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any term of the Plan or this Agreement will not affect the validity or enforceability of any other term of the Plan or this Agreement, and each other term of the Plan and this Agreement will be severable and enforceable to the extent permitted by Applicable Law.

 

  (h)

No Rights to Service; No Impact on Other Benefits. Nothing in this Agreement will be construed as giving you any right to be retained in any position with the Company or its Affiliates. Nothing in this Agreement will interfere with or restrict the rights of the Company or its Affiliates—which are expressly reserved—to remove, terminate, or discharge you at any time for any reason whatsoever or for no reason, subject to the Company’s certificate of incorporation, bylaws, and other similar governing documents and Applicable Law. Any value under the Option is not part of your normal or expected compensation for purposes of calculating any severance, retirement, welfare, insurance, or similar employee benefit. The grant of the Option does not create any right to receive any future awards.

 

  (i)

Further Assurances. You must, upon request of the Company, do all acts and execute, deliver, and perform all additional documents, instruments, and agreements that may be reasonably required by the Company to implement this Agreement.

 

  (j)

Clawback. All awards, amounts, and benefits received or outstanding under the Plan will be subject to clawback, cancellation, recoupment, rescission, payback, reduction, or other similar action in accordance with the terms of any Company clawback or similar policy or any Applicable Law related to such actions, as may be in effect from time to time. You acknowledge and consent to the Company’s application, implementation, and enforcement of any applicable Company clawback or similar policy that may apply to you, whether adopted before or after the Grant Date (including the forfeiture, clawback, and detrimental conduct terms contained in Section 13.22 of the Plan as of the Grant Date (and any successor terms)), and any term of Applicable Law relating to clawback, cancellation, recoupment, rescission, payback, or reduction of compensation, and the Company may take such actions as may be necessary to effectuate any such policy or Applicable Law, without further consideration or action.

 

  (k)

Electronic Delivery and Acceptance. The Company may deliver any documents related to current or future participation in the Plan by electronic means. You consent to receive those documents by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through any on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or a third party designated by the Company.

 

12.

Your Representations. You represent to the Company that you have read and fully understand this Agreement and the Plan and that your decision to participate in the Plan is completely voluntary. You also acknowledge that you are relying solely on your own advisors regarding the tax consequences of the Option.

 

4


By signing below, you are agreeing that your electronic signature is the legal equivalent of a manual signature on this Agreement and you are agreeing to all of the terms of this Agreement, as of the Grant Date.

 

Participant signature:  

 

 

5

Exhibit 10.12

SAR AWARD AGREEMENT

OAK STREET HEALTH, INC. OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN

Oak Street Health, Inc. (the “Company”) grants to the Participant named below (“you”) the number of Stock Appreciation Rights (“SARs”) set forth below (the “Award”), under this SAR Award Agreement (“Agreement”).

 

Governing Plan:    Oak Street Health, Inc. Omnibus Incentive Plan
Defined Terms:    As set forth in the Plan, unless otherwise defined in this Agreement
Participant:    [Name]
Grant Date:    [Date]
Number of SARs:    [●]
Definition of SAR:    Each SAR entitles you to receive, upon exercise, an amount equal to (i) the Fair Market Value of 1 Share on the date of exercise minus (ii) the Exercise Price per SAR (the “Appreciation Value”).
Exercise Price per SAR:    $[●], which is the Fair Market Value as of the Grant Date
Original Expiration Date:    [●] years from the Grant Date (or earlier if your Separation from Service occurs before this Expiration Date; see Exercise after Separation from Service below)
Exercisability:    The SARs will become exercisable as follows, as long as you do not have a Separation from Service before the applicable [date/event]:
   [Date/Event]    % of SARs Exercisable*
   [—]    [●]%

 

   *Any resultant fractional SARs will not become exercisable and will instead be subject to the next applicable [date/event].

Exercise after Separation from

Service:

  

Separation from Service for any reason other than Disability, death, or Cause: any unexercisable SARs expire immediately and any exercisable SARs remain exercisable for [●] after your Separation from Service for any reason other than Disability, death, or Cause.

 

Separation from Service due to Disability or death: exercisable SARs remain exercisable for [●] after your Separation from Service due to your Disability or death.

 

Separation from Service for Cause: all SARs (including any exercisable and unexercisable SARs) expire immediately upon your Separation from Service for Cause.

 

Notwithstanding anything else in this Agreement, the SARs may not be exercised after the latest Original Expiration Date set forth above.


SAR TERMS

 

1.

Grant of Award.

 

  (a)

The Award is subject to the terms of the Plan. The terms of the Plan are incorporated into this Agreement by this reference.

 

  (b)

You must accept the terms of this Agreement within 10 business days after the Agreement is presented to you for review by returning a signed copy of this Agreement to the Company in accordance with such procedures as the Company may establish. You may not exercise any of the SARs before you have accepted the terms of this Agreement. The Committee may unilaterally cancel and forfeit all or a portion of the Award if you do not timely accept the terms of this Agreement.

 

2.

Exercise of SARs.

 

  (a)

Right to Exercise. The SARs will be exercisable in accordance with the terms provided in the table above, and all the rest of the terms of this Agreement. The SARs, to the extent exercisable, may be exercised in whole or in part. The SARs may not be exercised after they expire. No Shares will be issued upon the exercise of the SARs unless the issuance and exercise comply with all Applicable Laws. For income tax purposes, Shares will be considered transferred to you on the date you properly exercise the SARs. Until you have properly exercised the SARs and Shares have been delivered, you will not have any rights as a Stockholder for those Shares.

 

  (b)

Method of Exercise. You may exercise the SARs by delivering an exercise notice in a form approved by the Company (the “Exercise Notice”). The Exercise Notice must state your election to exercise the SARs, the number of SARs that are being exercised, and any other representations and agreements that may be required by the Company. The SARs will be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of a fully executed Exercise Notice.

 

3.

Restrictions on Exercise.

 

  (a)

You may not exercise the SARs if the exercise would constitute a violation of any Applicable Law or Company policy.

 

  (b)

Any issuance of Shares under the Award may be effected on a non-certificated basis, to the extent not prohibited by Applicable Law.

 

  (c)

If a certificate for Shares is delivered to you under the Award, the certificate may bear the following or a similar legend as determined by the Company:

The ownership and transferability of this certificate and the shares of stock represented hereby are subject to the terms (including forfeiture) of the Oak Street Health, Inc. Omnibus Incentive Plan and an SAR award agreement entered into between the registered owner and Oak Street Health, Inc. Copies of such plan and agreement are on file in the executive offices of Oak Street Health, Inc.

In addition, any stock certificates for Shares will be subject to any stop-transfer orders and other restrictions as the Company may deem advisable under Applicable Law, and the Company may cause a legend or legends to be placed on any certificates to make appropriate reference to these restrictions. In addition, you acknowledge and expressly agree to the lock-up terms of Section 13.21 of the Plan (and any successor terms).

 

4.

Transferability. You may not transfer the SARs in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and the SARs may be exercised during your lifetime only by you.

 

2


5.

Term of SARs. You may not exercise the SARs after they expire and you may only exercise the SARs in accordance with this Agreement.

 

6.

Taxes. Regardless of any action the Company may take that is related to any or all income tax, payroll tax, or other tax-related withholding under the Plan (“Tax-Related Items”), the ultimate liability for all Tax-Related Items owed by you is and will remain your responsibility. The Company (a) makes no representations or undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax-Related Items and (b) does not commit to structure the terms of the Award to reduce or eliminate your liability for Tax-Related Items. You will be required to meet any applicable tax withholding obligation in accordance with the tax withholding terms of Section 13.5 of the Plan (and any successor terms). The Award is intended to be exempt from Section 409A, and this Agreement will be administered and interpreted consistently with that intent and with the terms of Section 13.16 of the Plan (and any successor terms).

 

7.

Form of Payment. Upon the exercise of all or a portion of the SARs, you will be entitled to an amount of Shares having a Fair Market Value on the date of exercise equal to the Appreciation Value of the SARs being exercised, less any amounts withheld under Section 6 above.

 

8.

Adjustment. Upon any event described in Section 4.2 of the Plan (or any successor section) occurring after the Grant Date, the adjustment terms of that section will apply to the SARs.

 

9.

Bound by Plan and Committee Decisions. By accepting the Award, you acknowledge that you have received a copy of the Plan and have had an opportunity to review the Plan, and you agree to be bound by all of the terms of the Plan. If there is any conflict between this Agreement and the Plan, the Plan will control. The authority to manage and control the operation and administration of this Agreement and the Plan is vested in the Committee. The Committee has all powers under this Agreement that it has under the Plan. Any interpretation of this Agreement or the Plan by the Committee and any decision made by the Committee related to the Agreement or the Plan will be final and binding on all Persons.

 

10.

Regulatory and Other Limitations. Notwithstanding anything else in this Agreement, the Committee may impose conditions, restrictions, and limitations on the issuance of Shares under the Award unless and until the Committee determines that the issuance complies with (a) all registration requirements under the Securities Act, (b) all listing requirements of any securities exchange or similar entity on which the Shares are listed, (c) all Company policies and administrative rules, and (d) all Applicable Laws.

 

11.

Miscellaneous.

 

  (a)

Notices. Any notice that may be required or permitted under this Agreement must be in writing and may be delivered personally, by intraoffice mail, or by electronic mail or via a postal service (postage prepaid) to the electronic mail or postal address and directed to the person as the receiving party may designate in writing.

 

  (b)

Waiver. The waiver by any party to this Agreement of a breach of any term of the Agreement will not operate or be construed as a waiver of any other or subsequent breach.

 

  (c)

Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire agreement between you and the Company for the SARs. Any prior agreement, commitment, or negotiation related to the SARs is superseded.

 

  (d)

Binding Effect; Successors. The obligations and rights of the Company under this Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company and any successor corporation or organization resulting from the merger, consolidation, sale, or other reorganization of the Company, or upon any successor corporation or organization succeeding to substantially all of the assets and business of the Company. Your obligations and rights under this Agreement will be binding upon and inure to your benefit and the benefit of your beneficiaries, executors, administrators, heirs, and successors.

 

3


  (e)

Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial. You acknowledge and expressly agree to the governing law terms of Section 13.9 of the Plan (and any successor terms) and the jurisdiction and waiver of jury trial terms of Section 13.10 of the Plan (and any successor terms).

 

  (f)

Amendment. This Agreement may be amended at any time by the Committee, except that no amendment may, without your consent, materially impair your rights under the Award.

 

  (g)

Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any term of the Plan or this Agreement will not affect the validity or enforceability of any other term of the Plan or this Agreement, and each other term of the Plan and this Agreement will be severable and enforceable to the extent permitted by Applicable Law.

 

  (h)

No Rights to Service; No Impact on Other Benefits. Nothing in this Agreement will be construed as giving you any right to be retained in any position with the Company or its Affiliates. Nothing in this Agreement will interfere with or restrict the rights of the Company or its Affiliates—which are expressly reserved—to remove, terminate, or discharge you at any time for any reason whatsoever or for no reason, subject to the Company’s certificate of incorporation, bylaws, and other similar governing documents and Applicable Law. Any value under the Option is not part of your normal or expected compensation for purposes of calculating any severance, retirement, welfare, insurance, or similar employee benefit. The grant of the SARs does not create any right to receive any future awards.

 

  (i)

Further Assurances. You must, upon request of the Company, do all acts and execute, deliver, and perform all additional documents, instruments, and agreements that may be reasonably required by the Company to implement this Agreement.

 

  (j)

Clawback. All awards, amounts, and benefits received or outstanding under the Plan will be subject to clawback, cancellation, recoupment, rescission, payback, reduction, or other similar action in accordance with the terms of any Company clawback or similar policy or any Applicable Law related to such actions, as may be in effect from time to time. You acknowledge and consent to the Company’s application, implementation, and enforcement of any applicable Company clawback or similar policy that may apply to you, whether adopted before or after the Grant Date (including the forfeiture, clawback, and detrimental conduct terms contained in Section 13.22 of the Plan as of the Grant Date (and any successor terms)), and any term of Applicable Law relating to clawback, cancellation, recoupment, rescission, payback, or reduction of compensation, and the Company may take such actions as may be necessary to effectuate any such policy or Applicable Law, without further consideration or action.

 

  (k)

Electronic Delivery and Acceptance. The Company may deliver any documents related to current or future participation in the Plan by electronic means. You consent to receive those documents by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through any on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or a third party designated by the Company.

 

12.

Your Representations. You represent to the Company that you have read and fully understand this Agreement and the Plan and that your decision to participate in the Plan is completely voluntary. You also acknowledge that you are relying solely on your own advisors regarding the tax consequences of the Award.

By signing below, you are agreeing that your electronic signature is the legal equivalent of a manual signature on this Agreement and you are agreeing to all of the terms of this Agreement, as of the Grant Date.

 

Participant signature:  

 

 

4

Exhibit 10.13

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Employment Agreement (this “Agreement”), is made and entered into on February 27, 2015, by and among Oak Street Health, LLC, an Illinois limited liability company (the “Company”) and Michael Pykosz (“Executive”). This Agreement shall become effective as of the Effective Date (as hereinafter defined).

WHEREAS, the Company desires to employ Executive on the terms and conditions contained herein; and

WHEREAS, Executive desires to be employed by and render services to the Company upon and subject to the terms, conditions and other provisions set forth herein.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, the adequacy of all of which consideration is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:

1. DEFINITIONS

The following words and terms shall have the meanings set forth below for the purposes of this Agreement:

Board of Directors means the Board of Directors of the Company.

Cause” means Executive’s: (i) conviction (including a guilty plea or plea of nolo contendere) of any crime or offense that constitutes a felony under federal or state law or other crime involving moral turpitude or any öfter act or omission involving fraud with respect to the Company; (ii) commission of an act of gross negligence or intentional misconduct, in each case resulting in any material detriment to the Company; (iii) knowingly aiding or abetting a competitor, supplier or customer of the Company in a manner that would violate the duty of loyalty to the Company, whether or not such duty applies to Executive; (iv) failure to comply with the lawful direction of the Board of Directors, the written company policies, or a material breach of any provision of this Agreement (other than due to physical or mental incapacity), which failure continues for thirty (30) days (other than respect to any such failure or breach which cannot be cured within such period) following receipt of written notice from the Board of Directors specifying such failure, or which failure represents a pattern of failing to comply with the lawful and reasonable direction of the Board of Directors.

Disability” means Executive is unable to perform the essential functions of his position with or without accommodation by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which has lasted or can reasonably be expected to last for a period of ninety (90) or more consecutive days or for a period of at least 180 days in the aggregate for any twelve-month period, as determined by a physician to be selected by the Company; including, but not limited to that Executive shall be considered to have a Disability if it is also treated as a disability under the Company’s long-term disability policy.


Good Reason” means the occurrence of any of the following events, without the express written consent of Executive, unless the applicable event is fully corrected in all material respects by the Company within thirty (30) days following written notification by Executive to the Board of Directors of the Company of the applicable event: (i) a material diminution in Executive’s duties and/or responsibilities, (ii) a material reduction in Executive’s Base Salary (as defined below); (iii) a material relocation, of Executive’s principal base of operation (other than for temporary assignments with the prior consent of Executive); or (iv) any other material breach of this Agreement by the Company. Executive shall provide the Company with a written notice detailing the specific circumstances alleged to constitute Good Reason within ninety (90) days after the first occurrence of such circumstances, and actually terminate employment within thirty (30) days following the expiration of the Company’s thirty (30)-day cure period described above. Otherwise, any claim of such circumstances as “Good Reason” shall be deemed irrevocably waived by Executive.

Notice of Termination” means a dated notice that (i) indicates the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, (ii) specifies a Termination Date, except in the case of the Company’s termination of Executive’s employment for Cause, for which the Termination Date may be the date of the notice; provided, however, that Executive has been provided with any applicable cure period, and (iii) is given in the manner specified in Section 7.2 hereof. With the exception of termination of Executive’s employment due to Executive’s death, any purported termination of Executive’s employment by the Company for any reason, including without limitation for Cause or Disability, or by Executive for any reason, shall be communicated by a written “Notice of Termination” to the other party.

Termination Date” means (i) if Executive’s employment is terminated for Cause or Disability, the date specified in the Notice of Termination, (ii) in the case of termination of employment due to death, the date of Executive’s death, (iii) in the event of the expiration of the Term, the date of such expiration, or (iv) if Executive’s employment is terminated for any other reason, the date on which a Notice of Termination is given or as specified in such Notice.

2. EMPLOYMENT

2.1 Agreement and Term. Subject to Executive’s full compliance with Section 2.2 and 2.3 hereof and subject to the provisions of Section 5 hereof, Executive’s employment under this Agreement shall begin as of the date first written above (the “Effective Date”); and shall continue until the third (3rd) anniversary date hereof (“Initial Term”), and thereafter shall automatically review for successive periods of one (1) year (each a “Renewal Term”), unless the Company and the Executive agree to new terms of employment one hundred twenty (120) days before the end of the Initial Term or applicable Renewal Term. The Initial Term and Renewal Term, if any, are referred to herein as the “Term.”

2.2 Position and Duties. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, during the Term of this Agreement, Executive shall serve as Chief Executive Officer of the Company and shall report directly to the Board of Directors. Executive shall perform duties, undertake the responsibilities, and exercise the authorities customarily performed, undertaken and exercised by persons situated in a similar capacity at a similar company. Executive shall carry out his duties and responsibilities at all times in compliance with the Company’s Employee Manual, as in


effect from time to time, and in compliance with any other policies promulgated from time to time by the Company. Executive shall also perform such other duties, commensurate with his position, as lawfully requested by the Board of Directors. During the Term of this Agreement, Executive shall use his best efforts to serve the Company faithfully, diligently and competently and to the best of his ability, and to devote his full time business hours, energy, ability, attention and skill to the business of the Company; provided, however, that the foregoing is not intended to preclude Executive from noncompetitive activities, conducted outside normal business hours permitted under Section 2.3 hereof.

2.3 Outside Activities. During the Term of this Agreement, Executive may serve as a director or advisor of other organizations, perform charitable and other activities; provided, however, that such activities do not materially interfere with the performance of his duties hereunder and are not in conflict or competitive with, or adverse to, the interests of the Company. Executive shall provide written notice to the Board of Directors at least annually of material outside activities. Executive shall not, however, under any circumstances, provide services or advice in any capacity whatsoever for or on behalf of any entity that competes with or is competitive with the Company.

3. COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS

3.1 Salary. The Company shall compensate and pay Executive for his services during the Term at a rate no less than $210,000 per year until December 31, 2015, increasing to $220,000 from January 1, 2016 onward, less payroll deductions and all required tax withholdings, (“Base Salary”), which salary shall he payable in accordance with the Company’s customary payroll practices applicable to its executives, but no less frequently than monthly.

3.2 Bonus. During the Term of this Agreement, Executive shall have the opportunity to earn annual performance bonuses based on performance criteria to be established by the Board of Directors. Executive shall be eligible to receive a target cash bonus of 50 % of his Base Salary with the opportunity to receive a maximum cash bonus of 100 % of his Base Salary based upon the attainment of performance objectives established by the Board of Directors; provided, that the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to establish such performance objectives promptly following the approval by the Board of Directors of the budget for the applicable fiscal year. Unless set forth otherwise herein, Executive must be actively employed with the Company on the bonus payout date in order to receive any annual bonus payout pursuant to this subsection. Any bonus payable hereunder shall be paid as soon as practicable following the end of the applicable fiscal year but in no event later than thirty (30) days following completion, of the Company’s audited financial statements for the fiscal year in which any such bonus is earned.

3.3 Employee Benefits. During the Term of this Agreement, to the extent eligible under the applicable plans or programs, Executive shall be entitled to participate in the employee benefits plans and programs made available to executive level employees of the Company generally, such as health, medical, dental and other insurance coverage and group retirement plans. The terms and conditions of Executive’s participation in any employee benefit plan or program shall be subject to the terms and conditions of such plan or program, as may be modified by the Company from time to time. Nothing in this Agreement shall preclude the Company from amending or terminating any employee benefit plan or program.


3.4 Paid Leave. Executive shall be entitled to four (4) weeks of paid vacation leave each year, subject an annual accrual cap of 30 working days. Executive shall also be entitled to all paid holidays to which executive level employees of the Company are entitled. Accrued unused vacation leave shall be paid in the event of a termination of employment.

4. EXPENSES

4.1 Business Expenses. The Company shall reimburse Executive or otherwise provide for or pay for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Executive in furtherance of or in connection with the business of the Company, including, but not limited to, travel and entertainment expenses commensurate with his duties hereunder (including attendance at industry conferences), subject to the Company’s policies as periodically reviewed by the Board of Directors and in effect from time to time, including without limitation such reasonable documentation and other limitations as may be established or required by the Company.

5. TERMINATION

5.1 Termination Due to Death or Disability. If Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of Executive’s death or Disability, Executive or his estate shall be entitled to receive: (a) Executive’s accrued Base Salary through the Termination Date; (b) an amount for reimbursement, paid within 60 days following submission by Executive (or if applicable, Executive’s estate) to the Company of appropriate supporting documentation for any unreimbursed business expenses properly incurred prior to the Termination Date by Executive pursuant to Section 4 and in accordance with Company policy; (c) any accrued and unpaid vacation pay, paid within 60 days of the Termination Date (or earlier if required by applicable law); and (d) such employee benefits, if any, to which Executive (or, if applicable, Executive’s estate) or his dependents may be entitled under the employee benefit plans or programs of the Company, paid in accordance with the terms of the applicable plans or programs (the amounts described in clauses (a) through (d) hereof being referred to as the “Accrued Rights”).

5.2 Termination by Executive for Other Than Good Reason. In the event Executive terminates his employment for other than Good Reason, Executive shall be entitled to receive the Accrued Rights, but following the Termination Date, Executive shall have no further rights to any other compensation or benefits under this Agreement, including without limitation any severance or continuation of benefits or otherwise. Executive shall provide the Company sixty (60) days’ prior written notice of his intention to terminate his employment with the Company pursuant to this Section 5.2.

5.3 Termination by the Company for Cause. In the event the Company terminates his employment for Cause, Executive shall be entitled to receive the Accrued Rights, but following the Termination Date, Executive shall have no further rights to any other compensation or benefits under this Agreement, including without limitation any severance or continuation of benefits or otherwise.


5.4 Termination by the Company Other Than for Death, Disability or Cause or by Executive for Good Reason. If Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company for reasons other than death, Disability or Cause, or is terminated by Executive for Good Reason, Executive shall be entitled to receive (a) a monthly severance payment in an amount equal to the sum of (I) the annualized average of the last three (3) years of the Executive’s Base Salary plus Bonus, in effect as of immediately prior to the date of such termination, divided by (II) twelve (the “Severance Benefits”), for the period set forth in Section 5.6; and (b) the Accrued Rights. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Executive may terminate his employment hereunder for Good Reason within a period of time not to exceed ninety (90) days following the initial existence of the event(s) that constitute Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, Good Reason shall not occur unless Executive gives written notice to the Company within thirty (30) days of the occurrence of any of the events listed under the definition of Good Reason in Section 1 hereof and such event remains uncured sixty (60) days after the Company’s receipt of such notice. Such termination shall occur immediately following expiration of the cure period to the extent such event remains uncured.

5.5 Termination by Mutual Consent. Notwithstanding any of the foregoing provisions of this Section 5, if at any time during the course of this Agreement the parties by mutual consent decide to terminate Executive’s employment, they may do so by separate agreement setting forth the terms and conditions of such termination.

5.6 Payment of Severance. Unless otherwise set forth herein, any Severance Benefits owed to Executive pursuant to Section 5 hereof shall be paid out monthly by the Company for a minimum of one (1) year after the Termination Date and, subject to delivery of a Severance Notice pursuant to this Section 5.6, during the entire Restricted Period (as defined below) commencing on the sixtieth (60th) day following the Termination Date and in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll schedule and practices; provided, however, that Severance Benefits owed to Executive shall immediately cease and no Severance Benefits shall be paid by the Company to Executive if at any time after the first anniversary of the Termination Date, the Company provides written notice (such notice, the “Severance Notice”) to Executive stating (a) the obligations and restrictions set forth in Section 6.1 of this Agreement no longer apply to Executive and (b) the final end date of the Restricted Period. Executive acknowledges and agrees that no Severance Benefits will be paid by the Company to Executive following delivery of a Severance Notice to Executive.

5.7 Release of Claims; Offsets. As a condition to the receipt of any Severance Benefits, Executive shall be required to execute, and not subsequently revoke, within sixty (60) days following the termination of his employment a release in a form reasonably acceptable to the Company of all claims arising out of his employment or the termination thereof. After the first anniversary of the Termination Date, Severance Benefits, if any, may also be offset by any earnings of Executive after the first anniversary of the Termination Date from other employment. While receiving Severance Benefits, Executive shall notify the Company upon obtaining other employment and provide evidence of base salary and/or bonus and incentive payments that Executive may receive from new employment while receiving Severance Benefits.


5.8 Cooperation with Company after Termination of Employment. Following termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, Executive shall reasonably cooperate with the Company in all matters relating to the winding up of his pending work on behalf of the Company including, but not limited to, any litigation in which the Company is involved and the orderly transfer of any such pending work to other employees of the Company as may be designated by the Company. The Company shall reasonably compensate Executive for services rendered pursuant to this Section 5.8 at a rate to be determined by the parties. In addition, the Company shall reimburse Executive for any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses he incurs in performing any work on behalf of the Company following the termination of his employment.

6. NON-SOLICITATION & NON-COMPETITION

6.1 Non-Compete. Executive agrees that during the Term and for three (3) years following the Termination Date (the “Restricted Period”), Executive shall not, anywhere in the areas where the Company conducts business (or has expanded resources or time to plan the conduct of business) during the Term, including, but not limited to the United States (the “Restricted Territory”), directly or indirectly, own, manage, operate, join, control or participate in the ownership, management, operation or control of, or be an officer or an employee of any business or organization that, directly or indirectly (i) provides medical or health care services of any type to Medicare beneficiaries, or (ii) offers or manages any plan contracting with the Medicare Advantage program or with any dual Medicare/Medicaid program or provides administrative or other services to such plan (each, a “Restricted Business”). The foregoing shall not restrict Executive from owning up to 1% of any class of securities of any person engaged in a Restricted Business if such securities are listed on any national or regional securities exchange or have been registered under Section 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as long as such securities are held solely as a passive investment and not with a view to influencing, controlling or directing the affairs of such person. Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Restricted Period may be for a period less than three (3) years following the Termination Date if (and only if) the Company delivers a Severance Notice pursuant to Section 5.6 but in no event shall such period be for a period less than one year following the Termination Date.

6.2 Non-Solicitation. Executive agrees that during the Restricted Period, Executive will not, directly or indirectly, for himself or on behalf of or in conjunction with any other person, (i) solicit, induce, attempt to solicit or induce, or hire or attempt to hire any person that is an employee of the Company or was within twelve (12) months prior to the Termination Date; provided, however, this Section 6.2 shall not be breached by a solicitation to the general public or through general advertising and Executive may solicit for employment any person who at the Termination Date had not been an. employee of the Company at any time within six (6) months preceding such date or whose employment with the Company had terminated more than six (6) months prior to Executive’s solicitation of such person or (ii) solicit, advise or encourage any person, firm, government agency or corporation (a “Customer”) (including without limitation any potential customer of the Company that is engaged in discussion with the Company to do business with the Company), to withdraw, curtail or cancel its business (or potential business) with the Company.


6.3 Non-Disparagement. During the Term and thereafter, Executive agrees that he will not, at any time, make, directly or indirectly, any oral or written statements that are disparaging of the Company, its business, its products or services, or any of its present or former officers, directors, members, stockholders, managers or employees.

6.4 Reasonable Limitation and Severability. The parties agree that the above restrictions on competition are (i) appropriate and reasonable given Executive’s role with and knowledge of the Company, and are necessary to protect the interests of the Company and (ii) completely severable and independent agreements supported by good and valuable consideration and, as such, shall survive the termination of this Agreement for any reason whatsoever. Executive acknowledges that Executive has carefully considered the terms of this Agreement, including the restrictive covenants set forth in this Section 6, and acknowledges that if this Agreement is enforced according to its terms, Executive will be able to earn a reasonable living in commercial activities unrelated to the business of the Company in locations satisfactory to Executive. Executive also acknowledges that the restrictive covenants set forth in this Section 6 are a vital part of and are intrinsic to the ongoing operations of the Company, in light of the nature of the business of the Company and the unique position, skills and knowledge of Executive with the Company. The parties further agree that any invalidity or unenforceability of any one or more of such restrictions on competition shall not rentier invalid or unenforceable any remaining restrictions on competition. Additionally, should a court of competent jurisdiction determine that the scope of any provision of this Section 6 is too broad to be enforced as written, the parties hereby authorize the court to reform the provision to such narrower scope as it determines to be reasonable and enforceable and the parties intend that the affected provision be enforced as so amended. Executive acknowledges and agrees that to the extent Executive has breached or is in breach of any of the covenants set forth in Sections 6.1 or 6.2, the Restricted Period shall be extended by an amount of time equal to the duration of such breach.

6.5 Confidential Information. Executive acknowledges and agrees that the customers, business connections, customer lists, procedures, operations, techniques and other aspects of and information about the business of the Company (the “Confidential Information”) are established at great expense and protected as confidential information and provide the Company with a substantial competitive advantage in conducting its business. Executive further acknowledges and agrees that by virtue of his employment with the Company, he has had access to and will have access to, and has been entrusted with and will be entrusted with Confidential Information, and that the Company would suffer great loss and injury if Executive would disclose this information or use it in a manner not specifically authorized by the Company. Therefore, Executive agrees that during the Term, and at all times thereafter, he will not, directly or indirectly, either individually or as an employee, agent, partner, shareholder, owner trustee, beneficiary, co-venturer distributor, consultant or in any other capacity, use or disclose or cause to be used or disclosed any Confidential Information, unless and to the extent that any such information becomes generally known to and available for use by the public other than as a result of Executive’s acts or omissions. Executive shall deliver to the Company at the termination of the Term, or at any other time the Company may request, all memoranda, notes, plans, records, reports, computer discs, flash drives, printouts and software and other documents and data (and copies thereof) in any media form relating to the Confidential Information, Work Product (as defined below) or the business of the Company which he may then possess or have under his control. Executive acknowledges and agrees that all inventions, innovations, improvements, developments, methods, designs, analyses, drawings, reports and all similar or related information (whether or not patentable) that relate to the Company’s actual or anticipated business research and development or existing or future products or services and that are conceived, developed or made by the Executive while employed by the Company (“Work Product”) belong to the Company.


7. GENERAL PROVISIONS

7.1 Assignment. The Company may assign this Agreement and its rights and obligations hereunder in whole, but not in part, to any company or other entity with or into which the Company may hereafter merge or consolidate or to which the Company may transfer all or substantially all of its assets, and in any such case said company or other entity shall by operation of law or expressly in writing assume all obligations of the Company hereunder as fully as if it had been originally made a party hereto. Executive may not assign or transfer this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder.

7.2 Notice. For the purposes of this Agreement, notices and ail other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered or mailed by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the respective addresses set forth below:

 

To the Company:

   Oak Street Health, LLC
   327 West Belden, #3
   Chicago, IL 60614
   Attention: Board of Directors

With Copy To:

   Raymond Parley III
  

Lindquist & Vennum LLP

4200 IDS Center

80 South Eighth Street

   Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402
   Tel 612-371-3507
  

Fax 612-371-3207

email: rfaricy@lindquist.com

To Executive:

   Michael Pykosz

7.3 Amendment and Waiver. No provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived unless such amendment or waiver is in writing and signed by each of the parties hereto.

7.4 Non-Waiver of Breach. No failure by either party to declare a default due to any breach of any obligation under this Agreement by the other, nor failure by either party to act quickly with regard thereto, shall be considered to be a waiver of any such obligation, or of any future breach.

7.5 Severability. In the event that any provision or portion of this Agreement, shall be determined to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason, the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall be unaffected thereby and shall remain in full force and effect.


7.6 Governing Law. To the extent not preempted by federal law, the validity and effect of this Agreement and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be construed and determined in accordance with the law of Illinois, without application of conflict of law principles. THE PARTIES IRREVOCABLY CONSENT TO THE JURISDICTION OF, AND VENUE IN, THE STATE AND FEDERAL COURTS LOCATED IN THE STATE OF ILLINOIS, COUNTY OF COOK, CITY OF CHICAGO, WITH RESPECT TO ANY MATTERS PERTAINING TO, OR ARISING FROM, THIS AGREEMENT.

7.7 Waiver of Jury Trial. THE PARTIES EACH HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION, CAUSE OF ACTION (I) ARISING UNDER THIS AGREEMENT OR (II) IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE DEALINGS OF THE PARTIES HERETO IN RESPECT OF THIS AGREEMENT WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, AND WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT, EQUITY OR OTHERWISE. THE PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT EACH HEREBY AGREES AND CONSENTS THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE DECIDED BY COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY AND THAT THE PARTIES MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OF A COPY OF THIS AGREEMENT WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF THE PARTIES TO THE WAIVER OF THEIR MIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.

7.8 Entire Agreement. This Agreement contains all of the terms agreed upon by the Company and Executive with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements, arrangements and communications between the parties dealing with such subject matter, whether oral or written, except with respect to breaches by Executive of any prior employment or similar agreement for the benefit of Executive.

7.9 Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the transferees, successors and assigns of the Company, including any company with which the Company may merge or consolidate.

7.10 Headings. Numbers and titles to Sections hereof are for information purposes only and, where inconsistent with the text, are to be disregarded. The headings in this Agreement are in no way intended to describe, interpret, define, or limit the scope, extent or intent of this Agreement.

7.11 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which when taken together, shall be and constitute one and the same instrument.

7.12 Specific Enforcement; Remedies. The provisions of Section 6 of this Agreement are to be specifically enforced if not performed according to their terms. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the parties acknowledge that the Company would be irreparably damaged and there would be no adequate remedy at law for Executive’s breach of Section 6 of this Agreement and further acknowledge that the Company may obtain a temporary restraining order or preliminary injunction, in addition to any other remedies available at law or in equity, to enforce the provisions thereof, without the Company being required to post a bond or other security therefor. In addition, in the event of a material violation by Executive of the provisions of Section 6, any severance being paid to Executive pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise shall immediately cease.

 


7.13 Taxes & IRC Section 409A Matters. The Company may withhold from any payment hereunder such state, federal or local income, employment or other taxes and other legally mandated withholdings as it reasonably deems appropriate. The Company makes no representation about the tax treatment or impact of any payment(s) hereunder. The intent of the parties is that payments and benefits under this Agreement comply with Section 409A of the Code, as amended (“Section 409A”), to the extent subject thereto, and, accordingly, to the maximum extent permitted, this Agreement shall be interpreted and administered to be in compliance therewith. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary: (i) if at the time of Executive’s termination of employment with the Company, Executive is a “specified employee” as defined in Section 409A and the deferral of the commencement of any payments or benefits otherwise payable hereunder as a result of such termination of employment is necessary in order to prevent any accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A, then the Company will defer the commencement of the payment of any such payments or benefits hereunder (without any reduction in such payments or benefits ultimately paid or provided to Executive) until the date that is six (6) months following Executive’s termination of employment with the Company (or the earliest date as is permitted under Section 409A); (ii) if any other payments of money or other benefits due to Executive hereunder could cause the application of an accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A, such payments or other benefits shall be deferred if deferral will make such payment or other benefits compliant under Section 409A, or otherwise such payment or other benefits shall be restructured, to the extent possible, in a manner determined by the Company that does not cause such an accelerated or additional tax; (iii) to the extent required in order to avoid accelerated taxation and/or tax penalties under Section 409A, Executive shall not be considered to have terminated employment with the Company for purposes of this Agreement and no payment shall be due to Executive under this Agreement until Executive would be considered to have incurred a “separation from service” from the Company within the meaning of Section 409A; and (iv) each amount to be paid or benefit to be provided to Executive pursuant to this Agreement, which constitute deferred compensation subject to Section 409A, shall be construed as a separate identified payment for purposes of Section 409A. To the extent required to avoid an accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A, amounts reimbursable to Executive under this Agreement shall be paid to Executive on or before the last day of the year following the year in which the expense was incurred and the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement (and in-kind benefits provided to Executive) during any one year may not affect amounts reimbursable or provided in any subsequent year. Neither the Company nor any of its employees or representatives shall have any liability to Executive with respect to Section 409A.

7.14 Survival. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, all covenants, representations and warranties, express or implied, in addition to the provisions of Sections 6 and 7 of this Agreement, shall survive the termination of this Agreement.


7.15 Review by Counsel. Executive has been advised that Executive should consult with his own legal advisor prior to executing this Agreement, and Executive acknowledges that he has had the opportunity to consult with and review the terms of this Agreement with counsel prior to execution of this Agreement.

[signatures on next page]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto, have caused this Employment Agreement to be duly executed on the date and year first written-above.

 

Oak Street Health, LLC

    
By:  

/s/ Kevin H. Roche

    

/s/ Michael Pykosz

       Michael Pykosz

Exhibit 10.14

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Employment Agreement (this “Agreement”), is made and entered into on February 27, 2015, by and among Oak Street Health, LLC, an Illinois limited liability company (the “Company”) and Geoffrey Price (“Executive”). This Agreement shall become effective as of the Effective Date (as hereinafter defined).

WHEREAS, the Company desires to employ Executive on the terms and conditions contained herein; and WHEREAS, Executive desires to be employed by and render services to the Company upon and subject to the terms, conditions and other provisions set forth herein.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, the adequacy of all of which consideration is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:

1. DEFINITIONS

The following words and terms shall have the meanings set forth below for the purposes of this Agreement:

Board of Directors means the Board of Directors of the Company.

Cause” means Executive’s: (i) conviction (including a guilty plea or plea of nolo contendere) of any crime or offense that constitutes a felony under federal or state law or other crime involving moral turpitude or any other act or omission involving fraud with respect to the Company; (ii) commission of an act of gross negligence or intentional misconduct, in each case resulting in any material detriment to the Company; (iii) knowingly aiding or abetting a competitor, supplier or customer of the Company in a manner that would violate the duty of loyalty to the Company, whether or not such duty applies to Executive; (iv) failure to comply with the lawful direction of the Board of Directors, the written company policies, or a material breach of any provision of this Agreement (other than due to physical or mental incapacity), which failure continues for thirty (30) days (other than respect to any such failure or breach which cannot be cured within such period) following receipt of written notice from the Board of Directors specifying such failure, or which failure represents a pattern of failing to comply with the lawful and reasonable direction of the Board of Directors.

Disability” means Executive is unable to perform the essential functions of his position with or without accommodation by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which has lasted or can reasonably be expected to last for a period of ninety (90) or more consecutive days or for a period of at least 180 days in the aggregate for any twelve-month period, as determined by a physician to be selected by the Company; including, but not limited to that Executive shall be considered to have a Disability if it is also treated as a disability under the Company’s long-term disability policy.

Good Reason” means the occurrence of any of the following events, without the express written consent of Executive, unless the applicable event is fully corrected in all material respects by the Company within thirty (30) days following written notification by Executive to the Board of Directors of the Company of the applicable event: (i) a material diminution in Executive’s duties


and/or responsibilities, (ii) a material reduction in Executive’s Base Salary (as defined below); (iii) a material relocation of Executive’s principal base of operation (other than for temporary assignments with the prior consent of Executive); or (iv) any other material breach of this Agreement by the Company. Executive shall provide the Company with a written notice detailing the specific circumstances alleged to constitute Good Reason within ninety (90) days after the first occurrence of such circumstances, and actually terminate employment within thirty (30) days following the expiration of the Company’s thirty (30)-day cure period described above. Otherwise, any claim of such circumstances as “Good Reason” shall be deemed irrevocably waived by Executive.

Notice of Termination” means a dated notice that (i) indicates the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, (ii) specifies a Termination Date, except in the case of the Company’s termination of Executive’s employment for Cause, for which the Termination Date may be the date of the notice; provided, however, that Executive has been provided with any applicable cure period, and (iii) is given in the manner specified in Section 7.2 hereof. With the exception of termination of Executive’s employment due to Executive’s death, any purported termination of Executive’s employment by the Company for any reason, including without limitation for Cause or Disability, or by Executive for any reason, shall be communicated by a written “Notice of Termination” to the other party.

Termination Date means (i) if Executive’s employment is terminated for Cause or Disability, the date specified in the Notice of Termination, (ii) in the case of termination of employment due to death, the date of Executive’s death, (iii) in the event of the expiration of the Term, the date of such expiration, or (iv) if Executive’s employment is terminated for any other reason, the date on which a Notice of Termination is given or as specified in such Notice.

2. EMPLOYMENT

2.1 Agreement and Term. Subject to Executive’s full compliance with Section and 2.3 hereof and subject to the provisions of Section 5 hereof, Executive’s employment under this Agreement shall begin as of the date first written above (the “Effective Date”); and shall continue until the third (3rd) anniversary date hereof (“Initial Term”), and thereafter shall automatically review for successive periods of one (1) year (each a “Renewal Term”), unless the Company and the Executive agree to new terms of employment one hundred twenty (120) days before the end of the Initial Term or applicable Renewal Term. The Initial Term and Renewal Term, if any, are referred to herein as the “Term.”

2.2 Position and Duties. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, during the Term of this Agreement, Executive shall serve as Chief Operating Officer of the Company and shall report directly to the Chief Executive Officer. Executive shall perform duties, undertake the responsibilities, and exercise the authorities customarily performed, undertaken and exercised by persons situated in a similar capacity at a similar company. Executive shall carry out his duties and responsibilities at all times in compliance with the Company’s Employee Manual, as in effect from time to time, and in compliance with any other policies promulgated from time to time by the Company. Executive shall also perform such other duties, commensurate with his position, as lawfully requested by the Board of Directors. During the Term of this Agreement, Executive shall use his best efforts to serve the Company faithfully, diligently and competently and to the best of his ability, and to devote his full time business hours, energy, ability, attention and skill to the business of the Company; provided, however, that the foregoing is not intended to preclude Executive from noncompetitive activities, conducted outside normal business hours permitted under Section 2.3 hereof.

 

2


2.3 Outside Activities. During the Term of this Agreement, Executive may serve as a director or advisor of other organizations, perform charitable and other activities; provided, however, that such activities do not materially interfere with the performance of his duties hereunder and are not in conflict or competitive with, or adverse to, the interests of the Company. Executive shall provide written notice to the Board of Directors at least annually of material outside activities. Executive shall not, however, under any circumstances, provide services or advice in any capacity whatsoever for or on behalf of any entity that competes with or is competitive with the Company.

3. COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS

3.1 Salary. The Company shall compensate and pay Executive for his services during the Term at a rate no less than $210,000 per year until December 31,2015, increasing to $220,000 from January 1,2016 onward, less payroll deductions and all required tax withholdings, (“Base Salary”), which salary shall be payable in accordance with the Company’s customary payroll practices applicable to its executives, but no less frequently than monthly.

3.2 Bonus. During the Term of this Agreement, Executive shall have the opportunity to earn annual performance bonuses based on performance criteria to be established by the Board of Directors. Executive shall be eligible to receive a target cash bonus of 50 % of his Base Salary with the opportunity to receive a maximum cash bonus of 100 % of his Base Salary based upon the attainment of performance objectives established by the Board of Directors; provided, that the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to establish such performance objectives promptly following the approval by the Board of Directors of the budget for the applicable fiscal year. Unless set forth otherwise herein, Executive must be actively employed with the Company on the bonus payout date in order to receive any annual bonus payout pursuant to this subsection. Any bonus payable hereunder shall be paid as soon as practicable following the end of the applicable fiscal year but in no event later than thirty (30) days following completion of the Company’s audited financial statements for the fiscal year in which any such bonus is earned.

3.3 Employee Benefits. During the Term of this Agreement, to the extent eligible under the applicable plans or programs, Executive shall be entitled to participate in the employee benefits plans and programs made available to executive level employees of the Company generally, such as health, medical, dental and other insurance coverage and group retirement plans. The terms and conditions of Executive’s participation in any employee benefit plan or program shall be subject to the terms and conditions of such plan or program, as may be modified by the Company from time to time. Nothing in this Agreement shall preclude the Company from amending or terminating any employee benefit plan or program.

 

3


3.4 Paid Leave. Executive shall be entitled to four (4) weeks of paid vacation leave each year, subject an annual accrual cap of 30 working days. Executive shall also be entitled to all paid holidays to which executive level employees of the Company are entitled. Accrued unused vacation leave shall be paid in the event of a termination of employment.

4. EXPENSES

4.1 Business Expenses. The Company shall reimburse Executive or otherwise provide for or pay for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Executive in furtherance of or in connection with the business of the Company, including, but not limited to, travel and entertainment expenses commensurate with his duties hereunder (including attendance at industry conferences), subject to the Company’s policies as periodically reviewed by the Board of Directors and in effect from time to time, including without limitation such reasonable documentation and other limitations as may be established or required by the Company.

5. TERMINATION

5.1 Termination Due to Death or Disability. If Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of Executive’s death or Disability, Executive or his estate shall be entitled to receive: (a) Executive’s accrued Base Salary through the Termination Date; (b) an amount for reimbursement, paid within 60 days following submission by Executive (or if applicable, Executive’s estate) to the Company of appropriate supporting documentation for any unreimbursed business expenses properly incurred prior to the Termination Date by Executive pursuant to Section 4 and in accordance with Company policy; (c) any accrued and unpaid vacation pay, paid within 60 days of the Termination Date (or earlier if required by applicable law); and (d) such employee benefits, if any, to which Executive (or, if applicable, Executive’s estate) or his dependents may be entitled under the employee benefit plans or programs of the Company, paid in accordance with the terms of the applicable plans or programs (the amounts described in clauses (a) through (d) hereof being referred to as the “Accrued Rights”).

5.2 Termination by Executive for Other Than Good Reason. In the event Executive terminates his employment for other than Good Reason, Executive shall be entitled to receive the Accrued Rights, but following the Termination Date, Executive shall have no further rights to any other compensation or benefits under this Agreement, including without limitation any severance or continuation of benefits or otherwise. Executive shall provide the Company sixty (60) days’ prior written notice of his intention to terminate his employment with the Company pursuant to this Section 5.2.

5.3 Termination by the Company for Cause. In the event the Company terminates his employment for Cause, Executive shall be entitled to receive the Accrued Rights, but following the Termination Date, Executive shall have no further rights to any other compensation or benefits under this Agreement, including without limitation any severance or continuation of benefits or otherwise.

5.4 Termination by the Company Other Than for Death, Disability or Cause or by Executive for Good Reason. If Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company for reasons other than death, Disability or Cause, or is terminated by Executive for Good Reason, Executive shall be entitled to receive (a) a monthly severance payment in an amount equal to the sum of (I) the annualized average of the last three (3) years of the Executive’s Base Salary plus

 

4


Bonus, in effect as of immediately prior to the date of such termination, divided by (II) twelve (the “Severance Benefits”), for the period set forth in Section 5.6; and (b) the Accrued Rights. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Executive may terminate his employment hereunder for Good Reason within a period of time not to exceed ninety (90) days following the initial existence of the event(s) that constitute Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, Good Reason shall not occur unless Executive gives written notice to the Company within thirty (30) days of the occurrence of any of the events listed under the definition of Good Reason in Section 1 hereof and such event remains uncured sixty (60) days after the Company’s receipt of such notice. Such termination shall occur immediately following expiration of the cure period to the extent such event remains uncured.

5.5 Termination by Mutual Consent. Notwithstanding any of the foregoing provisions of this Section 5, if at any time during the course of this Agreement the parties by mutual consent decide to terminate Executive’s employment, they may do so by separate agreement setting forth the terms and conditions of such termination.

5.6 Payment of Severance. Unless otherwise set forth herein, any Severance Benefits owed to Executive pursuant to Section 5 hereof shall be paid out monthly by the Company for a minimum of one (1) year after the Termination Date and, subject to delivery of a Severance Notice pursuant to this Section 5.6, during the entire Restricted Period (as defined below) commencing on the sixtieth (60th) day following the Termination Date and in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll schedule and practices; provided, however, that Severance Benefits owed to Executive shall immediately cease and no Severance Benefits shall be paid by the Company to Executive if at any time after the first anniversary of the Termination Date, the Company provides written notice (such notice, the “Severance Notice”) to Executive stating (a) the obligations and restrictions set forth in Section 6.1 of this Agreement no longer apply to Executive and (b) the final end date of the Restricted Period. Executive acknowledges and agrees that no Severance Benefits will be paid by the Company to Executive following delivery of a Severance Notice to Executive.

5.7 Release of Claims; Offsets. As a condition to the receipt of any Severance Benefits, Executive shall be required to execute, and not subsequently revoke, within sixty (60) days following the termination of his employment a release in a form reasonably acceptable to the Company of all claims arising out of his employment or the termination thereof. After the first anniversary of the Termination Date, Severance Benefits, if any, may also be offset by any earnings of Executive after the first anniversary of the Termination Date from other employment. While receiving Severance Benefits, Executive shall notify the Company upon obtaining other employment and provide evidence of base salary and/or bonus and incentive payments that Executive may receive from new employment while receiving Severance Benefits.

5.8 Cooperation with Company after Termination of Employment.

Following termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, Executive shall reasonably cooperate with the Company in all matters relating to the winding up of his pending work on behalf of the Company including, but not limited to, any litigation in which the Company is involved and the orderly transfer of any such pending work to other employees of the Company as may be designated by the Company. The Company shall reasonably compensate Executive for services rendered pursuant to this Section 5.8 at a rate to be determined by the parties. In addition, the Company shall reimburse Executive for any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses he incurs in performing any work on behalf of the Company following the termination of his employment.

 

5


6. NON-SOLICITATION & NON-COMPETITION

6.1 Non-Compete. Executive agrees that during the Term and for three (3) years following the Termination Date (the “Restricted Period”), Executive shall not, anywhere in the areas where the Company conducts business (or has expanded resources or time to plan the conduct of business) during the Term, including, but not limited to the United States (the “Restricted Territory”), directly or indirectly, own, manage, operate, join, control or participate in the ownership, management, operation or control of, or be an officer or an employee of any business or organization that, directly or indirectly (i) provides medical or health care services of any type to Medicare beneficiaries, or (ii) offers or manages any plan contracting with the Medicare Advantage program or with any dual Medicare/Medicaid program or provides administrative or other services to such plan (each, a “Restricted Business”). The foregoing shall not restrict Executive from owning up to 1% of any class of securities of any person engaged in a Restricted Business if such securities are listed on any national or regional securities exchange or have been registered under Section 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as long as such securities are held solely as a passive investment and not with a view to influencing, controlling or directing the affairs of such person. Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Restricted Period may be for a period less than three (3) years following the Termination Date if (and only if) the Company delivers a Severance Notice pursuant to Section 5.6 but in no event shall such period be for a period less than one year following the Termination Date.

6.2 Non-Solicitation. Executive agrees that during the Restricted Period, Executive will not, directly or indirectly, for himself or on behalf of or in conjunction with any other person, (i) solicit, induce, attempt to solicit or induce, or hire or attempt to hire any person that is an employee of the Company or was within twelve (12) months prior to the Termination Date; provided, however, this Section 6.2 shall not be breached by a solicitation to the general public or through general advertising and Executive may solicit for employment any person who at the Termination Date had not been an employee of the Company at any time within six (6) months preceding such date or whose employment with the Company had terminated more than six (6) months prior to Executive’s solicitation of such person or (ii) solicit, advise or encourage any person, firm, government agency or corporation (a “Customer”) (including without limitation any potential customer of the Company that is engaged in discussion with the Company to do business with the Company), to withdraw, curtail or cancel its business (or potential business) with the Company.

6.3 Non-Disparagement. During the Term and thereafter, Executive agrees that he will not, at any time, make, directly or indirectly, any oral or written statements that are disparaging of the Company, its business, its products or services, or any of its present or former officers, directors, members, stockholders, managers or employees.

6.4 Reasonable Limitation and Severability. The parties agree that the above restrictions on competition are (i) appropriate and reasonable given Executive’s role with and knowledge of the Company, and are necessary to protect the interests of the Company and (ii) completely severable and independent agreements supported by good and valuable consideration

 

6


and, as such, shall survive the termination of this Agreement for any reason whatsoever. Executive acknowledges that Executive has carefully considered the terms of this Agreement, including the restrictive covenants set forth in this Section 6, and acknowledges that if this Agreement is enforced according to its terms, Executive will be able to earn a reasonable living in commercial activities unrelated to the business of the Company in locations satisfactory to Executive. Executive also acknowledges that the restrictive covenants set forth in this Section 6 are a vital part of and are intrinsic to the ongoing operations of the Company, in light of the nature of the business of the Company and the unique position, skills and knowledge of Executive with the Company. The parties further agree that any invalidity or unenforceability of any one or more of such restrictions on competition shall not render invalid or unenforceable any remaining restrictions on competition. Additionally, should a court of competent jurisdiction determine that the scope of any provision of this Section 6 is too broad to be enforced as written, the parties hereby authorize the court to reform the provision to such narrower scope as it determines to be reasonable and enforceable and the parties intend that the affected provision be enforced as so amended. Executive acknowledges and agrees that to the extent Executive has breached or is in breach of any of the covenants set forth in Sections 6.1 or 6.2, the Restricted Period shall be extended by an amount of time equal to the duration of such breach.

6.5 Confidential Information. Executive acknowledges and agrees that the customers, business connections, customer lists, procedures, operations, techniques and other aspects of and information about the business of the Company (the “Confidential Information”) are established at great expense and protected as confidential information and provide the Company with a substantial competitive advantage in conducting its business. Executive further acknowledges and agrees that by virtue of his employment with the Company, he has had access to and will have access to, and has been entrusted with and will be entrusted with Confidential Information, and that the Company would suffer great loss and injury if Executive would disclose this information or use it in a manner not specifically authorized by the Company. Therefore, Executive agrees that during the Term and at all times thereafter, he will not, directly or indirectly, either individually or as an employee, agent, partner, shareholder, owner trustee, beneficiary, co-venturer distributor, consultant or in any other capacity, use or disclose or cause to be used or disclosed any Confidential Information, unless and to the extent that any such information becomes generally known to and available for use by the public other than as a result of Executive’s acts or omissions. Executive shall deliver to the Company at the termination of the Term, or at any other time the Company may request, all memoranda, notes, plans, records, reports, computer discs, flash drives, printouts and software and other documents and data (and copies thereof) in any media form relating to the Confidential Information, Work Product (as defined below) or the business of the Company which he may then possess or have under his control. Executive acknowledges and agrees that all inventions, innovations, improvements, developments, methods, designs, analyses, drawings, reports and all similar or related information (whether or not patentable) that relate to the Company’s actual or anticipated business research and development or existing or future products or services and that are conceived, developed or made by the Executive while employed by the Company (“Work Product”) belong to the Company.

 

7


7. GENERAL PROVISIONS

7.1 Assignment. The Company may assign this Agreement and its rights and obligations hereunder in whole, but not in part, to any company or other entity with or into which the Company may hereafter merge or consolidate or to which the Company may transfer all or substantially all of its assets, and in any such case said company or other entity shall by operation of law or expressly in writing assume all obligations of the Company hereunder as fully as if it had been originally made a party hereto. Executive may not assign or transfer this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder.

7.2 Notice. For the purposes of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered or mailed by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the respective addresses set forth below:

 

To the Company:

   Oak Street Health, LLC
   327 West Belden, #3
   Chicago, IL 60614
   Attention: Board of Directors

With Copy To:

   Raymond Faricy III
   Lindquist & Vennum LLP
  

4200 IDS Center

80 South Eighth Street

   Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402
   Tel 612-371-3507
  

Fax 612-371-3207

email: rfaricv@lindquist.com

To Executive:

   Geoffrey Price

7.3 Amendment and Waiver. No provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived unless such amendment or waiver is in writing and signed by each of the parties hereto.

7.4 Non-Waiver of Breach. No failure by either party to declare a default due to any breach of any obligation under this Agreement by the other, nor failure by either party to act quickly with regard thereto, shall be considered to be a waiver of any such obligation, or of any future breach.

7.5 Severability. In the event that any provision or portion of this Agreement, shall be determined to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason, the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall be unaffected thereby and shall remain in full force and effect.

7.6 Governing Law. To the extent not preempted by federal law, the validity and effect of this Agreement and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be construed and determined in accordance with the law of Illinois, without application of conflict of law principles. THE PARTIES IRREVOCABLY CONSENT TO THE JURISDICTION OF, AND VENUE IN, THE STATE AND FEDERAL COURTS LOCATED IN THE STATE OF ILLINOIS, COUNTY OF COOK, CITY OF CHICAGO, WITH RESPECT TO ANY MATTERS PERTAINING TO, OR ARISING FROM, THIS AGREEMENT.

 

8


7.7 Waiver of Jury Trial. THE PARTIES EACH HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION, CAUSE OF ACTION (I) ARISING UNDER THIS AGREEMENT OR (II) IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE DEALINGS OF THE PARTIES HERETO IN RESPECT OF THIS AGREEMENT WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, AND WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT, EQUITY OR OTHERWISE. THE PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT EACH HEREBY AGREES AND CONSENTS THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE DECIDED BY COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY AND THAT THE PARTIES MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OF A COPY OF THIS AGREEMENT WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF THE PARTIES TO THE WAIVER OF THEIR RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.

7.8 Entire Agreement. This Agreement contains all of the terms agreed upon by the Company and Executive with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements, arrangements and communications between the parties dealing with such subject matter, whether oral or written, except with respect to breaches by Executive of any prior employment or similar agreement for the benefit of Executive.

7.9 Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the transferees, successors and assigns of the Company, including any company with which the Company may merge or consolidate.

7.10 Headings. Numbers and titles to Sections hereof are for information purposes only and, where inconsistent with the text, are to be disregarded. The headings in this Agreement are in no way intended to describe, interpret, define, or limit the scope, extent or intent of this Agreement.

7.11 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which when taken together, shall be and constitute one and the same instrument.

7.12 Specific Enforcement; Remedies. The provisions of Section 6 of this Agreement are to be specifically enforced if not performed according to their terms. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the parties acknowledge that the Company would be irreparably damaged and there would be no adequate remedy at law for Executive’s breach of Section 6 of this Agreement and further acknowledge that the Company may obtain a temporary restraining order or preliminary injunction, in addition to any other remedies available at law or in equity, to enforce the provisions thereof, without the Company being required to post a bond or other security therefor. In addition, in the event of a material violation by Executive of the provisions of Section 6, any severance being paid to Executive pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise shall immediately cease.

7.13 Taxes & IRC Section 409A Matters. The Company may withhold from any payment hereunder such state, federal or local income, employment or other taxes and other legally mandated withholdings as it reasonably deems appropriate. The Company makes no representation about the tax treatment or impact of any payment(s) hereunder. The intent of the parties is that

 

9


payments and benefits under this Agreement comply with Section 409A of the Code, as amended (“Section 409A”), to the extent subject thereto, and, accordingly, to the maximum extent permitted, this Agreement shall be interpreted and administered to be in compliance therewith. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary: (i) if at the time of Executive’s termination of employment with the Company, Executive is a “specified employee” as defined in Section 409A and the deferral of the commencement of any payments or benefits otherwise payable hereunder as a result of such termination of employment is necessary in order to prevent any accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A, then the Company will defer the commencement of the payment of any such payments or benefits hereunder (without any reduction in such payments or benefits ultimately paid or provided to Executive) until the date that is six (6) months following Executive’s termination of employment with the Company (or the earliest date as is permitted under Section 409A); (ii) if any other payments of money or other benefits due to Executive hereunder could cause the application of an accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A, such payments or other benefits shall be deferred if deferral will make such payment or other benefits compliant under Section 409A, or otherwise such payment or other benefits shall be restructured, to the extent possible, in a manner determined by the Company that does not cause such an accelerated or additional tax; (iii) to the extent required in order to avoid accelerated taxation and/or tax penalties under Section 409A, Executive shall not be considered to have terminated employment with the Company for purposes of this Agreement and no payment shall be due to Executive under this Agreement until Executive would be considered to have incurred a “separation from service” from the Company within the meaning of Section 409A; and (iv) each amount to be paid or benefit to be provided to Executive pursuant to this Agreement, which constitute deferred compensation subject to Section 409A, shall be construed as a separate identified payment for purposes of Section 409A. To the extent required to avoid an accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A, amounts reimbursable to Executive under this Agreement shall be paid to Executive on or before the last day of the year following the year in which the expense was incurred and the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement (and in-kind benefits provided to Executive) during any one year may not affect amounts reimbursable or provided in any subsequent year. Neither the Company nor any of its employees or representatives shall have any liability to Executive with respect to Section 409A.

7.14 Survival. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, all covenants, representations and warranties, express or implied, in addition to the provisions of Sections 6 and 7 of this Agreement, shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

7.15 Review by Counsel. Executive has been advised that Executive should consult with his own legal advisor prior to executing this Agreement, and Executive acknowledges that he has had the opportunity to consult with and review the terms of this Agreement with counsel prior to execution of this Agreement.

[signatures on next page]

 

10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Employment Agreement to-be duly executed on the date and year first written above.

Oak Street Health, LLC

 

By:  

/s/ Kevin H. Roche

             

/s/ Geoffrey Price

      

Geoffrey Price

Exhibit 10.15

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Employment Agreement (this “Agreement”), is made and entered into on February 27 2015, by and among Oak Street Health, LLC, an Illinois limited liability company (the “Company”) and Griffin Myers (“Executive”). This Agreement shall become effective as of the Effective Date (as hereinafter defined).

WHEREAS, the Company desires to employ Executive on the terms and conditions contained herein; and

WHEREAS, Executive desires to be employed by and render services to the Company upon and subject to the terms, conditions and other provisions set forth herein.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, the adequacy of all of which consideration is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:

1. DEFINITIONS

The following words and terms shall have the meanings set forth below for the purposes of this Agreement:

“Board of Directors” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

“Cause” means Executive’s: (i) conviction (including a guilty plea or plea of nolo contendere) of any crime or offense that constitutes a felony under federal or state law or other crime involving moral turpitude or any other act or omission involving fraud with respect to the Company; (ii) commission of an act of gross negligence or intentional misconduct, in each case resulting in any material detriment to the Company; (iii) knowingly aiding or abetting a competitor, supplier or customer of the Company in a manner that would violate the duty of loyalty to the Company, whether or not such duty applies to Executive; (iv) failure to comply with the lawful direction of the Board of Directors, the written company policies, or a material breach of any provision of this Agreement (other than due to physical or mental incapacity), which failure continues for thirty (30) days (other than respect to any such failure or breach which cannot be cured within such period) following receipt of written notice from the Board of Directors specifying such failure, or which failure represents a pattern of failing to comply with the lawful and reasonable direction of the Board of Directors.

“Disability” means Executive is unable to perform the essential functions of his position with or without accommodation by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which has lasted or can reasonably be expected to last for a period of ninety (90) or more consecutive days or for a period of at least 180 days in the aggregate for any twelve-month period, as determined by a physician to be selected by the Company; including, but not limited to that Executive shall be considered to have a Disability if it is also treated as a disability under the Company’s long-term disability policy.


“Good Reason” means the occurrence of any of the following events, without the express written consent of Executive, unless the applicable event is fully corrected in all material respects by the Company within thirty (30) days following written notification by Executive to the Board of Directors of the Company of the applicable event: (i) a material diminution in Executive’s duties and/or responsibilities, (ii) a material reduction in Executive’s Base Salary (as defined below); (iii) a material relocation of Executive’s principal base of operation (other than for temporary assignments with the prior consent of Executive); or (iv) any other material breach of this Agreement by the Company. Executive shall provide the Company with a written notice detailing the specific circumstances alleged to constitute Good Reason within ninety (90) days after the first occurrence of such circumstances, and actually terminate employment within thirty (30) days following the expiration of the Company’s thirty (30)-day cure period described above. Otherwise, any claim of such circumstances as “Good Reason” shall be deemed irrevocably waived by Executive.

“Notice of Termination” means a dated notice that (i) indicates the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, (ii) specifies a Termination Date, except in the case of the Company’s termination of Executive’s employment for Cause, for which the Termination Date may be the date of the notice; provided, however, that Executive has been provided with any applicable cure period, and (iii) is given in the manner specified in Section 7.2 hereof. With the exception of termination of Executive’s employment due to Executive’s death, any purported termination of Executive’s employment by the Company for any reason, including without limitation for Cause or Disability, or by Executive for any reason, shall be communicated by a written “Notice of Termination” to the other party.

“Termination Date” means (i) if Executive’s employment is terminated for Cause or Disability, the date specified in the Notice of Termination, (ii) in the case of termination of employment due to death, the date of Executive’s death, (iii) in the event of the expiration of the Term, the date of such expiration, or (iv) if Executive’s employment is terminated for any other reason, the date on which a Notice of Termination is given or as specified in such Notice.

2. EMPLOYMENT

2.1 Agreement and Term. Subject to Executive’s full compliance with Section 2.2 and 2.3 hereof and subject to the provisions of Section 5 hereof, Executive’s employment under this Agreement shall begin as of the date first written above (the “Effective Date”); and shall continue until the third (3rd) anniversary date hereof (“Initial Term”), and thereafter shall automatically review for successive periods of one (1) year (each a “Renewal Term”), unless the Company and the Executive agree to new terms of employment one hundred twenty (120) days before the end of the Initial Term or applicable Renewal Term. The Initial Term and Renewal Term, if any, are referred to herein as the “Term.

2.2 Position and Duties. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, during the Term of this Agreement, Executive shall serve as Chief Medical Officer of the Company and shall report directly to the Chief Executive Officer. Executive shall perform duties, undertake the responsibilities, and exercise the authorities customarily performed, undertaken and exercised by persons situated in a similar capacity at a similar company. Executive shall carry out his duties and responsibilities at all times in compliance with the Company’s Employee Manual, as in effect from time to time, and in compliance with any other policies promulgated from time to time by the Company. Executive shall also perform such other duties, commensurate with his

 

2


position, as lawfully requested by the Board of Directors. During the Term of this Agreement, Executive shall use his best efforts to serve the Company faithfully, diligently and competently and to the best of his ability, and to devote his full time business hours, energy, ability, attention and skill to the business of the Company; provided, however, that the foregoing is not intended to preclude Executive from noncompetitive activities, conducted outside normal business hours permitted under Section 2.3 hereof.

2.3 Outside Activities. During the Term of this Agreement, Executive may serve as a director or advisor of other organizations, perform charitable and other activities; provided, however, that such activities do not materially interfere with the performance of his duties hereunder and are not in conflict or competitive with, or adverse to, the interests of the Company. Executive shall provide written notice to the Board of Directors at least annually of material outside activities. Executive shall not, however, under any circumstances, provide services or advice in any capacity whatsoever for or on behalf of any entity that competes with or is competitive with the Company.

3. COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS

3.1 Salary. The Company shall compensate and pay Executive for his services during the Term at a rate no less than $210,000 per year until December 31, 2015, increasing to $220,000 from January 1, 2016 onward, less payroll deductions and all required tax withholdings, (“Base Salary”), which salary shall be payable in accordance with the Company’s customary payroll practices applicable to its executives, but no less frequently than monthly.

3.2 Bonus. During the Term of this Agreement, Executive shall have the opportunity to earn annual performance bonuses based on performance criteria to be established by the Board of Directors. Executive shall be eligible to receive a target cash bonus of 50 % of his Base Salary with the opportunity to receive a maximum cash bonus of 100 % of his Base Salary based upon the attainment of performance objectives established by the Board of Directors; provided, that the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to establish such performance objectives promptly following the approval by the Board of Directors of the budget for the applicable fiscal year. Unless set forth otherwise herein, Executive must be actively employed with the Company on the bonus payout date in order to receive any annual bonus payout pursuant to this subsection. Any bonus payable hereunder shall be paid as soon as practicable following the end of the applicable fiscal year but in no event later than thirty (30) days following completion of the Company’s audited financial statements for the fiscal year in which any such bonus is earned.

3.3 Employee Benefits. During the Term of this Agreement, to the extent eligible under the applicable plans or programs, Executive shall be entitled to participate in the employee benefits plans and programs made available to executive level employees of the Company generally, such as health, medical, dental and other insurance coverage and group retirement plans. The terms and conditions of Executive’s participation in any employee benefit plan or program shall be subject to the terms and conditions of such plan or program, as may be modified by the Company from time to time. Nothing in this Agreement shall preclude the Company from amending or terminating any employee benefit plan or program.

 

3


3.4 Paid Leave. Executive shall be entitled to four (4) weeks of paid vacation leave each year, subject an annual accrual cap of 30 working days. Executive shall also be entitled to all paid holidays to which executive level employees of the Company are entitled. Accrued unused vacation leave shall be paid in the event of a termination of employment.

4. EXPENSES

4.1 Business Expenses. The Company shall reimburse Executive or otherwise provide for or pay for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Executive in furtherance of or in connection with the business of the Company, including, but not limited to, travel and entertainment expenses commensurate with his duties hereunder (including attendance at industry conferences), subject to the Company’s policies as periodically reviewed by the Board of Directors and in effect from time to time, including without limitation such reasonable documentation and other limitations as may be established or required by the Company.

5. TERMINATION

5.1 Termination Due to Death or Disability. If Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of Executive’s death or Disability, Executive or his estate shall be entitled to receive: (a) Executive’s accrued Base Salary through the Termination Date; (b) an amount for reimbursement, paid within 60 days following submission by Executive (or if applicable, Executive’s estate) to the Company of appropriate supporting documentation for any unreimbursed business expenses properly incurred prior to the Termination Date by Executive pursuant to Section 4 and in accordance with Company policy; (c) any accrued and unpaid vacation pay, paid within 60 days of the Termination Date (or earlier if required by applicable law); and (d) such employee benefits, if any, to which Executive (or, if applicable, Executive’s estate) or his dependents may be entitled under the employee benefit plans or programs of the Company, paid in accordance with the terms of the applicable plans or programs (the amounts described in clauses (a) through (d) hereof being referred to as the “Accrued Rights”).

5.2 Termination by Executive for Other Than Good Reason. In the event Executive terminates his employment for other than Good Reason, Executive shall be entitled to receive the Accrued Rights, but following the Termination Date, Executive shall have no further rights to any other compensation or benefits under this Agreement, including without limitation any severance or continuation of benefits or otherwise. Executive shall provide the Company sixty (60) days’ prior written notice of his intention to terminate his employment with the Company pursuant to this Section 5.2.

5.3 Termination by the Company for Cause. In the event the Company terminates his employment for Cause, Executive shall be entitled to receive the Accrued Rights, but following the Termination Date, Executive shall have no further rights to any other compensation or benefits under this Agreement, including without limitation any severance or continuation of benefits or otherwise.

 

4


5.4 Termination by the Company Other Than for Death, Disability or Cause or by Executive for Good Reason. If Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company for reasons other than death, Disability or Cause, or is terminated by Executive for Good Reason, Executive shall be entitled to receive (a) a monthly severance payment in an amount equal to the sum of (I) the annualized average of the last three (3) years of the Executive’s Base Salary plus Bonus, in effect as of immediately prior to the date of such termination, divided by (II) twelve (the “Severance Benefits”), for the period set forth in Section 5.6; and (b) the Accrued Rights. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Executive may terminate his employment hereunder for Good Reason within a period of time not to exceed ninety (90) days following the initial existence of the event(s) that constitute Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, Good Reason shall not occur unless Executive gives written notice to the Company within thirty (30) days of the occurrence of any of the events listed under the definition of Good Reason in Section 1 hereof and such event remains uncured sixty (60) days after the Company’s receipt of such notice. Such termination shall occur immediately following expiration of the cure period to the extent such event remains uncured.

5.5 Termination by Mutual Consent. Notwithstanding any of the foregoing provisions of this Section 5, if at any time during the course of this Agreement the parties by mutual consent decide to terminate Executive’s employment, they may do so by separate agreement setting forth the terms and conditions of such termination.

5.6 Payment of Severance. Unless otherwise set forth herein, any Severance Benefits owed to Executive pursuant to Section 5 hereof shall be paid out monthly by the Company for a minimum of one (1) year after the Termination Date and, subject to delivery of a Severance Notice pursuant to this Section 5.6, during the entire Restricted Period (as defined below) commencing on the sixtieth (60th) day following the Termination Date and in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll schedule and practices; provided, however, that Severance Benefits owed to Executive shall immediately cease and no Severance Benefits shall be paid by the Company to Executive if at any time after the first anniversary of the Termination Date, the Company provides written notice (such notice, the “Severance Notice”) to Executive stating (a) the obligations and restrictions set forth in Section 6.1 of this Agreement no longer apply to Executive and (b) the final end date of the Restricted Period. Executive acknowledges and agrees that no Severance Benefits will be paid by the Company to Executive following delivery of a Severance Notice to Executive.

5.7 Release of Claims; Offsets. As a condition to the receipt of any Severance Benefits, Executive shall be required to execute, and not subsequently revoke, within sixty (60) days following the termination of his employment a release in a form reasonably acceptable to the Company of all claims arising out of his employment or the termination thereof. After the first anniversary of the Termination Date, Severance Benefits, if any, may also be offset by any earnings of Executive after the first anniversary of the Termination Date from other employment. While receiving Severance Benefits, Executive shall notify the Company upon obtaining other employment and provide evidence of base salary and/or bonus and incentive payments that Executive may receive from new employment while receiving Severance Benefits.

5.8 Cooperation with Company after Termination of Employment. Following termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, Executive shall reasonably cooperate with the Company in all matters relating to the winding up of his pending work on behalf of the Company including, but not limited to, any litigation in which the Company is involved and the orderly transfer of any such pending work to other employees of the Company as may be

 

5


designated by the Company. The Company shall reasonably compensate Executive for services rendered pursuant to this Section 5.8 at a rate to be determined by the parties. In addition, the Company shall reimburse Executive for any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses he incurs in performing any work on behalf of the Company following the termination of his employment.

6. NON-SOLICITATION & NON-COMPETITION

6.1 Non-Compete. Executive agrees that during the Term and for three (3) years following the Termination Date (the “Restricted Period”), Executive shall not, anywhere in the areas where the Company conducts business (or has expanded resources or time to plan the conduct of business) during the Term, including, but not limited to the United States (the “Restricted Territory”), directly or indirectly, own, manage, operate, join, control or participate in the ownership, management, operation or control of, or be an officer or an employee of any business or organization that, directly or indirectly (i) provides medical or health care services of any type to Medicare beneficiaries, or (ii) offers or manages any plan contracting with the Medicare Advantage program or with any dual Medicare/Medicaid program or provides administrative or other services to such plan (each, a “Restricted Business”). The foregoing shall not restrict Executive from owning up to 1% of any class of securities of any person engaged in a Restricted Business if such securities are listed on any national or regional securities exchange or have been registered under Section 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as long as such securities are held solely as a passive investment and not with a view to influencing, controlling or directing the affairs of such person. Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Restricted Period may be for a period less than three (3) years following the Termination Date if (and only if) the Company delivers a Severance Notice pursuant to Section 5.6 but in no event shall such period be for a period less than one year following the Termination Date.

6.2 Non-Solicitation. Executive agrees that during the Restricted Period, Executive will not, directly or indirectly, for himself or on behalf of or in conjunction with any other person, (i) solicit, induce, attempt to solicit or induce, or hire or attempt to hire any person that is an employee of the Company or was within twelve (12) months prior to the Termination Date; provided, however, this Section 6.2 shall not be breached by a solicitation to the general public or through general advertising and Executive may solicit for employment any person who at the Termination Date had not been an employee of the Company at any time within six (6) months preceding such date or whose employment with the Company had terminated more than six (6) months prior to Executive’s solicitation of such person or (ii) solicit, advise or encourage any person, firm, government agency or corporation (a “Customer”) (including without limitation any potential customer of the Company that is engaged in discussion with the Company to do business with the Company), to withdraw, curtail or cancel its business (or potential business) with the Company.

6.3 Non-Disparagement. During the Term and thereafter, Executive agrees that he will not, at any time, make, directly or indirectly, any oral or written statements that are disparaging of the Company, its business, its products or services, or any of its present or former officers, directors, members, stockholders, managers or employees.

 

6


6.4 Reasonable Limitation and Severability. The parties agree that the above restrictions on competition are (i) appropriate and reasonable given Executive’s role with and knowledge of the Company, and are necessary to protect the interests of the Company and (ii) completely severable and independent agreements supported by good and valuable consideration and, as such, shall survive the termination of this Agreement for any reason whatsoever. Executive acknowledges that Executive has carefully considered the terms of this Agreement, including the restrictive covenants set forth in this Section 6, and acknowledges that if this Agreement is enforced according to its terms, Executive will be able to earn a reasonable living in commercial activities unrelated to the business of the Company in locations satisfactory to Executive. Executive also acknowledges that the restrictive covenants set forth in this Section 6 are a vital part of and are intrinsic to the ongoing operations of the Company, in light of the nature of the business of the Company and the unique position, skills and knowledge of Executive with the Company. The parties further agree that any invalidity or unenforceability of any one or more of such restrictions on competition shall not render invalid or unenforceable any remaining restrictions on competition. Additionally, should a court of competent jurisdiction determine that the scope of any provision of this Section 6 is too broad to be enforced as written, the parties hereby authorize the court to reform the provision to such narrower scope as it determines to be reasonable and enforceable and the parties intend that the affected provision be enforced as so amended. Executive acknowledges and agrees that to the extent Executive has breached or is in breach of any of the covenants set forth in Sections 6.1 or 6.2, the Restricted Period shall be extended by an amount of time equal to the duration of such breach.

6.5 Confidential Information. Executive acknowledges and agrees that the customers, business connections, customer lists, procedures, operations, techniques and other aspects of and information about the business of the Company (the “Confidential Information) are established at great expense and protected as confidential information and provide the Company with a substantial competitive advantage in conducting its business. Executive further acknowledges and agrees that by virtue of his employment with the Company, he has had access to and will have access to, and has been entrusted with and will be entrusted with Confidential Information, and that the Company would suffer great loss and injury if Executive would disclose this information or use it in a manner not specifically authorized by the Company. Therefore, Executive agrees that during the Term and at all times thereafter, he will not, directly or indirectly, either individually or as an employee, agent, partner, shareholder, owner trustee, beneficiary, co-venturer distributor, consultant or in any other capacity, use or disclose or cause to be used or disclosed any Confidential Information, unless and to the extent that any such information becomes generally known to and available for use by the public other than as a result of Executive’s acts or omissions. Executive shall deliver to the Company at the termination of the Term, or at any other time the Company may request, all memoranda, notes, plans, records, reports, computer discs, flash drives, printouts and software and other documents and data (and copies thereof) in any media form relating to the Confidential Information, Work Product (as defined below) or the business of the Company which he may then possess or have under his control. Executive acknowledges and agrees that all inventions, innovations, improvements, developments, methods, designs, analyses, drawings, reports and all similar or related information (whether or not patentable) that relate to the Company’s actual or anticipated business research and development or existing or future products or services and that are conceived, developed or made by the Executive while employed by the Company (Work Product) belong to the Company.

 

7


7. GENERAL PROVISIONS

7.1 Assignment. The Company may assign this Agreement and its rights and obligations hereunder in whole, but not in part, to any company or other entity with or into which the Company may hereafter merge or consolidate or to which the Company may transfer all or substantially all of its assets, and in any such case said company or other entity shall by operation of law or expressly in writing assume all obligations of the Company hereunder as fully as if it had been originally made a party hereto. Executive may not assign or transfer this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder.

7.2 Notice. For the purposes of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered or mailed by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the respective addresses set forth below:

 

To the Company:   

Oak Street Health,

LLC 327 West

Belden, #3 Chicago,

IL 60614 Attention:

Board of Directors

With Copy To:                    Raymond Faricy III
  

Lindquist & Vennum LLP

4200 IDS Center

80 South Eighth Street

   Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402
   Tel 612-371-3507
   Fax 612-371-3207
   email: rfaricy@lindquist.com
To Executive:    Griffin Myers

7.3 Amendment and Waiver. No provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived unless such amendment or waiver is in writing and signed by each of the parties hereto.

7.4 Non-Waiver of Breach. No failure by either party to declare a default due to any breach of any obligation under this Agreement by the other, nor failure by either party to act quickly with regard thereto, shall be considered to be a waiver of any such obligation, or of any future breach.

7.5 Severability. In the event that any provision or portion of this Agreement, shall be determined to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason, the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall be unaffected thereby and shall remain in full force and effect.

 

8


7.6 Governing Law. To the extent not preempted by federal law, the validity and effect of this Agreement and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be construed and determined in accordance with the law of Illinois, without application of conflict of law principles. THE PARTIES IRREVOCABLY CONSENT TO THE JURISDICTION OF, AND VENUE IN, THE STATE AND FEDERAL COURTS LOCATED IN THE STATE OF ILLINOIS, COUNTY OF COOK, CITY OF CHICAGO, WITH RESPECT TO ANY MATTERS PERTAINING TO, OR ARISING FROM, THIS AGREEMENT.

7.7 Waiver of Jury Trial. THE PARTIES EACH HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION, CAUSE OF ACTION (I) ARISING UNDER THIS AGREEMENT OR (II) IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE DEALINGS OF THE PARTIES HERETO IN RESPECT OF THIS AGREEMENT WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, AND WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT, EQUITY OR OTHERWISE. THE PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT EACH HEREBY AGREES AND CONSENTS THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE DECIDED BY COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY AND THAT THE PARTIES MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OF A COPY OF THIS AGREEMENT WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF THE PARTIES TO THE WAIVER OF THEIR RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.

7.8 Entire Agreement. This Agreement contains all of the terms agreed upon by the Company and Executive with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements, arrangements and communications between the parties dealing with such subject matter, whether oral or written, except with respect to breaches by Executive of any prior employment or similar agreement for the benefit of Executive.

7.9 Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the transferees, successors and assigns of the Company, including any company with which the Company may merge or consolidate.

7.10 Headings. Numbers and titles to Sections hereof are for information purposes only and, where inconsistent with the text, are to be disregarded. The headings in this Agreement are in no way intended to describe, interpret, define, or limit the scope, extent or intent of this Agreement.

7.11 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which when taken together, shall be and constitute one and the same instrument.

7.12 Specific Enforcement; Remedies. The provisions of Section 6 of this Agreement are to be specifically enforced if not performed according to their terms. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the parties acknowledge that the Company would be irreparably damaged and there would be no adequate remedy at law for Executive’s breach of Section 6 of this Agreement and further acknowledge that the Company may obtain a temporary restraining order or preliminary injunction, in addition to any other remedies available at law or in equity, to enforce the provisions thereof, without the Company being required to post a bond or other security therefor. In addition, in the event of a material violation by Executive of the provisions of Section 6, any severance being paid to Executive pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise shall immediately cease.

 

 

9


7.13 Taxes & IRC Section 409A Matters. The Company may withhold from any payment hereunder such state, federal or local income, employment or other taxes and other legally mandated withholdings as it reasonably deems appropriate. The Company makes no representation about the tax treatment or impact of any payment(s) hereunder. The intent of the parties is that payments and benefits under this Agreement comply with Section 409A of the Code, as amended (“Section 409A”), to the extent subject thereto, and, accordingly, to the maximum extent permitted, this Agreement shall be interpreted and administered to be in compliance therewith. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary: (i) if at the time of Executive’s termination of employment with the Company, Executive is a “specified employee” as defined in Section 409A and the deferral of the commencement of any payments or benefits otherwise payable hereunder as a result of such termination of employment is necessary in order to prevent any accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A, then the Company will defer the commencement of the payment of any such payments or benefits hereunder (without any reduction in such payments or benefits ultimately paid or provided to Executive) until the date that is six (6) months following Executive’s termination of employment with the Company (or the earliest date as is permitted under Section 409A); (ii) if any other payments of money or other benefits due to Executive hereunder could cause the application of an accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A, such payments or other benefits shall be deferred if deferral will make such payment or other benefits compliant under Section 409A, or otherwise such payment or other benefits shall be restructured, to the extent possible, in a manner determined by the Company that does not cause such an accelerated or additional tax; (iii) to the extent required in order to avoid accelerated taxation and/or tax penalties under Section 409A, Executive shall not be considered to have terminated employment with the Company for purposes of this Agreement and no payment shall be due to Executive under this Agreement until Executive would be considered to have incurred a “separation from service” from the Company within the meaning of Section 409A; and (iv) each amount to be paid or benefit to be provided to Executive pursuant to this Agreement, which constitute deferred compensation subject to Section 409A, shall be construed as a separate identified payment for purposes of Section 409A. To the extent required to avoid an accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A, amounts reimbursable to Executive under this Agreement shall be paid to Executive on or before the last day of the year following the year in which the expense was incurred and the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement (and in-kind benefits provided to Executive) during any one year may not affect amounts reimbursable or provided in any subsequent year. Neither the Company nor any of its employees or representatives shall have any liability to Executive with respect to Section 409A.

7.14 Survival. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, all covenants, representations and warranties, express or implied, in addition to the provisions of Sections 6 and 7 of this Agreement, shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

7.15 Review by Counsel. Executive has been advised that Executive should consult with his own legal advisor prior to executing this Agreement, and Executive acknowledges that he has had the opportunity to consult with and review the terms of this Agreement with counsel prior to execution of this Agreement.

[signatures on next page]

 

10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Employment agreement to be duly executed on the date and year first written above.

 

Oak Street Health, LLC    
By:  

/s/ Kevin H. Roche

   

/s/ Griffin Myers

      Griffin Myers

Exhibit 10.16

OAK STREET HEALTH MSO, LLC

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”), entered into effective as of August 5, 2019 (the “Effective Date”), by and between Oak Street Health MSO, LLC, a limited liability company organized under the laws of the State of Illinois (the “Company”) and Timothy Cook (the “Employee”) (collectively, the “Parties”).

RECITALS

1. The Company desires to employ the Employee and to assure itself of the services of the Employee for the Period of Employment (as defined below).

2. The Employee desires to be employed by the Company for the Period of Employment and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

AGREEMENT

Accordingly, the Parties agree as follows:

1. Employment at Will. Employee is an “at-will” employee, meaning that, subject to Section 4 below, either the Company or the Employee can terminate employment at any time, with or without cause. The Company shall employ the Employee to render services to the Company in the position and with the duties and responsibilities described in Section 2 until employment is terminated.

2. Position, Duties, Responsibilities.

a. Position. The Employee shall render services to the Company as the Chief Financial Officer for the Company and each entity who, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the Company but excluding any entities controlling Oak Street Health, LLC (collectively, “Affiliates”) , and shall perform all services as may reasonably be assigned to Employee by the board of directors of the Company (the “Board”) and Chief Executive Officer (the “CEO”) of the Company and which are undertaken and exercised by persons situated in a similar capacity. As used in this definition, “control” (including, with its correlative meanings, “controlled by” and “under common control with”) shall mean possession, directly or indirectly, or the power to direct or cause the direction of management or policies (whether through ownership of securities or partnership or other ownership interests, by contract or otherwise). In addition to serving as Chief Financial Officer of the Company and its Affiliates, Employee shall, without additional compensation, serve as the corporate secretary and also agrees to serve without additional compensation, if elected or appointed thereto, in one or more offices or as a director of any of the Company’s Affiliates. The Employee’s principal place of employment shall be at the Company’s corporate headquarters in Chicago, Illinois.


b. Other Activities. During the Term the Employee shall devote substantially all of the Employee’s business time, attention and energy, and reasonable best efforts, to the interests and business of the Company and to the performance of the Employee’s duties and responsibilities on behalf of the Company.

c. Advance Notice of Prospective Employment. Employee agrees that following the termination of his employment, while and to the extent that the post-employment restrictive covenants set forth in Exhibit A hereto are in effect, prior to accepting employment with, or agreeing to perform services for, any entity that competes with the Company, he will notify the Company in writing of Employee’s intentions so as to provide the Company with the opportunity to assess whether Employee’s employment or retention may potentially violate any provisions of this Agreement.

3. Compensation and Holidays. In consideration of the services to be rendered under this Agreement, the Employee shall be entitled to the following:

a. Base Salary. The Company shall pay the Employee a “Base Salary” of US $400,000.00 per year, in accordance with the Company’s payroll practice, which currently provides for 26 bi-weekly installments.

b. Salary Adjustment. The Base Salary shall be reviewed by the Company on a yearly basis to ascertain if any upward adjustment in the annual base salary is in order, and if any modification is made, the new annual base salary shall become the Base Salary under this Section 3.

c. Equity Grant. The Employee shall, within 60 days following the Effective Date, receive an initial grant of 132,000 incentive units of Oak Street Health, LLC (the “Initial Grant”) under the Oak Street Health, LLC Equity Incentive Plan (in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A. the “Equity Plan”) and that certain Incentive Unit Agreement (in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit B. the “Equity Agreement”). Thereafter, during the term of employment, as determined by the Board, the Employee shall be eligible to receive stock options or other equity awards under the Equity Plan (or any successor plan thereto) with the terms and conditions of such awards to be paid or awarded consistent with the performance by the Employee of the Employee’s duties prescribed hereunder.

d. Incentive Compensation. The Employee shall be eligible to participate in the Company’s annual incentive plan, as in effect from time to time (or any successor plan thereto) (the “Annual Incentive Plan”), which plan shall be approved by the Board. The timing and amount of any such payments shall be made in accordance with the terms of the Annual Incentive Plan. The Employee’s annual incentive bonus opportunity under the Annual Incentive Plan shall not be less than 60% of the Employee’s Base Salary, or, in the case of any partial period (including the partial period of 2019 from the Employee’s start date through December 31, 2019), 60% of the Employee’s Base Salary earned during such partial period. The targets for the Employee’s receipt of the bonus opportunity during the first year of this Agreement shall be determined by the mutual agreement of the Employee and the CEO, within 30 days following the Effective Date. In addition to the foregoing the Employee shall receive a guaranteed incentive bonus in the amount of $130,191 (the “Guaranteed Bonus”) which Guaranteed Bonus shall be paid at such time as the Company pays out 2019 annual incentive bonuses and shall be contingent upon Employee remaining employed by the Company at such date.

 

2


e. Expenses. Subject to timely submission of reimbursement requests and proper invoices in accordance with the Company’s normal policies and procedures, the Employee shall be reimbursed for all reasonable out-of-pocket business expenses incurred by the Employee in connection with the performance of the Employee’s duties hereunder. The Employee shall provide the Company with the information and evidence required by taxing authorities to substantiate such expenses as income tax deductions.

f. Benefits. The Employee shall be eligible to participate in the benefits made generally available by the Company to similarly-situated employees, in accordance with the benefit plans established by the Company, and as may be amended from time to time in the Company’s sole discretion.

g. Paid Time Off. The Employee shall be entitled, in addition to seven Company designated holidays, to take 25 working days as paid days off in each full calendar year, inclusive of 5 paid sick days under the Chicago Paid Sick Leave Ordinance. If the Employee’s employment commences or terminates part way through a calendar year, his entitlement to paid days off will be assessed on a pro-rata basis in accordance with the Company’s Employee Handbook, as it may change from time to time.

h. Relocation Expenses. The Company agrees to reimburse the Employee for 172% of the reasonable moving and relocation expenses incurred by the Employee to relocate to the Chicago, Illinois metropolitan area in an amount not to exceed, in the aggregate $75,000 (“Reimbursement Amount”), such Reimbursement Amount to be paid in accordance with Employer’s normal expense reimbursement policies and procedures upon submission of Employee’s receipts for such moving costs, delivered to Employer prior to October 1, 2019. Employee acknowledges that this payment represents non-deductible moving and relocation expenses that will be included in Employee’s gross income as wages and treated by Employer as taxable wages subject to withholding of all applicable taxes. Employee agrees to repay to Employer, within 30 days of termination of Employee’s employment with Employer, the full Reimbursement Amount if Employee voluntarily terminates his employment with Employer prior to the first anniversary of the date of payment of the Reimbursement Amount by Employer to Employee.

4. Termination and Post-Termination Obligations.

a. Death. This Agreement (other than provisions which by their nature survive termination) and the Employee’s employment hereunder shall terminate automatically upon the Employee’s death.

b. Termination for Cause. The Company may terminate the Employee’s employment for “Cause” (as defined below) upon written notice to the Employee. As used herein, the term “Cause” shall be limited to the Employee’s:

(i) employee engages in a felony or other crime involving dishonesty or moral turpitude;

(ii) fraud, embezzlement, theft or any misappropriation of funds, money, assets or other property of the Company or any of its Affiliates;

 

3


(iii) willful failure to perform duties, or gross negligence in the performance of the Participant’s duties and responsibilities to the Company and its Affiliates, or willful failure to follow the lawful directives of the Board or such other person or body to whom the Employee reports, which remains uncured 10 days after written notice of such failure or negligence specifying in reasonable detail the nature of such failure or negligence is given to the Employee by the Company or its Affiliates;

(iv) material breach of this Agreement or any other written agreement between the Employee and the Company or its Affiliates; or

(v) attempt to willfully obtain any personal profit from any transaction in which the Employee has an interest not disclosed to the Board which is adverse to the interests of the Company or any of its controlled Affiliates.

c. Voluntary Resignation; Termination without Good Reason. The Employee may voluntarily terminate employment at any time without Good Reason (as defined below) upon written notice to the Company.

d. Termination Without Cause. The Company may terminate the Employee’s employment at any time without Cause upon 30 days’ prior written notice to the Employee.

e. Termination for Good Reason. The Employee may terminate employment at any time for Good Reason. As used herein, the term “Good Reason” shall be limited to:

(i) a material reduction in the Employee’s compensation (which includes Base Salary and annual incentive bonus opportunity), other than any isolated and inadvertent failure by the Company that is not in bad faith and is cured within 30 days after the Employee gives the Company notice of such event;

(ii) a material and adverse diminution in the Employee’s title, duties and responsibilities or material change in reporting relationship (by position), other than any isolated and inadvertent failure by the Company that is not in bad faith and is cured within thirty (30) business days after the Employee gives the Company notice of such event;

(iii) a relocation of the Employee’s principal place of work in excess of 50 miles from the current location other than a relocation that is not in bad faith and is cured within 30 days after the Employee gives the Company notice of such event; or

(iv) any material breach by the Company of this Agreement, other than any isolated and inadvertent failure by the Company that is not in bad faith and is cured within 30 business days after the Employee gives the Company notice of such event; provided, that, if the Employee does not deliver to the Company written notice within 90 days after the Employee has knowledge that an event constituting Good Reason has occurred, such event will no longer constitute Good Reason; provided further, that the Company’s placing the Employee on paid leave for up to 90 consecutive days while it is determining whether there is a basis to terminate the Employee’s employment for Cause will not constitute Good Reason.

 

4


f. Payments and Benefits.

(i) Termination for Cause by the Company or Voluntary Resignation; Termination without Good Reason by the Employee. In the event that (A) the Company terminates this Agreement for Cause or (B) the Employee terminates employment without Good Reason, then in either case, none of the Employee, the Employee’s surviving spouse or the Employee’s estate shall be entitled to any further salary or compensation from the Company pursuant to this Agreement as of the date of such termination other than the Employee’s accrued but unpaid salary and reimbursement of properly incurred expenses through the date of termination. The Employee’s obligations under Section 5 of this Agreement shall survive any such termination; provided, however, that such obligations shall not be construed to limit the Employee’s surviving spouse or estate.

(ii) Termination by the Company without Cause; Termination by the Employee for Good Reason. In the event of any termination (A) by the Company other than for Cause or (B) by the Employee with Good Reason, and in each case subject to Section 4(h) below, the Company shall pay to the Employee: (x) in a lump sum, any accrued but unpaid salary and reimbursement of properly incurred expenses through the date of termination, (y) severance compensation (“Severance Payments”) at a per annum rate equal to the Employee’s then current annual Base Salary plus 60% of the Employee’s then current annual Base Salary, with such Severance Payments to be paid in monthly installments following the date of termination for a period of 12 months, and (z) in a lump sum, the Guaranteed Bonus to the extent not then paid.

g. Waiver and Release; Timing of Payments. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, as a condition precedent to receiving any payments under Section 4 (other than those amounts already accrued prior to the date of termination), the Employee shall have executed, within twenty-one days, or if required for an effective release, forty-five days, following the Employee’s termination of employment, a waiver and release in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Company (the “Release”), which Release may be updated by the Company from time to time to reflect changes in applicable law, and the seven-day revocation period of such Release shall have expired.

The Employee further agrees that following any termination of employment, the Employee shall fully cooperate with the Company in all matters relating to his continuing obligations under this Agreement, including but not limited to the winding up of pending work on behalf of the Company, the orderly transfer of work to the other employees of the Company, and the defense of any action brought by any third party against the Company that relates in any way to the Employee’s acts or omissions while employed by the Company.

5. Confidential Information, Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation.

The Employee agrees that, concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, the Employee shall enter into a Confidentiality, Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreement with the Company in the form of Exhibit C hereto.

6. Former Employer Information.

The Employee agrees that he will not, during his employment with the Company, improperly use or disclose any proprietary information or trade secrets, or bring onto the premises of the Company any unpublished document or proprietary information belonging to any former or concurrent employer or other person or entity.

 

5


7. Third Party Information.

The Employee recognizes that the Company has received and in the future will receive confidential or proprietary information from third parties. The Employee agrees to hold all such confidential or proprietary information in the strictest confidence and trust, and not to disclose it to any person, firm or corporation or to use it except as necessary in carrying out his work for the Company consistent with the Company’s agreement with such third party.

8. No Conflict.

The Employee represents and warrants that the Employee’s execution of this Agreement, his employment with the Company, and the performance of his proposed duties under this Agreement shall not violate any obligations he may have to any former employer or other party, including any obligations with respect to proprietary or confidential information or intellectual property rights of such party.

9. Alternative Dispute Resolution.

The Company and the Employee mutually agree that, excluding the Employee’s postemployment obligations as set forth in Exhibit C, any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the breach thereof, or any other dispute between the parties, shall be submitted to mediation before a mutually agreeable mediator, which cost is to be borne equally by the parties hereto, except this cost may be waived by the Employer where such fees are discouraged or prohibited by applicable law. In the event the Parties fail to agree on a mediator, or mediation is unsuccessful in resolving the claim or controversy within one (1) month after the commencement of mediation, such claim or controversy shall be resolved by arbitration in Illinois under the auspices of the American Arbitration Association. The costs of arbitration, including the fees and expenses of the arbitration, shall be shared equally by the parties unless otherwise required by law or directed by the arbitrator in his/her award.

Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, this Alternative Dispute Resolution provision does not apply to: (a) any claim by the Employee for medical and disability benefits under the Workers’ Compensation Act or unemployment compensation benefits under the Unemployment Insurance Act; (b) any Charge of Discrimination filed by the Employee against the Company with the U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, the Illinois Department of Human Rights, the Chicago Commission on Human Relations, or charges filed with the National Labor Relations Board under the National Labor Relations Act; or (c) any claim by the Company for injunctive or equitable relief, including without limitation claims related to unauthorized disclosure of confidential information, trade secrets, intellectual property, unfair competition, breach of the non-solicitation covenant, or breach of the non-competition covenant.

 

6


10. Miscellaneous.

10.1. Continuing Obligations. The obligations in this Agreement will continue in the event that the Employee is hired, renders services to or for the benefit of or is otherwise retained at any time by any present or future Affiliates of the Company. Any reference to the Company in this Agreement will include such Affiliates. Upon the expiration or termination for any reason whatsoever of this Agreement, the Employee shall forthwith resign from any employment of office with an Affiliate of the Company unless the Board requests otherwise.

10.2. Notification. The Employee hereby authorizes the Company to notify his actual or future employers of the terms of this Agreement and his responsibilities hereunder.

10.3. Name and Likeness Rights. The Employee hereby authorizes the Company to use, reuse, and to grant others the right to use and reuse, his name, photograph, likeness (including caricature), voice, and biographical information, and any reproduction or simulation thereof, in any media now known or hereafter developed (including but not limited to film, video and digital or other electronic media), during his employment, for whatever purposes the Company deems reasonably necessary.

10.4. Injunctive Relief. The Employee understands that in the event of a breach or threatened breach of this Agreement by him, the Company may suffer irreparable harm and will therefore be entitled to injunctive relief to enforce this Agreement.

10.5. Legal Fees. In any dispute arising under or in connection with this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover reasonable attorney’s fees, unless otherwise prohibited by law.

10.6. Entire Agreement. This Agreement, including the exhibits attached hereto, is intended to be the final, complete, and exclusive statement regarding their subject matter, except for other agreements specifically referenced herein (including the Equity Agreement and Confidentiality, Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreement to be executed concurrently with this Agreement). Unless otherwise specifically provided for herein, this Agreement supersedes all other prior and contemporaneous agreements and statements pertaining to this subject matter, and may not be contradicted by evidence of any prior or contemporaneous statements or agreements. To the extent that the practices, policies, or procedures of the Company, now or in the future, apply to the Employee and are inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement, the provisions of this Agreement shall control.

10.7. Amendments. Renewals and Waivers. This Agreement may not be modified, amended, renewed or terminated except by an instrument in writing, signed by the Employee and by a duly authorized representative of the Company other than the Employee. No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising any right, remedy, or power under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, or power under this Agreement preclude any other or further exercise thereof, or the exercise of any other right, remedy, or power provided herein or by law or in equity.

10.8. Assignment; Successors and Assigns. The Employee agrees that he will not assign, sell, transfer, delegate or otherwise dispose of, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, or by operation of law, any rights or obligations under this Agreement, nor shall the Employee’s rights be subject to encumbrance or the claims of creditors. Any purported assignment, transfer, or delegation shall be null and void. Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent the consolidation of the

 

7


Company with, or its merger into, any other corporation, or the sale by the Company of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, or the assignment by the Company of this Agreement and the performance of its obligations hereunder to any successor in interest. In the event of a change in ownership or control of the Company, the terms of this Agreement will remain in effect and shall be binding upon any successor in interest. Notwithstanding and subject to the foregoing, this Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors, and permitted assigns, and shall not benefit any person or entity other than those enumerated above.

10.9. Notices. All notices and other communications given or made pursuant hereto shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given or made as of the date delivered or mailed if delivered personally or by nationally recognized courier or mailed by registered mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested) or by telecopy to the parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified by like notice, except that notices of changes of address shall be effective upon receipt):

To: Oak Street Health MSO, LLC

Contact Address: 30 W Monroe St. Chicago, IL 60603 Suite 1200

Attention: Mike Pykosz

E-mail Address: mike@oakstreethealth.com

To: Timothy Cook

10.10. Waiver of Immunity. To the extent that any Party (including its assignees of any such rights or obligations hereunder) may be entitled, in any jurisdiction, to claim for itself (or himself or herself) or its revenues or assets or properties, immunity from service of process, suit, the jurisdiction of any court, an interlocutory order or injunction or the enforcement of the same against its property in such court, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution of an arbitral award or judgment (interlocutory or final) or any other legal process, and to the extent that, in any such jurisdiction there may be attributed such immunity (whether claimed or not), such Party hereby irrevocably waives such immunity.

10.11. Severability; Enforcement. If any provision of this Agreement, or its application to any person, place, or circumstance, is held by an arbitrator or a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, unenforceable, or void, such provision shall be enforced (by blue penciling or otherwise) to the maximum extent permissible under applicable law, and the remainder of this Agreement and such provision as applied to other persons, places, and circumstances shall remain in full force and effect.

10.12. Governing Law. This Agreement shall in all respects be construed and enforced in accordance with and governed by the laws of Illinois, federal law, the Federal Arbitration Act or the Illinois Uniform Arbitration Act, whichever applies based on the claim(s) asserted.

 

8


10.13. Interpretation. This Agreement shall be construed as a whole, according to its fair meaning, and not in favor of or against any party. Sections and section headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only, and shall not affect in any manner the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. Whenever the context requires, references to the singular shall include the plural and the plural the singular. References to one gender include both genders.

10.14. Obligations Survive Termination of Employment. Each party to this Agreement agrees that any and all of such party’s obligations under this Agreement capable of execution after the termination of the Employee’s employment, including but not limited to those contained in exhibits attached hereto, shall survive the termination of employment and the termination of this Agreement.

10.15. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original of this Agreement, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

EMPLOYEE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT. The Employee acknowledges (i) that he has consulted with or has had the opportunity to consult with independent counsel of his own choice concerning this Agreement and has been advised to do so by the Company, and (ii) that he has read and understands the Agreement, is fully aware of its legal effect, and has entered into it freely based on his own judgment. The Employee hereby agrees that his obligations set forth in Sections 5 and 6 herein and the definitions of Proprietary Information and Inventions contained therein shall be equally applicable to Proprietary Information and Inventions relating to any work performed by the Employee for the Company prior to the execution of this Agreement.

 

9


The parties have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

EMPLOYEE:

/s/ Tim Cook

Name: Tim Cook

COMPANY:
OAK STREET HEALTH MSO, LLC
By:  

/s/ Michael T. Pykosz

Name: Michael T. Pykosz
Title: Chief Executive Officer


EXHIBIT A

EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

OAK STREET HEALTH LLC

AMENDED AND RESTATED EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

I. Purpose. The purpose of this Amended and Restated Incentive Plan is to promote the interests of Oak Street Health, LLC, an Illinois limited liability company (the “Company) and its Affiliates by (i) attracting and retaining officers, directors, employees, consultants, and independent contractors of the Company and its Subsidiaries and (ii) enabling such persons to acquire an equity interest in and participate in the long-term growth and financial success of the Company. This Incentive Plan is not intended to preclude other management incentive awards and programs.

II. Definitions. As used in this Incentive Plan, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below. Capitalized terms used and not defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in the LLC Agreement.

Board” shall mean the board of directors of the Company.

Cause” shall mean, the definition of “cause” set forth in the Participant’s Employment Agreement; provided that if no such Employment Agreement which defines Cause is in effect at the time of determination, Cause shall mean the following: (i) the conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere by, the Participant to a felony or other crime involving dishonesty or moral turpitude, (ii) fraud, embezzlement, theft or any misappropriation of funds, money, assets or other property of the Company or any of its Affiliates, (iii) willful failure to perform duties, or gross negligence in the performance of the Participant’s duties and responsibilities to the Company and its Affiliates, or willful failure to follow the lawful directives of the Board or such other person or body to whom the Participant reports, which remains uncured ten (10) business days after written notice of such failure or negligence specifying in reasonable detail the nature of such failure or negligence is given to the Participant by the Company or its Affiliates, (iv) the Participant’s willful misconduct, (v) the Participant’s material breach of Participant’s Employment Agreement (if applicable), the LLC Agreement or any other written agreement between the Participant and the Company or its Affiliates, (vi) the attempt to willfully obtain any personal profit from any transaction in which the Participant has an interest not disclosed to the Board which is adverse to the interests of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or controlled Affiliates, or (vii) the Participant acts in a manner inimical to the best interests of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or controlled Affiliates.

Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

III. “Company” shall mean Oak Street Health LLC, an Illinois limited liability company.

IV. “Effective Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Article IX.R hereof.


V. “employment” and “termination of employment” and similar references shall mean, respectively, service with and termination of service from the Company and its Affiliates.

VI. “Employment Agreement” shall mean, with respect to a Participant, the written employment or other service agreement then in effect between the Participant and the Company or one of its Affiliates, if any.

VII. “Fair Market Value” of any Incentive Units (or any other security), as of any date, shall mean the amount the holder would be entitled to receive if the assets of the Company were sold for fair market value following which the Company were to pay all outstanding liabilities and distribute the remaining proceeds to the Members in accordance with the terms of the LLC Agreement, as determined in good faith by the Board taking into account the classification and relative rights and privileges of such interests and other factors it deems appropriate. Such determination shall be binding and conclusive on the Company, the Participants and all other Persons interested in the Incentive Plan.

VIII. “Hurdle Value” shall mean, with respect to each Incentive Unit, the value specified as such in the applicable Incentive Unit Agreement, which value shall be equal to or greater than the Fair Market Value of the Company on the date of grant.

IX. “Incentive Unit Agreement” shall mean any written agreement, contract, or other instrument or document in a form approved by the Board, which evidences any Incentive Units awarded hereunder or otherwise subject to the terms of the Incentive Plan, which may, but need not, be executed or acknowledged by a Participant.

X. “Incentive Plan” shall mean this Amended and Restated Oak Street Health LLC Equity Incentive Plan.

XI. “Invested Equity” shall mean, as of any date of determination with respect to a Sponsor, (i) in the case of GA, $89,612,297.61 and (ii) in the case of OSH, $43,282,470.50 plus (ii) the aggregate equity and any other capital contributions made by such Sponsor to the Company or its Subsidiaries through such date made at any time after the Effective Date pursuant to Section 12.5.1 of the LLC Agreement; provided, that the value of any property contributed shall be determined based on the Fair Market Value as of the date of contribution.

XII. “LLC Agreement” shall mean the Fourth Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Operating Agreement of Oak Street Health LLC, dated as of March     , 2018, as amended, supplemented or modified from time to time in accordance with its terms.

XIII. “Participant” shall mean any Person who is eligible for, and selected by the Board in its sole discretion to receive, an award of Incentive Units under the Incentive Plan.

XIV. “Prior Effective Date” shall mean December 18, 2015.

XV. “Sale” shall mean a Sale of the Company as defined in the LLC Agreement.

 

12


XVI. “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as amended from time to time.

XVII. “Sponsors’ Exit” means (i) the date on which each Sponsor sells down to one or more third parties (including by way of merger or other business combination) their direct or indirect equity investment in the Company or any successor thereto, to less than 20% of the Units (or, if applicable, the amount of securities of any such successor for which such Units are exchanged in a transaction or series of related transactions involving the Company or any of its Affiliates equal to 20% of the Units) owned by such Sponsor as of the Prior Effective Date (as adjusted for units splits, units dividends, reclassifications, recapitalizations, similar events or otherwise) or (ii) a sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries to one or more third parties; provided that, in the case of each of clauses (i) and (ii), no Sponsors’ Exit shall have been deemed to have occurred until all of the non-cash proceeds received by each of the Sponsors in any such transaction have been reduced to cash. For the avoidance of doubt, a merger, amalgamation, consolidation, business combination, plan of arrangement, initial public offering of equity interests of the Company or any of its Affiliates or Subsidiaries or other transaction involving the Company or any of its Affiliates or Subsidiaries shall not in and of itself constitute a Sponsors’ Exit if it is not accompanied by the sell-down of equity contemplated by clause (i) of the immediately preceding sentence and subject to the proviso thereto.

XVIII. Administration

A. Generally. The Incentive Plan shall be administered by the Board. Subject to the terms of the Incentive Plan and applicable law, and in addition to other express powers and authorizations conferred on the Board by the Incentive Plan, the Board shall have full power and authority to:

1. designate Participants;

2. determine the number and type of Units, including the applicable Hurdle Value, to be covered by, or with respect to which payments, rights or other matters are to be calculated in connection with, any award under the Incentive Plan;

3. determine the terms and conditions of any award under the Incentive Plan;

4. determine and/or increase the vested portion of any award under the Incentive Plan;

5. determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances awards under the Incentive Plan may be settled in cash, Units, other securities or other property, or canceled, forfeited or suspended and the method or methods by which the awards under the Incentive Plan may be settled, canceled, forfeited or suspended;

6. make appropriate adjustments in order to minimize the accounting impact of the Incentive Units and/or any other awards under the Incentive Plan;

 

13


7. interpret, administer, reconcile any inconsistency, correct any defect and/or supply any omission in the Incentive Plan and any Incentive Unit Agreement or other instrument or agreement relating to, or any award made under, the Incentive Plan;

8. establish, amend, suspend or waive such rules and regulations and appoint such agents as it shall deem appropriate for the proper administration of the Incentive Plan; and

9. make any other determination and take any other action that the Board, in its sole discretion, deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the Incentive Plan.

B. Conclusive and Binding. Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Incentive Plan or the LLC Agreement, all designations, determinations, interpretations and other decisions under or with respect to the Incentive Plan or any award made under the Incentive Plan shall be within the sole discretion of the Board, may be made at any time and shall be final, conclusive and binding upon all Persons, including the Company and its participating Affiliates, any Participant, any holder of Units, and any holder or beneficiary of any award made under the Incentive Plan. Such designations, determinations, interpretations and decisions by the Board need not be the same with respect to each Participant (whether or not such Participants are similarly situated).

C. Limitations on Liability. No member of the Board shall be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken, or determination made in good faith, with respect to the Incentive Plan or any award made under the Incentive Plan.

D. Delegation. Subject to the terms of the Incentive Plan, the provisions of any Incentive Unit Agreement and applicable Law, the Board may delegate all or any part of its responsibilities and powers hereunder to, a committee of the Board and/or one or more officers of the Company or any Affiliate, subject to such terms and limitations as the Board shall determine. Any such delegation may be revoked by the Board at any time.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board shall consult with the Chief Executive Officer of the Company and reasonably agree on the allocation of any Incentive Units issued hereunder in advance of any issuance.

XIX. Number of Incentive Units; Adjustments

A. Incentive Units. Subject to adjustment as set forth in Article IV.B below, the aggregate number of Incentive Units available for awards under the Incentive Plan shall be determined by the Board from time to time. As of the Effective Date, the aggregate number of Incentive Units available for awards under the Incentive Plan is 2,053,143.75, constituting: (i) 1,240,325.05 Incentive Units available for grant (or previously granted under this Plan or the Company’s 2013 Equity Incentive Plan) immediately as of the Effective Date (the “Closing Pool”) and (ii) 812,818.70 Incentive Units becoming available for grant at such times and to the extent provided for in Section 12.5.6 of the LLC Agreement (the “New Pool”). All of the Incentive Units from the Closing Pool shall be issued with an initial aggregate Hurdle Value equal to the Fair Market Value of the Company on the date of grant, subject to

 

14


adjustments in accordance with Section IV.B. 464,467.83 Incentive Units from the New Pool shall be issued with an aggregate Hurdle Value equal to an amount such that each Sponsor would upon a distribution (taking into account any prior distributions), receive cash proceeds in respect of the Units representing its Invested Equity pursuant to and in accordance with Article IV of the LLC Agreement, equal to 2X in respect of such Sponsor’s Invested Equity (“2X Units”). The remaining 348,350.87 Incentive Units from the New Pool shall be issued with an aggregate Hurdle Value equal to an amount such that each Sponsor would upon a distribution (taking into account any prior distributions), receive cash proceeds in respect of the Units representing its Invested Equity pursuant to and in accordance with Article IV of the LLC Agreement, equal to 4X in respect of such Sponsor’s Invested Equity (“4X Units”). The Hurdle Value of the 2X Units and 4X Units shall be subject to adjustments in accordance with Section IV.B; provided that, in no event shall the Hurdle Value of any Incentive Unit be lower than the Fair Market Value of the Company as of the date of grant of such Incentive Unit. For the avoidance of doubt, the 2X Units and 4X Units shall become available for issuance on a proportional basis such that an equal percentage of the 2X Units and 4X Units shall be awarded simultaneously. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or otherwise, as of any date of determination, in no event shall the Hurdle Value be deemed to have been met with respect to the 2X Units and the 4X Units, unless and until each Sponsor realizes cash proceeds in respect of the Units representing their respective Invested Equity equal to at least two (2) times and four (4) times its Invested Equity, respectively. If, after the Effective Date, any Incentive Unit is forfeited, or if any Incentive Unit has expired, terminated or been cancelled or repurchased for any reason whatsoever, and in either such case no Participant has received any benefits of ownership with respect to such forfeited, expired, terminated, cancelled or repurchased Incentive Unit, then such Incentive Unit shall again be available to be awarded hereunder by the Board, in its sole discretion.

B. Adjustments.

1. In the event the Board determines that any sale or other extraordinary distribution (whether in the form of cash, Units, securities or other property), recapitalization, reclassification, reorganization or “reorganization event” (in accordance with Section 3.7 of the LLC Agreement), change to organizational form, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, liquidation or “deemed liquidation” (in accordance with Section 3.8 of the LLC Agreement), dissolution, transfer, exchange, or other unusual event or transaction (including changes to capital structure and acquisitions and dispositions of businesses of the Company) affects the Incentive Units such that an adjustment is necessary in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Incentive Plan, then the Board shall make adjustments to the Incentive Plan and Incentive Units in such manner as the Board determines appropriate and equitable, including adjusting the number of Incentive Units and/or the terms of any outstanding awards made under the Incentive Plan taking into account the Hurdle Value. For the avoidance of doubt, the Company shall adjust the Hurdle Value to take into account the issuance of additional Units or additional capital investments into the Company. Adjustments made by the Board pursuant to this Article IV shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes.

 

15


2. In addition, without limiting the generality of Article IV.B.1, in the event of any of the following: (i) a Sale pursuant to which some or all Members are entitled to receive, in exchange for their Units, a form of consideration other than stock or other equity interests of the surviving entity; (ii) a Sale that is deemed to be a Drag-Along Sale (as defined in the LLC Agreement); or (iii) the Company enters into a written agreement to undergo an event described in clauses (i) or (ii) above, the Board in its sole discretion, may (I) cancel all or any portion of any outstanding Incentive Units and pay to the affected Participant, in cash or capital stock (or other equity interests), or any combination thereof, the Fair Market Value of the Incentive Units which are then vested and/or (II) convert all or some of the outstanding vested Incentive Units into other Units or otherwise make provision for the outstanding vested Incentive Units to be Transferred in such transaction, in each case of (I) or (II) above, as determined by the Board in a manner generally consistent with the treatment of other Units in such event, taking into consideration the relative rights of all Units, including the Hurdle Value applicable to Incentive Units; and provided, that in the case of an event described in clause (i) above, the Board shall take one of the actions described in clause (I) or (II) above. For the avoidance of doubt, under no circumstance shall the Participant be entitled to any payment or conversion in respect of an Incentive Unit unless the applicable Hurdle Value for such Incentive Unit has been achieved.

3. Furthermore, and without limiting the generality of Article IV.B.1, upon the occurrence of an Initial Offering, the Board may, in its discretion, (i) cause the exchange of Incentive Units for units or shares of common stock or other equity securities and apply the vesting provisions applicable to the Incentive Units to such shares of common stock or other equity securities; (ii) adjust the number of Incentive Units issued under the Incentive Plan or under any particular award; (iii) adjust the Hurdle Value applicable to any Incentive Units; and/or (iv) cancel all or any portion of the Incentive Units in exchange for payment to the Participant in cash or capital stock (or other equity interests) or any combination thereof, of the Fair Market Value of the Incentive Units; in each case, determined by the Board in a manner generally consistent with the treatment of other Units, taking into consideration the relative rights of all Units, including the Hurdle Value applicable to Incentive Units.

XX. Eligibility. Any Person who is an officer, director, employee, consultant, or independent contractor providing services to the Company or its Affiliates shall be eligible to be designated as a Participant in the Incentive Plan by the Board.

XXI. Incentive Unit Awards. The Board may issue or approve the Transfer of Incentive Units to a Participant pursuant to an Incentive Unit Agreement, upon such terms as the Board deems appropriate and consistent with the Incentive Plan. The following provisions are applicable to Incentive Units, except as specified otherwise in the applicable Incentive Unit Agreement:

A. General Requirements for Incentive Units. Incentive Units will be issued pursuant to an Incentive Unit Agreement. The Board may establish vesting and other conditions under which restrictions on Incentive Units shall lapse over a period of time or according to such other criteria as the Board deems appropriate in its sole discretion, and which shall be set forth in the applicable Incentive Unit Agreement.

B. Number of Incentive Units; Hurdle Value. The Board shall determine the number of Incentive Units to be issued or transferred and the restrictions applicable to such award, as well as the Hurdle Value applicable to such award.

 

16


C. Requirement of Employment. Except as otherwise set forth in an applicable Incentive Unit Agreement, (i) if a Participant’s employment with the Company and its Affiliates is terminated for any reason, all Incentive Units granted to such Participant which remain unvested shall be cancelled and forfeited without consideration, and (ii) if a Participant’s employment is terminated by the Company or an Affiliate for Cause, all Incentive Units granted to such Participant, whether vested or unvested, shall be cancelled and forfeited without consideration. Notwithstanding any provision of the Incentive Plan to the contrary, upon the termination of a Participant’s employment with the Company and its Affiliates, such Participant’s vested Incentive Units may be subject to cancellation and/or repurchase by the Company in the manner and for the consideration provided in such Participant’s Incentive Unit Agreement. The Board may provide for complete or partial exceptions to the requirements of this Article VI.C as it deems appropriate in its sole discretion.

D. Restrictions on Transfer. Except as provided in the LLC Agreement, the applicable Incentive Unit Agreement or consented to by the Board, no Participant shall Transfer, directly or indirectly, any Incentive Unit awarded under the Incentive Plan, and any such Transfer shall be void and unenforceable against the Company or any of its Affiliates.

E. Non-Voting. The Incentive Units shall not grant the holder thereof any right to vote.

F. Right to Repurchase Units. To the extent provided in any Incentive Unit Agreement, the Company shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to make a payment to the holder of an outstanding Incentive Unit under the Incentive Plan, whether or not then vested, of the Fair Market Value of such Incentive Unit in consideration for the cancellation of such Incentive Unit.

XXII. Future Award of Additional Classes of Units. The Board reserves the right, from time to time in the future, and in its sole discretion, to award additional classes of Units to Participants. In the event of any such award, the terms of the Incentive Plan shall be applied without the need of any further amendments thereto (and without any need to obtain the consent of any existing Participants), as if such additional classes of Units were Incentive Units described hereunder, except as the applicable award agreements with respect to such additional classes of Units may otherwise provide.

XXIII. Amendment and Termination. The Board may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue, or terminate the Incentive Plan or any portion thereof at any time; provided, that any such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance or termination that would materially adversely affect the rights of any Participant shall not to that extent be effective without the written consent of a majority-in-interest of all such adversely affected Participants, taking into account, for such purpose, all such outstanding Incentive Units, whether or not then vested; provided, further, that such consent shall not be required with respect to an amendment made to conform the Incentive Plan to the LLC Agreement, as currently in effect or as such agreement may subsequently be amended, or with respect to an amendment made to comply with applicable law. Nothing in the Incentive Plan or in any Incentive Unit Agreement shall require the consent of any holder of any Incentive Unit to any amendment of the LLC Agreement.

 

17


XXIV. General Provisions.

A. No Rights to Awards. No Person shall have any claim to receive any award under the Incentive Plan. There is no obligation for uniformity of treatment of Participants regarding the number of Incentive Units awarded. The terms and conditions of awards made under the Incentive Plan need not be the same with respect to each Participant.

B. Joinder to LLC Agreement; Section 83(b) Election. Unless the Board determines otherwise, as a condition subsequent to the issue or transfer of any Incentive Unit, each Participant will be required to (i) become a party to the LLC Agreement and (ii) make a timely, valid election under Section 83(b) of the Code to both the Internal Revenue Service and the Company within 30 days after such issuance or transfer. The issuance or transfer of Incentive Units to any Participant who either fails to become party to the LLC Agreement and/or fails to make such a valid and timely election under Section 83(b) of the Code shall be void ab initio.

C. Tax Withholding. A Participant shall be required to pay to the Company or any Affiliate, and the Company and its Affiliates shall have the right and are hereby authorized to withhold from any payment due or transfer made under any Incentive Unit, under the Incentive Plan or from any other amount owing to a Participant (including in connection with any Transfers), the amount (in cash, securities or other property) of any applicable U.S. Federal, state, local or non-U.S. withholding taxes in respect of an Incentive Unit or any payment or transfer under an Incentive Unit or the Incentive Plan and to take such other action as may be necessary in the opinion of the Board to satisfy all obligations for the payment of such taxes.

D. Profits Interest Designation. Unless otherwise determined by the Board upon grant of an award, it is intended that the Incentive Units granted hereunder will constitute “profits interests” for all U.S. Federal tax purposes.

E. Section 409A. The Incentive Plan is intended not to be a nonqualified deferred compensation plan under Section 409A of the Code; provided, however, to the extent that the Incentive Plan or any part thereof is deemed to be a nonqualified deferred compensation plan subject to Section 409A of the Code, (i) the provisions of the Incentive Plan shall be interpreted in a manner to the maximum extent possible to comply with Section 409A of the Code in accordance with Section 409A of the Code and (ii) the Board may amend the Incentive Plan for purposes of complying with Section 409A of the Code.

F. No Limit on Other Compensation Arrangements. Nothing contained in the Incentive Plan shall prevent the Company or any of its Affiliates from adopting or continuing in effect other compensation arrangements, which may, but need not, provide for the award of Incentive Units, securities and other types of awards, and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.

G. No Right to Employment. No award made hereunder shall be construed as giving a Participant the right to be retained in the employ of, or in any other continuing relationship with, the Company or any of its Affiliates.

 

18


H. Special Incentive Compensation. By acceptance of an award hereunder, each Participant shall be deemed to have agreed that such award is special incentive compensation that will not be taken into account, in any manner, as salary, compensation or bonus in determining the amount of any payment under any pension, retirement, life insurance, disability, severance or other employee benefit plan of the Company or any of its Affiliates. In addition, each beneficiary of a deceased Participant shall be deemed to have agreed that such award will not affect the amount of any life insurance coverage, if any, provided by any Person on the life of the Participant which is payable to such beneficiary under any life insurance plan covering employees.

I. Compliance with Laws. The Board may refuse to issue or approve the Transfer of any Incentive Units if it, in its sole discretion, determines that the issuance or Transfer of such Incentive Units would violate the LLC Agreement, the Securities Act or any applicable law or regulation. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no award of an Incentive Unit made hereunder shall be construed as an offer to sell securities of the Company, and no such offer shall be outstanding, unless and until the Company in its sole discretion has determined that any such offer, if made, would be in compliance with all applicable securities laws.

J. No Trust or Fund Created. Neither the Incentive Plan nor any award made hereunder shall create or be construed to create a trust or separate fund of any kind, or a fiduciary relationship between the Company, the Board, any Member or any Affiliate, on the one hand, and a Participant or any other Person, on the other hand, except as otherwise expressly required by applicable Law.

K. Severability. If any provision of the Incentive Plan or any award made hereunder is, becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction or as to any Person or award, or would disqualify the Incentive Plan or any award under any Law deemed applicable by the Board, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to conform to the applicable Laws, or if it cannot be construed or deemed amended without, in the determination of the Board, materially altering the intent of the Incentive Plan or the award, such provision shall be stricken as to such jurisdiction, Person or award and the remainder of the Incentive Plan and any such award shall remain in full force and effect.

L. Amendment to LLC Agreement. Neither the adoption of the Incentive Plan nor any award made hereunder shall restrict in any way the adoption of any amendment to the LLC Agreement in accordance with the terms of the LLC Agreement.

M. Conflict Between the Incentive Plan and the LLC Agreement. The Incentive Plan is subject to the LLC Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference. In the event of a conflict between any term or provision contained herein and a term or provision of the LLC Agreement, the applicable terms and provisions of the LLC Agreement will govern and prevail. No Participant who holds only Incentive Units shall have any right to receive or review a copy of Schedule A or Schedule B of the LLC Agreement (except for information on Schedule A or Schedule B that relates solely to such Participant) or obtain other information about the identities of the other Participants or Members or the size or nature of their interests in the Company.

 

19


N. Headings. Headings are used herein solely as a convenience to facilitate reference and shall not be deemed in any way material or relevant to the construction or interpretation of the Incentive Plan or any provision thereof.

O. Interpretations. Unless the express context otherwise requires, with respect the Incentive Plan or any Incentive Unit Agreement: (i) the terms defined in the singular shall have a comparable meaning when used in the plural, and vice versa; (ii) wherever the word “include,” “includes” or “including” is used, it shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation;” and (iii) except where otherwise indicated by the context, any masculine term used herein shall also include the feminine.

P. Governing Law. The validity, construction and effect of the Incentive Plan and any rules and regulations relating to the Incentive Plan and any Incentive Unit Agreement shall be determined in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware applicable to agreements made and to be performed entirely within such state.

Q. DISPUTE RESOLUTION; CONSENT TO JURISDICTION. Each of the parties submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Illinois and agrees that all claims in respect of the action or proceeding may be heard and determined in any such court. Each party also agrees not to bring any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement in any other court. Each of the parties waives any defense of inconvenient forum to the maintenance of any action or proceeding so brought and waives any bond, surety or other security that might be required of any other party with respect thereto. Any party may make service on any other party by sending or delivering a copy of the process to the party to be served at the address and in the manner provided for the giving of notices in this Section IX.Q. Nothing in this Section IX.Q, however, shall affect the right of any party to serve legal process in any other manner permitted by law or at equity. Each party agrees that a final judgment in any action or proceeding so brought shall be conclusive and may be enforced by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law or at equity. Each party hereto hereby waives trial by jury in any judicial proceeding involving, directly or indirectly, any matter in any way arising out of or related to this Incentive Agreement or the relationship established hereunder. Each party acknowledges and agrees that its obligations hereunder are of a special, unique and extraordinary character, that they are reasonably related to the legitimate business interests of the Company, and that a failure to perform any such obligation or a violation of such obligations will cause irreparable injury to the Company, the amount of which would be impossible to estimate or determine and for which adequate compensation could not be fashioned. Therefore, the parties agree the Company will be entitled, as a matter of right, and without the need to prove irreparable injury or to post bond, to seek an injunction, restraining order, writ of mandamus or other equitable relief (including specific performance) from any court of competent jurisdiction, restraining any violation or threatened violation of any term of this Agreement, or requiring compliance with or performance of any obligation hereunder, by the parties and such other persons as the court will order.

R. Term of Plan. The Amended and Restated Incentive Plan shall be effective as of the Closing (the “Effective Date”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, if the Purchase Agreement terminates prior to the Closing, the Amended and Restated Incentive Plan shall be void ab initio, and the prior Incentive Plan of the Company, effective as of December 18, 2015 shall remain in effect. No award shall be made under the Incentive Plan after December 31, 2028. Unless otherwise expressly provided in an applicable Incentive Unit Agreement, the termination of the Incentive Plan shall not affect the terms of any Incentive Unit awarded hereunder or otherwise subject hereto at the time of termination of the Incentive Plan, and Incentive Unit Agreements then in effect shall continue in effect after December 31, 2028.

 

20


EXHIBIT B

EQUITY AGREEMENT

OAK STREET HEALTH LLC

EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

INCENTIVE UNIT AWARD AND CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

This Incentive Unit Award and Contribution Agreement (this “Agreement”), is made effective as of                     , 2019 (hereinafter referred to as the “Date of Grant”), among Oak Street Health, LLC, an Illinois limited liability company (the “Company”). OSH Management Holdings, LLC (“Management LLC”) and Timothy Cook (the “Participant”).

R E C I T A L S:

WHEREAS, the Company has adopted the Oak Street Health LLC Equity Incentive Plan (the “Incentive Plan”), which is incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Agreement (capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth for such terms in the Incentive Plan or the Fifth Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Operating Agreement of Oak Street Health LLC (as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, the “LLC Agreement”));

WHEREAS, the Participant is employed by or otherwise provides services to the Company or an Affiliate thereof;

WHEREAS, pursuant to the terms of the Incentive Plan, the Board is authorized to select the Participants to whom awards of Incentive Units shall be made;

WHEREAS, the Board has determined that it would be in the best interests of the Company to award the Incentive Units provided for herein to the Participant pursuant to the Incentive Plan and the terms and conditions set forth herein;

WHEREAS, simultaneously with the award of the Incentive Units under this Agreement, Participant desires to contribute the Incentive Units to Management LLC in exchange for an identical number of “Incentive Units” of Management LLC (the “Corresponding Incentive Units”) with the rights, preferences, and privileges as provided in the Limited Liability Company Operating Agreement of Management LLC dated December 12, 2016 (the “Management Operating Agreement”): and

 

21


WHEREAS, Part I of this Agreement describes the terms and conditions of the award of Incentive Units to Participant by the Company, Part II of this Agreement describes the terms and conditions of the contribution of the Incentive Units by Participant to Management LLC for Corresponding Units and Part III of this Agreement sets out other terms and conditions and agreements among the parties.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto agree as follows:

PART I – Award Agreement

1. Award of Incentive Units.

(a) Incentive Units. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Incentive Plan, the Company hereby grants to the Participant an award of 132,000 Incentive Units (collectively, the “Incentive Units”).

(b) Hurdle; Distributions. The initial aggregate Hurdle Value with respect to the Incentive Units awarded hereby shall be [$696,722,644], as shall be adjusted from time to time in accordance with the Incentive Plan and the LLC Agreement. Distributions in respect of Incentive Units shall be made to the Participant in accordance with the provisions of the LLC Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt and notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, or otherwise in the LLC Agreement or in the Plan, in no event shall the Participant be eligible to receive any distributions in respect of the Incentive Units awarded hereby unless and until the aggregate adjusted Hurdle Value has been achieved.

2. Vesting. All Incentive Units awarded hereby shall initially be unvested. Fifty percent (50%) of the Incentive Units awarded hereby shall vest in accordance with Section 2(a) below (the “Service-Vesting Units”), and the balance of the Incentive Units awarded hereby shall vest in accordance with Section 2(b) below (the “Performance-Vesting Units”).

(a) Service-Vesting Units. The Service-Vesting Units shall vest in installments over four (4) years, with the first 25% vesting on the first anniversary of the Date of Grant and the remaining 75% vesting in equal quarterly installments thereafter (each such date, a “Vesting Date”), subject to the Participant’s continuous employment with the Company or an Affiliate of the Company through the applicable Vesting Date. Upon or following the consummation of a Sponsors’ Exit (as defined in the Incentive Plan) prior to the final Vesting Date, if the Participant’s employment is terminated by the Company or its Affiliates other than for Cause, all unvested Service-Vesting Units then outstanding shall become vested, subject to the Participant’s continuous employment with the Company or an Affiliate of the Company through the date of such Sponsors’ Exit.

(b) Performance-Vesting Units. Upon the consummation of a Sponsors’ Exit, the Performance-Vesting Units shall become 100% vested, subject to the Participant’s continuous employment with the Company or an Affiliate of the Company through the date of such Sponsors’ Exit.

 

22


3. Effect of Termination of Employment; Company’s Rights to Repurchase Units.

(a) If the Participant’s employment with the Company and its Affiliates is terminated by either party other than as a result a termination by the Company without Cause, all then unvested Incentive Units held by the Participant shall be cancelled and forfeited without consideration.

(b) If the Participant’s employment with the Company and its Affiliates is terminated by the “Company without Cause” or if the Participant terminates for “Good Reason” (both as defined in the Employment Agreement dated effective as of August 5, 2019), 50% of the Service Vesting Units shall vest upon such termination (inclusive of any such Service Vesting Units that had previously vested) and any remaining unvested Incentive Units in excess of such amount held by the Participant shall be cancelled and forfeited without consideration.

(c) If the Participant’s employment is terminated by the Company or an Affiliate for Cause, then all Incentive Units held by the Participant, whether vested or unvested, shall be cancelled and forfeited without consideration.

(d) If the Participant’s employment with the Company and its Affiliates is terminated for any reason, the vested Incentive Units then held by the Participant shall be subject to cancellation and repurchase by the Company pursuant to this Section 3(d), provided, however, that if such termination is by the Company without Cause or by the Participant for Good reason, the Company shall not have the right to cancellation and repurchase by the Company pursuant to this Section 3(d) with respect to the Service Vesting Units that vest pursuant to Section 3(b) above.

(i) Upon any termination of Participant’s employment, the Company shall have the right, but not the obligation (the “Company Call Right”), within 180 days following such termination (the “Call Period”), to make a payment to the Participant in consideration for the cancellation of any one or more of the vested Incentive Units then held by the Participant (the “Called Units”), such payment to equal the Fair Market Value of such Incentive Units taking into account the applicable Hurdle Value for such Incentive Units (the “Call Price”).

(ii) The Company Call Right may be exercised by the Company or any assignee(s) or designee(s) of the Company, as applicable, by delivery of written notice (the “Call Notice”) to the Participant within the Call Period. At the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Company Call Right, (i) the Participant shall deliver certificates, if any, representing the Called Units, duly endorsed for transfer and accompanied by all requisite transfer taxes, if any; (ii) the Called Units shall be free and clear of any Liens (other than those arising hereunder, the LLC Agreement, securities laws and those attributable to actions by the purchasers thereof) and the Participant shall so represent and warrant; (iii) the Participant shall further represent and warrant that it is the sole beneficial and record owner of the Called Units; and (iv) the Participant shall provide a limited release of claims with respect to any claims arising out of or related to the Called Units and the Participant’s capacity as an equity holder. For the avoidance of doubt, all of the Participant’s rights, title and interest in such Incentive Unit shall terminate automatically without any further action required by any Person upon payment of the Call Price for any Incentive Unit.

 

23


(iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if exercise of the Call Right would constitute (or with notice or lapse of time or both would constitute) an event of default (which remains uncured) under, or would otherwise violate or breach, any financing arrangement of the Company or any of its subsidiaries (a “Financing Restriction”), or if the Company does not have funds available to effect such repurchase of Incentive Units, the Call Period shall be extended until the earliest date on which such Financing Restriction or unavailability of funds has ceased and no such event would result from exercise of the Call Right.

4. Rights as Holder of Incentive Units. The Participant shall be the record owner of the Incentive Units granted hereunder unless and until such Units are forfeited or repurchased pursuant to Section 3, or transferred in accordance with Section 6, and as record owner shall be entitled to all rights of a holder of Incentive Units of the Company; provided, that the Incentive Units shall be subject to the limitations on Transfer set forth in this Agreement, the Incentive Plan and the LLC Agreement.

5. Participant Representations, Warranties and Acknowledgments.

(a) No Reliance on the Company. In determining to accept the Incentive Units, the Participant has not relied upon the Company or any of its Affiliates, or any representative thereof for any advice of any sort, including, but not limited to securities or investment advice, or advice regarding the federal, state or local tax consequences arising from the grant, vesting, holding or disposition of the Incentive Units (the “Tax Matters”).

(b) Acknowledgments. The Participant acknowledges and agrees that:

(i) The Incentive Units cannot be transferred except in very limited circumstances in accordance with the provisions of the LLC Agreement, the Incentive Plan and this Agreement and at present no market for the Incentive Units exists and it is not anticipated that a market for the Incentive Units will develop in the future.

(ii) The Incentive Units may be worthless.

(iii) The Company is treated as a “partnership” for federal and state income tax purposes and, as a result of receiving and holding the Incentive Units, the Participant will be treated as a “partner” of the Company for federal and state income tax purposes. Further, the Participant acknowledges that the Participant’s status may have adverse consequences to the Participant with respect to matters in which employees may be treated more favorably than partners, such as entitlement to and the tax treatment of fringe benefits, employee benefit plans, payroll taxes, and possible self-employment tax liability.

(iv) The Participant will receive an annual Schedule K-1 from the Company requiring that the Participant report on the Participant’s tax return the Participant’s distributive share of the income, gain, loss, deductions and credits of the Company attributable to the Incentive Units (including any unvested Incentive Units).

(v) The distributions made to the Participant will not be subject to FICA or other tax withholding.

 

24


(vi) Ownership of the Incentive Units may result in taxable income to the Participant without a corresponding cash or in-kind distribution.

(vii) The Participant has been advised to seek and has had an opportunity to seek independent advice regarding the Tax Matters, including the 83(b) Election required by Section 8 hereof.

(viii) The Company will have no obligation to indemnify or hold the Participants harmless for any claims or liabilities arising from the Tax Matters.

(ix) The Incentive Units will not be registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) or any applicable state securities laws (collectively, the “Securities Laws”), and they are being issued in reliance upon certain exemptions contained in Securities Laws, including Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act and corresponding state law exemptions, if any, and the representations and warranties of the Participant contained herein are essential to any claim of exemption by the Company under the Securities Laws.

(x) The Incentive Units are “restricted securities” as that term is defined in Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

(xi) The Participant is aware that there is no assurance of an Initial Offering and even in the event of an Initial Offering, any capital stock which may be distributed by the Company to the Participant cannot be transferred without registration under the Securities Laws unless the Company receives an opinion of counsel acceptable to it (as to both counsel and the opinion) that such registration is not required.

6. TRANSFERABILITY. EXCEPT FOR TRANSFERS TO THE COMPANY OR AS MAY OTHERWISE BE PERMITTED IN THE LLC AGREEMENT OR THE INCENTIVE PLAN, THE PARTICIPANT MAY TRANSFER, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, ANY INCENTIVE UNIT OR ANY INTEREST IN ANY INCENTIVE UNIT ONLY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE BOARD, WHICH CONSENT SHALL BE WITHHELD OR GRANTED IN THE SOLE DISCRETION OF THE BOARD. IN ADDITION TO THE RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER UNDER THE LLC AGREEMENT, THE INCENTIVE PLAN OR THIS AGREEMENT, THE PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE INCENTIVE UNITS ARE “RESTRICTED SECURITIES” AND MAY ONLY BE TRANSFERRED IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES LAWS OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE COMPANY TO THE EFFECT THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED. ANY PURPORTED ASSIGNMENT, TRANSFER OR GRANT BY THE PARTICIPANT, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, OF ANY INCENTIVE UNIT OR ANY INTEREST IN ANY INCENTIVE UNIT IN CONTRAVENTION OF THE LLC AGREEMENT, THE INCENTIVE PLAN OR THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE ENTIRELY NULL AND VOID.

 

25


PART II – Contribution Agreement

7. Contribution. The Participant hereby contributes, sells, assigns, conveys, transfers and delivers to Management LLC, and Management LLC accepts from the Participant all of the Incentive Units identified in Section 1(a) in exchange for the issuance by Management LLC to the Participant of an identical number of Corresponding Incentive Units. The Participant irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Company as the Participant’s true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact with respect to the Incentive Units, with full power of substitution (such power of attorney being deemed to be an irrevocable power coupled with an interest), to transfer ownership of the Incentive Units to Management LLC on the Company’s books and records.

8. Terms and Conditions of Award Continue. The Participant hereby acknowledges and agrees that (i) the Corresponding Incentive Units shall be subject to the terms and conditions of Part I of this Agreement and of the Incentive Plan and in particular, the Hurdle Value set forth Section 1(b) of this Agreements will continue to apply to the Corresponding Incentive Units; and (ii) Part I of this Agreements shall be read as if the “Incentive Units” refers to the Corresponding Incentive Units and as if the “LLC Agreement” refers to the Management Operating Agreement. Either Management LLC or the Company, acting through this Agreement, the LLC Agreement and the Management Operating Agreement, shall be entitled to enforce any right or remedy of Part I against the Participant.

9. Member of the Company; Joinder. The Participant hereby (i) agrees and acknowledges that Participant has received and read a copy of the LLC Agreement and the Management Operating Agreement and (ii) agrees that, if Participant was not a Member of the Management LLC prior to the issuance of the Corresponding Incentive Units hereunder, then by execution of this Agreement, Participant shall become, effective as of the Date of Grant, a party to the Management Operating Agreement and shall be fully bound by, and subject to, all of the covenants, terms and conditions of the Management Operating Agreement as though an original party thereto and shall be deemed, and is hereby admitted as, a Member, for all purposes thereof and entitled to all the rights incidental thereto.

PART III – Other Agreements

10. Profits Interest. The Incentive Units and the Corresponding Incentive Units are intended to constitute a “profits interest” for all U.S. federal income tax purposes. A profits interest is granted in connection with the performance of services and is a right to receive distributions funded solely by the profits of the Company and Management LLC, respectively, which are generated after the grant. As such, the Board of Management LLC shall, if necessary, limit distributions and allocations of profits to the Participant so that such distributions and allocations do not exceed the available profits in respect of such Participant’s related profits interest.

11. Spousal Consent. If married, the Participant has caused the Participant’s spouse to execute and deliver to the Company and Management LLC the Consent of Spouse in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A. If no Consent of Spouse has been executed and delivered to the Company and Management LLC on the Date of Grant, the Participant represents and warrants that the Participant is not married and no person has or will have a marital or community property interest in the Incentive Units. If the Participant marries after the Date of Grant, the Participant will cause the Participant’s spouse to execute and deliver to the Company and Management LLC a Consent of Spouse in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A.

 

26


12. LLC Agreement; Management Operating Agreement. Neither the adoption of the Incentive Plan nor the grant of any Incentive Units or issuance of Corresponding Incentive Units pursuant to this Agreement shall restrict in any way the adoption of any amendment to the LLC Agreement or Management Operating Agreement in accordance with its terms.

13. Section 83(b) Election. As a condition subsequent to the issuance of the Incentive Units and Corresponding Incentive Units pursuant to this Agreement, the Participant shall execute and deliver to the Company and the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) a timely, valid election under Section 83(b) of the Code (the “83(b) Election”) as to each of the Incentive Units and Corresponding Incentive Units. The Participant understands that under Section 83 of the Code, regulations promulgated thereunder, and certain IRS administrative announcements in the absence of an effective election under Section 83(b) of the Code, the excess of the fair market value of the Incentive Units or Corresponding Incentive Units on the date on which any forfeiture restrictions applicable to such the Incentive Units or Corresponding Incentive Units lapse over the respective price paid for the Incentive Units or Corresponding Incentive Units (which price is $0) may be reportable as ordinary income at that time. For this purpose, the term “forfeiture restrictions” means the restrictions on transferability and the vesting conditions imposed under this Agreement. The Participant understands that (i) in making the 83(b) Election as to each of the Incentive Units and Corresponding Incentive Units, the Participant may be taxed at the time the Incentive Units and Corresponding Incentive Units are acquired hereunder to the extent the fair market value of the Incentive Units and Corresponding Incentive Units exceeds the purchase price for such Units and (ii) in order to be effective, the 83(b) Election as to each of the Incentive Units and Corresponding Incentive Units must be filed with the IRS within thirty (30) days after the Date of Grant. The Participant hereby acknowledges that (x) the foregoing description of the tax consequences of the 83(b) Election is not intended to be complete and, among other things, does not describe state, local or non-U.S. income and other tax consequences or all tax considerations that might be relevant to the Participant in light of the Participant’s circumstances or if the Participant is subject to special tax rules, (y) neither the Company or Management LLC has provided, and is not hereby providing, the Participant with legal or tax advice regarding the Incentive Units or the Corresponding Incentive Units or the 83(b) Election and has urged the Participant to consult the Participant’s own tax advisor with respect to the taxation consequences thereof, and (z) neither the Company or Management LLC has advised the Participant to rely on any determination by it or its representatives as to the fair market value specified in the 83(b) Election and will have no liability to the Participant if the actual fair market value of the Incentive Units or the Corresponding Incentive Units on the Date of Grant exceeds the amount specified in the 83(b) Election.

14. Notices. Any notice necessary under this Agreement shall be addressed to the Company or Management LLC at the principal executive office of the Company and to the Participant at the address appearing in the personnel records of the Company or one of its Affiliates or to any party at such other address as such party may hereafter designate in writing to the other parties. Any such notice shall be deemed effective upon receipt thereof by the addressee.

 

27


15. Incorporation of Incentive Plan and LLC Agreement. By entering into this Agreement, the Participant agrees and acknowledges that (i) the Participant has received and read a copy of the Incentive Plan, the LLC Agreement and the Management Operating Agreement, (ii) the Incentive Units are subject to this Agreement, the Incentive Plan and the LLC Agreement, and (iii) the Corresponding Incentive Units are subject to this Agreement, the Incentive Plan and the Management Operating Agreement, the terms and provisions of all of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference. In the event of a conflict between any term or provision contained herein and a term or provision of the Incentive Plan, the applicable terms and provisions of the Incentive Plan will govern and prevail. In the event of a conflict between any term or provision contained herein or the Incentive Plan and a term or provision of the Management Operating Agreement, the applicable terms and provisions of the Management Operating Agreement will govern and prevail.

16. CERTAIN SPECIFIC ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS; ENTIRE AGREEMENT. THIS AGREEMENT (TOGETHER WITH THE INCENTIVE PLAN, THE LLC AGREEMENT AND THE MANAGEMENT OPERATING AGREEMENT) EMBODY THE COMPLETE AGREEMENT AND UNDERSTANDING AMONG THE PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT WITH RESPECT TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS AGREEMENT AND SUPERSEDE AND PREEMPT ANY PRIOR UNDERSTANDINGS, AGREEMENTS OR REPRESENTATIONS BY OR AMONG THE PARTIES, WRITTEN OR ORAL, WHICH MAY HAVE RELATED TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS AGREEMENT IN ANY WAY. WITHOUT LIMITING THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 15, THE PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE CORRESPONDING INCENTIVE UNITS ARE SUBJECT TO INCENTIVE PLAN, LLC AGREEMENT AND MANAGEMENT OPERATING AGREEMENT PROVISIONS UNDER WHICH (A) IN CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES AN ADJUSTMENT MAY BE MADE TO THE NUMBER OF CORRESPONDING INCENTIVE UNITS AND/OR THE APPLICABLE HURDLE VALUE OF THE CORRESPONDING INCENTIVE UNITS; (B) THE BOARD HAS FULL DISCRETION TO INTERPRET AND ADMINISTER THE INCENTIVE PLAN AND THIS AGREEMENT AND ITS JUDGMENTS ARE FINAL, CONCLUSIVE AND BINDING; AND (C) THE PARTICIPANT MAY BE REQUIRED TO SELL THE PARTICIPANT’S CORRESPONDING INCENTIVE UNITS OR OTHERWISE PARTICIPATE IN A TRANSACTION WHERE OTHER EQUITY HOLDERS OF THE COMPANY ARE SELLING (A “DRAG-ALONG”).

17. No Right to Continued Service. Neither the Incentive Plan nor this Agreement shall be construed as giving the Participant the right to be retained in the employ of, or in any other continuing relationship with, the Company or any of its Affiliates.

18. Tax Withholding. The Participant shall be required to pay to the Company, Management LLC or any Affiliate, and the Company, Management LLC and its Affiliates shall have the right and are hereby authorized to withhold from any payment due or transfer made under any Corresponding Incentive Unit, under the Incentive Plan or from any other amount owing to a Participant (including in connection with any Transfers), the amount (in cash, securities or other property) of any applicable U.S. federal, state, local or non-U.S. withholding taxes in respect of an Incentive Unit or any payment or transfer under an Corresponding Incentive Unit or the Incentive Plan and to take such other action as may be

 

28


necessary in the opinion of the Board to satisfy all obligations for the payment of such taxes. The Company and Management LLC acknowledge that, absent a change in applicable Law, the Participant intends to value the Incentive Units awarded hereby and Corresponding Incentive Units issued in exchange therefor using the “liquidation value” of such Incentive Units and nd Corresponding Incentive Units, and that consistent with the intention of the Incentive Units and Corresponding Incentive Units to constitute a “profits interest,” the Participant intends the value of the Incentive Units and Corresponding Incentive Units to be $0 upon grant. The Company, Management LLC and its Affiliates agree to withhold taxes in a manner consistent with this treatment unless otherwise required by applicable Law.

19. Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is, becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction or as to any Person, the Incentive Units or the Corresponding Incentive Units, or would disqualify the Incentive Units or Corresponding Incentive Units under any Law deemed applicable by the Board, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to conform to the applicable Laws, or if it cannot be construed or deemed amended without, in the determination of the Board, materially altering the intent of this Agreement, such provision shall be stricken as to such jurisdiction, Person, the Incentive Units or Corresponding Incentive Units and the remainder of this Agreement, the Incentive Units and Corresponding Incentive Units shall remain in full force and effect.

20. Choice of Law; Forum. This Agreement and all claims and controversies hereunder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Illinois, without regard to the choice of law provisions thereof. The parties hereto hereby agree and consent to be subject to the jurisdiction of the U.S. District Court, Northern District of Illinois or the State Court of Illinois, Cook County over any action, suit or proceeding (a “Legal Action”) arising out of or in connection with this Agreement. The parties hereto irrevocably waive the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of any such Legal Action. Each of the parties hereto further irrevocably consents to the service of process out of any of the aforementioned courts in any such Legal Action by the mailing of copies thereof by registered mail, postage prepaid, to such party at its address contained in the records of the Company, Management LLC and its Affiliates, such service of process to be effective upon acknowledgment of receipt of such registered mail. Nothing in this Section shall affect the right of any party hereto to serve legal process in any other manner permitted by law. This provision may be filed with any court as written evidence of the knowing and voluntary irrevocable agreement between the parties to waive any objections to venue or to convenience of forum.

21. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER, AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT SUCH PARTY AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.

 

29


22. Signature in Counterparts. This Agreement may be signed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

[signature page follows]

 

30


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Incentive Unit Award and Contribution Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

OAK STREET HEALTH, LLC
By:  

             

Name:   Robert Guenthner
Title:   Chief Legal Officer
OSH MANAGEMENT HOLDINGS, LLC
By:  

             

Name:   Robert Guenthner
Title:   Chief Legal Officer
PARTICIPANT:
TIMOTHY COOK

 

Signature

 

31

Exhibit 10.17

OAK STREET HEALTH MSO, LLC

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”), entered into as of December 1, 2015, by and between Oak Street Health MSO, LLC, a limited liability company organized under the laws of the State of Illinois (the “Company”) and James Chow (the “Employee”) (collectively, the “Parties”).

RECITALS

1. The Company desires to employ the Employee and to assure itself of the services of the Employee for the Period of Employment (as defined below).

2. The Employee desires to be employed by the Company for the Period of Employment and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

AGREEMENT

Accordingly, the Parties agree as follows:

1. Employment at Will. Employee is an “at-will” employee, meaning that either the Company or the Employee can terminate employment at any time, with or without cause or advance notice. The Company shall employ the Employee to render services to the Company in the position and with the duties and responsibilities described in Section 2 until employment is terminated.

2. Position, Duties, Responsibilities.

a. Position. The Employee shall render services to the Company, including serve as the Chief Financial Officer, and shall perform all services as may reasonably be assigned by the Company. The Employee’s principal place of employment shall be at any location decided by the board of directors of the Company (the “Board”). The Employee shall devote his best efforts and full time attention to the performance of his duties.

b. Other Activities. Except upon the prior written consent of the Board, the Employee shall not (i) accept any other employment, (ii) engage, invest or assist, directly or indirectly, in any other business activity (whether or not pursued for pecuniary advantage) that is or may be in conflict with, or that might place the Employee in a conflicting position to that of the Company and Employee will notify company prior to investing in related businesses to ensure no conflictor (iii) act as the legal representative or an executive officer of another company (excluding any affiliates of the Company).

c. Advance Notice of Prospective Employment. Employee agrees that following the termination of his employment, prior to accepting employment with, or agreeing to perform services for, any entity that competes with the Company, he will notify the Company in writing of Employee’s intentions so as to provide the Company with the opportunity to assess whether Employee’s employment or retention may potentially violate any provisions of this Agreement.

 

1


3. Compensation and Holiday. In consideration of the services to be rendered under this Agreement, the Employee shall be entitled to the following:

a. Base Salary. The Company shall pay the Employee a “Base Salary” of US $210,000 per year, in accordance with the Company’s payroll practice, which currently provides for 26 bi-weekly installments.

b. Salary Adjustment. The Employee’s Base Salary will be reviewed from time to time in accordance with the established procedures of the Company for adjusting salaries for similarly situated employees and may be adjusted in the sole discretion of the Company.

c. Benefits. The Employee shall be eligible to participate in the benefits made generally available by the Company to similarly-situated employees, in accordance with the benefit plans established by the Company, and as may be amended from time to time in the Company’s sole discretion.

d. Bonus. The Employee shall be eligible for a target bonus of 100% of Base Salary based on performance against plan and determined by the compensation committee of the Board.

e. Incentive Units. The Employee shall be granted 46,000 Incentive Units, subject to the terms of Employee’s Incentive Unit Purchase Award Agreement.

f. Holidays. The Employee shall be entitled, in addition to applicable statutory public and Company designated holidays, to take 20 working days as paid holidays and 5 working days as paid sick days in each full calendar year. If the Employee’s employment commences or terminates part way through a calendar year, his entitlement to holidays will be assessed on a pro-rata basis in accordance with the Company’s Employee Handbook, as it may change from time to time.

4. Termination

a. Severance. For the purposes of this Section, termination for Cause shall include termination for:

(i) material breach of this Agreement by Employee;

(ii) Employee’s gross negligence in the performance of his material duties under this Agreement;

(iii) Employee’s willful dishonesty, fraud or misconduct with respect to the business or affairs of the Company, that in the reasonable judgment of the Board materially and adversely affects the Company;

 

2


(iv) Employee’s conviction of, or a plea of nolo contendere to, a felony or other crime involving moral turpitude; or

(v) the commission of any act in direct or indirect competition with or materially detrimental to the best interests of Company that is in breach of Employee’s fiduciary duties of care, loyalty and good faith to Company.

If Company terminates Employee without Cause, Company shall owe Employee the equivalent of one year of Base Salary as severance paid over 26 bi-weekly installments. Nothing in this Section shall alter the “at-will” nature of this Agreement.

b) Obligations. The Employee agrees that on or before termination of employment, he will promptly return to the Company all documents and materials of any nature pertaining to his work with the Company, including all originals and copies of all or any part of any Proprietary Information or Inventions (as defined below) along with any and all equipment and other tangible and intangible property of the Company. The Employee agrees not to retain any documents or materials or copies thereof containing any Proprietary Information or Inventions.

The Employee further agrees that: (i) all representations, warranties, and obligations under Sections 4, 5, 7, 8, 10.1, 10.2 and 10.3 contained in this Agreement shall survive the termination of Employee’s employment; (ii) the Employee’s representations, warranties and obligations under Sections 4, 5, 7, 8, 10.1, 10.2 and 10.3 shall also survive the expiration of this Agreement; and (iii) following any termination of employment, the Employee shall fully cooperate with the Company in all matters relating to his continuing obligations under this Agreement, including but not limited to the winding up of pending work on behalf of the Company, the orderly transfer of work to the other employees of the Company, and the defense of any action brought by any third party against the Company that relates in any way to the Employee’s acts or omissions while employed by the Company.

5. Confidential Information, Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation.

The Employee agrees that, concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, the Employee shall enter into a Confidentiality, Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreement with the Company in the form of Exhibit A hereto.

6. Former Employer Information.

The Employee agrees that he will not, during his employment with the Company, improperly use or disclose any proprietary information or trade secrets, or bring onto the premises of the Company any unpublished document or proprietary information belonging to any former or concurrent employer or other person or entity.

7. Third Party Information.

The Employee recognizes that the Company has received and in the future will receive confidential or proprietary information from third parties. The Employee agrees to hold all such confidential or proprietary information in the strictest confidence and trust, and not to disclose it to any person, firm or corporation or to use it except as necessary in carrying out his work for the Company consistent with the Company’s agreement with such third party.

 

3


8. No Conflict.

The Employee represents and warrants that the Employee’s execution of this Agreement, his employment with the Company, and the performance of his proposed duties under this Agreement shall not violate any obligations he may have to any former employer or other party, including any obligations with respect to proprietary or confidential information or intellectual property rights of such party.

9. Alternative Dispute Resolution.

The Company and Employee mutually agree that, excluding the Employee’s post-employment obligations as set forth in Exhibit A, any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the breach thereof, or any other dispute between the parties, shall be submitted to mediation before a mutually agreeable mediator, which cost is to be borne equally by the parties hereto, except this cost may be waived by the Employer where such fees are discouraged or prohibited by applicable law. In the event the Parties fail to agree on a mediator, or mediation is unsuccessful in resolving the claim or controversy within one (1) month after the commencement of mediation, such claim or controversy shall be resolved by arbitration in Illinois under the auspices of the American Arbitration Association. The costs of arbitration, including the fees and expenses of the arbitration, shall be shared equally by the parties unless otherwise required by law or directed by the arbitrator in his/her award.

Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, this Alternative Dispute Resolution provision does not apply to: (a) any claim by Employee for medical and disability benefits under the Workers’ Compensation Act or unemployment compensation benefits under the Unemployment Insurance Act; (b) any Charge of Discrimination filed by Employee against the Company with the U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, the Illinois Department of Human Rights, the Chicago Commission on Human Relations, or charges filed with the National Labor Relations Board under the National Labor Relations Act; or (c) any claim by the Company for injunctive or equitable relief, including without limitation claims related to unauthorized disclosure of confidential information, trade secrets, intellectual property, unfair competition, breach of the non-solicitation covenant, or breach of the non-competition covenant.

10. Miscellaneous.

10.1. Continuing Obligations. The obligations in this Agreement will continue in the event that the Employee is hired, renders services to or for the benefit of or is otherwise retained at any time by any present or future Affiliates of the Company. Any reference to the Company in this Agreement will include such Affiliates. Upon the expiration or termination for any reason whatsoever of this Agreement, the Employee shall forthwith resign from any employment of office with an Affiliate of the Company unless the Board requests otherwise.

10.2. Notification. The Employee hereby authorizes the Company to notify his actual or future employers of the terms of this Agreement and his responsibilities hereunder.

 

4


10.3. Name and Likeness Rights. The Employee hereby authorizes the Company to use, reuse, and to grant others the right to use and reuse, his name, photograph, likeness (including caricature), voice, and biographical information, and any reproduction or simulation thereof, in any media now known or hereafter developed (including but not limited to film, video and digital or other electronic media), both during and after his employment, for whatever purposes the Company deems necessary.

10.4. Injunctive Relief. The Employee understands that in the event of a breach or threatened breach of this Agreement by him, the Company may suffer irreparable harm and will therefore be entitled to injunctive relief to enforce this Agreement.

10.5. Legal Fees. In any dispute arising under or in connection with this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover reasonable attorney’s fees, unless otherwise prohibited by law.

10.6. Entire Agreement. This Agreement, including the exhibits attached hereto, is intended to be the final, complete, and exclusive statement regarding their subject matter, except for other agreements specifically referenced herein (including the Confidentiality, Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreement to be executed concurrently with this Agreement). Unless otherwise specifically provided for herein, this Agreement supersedes all other prior and contemporaneous agreements and statements pertaining to this subject matter, and may not be contradicted by evidence of any prior or contemporaneous statements or agreements. To the extent that the practices, policies, or procedures of the Company, now or in the future, apply to the Employee and are inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement, the provisions of this Agreement shall control.

10.7. Amendments, Renewals and Waivers. This Agreement may not be modified, amended, renewed or terminated except by an instrument in writing, signed by the Employee and by a duly authorized representative of the Company other than the Employee. No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising any right, remedy, or power under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, or power under this Agreement preclude any other or further exercise thereof, or the exercise of any other right, remedy, or power provided herein or by law or in equity.

10.8. Assignment; Successors and Assigns. The Employee agrees that he will not assign, sell, transfer, delegate or otherwise dispose of, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, or by operation of law, any rights or obligations under this Agreement, nor shall the Employee’s rights be subject to encumbrance or the claims of creditors. Any purported assignment, transfer, or delegation shall be null and void. Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent the consolidation of the Company with, or its merger into, any other corporation, or the sale by the Company of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, or the assignment by the Company of this Agreement and the performance of its obligations hereunder to any successor in interest. In the event of a change in ownership or control of the Company, the terms of this Agreement will remain in effect and shall be binding upon any successor in interest. Notwithstanding and subject to the foregoing, this Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors, and permitted assigns, and shall not benefit any person or entity other than those enumerated above.

 

5


10.9. Notices. All notices and other communications given or made pursuant hereto shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given or made as of the date delivered or mailed if delivered personally or by nationally recognized courier or mailed by registered mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested) or by telecopy to the parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified by like notice, except that notices of changes of address shall be effective upon receipt):

To: Oak Street Health MSO, LLC

Contact Address: 213 N Racine, Chicago, IL 60607

Attention: Mike Pykosz

E-mail Address: mike@oakstreethealth.com and carrie@oakstreethealth.com

To: James Chow

Contact Address:

Attention:

E-mail Address:

10.10. Waiver of Immunity. To the extent that any Party (including its assignees of any such rights or obligations hereunder) may be entitled, in any jurisdiction, to claim for itself (or himself or herself) or its revenues or assets or properties, immunity from service of process, suit, the jurisdiction of any court, an interlocutory order or injunction or the enforcement of the same against its property in such court, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution of an arbitral award or judgment (interlocutory or final) or any other legal process, and to the extent that, in any such jurisdiction there may be attributed such immunity (whether claimed or not), such Party hereby irrevocably waives such immunity.

10.11. Severability: Enforcement. If any provision of this Agreement, or its application to any person, place, or circumstance, is held by an arbitrator or a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, unenforceable, or void, such provision shall be enforced (by blue penciling or otherwise) to the maximum extent permissible under applicable law, and the remainder of this Agreement and such provision as applied to other persons, places, and circumstances shall remain in full force and effect.

10.12. Governing Law. This Agreement shall in all respects be construed and enforced in accordance with and governed by the laws of Illinois, federal law, the Federal Arbitration Act or the Illinois Uniform Arbitration Act, whichever applies based on the claim(s) asserted.

10.13. Interpretation. This Agreement shall be construed as a whole, according to its fair meaning, and not in favor of or against any party. Sections and section headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only, and shall not affect in any manner the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. Whenever the context requires, references to the singular shall include the plural and the plural the singular. References to one gender include both genders.

10.14. Obligations Survive Termination of Employment. The Employee agrees that any and all of the Employee’s obligations under this Agreement capable of execution after the termination of the Employee’s employment, including but not limited to those contained in exhibits attached hereto, shall survive the termination of employment and the termination of this Agreement.

 

6


10.15. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original of this Agreement, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

EMPLOYEE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT. The Employee acknowledges (i) that he has consulted with or has had the opportunity to consult with independent counsel of his own choice concerning this Agreement and has been advised to do so by the Company, and (ii) that he has read and understands the Agreement, is fully aware of its legal effect, and has entered into it freely based on his own judgment. The Employee hereby agrees that his obligations set forth in Sections 5 and 6 hereof and the definitions of Proprietary Information and Inventions contained therein shall be equally applicable to Proprietary Information and Inventions relating to any work performed by the Employee for the Company prior to the execution of this Agreement.

 

7


The parties have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

EMPLOYEE:

/s/ James Chow

Name: James Chow

COMPANY:

OAK STREET HEALTH MSO, LLC
By:  

/s/ Michael T. Pykosz

  Name: Michael T. Pykosz
  Title:   CEO

 

8

Exhibit 10.18

OAK STREET HEALTH MSO, LLC

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”), entered into as of May 27th, 2020, by and between Oak Street Health MSO, LLC, a limited liability company organized under the laws of the State of Illinois (the “Company”) and Tamara Jurgenson (the “Employee”) (collectively, the “Parties”).

RECITALS

1. The Company desires to employ the Employee and to assure itself of the services of the Employee for the Period of Employment (as defined below).

2. The Employee desires to be employed by the Company for the Period of Employment and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

AGREEMENT

Accordingly, the Parties agree as follows:

1. Employment at Will. Employee is an “at-will” employee, meaning that either the Company or the Employee can terminate employment at any time, with or without cause or advance notice. The Company shall employ the Employee to render services to the Company in the position and with the duties and responsibilities described in Section 2 until employment is terminated.

2. Position, Duties, Responsibilities.

a. Position. The Employee shall render services to the Company, including serve as a Chief Growth Officer, and shall perform all services as may reasonably be assigned by the Company. The Employee’s principal place of employment shall be at any location decided by the board of directors of the Company (the “Board”). The Employee shall devote Employee’s best efforts and full time attention to the performance of Employee’s duties.

b. Other Activities. Except upon the prior written consent of the Board, the Employee shall not (i) accept any other employment, (ii) engage, invest or assist, directly or indirectly, in any other business activity (whether or not pursued for pecuniary advantage) that is or may be in conflict with, or that might place the Employee in a conflicting position to that of the Company or (iii) act as the legal representative or an executive officer of another company (excluding any affiliates of the Company).

c. Advance Notice of Prospective Employment. Employee agrees that following the termination of Employee’s employment, prior to accepting employment with, or agreeing to perform services for, any entity that competes with the Company, Employee will notify the Company in writing of Employee’s intentions so as to provide the Company with the opportunity to assess whether Employee’s employment or retention may potentially violate any provisions of this Agreement.

 

1


3. Compensation and Paid Time Off. In consideration of the services to be rendered under this Agreement, including the post-employment obligations set forth in Exhibit A, the Employee shall be entitled to the following:

a. Base Salary. The Company shall pay the Employee a “Base Salary” of US $286,111.05 per year, in accordance with the Company’s payroll practice, which currently provides for 26 bi-weekly installments.

b. Salary Adjustment. The Employee’s Base Salary will be reviewed from time to time in accordance with the established procedures of the Company for adjusting salaries for similarly situated employees and may be adjusted in the sole discretion of the Company.

c. Benefits. The Employee shall be eligible to participate in the benefits made generally available by the Company to similarly-situated employees, in accordance with the benefit plans established by the Company, and as may be amended from time to time in the Company’s sole discretion.

d. Bonus. The Employee shall be eligible to receive bonuses as determined by the Board in its sole discretion.

e. Paid Time Off. The Employee shall be entitled, in addition to applicable statutory public and Company designated holidays, to take paid time off and paid sick time in accordance with the Company’s Employee Handbook, as it may change from time to time.

f. Incentive Units. The Employee may be eligible to receive up to 2000 Incentive Units, subject to the terms of the Oak Street Health LLC Equity Incentive Plan Unit Award and Contribution Agreement.

4. Termination Obligations.

The Employee agrees that on or before termination of employment, Employee will promptly return to the Company all documents and materials of any nature pertaining to Employee’s work with the Company, including all originals and copies of all or any part of any Proprietary Information or Inventions (as defined below) along with any and all equipment and other tangible and intangible property of the Company. The Employee agrees not to retain any documents or materials or copies thereof containing any Proprietary Information or Inventions.

The Employee further agrees that: (i) all representations, warranties, and obligations under Sections 4, 5, 7, 8, 10.1, 10.2 and 10.3 contained in this Agreement shall survive the termination of Employee’s employment; (ii) the Employee’s representations, warranties and obligations under Sections 4, 5, 7, 8, 10.1, 10.2 and 10.3 shall also survive the expiration of this Agreement; and (iii) following any termination of employment, the Employee shall fully cooperate with the Company in all matters relating to Employee’s continuing obligations under this Agreement, including but not limited to the winding up of pending work on behalf of the Company, the orderly transfer of work to the other employees of the Company, and the defense of any action brought by any third party against the Company that relates in any way to the Employee’s acts or omissions while employed by the Company.

 

2


5. Confidential Information, Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation.

The Employee agrees that, concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, the Employee shall enter into a Confidentiality, Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreement with the Company in the form of Exhibit A hereto.

6. Former Employer Information.

The Employee agrees that Employee will not, during Employee’s employment with the Company, improperly use or disclose any proprietary information or trade secrets, or bring onto the premises of the Company any unpublished document or proprietary information belonging to any former or concurrent employer or other person or entity.

7. Third Party Information.

The Employee recognizes that the Company has received and in the future will receive confidential or proprietary information from third parties. The Employee agrees to hold all such confidential or proprietary information in the strictest confidence and trust, and not to disclose it to any person, firm or corporation or to use it except as necessary in carrying out Employee’s work for the Company consistent with the Company’s agreement with such third party.

8. No Conflict.

The Employee represents and warrants that the Employee’s execution of this Agreement, Employee’s employment with the Company, and the performance of Employee’s proposed duties under this Agreement shall not violate any obligations Employee may have to any former employer or other party, including any obligations with respect to proprietary or confidential information or intellectual property rights of such party.

9. Alternative Dispute Resolution.

Employee and Employer acknowledge and agree that the Alternative Dispute Resolution described in this paragraph is a mutual condition of their employment relationship, and that both Parties had the opportunity to negotiate over the terms of this paragraph and knowingly and voluntarily agree to its terms.

In consideration for Employee’s employment by Employer and continued employment, Employee’s receipt of compensation and other benefits from Employer, and the Employer’s agreement herein to arbitrate, Employee agrees to participate in, and be bound by, the procedures set forth in this Agreement. In consideration for the services provided to Employer by Employee, and Employee’s agreement herein to arbitrate, Employer agrees to participate in, and be bound by, the procedures set forth in this Agreement. The Parties acknowledge and agree that their mutual forbearance of the right to proceed in court alone acts as sufficient consideration to support all of their obligations under this Alternative Dispute Resolution provision.

 

 

3


The Company and Employee mutually agree that, excluding the Employee’s post-employment obligations as set forth in Exhibit A, any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the breach thereof, or any other dispute between the parties, shall be submitted to mediation before a mutually agreeable mediator, which cost is to be borne equally by the parties hereto, except this cost may be waived by the Employer where such fees are discouraged or prohibited by applicable law. In the event the Parties fail to agree on a mediator, or mediation is unsuccessful in resolving the claim or controversy within one (1) month after the commencement of mediation, such claim or controversy shall be resolved by arbitration in Illinois under the auspices of the American Arbitration Association. The costs of arbitration, including the fees and expenses of the arbitration, shall be shared equally by the parties unless otherwise required by law or directed by the arbitrator in arbitrator’s award.

Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, this Alternative Dispute Resolution provision does not apply to: (a) any claim by Employee for medical and disability benefits under the Workers’ Compensation Act or unemployment compensation benefits under the Unemployment Insurance Act; (b) any Charge of Discrimination filed by Employee against the Company with the U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, the Illinois Department of Human Rights, the Chicago Commission on Human Relations, or charges filed with the National Labor Relations Board under the National Labor Relations Act; or (c) any claim by the Company for injunctive or equitable relief, including without limitation claims related to unauthorized disclosure of confidential information, trade secrets, intellectual property, unfair competition, breach of the non-solicitation covenant, or breach of the non-competition covenant. Additionally, nothing in this Alternative Dispute Resolution provision is intended to or shall prohibit, prevent, or otherwise restrict Employee or Employer from: (a) reporting any good faith allegation of unlawful employment practices to any appropriate federal, State, or local government agency; (b) reporting any good faith allegation of criminal conduct to any appropriate federal, State, or local official; (c) participating in a proceeding with any appropriate federal, State, or local government agency enforcing discrimination laws; (d) making any truthful statements or disclosures required by law, regulation, or legal process; and (e) requesting or receive confidential legal advice.

10. Miscellaneous.

10.1. Continuing Obligations. The obligations in this Agreement will continue in the event that the Employee is hired, renders services to or for the benefit of or is otherwise retained at any time by any present or future Affiliates of the Company. Any reference to the Company in this Agreement will include such Affiliates. Upon the expiration or termination for any reason whatsoever of this Agreement, the Employee shall forthwith resign from any employment of office with an Affiliate of the Company unless the Board requests otherwise.

10.2. Notification. The Employee hereby authorizes the Company to notify Employee’s actual or future employers of the terms of this Agreement and Employee’s responsibilities hereunder.

10.3. Name and Likeness Rights. The Employee hereby authorizes the Company to use, reuse, and to grant others the right to use and reuse, Employee’s name, photograph, likeness (including caricature), voice, and biographical information, and any reproduction or simulation thereof, in any media now known or hereafter developed (including but not limited to film, video and digital or other electronic media), both during and after Employee’s employment, for whatever purposes the Company deems necessary.

 

4


10.4. Injunctive Relief. The Employee understands that in the event of a breach or threatened breach of this Agreement by Employee, the Company may suffer irreparable harm and will therefore be entitled to injunctive relief to enforce this Agreement.

10.5. Legal Fees. In any dispute arising under or in connection with this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover reasonable attorney’s fees, unless otherwise prohibited by law.

10.6. Entire Agreement. This Agreement, including the exhibits attached hereto, is intended to be the final, complete, and exclusive statement regarding their subject matter, except for other agreements specifically referenced herein (including the Confidentiality, Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreement to be executed concurrently with this Agreement). Unless otherwise specifically provided for herein, this Agreement supersedes all other prior and contemporaneous agreements and statements pertaining to this subject matter, and may not be contradicted by evidence of any prior or contemporaneous statements or agreements. To the extent that the practices, policies, or procedures of the Company, now or in the future, apply to the Employee and are inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement, the provisions of this Agreement shall control.

10.7. Amendments, Renewals and Waivers. This Agreement may not be modified, amended, renewed or terminated except by an instrument in writing, signed by the Employee and by a duly authorized representative of the Company other than the Employee. No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising any right, remedy, or power under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, or power under this Agreement preclude any other or further exercise thereof, or the exercise of any other right, remedy, or power provided herein or by law or in equity.

10.8. Assignment; Successors and Assigns. The Employee agrees that Employee will not assign, sell, transfer, delegate or otherwise dispose of, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, or by operation of law, any rights or obligations under this Agreement, nor shall the Employee’s rights be subject to encumbrance or the claims of creditors. Any purported assignment, transfer, or delegation shall be null and void. Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent the consolidation of the Company with, or its merger into, any other corporation, or the sale by the Company of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, or the assignment by the Company of this Agreement and the performance of its obligations hereunder to any successor in interest. In the event of a change in ownership or control of the Company, the terms of this Agreement will remain in effect and shall be binding upon any successor in interest. Notwithstanding and subject to the foregoing, this Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors, and permitted assigns, and shall not benefit any person or entity other than those enumerated above.

10.9. Notices. All notices and other communications given or made pursuant hereto shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given or made as of the date delivered or mailed if delivered personally or by nationally recognized courier or mailed by registered mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested) or by telecopy to the parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified by like notice, except that notices of changes of address shall be effective upon receipt):

 

5


To: Oak Street Health MSO, LLC

Contact Address: 30 W Monroe St Chicago, IL 60603

Attention: Mike Pykosz

E-mail Address: mike@oakstreethealth.com

To: Tamara Jurgenson

10.10. Waiver of Immunity. To the extent that any Party (including its assignees of any such rights or obligations hereunder) may be entitled, in any jurisdiction, to claim for itself or its revenues or assets or properties, immunity from service of process, suit, the jurisdiction of any court, an interlocutory order or injunction or the enforcement of the same against its property in such court, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution of an arbitral award or judgment (interlocutory or final) or any other legal process, and to the extent that, in any such jurisdiction there may be attributed such immunity (whether claimed or not), such Party hereby irrevocably waives such immunity.

10.11. Severability; Enforcement. If any provision of this Agreement, or its application to any person, place, or circumstance, is held by an arbitrator or a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, unenforceable, or void, such provision shall be enforced (by blue penciling or otherwise) to the maximum extent permissible under applicable law, and the remainder of this Agreement and such provision as applied to other persons, places, and circumstances shall remain in full force and effect.

10.12. Governing Law. This Agreement shall in all respects be construed and enforced in accordance with and governed by the laws of Illinois, federal law, the Federal Arbitration Act or the Illinois Uniform Arbitration Act, whichever applies based on the claim(s) asserted.

10.13. Interpretation. This Agreement shall be construed as a whole, according to its fair meaning, and not in favor of or against any party. Sections and section headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only, and shall not affect in any manner the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. Whenever the context requires, references to the singular shall include the plural and the plural the singular. References to one gender include both genders.

10.14. Obligations Survive Termination of Employment. The Employee agrees that any and all of the Employee’s obligations under this Agreement capable of execution after the termination of the Employee’s employment, including but not limited to those contained in exhibits attached hereto, shall survive the termination of employment and the termination of this Agreement.

10.15. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original of this Agreement, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

6


EMPLOYEE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT. The Employee acknowledges (i) that Employee has consulted with or has had the opportunity to consult with independent counsel of Employee’s own choice concerning this Agreement and has been advised to do so by the Company, and (ii) that Employee has read and understands the Agreement, is fully aware of its legal effect, and has entered into it freely based on his own judgment. The Employee hereby agrees that Employee’s obligations set forth in Sections 5 and 6 hereof and the definitions of Proprietary Information and Inventions contained therein shall be equally applicable to Proprietary Information and Inventions relating to any work performed by the Employee for the Company prior to the execution of this Agreement.

The parties have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

EMPLOYEE:

/s/ Tamara Jurgenson

Name:   Tamara Jurgenson
COMPANY:
OAK STREET HEALTH MSO, LLC
By:  

/s/ Cynthia Hiskes

  Name: Cynthia Hiskes
  Title: Chief Human Resource Officer

 

7

Exhibit 10.19

OAK STREET HEALTH MSO, LLC

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”), entered into effective as of January 2, 2018 (the “Effective Date”), by and between Oak Street Health MSO, LLC, a limited liability company organized under the laws of the State of Illinois (the “Company”) and Robert Guenthner (the “Employee”) (collectively, the “Parties”).

RECITALS

1. The Company desires to employ the Employee and to assure itself of the services of the Employee for the Period of Employment (as defined below).

2. The Employee desires to be employed by the Company for the Period of Employment and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

AGREEMENT

Accordingly, the Parties agree as follows:

1. Employment at Will. Employee is an “at-will” employee, meaning that, subject to Section 4 below, either the Company or the Employee can terminate employment at any time, with or without cause. The Company shall employ the Employee to render services to the Company in the position and with the duties and responsibilities described in Section 2 until employment is terminated.

2. Position, Duties, Responsibilities.

a. Position. The Employee shall render services to the Company as the Senior Vice President and Chief Legal Officer for the Company and each entity who, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the Company but excluding any entities controlling Oak Street Health, LLC (collectively, “Affiliates”), and shall perform all services as may reasonably be assigned to Employee by the board of directors of the Company (the “Board”) and Chief Executive Officer (the “CEO”) of the Company and which are undertaken and exercised by persons situated in a similar capacity. As used in this definition, “control” (including, with its correlative meanings, “controlled by” and “under common control with”) shall mean possession, directly or indirectly, or the power to direct or cause the direction of management or policies (whether through ownership of securities or partnership or other ownership interests, by contract or otherwise). In addition to serving as Senior Vice President and Chief Legal Officer of the Company and its Affiliates, Employee shall, without additional compensation, serve as the corporate secretary and also agrees to serve without additional compensation, if elected or appointed thereto, in one or more offices or as a director of any of the Company’s Affiliates. The Employee’s principal place of employment shall be at the Company’s corporate headquarters in Chicago, Illinois.


b. Other Activities. During the Term, other than as approved by the CEO, the Employee shall devote substantially all of the Employee’s business time, attention and energy, and reasonable best efforts, to the interests and business of the Company and to the performance of the Employee’s duties and responsibilities on behalf of the Company.

c. Advance Notice of Prospective Employment. Employee agrees that following the termination of his employment, while and to the extent that the post-employment restrictive covenants set forth in Exhibit A hereto are in effect, prior to accepting employment with, or agreeing to perform services for, any entity that competes with the Company, he will notify the Company in writing of Employee’s intentions so as to provide the Company with the opportunity to assess whether Employee’s employment or retention may potentially violate any provisions of this Agreement.

3. Compensation and Holidays. In consideration of the services to be rendered under this Agreement, the Employee shall be entitled to the following:

a. Base Salary. The Company shall pay the Employee a “Base Salary” of US $270,000.00 per year, in accordance with the Company’s payroll practice, which currently provides for 26 bi-weekly installments.

b. Salary Adjustment. The Base Salary shall be reviewed by the Company on a yearly basis to ascertain if any upward adjustment in the annual base salary is in order, and if any modification is made, the new annual base salary shall become the Base Salary under this Section 3.

c. Equity Grant. The Employee shall, within 60 days following the Effective Date, receive an initial grant of 20,000 incentive units of Oak Street Health, LLC (the “Initial Grant”) under the Oak Street Health, LLC Equity Incentive Plan (in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A, the “Equity Plan”) and that certain Incentive Unit Agreement (in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit B, the “Equity Agreement”). Thereafter, during the term of employment, as determined by the Board, the Employee shall be eligible to receive stock options or other equity awards under the Equity Plan (or any successor plan thereto) with the terms and conditions of such awards to be paid or awarded consistent with the performance by the Employee of the Employee’s duties prescribed hereunder.

d. Incentive Compensation. The Employee shall be eligible to participate in the Company’s annual incentive plan, as in effect from time to time (or any successor plan thereto) (the “Annual Incentive Plan”), which plan shall be approved by the Board. The timing and amount of any such payments shall be made in accordance with the terms of the Annual Incentive Plan. The Employee’s annual incentive bonus opportunity under the Annual Incentive Plan shall not be less than 50% of the Employee’s Base Salary, or, in the case of any partial period, 50% of the Employee’s Base Salary earned during such partial period. The targets for the Employee’s receipt of the bonus opportunity during the first year of this Agreement shall be determined by the mutual agreement of the Employee and the CEO, within 30 days following the Effective Date.

e. Expenses. Subject to timely submission of reimbursement requests and proper invoices in accordance with the Company’s normal policies and procedures, the Employee shall be reimbursed for all reasonable out-of-pocket business expenses incurred by the Employee in connection with the performance of the Employee’s duties hereunder, including, without

 

2


limitation, Illinois Attorney Registration and Discipline Commission registration fees, reasonable costs and expenses incurred to obtain required continuing legal education credits and membership in two professional legal associations. Continuing legal education courses reimbursement will not exceed $2,500 annually. As reasonably determined necessary or desirable given the activities of the Company, the Company shall provide to the Employee, or reimburse the Employee for the cost of, professional liability insurance. The Employee shall provide the Company with the information and evidence required by taxing authorities to substantiate such expenses as income tax deductions.

f. Benefits. The Employee shall be eligible to participate in the benefits made generally available by the Company to similarly-situated employees, in accordance with the benefit plans established by the Company, and as may be amended from time to time in the Company’s sole discretion.

g. Paid Time Off. The Employee shall be entitled, in addition to seven Company designated holidays, to take 25 working days as paid days off in each full calendar year, inclusive of paid sick days under the Chicago Paid Sick Leave Ordinance. If the Employee’s employment commences or terminates part way through a calendar year, his entitlement to paid days off will be assessed on a pro-rata basis in accordance with the Company’s Employee Handbook, as it may change from time to time.

4. Termination and Post-Termination Obligations.

a. Death. This Agreement (other than provisions which by their nature survive termination) and the Employee’s employment hereunder shall terminate automatically upon the Employee’s death.

b. Termination for Cause. The Company may terminate the Employee’s employment for “Cause” (as defined below) upon written notice to the Employee. As used herein, the term “Cause” shall be limited to the Employee’s:

(i) employee engages in a felony or other crime involving dishonesty or moral turpitude;

(ii) fraud, embezzlement, theft or any misappropriation of funds, money, assets or other property of the Company or any of its Affiliates;

(iii) willful failure to perform duties, or gross negligence in the performance of the Participant’s duties and responsibilities to the Company and its Affiliates, or willful failure to follow the lawful directives of the Board or such other person or body to whom the Employee reports, which remains uncured 10 days after written notice of such failure or negligence specifying in reasonable detail the nature of such failure or negligence is given to the Employee by the Company or its Affiliates;

(iv) material breach of this Agreement or any other written agreement between the Employee and the Company or its Affiliates; or

 

3


(v) attempt to willfully obtain any personal profit from any transaction in which the Employee has an interest not disclosed to the Board which is adverse to the interests of the Company or any of its controlled Affiliates.

c. Voluntary Resignation. Termination without Good Reason. The Employee may voluntarily terminate employment at any time without Good Reason (as defined below) upon written notice to the Company.

d. Termination Without Cause. The Company may terminate the Employee’s employment at any time without Cause upon 30 days’ prior written notice to the Employee.

e. Termination for Good Reason. The Employee may terminate employment at any time for Good Reason. As used herein, the term “Good Reason” shall be limited to:

(i) a material reduction in the Employee’s compensation (which includes Base Salary and annual incentive bonus opportunity), other than any isolated and inadvertent failure by the Company that is not in bad faith and is cured within 30 days after the Employee gives the Company notice of such event;

(ii) a material and adverse diminution in the Employee’s title, duties and responsibilities or material change in reporting relationship (by position), other than any isolated and inadvertent failure by the Company that is not in bad faith and is cured within thirty (30) business days after the Employee gives the Company notice of such event;

(iii) a relocation of the Employee’s principal place of work in excess of 50 miles from the current location other than a relocation that is not in bad faith and is cured within 30 days after the Employee gives the Company notice of such event; or

(iv) any material breach by the Company of this Agreement, other than any isolated and inadvertent failure by the Company that is not in bad faith and is cured within 30 business days after the Employee gives the Company notice of such event; provided, that, if the Employee does not deliver to the Company written notice within 90 days after the Employee has knowledge that an event constituting Good Reason has occurred, such event will no longer constitute Good Reason; provided further, that the Company’s placing the Employee on paid leave for up to 90 consecutive days while it is determining whether there is a basis to terminate the Employee’s employment for Cause will not constitute Good Reason.

f. Payments and Benefits.

(i) Termination for Cause by the Company or Voluntary Resignation; Termination without Good Reason by the Employee. In the event that (A) the Company terminates this Agreement for Cause or (B) the Employee terminates employment without Good Reason, then in either case, none of the Employee, the Employee’s surviving spouse or the Employee’s estate shall be entitled to any further salary or compensation from the Company pursuant to this Agreement as of the date of such termination other than the Employee’s accrued but unpaid salary and reimbursement of properly incurred expenses through the date of termination. The Employee’s obligations under Section 5 of this Agreement shall survive any such termination; provided, however, that such obligations shall not be construed to limit the Employee’s surviving spouse or estate.

 

4


(ii) Termination by the Company without Cause; Termination by the Employee for Good Reason. In the event of any termination (A) by the Company other than for Cause or (B) by the Employee with Good Reason, and in each case subject to Section 4(h) below, the Company shall pay to the Employee: (x) in a lump sum, any accrued but unpaid salary and reimbursement of properly incurred expenses through the date of termination, and (B) severance compensation (“Severance Payments”) at a per annum rate equal to the Employee’s then current annual Base Salary plus the average of the last two discretionary bonuses paid to the Employee, with such Severance Payments to be paid in monthly installments following the date of termination for the duration of the Restricted Period (as defined in Exhibit C attached hereto). In addition, for the period of Base Salary continuation under this Section, but in no event longer than 12 months following the date of termination (the “Benefit Continuation Period”), the Company shall provide the Employee and his eligible dependents, at the same cost to the Employee as if the Employee were an active employee of the Company, with continued coverage under any health, medical, dental, vision or life insurance program or policy in which the Employee participated as of the date of the Employee’s termination of employment; provided, that in the event that the terms of the applicable health, medical, dental, vision or life insurance program or policy do not permit such continued coverage or such continued coverage is not permitted by applicable law, the Company shall provide the Employee (and his eligible dependents, if applicable) with such equivalent continued coverage in a manner that complies with the terms of the Company’s health, medical, dental, vision and life insurance plans then in effect and applicable law. If the Employee becomes reemployed with another employer and is eligible to receive substantially equivalent health, medical, dental, vision and life insurance benefits from such other employer, the benefits provided hereunder under this Section shall cease to be provided by the Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section, the provision of benefits by the Company is not intended to alter in any way the provisions of any group health plan of the Company, and all time limits, effects of subsequent coverage and all other relevant provisions of any such plan remain unchanged and shall control the Employee’s entitlement to coverage or benefits under such plan. For the avoidance of doubt, the Employee shall be eligible to elect, at the Employee’s expense, continuation coverage under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985 following the expiration of the Benefit Continuation Period.

g. Waiver and Release; Timing of Payments. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, as a condition precedent to receiving any payments under Section 4 (other than those amounts already accrued prior to the date of termination), the Employee shall have executed if requested by the Company, within twenty-one days, or if required for an effective release, forty-five days, following the Employee’s termination of employment, a usual and customary waiver and release in a form reasonably acceptable to the Company (the “Release”), which Release may be updated by the Company from time to time to reflect changes in applicable law, and the seven-day revocation period of such Release shall have expired.

The Employee further agrees that following any termination of employment, the Employee shall fully cooperate with the Company in all matters relating to his continuing obligations under this Agreement, including but not limited to the winding up of pending work on behalf of the Company, the orderly transfer of work to the other employees of the Company, and the defense of any action brought by any third party against the Company that relates in any way to the Employee’s acts or omissions while employed by the Company.

 

5


5. Confidential Information, Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation.

The Employee agrees that, concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, the Employee shall enter into a Confidentiality, Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreement with the Company in the form of Exhibit C hereto.

6. Former Employer Information.

The Employee agrees that he will not, during his employment with the Company, improperly use or disclose any proprietary information or trade secrets, or bring onto the premises of the Company any unpublished document or proprietary information belonging to any former or concurrent employer or other person or entity.

7. Third Party Information.

The Employee recognizes that the Company has received and in the future will receive confidential or proprietary information from third parties. The Employee agrees to hold all such confidential or proprietary information in the strictest confidence and trust, and not to disclose it to any person, firm or corporation or to use it except as necessary in carrying out his work for the Company consistent with the Company’s agreement with such third party.

8. No Conflict.

The Employee represents and warrants that the Employee’s execution of this Agreement, his employment with the Company, and the performance of his proposed duties under this Agreement shall not violate any obligations he may have to any former employer or other party, including any obligations with respect to proprietary or confidential information or intellectual property rights of such party.

9. Alternative Dispute Resolution.

The Company and the Employee mutually agree that, excluding the Employee’s post-employment obligations as set forth in Exhibit C, any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the breach thereof, or any other dispute between the parties, shall be submitted to mediation before a mutually agreeable mediator, which cost is to be borne equally by the parties hereto, except this cost may be waived by the Employer where such fees are discouraged or prohibited by applicable law. In the event the Parties fail to agree on a mediator, or mediation is unsuccessful in resolving the claim or controversy within one (1) month after the commencement of mediation, such claim or controversy shall be resolved by arbitration in Illinois under the auspices of the American Arbitration Association. The costs of arbitration, including the fees and expenses of the arbitration, shall be shared equally by the parties unless otherwise required by law or directed by the arbitrator in his/her award.

 

6


Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, this Alternative Dispute Resolution provision does not apply to: (a) any claim by the Employee for medical and disability benefits under the Workers’ Compensation Act or unemployment compensation benefits under the Unemployment Insurance Act; (b) any Charge of Discrimination filed by the Employee against the Company with the U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, the Illinois Department of Human Rights, the Chicago Commission on Human Relations, or charges filed with the National Labor Relations Board under the National Labor Relations Act; or (c) any claim by the Company for injunctive or equitable relief, including without limitation claims related to unauthorized disclosure of confidential information, trade secrets, intellectual property, unfair competition, breach of the non-solicitation covenant, or breach of the non-competition covenant.

10. Miscellaneous.

10.1. Continuing Obligations. The obligations in this Agreement will continue in the event that the Employee is hired, renders services to or for the benefit of or is otherwise retained at any time by any present or future Affiliates of the Company. Any reference to the Company in this Agreement will include such Affiliates. Upon the expiration or termination for any reason whatsoever of this Agreement, the Employee shall forthwith resign from any employment of office with an Affiliate of the Company unless the Board requests otherwise.

10.2. Notification. The Employee hereby authorizes the Company to notify his actual or future employers of the terms of this Agreement and his responsibilities hereunder.

10.3. Name and Likeness Rights. The Employee hereby authorizes the Company to use, reuse, and to grant others the right to use and reuse, his name, photograph, likeness (including caricature), voice, and biographical information, and any reproduction or simulation thereof, in any media now known or hereafter developed (including but not limited to film, video and digital or other electronic media), during his employment, for whatever purposes the Company deems reasonably necessary.

10.4. Injunctive Relief. The Employee understands that in the event of a breach or threatened breach of this Agreement by him, the Company may suffer irreparable harm and will therefore be entitled to injunctive relief to enforce this Agreement.

10.5. Legal Fees. In any dispute arising under or in connection with this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover reasonable attorney’s fees, unless otherwise prohibited by law.

10.6. Entire Agreement. This Agreement, including the exhibits attached hereto, is intended to be the final, complete, and exclusive statement regarding their subject matter, except for other agreements specifically referenced herein (including the Equity Agreement and Confidentiality, Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreement to be executed concurrently with this Agreement). Unless otherwise specifically provided for herein, this Agreement supersedes all other prior and contemporaneous agreements and statements pertaining to this subject matter, and may not be contradicted by evidence of any prior or contemporaneous statements or agreements. To the extent that the practices, policies, or procedures of the Company, now or in the future, apply to the Employee and are inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement, the provisions of this Agreement shall control.

 

7


10.7. Amendments; Renewals and Waivers. This Agreement may not be modified, amended, renewed or terminated except by an instrument in writing, signed by the Employee and by a duly authorized representative of the Company other than the Employee. No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising any right, remedy, or power under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, or power under this Agreement preclude any other or further exercise thereof, or the exercise of any other right, remedy, or power provided herein or by law or in equity.

10.8. Assignment; Successors and Assigns. The Employee agrees that he will not assign, sell, transfer, delegate or otherwise dispose of, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, or by operation of law, any rights or obligations under this Agreement, nor shall the Employee’s rights be subject to encumbrance or the claims of creditors. Any purported assignment, transfer, or delegation shall be null and void. Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent the consolidation of the Company with, or its merger into, any other corporation, or the sale by the Company of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, or the assignment by the Company of this Agreement and the performance of its obligations hereunder to any successor in interest. In the event of a change in ownership or control of the Company, the terms of this Agreement will remain in effect and shall be binding upon any successor in interest. Notwithstanding and subject to the foregoing, this Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors, and permitted assigns, and shall not benefit any person or entity other than those enumerated above,

10.9. Notices. All notices and other communications given or made pursuant hereto shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given or made as of the date delivered or mailed if delivered personally or by nationally recognized courier or mailed by registered mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested) or by telecopy to the parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified by like notice, except that notices of changes of address shall be effective upon receipt):

To: Oak Street Health MSO, LLC

Contact Address: 30 W Monroe St. Chicago, IL 60603 Suite 1200

Attention: Mike Pykosz

E-mail Address: mike@oakstreethealth.com and carrie@oakstreethealth.com

To: Robert Guenthner

10.10. Waiver of Immunity. To the extent that any Party (including its assignees of any such rights or obligations hereunder) may be entitled, in any jurisdiction, to claim for itself (or himself or herself) or its revenues or assets or properties, immunity from service of process, suit, the jurisdiction of any court, an interlocutory order or injunction or the enforcement of the same against its property in such court, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution of an arbitral award or judgment (interlocutory or final) or any other legal process, and to the extent that, in any such jurisdiction there may be attributed such immunity (whether claimed or not), such Party hereby irrevocably waives such immunity.

 

8


10.11. Severability; Enforcement. If any provision of this Agreement, or its application to any person, place, or circumstance, is held by an arbitrator or a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, unenforceable, or void, such provision shall be enforced (by blue penciling or otherwise) to the maximum extent permissible under applicable law, and the remainder of this Agreement and such provision as applied to other persons, places, and circumstances shall remain in full force and effect.

10.12. Governing Law. This Agreement shall in all respects be construed and enforced in accordance with and governed by the laws of Illinois, federal law, the Federal Arbitration Act or the Illinois Uniform Arbitration Act, whichever applies based on the claim(s) asserted.

10.13. Interpretation. This Agreement shall be construed as a whole, according to its fair meaning, and not in favor of or against any party. Sections and section headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only, and shall not affect in any manner the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. Whenever the context requires, references to the singular shall include the plural and the plural the singular. References to one gender include both genders.

10.14. Obligations Survive Termination of Employment. Each party to this Agreement agrees that any and all of such party’s obligations under this Agreement capable of execution after the termination of the Employee’s employment, including but not limited to those contained in exhibits attached hereto, shall survive the termination of employment and the termination of this Agreement.

10.15. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original of this Agreement, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

EMPLOYEE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT. The Employee acknowledges (i) that he has consulted with or has had the opportunity to consult with independent counsel of his own choice concerning this Agreement and has been advised to do so by the Company, and (ii) that he has read and understands the Agreement, is fully aware of its legal effect, and has entered into it freely based on his own judgment. The Employee hereby agrees that his obligations set forth in Sections 5 and 6 herein and the definitions of Proprietary Information and Inventions contained therein shall be equally applicable to Proprietary Information and Inventions relating to any work performed by the Employee for the Company prior to the execution of this Agreement.

 

9


The parties have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

EMPLOYEE:

/s/ Robert Guenthner

Name: Robert Guenthner

COMPANY:
OAK STREET HEALTH MSO, LLC

/s/ Mike Pykosz

Name: Mike Pykosz

Title: Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 10.20

OAK STREET HEALTH MSO, LLC

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”), entered into as of May 27th, 2020, by and between Oak Street Health MSO, LLC, a limited liability company organized under the laws of the State of Illinois (the “Company”) and Cynthia Hiskes (the “Employee”) (collectively, the “Parties”).

RECITALS

1. The Company desires to employ the Employee and to assure itself of the services of the Employee for the Period of Employment (as defined below).

2. The Employee desires to be employed by the Company for the Period of Employment and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

AGREEMENT

Accordingly, the Parties agree as follows:

1. Employment at Will. Employee is an “at-will” employee, meaning that either the Company or the Employee can terminate employment at any time, with or without cause or advance notice. The Company shall employ the Employee to render services to the Company in the position and with the duties and responsibilities described in Section 2 until employment is terminated.

2. Position, Duties, Responsibilities.

a. Position. The Employee shall render services to the Company, including serve as a Chief Human Resources Officer, and shall perform all services as may reasonably be assigned by the Company. The Employee’s principal place of employment shall be at any location decided by the board of directors of the Company (the “Board”). The Employee shall devote Employee’s best efforts and full time attention to the performance of Employee’s duties.

b. Other Activities. Except upon the prior written consent of the Board, the Employee shall not (i) accept any other employment, (ii) engage, invest or assist, directly or indirectly, in any other business activity (whether or not pursued for pecuniary advantage) that is or may be in conflict with, or that might place the Employee in a conflicting position to that of the Company or (iii) act as the legal representative or an executive officer of another company (excluding any affiliates of the Company).

c. Advance Notice of Prospective Employment. Employee agrees that following the termination of Employee’s employment, prior to accepting employment with, or agreeing to perform services for, any entity that competes with the Company, Employee will notify the Company in writing of Employee’s intentions so as to provide the Company with the opportunity to assess whether Employee’s employment or retention may potentially violate any provisions of this Agreement.

 

1


3. Compensation and Paid Time Off. In consideration of the services to be rendered under this Agreement, including the post-employment obligations set forth in Exhibit A, the Employee shall be entitled to the following:

a. Base Salary. The Company shall pay the Employee a “Base Salary” of US $284,383 per year, in accordance with the Company’s payroll practice, which currently provides for 26 bi-weekly installments.

b. Salary Adjustment. The Employee’s Base Salary will be reviewed from time to time in accordance with the established procedures of the Company for adjusting salaries for similarly situated employees and may be adjusted in the sole discretion of the Company.

c. Benefits. The Employee shall be eligible to participate in the benefits made generally available by the Company to similarly-situated employees, in accordance with the benefit plans established by the Company, and as may be amended from time to time in the Company’s sole discretion.

d. Bonus. The Employee shall be eligible to receive bonuses as determined by the Board in its sole discretion.

e. Paid Time Off. The Employee shall be entitled, in addition to applicable statutory public and Company designated holidays, to take paid time off and paid sick time in accordance with the Company’s Employee Handbook, as it may change from time to time.

f. Incentive Units. The Employee may be eligible to receive up to 3500 Incentive Units, subject to the terms of the Oak Street Health LLC Equity Incentive Plan Unit Award and Contribution Agreement.

4. Termination Obligations.

The Employee agrees that on or before termination of employment, Employee will promptly return to the Company all documents and materials of any nature pertaining to Employee’s work with the Company, including all originals and copies of all or any part of any Proprietary Information or Inventions (as defined below) along with any and all equipment and other tangible and intangible property of the Company. The Employee agrees not to retain any documents or materials or copies thereof containing any Proprietary Information or Inventions.

The Employee further agrees that: (i) all representations, warranties, and obligations under Sections 4, 5, 7, 8, 10.1, 10.2 and 10.3 contained in this Agreement shall survive the termination of Employee’s employment; (ii) the Employee’s representations, warranties and obligations under Sections 4, 5, 7, 8, 10.1, 10.2 and 10.3 shall also survive the expiration of this Agreement; and (iii) following any termination of employment, the Employee shall fully cooperate with the Company in all matters relating to Employee’s continuing obligations under this Agreement, including but not limited to the winding up of pending work on behalf of the Company, the orderly transfer of work to the other employees of the Company, and the defense of any action brought by any third party against the Company that relates in any way to the Employee’s acts or omissions while employed by the Company.

 

2


5. Confidential Information, Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation.

The Employee agrees that, concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, the Employee shall enter into a Confidentiality, Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreement with the Company in the form of Exhibit A hereto.

6. Former Employer Information.

The Employee agrees that Employee will not, during Employee’s employment with the Company, improperly use or disclose any proprietary information or trade secrets, or bring onto the premises of the Company any unpublished document or proprietary information belonging to any former or concurrent employer or other person or entity.

7. Third Party Information.

The Employee recognizes that the Company has received and in the future will receive confidential or proprietary information from third parties. The Employee agrees to hold all such confidential or proprietary information in the strictest confidence and trust, and not to disclose it to any person, firm or corporation or to use it except as necessary in carrying out Employee’s work for the Company consistent with the Company’s agreement with such third party.

8. No Conflict.

The Employee represents and warrants that the Employee’s execution of this Agreement, Employee’s employment with the Company, and the performance of Employee’s proposed duties under this Agreement shall not violate any obligations Employee may have to any former employer or other party, including any obligations with respect to proprietary or confidential information or intellectual property rights of such party.

9. Alternative Dispute Resolution.

Employee and Employer acknowledge and agree that the Alternative Dispute Resolution described in this paragraph is a mutual condition of their employment relationship, and that both Parties had the opportunity to negotiate over the terms of this paragraph and knowingly and voluntarily agree to its terms.

In consideration for Employee’s employment by Employer and continued employment, Employee’s receipt of compensation and other benefits from Employer, and the Employer’s agreement herein to arbitrate, Employee agrees to participate in, and be bound by, the procedures set forth in this Agreement. In consideration for the services provided to Employer by Employee, and Employee’s agreement herein to arbitrate, Employer agrees to participate in, and be bound by, the procedures set forth in this Agreement. The Parties acknowledge and agree that their mutual forbearance of the right to proceed in court alone acts as sufficient consideration to support all of their obligations under this Alternative Dispute Resolution provision.

 

3


The Company and Employee mutually agree that, excluding the Employee’s post-employment obligations as set forth in Exhibit A, any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the breach thereof, or any other dispute between the parties, shall be submitted to mediation before a mutually agreeable mediator, which cost is to be borne equally by the parties hereto, except this cost may be waived by the Employer where such fees are discouraged or prohibited by applicable law. In the event the Parties fail to agree on a mediator, or mediation is unsuccessful in resolving the claim or controversy within one (1) month after the commencement of mediation, such claim or controversy shall be resolved by arbitration in Illinois under the auspices of the American Arbitration Association. The costs of arbitration, including the fees and expenses of the arbitration, shall be shared equally by the parties unless otherwise required by law or directed by the arbitrator in arbitrator’s award.

Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, this Alternative Dispute Resolution provision does not apply to: (a) any claim by Employee for medical and disability benefits under the Workers’ Compensation Act or unemployment compensation benefits under the Unemployment Insurance Act; (b) any Charge of Discrimination filed by Employee against the Company with the U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, the Illinois Department of Human Rights, the Chicago Commission on Human Relations, or charges filed with the National Labor Relations Board under the National Labor Relations Act; or (c) any claim by the Company for injunctive or equitable relief, including without limitation claims related to unauthorized disclosure of confidential information, trade secrets, intellectual property, unfair competition, breach of the non-solicitation covenant, or breach of the non-competition covenant. Additionally, nothing in this Alternative Dispute Resolution provision is intended to or shall prohibit, prevent, or otherwise restrict Employee or Employer from: (a) reporting any good faith allegation of unlawful employment practices to any appropriate federal, State, or local government agency; (b) reporting any good faith allegation of criminal conduct to any appropriate federal, State, or local official; (c) participating in a proceeding with any appropriate federal, State, or local government agency enforcing discrimination laws; (d) making any truthful statements or disclosures required by law, regulation, or legal process; and (e) requesting or receive confidential legal advice.

10. Miscellaneous.

10.1. Continuing Obligations. The obligations in this Agreement will continue in the event that the Employee is hired, renders services to or for the benefit of or is otherwise retained at any time by any present or future Affiliates of the Company. Any reference to the Company in this Agreement will include such Affiliates. Upon the expiration or termination for any reason whatsoever of this Agreement, the Employee shall forthwith resign from any employment of office with an Affiliate of the Company unless the Board requests otherwise.

10.2. Notification. The Employee hereby authorizes the Company to notify Employee’s actual or future employers of the terms of this Agreement and Employee’s responsibilities hereunder.

10.3. Name and Likeness Rights. The Employee hereby authorizes the Company to use, reuse, and to grant others the right to use and reuse, Employee’s name, photograph, likeness (including caricature), voice, and biographical information, and any reproduction or simulation thereof, in any media now known or hereafter developed (including but not limited to film, video and digital or other electronic media), both during and after Employee’s employment, for whatever purposes the Company deems necessary.

 

4


10.4. Injunctive Relief. The Employee understands that in the event of a breach or threatened breach of this Agreement by Employee, the Company may suffer irreparable harm and will therefore be entitled to injunctive relief to enforce this Agreement.

10.5. Legal Fees. In any dispute arising under or in connection with this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover reasonable attorney’s fees, unless otherwise prohibited by law.

10.6. Entire Agreement. This Agreement, including the exhibits attached hereto, is intended to be the final, complete, and exclusive statement regarding their subject matter, except for other agreements specifically referenced herein (including the Confidentiality, Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreement to be executed concurrently with this Agreement). Unless otherwise specifically provided for herein, this Agreement supersedes all other prior and contemporaneous agreements and statements pertaining to this subject matter, and may not be contradicted by evidence of any prior or contemporaneous statements or agreements. To the extent that the practices, policies, or procedures of the Company, now or in the future, apply to the Employee and are inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement, the provisions of this Agreement shall control.

10.7. Amendments, Renewals and Waivers. This Agreement may not be modified, amended, renewed or terminated except by an instrument in writing, signed by the Employee and by a duly authorized representative of the Company other than the Employee. No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising any right, remedy, or power under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, or power under this Agreement preclude any other or further exercise thereof, or the exercise of any other right, remedy, or power provided herein or by law or in equity.

10.8. Assignment; Successors and Assigns. The Employee agrees that Employee will not assign, sell, transfer, delegate or otherwise dispose of, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, or by operation of law, any rights or obligations under this Agreement, nor shall the Employee’s rights be subject to encumbrance or the claims of creditors. Any purported assignment, transfer, or delegation shall be null and void. Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent the consolidation of the Company with, or its merger into, any other corporation, or the sale by the Company of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, or the assignment by the Company of this Agreement and the performance of its obligations hereunder to any successor in interest. In the event of a change in ownership or control of the Company, the terms of this Agreement will remain in effect and shall be binding upon any successor in interest. Notwithstanding and subject to the foregoing, this Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors, and permitted assigns, and shall not benefit any person or entity other than those enumerated above.

10.9. Notices. All notices and other communications given or made pursuant hereto shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given or made as of the date delivered or mailed if delivered personally or by nationally recognized courier or mailed by registered mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested) or by telecopy to the parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified by like notice, except that notices of changes of address shall be effective upon receipt):

 

5


To: Oak Street Health MSO, LLC

Contact Address: 30 W Monroe St Chicago, IL 60603

Attention: Mike Pykosz

E-mail Address: mike@oakstreethealth.com

To: Cynthia Hiskes

10.10. Waiver of Immunity. To the extent that any Party (including its assignees of any such rights or obligations hereunder) may be entitled, in any jurisdiction, to claim for itself or its revenues or assets or properties, immunity from service of process, suit, the jurisdiction of any court, an interlocutory order or injunction or the enforcement of the same against its property in such court, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution of an arbitral award or judgment (interlocutory or final) or any other legal process, and to the extent that, in any such jurisdiction there may be attributed such immunity (whether claimed or not), such Party hereby irrevocably waives such immunity.

10.11. Severability; Enforcement. If any provision of this Agreement, or its application to any person, place, or circumstance, is held by an arbitrator or a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, unenforceable, or void, such provision shall be enforced (by blue penciling or otherwise) to the maximum extent permissible under applicable law, and the remainder of this Agreement and such provision as applied to other persons, places, and circumstances shall remain in full force and effect.

10.12. Governing Law. This Agreement shall in all respects be construed and enforced in accordance with and governed by the laws of Illinois, federal law, the Federal Arbitration Act or the Illinois Uniform Arbitration Act, whichever applies based on the claim(s) asserted.

10.13. Interpretation. This Agreement shall be construed as a whole, according to its fair meaning, and not in favor of or against any party. Sections and section headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only, and shall not affect in any manner the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. Whenever the context requires, references to the singular shall include the plural and the plural the singular. References to one gender include both genders.

10.14. Obligations Survive Termination of Employment. The Employee agrees that any and all of the Employee’s obligations under this Agreement capable of execution after the termination of the Employee’s employment, including but not limited to those contained in exhibits attached hereto, shall survive the termination of employment and the termination of this Agreement.

10.15. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original of this Agreement, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

6


EMPLOYEE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT. The Employee acknowledges (i) that Employee has consulted with or has had the opportunity to consult with independent counsel of Employee’s own choice concerning this Agreement and has been advised to do so by the Company, and (ii) that Employee has read and understands the Agreement, is fully aware of its legal effect, and has entered into it freely based on his own judgment. The Employee hereby agrees that Employee’s obligations set forth in Sections 5 and 6 hereof and the definitions of Proprietary Information and Inventions contained therein shall be equally applicable to Proprietary Information and Inventions relating to any work performed by the Employee for the Company prior to the execution of this Agreement.

The parties have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

EMPLOYEE:

/s/ Cynthia Hiskes

Name:   Cynthia Hiskes
COMPANY:
OAK STREET HEALTH MSO, LLC
By:  

/s/ Mike Pykosz

  Name: Mike Pykosz
  Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

7

Exhibit 10.21

OAK STREET HEALTH MSO, LLC

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the Agreement), entered into as of May 27th, 2020, by and between Oak Street Health MSO, LLC, a limited liability company organized under the laws of the State of Illinois (the “Company”) and Brian Clem (the “Employee”) (collectively, the “Parties”).

RECITALS

1. The Company desires to employ the Employee and to assure itself of the services of the Employee for the Period of Employment (as defined below).

2. The Employee desires to be employed by the Company for the Period of Employment and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

AGREEMENT

Accordingly, the Parties agree as follows:

1. Employment at Will. Employee is an “at-will” employee, meaning that either the Company or the Employee can terminate employment at any time, with or without cause or advance notice. The Company shall employ the Employee to render services to the Company in the position and with the duties and responsibilities described in Section 2 until employment is terminated.

2. Position, Duties, Responsibilities.

a. Position. The Employee shall render services to the Company, including serve as a President, Oak Street Health, and shall perform all services as may reasonably be assigned by the Company. The Employee’s principal place of employment shall be at any location decided by the board of directors of the Company (the “Board”). The Employee shall devote Employee’s best efforts and full time attention to the performance of Employee’s duties.

b. Other Activities. Except upon the prior written consent of the Board, the Employee shall not (i) accept any other employment, (ii) engage, invest or assist, directly or indirectly, in any other business activity (whether or not pursued for pecuniary advantage) that is or may be in conflict with, or that might place the Employee in a conflicting position to that of the Company or (iii) act as the legal representative or an executive officer of another company (excluding any affiliates of the Company).

c. Advance Notice of Prospective Employment. Employee agrees that following the termination of Employee’s employment, prior to accepting employment with, or agreeing to perform services for, any entity that competes with the Company, Employee will notify the Company in writing of Employee’s intentions so as to provide the Company with the opportunity to assess whether Employee’s employment or retention may potentially violate any provisions of this Agreement.

 

1


3. Compensation and Paid Time Off. In consideration of the services to be rendered under this Agreement, including the post-employment obligations set forth in Exhibit A, the Employee shall be entitled to the following:

a. Base Salary. The Company shall pay the Employee a “Base Salary” of US $309,000 per year, in accordance with the Company’s payroll practice, which currently provides for 26 bi-weekly installments.

b. Salary Adjustment. The Employee’s Base Salary will be reviewed from time to time in accordance with the established procedures of the Company for adjusting salaries for similarly situated employees and may be adjusted in the sole discretion of the Company.

c. Benefits. The Employee shall be eligible to participate in the benefits made generally available by the Company to similarly-situated employees, in accordance with the benefit plans established by the Company, and as may be amended from time to time in the Company’s sole discretion.

d. Bonus. The Employee shall be eligible to receive bonuses as determined by the Board in its sole discretion.

e. Paid Time Off. The Employee shall be entitled, in addition to applicable statutory public and Company designated holidays, to take paid time off and paid sick time in accordance with the Company’s Employee Handbook, as it may change from time to time.

f. Incentive Units. The Employee may be eligible to receive up to 5000 Incentive Units, subject to the terms of the Oak Street Health LLC Equity Incentive Plan Unit Award and Contribution Agreement.

4. Termination Obligations.

The Employee agrees that on or before termination of employment, Employee will promptly return to the Company all documents and materials of any nature pertaining to Employee’s work with the Company, including all originals and copies of all or any part of any Proprietary Information or Inventions (as defined below) along with any and all equipment and other tangible and intangible property of the Company. The Employee agrees not to retain any documents or materials or copies thereof containing any Proprietary Information or Inventions.

The Employee further agrees that: (i) all representations, warranties, and obligations under Sections 4, 5, 7, 8, 10.1, 10.2 and 10.3 contained in this Agreement shall survive the termination of Employee’s employment; (ii) the Employee’s representations, warranties and obligations under Sections 4, 5, 7, 8, 10.1, 10.2 and 10.3 shall also survive the expiration of this Agreement; and (iii) following any termination of employment, the Employee shall fully cooperate with the Company in all matters relating to Employee’s continuing obligations under this Agreement, including but not limited to the winding up of pending work on behalf of the Company, the orderly transfer of work to the other employees of the Company, and the defense of any action brought by any third party against the Company that relates in any way to the Employee’s acts or omissions while employed by the Company.

 

2


5. Confidential Information, Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation.

The Employee agrees that, concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, the Employee shall enter into a Confidentiality, Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreement with the Company in the form of Exhibit A hereto.

6. Former Employer Information.

The Employee agrees that Employee will not, during Employee’s employment with the Company, improperly use or disclose any proprietary information or trade secrets, or bring onto the premises of the Company any unpublished document or proprietary information belonging to any former or concurrent employer or other person or entity.

7. Third Party Information.

The Employee recognizes that the Company has received and in the future will receive confidential or proprietary information from third parties. The Employee agrees to hold all such confidential or proprietary information in the strictest confidence and trust, and not to disclose it to any person, firm or corporation or to use it except as necessary in carrying out Employee’s work for the Company consistent with the Company’s agreement with such third party.

8. No Conflict.

The Employee represents and warrants that the Employee’s execution of this Agreement, Employee’s employment with the Company, and the performance of Employee’s proposed duties under this Agreement shall not violate any obligations Employee may have to any former employer or other party, including any obligations with respect to proprietary or confidential information or intellectual property rights of such party.

9. Alternative Dispute Resolution.

Employee and Employer acknowledge and agree that the Alternative Dispute Resolution described in this paragraph is a mutual condition of their employment relationship, and that both Parties had the opportunity to negotiate over the terms of this paragraph and knowingly and voluntarily agree to its terms.

In consideration for Employee’s employment by Employer and continued employment, Employee’s receipt of compensation and other benefits from Employer, and the Employer’s agreement herein to arbitrate, Employee agrees to participate in, and be bound by, the procedures set forth in this Agreement. In consideration for the services provided to Employer by Employee, and Employee’s agreement herein to arbitrate, Employer agrees to participate in, and be bound by, the procedures set forth in this Agreement. The Parties acknowledge and agree that their mutual forbearance of the right to proceed in court alone acts as sufficient consideration to support all of their obligations under this Alternative Dispute Resolution provision.

 

 

3


The Company and Employee mutually agree that, excluding the Employee’s post-employment obligations as set forth in Exhibit A, any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the breach thereof, or any other dispute between the parties, shall be submitted to mediation before a mutually agreeable mediator, which cost is to be borne equally by the parties hereto, except this cost may be waived by the Employer where such fees are discouraged or prohibited by applicable law. In the event the Parties fail to agree on a mediator, or mediation is unsuccessful in resolving the claim or controversy within one (1) month after the commencement of mediation, such claim or controversy shall be resolved by arbitration in Illinois under the auspices of the American Arbitration Association. The costs of arbitration, including the fees and expenses of the arbitration, shall be shared equally by the parties unless otherwise required by law or directed by the arbitrator in arbitrator’s award.

Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, this Alternative Dispute Resolution provision does not apply to: (a) any claim by Employee for medical and disability benefits under the Workers’ Compensation Act or unemployment compensation benefits under the Unemployment Insurance Act; (b) any Charge of Discrimination filed by Employee against the Company with the U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, the Illinois Department of Human Rights, the Chicago Commission on Human Relations, or charges filed with the National Labor Relations Board under the National Labor Relations Act; or (c) any claim by the Company for injunctive or equitable relief, including without limitation claims related to unauthorized disclosure of confidential information, trade secrets, intellectual property, unfair competition, breach of the non-solicitation covenant, or breach of the non-competition covenant. Additionally, nothing in this Alternative Dispute Resolution provision is intended to or shall prohibit, prevent, or otherwise restrict Employee or Employer from: (a) reporting any good faith allegation of unlawful employment practices to any appropriate federal, State, or local government agency; (b) reporting any good faith allegation of criminal conduct to any appropriate federal, State, or local official; (c) participating in a proceeding with any appropriate federal, State, or local government agency enforcing discrimination laws; (d) making any truthful statements or disclosures required by law, regulation, or legal process; and (e) requesting or receive confidential legal advice.

10. Miscellaneous.

10.1. Continuing Obligations. The obligations in this Agreement will continue in the event that the Employee is hired, renders services to or for the benefit of or is otherwise retained at any time by any present or future Affiliates of the Company. Any reference to the Company in this Agreement will include such Affiliates. Upon the expiration or termination for any reason whatsoever of this Agreement, the Employee shall forthwith resign from any employment of office with an Affiliate of the Company unless the Board requests otherwise.

10.2. Notification. The Employee hereby authorizes the Company to notify Employee’s actual or future employers of the terms of this Agreement and Employee’s responsibilities hereunder.

10.3. Name and Likeness Rights. The Employee hereby authorizes the Company to use, reuse, and to grant others the right to use and reuse, Employee’s name, photograph, likeness (including caricature), voice, and biographical information, and any reproduction or simulation thereof, in any media now known or hereafter developed (including but not limited to film, video and digital or other electronic media), both during and after Employee’s employment, for whatever purposes the Company deems necessary.

 

4


10.4. Injunctive Relief. The Employee understands that in the event of a breach or threatened breach of this Agreement by Employee, the Company may suffer irreparable harm and will therefore be entitled to injunctive relief to enforce this Agreement.

10.5. Legal Fees. In any dispute arising under or in connection with this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover reasonable attorney’s fees, unless otherwise prohibited by law.

10.6. Entire Agreement. This Agreement, including the exhibits attached hereto, is intended to be the final, complete, and exclusive statement regarding their subject matter, except for other agreements specifically referenced herein (including the Confidentiality, Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreement to be executed concurrently with this Agreement). Unless otherwise specifically provided for herein, this Agreement supersedes all other prior and contemporaneous agreements and statements pertaining to this subject matter, and may not be contradicted by evidence of any prior or contemporaneous statements or agreements. To the extent that the practices, policies, or procedures of the Company, now or in the future, apply to the Employee and are inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement, the provisions of this Agreement shall control.

10.7. Amendments. Renewals and Waivers. This Agreement may not be modified, amended, renewed or terminated except by an instrument in writing, signed by the Employee and by a duly authorized representative of the Company other than the Employee. No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising any right, remedy, or power under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, or power under this Agreement preclude any other or further exercise thereof, or the exercise of any other right, remedy, or power provided herein or by law or in equity.

10.8. Assignment; Successors and Assigns. The Employee agrees that Employee will not assign, sell, transfer, delegate or otherwise dispose of, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, or by operation of law, any rights or obligations under this Agreement, nor shall the Employee’s rights be subject to encumbrance or the claims of creditors. Any purported assignment, transfer, or delegation shall be null and void. Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent the consolidation of the Company with, or its merger into, any other corporation, or the sale by the Company of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, or the assignment by the Company of this Agreement and the performance of its obligations hereunder to any successor in interest. In the event of a change in ownership or control of the Company, the terms of this Agreement will remain in effect and shall be binding upon any successor in interest. Notwithstanding and subject to the foregoing, this Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors, and permitted assigns, and shall not benefit any person or entity other than those enumerated above.

10.9. Notices. All notices and other communications given or made pursuant hereto shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given or made as of the date delivered or mailed if delivered personally or by nationally recognized courier or mailed by registered mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested) or by telecopy to the parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified by like notice, except that notices of changes of address shall be effective upon receipt):

 

5


To: Oak Street Health MSO, LLC

Contact Address: 30 W Monroe St Chicago, IL 60603

Attention: Mike Pykosz

E-mail Address: mike@oakstreethealth.com

To: Brian Clem

10.10. Waiver of Immunity. To the extent that any Party (including its assignees of any such rights or obligations hereunder) may be entitled, in any jurisdiction, to claim for itself or its revenues or assets or properties, immunity from service of process, suit, the jurisdiction of any court, an interlocutory order or injunction or the enforcement of the same against its property in such court, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution of an arbitral award or judgment (interlocutory or final) or any other legal process, and to the extent that, in any such jurisdiction there may be attributed such immunity (whether claimed or not), such Party hereby irrevocably waives such immunity.

10.11. Severability; Enforcement. If any provision of this Agreement, or its application to any person, place, or circumstance, is held by an arbitrator or a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, unenforceable, or void, such provision shall be enforced (by blue penciling or otherwise) to the maximum extent permissible under applicable law, and the remainder of this Agreement and such provision as applied to other persons, places, and circumstances shall remain in full force and effect.

10.12. Governing Law. This Agreement shall in all respects be construed and enforced in accordance with and governed by the laws of Illinois, federal law, the Federal Arbitration Act or the Illinois Uniform Arbitration Act, whichever applies based on the claim(s) asserted.

10.13. Interpretation. This Agreement shall be construed as a whole, according to its fair meaning, and not in favor of or against any party. Sections and section headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only, and shall not affect in any manner the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. Whenever the context requires, references to the singular shall include the plural and the plural the singular. References to one gender include both genders.

10.14. Obligations Survive Termination of Employment. The Employee agrees that any and all of the Employee’s obligations under this Agreement capable of execution after the termination of the Employee’s employment, including but not limited to those contained in exhibits attached hereto, shall survive the termination of employment and the termination of this Agreement.

10.15. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original of this Agreement, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

6


EMPLOYEE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT. The Employee acknowledges (i) that Employee has consulted with or has had the opportunity to consult with independent counsel of Employee’s own choice concerning this Agreement and has been advised to do so by the Company, and (ii) that Employee has read and understands the Agreement, is fully aware of its legal effect, and has entered into it freely based on his own judgment. The Employee hereby agrees that Employee’s obligations set forth in Sections 5 and 6 hereof and the definitions of Proprietary Information and Inventions contained therein shall be equally applicable to Proprietary Information and Inventions relating to any work performed by the Employee for the Company prior to the execution of this Agreement.

The parties have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

EMPLOYEE:
/s/ Brian Clem
Name: Brian Clem

 

COMPANY:

 

OAK STREET HEALTH MSO, LLC

By:   /s/ Cynthia Hiskes
 

Name: Cynthia Hiskes

Title: Chief Human Resource Officer

 

7

Exhibit 10.22

OSH Management Holdings, LLC

An Illinois Limited Liability Company

 

 

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY OPERATING AGREEMENT

Dated as of December 12, 2016

THE UNITS REPRESENTED BY THIS AGREEMENT HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNDER ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS. SUCH UNITS MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF AT ANY TIME WITHOUT EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION UNDER SUCH ACT AND LAWS OR EXEMPTION THEREFROM, AND COMPLIANCE WITH THE OTHER RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER SET FORTH HEREIN.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS

     2  

ARTICLE II FORMATION OF LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY

     7  

2.1

  Acknowledgment of Holdings LLC Agreement      7  

2.2

  Formation and Tax Classification      8  

2.3

  Company Name      8  

2.4

  Term of Company      8  

2.5

  Purposes      8  

2.6

  Merger      8  

2.7

  Special Purpose Vehicle      8  

ARTICLE III CAPITALIZATION; UNITS

     9  

3.1

  Units      9  
 

3.1.1   Authorized Units

     9  
 

3.1.2   General Terms

     9  
 

3.1.2.1 No Right of Beneficial Ownership

     9  
 

3.1.2.2 Founder Units

     9  
 

3.1.2.3 Investor Units I

     9  
 

3.1.2.4 Investor Units II

     9  
 

3.1.2.5 Investor Units III

     10  
 

3.1.2.6 Incentive Units

     10  
 

3.1.2.7 Incorporation of Holdings LLC Agreement

     10  
 

3.1.2.8 Unit III Approval and Sponsor Approval

     11  
 

3.1.2.9 Forfeiture or Redemption of Units or Corresponding Units

     11  
 

3.1.3   Authorization and Issuance of New Units

     11  
 

3.1.4   Amendment of Agreement upon Issuance of New Units; Joinder

     12  
 

3.1.5   Unit Certificates

     12  

3.2

  Capital Contributions      12  

3.3

  Establishment and Determination of Capital Accounts      13  

3.4

  Negative Capital Accounts      14  

3.5

  Company Capital      14  

3.6

  Loans by Members      14  

ARTICLE IV DISTRIBUTIONS; ALLOCATIONS OF PROFITS AND LOSSES

     14  

4.1

  Distributions and Payments      14  
 

4.1.1   Tax Distributions

     14  
 

4.1.2   Discretionary Distributions of Holdings

     15  
 

4.1.3   Other Distributions

     15  
 

4.1.4   Limitations on Distributions; Special Rules

     15  
 

4.1.5   Erroneous Distributions

     15  
 

4.1.6   Distributions in Kind

     15  
 

4.1.7   Amount Withheld

     15  
 

4.1.8   Limitations on Distributions

     16  


4.2

  Allocation of Net Profit and Net Loss      16  

4.3

  Unvested Units      16  

4.4

  Other Tax Matters      16  

4.5

  Imputed Underpayments      17  

ARTICLE V UNITHOLDER VOTING AND OBLIGATIONS

     17  

5.1

  Voting Rights      17  
 

5.1.1   Voting Units

     17  
 

5.1.2   Approval Required

     17  

5.2

  Meetings of Members      17  
 

5.2.1   Place of Meetings

     17  
 

5.2.2   Annual Meeting

     17  
 

5.2.3   Special Meetings

     18  
 

5.2.4   Notice of Meetings

     18  
 

5.2.5   Quorum

     18  
 

5.2.6   Adjournment and Notice of Adjourned Meetings

     18  

5.3

  Action Without Meeting      18  

5.4

  Conduct of Meetings      19  

5.5

  Confidentiality      19  

5.6

  Non-Solicitation      19  

5.7

  Rights to Information      20  

ARTICLE VI BOARD OF DIRECTORS

     20  

6.1

  Generally      20  

6.2

  Number and Election      20  

6.3

  Voting      21  

6.4

  Quorum and Transaction of Business      22  

6.5

  Directors Have No Exclusive Duty to Company      22  

6.6

  Exculpation of Directors      23  

6.7

  Expenses      23  

ARTICLE VII OFFICERS

     23  

7.1

  Appointment of Officers      23  

7.2

  Approval of Board of Directors      23  

ARTICLE VIII LIABILITY; INDEMNIFICATION

     24  

8.1

  Limited Liability      24  

8.2

  Indemnification      24  

ARTICLE IX ACCOUNTING

     26  

9.1

  Tax Matters Partner and Partnership Representative      26  
 

9.1.1   Current Law

     26  
 

9.1.2   Periods Governed by the Bi-partisan Budget Act of 2015

     26  

9.2

  Fiscal Year      27  

9.3

  Company Funds      27  

9.4

  Books and Accounts      27  

9.5

  Tax Reports      28  

 

ii


9.6

  Cooperation      28  

ARTICLE X DISSOLUTION; TERMINATION

     28  

10.1

  Events of Dissolution      28  

10.2

  Liquidation and Termination      29  

10.3

  Certificate of Cancellation      29  

ARTICLE XI |RESERVED

     29  

ARTICLE XII TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS; PARTICIPATION RIGHTS; EXCHANGE

     29  

12.1

  Application      29  

12.2

  Exercise of Participation Right      30  

12.3

  Exchange Right      30  

ARTICLE XIII MISCELLANEOUS

     30  

13.1

  Offset      30  

13.2

  Notices      30  

13.3

  Word Meanings; Construction      31  

13.4

  Binding Provisions      31  

13.5

  Applicable Law      31  

13.6

  Severability of Provisions      32  

13.7

  Article and Section Titles      32  

13.8

  Further Assurance      32  

13.9

  Directors as Attorneys-in-Fact      32  

13.10

  Directly or Indirectly      33  

13.11

  Counterparts      33  

13.12

  Effect of Waiver and Consent      33  

13.13

  Waiver of Certain Rights      33  

13.14

  Notice of Provisions      33  

13.15

  Entire Agreement      33  

13.16

  Amendments      34  

13.17

  Remedies      34  

13.18

  Specific Performance      34  

13.19

  Exculpation      34  

13.20

  Third Party Beneficiaries      34  

 

iii


OSH MANAGEMENT HOLDINGS, LLC

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY OPERATING AGREEMENT

THIS LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY OPERATING AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) of OSH Management Holdings, LLC, an Illinois limited liability company (the “Company) is made and entered into as of December 12, 2016 (the “Effective Date) by and among the Company and Oak Street Health, LLC, an Illinois limited liability company (Holdings”), and the persons who becomes a member of the Company in accordance with the terms of this Agreement (collectively, the “Members). Any reference in this Agreement to a Member shall include such Member’s successors to the extent such successors have become Members in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Company was formed on December 6, 2016 under the name OSH Management Holdings, LLC by filing Articles of Organization (the “Certificate”) with the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Illinois pursuant to the provisions of the Act;

WHEREAS, the Company was formed solely to hold classes of equity interests in Holdings that are governed by that certain Third Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Operating Agreement of Oak Street Health, LLC with an Effective Date of December 18, 2015, as amended (as further amended or amended and restated from time to time, the “Holdings LLC Agreement);

WHEREAS, the Company may issue, from time to time, Founder Units, Investor Units I, Investor Units II, Investor Units III and Incentive Units to the Members in exchange for Corresponding Founder Units, Corresponding Investor Units I, Corresponding Investor Units II, Corresponding Investor Units III and Corresponding Incentive Units being contributed to the Company pursuant to a Contribution Agreement;

WHEREAS, the Company and the Members desire to set out fully the respective rights, obligations and duties of the Members regarding the Company and its assets and liabilities; and WHEREAS, each Member executing this Agreement desires to be a member of the Company for the purposes of the Act, and the purpose of this Agreement is to set out the respective rights, obligations, and duties of the Members regarding the Company and its business, management, and operations.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained and other valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the undersigned persons, being (a) the Company; (b) Holdings; and (c) the Members, hereby agree as follows:


AGREEMENT

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Holdings LLC Agreement and such defined terms shall be incorporated herein by reference; provided that as incorporated herein and as applied to this Agreement, each reference to the “Company” in each such defined term of the Holdings LLC Agreement shall be a reference to the Company and not Holdings.

As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings:

Act means the Illinois Limited Liability Company Act, and any successor statute, as amended from time to time.

Adjusted Capital Account means, with respect to any Member, the balance, if any, in such Member’s Capital Account as of the end of the relevant Allocation Period, after giving effect to the following adjustments:

(i) Credit to the Capital Account any amount which such Member is obligated to restore or is deemed obligated to restore pursuant to Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704- l(b)(2)(ii)(c), 1.704-2(g)(l) and 1.704-2(i)(5); and

(ii) Debit to such Capital Account the items described in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4),(5) and (6).

Adjusted Capital Account Deficit means, with respect to any Member a deficit Adjusted Capital Account. The foregoing definition of Adjusted Capital Account Deficit is intended to comply with the provisions of Section 1.704-1 (b)(2)(ii)(d) of the Treasury Regulations and will be interpreted consistently therewith.

Agreement means this Limited Liability Company Agreement, as executed and as may be amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time, as the context requires.

Allocation Period shall mean the twelve-month period commencing on January 1 and ending on December 31, or any portion of such period for which Company is required to allocate Net Profits, Net Losses and other items of Company income, gain, loss or deduction pursuant to the Tax Matters Exhibit.

Board of Directors has the meaning given such term in Section 6.1.

Book Value means, with respect to any asset, such asset’s adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes, except as follows:

(i) The initial Book Value of any asset contributed (or deemed contributed) to the Company shall be that asset’s Fair Market Value at the time of the contribution, as determined by the Board of Directors, provided that the initial Book Values of the assets contributed to the Company pursuant to Section 3.2 hereof shall be as set forth on “Schedule A”;

 

2


(ii) The Book Values of all the Company assets may be adjusted, at the sole discretion of the Board of Directors as provided in Section 3.3.4, to equal their respective gross Fair Market Values (taking Code Section 7701(g) into account) in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-l(b)(2)(iv)(f) as of the following times: (a) at the Board of Directors discretion in connection with the issuance of Units in the Company or a more than de minimis Capital Contribution to the Company; (b) at the Board of Directors discretion with the distribution by the Company to a Member in partial or complete redemption or retirement of its Units (as provided in this Agreement other than a distribution pursuant to Article IV of this Agreement) or more than a de minimis amount of the Company assets, including money; (c) the liquidation, Deemed Liquidation Event or sale of the Company within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g) and (d) in connection with the grant of an interest in the Company (other than a de minimis interest), as consideration for the provision of services to or for the benefit of the Company;

(iii) The Book Value of Company assets shall be increased (or decreased) to reflect any adjustments to the adjusted basis of such assets pursuant to Sections 734(b) or 743(b) of the Code should the Company make an election under Section 754 of the Code, but only to the extent that such adjustments are taken into account in determining Capital Accounts pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-l(b)(2)(iv)(m) and subparagraph (iii) of the definition of “Net Profit” and “Net Loss,” provided, however, that Book Value shall not be adjusted pursuant to this subparagraph (iii) to the extent that an adjustment pursuant to subparagraph (ii) is required in connection with a transaction that would otherwise result in an adjustment pursuant to (iii);

(iv) The Book Value of a Company asset shall be adjusted in the same manner as would the asset’s adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-l(b)(2)(iv)(g).

If the Book Value of an asset has been determined or adjusted pursuant to subparagraph (ii) or (iii), such Book Value shall thereafter be adjusted by Depreciation taken into account with respect to such asset, for purposes of computing Net Profit and Net Loss.

Capital Account has the meaning given such term in Section 3.3.

Capital Contribution means the aggregate contributions made (or deemed to be made) by a Member to the Company (whether Corresponding Units, or upon the approval of the Board of Directors, the Fair Market Value of other property which a Member contributes or is deemed to have contributed to the Company, net of any liabilities assumed by the Company in consideration for such transfer or to which the contributed assets are subject) pursuant to Article III as of the date in question, as shown opposite such Member’s name on the Unit Register and/or the Company books and records, as the same may be amended from time to time.

Certificate” has the meaning given to such term in the first recital to this Agreement.

Company Minimum Gain” means “partnership minimum gain,” as defined in Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-2(b)(2) and 1.704-2(d).

 

3


Contribution Agreement” means a contribution and exchange agreement pursuant to which Corresponding Founder Units, the Corresponding Incentive Units, the Corresponding Investor Units I, the Corresponding Investor Units II, and the Corresponding Investor Units III, as applicable, were issued to a Member of Holdings and contributed to the Company in exchange for Founder Units, the Incentive Units, the Investor Units I, the Investor Units II, and the Investor Units III, as applicable.

Corresponding Founder Units means the Founder Units of Holdings contributed to the Company in exchange for or in respect of Founder Units of the Company.

Corresponding Incentive Units means the Incentive Units of Holdings contributed to the Company in exchange for or in respect of Incentive Units of the Company.

Corresponding Investor Units I means the Investor Units I of Holdings contributed to the Company in exchange for or in respect of Investor Units I of the Company.

Corresponding Investor Units II means the Investor Units II of Holdings contributed to the Company in exchange for or in respect of Investor Units II of the Company.

Corresponding Investor Units III means the Investor Units III of Holdings contributed to the Company in exchange for or in respect of Investor Units III of the Company (including the series of Investor Units III of Holdings, the Investors Units III-A and the Investor Units III-B of Holdings, contributed to the Company in exchange for or in respect of Investor Units III-A or Investor Units III-B of the Company, respectively).

Corresponding Units means collectively, the Corresponding Founder Units, the Corresponding Incentive Units, the Corresponding Investor Units I, the Corresponding Investor Units II, and the Corresponding Investor Units III and, as the context requires, each of the foregoing and any combination of the foregoing.

Covered Person has the meaning given such term in Section 6.3.

Damages has the meaning given such term in Section 8.2.2.

Depreciation means, for each Fiscal Year, an amount equal to the depreciation, amortization or other cost recovery deduction allowable for federal income tax purposes with respect to property for such Fiscal Year, except that (a) with respect to any property the Book Value of which differs from its adjusted tax basis for federal income tax purposes and which difference is being eliminated by use of the remedial allocation method pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-3(d), Depreciation for such Fiscal Year shall be the amount of book basis recovered for such Fiscal Year under the rules prescribed by Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-3(d)(2), and with respect to any other property the Book Value of which differs from its adjusted tax basis at the beginning of such Fiscal Year, Depreciation shall be an amount which bears the same ratio to such beginning Book Value as the federal income tax depreciation, amortization or other cost recovery deduction for such Fiscal Year bears to such beginning adjusted tax basis; provided, that if the adjusted tax basis of any property at the beginning of such Fiscal Year is zero, Depreciation with respect to such property shall be determined with reference to such beginning value using any reasonable method selected by the Board.

 

4


Director” means each person designated as a “Director” of the Company.

Dissolution” has the meaning given such term in Section 10.1.

Effective Date has the meaning given such term in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

Excluded Opportunity has the meaning given such term in Section 6.3.

Fair Market Value of any assets to be valued under this Agreement shall be determined as follows:

(a) The fair market value of any asset constituting cash or cash equivalents shall be equal to the amount of such cash or cash equivalents.

(b) The fair market value of any asset constituting publicly traded securities shall be the average, over a period of 21 days consisting of the date of valuation and the 20 consecutive trading days prior to that date, of the closing prices of the sales of such securities on the primary securities exchange on which such securities may at that time be listed, or, if there have been no sales on such exchange on any day, the average of the highest bid and lowest asked prices on such exchanges at the end of such day, or, if on any day such securities are not so listed, the average of the highest bid and lowest asked prices on such day in the domestic over the counter market.

(c) The fair market value of any assets other than cash, cash equivalents, or publicly traded securities shall be the fair market value of such assets, as determined by the Board of Directors in its reasonable discretion. Each determination of Fair Market Value shall be made in accordance with generally accepted financial practice (but without any adjustment on account of any lack of liquidity, lack of control (or minority discount), lack of voting rights, or restriction on transferability of any securities) and shall be set forth in writing, and the Company shall, immediately following such determination, deliver a copy thereof to each holder or holders of the Units then outstanding. The Company shall pay all of the expenses incurred in connection with any such determination.

Fiscal Year of the Company means the twelve (12) month period ending on December 31, such other annual accounting period that the Company is required by the Code to use as its taxable year, or such other annual accounting period adopted by the Company pursuant to Section 9.4

Founder Units has the meaning given such term in Section 3.1.

Holdings Board of Directors means the “Board of Directors” (as defined in the Holdings LLC Agreement) of Holdings.

Holdings LLC Agreement has the meaning given to such term in the second recital to this Agreement.

Incentive Units” has the meaning given such term in Section 3.1.

Indemnitee” has the meaning given such term in Section 8.2.2.

 

5


Initial Investor Units” means, collectively, the Investor Units I and Investor Units II.

LLC Officer” has the meaning given such term in Section 7.1.

Member means each Person who hereby or hereafter executes this Agreement as a Member in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the Act. The Members shall constitute the “members” (as that term is defined in the Act) of the Company. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in no event shall a Person be deemed to be or be entitled to be a member of Holdings or a “Member” under the Holdings LLC Agreement by virtue of being a Member.

Member Nonrecourse Debt means “partner nonrecourse debt” as such term is defined in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(b)(4).

Member Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain means an amount with respect to each Member Nonrecourse Debt equal to the Company Minimum Gain that would result if such partner nonrecourse debt were treated as a nonrecourse liability (as defined in Treasury Regulations Section 1.752-1(a)(2)) determined in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(3).

Net Profit and “Net Loss mean, for each Allocation Period or other period, an amount equal to the Company’s taxable income or loss for such Allocation Period or other period, determined in accordance with Section 703(a) of the Code, which for this purpose shall include all items of income, gain, loss or deduction required to be stated separately pursuant to Section 703(a)(1) of the Code, with the following adjustments:

(i) Any income of the Company that is exempt from federal income tax and not otherwise taken into account in computing Net Profit or Net Loss pursuant to this definition shall be added to such taxable income or subtracted from such taxable loss;

(ii) Any expenditures of the Company described in Section 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code or treated as Section 705(a)(2)(B) expenditures pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.704- l(b)(2)(iv)(i) (other than expenses in respect of which an election is properly made under Section 709 of the Code), and not otherwise taken into account in computing Net Profit or Net Loss pursuant to this definition, shall be subtracted from such taxable income or added to such taxable loss;

(iii) If the Book Value of any Company property is adjusted pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-l(b)(2)(iv)(e) (in connection with a distribution of such property) or (f) (in connection with a revaluation of Capital Accounts), the amount of such adjustment shall be taken into account as gain or loss from the disposition of such property for purposes of computing Net Profit or Net Loss;

(iv) Gain or loss resulting from the disposition of Company property with respect to which gain or loss is recognized for federal income tax purposes shall be computed by reference to the Book Value of such property, notwithstanding that the adjusted tax basis of such Company property may differ from its Book Value; and

(v) With respect to Company property having a Book Value that differs from its adjusted basis for tax purposes, in lieu of the depreciation, amortization and other cost recovery deductions taken into account in computing taxable income or loss, there shall be taken into account depreciation.

 

6


Nonrecourse Deduction means “nonrecourse deductions” as defined in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(b).

Subsidiary shall have the same meaning as such term in the Holdings LLC Agreement except that, unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, a Subsidiary of the Company shall not include Holdings.

Tax Matters Exhibit means the Tax Matter Exhibit attached on Schedule C to the Holdings LLC Agreement, which shall apply mutatis mutandis to this Agreement as if such provisions were incorporated herein, excluding Section 1.2.9 of Schedule C.

Tax Matters Partner has the meaning given such term in Section 9.1.

Unit(s) has the meaning given such term in Section 3.1.

Unit Register means the Schedule A attached to this Agreement entitled “Unit Register,” as such schedule may be amended by the Company from time to time in accordance with this Agreement.

Unit Restriction Agreement means an agreement entered into between the Company and/or Holdings and the holder of Units imposing vesting restrictions, repurchase rights or similar restrictions on such Units (including such rights and restrictions as may be imposed by and through a Contribution Agreement).

Unvested, as it relates to Units, means Units that are not Vested.

Vested, as it relates to Units, means Units that are vested and not subject to a risk of forfeiture pursuant to an applicable Unit Restriction Agreement (including any equity incentive plan referred to therein).

Other terms defined in this Agreement have the meanings so given them.

ARTICLE II

FORMATION OF LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY

2.1 Acknowledgment of Holdings LLC Agreement. Each Member has acknowledges and agrees that (i) the Holdings LLC Agreement will govern the Company and the Corresponding Units held by the Company and (ii) this Agreement and the Holdings LLC Agreement will, as provided in Section 3.1, govern the Member and the Units held by the Member. Each Member has read and understands all of the rights, limitations, restrictions and obligations applicable to such Member and the Units under this Agreement, including those incorporated by reference from the Holdings LLC Agreement.

 

7


2.2 Formation and Tax Classification. The Company has been previously formed as a limited liability company under and pursuant to the Act. Each Member represents and warrants that such Member is duly authorized to join in this Agreement and that the person executing this Agreement on its behalf is duly authorized to do so. The Members intend that the Company will be classified as a partnership for federal, state and local income and franchise tax purposes to the extent permissible by applicable law and each Member and the Company shall file all tax returns and shall otherwise take all tax and financial reporting positions in a manner consistent with such treatment. The Members intend that the Company shall not be a partnership (including, without limitation, a limited partnership) for any other purpose.

2.3 Company Name. The name of the Company is “OSH Management Holdings, LLC.” The business of the Company shall be conducted under such name or such other names as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.

2.4 Term of Company. The term of the Company shall be deemed to have commenced on the date that the Certificate of the Company was initially filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Illinois and shall continue until dissolved or otherwise terminated pursuant to this Agreement or the laws of the State of Illinois.

2.5 Purposes. The purpose of the Company is solely to hold classes of equity interests in Holdings.

2.6 Merger. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the Company may merge with, or consolidate into, another limited liability company (organized under the laws of the State of Illinois or any other state), a corporation (organized under the laws of the State of Illinois or any other state) or other business entity, regardless of whether the Company is the survivor of such merger or consolidation.

2.7 Special Purpose Vehicle. The Company is a special purpose investment vehicle through which the Members indirectly hold interests in Holdings. In furtherance of the foregoing the Company shall not (i) acquire or hold any assets other than interests in Holdings and distributions from Holdings, along with any interest or earnings with respect to such amounts or (ii) without the consent of the Holdings Board of Directors, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, voluntarily incur any liabilities other than reasonable expenses related to (a) holding interests in Holdings or the administration of the Company, (b) the amendment of this Agreement in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement or the performance of this Agreement, including taking any action approved in accordance with Section 3.1.2.8, or (c) complying with applicable laws (excluding, in the case of (a), (b) and (c), any payment to any officer, Director or manager of the Company or Holdings other than in a capacity as a Member or holder of Units or as expressly contemplated by this Agreement).

 

8


ARTICLE III

CAPITALIZATION; UNITS

3.1 Units.

3.1.1 Authorized Units. The interest of the Members in the Company shall be represented by units (the “Units”). There shall be five (5) classes of Units, each of unlimited authorized number: (i) Founder Units, (ii) Investor Units I, (iii) Investor Units II, (iv) Investor Units III and (v) Incentive Units. The class of Investor Units III shall be divided into two series, the Investors Units III-A and the Investor Units III-B, which shall be identical in all respects, except as provided in Section 3.1.2.5 and the Holdings LLC Agreement. Subject to the restrictions set forth herein, the Units shall be available for issuance as may be authorized by the Board of Directors from time to time. All Units are entitled to the financial rights as set forth below and in Article IV.

3.1.2 General Terms. Units shall have all the rights, restrictions and preferences as set forth herein.

3.1.2.1 No Right of Beneficial Ownership. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein or in the Holdings LLC Agreement and for the avoidance of doubt, the Members shall have no right of beneficial ownership of any Corresponding Units or interest therein as a result of this Agreement.

3.1.2.2 Founder Units. The Company shall issue one (1) Founder Unit in exchange for each Corresponding Founder Unit contributed to the Company from time to time pursuant to and in accordance with a Contribution Agreement. The Founder Units of each Member shall track and follow the Corresponding Founder Units held by the Company (and contributed to the Company by such Member) pursuant to the Holdings LLC Agreement in respect of such Member. The Founder Units held by a Member hereunder shall be entitled to the rights and subject to the terms and conditions of such Corresponding Founder Units as set forth in the Holdings LLC Agreement, including, but not limited to, with respect to voting, vesting, distribution, transfer, forfeiture and repurchase provisions thereof.

3.1.2.3 Investor Units I. The Company shall issue one (1) Investor Unit I in exchange for each Corresponding Investor Unit I contributed to the Company from time to time pursuant to and in accordance with a Contribution Agreement. The Investor Units I of each Member shall track and follow the Corresponding Investor Units I held by the Company (and contributed to the Company by such Member) pursuant to the Holdings LLC Agreement in respect of such Member. The Investor Units I held by a Member hereunder shall be entitled to the rights and subject to the terms and conditions of such Corresponding Investor Units I as set forth in the Holdings LLC Agreement, including, but not limited to, with respect to voting, vesting, distribution, transfer, forfeiture and repurchase provisions thereof.

3.1.2.4 Investor Units II. The Company shall issue one (1) Investor Unit II in exchange for each Corresponding Investor Unit II contributed to the Company from time to time pursuant to and in accordance with a Contribution Agreement. The Investor Units II of each Member shall track and follow the Corresponding Investor Units II held by the Company (and contributed to the Company by such Member) pursuant to the Holdings LLC Agreement in respect of such Member. The Investor Units II held by a Member hereunder shall be entitled to the rights and subject to the terms and conditions of such Corresponding Investor Units II as set forth in the Holdings LLC Agreement, including, but not limited to, with respect to voting, vesting, transfer, distribution, forfeiture and repurchase provisions thereof.

 

9


3.1.2.5 Investor Units III. The Company shall issue one (1) Investor Unit III in exchange for each Corresponding Investor Unit III contributed to the Company from time to time pursuant to and in accordance with a Contribution Agreement. Such Investor Unit III will be designated as an Investor Unit III-A or Investor Unit III-B based upon whether the Corresponding Investor Unit III is an Investor Unit III-A or Investor Unit III-B in Holdings, respectively. The Investor Units III of each Member shall track and follow the Corresponding Investor Units III held by the Company (and contributed to the Company by such Member) pursuant to the Holdings LLC Agreement in respect of such Member. The series of Investor Units III held by a Member hereunder shall be entitled to the rights and subject to the terms and conditions of such series of Corresponding Investor Units III as set forth in the Holdings LLC Agreement, including, but not limited to, with respect to voting, vesting, transfer, distribution, forfeiture and repurchase provisions thereof.

3.1.2.6 Incentive Units. The Company shall issue one (1) Incentive Unit in exchange for each Corresponding Incentive Unit contributed to the Company from time to time pursuant to and in accordance with a Contribution Agreement. The Incentive Units of each Member shall track and follow the Corresponding Incentive Units held by the Company (and contributed to the Company by such Member) pursuant to the Holdings LLC Agreement in respect of such Member. The Incentive Units held by a Member hereunder shall be entitled to the rights and subject to the terms and conditions of such Corresponding Incentive Units as set forth in the Holdings LLC Agreement, including, but not limited to, with respect to voting, vesting, transfer, distribution, forfeiture and repurchase provisions thereof.

3.1.2.7 Incorporation of Holdings LLC Agreement. In applying the provisions of this Agreement as may be applicable and in order to determine equitably the rights and obligations of the Company and the Members, the Company shall treat each Member for purposes of this Agreement as if such Member were a member of Holdings based on what such Member’s Percentage Interest (as defined in the Holdings LLC Agreement) would be and based upon what such Member’s other rights and obligations would be if such Member were a member of Holdings directly holding the Corresponding Units in respect of which such Member’s Units were issued such that all rights and obligations of the Company as a member of Holdings and a holder of Corresponding Units shall pass through to the Members holding Units, including rights under the Holdings LLC Agreement pursuant to Section 12.3 (Right of First Refusal/Offer), Section 12.4 (Tag-Along Rights), Section 12.5 (Participation Rights), Schedule D (Registration Rights), Schedule E, Section 1 relating to approval rights, and Schedule E, Section 2 relating to information rights. In furtherance of the foregoing, the provisions of the Holdings LLC Agreement shall, with respect to each Member and the Units held by such Member, apply mutatis mutandis to this Agreement as if they were incorporated herein, with any modifications as the Board of Directors, in good faith, deems appropriate to this Agreement in furtherance of this Section 3.1.2, and the Board of Directors shall have the authority to apply such provisions hereunder in furtherance of this Section 3.1.2. In furtherance of the foregoing, in its capacity as a member of Holdings and a holder of the Corresponding Units, the Company shall provide or withhold consents and cast votes as directed by the Members, provide notices of rights or obligations passing through to the Members and develop procedures for the exercise of such rights or the performance of such obligations, execute and deliver such further instruments, agreements, consents or documents, and do such further acts and things under the Holdings LLC Agreement as the Board of Directors determines to be necessary or advisable to fully reflect the exercise of the rights of, and the performance of obligation by, the Members as provided herein and to enable the Company to carry out the intent and purposes of its formation as a special purpose investment vehicle.

 

10


3.1.2.8 Unit III Approval and Sponsor Approval. Schedule E of the LLC Agreement relating to Unit III Approval or approval of the Sponsors shall apply mutatis mutandis to the Company with references to the “Company” therein deemed to refer to the Company and not Holdings and references to “this Agreement” being deemed to refer to this Agreement and not the Holdings LLC Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Unit III Approval and Sponsor approval, as the case may be, shall not be required (a) under Section 1.1.1 and Section 1.4.2 of Schedule E, for any action taken in connection with a comparable action of Holdings in accordance the Holdings LLC Agreement; (b) under Section 1.1.2 of Schedule E, for any action taken in connection with a comparable action of Holdings in accordance the Holdings LLC Agreement or for any action reasonably necessary to give effect to Section 3.1.2.7 hereof, including Section 12.1 hereof; (c) under Section 1.1.3 of Schedule E, for any action contemplated by this Agreement or any redemption or repurchase of Units relating to a redemption or repurchase of Corresponding Units; (d) under Section 1.1.7 and Section 1.4.4 of Schedule E, for transactions contemplated by a Contribution Agreement or by the Holdings LLC Agreement; (e) under Section 1.1.9 of Schedule E for any acquisition or investment in Holdings; and (f) under Section 1.1.10 and Section 1.4.3 of Schedule E, for a change in the Chief Executive Officer of the Company resulting from a corresponding change in the Chief Executive Officer of Holdings.

3.1.2.9 Forfeiture or Redemption of Units or Corresponding Units. To the extent that a Corresponding Unit is forfeited, cancelled, purchased or repurchased or redeemed for any reason (including pursuant to the terms of any Unit Restriction Agreement or the Holdings LLC Agreement, including pursuant to Section 12.3 (Right of First Refusal/Offer) or Section 12.4 (Co-Sale Rights)), the Unit issued to a Member in exchange for or in respect of such Corresponding Unit shall be likewise and simultaneously forfeited, cancelled, purchased or repurchased or redeemed, as applicable, for the identical consideration to the Member that the Company receives with respect to such Corresponding Unit, as and when received by the Company. To the extent that a Unit is forfeited, cancelled, purchased or repurchased, or redeemed for any reason (including pursuant to the terms of any Unit Restriction Agreement or this Agreement), the Corresponding Unit contributed in exchange for such Unit or in respect of which such Unit was issued shall be likewise and simultaneously forfeited, cancelled, purchased or repurchased, or redeemed for identical consideration to be paid by the Company to the Member for the Unit, as and when paid by the Company.

3.1.3 Authorization and Issuance of New Units. Subject to provisions of this Agreement, the Company shall issue one Unit in exchange for each Corresponding Unit contributed to the Company from time to time pursuant to and in accordance with a Contribution Agreement. If Holdings shall create a class or series of equity interest in Holdings (other than the Corresponding Founder Units, the Corresponding Incentive Units, the Corresponding Investor Units I, the Corresponding Investor Units II, and the Corresponding Investor Units III-A or the Corresponding Investor Units III-B), such class or series of equity interest shall be considered “Corresponding Units” hereunder, and the Company, with the consent of the Board of Directors but without any further action on the part of any party, shall have the authority to and shall create a new class or series of equity interest in the Company, which shall be considered “Units” hereunder, and shall have the authority to and shall fix and determine the relative rights, preferences, powers, privileges and restrictions of such Units to track and follow such relative rights, preferences, powers, privileges and restrictions of such Corresponding Units.

 

11


3.1.4 Amendment of Agreement upon Issuance of New Units; Joinder. When new Units are issued, the Unit Register shall be updated to reflect such issuance. As a condition of each issuance of Units, such Person shall become a Member and shall: (i) agree to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement; (ii) execute and deliver such documents as the Board of Directors deem appropriate in connection therewith; and (iii) contribute to the Company the agreed upon Capital Contribution in exchange for the Units to be issued to such Person.

3.1.5 Unit Certificates. The Company may, in the discretion of the Board of Directors, but need not, issue certificates evidencing the Units issued by the Company. Any such certificates shall contain the following legends (in addition to any legend required under applicable state securities laws or the Holdings LLC Agreement in respect of Corresponding Units):

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR UNLESS THE COMPANY HAS RECEIVED AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

THE SALE, TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR ASSIGNMENT OF THESE SECURITIES ARE SUBJECT TO THE TERMS OF AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE HOLDER HEREOF OR SUCH HOLDER’S PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST. COPIES OF SUCH AGREEMENT MAY BE OBTAINED BY WRITTEN REQUEST MADE BY THE HOLDER OF RECORD OF THIS CERTIFICATE TO THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.

THE MEMBERSHIP INTERESTS REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL OPTION IN FAVOR OF THE COMPANY AND/OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AND/OR CERTAIN SIGNIFICANT UNIT HOLDERS OF THE COMPANY, AS PROVIDED IN THE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT OF THE COMPANY.

3.2 Capital Contributions. Upon making the Capital Contributions (if any) listed on the Unit Register and/or reflected on the company books and records, a Member shall own the number and class of Units listed opposite such Member’s name on the Unit Register.

3.2.1.1 Upon subsequent issuances of Units by the Company, each Member being issued such Units shall deliver or pay to the Company such Capital Contribution as may be required by the Board of Directors.

3.2.1.2 Capital Contributions shall be in the form of Corresponding Units, or upon the approval of the Board of Directors, any other form of property.

 

12


3.2.1.3 Except as otherwise expressly and specifically provided in this Agreement, after a Member contributes such Member’s Capital Contribution, such Member shall not be required to contribute any additional capital to the Company.

3.3 Establishment and Determination of Capital Accounts. A separate capital account (Capital Account”) representing each Member’s interest in the capital of the Company shall be established for each Member on the books of the Company in compliance with Section 704(b) of the Code initially reflecting an amount equal to such Member’s Capital Contribution pursuant to Section 3.2. This Section 3.3 and the other provisions relating to the maintenance of Capital Accounts are intended to comply with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-l(b) and shall be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with such Treasury Regulations. Each Member’s Capital Account shall be:

3.3.1 increased by any additional Capital Contributions made by such Member pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and such Member’s share of items of Net Profit, income and gain allocated to such Member pursuant to Article IV and any items in the nature of income or gain that are specially allocated pursuant to Section 1.02(a) or Section 1.02(b) of the Tax Matters Exhibit, and the amount of any Company liabilities assumed by such Member or guaranteed by such Member;

3.3.2 decreased by such Member’s share of Net Loss pursuant to Article IV and the amount of any cash and the fair market value of any other property (valued by the Members and net of liabilities assumed by such Member and liabilities to which such property is subject) distributed to such Member, and any items in the nature of expenses or losses that are specially allocated pursuant to Section 1.02(a) or Section 1.02(b) of the Tax Matters Exhibit; and

3.3.3 in the event Units are Transferred in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the transferee shall succeed to the Capital Account of the transferor to the extent it relates to the Transferred Units.

In the event the Board of Directors shall determine that it is prudent to modify the manner in which the Capital Accounts are maintained, or any debits or credits thereto, the Board of Directors may make such modification, provided that it is not likely to have a material effect on the amounts distributed to any Member pursuant to Section 4.1 hereof. The Board of Directors also shall (i) make adjustments that are necessary or appropriate to maintain equality between Capital Accounts of the Members and the capital reflected on the Company’s balance sheet, as computed for book purposes, in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704- 1(b)(2)(iv)(q) and (ii) make any appropriate modifications in the event unanticipated events might otherwise cause this Agreement not to comply with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b).

3.3.4 The Company, at the sole discretion of the Board of Directors, may adjust the Book Value of its assets in accordance with the second paragraph of the definition of “Book Value.” Any such increase or decrease in Book Value of an asset shall be allocated as a Net Profit or Net Loss to the Capital Accounts of the Members (determined immediately prior to the event giving rise to the revaluation). A Member that has more than one class of Units shall have a single Capital Account that reflects all such Units; provided, however, that the Capital Accounts shall be maintained in such manner as will facilitate a determination of the portion of each Capital Account attributable to each type of Units.

 

13


Any references in this Agreement to the Capital Account of a Member shall be deemed to refer to such Capital Account as the same may be increased or decreased from time to time as set forth above.

3.4 Negative Capital Accounts. Except as otherwise required by any non-waivable provision of the Act or other applicable law, or as provided in any guaranty or other form of credit enhancement by one or more Members: (a) no Member shall be personally liable for any debt, liability or other obligation of the Company; and (b) no Member shall, by virtue thereof, have any liability to any Person in excess of (i) the amount of its Capital Contributions to the Company, and (ii) without duplication, its share of any assets and undistributed profits of the Company. Except as otherwise provided by law, no Member shall be required to pay to the Company or any other Member any deficit or negative balance which may exist from time to time in such Member’s Capital Account.

3.5 Company Capital. Except as otherwise expressly and specifically provided in this Agreement, no Member shall be paid interest on any Capital Contribution to the Company or on such Member’s Capital Account, and no Member shall have any right (a) to demand the return of such Member’s Capital Contribution or any other distribution from the Company (whether upon resignation, withdrawal or otherwise), except upon an Asset Transfer or Acquisition, a Deemed Liquidation Event pursuant to Section 3.8 of the Holdings LLC Agreement or Dissolution of the Company pursuant to ARTICLE X hereof, or upon exercise of redemption rights under this Agreement, or (b) to cause a partition of the Company’s assets.

3.6 Loans by Members. No Member, as such, shall be required to lend any funds to the Company. Any Member may, with the approval of the Board of Directors and subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, make loans to the Company, and any loan by a Member to the Company shall not be considered to be a capital contribution.

ARTICLE IV

DISTRIBUTIONS; ALLOCATIONS OF PROFITS AND LOSSES

4.1 Distributions and Payments.

4.1.1 Tax Distributions. Subject to applicable law and any limitations contained elsewhere in this Agreement, if and to the extent the Company receives from Holdings any cash distribution intended to enable the Company to discharge its income tax liabilities in respect of Corresponding Units, the Company shall distribute, on a timely basis, cash to the Members holding Units that were issued in exchange for or in respect of such Corresponding Units that amount of such tax distribution as is attributable to the Corresponding Units held by such Member. Tax distributions made pursuant to this Section 4.1.1 shall be treated as a credit against and advance of distributions pursuant to Section 4.1.2 and Section 4.1.3 and shall be taken into account in determining the amount of subsequent distributions to the Members pursuant to this Agreement. The Board of Directors shall determine in good faith the amount of net taxable income allocable to each Member consistent with the method of calculating tax distributions under the Holdings LLC Agreement for the applicable year and such determinations shall be final and binding on the Members.

 

14


4.1.2 Discretionary Distributions of Holdings. Subject to applicable law and any limitations contained elsewhere in this Agreement, if and to the extent the Company receives from Holdings any Discretionary Distribution in respect of Corresponding Units, the aggregate amount of such Discretionary Distribution shall be distributed to the Members holding Units that were issued in exchange for or in respect of such Corresponding Units, with the amount of the distribution by the Company in respect of such Unit being the same as the amount of the Discretionary Distribution as is attributable to such Corresponding Unit.

4.1.3 Other Distributions. Subject to applicable law and any limitations contained elsewhere in this Agreement, if and to the extent the Company receives from Holdings any distribution in respect of Corresponding Units in respect of a Dissolution or Deemed Liquidation Event, the aggregate amount of such distribution in respect of such Dissolution or Deemed Liquidation Event shall be distributed to the Members holding Units that were issued in exchange for or in respect of such Corresponding Units, with the amount of the distribution by the Company in respect of such Unit being the same as the amount of the distribution in respect of such Dissolution or Deemed Liquidation Event as is attributable to such Corresponding Unit.

4.1.4 Limitations on Distributions; Special Rules. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement:

4.1.4.1 No distribution (including distributions in redemption of Units or under Section 4.1.2 or Section 4.1.3) shall be made to any Member to the extent that, after giving effect to the distribution, all liabilities of the Company (other than liabilities to Members on account of their Units) would exceed the fair market value of the Company’s assets.

4.1.4.2 Except as required by Section 4.1.1, Section 4.1.2 and Section 4.1.3 and in such case only to the extent the Company receives a distribution from Holdings, nothing shall require the Company to distribute any amount to the Members.

4.1.5 Erroneous Distributions. If the Company has, pursuant to any clear and manifest accounting or similar error, paid any holder of Units an amount in excess of the amount to which it is entitled pursuant to this Article IV, such holder of Units shall reimburse the Company to the extent of such excess, without interest, within 30 days after demand by the Company.

4.1.6 Distributions in Kind. For the avoidance of doubt, any distribution in kind shall, for purposes of this Article IV, be treated as a distribution in an amount equal to the then Fair Market Value of the distributed asset(s).

4.1.7 Amount Withheld. All amounts withheld pursuant to the Code or any provision of any state, local, or foreign tax law with respect to any payment, distribution, or allocation to the Company or the Members shall be treated as amounts paid or distributed, as the case may be, to the Members with respect to which such amount was withheld pursuant to this Section 4.1.7 for all purposes under this Agreement. The Company is authorized to withhold from payments and distributions, or with respect to allocations to the Members, and to pay over to any federal, state, local, or foreign government, any amounts required to be so withheld pursuant to the Code or any provisions of any other federal, state, local, or foreign law, and shall allocate any such amounts to the Members with respect to which such amount was withheld.

 

15


4.1.8 Limitations on Distributions. No distribution (including distributions in redemption of Units or distributions upon a Deemed Liquidation Event or Dissolution of Holdings) shall be made to any Member to the extent that, after giving effect to the distribution, all liabilities of the Company (other than liabilities to Members on account of their Units) would exceed the fair market value of the Company’s assets.

4.2 Allocation of Net Profit and Net Loss. After giving effect to the special allocations and limitations set forth in the Tax Matters Exhibit, excluding the special allocations described at Section 1.2.10 of Schedule C, allocations of Net Profit or Net Loss and, to the extent necessary, individual items of income, gain, loss or deduction of the Company shall be allocated among the Members in a manner such that the Capital Account of each Member, immediately after making such allocation, is, as nearly as possible, equal (proportionately) to the distributions that would be made to such Member pursuant to Section 4.1.3 if the Company were dissolved, its affairs wound up and its assets sold for cash equal to their Book Value, all Company liabilities were satisfied (limited with respect to each nonrecourse liability to the Book Value of the assets securing such liability), and the net assets of the Company were distributed in accordance with Section 4.1.3 to the Members immediately after making such allocation, minus any obligation of a Member to return amounts to the Company pursuant to this Agreement.

4.3 Unvested Units. Unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion and set forth in an applicable Unit Restriction Agreement, Units that are not Vested shall not participate in allocations of Net Profit or Net Loss.

4.4 Other Tax Matters.

4.4.1 In all cases in which it is necessary to determine the Net Profits, Net Losses, or any other items allocable to any period, Net Profits, Net Losses, and any such other items shall be determined using any method selected by the Board of Directors and permitted under Code Section 706 and the Treasury Regulations.

4.4.2 Items of Net Profits, gain, Net Losses, deduction, credit and tax preference for state and local income tax purposes shall be allocated to and among the Members in a manner consistent with the allocation of such items for federal income tax purposes in accordance with the foregoing and with any modifications as the Board of Directors, in good faith, deems appropriate to this Agreement in furtherance of Section 3.1.2.

4.4.3 In the event that any Member is issued Incentive Units and any such Incentive Units are forfeited, then for the Fiscal Year in which such forfeiture occurs: (i) the Company shall make such allocations with respect to the forfeiture of such Incentive Units as are required under the Treasury Regulations then in force or in the absence of such guidance, as the Board of Directors determines after consulting with the Company’s tax advisors; and (ii) to the extent permitted by the foregoing, such Member’s allocable portion of all items of Company income, gain, loss or deduction for the Fiscal Year in which the forfeiture occurs shall be zero.

 

16


4.5 Imputed Underpayments. If a Member is required to bear the financial burden specified in Section 9.1.2.4, any amounts otherwise distributable under Section 4.1.3 shall be adjusted by the Board of Directors to cause the Member to bear such burden; provided, however that if the amount of any “imputed underpayment” (as determined under Code Section 6225, as amended by the Bi-partisan Budget Act of 2015) (an “Imputed Underpayment”) is modified in accordance with Code Section 6225(c), as amended by the Bi-partisan Budget Act of 2015, amounts otherwise distributable under Section 4.1.3 shall be adjusted by the Board of Directors so that each Member who or which files an amended return and pay the resulting tax and interest due, or whose status as tax-exempt, foreign or being subject to a lower tax rate, results in a modification of the Imputed Underpayment otherwise payable by the Company, realizes the benefit of such modification.

ARTICLE V

UNITHOLDER VOTING AND OBLIGATIONS

5.1 Voting Rights. Except as otherwise provided with respect to the Founder Units in the Holdings LLC Agreement, Founder Units, Investor Units I, Investors Units II and Investor Units III shall collectively be referred to as Voting Units (the “ Voting Units”). Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, holders of Incentive Units do not have any governance or other voting rights, except as may otherwise be required by law.

5.1.1 Voting Units. On any matter presented to the Members for their action or consideration at any meeting of Members (or by written consent of Members in lieu of meeting), each holder of outstanding Voting Units shall be entitled to cast the number of votes equal to the number of whole Units held of record by such holder as of the record date for determining Members entitled to vote on such matter. Except as may be provided by the other provisions of this Agreement, holders of Founder Units and Investor Units shall vote together as a single class. Any action or vote of the Members may be taken by a consent in writing setting forth the action or vote so taken and signed by Members holding the requisite percentage of Voting Units entitled to vote necessary to authorize or take such action.

5.1.2 Approval Required. Subject to the other provisions contained herein, any action requiring the approval of the Members shall require the affirmative vote of Members holding at least a majority of the Voting Units entitled to vote in order to constitute the action of or approval by the Members.

5.2 Meetings of Members.

5.2.1 Place of Meetings. Meetings of the Members shall be held at such place, either within or without the State of Illinois, as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors in the sole discretion of the Board of Directors.

5.2.2 Annual Meeting. The Board of Directors may elect to hold annual meetings of Members and shall have the authority to determine, in the sole discretion of the Board of Directors, which business shall be conducted at such meetings, including whether any matters will be submitted to a vote of Members.

 

17


5.2.3 Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Members may be called, for any purpose or purposes, by the Board of Directors, and shall be held at such place, on such date, and at such time as the Board of Directors shall fix.

5.2.4 Notice of Meetings. Except as otherwise provided by law, notice (which may be given in writing, facsimile transmission, telephone or by electronic transmission) of each meeting of Members shall be given not less than five (5) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each Member entitled to vote at such meeting, such notice to specify the place, date and hour and purpose or purposes of the meeting. Notice of the time, place and purpose of any meeting of Members may be waived in writing, signed by the person entitled to notice thereof, either before or after such meeting, and will be waived by any Member by such Member’s attendance thereat in person or by proxy, except when the Member attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Any Member so waiving notice of such meeting shall be bound by the proceedings of any such meeting in all respects as if due notice thereof had been given.

5.2.5 Quorum. At all meetings of Members, except where otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate, or by this Agreement, the presence, in person or by proxy duly authorized, of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Units entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. In the absence of a quorum, any meeting of Members may be adjourned, from time to time in accordance with Section 5.2.6, but no other business shall be transacted at such meeting. The Members present at a duly called or convened meeting, at which a quorum is present, may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough Members to leave less than a quorum.

5.2.6 Adjournment and Notice of Adjourned Meetings. Any meeting of Members, whether annual or special, may be adjourned from time to time either by the Board of Directors or by the vote of a majority of the Units casting votes, excluding abstentions. When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the Company may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each Member of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

5.3 Action Without Meeting. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate, any action required by statute to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the Members, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of the Members, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding Units having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all Units entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Meetings of the Members may be conducted in person and/or by conference telephone or electronic meetings (such as GoToMeeting). Consents may be delivered in writing, by facsimile or PDF, or by email voting if a copy of the email is forwarded to a Director or LLC Officer.

 

18


5.4 Conduct of Meetings. The Board of Directors shall be entitled to make such rules or regulations for the calling and conduct of meetings of Members as the Board of Directors shall deem necessary, appropriate or convenient.

5.5 Confidentiality. As to so much of the information and other material furnished under or in connection with this Agreement or, prior to the date hereof, the Holdings LLC Agreement (whether furnished before, on or after the date hereof) as constitutes or contains confidential business, financial, proprietary, trade secret or other information of the Company, Holdings or any Subsidiary (Confidential Information”), each of the Members and the Company covenants for itself and its directors, officers and partners, that it will not disclose (and will prevent its employees, counsel, accountants and other representatives from disclosing) such Confidential Information except as authorized in writing in advance by the Board of Directors or an appropriate LLC Officer; provided, however, that each Member may disclose or deliver any Confidential Information or other material disclosed to or received by it (a) to an authorized representative in the course of performing such Member’s obligations, or enforcing such Member’s rights, under this Agreement and such Member shall be liable for any disclosure of the Confidential Information by such authorized representative, (b) as part of such Member’s normal reporting or review procedure or reporting activities, or to such Member’s attorneys, auditors or other agents in connection with such activities, or (c) if such Member is advised by its counsel that such disclosure or delivery is required by law, regulation or judicial or administrative order. This obligation shall survive termination of this Agreement. The Members acknowledge that some or all Members may be subject to other written agreements with the Company or Holdings concerning the confidentiality of proprietary information (a “Proprietary Information Agreement”). Each Member agrees to abide by any such Proprietary Information Agreement to which it is subject. Where the provisions of a Proprietary Information Agreement and this Section conflict, the Proprietary Information Agreement will control as to the obligations of the Member to which such Proprietary Information Agreement applies. Each Member agrees that it will not, whether through an Affiliate or otherwise, take commercial or proprietary advantage of or profit from any Confidential Information or use such Confidential Information for any purpose other than in connection with performing such Member’s obligations, enforcing such Member’s rights, or otherwise in connection with such Member’s investment in the Company. The Company acknowledges that the Members’ investment in the Company will inevitably enhance the Members’ overall general knowledge and understanding of Holdings’ industries in a way that cannot be separated from Members’ other knowledge and the Company agrees that nothing shall restrict Members’ use of such overall general knowledge and understanding of such industries, including in connection with the purchase, sale and consideration of other investments, provided, however, that the Members will comply with the confidentiality obligations set forth above. For the avoidance of doubt, the parties acknowledge that subject to the obligations contained herein, nothing in this Agreement or otherwise shall restrict or limit the rights of such parties from pursuing other business or investment opportunities.

5.6 Non-Solicitation. During the period in which a Member owns Units and for a one year period after the Member ceases to own Units, each Member agrees not to, directly or through others, solicit or attempt to solicit any employee, advisor, manager, officer, consultant, or independent contractor of the Company, Holdings or its Affiliates to terminate their relationship with the Company, Holdings or its Affiliates in order to become an employee, advisor, manager, officer, consultant or independent contractor to or for any other person or entity where such

 

19


position would represent a conflict of interest, violation of fiduciary duty, or potential disclosure of Confidential Information; provided that this Section shall not (i) be binding upon any of the portfolio companies of any of the Members or their Affiliates, or (ii) preclude any Member or such Member’s Affiliates from hiring or engaging an employee, advisor, manager, officer, consultant or independent contractor of the Company, Holdings or their Affiliates who (a) responds to any public advertisement or general search placed by a Member or such Member’s Affiliates, or (b) has been terminated by the Company or Holdings prior to commencement of discussions between a Member or such Member’s Affiliates and such employee, advisor, manager, officer, consultant or independent contractor.

5.7 Rights to Information. Members shall have the right to receive from the Chief Executive Officer, upon request, a copy of the Certificate and of this Agreement, as amended from time to time, and such other information regarding the Company as is required by the Act, subject to reasonable conditions and standards established by the Board of Directors or Chief Executive Officer as permitted by the Act, which may include, without limitation, withholding of, or restrictions on, the use of Confidential Information.

ARTICLE VI

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

6.1 Generally. Except as specifically set forth in this Agreement, the Members hereby delegate all power and authority to manage the business and affairs of the Company to the Directors, who shall act as the managers of the Company subject to and in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Such Directors shall constitute the “Board of Directors” and such term may be used in this Agreement to refer to such Directors. Such term is used for convenience only and is not intended by the parties to confer to the Board of Directors any additional power or authority other than that expressly and specifically conferred pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Each Director shall participate in the direction, management and control of the business of the Company, as a member of the Board of Directors, to the best of such Director’s ability. The Directors shall in all cases act as a group through actions in meetings of the Board of Directors and shall have no authority to act individually. Any power not otherwise delegated pursuant to this Agreement or by the Board of Directors in accordance with the terms of this Agreement shall remain with the Board of Directors.

6.2 Number and Election. The Board of Directors shall at all times have the authorized number of Directors as, and the same composition as the Holdings Board of Directors. This Section shall be interpreted and effectuated such that, to the greatest extent possible and without further action by the Company or the Members, any person serving on the Holdings Board of Directors that is elected to, is removed from, shall cease to serve on or is replaced on the Holdings Board of Directors shall be simultaneously elected to, removed from, cease to serve on or replaced on the Board of Directors. The directors appointed pursuant to Section 3.1.1.1 of the Holdings LLC Agreement and serving on the Board of Directors pursuant to this Section shall be referred to as the “Founder Directors” and the directors appointed pursuant to Section 3.1.1.2 of the Holdings LLC Agreement and serving on the Board of Directors pursuant to this Section shall be referred to as the “Investor Directors.

 

20


6.3 Voting.

6.3.1 For each matter on which the Board of Directors or a committee thereof votes there will be a total of ten (10) votes and adoption will require a majority of such ten (10) total votes.

6.3.2 The Founder Directors collectively shall be entitled to cast six (6) votes. Directors other than the Founder Directors will be entitled to the number of votes as is equal to the product obtained by multiplying four (4) by the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the number of votes entitled to be cast by such Director pursuant to Section 6.3.2 of the Holdings LLC Agreement on such date by (ii) the total number of votes entitled to be cast by all such Directors pursuant to Section 6.3.2 of the Holdings LLC Agreement on such date.

6.3.3 The number of votes entitled to be cast by each member of the Board of Directors as of the Effective Date shall be as set forth below:

 

Director

   Number of Votes  

Michael Pykosz

     2.00  

Geoffrey Price

     2.00  

Griffin Myers

     2.00  

Kevin Roche

     0.42  

Edward Bergmark

     0.42  

Robert Juneja

     0.55  

Srdjan Vukovic

     0.55  

Robbert Vorhoff

     0.82  

David Caluori

     0.82  

Mohit Kaushal

     0.42  

6.3.4 The Founder Directors, the Investor Directors, the OSH Representatives and the GA Representatives, may from time to time, by reasonable prior written notice to the Company, change the allocation of votes among the Founder Directors, the Investor Directors, the OSH Representatives and the GA Representatives, respectively. In the absence of one or more Founder Director or one of the Investor Directors, the OSH Representatives or the GA Representatives, the remaining Founder Director(s), Investor Director, the OSH Representative or the GA Representative, as the case may be, shall be entitled to cast the votes that the Director who is absent would have been entitled to cast.

6.3.5 It is understood that, in all events, in determining whether a quorum is present or the requisite approval has been obtained for any action to be approved by the Board of Directors or committee thereof, the Founders will be entitled to a majority of the votes held by all Directors (notwithstanding the number of Directors on the Board of Directors).

 

21


6.4 Quorum and Transaction of Business. The number of Directors that constitutes a quorum for the transaction of business at a properly noticed meeting of the Board of Directors shall be Directors then in office representing a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by the Directors. Except as required by the Act or as otherwise set forth in this Agreement, the affirmative vote (including by proxy at a properly convened meeting) of the Directors then in office representing a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by the Directors shall constitute the act of the Board of Directors, subject to the approvals, if any, of Section 3.1.2.8.

6.5 Directors Have No Exclusive Duty to Company. The Directors shall not be required to manage the Company as their sole and exclusive function, and the Directors may have other business interests and may engage in other activities in addition to those relating to the Company and Holdings. Neither the Company nor any Member shall have any right, by virtue of this Agreement, to share or participate in such other investments or activities of the Directors or to the income or proceeds derived therefrom. In furtherance of the foregoing, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, except as set forth in this Section 6.3, the doctrine of corporate opportunity or any analogous doctrine shall not apply with respect to any Covered Person (as defined below), and the Company renounces any interest or expectancy of the Company in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any Excluded Opportunity. An “Excluded Opportunity” is any activity or line of business that is the same as or similar to those conducted by the Company or Holdings or that may be competitive with the Company or Holdings, that is presented to, or acquired by, created or developed by, or which otherwise comes into possession of, (i) any Director of the Company who is not an employee of the Company, Holdings or any of their respective Subsidiaries, or (ii) any Member or any affiliate, partner, member, director, stockholder, employee or agent of any such holder (collectively, “ Covered Person”), other than someone who is an employee of the Company, Holdings or any of their respective subsidiaries, unless such Excluded Opportunity is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or otherwise comes into the possession of, a Covered Person expressly and solely in such Covered Person’s capacity as a Director. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company acknowledges that no Covered Person shall have any duty (contractual or otherwise) not to, directly or indirectly, engage in any Excluded Opportunity, and, except as expressly set forth in this Section 6.3, in the event any Covered Person acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or matter that may be an Excluded Opportunity, then such Covered Person shall have no duty (contractual or otherwise) to communicate or present such Excluded Opportunity to the Company or Holdings, and shall not be liable to the Company, Holdings or the Members for breach of any duty (contractual or otherwise) by reason of the fact that such Covered Person, directly or indirectly, pursues or acquires such Excluded Opportunity for itself, directs such Excluded Opportunity to another person, or does not present such opportunity to the Company or Holdings. Nothing in this Section shall in any way derogate from the obligation of a Covered Person in respect of Confidential Information pursuant to Section 5.5 or any other confidentiality agreement with the Company or Holdings, and no activity or line of business shall be an Excluded Opportunity if it was, is or will be acquired, created or developed by, or otherwise come into the possession of, a Covered Person by disclosure, or use of Confidential Information in violation of Section 5.5 or such other confidentiality agreement with the Company or Holdings. No provision of any commercial contract of the Company that imposes a restriction on the Company’s business, such as a covenant not to compete, shall be binding on the Members, whether or not such provision purports to apply to affiliates or Members of the Company.

 

22


6.6 Exculpation of Directors. Neither any Director nor any Affiliate of any Director shall be liable to the Members for any act or failure to act pursuant to this Agreement, except where such act or failure to act constitutes a breach of this Agreement, gross negligence or willful misconduct and has not been expressly authorized by the Members. The Directors shall be entitled to rely upon the advice of legal counsel, independent public accountants and other experts, including financial advisors, and any act of or failure to act by the Directors in good faith reliance on such advice shall in no event subject the Directors or any such other person to liability to the Company, Holdings or any Member.

6.7 Expenses. The Company shall pay, or shall cause Holdings or its Subsidiaries to pay, the reasonable out-of-pocket fees and expenses (including travel and accommodation costs) incurred by each Director in connection with such Director’s service on the Board of Directors, including, without limitation, attending any meeting of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof. The Company shall pay, or cause Holdings or its Subsidiaries to pay, the reasonable out- of-pocket expenses of any person exercising observation rights in connection with attending any meeting of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof. Any Director entitled to reasonable compensation under the Holdings LLC Agreement shall likewise be entitled to reasonable compensation under this Agreement as determined from time to time by the disinterested members of the Board of Directors. Except as otherwise provided in the immediately preceding sentence, the Directors shall not be compensated for their services as members of the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE VII

OFFICERS

7.1 Appointment of Officers. The Board of Directors shall appoint a Chief Executive Officer and a Chief Financial Officer of the Company. Unless otherwise approved by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer of the Company and the Chief Financial Officer of the Company shall be the same respective persons serving the same respective capacities of Holdings, with the same respective terms and with the same respective authority, duties and responsibilities. The Board of Directors may appoint the other officers of the Company (collectively, with the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, the “LLC Officers”) that may include, but shall not be limited to: (a) one or more Executive Vice Presidents or Vice Presidents; (b) Secretary or one or more Assistant Secretaries; and (c) Treasurer or one or more Assistant Treasurers. The Chief Executive Officer may delegate his day-to-day management responsibilities to any such officers, and such officers shall have the authority to contract for, negotiate on behalf of and otherwise represent the interests of the Company as authorized by the Chief Executive Officer in any job description created by the Chief Executive Officer. Each officer shall have the same fiduciary duties that such officer would have if the Company were an Illinois corporation and such officer were a corresponding officer of that corporation. Each LLC Officer shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board of Directors and until their successors shall have been duly elected and qualified, unless sooner removed.

7.2 Approval of Board of Directors. No officer of the Company shall cause the Company to take any action without the approval of the Board of Directors if the action would require the approval of the Board of Directors if the Company were an Illinois corporation.

 

23


ARTICLE VIII

LIABILITY; INDEMNIFICATION

8.1 Limited Liability. Except as otherwise provided by the Act, the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be solely the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, and the Members and the Directors of the Company shall not be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company solely by reason of being a Member or Director of the Company. Except as otherwise provided herein, no current or former Director shall be liable to the Company or to any Member for any act or omission performed or omitted by such Director in its capacity as an Director of the Company taken in good faith, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law; provided that, such limitation of liability shall not apply to the extent the act or omission was attributable to such Person’s willful misconduct or knowing violation of law. The Board of Directors may exercise any of the powers granted to it by this Agreement and perform any of the duties imposed upon it hereunder either directly or by or through its agents, and no current or former Director or any of such Director’s Affiliates shall be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any such agent appointed by the Board of Directors (so long as such agent was selected in good faith and with reasonable care).

8.2 Indemnification.

8.2.1 No current or former Director or LLC Officer of the Company shall be liable, in damages or otherwise, to the Company or any Member for any act or omission performed or omitted to be performed by it in good faith (except for intentional misconduct or recklessness) pursuant to the authority granted to such Director or LLC Officer of the Company by this Agreement or by the Act.

8.2.2 To the fullest extent permitted by the laws of the State of Illinois and any other applicable laws, the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the Directors, each LLC Officer and each Member (including each of their respective Affiliates) or any former Director, LLC Officer, Member or Affiliate hereof (each, an “Indemnitee”), from and against any and all losses, claims, demands, costs, damages, liabilities (joint or several), expenses of any nature (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements), judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts (Damages) arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which an Indemnitee may be involved, or threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise, arising out of or incidental to the business of the Company, regardless of whether an Indemnitee continues to be a Director, LLC Officer or Member or an agent of the Company at the time any such liability or expense is paid or incurred, except for any Damages based upon, arising from or in connection with any act or omission of an Indemnitee committed without authority granted pursuant to this Agreement or in bad faith or otherwise constituting gross negligence, recklessness or willful misconduct.

8.2.3 Expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred in defending any claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, subject to Section 8.2.2 hereof, may be paid (or caused to be paid) by the Company in advance of the final disposition of such claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnitee to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined, by a court of competent jurisdiction from which no further appeal may be taken or the time for any appeal has lapsed (or otherwise, as the case may be), that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company as authorized hereunder or is not entitled to such expense reimbursement.

 

24


8.2.4 Any indemnification hereunder shall be satisfied only out of the assets of the Company, and the Members shall not be subject to personal liability by reason of these indemnification provisions.

8.2.5 The indemnification provided by this Section 8.2 shall not be exclusive and shall be in addition to any other rights to which each Indemnitee may be entitled under any agreement (including without limitation, any indemnification agreement entered into with the Company) or vote of the Members, as a matter of law or otherwise, both as to action in the Indemnitee’s capacity as a Member or as an officer, director, employee, shareholder, member or partner of a Member or of an Affiliate, and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, successors, assigns, administrators and personal representatives of the Indemnitee.

8.2.6 The Company may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of one (1) or more Indemnitees and other Persons against any liability which may be asserted against, or expense which may be incurred by, any such Person in connection with the Company’s activities, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify such Person against such liability under the provisions of this Agreement.

8.2.7 An Indemnitee shall not be denied indemnification in whole or in part under this Section 8.2 because the Indemnitee had an interest in the transaction with respect to which the indemnification applies if the transaction was otherwise permitted by the terms of this Agreement.

8.2.8 The Company hereby acknowledges that certain Indemnitees may have rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by a fund or sponsor and certain of their respective affiliates (collectively, the “Fund Indemnitors”). The Company hereby agrees (i) that it is the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., its obligations to any such Indemnitee are primary and any obligation of the Fund Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by such Indemnitee are secondary), (ii) that it shall be required to advance the full amount of expenses incurred by such Indemnitee and shall be liable for the full amount of all expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement to the extent legally permitted and as required by the terms of this Agreement (or any other agreement between the Company and such Indemnitee), without regard to any rights such Indemnitee may have against the Fund Indemnitors, and (iii) that it irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Fund Indemnitors from any and all claims against the Fund Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Fund Indemnitors on behalf of such Indemnitee with respect to any claim for which Indemnitee has sought indemnification from the Company shall affect the foregoing and the Fund Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of such Indemnitee against the Company. The Company and such Indemnitee agree that the Fund Indemnitors are express third party beneficiaries of the terms of this Section 8.2.8.

 

25


8.2.9 Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, the provisions of this Section 8.2 are for the benefit of each Indemnitee and its heirs, successors, assigns, administrators and personal representatives, and shall not be deemed to create any rights for the benefit of any other Persons.

ARTICLE IX

ACCOUNTING

9.1 Tax Matters Partner and Partnership Representative.

9.1.1 Current Law. With respect to periods not governed by changes to the Code enacted by the Bi-partisan Budget Act of 2015, unless and until the Board of Directors shall otherwise agree, Geoffrey Price shall serve as the “Tax Matters Partner” for purposes of Section 6231 of the Internal Revenue Code (or any successor or amended provisions); provided, however, that the Tax Matters Partner (i) shall take all reasonable actions necessary to ensure that each Member becomes a “notice partner” as defined in Code Section 6223(a), (ii) shall keep the Members reasonably informed regarding any proceeding before the IRS, other governmental agency, court or administrative body and shall provide copies of any pleadings, briefs, petition, submissions and correspondence to each other Member, and shall provide the holders of Investor Units III the right to participate at its own expense in any such proceeding, (iii) shall not enter into any compromise or settlement agreement without the express written consent of the Members, (iv) shall not submit any request for administrative adjustment on behalf of the Company without the approval of the Members, and (v) shall not enter into any settlement pursuant to Rule 248(a) or (b) of the Rules of Practice and Procedure of the United States Tax Court without the express written consent of each other Member. Promptly following the written request of the Tax Matters Partner, the Company shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, reimburse and indemnify the Tax Matters Partner for all reasonable expenses, including reasonable legal and accounting fees, claims, liabilities, losses and damages incurred by the Tax Matters Partner in connection with any administrative or judicial proceeding with respect to the tax liability of the Members. If the then-current Tax Matters Partner is no longer employed by Holdings at any time, the Board of Directors shall nominate a Founder that is currently employed by Holdings to act as the Tax Matters Partner for the Company and if no Founder is then employed by Holdings, the Board of Directors shall nominate a Person to act as the Tax Matters Partner.

9.1.2 Periods Governed by the Bi-partisan Budget Act of 2015.

9.1.2.1 With respect to periods governed by the Code as amended by the Bi-partisan Budget Act of 2015, unless and until the Board of Directors shall otherwise agree, Holdings shall be designated the “Partnership Representative” (as defined in Section 6231 of the Code, as amended by the Bi-partisan Budget Act of 2015) and is authorized and required to represent the Company (at the Company’s expense), subject to the provisions of Section 9.1.2.2, in connection with all examinations of the Company’s affairs by tax authorities, including any resulting administrative and judicial proceedings.

9.1.2.2 The principles of clauses (ii) - (v) of the proviso to Section 9.1.1 shall apply mutatis mutandis to periods governed by the Bi-partisan Budget Act of 2015, including the application of such principles as regards former Members, where appropriate.

 

26


9.1.2.3 The Partnership Representative shall provide notice to the Members and former Members holding Units during the reviewed Fiscal Year of any audit of items of Company income, gain, loss, deduction or credit, or of the allocation of all or any portion of such items among the Members and former Members holding Units during the reviewed Fiscal Year.

9.1.2.4 The financial burden of any Imputed Underpayment and associated interest, adjustments to tax and penalties arising from a partnership adjustment that are imposed on the Company, and the cost of contesting any such partnership adjustment, shall be borne by the Members and former Members based on their Percentage Interests (as defined in the Holdings LLC Agreement calculated in accordance with Section 3.1.2.7) during the reviewed Fiscal Year. To the extent feasible, the preceding sentence shall be implemented through adjustments to distributions in accordance with Section 4.5, but Members and former Members shall be obligated to indemnify and hold harmless the Company to the extent that the preceding sentence cannot be so implemented. The provisions contained in this Section 9.1.2.4 shall survive the termination of the Company and the withdrawal of any Member.

9.1.2.5 The Partnership Representative shall use its reasonable best efforts to minimize the financial burden of any partnership adjustment to each Member and former Member holding Units during the reviewed Fiscal Year, through the application of the procedures established pursuant to Section 6225(c) of the Code, or through an election and the furnishing of statements pursuant to Section 6226 of the Code.

9.1.2.6 The Board of Directors and the Company shall use reasonable best efforts to apply the principles of this Section 9.1.2 in order to minimize the financial burden to the Members in respect of a tax controversy at Holdings or any Subsidiary of the Company.

9.2 Fiscal Year. The Fiscal Year and taxable year of the Company shall be the calendar year, unless the Board of Directors in its discretion designates a different Fiscal Year.

9.3 Company Funds. The Company may not commingle the Company’s funds with the funds of any Member, or the funds of any Affiliate of any Member.

9.4 Books and Accounts.

9.4.1 Complete and accurate books and accounts shall be kept and maintained for the Company at its principal place of business or at such other place as designated by the Board of Directors. Such books and accounts shall be kept on the cash or accrual basis, as the Board of Directors may select in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and practices and shall include separate accounts for each Member. A list of the names and addresses of the Members shall be maintained as part of the books and records of the Company. The books, records and accounts of the Company shall reflect the Company’s operations, income, gain, loss, cost, deduction, liability, assets and equity.

9.4.2 All funds received by the Company shall be deposited in the name of the Company in such bank account or accounts as the Board of Directors may designate from time to time, and withdrawals therefrom shall be made upon the signature of the authorized signatory on behalf of the Company as the Board of Directors may designate from time to time. All deposits and other funds not needed in the operation of the Company’s business may, in the discretion of the Board of Directors, be invested as determined to be appropriate by the Board of Directors.

 

27


9.5 Tax Reports. Within ninety (90) days after the end of each taxable year of the Company, the Company will use best efforts to provide to each Member a Form 1065 (Schedule K-l) reflecting the Member’s share of income, loss, credit and deductions for such taxable year (but such Schedule K-l shall be provided in no event later than May 1st of the year following the end of each taxable year of the Company), and any and all other information deemed necessary by a Member in order to timely and accurately prepare tax information returns. Within fifteen (15) days prior to the end of each calendar quarter, the Company shall provide a written statement to each Member which sets forth a reasonable estimate of the Member’s share of income, loss, credit and deductions for such quarter. The Company shall, promptly upon the request of an affected Member, indemnify each Member for any interest and/or penalties incurred by such Member resulting from any inaccuracies in any such tax information provided by or from the Company.

9.6 Cooperation. The Company and Members shall cooperate with each other to provide each other with such assistance as may be reasonably requested by them in connection with the preparation of any tax returns, including any tax audit or other examination in connection with an administrative or judicial proceeding relating to taxes. No Member shall take a position on such Member’s income tax return, or in a proceeding, audit or contest with respect to taxes or otherwise, with respect to any item of Company income, gain, deduction, loss or credit that is different from the position taken on the Company’s income tax return with respect to such item, except as otherwise required by a final “determination” (within the meaning of Section 1313(a) of the Code) or to the extent the Member has been advised by such Member’s tax advisor that there is not “substantial authority” for such position, or that the position would require taking a reserve.

ARTICLE X

DISSOLUTION; TERMINATION

10.1 Events of Dissolution. The Company shall survive in perpetuity. The Company shall be dissolved, and its affairs shall be wound up and terminated upon (a “Dissolution”):

10.1.1 unanimous approval of the Board of Directors;

10.1.2 the dissolution of Holdings;

10.1.3 a reasonable period of time (taking into account, among other matters, the need to determine, pay or discharge, or make adequate provision for the payment or discharge of contingent liabilities), but in no event in excess of one year without the unanimous approval of the Board of Directors, after the sale, lease, transfer, conveyance, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or of Holdings and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in one transaction or a series of related transactions which have been approved in accordance with this Agreement and the Holdings LLC Agreement, respectively; or

10.1.4 an administrative dissolution or the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of the Company in accordance with the Act.

 

28


10.2 Liquidation and Termination. Upon dissolution, the Company shall be liquidated in an orderly manner. The Board of Directors shall act (or it may appoint one or more Members, representatives, officers, or other Persons to act) as the liquidators to wind up the affairs of the Company pursuant to this Agreement and terminate the Company. The costs of liquidation shall be borne by the Company. Prior to final distribution and termination, the liquidators shall continue to operate the Company and its assets with all of the power and authority of the Board of Directors and otherwise in accordance with the Holdings LLC Agreement in respect of the steps to be accomplished by the liquidators. The liquidators shall not be personally liable for the return of Capital Contributions or any portion thereof to any holder of Units (it being understood that any such return shall be made solely from Company assets).

10.2.1 The distribution of cash and/or property to a holder of Units in accordance with the provisions of this Section 10.2 constitutes a complete return to holders of Units of its Capital Contributions and a complete distribution to the holder of Units of its interest in the Company and the Company’s property. This paragraph constitutes a compromise to which all holders of Units have consented within the meaning of the Act.

10.2.2 Upon completion of the distribution of the Company’s assets as provided herein, the Company shall be terminated (and the Company shall not be terminated prior to such time), and the Board of Directors (or such other Person or Persons as the Act may require or permit) shall take all actions as may be necessary to terminate the Company. The Company shall be deemed to continue in existence for all purposes of this Agreement until it is terminated pursuant to this Section 10.2.

10.3 Certificate of Cancellation. On completion of the distribution of Company assets as provided herein, the Company is terminated, and shall conduct only such activities as are necessary to windup its affairs. The liquidator shall file a certificate of cancellation with the Secretary of State of the State of Illinois, cancel any other relevant filings and take such other actions as may be necessary to terminate the Company.

ARTICLE XI

RESERVED

ARTICLE XII

TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS; PARTICIPATION RIGHTS; EXCHANGE

12.1 Application. In furtherance and not in limitation of Section 3.1.2, each Member hereby agrees and acknowledges that the Units held by such Member are subject to certain terms and restrictions pursuant to the Holdings LLC Agreement, including Section 3.7 (Conversion to Corporate Form), Section 3.8 (Deemed Liquidation Event), Section 3.10 (Founder Unit Repurchase), Article XI (Drag-Along Right), Article XII (Transfer Restrictions) and Schedule D, Section 1.15 (Market Stand-Off Agreement). In furtherance and not in limitation of Section 3.1.2, each Member hereby acknowledges the application of those provisions, and agrees that such obligations shall apply to such Member with respect to the Units held by such Member, mutatis mutandis. In furtherance of the foregoing, the Company and each Member agree (i) to comply with, and take any actions reasonably requested by Holdings or the Company to give effect to such provisions in the Holdings LLC Agreement and (ii) if, in connection with the purchase of any

 

29


Member’s Units in accordance with the Holdings LLC Agreement (including pursuant to Section 12.3 (Right of First Refusal/Offer) or Section 12.4 (Co-Sale Rights)), the applicable purchaser elects to hold Corresponding Units directly in lieu of the Units held by the Member, to enter into such agreements and take such actions necessary to distribute Corresponding Units or consideration to the applicable Member in redemption of such Member’s Units that are subject to such provisions and subsequently transfer such Corresponding Units to Holdings or such other Person as required by the Holdings LLC Agreement.

12.2 Exercise of Participation Right. To the extent a Member, through the Company, exercises its participation right to purchase units of Holdings pursuant to Section 12.5 of the Holdings LLC Agreement, such units of Holdings (which shall be deemed to be “Corresponding Units” hereunder) shall be purchased by and issued to such Member and may be simultaneously contributed to the Company by such Member pursuant to a Contribution Agreement, whereupon the Company shall issue one Unit in exchange for each such Corresponding Unit contributed to the Company pursuant to such Contribution Agreement.

12.3 Exchange Right. Upon ten (10) days’ written notice, a Member may exchange such Member’s Units for the Corresponding Units that were contributed by such Member to the Company in exchange for or in respect of such Units (or in exchange for the securities of Holdings into which any such Corresponding Units have been converted, exchanged or reclassified) (i) in connection with the exercise of registration rights pursuant to Schedule D of the Holdings LLC Agreement; (ii) in connection with Holdings going public directly or through a related entity (including through an “Up-C” structure) or at any time after Holdings or such related entity has so gone public; (iii) in connection with Holdings converting to corporate form or becoming an association taxable as a corporation or at any time thereafter; or (iv) otherwise with the consent of the Board of Directors, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. To effect such exchange, the Company and such Member shall enter into a form of exchange agreement, with such terms and conditions as are customary for a transaction of this type, approved by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE XIII

MISCELLANEOUS

13.1 Offset. Whenever the Company is obligated to make a distribution or payment to any Member, any amounts that Member owes the Company or Holdings may be deducted from said distribution or before payment by the Company.

13.2 Notices. Any and all notices, consents, offers, elections and other communications required or permitted under this Agreement shall be deemed adequately given only if in writing and the same shall be delivered either:

13.2.1 by hand, facsimile or electronic transmission; or

13.2.2 by mail or Federal Express or similar expedited commercial carrier, addressed to the recipient of the notice, postage prepaid and first class mail, postage prepaid (if by mail), or with all freight charges prepaid (if by Federal Express or similar carrier). All notices, demands, and requests to be sent hereunder shall be deemed to have been given for all purposes of

 

30


this Agreement upon the date of receipt or refusal. All such notices, demands and requests shall be addressed: (i) if to the Company or Holdings, at the principal executive offices of Holdings; or (ii) if to a Member, at the address set forth on the Unit Register attached hereto or to such other address as such Member may have designated for himself, herself or itself by written notice to the Company in the manner herein prescribed.

13.3 Word Meanings; Construction. The singular shall include the plural and the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter, and vice versa, unless the context otherwise requires. Unless otherwise indicated, all references to Articles and Sections refer to Articles and Sections of this Agreement, and all references to Schedules are to Schedules attached hereto, each of which is made a part hereof for all purposes.

13.4 Binding Provisions. The covenants and agreements contained herein shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the respective parties hereto.

13.5 Applicable Law. This agreement is governed by and shall be construed in accordance with the Act, excluding any conflict-of-laws rule or principle that might refer the governance or the construction of this agreement to the law of another jurisdiction. In the event of a conflict between any provision of this Agreement and any non-mandatory provision of the Act, the provision of this Agreement shall control and take precedence. Each of the parties submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Delaware and agrees that all claims in respect of the action or proceeding may be heard and determined in any such court. Each party also agrees not to bring any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement in any other court. Each of the parties waives any defense of inconvenient forum to the maintenance of any action or proceeding so brought and waives any bond, surety or other security that might be required of any other party with respect thereto. Any party may make service on any other party by sending or delivering a copy of the process to the party to be served at the address and in the manner provided for the giving of notices in Section 13.2. Nothing in this Section 13.5, however, shall affect the right of any party to serve legal process in any other manner permitted by law or at equity. Each party agrees that a final judgment in any action or proceeding so brought shall be conclusive and may be enforced by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law or at equity. Each party hereto hereby waives trial by jury in any judicial proceeding involving, directly or indirectly, any matter in any way arising out of or related to this Agreement or the relationship established hereunder. Each party acknowledges and agrees that its obligations hereunder are of a special, unique and extraordinary character, that they are reasonably related to the legitimate business interests of the Company, Holdings or the Members, and that a failure to perform any such obligation or a violation of such obligations will cause irreparable injury to the Company, Holdings or the Members, the amount of which would be impossible to estimate or determine and for which adequate compensation could not be fashioned. Therefore, the parties agree the Company, Holdings and the Members will be entitled, as a matter of right, and without the need to prove irreparable injury or to post bond, to seek an injunction, restraining order, writ of mandamus or other equitable relief (including specific performance) from any court of competent jurisdiction, restraining any violation or threatened violation of any term of this Agreement, or requiring compliance with or performance of any obligation hereunder, by the parties and such other persons as the court will order.

 

31


13.6 Severability of Provisions. Each Section of this Agreement constitutes a separate and distinct undertaking, covenant and/or provision hereof. In the event that any provision of this Agreement shall finally be determined to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law, then:

13.6.1 all such provisions shall be deemed severed from this Agreement;

13.6.2 every other provision of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect; and

13.6.3 in substitution for any such provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, there shall be substituted a provision of similar import reflecting the original intent of the parties hereto to the extent permissible under applicable law.

13.7 Article and Section Titles. Article and Section titles are for descriptive purposes only and shall not control or alter the meaning of this Agreement as set forth in the text.

13.8 Further Assurance. The Members, the Company and Holdings shall execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts and things as may be required to carry out the intent and purposes of this Agreement.

13.9 Directors as Attorneys-in-Fact.

13.9.1 Each Member hereby makes, constitutes, and appoints each Director, severally, with full power of substitution and re-substitution, its true and lawful attorney-in-fact for it and in its name, place, and stead and for its use and benefit, to sign, execute, certify, acknowledge, swear to, file, publish, and record (i) all certificates of formation, amended name or similar certificates, and other certificates and instruments (including counterparts of this Agreement) that the Board of Directors may deem necessary to be filed by the Company under the laws of the State of Illinois or any other jurisdiction in which the Company is doing or intends to do business, (ii) any and all amendments, restatements, or changes to this Agreement and the instruments described in clause (i), as now or hereafter amended, which the Board of Directors may deem necessary to effect a change or modification of the Company in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, including, without limitation, amendments, restatements, or changes to reflect (A) any amendments adopted by the Members in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, (B) the admission of any substituted Member, and (C) the disposition by any Member of its interest in the Company, (iii) all certificates of cancellation and other instruments that the Board of Directors deems necessary or appropriate to effect the dissolution and termination of the Company pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, and (iv) any other instrument that is now or may hereafter be required by law to be filed on behalf of the Company or is deemed necessary by the Board of Directors to carry out fully the provisions of this Agreement in accordance with its terms. Each Member authorizes each such attorney-in-fact to take any further action that such attorney-in-fact shall consider necessary in connection with any of the foregoing, hereby giving each such attorney-in-fact full power and authority to do and perform each and every act or thing whatsoever requisite to be done in connection with the foregoing as fully as such Member might or could do personally, and hereby ratify and confirm all that any such attorney-in-fact shall lawfully do, or cause to be done, by virtue thereof or hereof.

 

32


13.9.2 The power of attorney granted to each Director pursuant to this Section 13.9;

13.9.3 is a special power of attorney coupled with an interest and is irrevocable;

13.9.4 may be exercised by any such attorney-in-fact by listing the Members executing any agreement, certificate, instrument, or other document with the single signature of any such attorney-in-fact acting as attorney-in-fact for such Members; and

13.9.5 shall survive and not be affected by the subsequent bankruptcy, insolvency, dissolution, or cessation of existence of a Member and shall survive the delivery of an assignment by a Member of the whole or a portion of its interest in the Company (except that where the assignment is of such Member’s entire interest in the Company and the assignee, with the consent of the other Members, is admitted as a substituted Member, the power of attorney shall survive the delivery of such assignment for the sole purpose of enabling any such attorney-in-fact to effect such substitution) and shall extend to such Member’s or assignee’s successors and assigns.

13.10 Directly or Indirectly. Where any provision in this Agreement refers to action to be taken by any person, or which such person is prohibited from taking, such provision shall be applicable whether the action in question is taken directly or indirectly by such person.

13.11 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original of this Agreement.

13.12 Effect of Waiver and Consent. A waiver or consent, express or implied, to or of any breach or default by any person in the performance by that person of its obligations hereunder or with respect to the Company is not a consent or waiver to or of any other breach or default in the performance by that person of the same or any other obligations of that person hereunder or with respect to the Company. Failure on the part of a person to complain of any act of any person or to declare any person in default hereunder or with respect to the Company, irrespective of how long that failure continues, does not constitute a waiver by that person of its rights with respect to that default until the applicable statute-of-limitations period has run.

13.13 Waiver of Certain Rights. Each Member irrevocably waives any right it may have to demand any distributions or withdrawal of property from the Company or to maintain any action for dissolution (except pursuant to the Act) of the Company or for partition of the property of the Company.

13.14 Notice of Provisions. By executing this Agreement, each Member acknowledges that it has actual notice of (i) all of the provisions hereof, including the Holdings LLC Agreement incorporated herein by reference, and (ii) all of the provisions of the Certificate.

13.15 Entire Agreement. This Agreement, the Holdings LLC Agreement together with all Schedules attached hereto, other agreements and instruments entered into in connection herewith constitutes the entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the transactions contemplated herein and supersedes all other prior understandings or agreements among the Members with respect to such transactions.

 

33


13.16 Amendments. Subject to Section 3.1.2.8, the Certificate and this Agreement may be amended, modified or waived by the Board of Directors and any such amendment, modification or waiver shall not require the approval of the Members hereunder; provided that the consent of Members holding a majority of the Voting Units shall be required for any amendment, modification or waiver unless such amendment, modification or waiver is reasonably necessary to give effect to Section 3.1.2.7. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) this Agreement shall not be amended without the consent of each Member adversely affected if such amendment would modify the limited liability of a Member, or alter the interest of a Member in profits, losses, other items, or any distributions (unless such alteration results from a change in the number of outstanding Units or an adjustment to the Capital Accounts as provided for herein or results from an amendment to the Holdings LLC Agreement duly approved in accordance therewith after giving effect to Section 3.1); and (ii) this Section 13.16 shall not be amended without the consent of all Members.

13.17 Remedies. The Members acknowledge and agree that, in addition to all other remedies available (at law or otherwise) to the Company, the Company and Holdings shall be entitled to equitable relief (including injunction and specific performance) as a remedy for any breach or threatened breach of any provision of this Agreement. The Members further acknowledge and agree that neither the Company nor Holdings shall be required to obtain, furnish or post any bond or similar instrument in connection with or as a condition to obtaining any remedy referred to in this Section, and the Members waive any right any of them may have to require that the Company or Holdings obtain, furnish or post any such bond or similar instrument.

13.18 Specific Performance. Each party acknowledges and agrees that each party hereto will be irreparably damaged in the event any of the provisions of this Agreement are not performed by the parties in accordance with their specific terms or are otherwise breached. Accordingly, it is agreed that each of the Company, Holdings and the Members shall be entitled to an injunction to prevent breaches of this Agreement, and to specific enforcement of this Agreement and its terms and provisions in any action instituted in any court of the United States or any state having subject matter jurisdiction.

13.19 Exculpation. Each Member acknowledges that it is not relying upon any person, firm, limited liability company or corporation in making its decision to become a member of the Company (including Holdings). Each Member agrees that no Member nor the respective controlling persons, officers, managers, partners, agents, or employees of any Member shall be liable to any other Member for any action heretofore or hereafter taken or omitted to be taken by any of them in connection with this Agreement.

13.20 Third Party Beneficiaries. The Sponsors are not members of the Company but each of the Sponsors are third party beneficiaries of this Agreement and shall be entitled to enforce the provisions of this Agreement in accordance with, and subject to, the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement if in their reasonable determination the Company or any Member is not compliant with its obligations contemplated by such provisions, including Section 3.1.2.7 (it being understood that rights to allocations and distributions are rights of the Members exclusively). The Company shall promptly provide to each of the Sponsors a copy of any notices delivered to or from the Company or Holdings.

 

34


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and Holdings have each executed and delivered this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

THE COMPANY:
OSH Management Holdings, LLC
By:  

/s/ Michael T. Pykosz

  Michael T. Pykosz
Title:   Chief Executive Officer
HOLDINGS:
Oak Street Health, LLC
By:  

/s/ Michael T. Pykosz

  Michael T. Pykosz
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

[Signature Page to Limited Liability Company Operating Agreement of OSH Management Holdings, LLC]

Exhibit 10.23

OAK STREET HEALTH LLC

EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

INCENTIVE UNIT AWARD AND CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

This Incentive Unit Award and Contribution Agreement (this “Agreement”), is made effective as of                 , 2019 (hereinafter referred to as the “Date of Grant”), among Oak Street Health, LLC, an Illinois limited liability company (the “Company”), OSH Management Holdings, LLC (“Management LLC”) and                  (the “Participant”).

R E C I T A L S:

WHEREAS, the Company has adopted the Oak Street Health LLC Equity Incentive Plan (the “Incentive Plan”), which is incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Agreement (capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth for such terms in the Incentive Plan or the Fifth Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Operating Agreement of Oak Street Health LLC (as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, the “LLC Agreement”));

WHEREAS, the Participant is employed by or otherwise provides services to the Company or an Affiliate thereof;

WHEREAS, pursuant to the terms of the Incentive Plan, the Board is authorized to select the Participants to whom awards of Incentive Units shall be made;

WHEREAS, the Board has determined that it would be in the best interests of the Company to award the Incentive Units provided for herein to the Participant pursuant to the Incentive Plan and the terms and conditions set forth herein;

WHEREAS, simultaneously with the award of the Incentive Units under this Agreement, Participant desires to contribute the Incentive Units to Management LLC in exchange for an identical number of “Incentive Units” of Management LLC (the “Corresponding Incentive Units”) with the rights, preferences, and privileges as provided in the Limited Liability Company Operating Agreement of Management LLC dated December 12, 2016 (the “Management Operating Agreement”); and

WHEREAS, Part I of this Agreement describes the terms and conditions of the award of Incentive Units to Participant by the Company, Part II of this Agreement describes the terms and conditions of the contribution of the Incentive Units by Participant to Management LLC for Corresponding Units and Part III of this Agreement sets out other terms and conditions and agreements among the parties.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto agree as follows:


PART I - Award Agreement

1. Award of Incentive Units.

(a) Incentive Units. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Incentive Plan, the Company hereby grants to the Participant an award of Incentive Units (collectively, the “Incentive Units”).

(b) Hurdle; Distributions. The initial aggregate Hurdle Value with respect to the Incentive Units awarded hereby shall be $                , as shall be adjusted from time to time in accordance with the Incentive Plan and the LLC Agreement. Distributions in respect of Incentive Units shall be made to the Participant in accordance with the provisions of the LLC Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt and notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, or otherwise in the LLC Agreement or in the Plan, in no event shall the Participant be eligible to receive any distributions in respect of the Incentive Units awarded hereby unless and until the aggregate adjusted Hurdle Value has been achieved.

2. Vesting. All Incentive Units awarded hereby shall initially be unvested. Fifty percent (50%) of the Incentive Units awarded hereby shall vest in accordance with Section 2(a) below (the “Service-Vesting Units”), and the balance of the Incentive Units awarded hereby shall vest in accordance with Section 2(b) below (the “Performance-Vesting Units”).

(a) Service-Vesting Units. The Service-Vesting Units shall vest in installments over four (4) years, with the first 25% vesting on the first anniversary of the Date of Grant and the remaining 75% vesting in equal quarterly installments thereafter (each such date, a “Vesting Date”), subject to the Participant’s continuous employment with the Company or an Affiliate of the Company through the applicable Vesting Date. Upon or following the consummation of a Sponsors’ Exit (as defined in the Incentive Plan) prior to the final Vesting Date, if the Participant’s employment is terminated by the Company or its Affiliates other than for Cause, all unvested Service-Vesting Units then outstanding shall become vested, subject to the Participant’s continuous employment with the Company or an Affiliate of the Company through the date of such Sponsors’ Exit.

(b) Performance-Vesting Units. Upon the consummation of a Sponsors’ Exit, the Performance-Vesting Units shall become 100% vested, subject to the Participant’s continuous employment with the Company or an Affiliate of the Company through the date of such Sponsors’ Exit.

3. Effect of Termination of Employment; Company’s Rights to Repurchase Units.

(a) If the Participant’s employment with the Company and its Affiliates is terminated by either party and for any reason, all then unvested Incentive Units held by the Participant shall be cancelled and forfeited without consideration.

(b) If the Participant’s employment is terminated by the Company or an Affiliate for Cause, then all Incentive Units held by the Participant, whether vested or unvested, shall be cancelled and forfeited without consideration.

 

2


(c) If the Participant’s employment with the Company and its Affiliates is terminated for any reason, the vested Incentive Units then held by the Participant shall be subject to cancellation and repurchase by the Company pursuant to this Section 3(c).

(i) Upon any termination of Participant’s employment, the Company shall have the right, but not the obligation (the “Company Call Right”), within 180 days following such termination (the “Call Period”), to make a payment to the Participant in consideration for the cancellation of any one or more of the vested Incentive Units then held by the Participant (the “Called Units”), such payment to equal the Fair Market Value of such Incentive Units taking into account the applicable Hurdle Value for such Incentive Units (the “Call Price”).

(ii) The Company Call Right may be exercised by the Company or any assignee(s) or designee(s) of the Company, as applicable, by delivery of written notice (the “Call Notice”) to the Participant within the Call Period. At the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Company Call Right, (i) the Participant shall deliver certificates, if any, representing the Called Units, duly endorsed for transfer and accompanied by all requisite transfer taxes, if any; (ii) the Called Units shall be free and clear of any Liens (other than those arising hereunder, the LLC Agreement, securities laws and those attributable to actions by the purchasers thereof) and the Participant shall so represent and warrant; (iii) the Participant shall further represent and warrant that it is the sole beneficial and record owner of the Called Units; and (iv) the Participant shall provide a limited release of claims with respect to any claims arising out of or related to the Called Units and the Participant’s capacity as an equity holder. For the avoidance of doubt, all of the Participant’s rights, title and interest in such Incentive Unit shall terminate automatically without any further action required by any Person upon payment of the Call Price for any Incentive Unit.

(iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if exercise of the Call Right would constitute (or with notice or lapse of time or both would constitute) an event of default (which remains uncured) under, or would otherwise violate or breach, any financing arrangement of the Company or any of its subsidiaries (a “Financing Restriction”), or if the Company does not have funds available to effect such repurchase of Incentive Units, the Call Period shall be extended until the earliest date on which such Financing Restriction or unavailability of funds has ceased and no such event would result from exercise of the Call Right.

4. Rights as Holder of Incentive Units. The Participant shall be the record owner of the Incentive Units granted hereunder unless and until such Units are forfeited or repurchased pursuant to Section 3, or transferred in accordance with Section 6, and as record owner shall be entitled to all rights of a holder of Incentive Units of the Company; provided, that the Incentive Units shall be subject to the limitations on Transfer set forth in this Agreement, the Incentive Plan and the LLC Agreement.

5. Participant Representations, Warranties and Acknowledgments.

(a) No Reliance on the Company. In determining to accept the Incentive Units, the Participant has not relied upon the Company or any of its Affiliates, or any

 

3


representative thereof for any advice of any sort, including, but not limited to securities or investment advice, or advice regarding the federal, state or local tax consequences arising from the grant, vesting, holding or disposition of the Incentive Units (the “Tax Matters”).

(b) Acknowledgments. The Participant acknowledges and agrees that:

(i) The Incentive Units cannot be transferred except in very limited circumstances in accordance with the provisions of the LLC Agreement, the Incentive Plan and this Agreement and at present no market for the Incentive Units exists and it is not anticipated that a market for the Incentive Units will develop in the future.

(ii) The Incentive Units may be worthless.

(iii) The Company is treated as a “partnership” for federal and state income tax purposes and, as a result of receiving and holding the Incentive Units, the Participant will be treated as a “partner” of the Company for federal and state income tax purposes. Further, the Participant acknowledges that the Participant’s status may have adverse consequences to the Participant with respect to matters in which employees may be treated more favorably than partners, such as entitlement to and the tax treatment of fringe benefits, employee benefit plans, payroll taxes, and possible self-employment tax liability.

(iv) The Participant will receive an annual Schedule K-l from the Company requiring that the Participant report on the Participant’s tax return the Participant’s distributive share of the income, gain, loss, deductions and credits of the Company attributable to the Incentive Units (including any unvested Incentive Units).

(v) The distributions made to the Participant will not be subject to FIC A or other tax withholding.

(vi) Ownership of the Incentive Units may result in taxable income to the Participant without a corresponding cash or in-kind distribution.

(vii) The Participant has been advised to seek and has had an opportunity to seek independent advice regarding the Tax Matters, including the 83(b) Election required by Section 8 hereof.

(viii) The Company will have no obligation to indemnify or hold the Participants harmless for any claims or liabilities arising from the Tax Matters.

(ix) The Incentive Units will not be registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) or any applicable state securities laws (collectively, the “Securities Laws”), and they are being issued in reliance upon certain exemptions contained in Securities Laws, including Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act and corresponding state law exemptions, if any, and the representations and warranties of the Participant contained herein are essential to any claim of exemption by the Company under the Securities Laws.

(x) The Incentive Units are “restricted securities” as that term is defined in Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

4


(xi) The Participant is aware that there is no assurance of an Initial Offering and even in the event of an Initial Offering, any capital stock which may be distributed by the Company to the Participant cannot be transferred without registration under the Securities Laws unless the Company receives an opinion of counsel acceptable to it (as to both counsel and the opinion) that such registration is not required.

6. Transferability. Except for Transfers to the Company or as may otherwise be permitted in the LLC Agreement or the Incentive Plan, the Participant may Transfer, directly or indirectly, any Incentive Unit or any interest in any Incentive Unit only with the prior written consent of the Board, which consent shall be withheld or granted in the sole discretion of the Board. In addition to the restrictions on Transfer under the LLC Agreement, the Incentive Plan or this Agreement, the Participant acknowledges that the Incentive Units are “restricted securities” and may only be transferred in compliance with the registration requirements of the Securities Laws or an opinion of counsel acceptable to the Company to the effect that such registration is not required. Any purported assignment, transfer or grant by the Participant, directly or indirectly, of any Incentive Unit or any interest in any Incentive Unit in contravention of the LLC Agreement, the Incentive Plan or this Agreement shall be entirely null and void.

PART II - Contribution Agreement

7. Contribution. The Participant hereby contributes, sells, assigns, conveys, transfers and delivers to Management LLC, and Management LLC accepts from the Participant all of the Incentive Units identified in Section 1(a) in exchange for the issuance by Management LLC to the Participant of an identical number of Corresponding Incentive Units. The Participant irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Company as the Participant’s true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact with respect to the Incentive Units, with full power of substitution (such power of attorney being deemed to be an irrevocable power coupled with an interest), to transfer ownership of the Incentive Units to Management LLC on the Company’s books and records.

8. Terms and Conditions of Award Continue. The Participant hereby acknowledges and agrees that (i) the Corresponding Incentive Units shall be subject to the terms and conditions of Part I of this Agreement and of the Incentive Plan and in particular, the Hurdle Value set forth Section 1(b) of this Agreements will continue to apply to the Corresponding Incentive Units; and (ii) Part I of this Agreements shall be read as if the “Incentive Units” refers to the Corresponding Incentive Units and as if the “LLC Agreement” refers to the Management Operating Agreement. Either Management LLC or the Company, acting through this Agreement, the LLC Agreement and the Management Operating Agreement, shall be entitled to enforce any right or remedy of Part I against the Participant.

9. Member of the Company; Joinder. The Participant hereby (i) agrees and acknowledges that Participant has received and read a copy of the LLC Agreement and the Management Operating Agreement and (ii) agrees that, if Participant was not a Member of the Management LLC prior to the issuance of the Corresponding Incentive Units hereunder, then by execution of this Agreement, Participant shall become, effective as of the Date of Grant, a party to the Management Operating Agreement and shall be fully bound by, and subject to, all of the covenants, terms and conditions of the Management Operating Agreement as though an original party thereto and shall be deemed, and is hereby admitted as, a Member, for all purposes thereof and entitled to all the rights incidental thereto.

 

5


PART III - Other Agreements

10. Profits Interest. The Incentive Units and the Corresponding Incentive Units are intended to constitute a “profits interest” for all U.S. federal income tax purposes. A profits interest is granted in connection with the performance of services and is a right to receive distributions funded solely by the profits of the Company and Management LLC, respectively, which are generated after the grant. As such, the Board of Management LLC shall, if necessary, limit distributions and allocations of profits to the Participant so that such distributions and allocations do not exceed the available profits in respect of such Participant’s related profits interest.

11. Spousal Consent. If married, the Participant has caused the Participant’s spouse to execute and deliver to the Company and Management LLC the Consent of Spouse in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A. If no Consent of Spouse has been executed and delivered to the Company and Management LLC on the Date of Grant, the Participant represents and warrants that the Participant is not married and no person has or will have a marital or community property interest in the Incentive Units. If the Participant marries after the Date of Grant, the Participant will cause the Participant’s spouse to execute and deliver to the Company and Management LLC a Consent of Spouse in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A.

12. LLC Agreement; Management Operating Agreement. Neither the adoption of the Incentive Plan nor the grant of any Incentive Units or issuance of Corresponding Incentive Units pursuant to this Agreement shall restrict in any way the adoption of any amendment to the LLC Agreement or Management Operating Agreement in accordance with its terms.

13. Section 83(b) Election. As a condition subsequent to the issuance of the Incentive Units and Corresponding Incentive Units pursuant to this Agreement, the Participant shall execute and deliver to the Company and the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) a timely, valid election under Section 83(b) of the Code (the “83(b) Election”) as to each of the Incentive Units and Corresponding Incentive Units. The Participant understands that under Section 83 of the Code, regulations promulgated thereunder, and certain IRS administrative announcements in the absence of an effective election under Section 83(b) of the Code, the excess of the fair market value of the Incentive Units or Corresponding Incentive Units on the date on which any forfeiture restrictions applicable to such the Incentive Units or Corresponding Incentive Units lapse over the respective price paid for the Incentive Units or Corresponding Incentive Units (which price is $0) may be reportable as ordinary income at that time. For this purpose, the term “forfeiture restrictions” means the restrictions on transferability and the vesting conditions imposed under this Agreement. The Participant understands that (i) in making the 83(b) Election as to each of the Incentive Units and Corresponding Incentive Units, the Participant may be taxed at the time the Incentive Units and Corresponding Incentive Units are acquired hereunder to the extent the fair market value of the Incentive Units and Corresponding Incentive Units exceeds the purchase price for such Units and (ii) in order to be effective, the 83(b) Election as to each of the Incentive Units and Corresponding Incentive Units must be filed with the IRS within thirty (30) days after the Date of Grant. The Participant hereby acknowledges that (x) the

 

6


foregoing description of the tax consequences of the 83(b) Election is not intended to be complete and, among other things, does not describe state, local or non-U.S. income and other tax consequences or all tax considerations that might be relevant to the Participant in light of the Participant’s circumstances or if the Participant is subject to special tax rules, (y) neither the Company or Management LLC has provided, and is not hereby providing, the Participant with legal or tax advice regarding the Incentive Units or the Corresponding Incentive Units or the 83(b) Election and has urged the Participant to consult the Participant’s own tax advisor with respect to the taxation consequences thereof, and (z) neither the Company or Management LUC has advised the Participant to rely on any determination by it or its representatives as to the fair market value specified in the 83(b) Election and will have no liability to the Participant if the actual fair market value of the Incentive Units or the Corresponding Incentive Units on the Date of Grant exceeds the amount specified in the 83(b) Election.

14. Notices. Any notice necessary under this Agreement shall be addressed to the Company or Management LLC at the principal executive office of the Company and to the Participant at the address appearing in the personnel records of the Company or one of its Affiliates or to any party at such other address as such party may hereafter designate in writing to the other parties. Any such notice shall be deemed effective upon receipt thereof by the addressee.

15. Incorporation of Incentive Plan and LLC Agreement. By entering into this Agreement, the Participant agrees and acknowledges that (i) the Participant has received and read a copy of the Incentive Plan, the LLC Agreement and the Management Operating Agreement, (ii) the Incentive Units are subject to this Agreement, the Incentive Plan and the LLC Agreement, and (iii) the Corresponding Incentive Units are subject to this Agreement, the Incentive Plan and the Management Operating Agreement, the terms and provisions of all of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference. In the event of a conflict between any term or provision contained herein and a term or provision of the Incentive Plan, the applicable terms and provisions of the Incentive Plan will govern and prevail. In the event of a conflict between any term or provision contained herein or the Incentive Plan and a term or provision of the Management Operating Agreement, the applicable terms and provisions of the Management Operating Agreement will govern and prevail.

16. Certain Specific Acknowledgements; Entire Agreement. This Agreement (together with the Incentive Plan, the LLC Agreement and the Management Operating Agreement) embody the complete agreement and understanding among the parties to this Agreement with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement and supersede and preempt any prior understandings, agreements or representations by or among the parties, written or oral, which may have related to the subject matter of this Agreement in any way. Without limiting the provisions of Section 15, the Participant acknowledges that the Corresponding Incentive Units are subject to Incentive Plan, LLC Agreement and Management Operating Agreement provisions under which (a) in certain circumstances an adjustment may be made to the number of Corresponding Incentive Units and/or the applicable Hurdle Value of the Corresponding Incentive Units; (b) the Board has full discretion to interpret and administer the Incentive Plan and this Agreement and its judgments are final, conclusive and binding; and (c) the Participant may be required to sell the Participant’s Corresponding Incentive Units or otherwise participate in a transaction where other equity holders of the Company are selling (a “drag-along”).

 

7


17. No Right to Continued Service. Neither the Incentive Plan nor this Agreement shall be construed as giving the Participant the right to be retained in the employ of, or in any other continuing relationship with, the Company or any of its Affiliates.

18. Tax Withholding. The Participant shall be required to pay to the Company, Management LLC or any Affiliate, and the Company, Management LLC and its Affiliates shall have the right and are hereby authorized to withhold from any payment due or transfer made under any Corresponding Incentive Unit, under the Incentive Plan or from any other amount owing to a Participant (including in connection with any Transfers), the amount (in cash, securities or other property) of any applicable U.S. federal, state, local or non-U. S. withholding taxes in respect of an Incentive Unit or any payment or transfer under an Corresponding Incentive Unit or the Incentive Plan and to take such other action as may be necessary in the opinion of the Board to satisfy all obligations for the payment of such taxes. The Company and Management LLC acknowledge that, absent a change in applicable Law, the Participant intends to value the Incentive Units awarded hereby and Corresponding Incentive Units issued in exchange therefor using the “liquidation value” of such Incentive Units and Corresponding Incentive Units, and that consistent with the intention of the Incentive Units and Corresponding Incentive Units to constitute a “profits interest,” the Participant intends the value of the Incentive Units and Corresponding Incentive Units to be $0 upon grant. The Company, Management LLC and its Affiliates agree to withhold taxes in a manner consistent with this treatment unless otherwise required by applicable Law.

19. Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is, becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction or as to any Person, the Incentive Units or the Corresponding Incentive Units, or would disqualify the Incentive Units or Corresponding Incentive Units under any Law deemed applicable by the Board, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to conform to the applicable Laws, or if it cannot be construed or deemed amended without, in the determination of the Board, materially altering the intent of this Agreement, such provision shall be stricken as to such jurisdiction, Person, the Incentive Units or Corresponding Incentive Units and the remainder of this Agreement, the Incentive Units and Corresponding Incentive Units shall remain in full force and effect.

20. Choice of Law; Forum. This Agreement and all claims and controversies hereunder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Illinois, without regard to the choice of law provisions thereof. The parties hereto hereby agree and consent to be subject to the jurisdiction of the U.S. District Court, Northern District of Illinois or the State Court of Illinois, Cook County over any action, suit or proceeding (a “Legal Action”) arising out of or in connection with this Agreement. The parties hereto irrevocably waive the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of any such Legal Action. Each of the parties hereto further irrevocably consents to the service of process out of any of the aforementioned courts in any such Legal Action by the mailing of copies thereof by registered mail, postage prepaid, to such party at its address contained in the records of the Company, Management LLC and its Affiliates, such service of process to be effective upon acknowledgment of receipt of such registered mail. Nothing in this Section shall affect the right of any party hereto to serve legal process in any other manner permitted by law. This provision may be filed with any court as written evidence of the knowing and voluntary irrevocable agreement between the parties to waive any objections to venue or to convenience of forum.

 

8


21. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER, AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT SUCH PARTY AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.

22. Signature in Counterparts. This Agreement may be signed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

[signature page follows]

 

9


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Incentive Unit Award and Contribution Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

OAK STREET HEALTH, LLC
By:    
Name:   Mike Pykosz
Title:   Chief Executive Officer
OSH MANAGEMENT HOLDINGS, LLC
By:    
Name:   Mike Pykosz
Title:   Chief Executive Officer
PARTICIPANT:
 
Print Name
 
Signature

[Signature Page to Incentive Unit Award and Contribution Agreement]


EXHIBIT A

Consent of Spouse

I,                 , the spouse of                 , hereby acknowledge that I have read the foregoing Incentive Unit Award and Contribution Agreement and the Fifth Amended and Restated Limited Liability Operating Agreement of Oak Street Health, LLC, an Illinois limited liability company (the “Company”) and the Limited Liability Company Operating Agreement dated December 12, 2016 of OSH Management Holdings, LLC, an Illinois limited liability company (“Management LLC”) (together, the “Agreements”) and that I understand their contents. I am aware that the Agreements contain numerous provisions that affect my spouse, any Member, the Incentive Units and Corresponding Incentive Units (as defined in the Incentive Unit Award and Contribution Agreement) that may be granted to my spouse, including, without limitation, provisions that provide for the forfeiture of such Incentive Units and Corresponding Incentive Units and repurchase of such Incentive Units and Corresponding Incentive Units under certain circumstances, and impose other restrictions on the transfer of such Incentive Units and Corresponding Incentive Units. I hereby consent to the Agreements and agree to be bound by the provisions of the Agreements, and any other agreements now or hereafter entered into by my spouse in connection with such Incentive Units and Corresponding Incentive Units as and to the same extent as if an initial named party thereto and as amended from time to time. Specifically, I agree that my spouse’s interest in the Incentive Units and Corresponding Incentive Units is subject to the Agreements and any direct or indirect interest I may have in such Incentive Units and Corresponding Incentive Units will also be irrevocably bound by the Agreements and, further, that my marital or community property interest in such Incentive Units and Corresponding Incentive Units will be similarly bound by the Agreements. This consent and agreement may be relied upon by my spouse, the Company, Management LLC and any other Member or other equity holder of the Company or Management LLC, and is irrevocable.

I am aware that the legal, financial and other matters contained in the Agreements are complex and I am encouraged to seek advice with respect thereto from independent legal and/or financial counsel. I have either sought such advice or determined after carefully reviewing the Agreements that I hereby waive such right.

Acknowledged and agreed to this              day of                 , 20        .

 

Name:                                         

Exhibit 10.24

ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES AGREEMENT

BETWEEN

[INSERT PRACTICE NAME]

AND

OAK STREET HEALTH MSO, LLC

This Administrative Services Agreement (“Agreement”) is made by and among [INSERT PRACTICE NAME], a [INSERT JURISDICTION] professional corporation (“Provider”), Griffin Robert Myers, M.D. (“Owner”), the sole owner of Provider and Oak Street Health MSO, LLC, an Illinois limited liability company (“Manager”). This Agreement is effective on [INSERT DATE] (the “Effective Date”).

RECITALS:

A. Provider intends to provide health care services at primary care clinics (“Practice”). The parties contemplate that the Practice shall operate in [INSERT JURISDICTION] (the “Service Area”). The Practice shall include the practice of medicine and other health care professional practices as the Practice deems appropriate (these professionals are referred to herein as “Practitioners”). For the purposes of this Agreement, the Practice shall consist of examining and diagnosing, treating and monitoring patients health conditions; writing prescriptions and conducting medication management and performing any other health care services in such manner and to such extent as is permitted under the laws, rules and regulations applicable to health care providers in each applicable state.

B. Manager provides assets, solutions, personnel and services to healthcare practices. Manager’s services are intended to improve the efficiency and profitability of healthcare practices and permit the professionals in such practices to focus their efforts solely on rendering quality health care.

C. Provider desires to focus its energies, expertise and time on the delivery of healthcare services to patients. To accomplish this goal, Provider desires to engage Manager to provide such services as are necessary and appropriate for the day-to-day administration of the non-medical aspects of Provider’s practice and Manager desires to provide such services to Provider, all upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and agreements set forth below, and/or other good, valuable and sufficient consideration, Provider and Manager agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

ENGAGEMENT AND TERM

1.1 Engagement of Manager. Provider hereby engages Manager on an exclusive basis to provide management and administration services for the Practice as described in this Agreement on the terms and conditions described herein, and Manager accepts such engagement, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

Page 1


1.2 Agency. Manager shall have access to Provider’s bank account(s) solely for the purposes stated herein and shall use all funds on deposit therein in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Except as set forth in Article 5, Provider hereby appoints Manager as Provider’s true and lawful agent throughout the term with respect to these bank accounts, and Manager hereby accepts such appointment, to make deposits in and withdrawals from Provider’s account to satisfy the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

1.3 Term. The term of this Agreement (the “Term”) shall be as set forth in Article 7 and shall include the Initial Term (as defined herein) and any renewal terms.

ARTICLE 2

DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF MANAGER

During the Term of this Agreement, subject to the provisions of Section 3.1, Manager shall provide, in exchange for the Management Fee described herein, all such services as are necessary and appropriate for the day-to-day administration and management of Provider’s business in a manner consistent with good business practice, including, without limitation, those services set forth in this Article 2.

2.1 Equipment, Supplies, Space and Technology. Manager shall lease, license, procure or otherwise arrange for the provision of equipment, supplies, space and technology for the operation of Practice by Provider, with Provider’s advice, and shall permit Provider to use such space and items hereunder. Manager shall arrange for the maintenance of Provider’s space and equipment. Notwithstanding anything in this paragraph to the contrary, Provider shall have discretion to select Medical Products (as that term is defined herein).

2.2 Licenses. Manager shall coordinate all reasonable and necessary actions to maintain all licenses, permits and certificates required for the operations of Provider, not including the individual professional licenses of Owner or Practitioners.

2.3 Personnel. To the extent allowable under applicable law, Manager shall work with Provider to establish and implement guidelines for recruiting, selecting, hiring, terminating, disciplining, compensating, terms, conditions, obligations and privileges of employment or engagement of Practitioners. All such guidelines shall be approved by Provider. As directed by Provider, Manager may carry out certain delegated steps in disciplining Practitioners for failure to follow the standards set forth in employee policies or in any quality review program under Section 2.4, including verbal and written warnings. Manager may also recommend suspension, termination or other disciplinary action to Provider with respect to Practitioners that have failed to follow such standards and Provider shall promptly review such recommendations. Manager shall also further assist Provider in recruiting new Practitioners and shall carry out such administrative functions as may be appropriate for such recruiting, including advertising for and identifying all potential candidates, assisting Provider in examining and investigating the credentials of such potential candidates, and arranging interviews with such potential candidates; provided, however, that Provider shall make the ultimate decision as to whether to employ or retain specific candidates presented by Manager. All physicians, nurse practitioners and physician’s assistants recruited with the assistance of Manager to render professional services on behalf of Provider shall be employees of Provider. For clarity, Manager shall not interfere with Provider’s professional judgment and supervision of licensed health care personnel in clinical matters. Manager shall arrange for all appropriate tax filings to be made with respect to those individuals whose services it leases to Provider.

 

Page 2


2.4 Training and Quality Review. Manager shall train Provider personnel with respect to all aspects of Provider’s operations including, but not limited to, administrative, financial, technology, equipment maintenance matters and protocols for medical care which are approved by Provider. Manager shall develop and maintain a quality review program, subject to Provider’s approval, to evaluate the care being provided by Practitioners in the Practice.

2.5 Insurance and Benefits. Manager shall arrange for the purchase by Provider of professional liability insurance in an amount deemed reasonable by Manager, with the advice of Provider. Manager shall also arrange for any other insurance coverage advisable for the Practice as determined by Manager. If mutually agreed to by the parties, Manager shall arrange for the purchase by Provider of any benefit plans for Provider’s employees.

2.6 Accounting. Manager shall establish and administer, or hire an accountant to administer, accounting procedures and controls and systems, using Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, for the development, preparation, and keeping of records and books of accounting related to the business and financial affairs of Provider, including the preparation of required tax reports and returns.

2.7 Reports and Information. Manager shall furnish Provider, in a timely fashion, a minimum of an annual report or more frequent operating reports and other reports as reasonably requested by Provider, including without limitation (i) copies of bank statements, (ii) financial statements, and (iii) proof of insurance that Manager is required to purchase and maintain for Provider under this Agreement.

2.8 Budgets. At least thirty (30) days prior to the end of the fiscal year of the Manager, commencing with the first full fiscal year after the Effective Date, the Manager shall submit to the Provider an annual budget, with an estimate of the operating revenues and expenses and capital expenditures for the Provider for the ensuing fiscal year. The budget shall contain an explanation of plans and projections regarding the operations of the Practice, utilization, services, staffing and other factors that may affect the budget, and shall include an amount estimating the direct costs allocated to the Practice and the Manager’s estimated Management Fee for the ensuing year. Upon approval of a budget by the Provider, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, the parties shall use their best efforts to operate the Practice so that actual expenses and revenues are consistent with the budget.

2.9 Expenditures. Manager shall manage all cash receipts and disbursements of Provider, including the payment on behalf of Provider of all taxes, assessments, insurance premiums, licensing fees for Provider, Owner and Practitioners, continuing education for Owner and Practitioners, compensation for Owner and Provider’s employees and other fees of any nature whatsoever in connection with the operation of the Practice as the same become due and payable, unless payment thereof is being contested in good faith by Provider.

 

Page 3


2.10 Third Party Contracts. Manager may directly negotiate and enter in to such contractual arrangements on behalf of Provider with primary care clinics, insurance companies and other third parties, subject to Provider’s approval of such activities. Such contractual agreements shall include participating provider agreements with insurance companies and other third party payors. Provider agrees that it shall accept all obligations applicable to it and serve the patients under such agreements, unless Provider concludes: (i) that it does not have adequate capacity to provide the services, or (ii) that the applicable services are outside of its areas of expertise. In the case of the former, Manager shall work with Provider to increase the capacity of the Practice in order to meet demand. To the extent that the Provider performs services under any such third party contract, Manager shall, where permitted by law, appropriately account for and accept on Provider’s behalf the corresponding revenue.

2.11 Billing and Collection. Manager shall, on behalf of Provider, establish and maintain credit and billing and collection policies and procedures, and shall exercise reasonable efforts to bill and collect in a timely manner all professional and other fees for all billable services provided by Provider. In connection with the billing and collection services to be provided hereunder, Provider hereby appoints Manager as Provider’s exclusive true and lawful agent, and Manager hereby accepts such appointment, for the following purposes:

(a) To bill, in Provider’s name and on Provider’s behalf, all claims for reimbursement or indemnification from employers, patients, insurance companies, HMOs and plans, all state or federally funded benefit plans, and all other third party payors or fiscal intermediaries for all covered billable medical care provided by or on behalf of Provider to patients.

(b) Except as set forth in Article 5, to collect and receive, in Provider’s name and on Provider’s behalf, all accounts receivable generated by such billings and claims for reimbursement, to take possession of, endorse in the name of Provider, and deposit into Provider’s account or any other account as directed by Provider any notes, checks, money orders, insurance payments, and any other instruments received in payment of accounts receivable for medical care, to administer such accounts including, but not limited to, extending the time or payment of any such accounts for cash, credit or otherwise; discharging or releasing the obligors of any such accounts; suing, assigning or selling at a discount such accounts to collection agencies; or taking other measures to require the payment of any such accounts; provided, however, that extraordinary collection measures, such as filing lawsuits, discharging or releasing material obligors, or assigning or selling accounts at a discount to collection agencies shall not be undertaken without Provider’s consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

(c) To sign checks, drafts, bank notes or other instruments on behalf of Provider, and to make withdrawals from Provider’s account for payments as specified in this Agreement and as requested from time to time by Provider.

Upon request of Manager, Provider shall execute and deliver to the financial institution at which Provider’s account is maintained such additional documents or instruments as Manager may reasonably request to demonstrate its authority. The agency granted herein is coupled with an interest and shall be irrevocable except with Manager’s written consent.

 

Page 4


2.12 Litigation Management. Manager shall (a) manage and direct the defense of all claims, actions, proceedings or investigations against Provider or any of its officers, directors, employees or agents in their capacity as such, and (b) manage and direct the initiation and prosecution of all claims, actions, proceedings or investigations brought by Provider against any person other than Manager. Provider shall not settle, compromise, or waive any material rights relating to any litigation or arbitration matters involving Provider without the prior written consent of Manager.

2.13 Marketing, Advertising and Public Relations Programs. Manager shall develop, with Provider’s consultation, marketing and advertising programs to be implemented by Manager to effectively notify potential patients, clinics or others of the services offered by Provider. Manager shall advise and assist Provider in implementing such communication programs. If Manager engages in advertising of Provider’s services to the public, the parties expressly acknowledge and agree that Provider shall exercise control over all policies and decisions relating to every element of such advertising.

2.14 Officer. Consistent with the foregoing, the designated representative of Manager shall serve as the Secretary of Provider where allowed by law. The designated representative of Manager shall also have the power and authority to execute contracts on behalf of Provider in accordance with this Agreement and to engage in all other appropriate activities, subject to the terms, conditions and limitations of this Agreement.

ARTICLE 3

RELATIONSHIP OF THE PARTIES/ CONTROL OF PROVIDER

3.1 Sole Authority to Practice. Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Agreement, Provider shall have exclusive authority and control over the healthcare aspects of Provider and its practice to the extent they constitute the practice of a licensed health care profession, including all diagnosis, treatment and ethical determinations with respect to patients which are required by law to be decided by a licensed professional. Manager shall not be required or permitted to engage in, and Provider shall not request Manager to engage in, activities that constitute the practice of medicine or another health profession. Manager shall not direct, control, attempt to control, influence, restrict or interfere with Provider’s or Practitioners’ exercise of independent clinical, medical or professional judgment in providing healthcare or medical related services. The parties hereto have made all reasonable efforts to ensure that this Agreement complies with any corporate practice of medicine prohibitions in the applicable state(s). The parties hereto understand and acknowledge that such laws may change, be amended, or have different interpretations in the future, and the parties intend to comply with such laws in the event of such occurrences.

ARTICLE 4

RESPONSIBILITIES OF PROVIDER

4.1 Practitioners. Subject to Article 2 and to the right of Manager to establish guidelines for recruiting, selecting, hiring, terminating, disciplining, promoting, compensating, terms, conditions, obligations and privileges of employment or engagement of Practitioners, Provider shall have the authority to engage (whether as employees or as independent contractors),

 

Page 5


promote, discipline, suspend and terminate the services of all licensed professional employees. Provider shall employ or contract with all Practitioners who provide professional services on behalf of Provider. Any employment contracts or other contract with Practitioners for the provision of professional services on behalf of Provider shall include terms agreed upon by Manager and Provider. Provider shall control all aspects of the practice of licensed health professions, including clinical supervision of the Practitioners and approving Manager’s clinical training. Manager shall, in consultation with Provider, establish work schedules for all Practitioners necessary to ensure adequate coverage for the Practice. Provider shall ensure that all Practitioners employed or contracted by Provider are: (i) appropriately licensed; and (ii) appropriately supervised with respect to the provision of medical services to patients in accordance with all applicable laws. Specifically, Provider and its supervising professional employee(s) shall have full responsibility for and shall supervise the medical and clinical aspects of each Practitioner’s work as required by applicable law. Provider shall consult with Manager prior to engaging new Practitioners. Provider shall consult with Manager from time to time regarding the number, work schedules and evaluation of the Practitioners employed or engaged by Provider. Provider shall staff its practice as required for the efficient operation of Provider, and as otherwise necessary to meet the requirements of applicable third party contracts and applicable law. Provider shall provide full and prompt medical coverage consistent with comparable practice standards that are created and administered by Manager in consultation with Provider.

4.2 Billing Information. Provider shall be responsible for ensuring that it and its Practitioners timely submit accurate, true, complete, legible and correct information necessary for billing purposes to Manager. Such information shall be submitted in a format agreed upon by the parties. The parties agree that Manager shall verify all bills to ensure that the appropriate information has been provided by Practitioners.

4.3 Exclusivity. During the Term of this Agreement, Manager shall serve as Provider’s sole and exclusive manager, and Provider shall not engage any other person or entity to furnish Provider with any technology or equipment for the conduct of the Practice, any policies or procedures for the conduct of the Practice, any contracts pursuant to which Provider shall provide services to patients, or any of the financial, administrative or other services provided hereunder by Manager.

4.4 Medical/Patient Records. Subject to the provisions of Article 6, Manager shall, on behalf of Provider, be responsible for the confidentiality, privacy, maintenance, storage, retention and custody of all medical/patient records of Provider. Manager agrees to comply with all state and federal laws applicable to maintenance, storage, retention and custody of such records, including without limitation laws and regulations related to record confidentiality and privacy.

4.5 Selection of Medical Products. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Manager shall not provide medical supplies or items that only an appropriately licensed, permitted or registered physician or professional entity is authorized by law to provide (“Medical Products”). To the extent permitted by law, Manager shall assist Provider in the acquisition of such reasonably necessary and appropriate Medical Products.

 

Page 6


ARTICLE 5

FINANCIAL ARRANGEMENTS

5.1 Collection and Application of Provider’s Revenues. Revenues shall be generated by Provider’s activities in accordance with the schedule developed in connection with each third party compensation agreement along with any direct patient payments and any other payments (collectively, “Provider’s Revenues”). The schedule of fees may vary depending upon the applicable third party agreement. The parties agree that Manager shall apply or disburse Provider’s Revenues for the following purposes, in the order set out below:

5.1.1 Patient/Payor Refunds. Provider’s Revenues shall first be applied to pay any refunds or rebates owed to patients or payors.

5.1.2 Costs and Expenses of Provider. Provider’s Revenues shall next be applied to pay all cumulative direct costs and expenses of operating its business, including, without limitation, insurance premiums, benefits contributions, agreed-upon compensation for Owner and Provider’s employees, marketing expenses, supply expenses, equipment purchase and lease expenses, auditing and tax preparation fees and fees of professional advisors, such as attorneys.

5.1.3 Manager’s Expenses. Provider’s Revenues shall next be applied to pay all cumulative direct or indirect expenses incurred by Manager (including, without limitation, an allocable percentage of Manager’s corporate overheard) in developing the services provided hereunder including those services provided prior to the Effective Date and in carrying out its duties hereunder on behalf of Provider as well as any advances to Provider from Manager.

5.1.4 Management Fee. Provider’s Revenues shall next be applied to pay Manager an annual management fee (the “Management Fee”) in an amount specified at Exhibit A. Provider and Manager agree that payment of the fees set forth in Exhibit A are not intended and shall not be interpreted as permitting Manager to share in Provider’s fees for medical services, but are acknowledged as the parties’ negotiated agreement as to the reasonable fair market value of Manager’s services under this Agreement.

5.2 Collection by Manager. Provider hereby issues a standing instruction, which it shall confirm upon request from time to time, that all payments due to Provider shall be remitted directly to Manager as its agent and attorney-in-fact hereunder; provided, however, that no such payments will be made directly to Manager if prohibited by law (for example, amounts receivable from state or federal healthcare programs, including Medicare, Medicaid, or TRICARE accounts).

5.3 Collection by Provider. To the extent that payment directly to Manager as set forth in Section 5.2 is prohibited by law, Provider shall establish a separate bank account with a financial institution acceptable to Manager to collect such payments (the “Provider Account”). Provider shall enter into a revocable control agreement with the financial institution maintaining the Provider Account. The revocable control agreement shall be in a form acceptable to Manager and shall provide for the transfer of all of the funds in the Provider Account at the end of each business day to an account maintained by Manager. Provider shall notify Manager in the event that such revocable control agreement is ever modified or revoked. Any modification or revocation of the revocable control agreement without the consent of the Manager shall be considered a material breach of this Agreement.

 

Page 7


5.4 Advancement of Funds. So long as Provider is operating within the agreed upon budget, Manager, in its sole discretion, may advance funds to Provider for periods in which Provider’s Revenues do not exceed amounts due to patients or payors and costs and expenses of the parties or the Provider’s budget anticipates such an occurrence. Manager may oblige Provider to sign a promissory note or any document to reflect the loan amounts, which may include interest payments.

5.5 Security Agreement. To secure its obligations hereunder, Provider hereby grants to Manager a security interest in all accounts receivable, contract rights, Provider’s Revenues, personal property of Provider and general intangibles of Provider to secure all indebtedness and obligations of Provider to Manager arising under or in connection with this Agreement, to the extent permitted by applicable law. The security agreement shall not have an acceleration clause. Provider shall execute promptly all documents and instruments necessary to evidence and perfect the foregoing security interest.

ARTICLE 6

RECORDS AND RECORD KEEPING

6.1 Access to Information. Provider hereby authorizes and grants to Manager full and complete access to all information, instruments and documents relating to Provider which may be reasonably requested by Manager to perform its obligations hereunder, and shall disclose and make available to representatives of Manager for review and photocopying all relevant books, agreements, papers and records of Provider as reasonably needed by Manager to perform its duties hereunder. Provider shall at all times during the Term, and at all times thereafter, make available to Manager for inspection by its authorized representatives, during regular business hours, any Provider records determined by Manager to be necessary to perform its services and carry out its responsibilities hereunder or necessary for the defense of any legal or administrative action or claim relating to said records.

6.2 Patient Records. The management services herein shall include Manager’s retention and maintenance of patient medical records on behalf of Provider, in full accordance with all applicable laws regarding confidentiality and retention.

6.3 Ownership. At all times during and after the Term of this Agreement, all business records and information, including, but not limited to, all books of account and general administrative records and all information generated under or contained in the management information system pertaining to Provider, relating to the business and activities of Manager, shall be and remain the sole property of Manager. To the extent not covered by the foregoing, Provider hereby grants Manager a perpetual, royalty-free, irrevocable license to use any and all data developed by Provider in the course of the Practice, subject to Section 6.6.

6.4 Confidentiality of Records. Manager and Provider shall adopt procedures to assure the confidentiality of the records relating to the operations of Manager and Provider.

 

Page 8


6.5 Maintenance, Retention and Storage of Records. Manager agrees to maintain, retain and store on behalf of Provider all records in its possession, including, but not limited to, patient medical records for such periods required by applicable law. Patient medical records shall be stored in Manager’s systems for the duration, and in such form and manner as required by applicable law. Thereafter, as consistent with applicable law, Manager shall be entitled to dispose of such records as it deems necessary or appropriate; provided, however, Manager shall provide sixty (60) days prior written notice to Provider (or, if Provider is dissolved, notice to Owner) of its intent to dispose of such records, during which period Provider may take control of or copy any or all of the records being disposed of, at its sole cost and expense, to the extent permitted by applicable law. This Section shall survive any termination of this Agreement and the dissolution of Provider.

6.6 HIPAA. Manager, as a business associate of Provider, agrees to comply with all applicable federal, state and local laws, including without limitation the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“HIPAA”) and all implementing regulations issued pursuant thereto, as may be amended from time to time. Manager agrees to comply with the HIPAA Business Associate Addendum attached hereto as Exhibit B and incorporated by reference.

ARTICLE 7

TERM AND TERMINATION

7.1 Term. This Agreement shall have an initial term commencing as of the Effective Date and continuing in full force and effect through December 31 of the year which is thirty (30) years from the Effective Date (“Initial Term”), and shall renew automatically for additional five (5) year terms thereafter, unless terminated as provided herein.

7.2 Termination By Manager Without Cause. Manager may terminate this Agreement at any time without cause upon written notice to Provider.

7.3 Immediate Termination By Manager. Manager shall have the right, but not the obligation, to terminate this Agreement immediately upon notice to Provider of any of the following events: (i) the revocation, suspension, cancellation or restriction, in any manner, of the license to practice medicine in any state in the Service Area where such licensure is required for the Practice and/or the DEA registration of Owner or any Practitioner employed or engaged by Provider; (ii) the conviction of Provider, Owner or any Practitioner employed or engaged by Provider of any crime punishable as a felony under federal or state law or of any health care crime; (iii) the suspension or exclusion of Provider, Owner or any Practitioner employed or engaged by Provider from any state or federal healthcare program; (iv) the date that Owner is no longer an employee of Manager, the date Owner dies, becomes permanently disabled, or disqualified under applicable law to be an owner of the Provider; (v) the merger, consolidation, reorganization, sale, liquidation, dissolution, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the stock or assets of the Provider without the prior written approval of the Manager; (vi) failure of the Provider to pay the fees as set forth in Article 5 and Exhibit A; (vii) the Provider’s materially altering or changing the scope of the Practice without prior written approval of Manager; or (viii) the Provider’s breach of any provision of Article 9.

 

Page 9


7.4 Termination by Either Party. This Agreement may also be terminated as follows:

(a) By mutual written agreement of the parties.

(b) By either party immediately upon the filing of a petition in bankruptcy or the insolvency of the other party.

(c) Automatically upon the dissolution of the other party.

(d) By either party upon the expiration of the Initial Term or any subsequent renewal term, provided that such party gives the other party written notice at least one (1) year prior to the end of the Initial Term or any renewal term.

(e) By either party upon a material breach of a material provision hereof by the other party, provided that the non-breaching party provides the breaching party with one hundred twenty (120) days written notice of any such breach, during which period of time the breaching party shall have the opportunity to cure any such breach. If any such breach is cured by the breaching party during such period of time, it shall be as if such breach never occurred and this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect, unaffected by the non-breaching party’s notice.

7.5 Termination Obligations. Automatically upon the termination of this Agreement for any reason, including dissolution, the parties shall immediately disburse any available funds of Provider in accordance with Exhibit A in order to compensate Manager for services rendered hereunder and as a termination or dissolution fee.

7.6 Effect of Termination. In the event of termination, Provider shall no longer have any right to items or services provided by Manager hereunder and shall no longer have the right to use or otherwise benefit from the Marks or Intellectual Property (as hereinafter defined). Provider shall also immediately take all steps necessary to change its legal name and trade names to cease using the Marks and the name “Oak Street Health.”

ARTICLE 8

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY AND OTHER PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

8.1 Limited License of “Oak Street Health” Name and Logo. Manager hereby grants to Provider the nonexclusive right and license to use the name “Oak Street Health” and any related trademarks and logos based on the mark “Oak Street Health” (collectively, the “Marks”) during the term of this Agreement. Manager is and shall be the sole owner and holder of all right, title and interest to the Marks. Immediately upon the expiration or termination of this Agreement for any reason, Provider shall cease all uses of the Marks and any similar name, trademark or logo. Provider acknowledges Manager’s ownership of the Marks and agrees that it shall do nothing inconsistent with the ownership, validity, goodwill or value of the Marks. All use of the Marks by Provider and all goodwill associated therewith shall inure to the benefit of and be on behalf of Manager. Provider shall not register or seek to register any trademark or service mark which includes the Marks, alone or in composite form with other words or designs, nor shall Provider register or seek to register any trademark or service mark which would be similar to the Marks. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Provider shall not assert or claim that the Marks are descriptive, generic, or otherwise attack the validity, title or any rights of Manager in or to the Marks or any Intellectual Property (as hereinafter defined). Provider shall not sublicense the Marks or Provider’s rights under this Agreement without the prior written consent of Manager. Further, at any time during the term of this Agreement, Provider shall promptly cease all uses of the Marks upon the request of Manager.

 

Page 10


8.2 Disclaimer. MANAGER MAKES NO WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WITH RESPECT TO THE MARKS, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES WITH RESPECT TO THE VALIDITY OR ENFORCEABILITY OF THE MARKS. IN NO EVENT SHALL MANAGER BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, PUNITIVE OR SPECIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING LOSS OF BUSINESS PROFITS) ARISING FROM OR RELATED TO PROVIDER’S USE OF THE MARKS, EVEN IF MANAGER HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.

8.3 Intellectual Property. Manager is and shall be the exclusive owner and holder of all right, title and interest to the proprietary property of Manager, including, without limitation, all confidential and trade secret material, software and hardware (including source codes and object codes), trademarks, service marks, trade secrets, patents, copyrights, Marks, Confidential Business Information (as defined below), technological systems, processes, procedures, clinical models, operational models, forms, form contracts and policy manuals, as well as any future enhancements, modifications, updates, derivative works or translations of the foregoing (collectively the “Intellectual Property”). Provider agrees that it shall not at any time knowingly harm, misuse or bring into disrepute the Intellectual Property of Manager. Provider shall promptly notify Manager in writing in the event it becomes aware of any third party infringing, misusing or otherwise violating any of the Marks or the Intellectual Property, or who it believes is, or may be infringing, diluting or otherwise derogating the Marks or the Intellectual Property.

8.4 Use of Intellectual Property. Provider shall use all Intellectual Property, provided by Manager pursuant to this Agreement only for the purpose of conducting the Practice and solely in accordance with and subject to all of the terms and conditions of any license or sublicense agreements, leases or any other agreements that such Intellectual Property are subject to, and shall not allow or permit any person to use the Intellectual Property or any portion thereof in violation of this Agreement or any such license, sublicense, agreements, lease or any other agreements. Manager hereby grants Provider a limited, non-exclusive, terminable, non-assignable license to use such Intellectual Property for the purposes set forth in this Agreement. Upon termination of this Agreement for any reason, Provider’s limited license to use any Intellectual Property provided by Manager shall be immediately terminated.

8.5 Confidentiality. Provider and Owner acknowledge that during the course of its relationship with Manager hereunder, Provider and Owner may be given access to or may become acquainted with Confidential Business Information (as defined below) of Manager. In recognition of the foregoing and in addition to any other requirements of confidentiality under applicable law, Provider and Owner hereby agree not to disclose or use any of the Confidential Business Information (except in connection with the services rendered to Provider hereunder) during the Term of this Agreement and an additional period of five (5) years thereafter. For purposes of this Agreement, “Confidential Business Information” shall mean any and all information, know-how and data, technical or non-technical, whether written, oral, electronic, graphic or otherwise of Manager that is reasonably considered or treated as confidential and proprietary, and shall include,

 

Page 11


but not be limited to: (a) business methods, strategies and opportunities; (b) facilities and locations; (c) billing policies, procedures, processes and records; (d) tax returns and records; (e) any records, memoranda, emails and correspondence dealing with the business of Manager; (f) financial, pricing and operational information, including all insurance records; (g) form agreements, checklists or pleadings; (h) contracts or agreements executed by or on behalf of Manager with any person or entity; (i) officer, director and ownership information; (j) suppliers, marketing, and other information and know-how, all relating to or useful in Manager’s business and which have not been disclosed to the general public; (k) this Agreement and any agreements contemplated hereby; (l) operational and business systems, policies and procedures; (m) software, processes, and systems design and any intellectual property, know-how and trade secrets; and (n) customer and patient lists and information.

Provider and Owner agree and acknowledge that the Confidential Business Information of Manager, as such may exist from time to time, constitutes valuable, confidential, special and unique assets of Manager. The parties hereto agree that the documents relating to the business of Manager, including all Confidential Business Information, are the exclusive property of Manager.

8.6 Survival. Provider and Owner understand and agree that the obligations and duties under this Article 8 do not cease upon termination of this Agreement.

ARTICLE 9

NONCOMPETITION

9.1 Scope and Duration. During the term of this Agreement and for a period of two (2) years after the termination or expiration of this Agreement (the “Restricted Period”) for any reason, neither Provider nor Owner shall, within the Service Area, directly or indirectly establish, operate, advise on, or provide (i) services in accordance with a model that is similar to the model contemplated by this Agreement, or (ii) services or information based upon Manager’s Intellectual Property. Nothing herein shall prevent Owner from practicing medicine in the Service Area or being employed by a medical provider offering medical care in the Service Area, provided that Owner’s activities do not involve being employed by an organization that operates a model for health care services under capitation agreements with third party payers similar to that which is contemplated by this Agreement or which uses the benefit of Manager’s Intellectual Property as prohibited by this Section 9.1.

9.2 Employment Agreements. Provider shall ensure that any and all agreements between Provider and any Practitioner or other employees of Provider contain non-competition agreements and restrictive covenants satisfactory to Manager. Provider shall take any and all steps necessary to enforce such restrictive covenants with such Practitioners or others to the fullest extent permitted by law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Agreement is intended to restrict the ability of Manager or another entity contracting with Manager to employ the Practitioners.

9.3 Protections. Provider and Owner understand and acknowledge that the foregoing provisions in this Article are designed to preserve the goodwill of Manager and its affiliates, the goodwill of Provider, the trade secrets of Provider, the valuable confidential business or professional information that otherwise does not qualify as trade secrets, and any substantial relationships with specific prospective or existing customers or clients.

 

Page 12


9.4 Irreparable Harm. Provider and Owner understand and acknowledge that violation of this Article 9 will cause irreparable harm to Manager, the exact amount of which will be impossible to ascertain, and for that reason Provider agrees that Manager shall be entitled to seek, without the necessity of showing any actual damage or posting a bond (unless required by law), from any court of competent jurisdiction temporary or permanent injunctive relief or specific performance of this Agreement restraining Provider or any person from any act prohibited by this Article 9.

9.5 Additional Remedies. Nothing in this paragraph shall limit Manager’s right to recover any other damages or remedies to which it is entitled as a result of Provider’s breach. If any portion of this Article 9 (including without limitation the geographical, duration or scope of activity restrictions contained herein) shall be held to be unenforceable or invalid for any reason, such provision or portion of provision shall be modified or deleted in such a manner so as to make this Article 9, as modified, legal and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted under applicable law.

9.6 Agent. With respect to the issues set forth in this Article 9, Provider hereby irrevocably appoints Manager as its agent and attorney in fact during the term of this Agreement with full power and authority to enforce the terms of any employment or independent contractor agreements to which Provider is a party and any restrictive covenants, non-competition, confidentiality and similar covenants or restrictions of which Provider is the beneficiary.

9.7 Survival. The provisions of this Article 9 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

ARTICLE 10

GENERAL

10.1 Indemnification.

10.1.1 Indemnification by Provider. Provider hereby agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless Manager, its officers, directors, owners, members, employees, agents, affiliates and subcontractors, from and against any and all claims, damages, demands, diminution in value, losses, liabilities, actions, lawsuits and other proceedings, judgments, fines, assessments, penalties, awards, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees), whether or not covered by insurance, arising directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, out of (a) any material breach of this Agreement by Provider, or (b) any acts or omissions by Provider, its Owner, employees, Practitioners, agents or subcontractors.

10.1.2 Indemnification by Manager. Manager hereby agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless Provider, its officers, directors, Owner, employees and agents, from and against any and all claims, damages, demands, losses, liabilities, actions, lawsuits and other proceedings, judgments and awards, and costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees), arising, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, out of (a) any material breach of this Agreement by Manager, or (b) any acts or omissions by Manager or Manager’s employees. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Manager shall not indemnify Provider for the acts or omissions of Provider, Owner, any Practitioners or others employed or engaged by Provider.

 

Page 13


10.1.3 Notification. Each party shall immediately notify the other party of any lawsuits or actions, or any threat thereof, that are known or become known that might adversely affect any interest of Provider or Manager whatsoever. The provisions of this Section 10.1 shall survive termination or expiration of this Agreement.

10.2 Arbitration. The parties shall work together in good faith to resolve any disputes about their business relationship. If the parties are unable to resolve the dispute within thirty (30) days following the date one party sent written notice of the dispute to the other party, and if either wishes to pursue the dispute, it shall be submitted to binding arbitration in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association. In no event may arbitration be initiated more than one year following the sending of written notice of the dispute. Any arbitration proceeding under this Agreement shall be conducted in Cook County, Illinois. The arbitrators may construe or interpret but shall not vary or ignore the terms of this Agreement, shall have no authority to award extra-contractual damages of any kind, including punitive or exemplary damages, and shall be bound by controlling law. The Arbitrator shall issue a reasoned award explaining the decision. Each party shall pay its own expenses of arbitration and one-half of the expenses of the arbitrators. Nothing in this Section 10.2 shall limit either party’s rights of termination set forth in Article 7.

10.3 Entire Agreement; Amendment. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties related to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings, and letters of intent relating to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement may be amended or supplemented only by a writing executed by both parties. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original.

10.4 Relationship of the Parties. Except as otherwise indicated in this Agreement, the relationship of the parties is and shall be that of independent contractors, and nothing in this Agreement is intended as, and nothing shall be construed to create, an employer/employee relationship, partnership, or joint venture relationship between the parties, or to allow either to exercise control or direction over the manner or method by which the other performs the services that are the subject matter of this Agreement; provided, however, that the services to be provided hereunder shall always be furnished in a manner consistent with the standards governing such services and the provisions of this Agreement. This Agreement does not create a franchise or business opportunity agreement between the parties. If any provision of this Agreement is deemed to create a franchise or business opportunity, the parties shall negotiate in good faith to modify the Agreement to effect the original intent of the parties.

10.5 Notices. Any notice or other communication required or desired to be given to either party shall be in writing and shall be deemed given when hand-delivered or deposited in the United States mail, first-class postage prepaid, addressed to the parties at the addresses indicated below. Any party may change the address to which notices and other communications are to be given by giving the other parties notice of such change.

 

Page 14


Oak Street Health MSO, LLC

30 W Monroe St, #1200

Chicago, IL 60603

Attn: Michael Pykosz

[INSERT PRACTICE NAME]

30 W Monroe St, #1200

Chicago, IL 60603

Attn: Griffin Robert Myers, M.D.

10.6 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be construed and governed in accordance with the laws of the State of [INSERT JURISDICTION].

10.7 Assignment. This Agreement shall not be assigned by either party hereto without the express written consent of the other party; provided, however, that this Agreement shall be assignable by Manager to any of its affiliates or successors without the consent of Provider.

10.8 Waiver. No waiver shall be valid against any party unless made in writing and signed by the party against whom enforcement of such waiver is sought.

10.9 Severability. If any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement is adjudged to any extent invalid, unenforceable, or contrary to law by a court of competent jurisdiction, each and all of the remaining provisions of this Agreement will not be affected thereby and shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

10.10 Force Majeure. Either party shall be excused for failures and delays in performance of its respective obligations under this Agreement due to any cause beyond the control and without the fault of such party, including without limitation, any act of God, war, terrorism, bio-terrorism, riot or insurrection, law or regulation, flood, earthquake, water shortage, fire, explosion or inability due to any of the aforementioned causes to obtain necessary labor, materials or facilities.

10.11 Authorization for Agreement. The execution and performance of this Agreement by Provider and Manager have been duly authorized by all necessary laws, resolutions, and corporate or partnership actions.

10.12 Duty to Cooperate. The parties acknowledge that the parties’ mutual cooperation is critical to the ability of Manager to perform successfully and efficiently its duties hereunder. Accordingly, each party agrees to cooperate fully with the other in formulating and implementing goals and objectives which are in Provider’s best interest.

10.13 Renegotiation. This Agreement shall be construed to be in accordance with any and all federal and state laws, including laws relating to Medicare, Medicaid and other third party payors. In the event there is a material change in such laws, whether by statute, regulation, agency or judicial decision or guidance that has any material effect on any term of this Agreement, then the applicable term(s) of this Agreement shall be subject to renegotiation and either party may request renegotiation of the affected term or terms of this Agreement, upon written notice to the other party, to remedy such condition. The parties expressly recognize that upon request for renegotiation, each party has a duty and obligation to the other only to renegotiate the affected term(s) in good faith and, further, each party expressly agrees that its consent to proposals submitted by the other party during renegotiation efforts shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

Page 15


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Administrative Services Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

[INSERT PRACTICE NAME]     OAK STREET HEALTH MSO, LLC
By:  

             

    By:  

             

Name:   Griffin Robert Myers, M.D.     Name:  

 

Its:   President     Its:  

 

OWNER      
By:  

 

     
Name:   Griffin Robert Myers, M.D.      

 

Page 16

Exhibit 21.1

Subsidiaries of the Registrant

Subsidiaries of Oak Street Health, Inc.

Oak Street Health, LLC (Illinois)

Subsidiaries of Oak Street Health, LLC

Oak Street Health MSO, LLC (Illinois)

Subsidiaries of Oak Street Health MSO, LLC

OSH-ESC Joint Venture, LLC (Illinois)

Oak Street Health Medicare Partners, LLC (Illinois)

OSH-RI, LLC (Rhode Island)

OSH-PCJ Joliet, LLC (Illinois)

Acorn Network, LLC (Illinois)

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated April 1, 2020 with respect to the financial statements of Oak Street Health, Inc. in the Registration Statement (Form S-1 No. 333-            ) and related Prospectus of Oak Street Health, Inc. for the registration of shares of its common stock.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Chicago, Illinois

July 10, 2020

Exhibit 23.2

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated April 1, 2020 with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Oak Street Health, LLC and Affiliates, in the Registration Statement (Form S-1 No. 333-            ) and related Prospectus of Oak Street Health, Inc. for the registration of shares of its common stock.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Chicago, Illinois

July 10, 2020